nh! 5 ie ee oe ee a he a eb ee wee , nes Ow f eae thie Chere! ' CU Mele) cre ee te 4 cy oe ry ie a iH hh J v Li seenee * 4 f 5 ' 4 . x 5 “ Drea a OUR NCAT eo SS aetna MUNCL R} os Sete Diss ea tiarere Bera ee J eS : CA Ay “ ewe? aS Nt are ale EY aay ; re sy se « Re oy ‘ ike o mas Se 4 - wh ree PRR PT a a} in oe C x Asap tees choy op? de hie Crue kar Len oon Wiket: : Os Reena s : p) pte 4 (ie) < CCAR cL i Cee LY ee p as Pe IE ney ree © wee bb he Matera A WA Lt 2a \. * Cea mes CaN as: iy) ey pekin nen Pn Eee) i a ee Kad Cir i, c Cy i+ ree ‘ 5 hia A Rachebir's Ws rea vf y ak ee ae aw uk ea oreo Ret ER Arua ty eS tee tt) yt NRE Mi fete I) i oe ne) Pre Oe Oe sh aT Pane eet eae ao Ci. A Cree ee ek sci) ot Sue ea ey Pa a aay ee Creche Peer vs : i 6 ML re at Paya i PAP | ora cn MAL a ade So A a p Lee Aang Apt" O OG ah eg Cher ao a) Coe shia Sen yn nts Lt 4 4c aise > adda yee gag AO ry ws ' - ‘ Pere a PPR hy , nou SU ts RA eee way MAT ORG hy i Ny ied algae h ea MES US UNL oti MI e286) hy hay fans a Hy hy BUN vat oo nee Cs +O UE PES ; POKER A) MC TO Abs Oe lh DCE ane SUM EIR te Tey Nk RRP Hest EPR eu Se NN Tet Ske ta" PALS EAR Se UIE RIT tL eee te Pac eee i ue UR id HOR MERC bene Ly bis * pes eee eer eas Pe ae eS See 7 a = oH Es — ere es Ne 2 ut vey A pre re % PU ca ‘ tee A) +S CUR mse eu ee Si in . Pa eee ht eu Cae OE KC er 83 CY ERE r c Cc Cee is4%)) fie LP ee EN AD gg 4 en i Pa en | 8 ee PUR CE ace ce LPS et De ey) eae 6 VR WEAVERS ED HET Pree Ue Jha a eat 4 shat) 13 4 Ph Deen Sle oo et 0k Se ee re We [e lake Je ARNT Re AE 4 a ithe oY " Noa ya Sa * " a a 2 1 SUS ae hae mia ic 0 ( 2 ie ist ae oe ed 1 y ‘ iS i. CR 8 i \- CF oh he i" ty a A AP aL Can T4) NU sa RRO ERO i te a “4 A 4 Ht hie. Po or r HA a PRI Cee RD APU 14 4a a b in Reh ein aa edt He) PL ORS We Tk | : : re ee j Oe te ‘ Ey UT Sh ie ec eee | MEM Mahe rg Tee * Cin 3 ro o Ce a Sune. ee ee i ee 5 ” 4, (3) wa 4 3 EPA tg? PR KRE ORI IER KR even ee a . ) . ee ee a) a48 Ase) ; 5 ; p a AUC AS Sek 4 4X) 4 cn ae rb vaR S v4 She Gul i A) an We ie acl wah aN ni Bei URI a ah Ee re X wre i cn ; ois ore ean i x w “ A YY rth te Hi Cit) AA ae he 4 Diet pO ot MAY tt y ' ‘ exes awrtra 1 A EXO LID Pu A CA a iB cae thn Pris Ar BGT are a each Rh uae eine ete he Nici teh th Arte eV pitty hei BR nae C Dea) xray arbre Peete. Nn Ti kt Dn Oy Bor imres Soci te Ce aT yey i a Wa POC le ona at is Dae aa OM a ea cae uy ba Li a RHR CROMER IY Oa) STL oc Bc BG a . i : NTA 9 iia) hale ; in f ern he hy Er Deu wee Pr Pee hs 54 FAM Ape oed Se Der ok ed Aa YUAN KWON yi F i HEROS Le Nic : Ql CNG Mi) 0 eS hehe 4 oa et Cero 2 Y wt BTA hid ot eet, sr tL RRNA 3 a) cee he Te a Ao dag aa: La SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. NOGA Water OX. 1888. WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1889. ADVERTISEMENT. The extension of the scope of the National Museum during the past few years, and the activity of the collectors employed in its interest, have caused a great increase in the amount of material in its possession. Many of the objects gathered are of a novel aud important character, and serve to throw a new light upon the study of nature and of man. The importance to science of prompt publication of descriptions of this material led to the establishment, in 1878, of the present series of. publications, entitled ‘Proceedings of the United States National Museum,” the distinguishing peculiarity of which is that the articles are published in signatures as soon as matter sufficient to fill sixteen pages has been obtained and printed. The date of publication being plainly expressed on each signature, the ready settlement of questions of priority is assured. The present volume constitutes the eleventh of the series. The articles in this series consist: First, of papers prepared by the scientific corps of the Nationa] Museum; secondly, of papers by others, founded upon the collections in the National Museum; and, finally, of facts and memoranda from the correspondence of the Smithsonian — Institution. | The Bulletins of the National Museum, the publication of which was commenced in 1875, consist of elaborate papers based upon the collec- tions of the Museum, reports of expeditions, ete., while the Proceedings facilitate the prompt publication of freshly-acquired facts relating to biology, anthropology and geology, descriptions of restricted groups of animals and plants, the discussion of particular questions relative to the synonymy of species, and the diaries of minor expeditions. Other papers, of more general popular interest, are printed in the Appendix to the Annual Report. Papers intended for publication in the Proceedings and Bulletins of the National Museum are referred to the Committee on Publications, composed as follows: T. H. Bean, A. Howard Clark (editor), Otis. T. Mason, John Murdoch, Leonhard Stejneger, Frederick W. True, and Lester F. Ward. : S. P. LANGLEY, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Il TABLE OF CONTENTS. Alphabetical index ...... biel nteis eiciarele steam eee se eae ween Seem aces mes Walle pence =eers Ashmead, William Hi. Descriptions of the new Braconide in the collection of the United DPaLeAPN AMONA DMMB EH 22 2-ae 20a cocoate mee =~ oa seenc eh ee ees oe Fee Sa Pt c coe See (Paragathis, Tetraspheropyzx, genera nova; Adelura dimidiata, A. subcompressa, A phi- dius avenaphis, A. bicolor, A. califo:nicus, A. confusus, A. lachni, A. obscuripes, 4. palli- dus, A. phorodontis, A. procephalion, A. pterocomme, A. xanthus, Aphereta californica, A. musce, A. oscinidis, Ascogaster flaviceps, Bracon agrili, B. alaxkensis, B. analcidis, (?) B. arizonensis, B. atricollis, B. atripectus, B. bucculatricis, B. cecidomuie, B. Cookii, B. diastate, B. enure, B. gastroidee, B. gelechice, B.juglandis, B. junci, B. juncicola, B. Kebelet. B. montanensis, B. nevadensis, B. notaticeps, B. pissodis, B. pomifolielle, B. rugosiventris, B. Schwarzii, B. tortricicola, B. trifolii, B. vernoni@, B. xanthonotus, Ohelonus laverne, OC. nigripennis, O. pallidus, Centistes virginiensis, Celinius longulus, Dacnusa confusa, D. flavocincta, D. osctnidis, Dieretus americanus, D. brunneiventris, D, Websteri, Dimneris rujipes, Doryctes inerrtus, D. longicauda, D. mellipes, D. texanue, Eubadizon incognitus, B. phymatodis, Exothecus magnificus, Ganychorus atricornis, G. gelechie, G. orchesie, Gymnosce’is yukonensis, Helcon grandis, Ischnocarpa atricornis, Lipolexis chenopodiaphidis, L. piceus, L. salicaphidis, Lysiphlebus abutilaphidi«, L. bae- charapidis, L. citraphis, L. Coquilletti, L. cucurbitaphicts, L. cragrostaphidis, L eragros- taphidis, L. gossypii, L. multiarticulatus, L. myzi, L. persicaphidis, L. piceiventris, L. ri- baphidis, L. salicaphis, L. testaceipes, L. tritici, Meteorus coquilletti, M. euéhromie, M. Jjloridanus, M. ecopsidis, M. orchesie, Microdus aciclatus, M. albocinetus, Ml. grapho- lithe, Gnone Belfragei, Oncophanes melieus, Opius anthomyie, O. foveolatus, Orgilus Rileyi, O. terminalis, Paragathis thoracicus, Perilitus gastrophyse, (?) Petalodes politus, (?) Phelrotoma sangu nea, Phenocarpa americana, Praon humulaphidis, P. virgini- ensis, Promachus rubriceps, P. sanguineiventris, Rhysipolis carinatus, R. orchesie, Rhogas cerure, R. geometre, R. harrisine, R. nolophane, R. platypterygis, R. pubes- cens, R. simillimus, Rhyssalus atriceps, R. carinatus, R. loxotenie, R. oscinidis, (?) R. selandrie, R. similis, (?) R. trilineatus, Schizoprymnus americanus, S. texanus, Spathius sequoie, Synaldis ulmicola, Tetrasperopyx pilosus Trioxys rhagii, Urosigalphus arma- tus, U. robustus, Vipio coloradensis, Wesmaelia Rileyi, Zele terminalis, species nove. | an, Tarleton EX. Description of Coregonus pusillus, a new species of whitefish from Alaska ...... Ree meen itelarere e S ee ee em aE epee pols ee ee ete Seok ee ye ‘“lepsch, Hans von. Notes on some neotropical birds belonging to the U. S. National REDS Un eee mee es esac! erence ee ah ee os Bi sacha BS Sark Oa Ey bapa dent etc Sy as, Dr. Franz. The houses of the Kwakiutl Indians, British Columbia (with Plates eee twenty -onertoxtdimares) <0 0s oe ee ihmman, Charles EE. Description of a new species of insect, Fontaria pulchella, from strawberry Plains, Jefferson Coun ty Lennesseeee=ssdesee nee ss oan oe. woes : — Notes on a collection of Myriapoda from Cuba ..-... .......0.20ee 2-2 eee eee cece ee eee. — Notes on a collection of Myriapoda from Mossy Creek, Tennessee, with a description SOR EME Te hes fae ose Guy Roe a ag, SE [Fontaria tennesscensis, sp. nov.] ~ Notes upon some Myriapods belonging to the U. S. National Museum............-..--- ar nen athe Myriapads of Indiana, <2. 226.0 2-5... J son. ne ne seems caciea een eee a eee eee 463-466 — [Gobius townsendi, Lepidogobius gilberti, species nove. ] ' Eigenmann, Rosa S., and Eigenmann, Carl EX. Notes on some California fishes, 4 With descriptions of ‘two new,species: -25--.25 oh. ssesccceeecnceseeseee sia aisfemeiatete sis eee - 463-466 [ Gobius townsendi, Lepidogobius gilberti, species nove. | q Evermann, Barton W., and Jenkins, Oliver P. Notes on Indiana fishes........ ~ 43-57 @ [Alburnellus arge, m. sp. nov.) a Description of eighteen new species of fishes from the Gulf of California ....... 137-153 — [Psednoblennius, gen. nov.; Atherina sardina, Atherinops regis, Auchenopterus asper, Centropomus grandoculatus, Oitharicthys gilberti, Epinephelus Jordani, Gillichthys guay- masic, G.y-cauda, Gnathypops scops, Gobius chiquita, G. longicaudus, Hermosilla azured, Kyphosus elegans, Opisthognathus ommata, Psednoblennius hypacanthus, Pseudo- julis venustus, Scorpena sonore, Siphostoma aretum, species Gilbert, Charles HX. Description of a new species of B. a Puget’s Sound and -AUAsKAN © 224.28 Desert SS). Jag tose eee ea eR i) On! aH ol, 24 Oe 554 | Bathymaster Jordani, sp. nov.] —— A list of fishes from a small tributary of the Potea t County, Arkansas .... 609-610 Gill, Theodore. Note on the genus Dipterodon ........ SONS SS clcin meee ae eRe 67-68 — NOV Onthemonne Goutoniamish. ate. ates kee eas eee en seme See rae Boos 69-70 —— On the proper name of the genus Labrax of Cuvier .........2 22 eceececccecc eceeececcee 252 On the proper generic name of the Tunny and Albicore.-......... il lee tatetal tetera ate 319-320 — On the Psychroluti epaunther (with Plate, Xe) Aon" 2) eee fe oe ee 321-327 | — On the classifice o Praked fishes’ occ. tos concise eee See sein a 567 592 ——-: Gleanings amo clids, and observations on the name Pleuronectes.-..._.. 593-606 NOLesOnither gerne Spneroides! 20 62a koe ee 607-608 Mitchcock, Romyn. The preparation of Japanese lacquer and the manufacture of Wa- kasa lacquer ware....... Veiolehp reels Ses e a teee see pees a aig t= phe wieprats aa etsiae a= See» See eee 473-479 Holm, Theodor. Notes on Hydrocotyle Americana L. (with Plates XLVI-XLVII) ...... 455-462 Hough, Walter. The corrugation in African sword-blades and other WOSPONS: = cssacceee 172 An Eskimo Strike-a-light from Cape Bathurst (six text figures)).32. 22 epee eee 181-184 Jenkins, Oliver P., and Evermann, Barton W. Notes on Indiana fishes ......_-. 43-57 {[Alburnellus arge, m. sp. noy.] —— —— Description of eighteen new species of fishes from the Gulf of California........ 137-158 [Psednoblennius, gen. nov.; Atherina sardina, Atherinops regis, Auchenopterus asper, Centropomus grandoculatus, Citharicthys gilberti, Epinephelus Jordani, Gillicthys guay- masie, G. y-cauda, Gnathypops scops, Gobius chiquita, G. longicaudus, Hermosilla azured, Kyphosus elegans, Opisthognathus ommata, Psednoblennius hypacanthus, Pseudo- julis venustus, Scorpcena sonore, Siphostoma arctum, species nove. | Jordan, David Starr. On the occurrence of the great lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) in the waters of British Columbia ............ = bin yrasiet ore at iio tne sett Sa SEE oe ree mere 58 List of fishes collected by Alphonse Forrer about Mazatlan, with descriptions of two MIG MGR DGIRLOS Fe on I Ae ni ataiore SS ass = Sosa ae nee ee Re Sep Sea 329-334 { Heros beani, Pecilia butleri, sp. nov. | —— Descriptions of fourteen species of fresh-water fishes collected by the U.S. Fish Com- mission in the summer of 1888 (with Plates > Gl B10) 9-6) WA") fe A ee ae ee rae Me 351-362 | Chologaster avitus, Etheostoma australe, BE. (Boleosoma) podostemone, EB. (Percina) rex, BE, (Hadropterus) roanoka, E. (Nanostoma) swannanoa, EB. (Ulocentra) verecundum, Fundulis (Xenisma) rethbuni, Hybopsis watauga, Moxostoma rupiscartes, Notropis ka- . nawha, N. (Luxilus) macdonaldi, Noturus furiosus, N. gilberti, species nove. | List of fishes now inthe U.S. National Museum collected in Nicaragua by Dr. Louis F. By Birt 2 ice wee seeaenains seswes Si 5 cauSiseis as wase aaevn Siete Scoevmsepeaveses dh oath nistmaieie's 411-416 oa. eis oe i TABL™ *OF CONTENTS. Vv Page. Jordan, David Starr, and Boliman, Charles Marvey. List of fishes collected at - Green Turtle Cay, in the Bahamas, by Charles L. Edwards, with descriptions of three new PGC TOS eee ota a On Ia anf ena cermin sae eerie arse oe tana 2 oe 549-553 [Stilbiscus, genus novum ; Gobiesox heres, Sparisoma niphobles, Stilbiscus edwardsi, spe- cies nove. | Kirsch, Philip Hf. Notes on a collection of fishes obtained in the Gila River, at Fort Thomas, Arizona, by Lieut. W. I.. Carpenter, U.S. Army.-----------+-+-------2--2220 +0077 555-558 [ Catostomus gila Kirsch, sp. nov.] Knowlton, F. Hl. New species of fossil wood, Araucariozylon arizonicum, from Arizona and New Mexico (with Plate I)..--.-.-----.--------------------+ -2e220 e227 -- eae 1-4 Description of two new species of fossil coniferous wood from Iowa and Montana (with SE Textieh sib 1s SUNN) emcee eee tees ote tee le Sele m= mp cme = ayn cinseiminl= mlmicimia am =iniesm nim nimin = 5-8 [Cupressinoxylon elongatum, OC. Glasgowi, species nove. } Paper edited by (see Lesquereux) .----------++---++22-- +220 r est ceet ee rts e eer irs t cee: 11-38 Paper edited by (see Lesquereux) ----------.----------++---2+ +2222 -02t ee ty bom les She N te Bae Description of two species of Palmozylon, one new, from Louisiana (with Plate XXX). 89-91 {Palmoxylon cellulosum, sp. nov. | Lesquereux, co. Recent determinations of fossil plants from Kentucky, Louisiana, Ore- gon, California, Alaska, Greenland, ete., with descriptions of new species. Compiled and prepared for publication by F. H. Knowlton (with Plates TAVIS GL) tee alent ort offer 11-38 [Acacia oregoniana, Acer Bendiret, A. dimorphum, Andromeda ? (Leucothe) crassa, Ara- lia lasseniana, Carpites cincone,C. fragarieformi:, Chondrites jiliciform is, Crateegus marconiana, Equisetum hornii, Ficus oregoniana, FP. shastensis, Myrica elenoides, Oreodaphne litseeformis, Persea dilleri, Phyllites wascoensis, Quercus Horniana, Rhus Bendirei, Salix Engelhardti, S. schimperi, Smilax Wardi, species nove. | ——— List of fossil plants collected by Mr. 1.C. Russell, at Black Creek, near Gadsden, Ala- bama, with deseripti: * several new species. Compiled and prepared for publica- tion by F. H. Kn Binte XM) (<2 42.225 seer =e Seep aeeme el eae 83-87 | Rhabdocarpus Rus. Russelli, species nove. | Lucas, Frederick A. i ; teology of the thrushes, mimine and wrens (with (Plate XX XVII, seven { pi ene ee et ae reas Ae To ale einjare/ape epee erat cinlntatafela slots 173-180 Mason, Otis T. The stone age MAEM SVG OMS Seater sta ie im atoe ole le eee eimietete inline ert 402 MWieek, Seth E. Notes ona collection of fishes from the Maumee Walley, Olios- see --e-eae 435-440 Wferrill, George P. On the serpentine of Montville, N. J. (with Plates XX XI, XXXII) .. 105-111 On the San Emigdio meteorite (with Plate XXXV)....-. .--.-------------------------- 161-167 On a Peridotite from Little Deer Isle, Penobscot Bay, Maine, (» i+’ Plate XXXIV, one PQ NPG) ere a atresia a meal amma ois meas Go Seas oe ese 191-195 Merrill, George P., and Clarke, F. W. On Nepu:.- » (with Plate BROKE NCD) seit caste stasis, = ae SPN ee eS Oo shane se oe yas fT. eghte-- ++ eee eneeee 115-130 Murdoch, John. A remarkable harpoon from East Greenland (three text HeuTes) ase ees 169-171 Niblack, Ensign A. P., U. 8. Navy. Ethnology of the coast Indian tribes of Alaska. .. 328 Ridgway, Robert. Description of new Western subspecies of Accipiter velox (Wils.) and subspecitic diagnosis of A. cooperi mexicanus (Swains.).-.--- eee Roe Se oei ce eee eae 92 - | Accipiter velox rufilatus, subsp. nov.) Note on strelota sandwichensis Ridgw..-.-------------+++---eseeee esse Seesisiete sai . 104 - Description of new pigeon from Guayaquil, Ecuador.....--.--------++---+2eeeree er eees 112 [Columba guayaquilensis, sp. nov.) Description of adult male of Acanthidops bdirdi.....--.-----+--+--+s222e2 22222 tree 196 ——— Notes on Costa Rican birds, with descriptions of seven‘new species and subspecies and ONGMO We CNUS sess = cote seicm eee ee aie iala)- ainw simi wa imcle e min ae mice ee minis e tn 537-546 |Zeledonia, genus novum; Dendrocolaptes variegatus, Dendrornis punctigula, Geothylpis caninucha icterotis, Microcerculus orpheus, Picolaptes gracilis, Picumnus jlavotinctus, Sclerurus canigularis, Xiphocolaptes emigrans costaricensis, Zeledonta coronata, species nove. | Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U. S. Army. Notes on some albino birds presented to the U.S. National Museum, with some remarks on albinism.... -----------------------+------ 413-416 Rose, Joseph N., and Vasey, Dr. George. List of plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmerin Wower Calitormiain l@sO)..s22s. seer seer ~ sect t-- co see6 eee mee n= =~ oe 527-536 Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U.S. Army. The Navajo tanner (with Plates XXIII-XXVIII). 59-66 —— Observations upon the osteology of the North American Anseres (with thirty text fig- ELISE) yo wis stems nee pata Saat eto oe aoe scien a enn ale ee eerie cm eimai aes Ae AS sisi ors 215-251 —— Observations upon the osteology of the order Tubinares and Steganopodes (with forty- diirepibext oUres)eees osetia awe hea we seme ceceseeaccceensesie/seolan=er eo re=mesceiscseni's 253-319 Simpson, Charles Torrey. Notes on some Indian Territory land and fresh-water shells. 449-454 4 VI ie TABLE OF CONTENTS. ; 4 Page. 4 Smith, John B. Notes on Cydosia and Cerathosia (two text figures) ....... ows ada eee - 185-199 4 Notes on the species of Lachnosterna of temperate North America, with descriptions of new species (with Plates XL VITI-LX),. 0.22. 5S aja Ho w'e'= is wow soe ael ee ease eee ie: [Lachnosterna longispina, sp. nov.]} ; Stejneger, Leonhard. N tes on European Marsh-tits, with description of a new ‘sub- | species from Norway -.... --.0...-««« areielniateiio ein hoi te ete pia ota a al slalatehe ta sine ele seis 71-76 ; {Parus colletti, sp. nov.) S$ —— Further contributions to Hawaiian avifauna........0. -.2ccececcseceecccs seoecceeccsces 93-103 —— Notes on European Crested Titmice.............--..-2-- cece ene cceene cen eee Se slant Hee 113-114 — Diagnosis of the Kamtschatkan Three-toed Woodpecker (Picoides albidior)........----- 168 . Review of Japanese birds: VIII.—The Nutcracker (Nucifraga caryocatactes macro- PRUMCO8) wins ra) om ass Fae ae es Se Ctiicaleee ooo ae eee ese eee nee eee Caen 425-432 - Review of Japanese birds: IX —The Wrens ‘22 -<2)- 52.06 2c2s20-seae ee eee 547-548 — Stephen, Alexander Wf. The Navajo Shoemaker (four text figures)....... eae ee eee 131-136 Sterki, V., 1. . A study of the American species of Vertigo contained in the U. S. National Museum, with the description of a new subgenus of Pupide (six text figures, MLE NG XID) | cic n'-acee: aes soe ee eee Seen ee eee oeele elne wales eat Ssiea genes 369-380 [Angustula, subgen. nov. } True, Frederick W. Description of Geomys personatus and Dipodomys compactus, two new species of rodents from Padre Island, Texas. ..........-.22.----s0+-e-ee «eececeeee 159-160 Description of a new species of deer, Cariacus clavatus, from Cent’al America .......-. 417-424 —— On the occurrence of Echinomys semispinosus, Tomes, in Nicaragua! ssoeeee eases eee 467-468 — On the mammals collected in eastern Honduras in 1887 by Mr. Charles H. ‘Lownsend, - with a description of a new subspecies of Oapromys, from Little Swan Island......-. 469-472 [ Capromys brachyurus thoracatus, subsp. nov. ] Turner, Lucien M1. The single-headed drum of the Naskopie (Nagnagnot) Indians, Un- gava’ District, Hudson Bay ‘Territory. .2-..2:2-5.2-:-he se eee 433-434 Vasey, George Dr. List of plants from Lower California, sent to the Smithsonian Insti- tation by Lieut. Charles'F.-Pond, U.S: Navy.2-2.6..- - | sa ee ee 368 Vasey, Dr. George, and Rose, Joseph N. List of plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in Lower California in 1889...... La ene SFieet ot de ae eee ata Naa Soe ee ee - 527-536 Walcott, Charles D. Description of new genera and species of fossils from the Middle Cambrian (one text BEWVE) soo seen nonane=} Lae e ae nade eee 441-446 [Karlia, Ogygopsis, genera nova; Bathyuriscus (Kootenia) dawsoni, Crania (?) colum- biana, Karlia minor, K. stephenensis, Lingulella meconnelli, Olenoides curticei, Orthisina alberti, Platyceras romingeri, species nove. } A simple method of measuring the thickness of inclined strata (one text figure) ........ 447-448 —— A fossil Lingula preserving the cast of the peduncle (with three text figures)........-. 480 Ward, Lester F. The paleontologic history of the genus Platanus (with Plates XVII- NOL) Pere eater re ta siclcUieee sae aeons dae aca aicle/olaialaisiatela eateaeateeiiata ercecsece. 89-42 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. THXT FIGURES. BaOwS OL NlOnerd Dekayt, var. QnNOMald,. DUPE ts. o.— ata c ans one cracSencsacereccaccsscencenes os MeIVeTOSHOG Sinish Olean sree ne clemeiclcera Secicommceismcbine senate steebicieis dice ecicecineeeesicceedee sce Ra SHO baat IS HOC pee memes tote ieioe neato ete cee ememice ciniseieeiseiec i me aoie aioe ate ciaisineiate siecle aaa Bical) Ol ANGE SHOR —arsiesias san sae ae scesw ene sen cces ce escaeencce as wae Sete atcha etter pease SNCLN ch] OF WAS ANNO MOCHLER eee a tiscisciee semi o tice k's OO seeeereeeee Base of above figure enlarged, showing ee PONTE CHVICUATD Lolium Lum aistenicinena etn aet Smee ae eet et SOs mt oe BN a rose csgace pullluneitergue scrnatonr chi wauteral views scescceacseacc cen esccce secon ce nesses oe Sec aoasensee Skull of Mergus serrator, viewed from above Sternum of Mergus serrator, pectoral aspect.....-..-------eeeeseeeeeees Eon Soeee aaa eeesans ‘Sternum of Mergus serrator, right lateral viow.-.....---.----+--e++--e- . Left scapula and coracoid of Mergus BEPTULOP - 2. = ne nn oc awenn es nas ewencececccncccseer en scccess Pelvis, caudal vertebra and sacral ribs of Mergus serrator Page. 9 132 132 133 134 169 170 170 174 174 174 176 177 177 177 181 181 182 182 183 184 187 189 192 197 198 198 199 200 201 203 204 204 205 206 207 208 210 211 212 212 213 213 214 217 218 222 222 224 225 VIII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Pelvis of Mergus serrator, viewed from above........... miawiatp oie big eran eta oYaelatera ete sideseiwai Pelvis of Somateria dressevt, viewed frum above... .5:62. ces. wc «an asiew an nicnnien wulsiee poeta siaiete Two views of left tarso-metatarsus of Mergus serrator.... --.06 2 miele is eile h oleate ia eicin a oleae aaa Two views of left tarso-metatarsus of Somateria dressert .... ccc. nnceneeencncecccavccs sencce Sternum of Somateria dresseri, pectoral aspect. ......--- 2.2.2 ne ences nos cecccsccncsccrccas fe Furcula of Somateria dresseri........-..--- Pe ee ty i Ares Seats semasaweduee matteneae Skull of Spatula clypeata, right lateral View. os. 0c ce.ccudeccaccwosvacs cocviseutsustcapicaace ames Skull of Spatula clypeata, from above ...-.--.. 220 n-ne cece snes cows sear cccerccces ~ainininio aeleie Mevata Skull of Spatula clypeata, under side. .-..-.-..----+2----0- 2 alate Saja a'a's seu el eleie ae ew eleiareieteinttae eoeee Skull of Spatula clypeata, rear VieW .-.-.2. 520-200 sccen ce ace nce ccancesccenscsnecen+cmasiacess SEU! of Gusucionenta slandicd, TERT VIOW..u-<0.- cr ancaivns ewe cnasecic cas waaeeleaeaaeeene =e Os Mandible of Spatula clypeata ....--. 2.2. ccccns cee cen nccene ccncwe- oescccesnnnasancacs Patel leete Mandible of Glaucionetta islandica. .-..-...-..20--+-% elechee aes see twats Bisinle a ale/nlela tem 'ainiare aaa ieleiaiate Palvis'of Spatula clypeata, dorsal View ------<. oon o pec am somewalc wc nce ebieal-biaeieeeeta ae sae Pelvis of Spatula clypeata, left lateral aspect .... .. 200 .cccce sccece -cccce nececc ceccte-cucees. oe Sternum of Spatula clypeata, left lateral aspect... ... 022-022 cee cee ccceccee sens acecce sccccece ae Sternum of Spatula clypeata, under View. -- 3. -- 25 -- ecwce bec nncisencnw -sleraleliasisolsssees ealemalainte Sternum of Glaucionetta islandica, pectorial aspect........--.--.0+.eesccccececece cee snecccees Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii, right lateral view ..-...-...---.-----«- etait a sia eto Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsti, from above -......-.---2-2..--22 ssonccccccnacevescccus Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii, basal view with mandible removed..-........----.s..e Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii, posterior view with mandible removed................. Skeleton of Oceanodroma furcata --..----- wm mialaie le(alal cme etaala ate mtet eleletmt) eletistet ale ie ote tot Skull of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii, right eared view - wdinieieniwdin oem nieinin Jeyete a eieteheeraisareaete Skull of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii, right lateral view with mandible removed ........... aes Skull of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersti, basal view, mandible removed......--.--...- hs oule dew meer Mandible of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersti......-..------2+02-200-2nce eee sneee miele tae ame WOMEr OL PUlmarusigltcuLlis TOUGerst- -— ~ nn owe) 2 ole pe,- =e eer eadael da owelt aan sen oer aaadec Sternum of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersit, inferior view.......--..+---.-6+een0e wats areata aes aieiae Sternum of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii, right lateral view.-........-..--.. Sas ee etoile ats et Right coracoid and scapula of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersit ......--..24. -oeeeeses cece eececeee Pelvis and coceygeal vertebra of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii, left lateral view -.----... eee Pelvis and coccygeal vertebra of Fulmarus glacialis rodgersti, from above ......see-0-eesecnes Skull of Diomedea albatrus, from above, with mandible removed............... wlscseeticaaemeee Skull of Diomeden albatrus; right lateral view ..../. 0. ).\.<2ccs,oc/ew eis cle = niviom eine me iets ee oe Skull of Diomedea albatrus, basal view, mandible removed............-.-2ceee cncenescescacece Skull of Diomedea albatrus posterior view, mandible removed..-.-....--.....----------. eee Vomer, pterygoid and part of palatine of Diomedea albatrus, left lateral view ...-..... eels Vomer, pterygoid and part of palatine of Diomedca albatrus, from above..........-.. aetaatetiaals Right ramus of mandible of Diomedea albatrus, articular extremity ....-....-..-....---. wseaes Mandible of Diomedea albatrus, anterior portion. -...--...---- eee e ee ence eee alate eee ee Hyoid arches of Diomedea albatrus..-.-.. ee ei ailaea cane wie ete steele ceemascaadesoos cesses Sternum of Diomedea albatrus, right lateral view............. ae oe widslow siavaiate erste Sass ate Sternum of Diomedea albatrus, pectoral aspect .-.....-cecscesscecncccecaucvocsencaceveuccsuccne Snowlder-pirdle:of Diomeded.albatrus. ..-2=,.2.2 5. ol ewicacc cue cece sonnet deena ee eee eee anaes Skull of Sula bassana, from above, mandible removed ......-..--.------eeee---ceceee eataeeente Skull of Sula‘bassana, right lateral view. ..2--.<:.cotlcecsccsn cone sce saeeceeeten Solel teaser teeta Skull of Sula bassana, basal view, mandible removed ....... Te eduster ae eenee fae ats mess one Skull of Sula bassana, posterior view, mandible removed ..-...........--..- ek ismuhsne(cne'semiaaniaite MMEMOLINANAI DLO OL SULA VAESANE - oo... u ai sa ceceee JeGeee Jon cae easciaeoneeemenne pleat etait Sternum of Sula bassana, pectoral aspect --.......--..---seeecceceee see j LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. ) Vertigo rowelltt .........---00- See eee ee ere eee eee eee cee ame Seeesteen has ate eee Vertigo corpulenta eww ewww we eee ee cee e ee ween ee ete tem ee e tweet eee wwe e tee ee tee ereenne & Vertigo bollesiand, tWO VIOWS.----—2s6-<6-- 4025-52 3-- 2 nese se enn - os Lecce ee cece centre nee eeee - Vertigo floridana Oleonoides eurticet Sketch illustrating method of measuring thickness of inclined strata.--..........-------.---- eG SOON ST Lrg IL eee eee mn ape ae ane ene a\eieine maine a ace = eee ete el rind ott rate oe a PEAS. I. New species of fossil wood: Araucarioxylon Arizonicum ......-..----2ee2+--e00s Il. New species of fossil wood: Cupressinoxylon Glasgow? ......--.-.---+---++- --e22- III. New species of fossil wood: Cupressinoxylon elongatum .........-..----++-.-+-+-- IV. Fossil plants: Laurus Californica, Ficus inultinervis, Sapindus falcifolius, Myrica CU RETUO WL retry oy a Sot Peat a main ae wie anelnicleln'a alate ale clei se Ee ee owes VY. Fossil plants: Quercus Safordii; Accacia Oregoniana, sp. nov. ; Ee Bendiret, sp. uoy.; Quercus Horniana, sp.nov.; Platanus aceroides, Al. Br ..-..-.-...-.----- Wie Hossil plintS AiceremendincdSp.NOW., Acer, TUItS Of sane na eee sem ciniee eae eon ele Well sMOssilpl ants: eAce hendinet, Sprnov.-Acer, fruit Ofe--- ao-<- ec =e anee ee enem soe VIII. Fossil plants: Acer Bendirei, sp. nov.; Salix Engelhardti, sp. nov.; Liqguidambar 4 rOtevistune UNO ME ONARAs BEN MNned, Usk eae Saad wee seal Seiiseeiame = 2 TX. Fossil plants: Acer nnterinan sp. nov.; Rhus Bendiren sp. nov.; Ficus? Orego- UUANUAISPWNO VW ssn hg toh te Staats lsle SF es eats X. Fossil plants: Quercus pseudolyrata LX.; Quercus muendatsnate Lx., Var. ieasela Quercus pseudolyrata Lx.,var. obtusiloba; Zamites Alaskana, sp. NOV .--.--.--- XI. Fossil plants: Quercus pseudolyrata Lx.,var. acutiloba; Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. angustiloba; Ficus Shastensis, sp. nov.; Aralia digitata Ward ..-....----- XII. Fossil plants: Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. latifolia......-. .-------.--.=------- XIII. Fossil plants: Smilax Wardii, sp. nov.; Persea Dilleri, sp.nov.; Salix Shimpert, Sat Oe Sei oe tor tee acinar eet Eee anes tS oN XIV. Fossil plauts: Peed gabichaiate: sp. nov. ; Orategus Marcouana, sp. nov. ; Phyllites Wascoensis, sp noy.; Oreodaphne Giabereforiine sp. noy. ; Aralia eens sp. RARE Nt atest oles ier Atte tga en oliee sega Pe, an Bie elma ae ea aia iam alate sates (a ale etal hens Rete ea) XV. Fossil plants: Crategus rena, sp. nov. Os TNUS ieweitoren WOOr* .-22-)--en ? ? Page 127, line 35, for ‘‘ chloromelite ” read ** chloromelanite.” Page 12%, line 32, for two” read ‘ too.” Page 130, line 11, for ‘‘ Liberia” read “ Siberia.” 5 ? ? Page 324, line 23, for “Gobiescoide” read “Gobicsocide.” 5S ’ ? Page 325, line 20, for “other” read “their.” Pave 326, line 21, for ‘‘species Neophrynichthys” read ‘species of Neophrynichthys.” Page 327, line 5, for ‘“‘ Hector” read ‘‘ Hutton.” Plate XXI, authority for Sassafras cretaceum should be Newberry, not Lx, ’ © . J) Plate XLIII, for Notorus read Noturus. ” read xT . % ee Sea, PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1Fe8 8. NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL WOOD (ARAUCARIOXYLON ARIZONICUM) FROM ARIZONA AND NEW MEXICO. BY F. H. KNOWLTON, ASS'T CURATOR, FOSSIL PLANTS. (With Plate 1.) The material which furnished the basis of the following observations was selected from the large fossil trunks that have been on exhibition for several years past at the main entrance of the U. S. National Mu- seum. These trees came originally from Arizona and New Mexico, in the vicinity of Fort Wingate. Their presence here is due to a suggestion made by General W. T. Sherman, while on a tour across the continent in the fall of 1878, to Lieut.-Col. P. T. Swaine, Fifteenth U. S. Infantry, then in command of the post of Fort Wingate, N. Mex. Acting upon this suggestion, an expedition was organized by Colonel Swaine early in the spring of 1879 for the purpose of procuring suitable specimens for the Smithsonian Institution. The outfit, in command of Second ‘Lieut. J. T. C. Hegewald, consisted of a sergeant and twelve soldiers of the Fifteenth U. S. Infantry, with heavy wagons, suitable for hanling Stone. Following is an account of the expedition, as given by Lieutenant _ Hegewald :* _ We made the usual drives, stopping at a forage agency each night, until we arrived at Navajo Springs, Ariz. - At Navajoe Springs we left the road, cutting diagonally across the country about 20 miles, arriving at Bear Spring, near the head of Lithodendron in the evening. We 5 had to cross several azroyos, but, being in the dry season, we had nothing to fear from water or marshy soil. The country traversed was desolate and barren, sage-brush and pifion trees abounding, good grazing and water being very scarce. Here and *Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v, 1882, pp. 1, 2. Proce, N; M. 88——1 Anv.$ : LSBs: Ss sat: 1 smh 2 NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL Woop. there mountain peaks stood out in bold relief like great sign-posts to guide the t) eler on his way. The water, when found, was in small quantities and alkaline, Camping at Bear Spring, I turned the mules out to graze and left the men to pare an early dinner while I role down the valley to examine the thousands of sp mens that lay scattered on each side of the valley along the slopes, which were perl 50 feet high, the valley of the Lithodendron, at its widest part, being scarcely ha‘ mile. Along the slopes no vegetation whatever was to be seen, wood being vii scarce, The soil was composed of clay and sand mostly, and these petrifactics broken into millions of pieces, lay scattered all adown these slopes. Some of large fossil trees were well preserved, though the action of heat and cold had brolh most of them in seetions from 2 to 10 feet long, and some of these must have been \ mense trees. Measuring the exposed parts of several, they varied from 150 to 200 f in length, and from 2 to 44 feet in diameter, the centers often containing most beauti quartz crystals. I encountered considerable difficulty in trying to procure two specimens answeri} to the General’s description, and which I thought would please. After finding t larger of the two fossils sent, I could find no mate, the remainder being of a differc| species, and the exposed part broken in segments too short to answer. Finally I ec cluded to unearth part of the same specimen, which entered the ground at an ang! of about twenty degrees. Bringing back men and teams, I dug along some 30 fect, finding the second da: specimen, which made a good match, and which saw the light, perhaps, for the fir time for ages, though both were parts of the same tree, This was on the right bar of Lithodendron, 13 miles from Bear Spring. I got both fossils loaded on the wagon! and camped at the spring that night, In Colonel Swaine’s letter, which probably accompanied the spec incus, the following additional information concerning these is given: Only one of the two specimens obtained from the Lithodendron by Lieutenau, Hegewald was forwarded to Washington. This is the large dark-colored one, id the place of the second one brought in from the locality of the Lithodendron a bette! specimen was found on the mesa to the north of and adjacent to Fort Wingate, abou 2 miles froin the flag-staff. This is the smaller and lighter-colored one. From this it would appear that ouly two specimens were sent to Wash ington, but as there are two which, being darker colored, answer wel, the description of those obtained at Lithodendron, and another lighter one, which is probably the one from the vicinity of Fort Wingate, we may suppose that it was afterwards decided to send all three specimens, Certain it is that there are three here now. The light colored one, which presumably came from Fort Wingate, N. Mex., is about 11 feet long, and has a diameter at the larger end of 23 fect, and at the smaller end of about 2 feet. The segment under consideration came evidently from near the base of the trank, as the! large end is broken off just at the point where it begins to enlarge and! spread out into the roots. The whole trunk has been subjected to con: siderable pressure, as is shown by the fact that it is slightly elliptical in. cross section. This is further confirmed biysst tion which shows the cells to be slightly compressed. It is perfeetly silicified and exteriorly is light gray in color. The interior is very dark nearly black, due to the presence of iron. he microscopical examina- > “Pree, U, S, Nat. Mus., y, 1882, p. 3, ; : 9 ae 2 38, ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fi) The two remaining specimens, which probably came from Lithoden- on, in Arizona, are black throughout. The larger is about 8 feet in ngth and decidedly elliptical in cross-section, the larger end measur: ¢ 204 inches in long and 134 inches in short diameter, the smaller (117 inches in long and 12 inches in short diameter. The smaller ecimen is 6 feet 4 inches long, and is also considerabiy compressed, e long and short diameter of the large end being respectively 24 by inches and of the small end 17 by 12 inches. In regard to the geological horizon to which these fossils belong, aj. J. W. Powell, who has recently visited this section of the country, clines to regard them as of Jurassic age. Other evidence points to eir Cretaceous age, but until further and more definite knowledge obtained these views must be regarded as uncertain. ‘A microscopical examination shows the internal structure of all to we been tolerably well preserved, the cells having suffered but little om the pressure to which the trunks had been subjected. They all Jong to the genus Araucarioxylon, and probably are of the same yecies. The two from Lithodendron are absolutely identical in struct- re, but the one from Fort Wingate, as it lacks some of the essential varacters, is referred provisionally to the same species. More abun- ant material may clear up all doubtful points. ‘The only material that has been examined microscopically from this art of the country, so far as I am able to learn, was that collected by . Baldwin Méllhausen, a German traveler, in the valley of Rio Seco, few Mexico, about the year 1854. These specimens were submitted to ir, H. R. Gippert, of Berlin, who reported upon them in Mollhausen’s Reise vom Mississippi nach den Kiisten der Siidsee,” p. 492. Among hese specimens Goppert detected a new species, which, in honor of the iscoverer, he named Araucarites Mollhausianus, but did not indicate ny of the characters upon which it was founded, nor can I find that t was ever subsequently described. The specimens belonging to the Jational Museum represent an undescribed species of Araucarioxylon Araucarites Presl.), which may possibly be the Araucarites Mollhausi- mus of Goppert, but it is manifestly impossible to decide this, except yy an examination of the original specimen which Géppert says (I. ¢.) s deposited in the mineralogical cabinet of the University of Berlin. ave consequently decided to describe these species as new under the lowing name: ae, Araucarioxylon arizonicum, N. sp. i Araucarites méllhausianus ? Gépp., in Méllhausen’s “‘ Reise,” p. 492. ius _ Diagnosis.— Annual ring not apparent to the naked eye, but under he microscope observed to be present, the yearly growths being sepa- ‘ated by a layer of 2-5 tangentially compressed cells ; tracheids with noderately thick walls, which are provided on the radial sides with a single row of large contiguous pores or rarely with two rows of alter- 1ating pores, and on the tangential sides with numerous, separated, A NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL WOOD. perfectly round, small pores ; medullary rays humerous, composec Single series of 1-22 short, superimposed cells; resin ducts (Pl. 1, figs. 1-5.) Transverse section—The cells in this section are observed to ] indicated above, moderately thick Walled, and to be separated by i intercellular spaces. The largest cells observed have a diamet .J59"™™ and the smallest of about 020", theaverage being about .0 Kadial section.—As seen in this section the tracheids are obsery be long, and to be provided with numerous pores. These pori bordered pits are usually arranged in a single linear series, and ber from 40 to 80 or more on each cell. (Fig. 4.) Usually they t each other slightly, but sometimes, as indicated in Plate 1, figu they become atrifle compressed by actual contact. When these pore arranged in two series, as illustrated in Plate I, figure 5, they alter and are slightly, if at all, angled by mutual pressure. The pore, rather large, the average diameter for the outer circle being a 02", that for the inner .0040™™, The medullary rays are composed of short, thin-walled cells, wl in some instances, seem to have been provided with small oval pu They are difficult of demonstration, and it is possible that the gran contents of the cells may give the appearance of exterior marking. Tangential section.—This section demonstrates the presence of p or bordered pits on the tangential walls, a circumstance of infreqi occurrence in the genus Araucarioxylon. They are much smaller t the pores on the radial walls, and are in a single or rarely in two se: The pores are always separated from each other, sometimes widely The diameter of the outer circle is about .0075™ ™, and that of the it is about .0027™, The medullary rays are numerous and range in height from 1 té cells. Itis possible that in some rare cases they may bein two Ser but this is certainly not commonly the ease. | No resin ducts have been detected in any of the sections, their sence being a well-known character of the genus. An examination of the literature of the subject shows relationship tween this aud several described species. Thus Araucarioxylon fi deanum (Gépp.), Kraus (see Géppert, Monog. d. foss. Conif. p. 235, , XLV, figs. 6, 7, and Foss. FI). d. perm. Form. p. 256, Pl. LVII, figs. 1 a well-known species from the Permian of Silesia, very much resem} it, yet there are minor points of difference in the histological elemet as well as the great difference in the Seological and geographical p tion. So also with A. vogesiacum Kraus, A. Thuringicum Kraus, A. gintanum Knowlton, MS., and others. Proceedings U. S, National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—-Knowlton. PLATE 9 Pf | je et TLL _otoeamsceess 200, as 2 et eae T_] be D666 a LLL—— mth E ao) GaOOOO SOOO COMED S = aGeSooeees jet Tit ______| F7 [ Haceesocesnc 000 pss caausseaenaaas = ————————————————— . iemenemeee. eager GDOAGEGISS O GDIDASD © OS OS GOGIVOS wo | [ieee aS et ee bs = Saal sae 5 Oe AT OO PATS/o| OOO OTSTSSSTSSIN 9 MSDS qaIo ess SS eS asaas Lill FOR IIIA oo GIIVW__VIO © © GOGOQ SOO WNAGISOIGAD aa —<—<—_{_—_{_——_— ———— SSS = 26 Ooo © 2 P9000 900 2220600509 © — 20 ©9098 oO STOO DO BDOOTGOODUO0009 9 ——————— in AOD, DO00O8E B00 90 ——— SS Ee EE Eran = 2 —_ o 9000 S82 = (Page 3.) New species of fossil wood. Araucarioxylon Arizonicun. wi mua : hi RE PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ‘ SCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL CONIFEROUS : WOOD FROM IOWA AND MONTANA. BY F. H. KNOWLTON, ASS’T CURATOR, FOSSIL PLANTS. (With Plates 11, II.) he material upon which the following observations are based was t by the Rev. li. M. Glasgow, of Estherville, Iowa, to Mr. W. J. McGee, he U. S. Geological Survey, and by him sent to the U.S. National seum for examination. The specimens are eight in number and are y small fragments, the larger being but 6 in length and 4°™ in meter. efore passing tothe description of the species it may be well to speak fly of the arguments in favor of conferring generic and specific 1es upon woods of this character. It has been objected to on the und that the characters available for the satisfactory identification enera or species are so vague and imperfect that it is not worth while onfer names upon such material. As an example of this view may sited Sir William Dawsoun’s recent paper, “Note on Fossil Woods other Plant Remains, from the Cretaceous and Laramie Formations he Western Territories of Canada,”* in which no specific names or eriptions are given, and the genera are compared toa few typical liv- genera. low, all students who have given their attention to the investigation he internal structure of fossil plants are willing to admit that their alled genera and species are not as definitely circumscribed nor as ly characterized as they could be if living, but it does not seem t they are on this account any the less valuable as furnishing marks stratigraphic identification or data for the elucidation of problems of elopment. The objects of this study are twofold: First, to supply © supplement a history of the evolution of the vegetable kingdom, , Second, to give assistance to the stratigraphic geolcgist. And in ler case, if the facts obtained are to be made use of, the specimens died must be described and named, in order that subsequent workers y be able to recognize and speak intelligibly of the results attained. ‘he further objection to naming or describing woods, that they are bably already named from other parts, such as leaves or fruits of ‘same plant, is even less defensible than the first, for it is manifestly yossible, except in rare instances, to correlate all parts of a fossil nt. It would, of course, be desirable to know the complete life-history wy species, but until all the organs are found in actual contact it is safe to assume identity, and it is also seemingly undesirable to ct one series of data to the exclusion of the other. * ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Sec. iv, 1887, pp. 31-37. 6 NEW SPECIES FOSSIL CONIFEROUS WOOD The specimens in this collection have all proved to be coniferous a to belong to the genus Cupressinoxylon.* The first species I he named, in honor of the collector: Cupressinoxylon Glasgowi, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 1-5. Diagnosis.—Annual rings very sharply marked, 3 to 44™™ broa tracheids in the summer wood provided on the radial walls with one two series of very large bordered pits; medullary rays humerous, 0 to 30 superimposed cells in a single series, resin ducts moderat numerous, of a chain of short cells. Locality, Emmet County, lowa. Horizon probably Cretaceous. MICROSCOPIC ANALYSIS. Transverse section.—The annual rings as observed in this section a very apparent to the naked eye, the actual ring or line of separati being a brown band nearly a millimeter in width, while the whole wid of a ring, as stated above, is often more than 4"™, Under the mic scope the cells are shown to be arranged in strict radial rows, and t band above mentioned is found to consist of a layer of from 18 to. cells more or less completely lignified. In the outer layers of this ] nified band of fall-wood the lumen of the cells is reduced to a minimu The lumen is in the form of an ellipse of which the long diameter is le than .0i"™ and the short diameter about .005"™, In the immediate following layer of spring-wood the cells are very large and thia-walle measuring .0S™™ in long, and .05"™ in short, diameter. In the summe wood the cells become smaller and more nearly hexagonal in outlir and pass abruptly into the band of fall-wood. | Ladial section.—In this section, as in the transverse, the demark tion between fall and spring wood is very clearly marked (PI. 11, fig 1,4,5.) The walls of the cells in the spring and summer wood are the on ones provided with bordered pits, and in these they seem not to hay been very abundant, or at least are not preserved in a manner capab of demonstration. These pits are usually arranged in two parall rows, although in some cases there is but one row, when it occupies tl center of the cell. The pits are large, and when in two rows take u nearly the entire width of the cell. The diameter of the outer circle. in extreme cases fully .0250", the average being about 0200": diameter of the inner circle is only .0025 to .0040™™, The medullary rays are observed to be nu merous, with the individ cells very long. The individual cells are not, liowever, very high, a they are thin-walled. They have not been provided with border pits, or at least none are preserved. The resin-duets have been moderately numerous. They are compose of a chain of short thia walled cells from .15™™ to .25™™ jn length, a *Many authors write Cupressoxylon, but as I regard Cupressinew as the root fr which the word is formed I prefer to write Cupressinoxylon. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Know!ton PLATE Il. a e } Rai i AN iii i i iit | () 0 | it ee ACCA en a ae A O es (sfefolelele| (Hh f Ni I =i eretere eee ateteeteret | ! SES (eo | eter —4 CN SS Satan A Se Saecais i} I elole} ] a a ERR soesere 4 { | HH (>) j WG ° pode(sra) < | | HH | pasrets) ce Etetetsie CE AT oye Ste] 2 | HN NW i i (erotsts ts ty | etatets (S THAR 2a5Q0o0ic TT Lic a tate ts} {c] attic SSIES 5 ft as w Ee Sale|) 5} i | Hh BCaGS iS 1} O Mi Serer i SO iO te | O en A | OD au AG iO OO a 6G “== nee Bee TH « 322, Cupressinoxylon Glasgowi. New species of fossil wood. (Pages 6, 8.) (Explanation of plate on page 8.) 4 888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 7 wre partially filled with a dark mass representing the resin. (PI. 0, ig. 4.) Tangential section.—In this section the medullary rays are observed o be composed of a single series of cells which ranges from 38 to 30 in umber. It is rare, however, to find them with as few as 3 or as many is 30 cells, the average number being from 8 to 15. Bordered pits have not been observed in this section. This beautiful species is one of the most clearly marked of any that as been described. It is apparently related with several that have een described from Russia, but it differs in important particulars from I. Thus it resembles the Cupressinoxylon sequoianum Mereklin,* which as the wings only one-half to 2" broad; sometimes three or four eries of bordered pits, and 1-40 or more superimposed cells in the nedullary rays. From Oupressinoxrylon sylvestre Merckl.} it differs, as he latter has one, rarely two, rows of pits on the radial walls of the racheids and the medullary rays, 2-15 cells high. Oupressinoxylon anguineum MerckL+ has the pits in one, or rarely in two, irregular series, nd the rays are composed of only 2-18 superimposed celis. The specimens are completely chalcedonized and stained a yellowish wrowncolor. As to their age Mr. W. J. McGee informs me§ that ‘there s every probability that the Emmet County, Iowa, wood is from the Jretaceous, though it has been found in the drift, the Cretaceous strata rom which it was originally derived having formerly extended over sontiguous parts of Minnesota-and been largely removed by glacial rosion during the Quaternary.” Specimens from Martin County, Minn., ire indistinguishable from the Emmet County specimens. Supressinoxylon elongatum, n.sp. Plate 11, figs. 1-4. Diagnosis—Annual rings apparent to the naked eye but faint, one- ialf to 6™™ broad; tracheids thick-walled, provided with two, rarely one, ‘ows of bordered pits on radial walls; medullary rays numerous, com- osed of short thin-walled cells, eee in a single series of from 1 ‘0 44 superimposed cells; resin-ducts moderately abundant, composed yf a chain of short cells. Locality.—Tiger Buttes, Dawson County, Mont. Age, probably Lar- umie group. MICROSCOPIC ANALYSIS. Transverse section—The layer of fall-wood separating the contiguous ‘ings is narrow, consisting of only six to ten rows of flattened and thick- valled cells. The cells of the spring and summer wood are much larger ind nearly rectangular in outline. Their radial diameter is as great as 105" in some cases, while the tangential diameter is only .035 to .04™™. Palexodendrologikon Rossicum, p. 65, Pl. XV. t Op. cit., p.58, Pl. x11, figs, 1-6. Op. city, Pp. 5%; Pl. xin. § In litt., January 4, 1888. 8 NEW SPECIES FOSSIL CONIFEROUS WOOD. The average size is of course much less, being about .07™ in long, and 03 to .05"" in short, diameter. The medullary rays are observed to be numerous. The largest cells are in contact with the medullary rays. Radial section —The wood cells or tracheids appear broad and thick- walled in this section, and to be provided with two rows of very large pits which nearly touch in the center, and are in contact with the walls: on the outside. The diameter of the outer circle is .020™, that of the: inner .0040 to .0060™", They are rarely in a single row when they oe-. cupy the center of the cell. The resin-ducts consist of a chain of short cells the contents of which: are not preserved. Medullary rays abundant; individual cells long, covering the width) of six or eight tracheids; thin-walled. They seem not to have been: provided with pits or markings. Tangential section.—Medullary rays in a single series, and rarely, of 1-44 superimposed cells. It is not common to find ‘ays with less than 5 ceils or more than 30, the average being about 10 to 25. No pits on the walls of the tracheids. The single specimen upon which this species is founded was collected by Mr. Glasgow from ‘a log 30 feet long in clayey soil.”* It is the: ordinary silicified wood so common from this part of the country. Its. age is, without doubt, Laramie, as it is not far from Glendive, from which come typical Laramie plants. As in the case cf the species first described, this species has affini-. lies with forms already described froin Russia and elsewhere, but the differences are such as to entitle it to specific distinction. | | ! | EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE Il. Figs. 1-5. Cupressinoxylon Glasgowi, n. sp. From Emmet County, Iowa. . Fic. 1. Radial section, x 90. a, Dense fall-wood; b, large-celled spripg-wood ; d shows ready separation of spring and fall wood. Fic, 2. Transverse section, x 90. a, Spring-wood; }, fall-wood; @, summer- wood; d, single medullary ray. . 3. Tangential section, x 90. 1G. 4. Radial section through resin-duct. a, Resin in duet. Fic. 5. Radial section, x 310, Single tracheid, showing arrangement of pits. Fic PLATE III. Fias. 1-4. Cupressinoxylon elongatum, n. sp. From Tiger Buttes, Dawson County, Mont. Kia. 1. Radial section, x 99. a, Resin-duct. ric. 2. Tangential section, x 90. ric. 3. Radial section, x 310. Showing the arrangement of pits. l'tc. 4. Transverse section, x 90, a, Cells of spring-wood; db, cells of summer-. wood; ¢, cells of fall-wood ; e¢, medullary ray, * In letter of McGee, September 14, 1887. PLATE Ill. Pro az ‘ i l | i | } ] 1 } . a | on rt | Wi ceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.— Knowlton i to ti of plate on page 8 (Explanation | Wg | } LW Wes a | jest Vo | HH Ty | aS | | \ >) is fears I La | | Tt nt i | It | if I I Yt tr 3 a 1882. } PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ) DESCRIPTION OF STORERIA DEKAYI, VAR. ANOMOLA. BY A. DUGES. J’ai trouvé ce petit serpent & Orizaba (Mexique) sous une pierre, au bord @’un ruisseau, dans un endroit, extrémement humide et dune végétation tropicale. I] était trés-vif, et en le prenant il laissa échap- per une sécrétion dont la fetidité ressemblait a celle des tropidonotes. Ss Oo al Nii 5ze Storeria Dekayi, var. anomala, DuG&s. Description.—Longueur totale, 0.279"; téte, 0.010"; corps, 0.216™; queue, 0.053". Dix-sept rangs d’écailles toutes bien carénées; celles qui touchent ies lamelles ventrales, plus grandes que les autres; deux pores a l’extrémité qui est échancrée. Gastrostéges, 145. Anale divisée. Urosteges doubles, 45. Une pointe uigué a Vextrémité de la queue. Frénale absente. Préoculaire, 1; post-oculaires, 2. Labiales, 7 en haut et 7 en bas. Parties supérieures brunes avee deux lignes pa- ralléles de points noiratres le long du milieu du dos; vertex un peu plus foneé. Parties inférieures blanches. Iris brun. Langue couleur de chair. _ Cet ophidien porte a gauche 3, et 4 droite 2, post oculaires. Derriére la post-oculaire inférieure il y a une éecaille qui touche cette post-ocu- laire et un peu la supérieure, la premiere temporale et les 4° et 5éme tQ NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN SERPENT. supérolabiales. La premiére temporale est grande, mais les deux autres | ne different pas des écailles des cétés du cou. L’anale est partagée en | trois, parce que du coté gauche une de ses moitiés est divisée en travers. | La rostrale est plus large que haute. | Je trouve a ce serpent beaucoup de ressemblance avee Storeria de- i kayi Holbr., mais sa coloration est plus uniforme: il n’y a aucune tache | i la téte, ni sous le ventre, et la portion Comprise entre les deux lignes — dorsales longitudinales n’est pas plus claire que le reste; sur les flanes on distingue avec peine la trace @une ligne brune longitudinale. La présence, indiguée dans la figure, de siz plaques sous-maxillaires; les | préanales au nombre de trois; la petite Gcaille temporale accessoire me — paraissent de simples anomalies insuffisantes pour établir une espéce, et Vest la ce qui m’a déterminé a présenter cet individu comme une simple variété de St. dekayi. ALF. DuGES. GUANAJUATO, décembre 1887, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NAT{LONAL MUSEUM. 11 RECENT DETERMINATIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS FROM KENTUCKY LOUISIANA, OREGON, CALIFORNIA, ALASKA, GREENLAND, ETC., WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. oF BY LEO LESQUEREUX, COLUMBUS, OHIO. [Compiled and prepared for publication by F. H. KNOWLTON, Assistant Curator Botany and Fossil Plants, U.S. National Museum. ] (With Plates 1v—xv1.) The fossil plants of which the following determinations have been made belong to collections of greater or less extent that have been sent to the U.S. National Museum from various parts of the country. While most of the species are well known, a large percentage of species new to science have been detected, particularly in the collections from Ore- gon and California. Following is an enumeration of the various localities from which these plants have been obtained, with an indication (when known) of the geo- logic horizon to which each belongs: 1. Boaz Station, Graves County, Ky.--.....Tertiary (Pliocene). 2. Wwickiite: ballardCounty, Bys---+-s2-2- s2-- Lower Eocene. 3. Van Horn’s Ranch, John Day Valley, Oregon.....-- Miocene. 4. Cherry Creek, Wasco County, Oregon ...---..----- Laramie. 5. Campbell’s Quarry, Cross Lake, Wa ..-5.-.---.-2--. Laramie. 6eMclkees near Mansfield ais. 2-5-5-+5--= Laramie. 7. Coral Hollow, Alameda County, Cal...........-..- Miocene. 8. Monte Christo Tunnel, Summit of Spanish Peak, Cal.,Miocene. omShasta County; Caleocecesesese cass omar eee heres Miocene. HOMmassens County Calixnaaaceeecese =. ceeeiseteete see Kocene. iiCapetishourne, Alaskarosse- sone. Sees sae e se Neocomian. flare ern earn Cypser ater pop ei oe ed a ME el ances ne ae, Miocene. 15, (Contra Costa. ounty, Cale. oo eee Upper Miocene. 14, Sam’s Creek, Jackson County, Oregon....-...----- Unknown. io WossilPoiniePs Yi. Sheet ..o00. 12-052 225. 202e~ Unknown. 16. Selma\.Cherokee County, Lex. s25225.--2-- sees. Unknown. Niesbrid Coton iNex Jie. a seeete a ocak on on cen woe ee Pliocene. 1S PH remon taped iilOMee=eceee hase cete ee Soe ao ame Oolite? 19 Hortietn Panallela@ollection” se. s.ccseo.54ses Unknown. 20. Miscellaneous localities..............---- Mostly unknown. ds Specimens from Boaz Station, Graves County, Ky. Collected by Dr. Kt. H. Loughridge of the Kentucky Geological Survey. Specimens pre- served in a white or purple plastic clay, of the Lagrange group of Saf: ford, probably Upper Tertiary. Picus multinervis Heer. Plate 1v, figs. 2, 3. These leaves have the exact nervation of the species as figured in Ett. Foss. Fl. v. Bilin, part i, Pl. xx, figs. 5, 6, especially like the en- grt 12 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. larged fig. 6b. The form of the leaf (fig. 2) is like that in Heer FI. Tert. Hely., vol ii, Pl. LXxX1, fig. 6, agreeing also by the nervation. The fragment (fig. 3) has epiphytes much like Xylomites aggregatus Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct., vol. vi, Pl. Xx1x, figs, 11,11). Catalogue number, 2638. Laurus californica Lx. Plate Iv, fig. 1. Differs from the leaves of the species as described and figured (Cret. and Tert. FI., p. 252, Pl. vi, figs. 6-8) in the more obtuse leaf. It is most like Persea amplifolia Sap. (Poss. Fl. of Meximieux, p. 239 [109], Pl. xxvit [xxviii], fig. 1-4). The leaves are larger in the European species and the secondaries and intermediate tertiaries stronger. Cat- alogue number, 2496. Sapindus falcifolius Al. Br. Plate rv, fig. 4. One specimen; Museum number, 2604, Quercus cf. cuspidata (Rossm.) Ung. Catalogue number, 2573. Quercus neriifolia Al. Br. Catalogue number, 2574. 2. Specimens in Claystone from the Lower Eocene or lignitie group. Collected at Wickliffe, Ballard County, Ky., by Dr. R. H. Loughridge of the Kentucky Geological Survey. Myrica elznoides, p. sp. Plate Iv, fig. 5. Leaf long, linear-lanceolate, entire, gradually tapering at base and somewhat deeurring upon a short petiole, acute or acuminate (point broken); secondaries close, numerous, oblique, camptodrome ; tertiaries intermediate, more inclined, anastomosing at right angles on both sides, reticulation very small, quadrate. The form of this fine leaf is like that of a Salix (e. g., S. tabellaris Lx. Miss. Fl., Pl. xv1t, fig. 4), being a little narrower and more gradually nar- rowed to the petiole. The nervation is also analogous, but secondaries are more numerous and more oblique. By its form also the leaf has great affinity to Quercus elena Ung. (especially as figured in Sap. Etudes iii, Pl. u1, fig. 20, for the form, and pl. v, fig. 2 for the pervation), differing, however, by the very close small quadrate, punctate areolation. The aspect is also that of a Laurus, the areolation being that of Laurus canariensis Willd. It appears more likely referable to Myrica, the ter- tiary nervation being that of Myrica aquensis (Sap. Etudes iii, Pl. V11, fig. 7), and the form that of M. hakewfolia (Sap. Etudes ii, Pl. v, fig. 9). Sapindus angustifolius Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2599. Sapindus dubius Ung. Kight specimens; Museum number, 2603. Myrica Copeana Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2521. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LS Juglans rugosa Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2490. Salix angusta Al. Br. Two specimens; Museum number, 2588. Salix media Heer. Three specimeus; Museum number, 2593, Quercus Saffordii Lx. Plate Vatios, 13! The description of the species is given in Geol. Tenn., p. 427, pl. K, figs. 2a, 2b, 2c. It is comparable, indeed much like the small leaves referred to Quercus furcinervis Rossm. by Engelhardt (FI. v. Leitm., p. 402 [62], Pl. xxv [x], figs. 10-19), which differs from the American form in having the secondaries more regular, at equal distances, and not separated by tertiaries, which do not correspond to teeth of the borders but are shorter, camptodrome, or ending in the areolation. From the de. scription of Engelhardt and the figures of Quercus Jureinervis in Ett. Foss. FI. v. Bilin, Th. I, Pl. XVI, figs. 11, 12, Quereus Saffordii: Lx. ap- pears to be a mere variety of that very common and variable species. Ten specimens; Museum humber, 2571. Porana species. One specimen ; Museum number, 2630. 3. Specimens from Van Horn’s ranch, John Day Valley, Oregon, col- lected by Capt. Charles Bendire, U.S. Army. The age of these beds is Miocene, probably latest Miocene. Magnolia lanceolata Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2514. Magnolia Inglefieldi Heer, Fl. Art. I, p. 120, Pl. xvii, figs. 1-3. I refer the specimen to the Species with some doubt, as Heer de- scribes the leaves as having a thick medial nerve, being coriaceous and the surface polished. In these leaves, which are, however, impressions of the lower surface, the medial nerve is comparatively thin, though thick, proportionally, to the Secondaries; the texture is not coriaceous and the surface is not polished. The nervation is, however, of the same type; the secondaries distant; the areas broad, the nervilles or terti- aries distinct, and the areolation very small, quadrangular, pitted by points as in fig. 3a of Heer ; it must be remarked also that fig. 1 of Heer has not the medial nerve broader than of the leaf in specimen. One specimen; Museum number, 2513, Liquidambar protensum Un g Plate vy, fig. 3, The leaf has the characters of the species as represented in Heer, FI, Tert. Helv,, p.8, Pl, II, fig. 11. It is, however, deformed by maceration, the medial nerye of the middle lobe being displaced from its point of 14 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. conjunction with the lateral ones; and the borders being all totally erased so that their characters can not be observed except at the lower borders of the left lobe, which is serrate. Heer describes the leaves as coriaceous. These specimens show them to be thin and pellucid, an appearance, however, which may have been produced by maceration. In comparing this leaf with that of Acer dimorphum, one can but find between them a remarkable analogy of characters, the lower lateral lobes, though comparatively very small in PI. rx, fig. 1, being marked on the lower side each by a few small teeth or like serrate, while the nervation of the upper lateral lobe is about of the same character. Two specimens; Museum number, 2504. Liquidambar europeum Al. Br. One specimen; Museum number, 2503. Acacia oregoniana, n. sp. Plate v, fig. 4. Legume long-pedunculate, 8° long, 14° broad, linear, narrowed at oue end to a loug pedicel, obliquely rounded at the other to a pointed one-sided beak; bearing 8 to 9 small oval seeds more or less distant, joined to the upper borders by simple filaments; borders, narrow; legume, flattened by compression, membranous. The legume is larger than any of those figured by Heer (Fl. Tert. Helv., Pls. CXXXIX and CXL), except the fragment of A. microphylla, Pl. CXL, fig. 3. Its form is that of Cercis occidentalis, but the borders are not winged by a membrane. Two specimens; Museum number, 2412. Acer Bendirei, n. sp. Plate v, fig. 5, v1, fig. 1, vu, fig. 1, vil, fig. 1. Acer trilobatum productum Al. Br. Lesquereux in Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. 255, Pl. “ix, figs. 1-4, Leaves large, palmately trilobate, cordate or round auricled at base, with a very long, thick petiole; lobes long and comparatively narrow, the medial twice as long as the lateral ones, which are erect, at a very acute angle of divergence or even curved inward, dentate from the base; teeth either large and long, sharply acuminate, or shorter, turned outward and merely pointed. The leaf, fig, 1, Pl. vi, has no auricie at its base, and the teeth of the lobes are large and sharply acuminate; thus, it seems at first to belong toa marked variety or a different species. But that of fig. 5, Pl. v, has some of the teeth also sharply acuminate, and at base a short auricle or rather a prolongation of the lamina lower than the point of union of — the primary nerves. The petiole is thick, inflated, and split at base by compression. Acer trilobatum, var. productum, Al. Br., has the medial lobe nearly as long as in those of this species, which evidently differs by the base of the leaves, cordate or auriculate, by the narrow very oblique lateral lobes sometimes curved inward, and the sharply acuminate teeth. Acer Heerii (Mass. Flor. Foss., p. 345, Pl. xvi, and Xvi), a synonym of A. trilobatum productum Al. Br., is represented with leaves sometimes 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LS ‘auricled at base, but the lateral lobes are open with short even obtuse teeth of a far different facies. Eleven specimens; Museum number, 2413. Acer dimorphum, n. sp. Plate 1x, fig. 1. Leaves large, palmately three-lobed; lobes oblong, lanceolate, dis- tantly obtusely dentate, the lateral shorter, half open, prolonged at base into two short triangular minutely dentate lobes or large teeth. The leaf has a peculiar facies, the medial lobe being large and long, obtusely dentate, with few distant secondaries, and also few distant ob- tuse teeth, while the lateral lobes open, diverging 50 degrees from the medial nerve, have short obtuse teeth, numerous camptodrome or craspe- dudrome secondaries, and are prolonged at tbeir base into small lobes opening like wings on both sides of the medial nerve. The relation of this leaf is with Acer grosse-dentatum Heer FI. Tert. Hely., iii, 54, Pl. cxu, fig. 24), from which it differs by the pecurliar characters of the lateral lobes. Two specimens; Museum number, 2415. Acer, fruits of. Plate vi, figs. 2, 3; vit, fig. 2. Seeds long and large-winged, broad-margined on the outer side; nucleus large, apparently round (crushed). The seeds are comparable to those of Acer dasycarpoides Heer (FI. Tert. Helv., vol. iii, Pl. CLY, fig. 7), the wings being, however, rounded, not emarginate at the middle. They most resemble those of Acer dasycarpum Ehrh. of the eastern slope of the United States, and those of A. macrophyllum Pursk, of California. The marginof the outer side is, however, less enlarged and less compact at base in the living than in the fossil seeds. These are most probably referable to the preced- ing species. Three specimens; Museum number, 2417. Acer, branches of? Five specimens; Museum number, 2418. Sapindus angustifolius Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2598. Rhus Bendirei, n. sp. Plate 1x, fig. 2. Leaf compound, leaflets oblanceolate, narrowed from below the mid- dle to a short petiole, tapering above to an acute point, serrate to near the base; medial nerve stout; secondaries parallel, curved in travers- ing the blade; branching near the borders, craspedodrome with their divisions. The leaflet is apparently a terminal one, longer and more narrowed downward than the lateral ones. To these I refer a small oblong lanceolate leaflet, rounded in narrowing rapidly to the point of attachment, very short petioled, with small teeth, and areolation identical. The substance of the leaves is membranous; the areolation distinct, very small, irregularly round or angular, Three specimens; Museum number, 2582, ee nay 16 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. a a ie Berchemia multinervis Al. bi Two specimens; Museum number, 2433, Aralia! pungens? Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2428. Aralia! whitneyi? Lyx. . One specimen, Museum number, 2429. Andromeda ? (Leucothce) crassa, n. sp. i Leaves thick, coriaceous, entire, narrowly oval, oblong or clip obtuse, petioled. Secondaries camptodrome, This leaf resembles thos of some Quercus, e. g., I. chlorophylla Ung.; but the secondaries are not thin and indistinct, but comparatively chicks well marked, somewhat distant, camptodrome, the borders of the leaf being reflexed and the: end of the secondaries not seen. Its greatest affinity is with the lea figured by Unger (Sylloge, iii, p. 36, Pl. x1, fig. 11) as Andromeda tristisy, a variety, according to Schimper, of A. protogaea. The leaf is 5°™ long;, 22m broad at the middle, with a petiole a little more than 1°" long; th secondaries, 6 pairs, diverge 40 to 50 degrees from the medial nerve. One specimen ; Museum number, | 2422, On same stone with num: bers 2480 and 2614. Cassia phaseolites ? Ung. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2405. Paliurus columbi Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2542. Myrica (Aralia) lessigii? Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2022. Porana Bendirei (Ward) Lx. Plate vii, tig.4. Marsilia Bendirei Ward. Sketch of Paleobotany. Fifth Ann, Rept. Director U. S. Geological Survey, 1883-84) p. 446. | Calix large, quadrilobate, lobes broadly oval, obtuse; the latera shorter, more enlarged, reniform, connate to above the middle, nerves | thin, diverging from a central small oval point. The calix is nearly 4°" wide in its length, 3° broad; the largest of the sepals being 2" long, 14° broad at the middle. The species much like P. ao cs eis by Weber in ee vol. ii., Pi iwingensis andl whit differs from the American epetids by having the sepals free to the base or to near the center, smaller and round. That plant of Weber is apparently what is described as Hydrangea sagoriant Ett. (Foss. Fl. v. Sagor, part iii, p. 18, Pl. xxxt, fig. 3). Two specimens; Museum number, 2041. 3 Carpites fragarizeformis, 0. sp.? One specimen; Museum number, 2442, . PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1% Salix varians Gipp. One specimen ; Museum number, 2596, ‘Salix raena ? Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2594. Salix Engelhardti, n. sp. Plate Vill, fig. 2. Leaves oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, rounded to the point (broken), gradually narrowed to the base; borders serrate with short appressed teeth; medial nerve narrow, secondaries equidistant, camp- todrome, and parallel from the base. The leaf, 8° long, 3°" broad toward the apex, is gradually narrowed tothepetiole. Except for the secondaries, which are open atan angle of divergence of 50 to 60 degrees curved in passing toward the borders, the areolation is obsolete. It is comparable by its form, the dentation of the borders, and its nervation to the living Salix discolor Mubl. Two specimens; Museum number, 2589. Salix amyegdalifolia Lx. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2587. Quercus Horniana, n. sp. Plate v, fig. 6. Leaves small, subcoriaceous, elliptical oblong, narrowed upward to a point, rounded to a short, thick petiole, obtusely dentate; medial nerve thin; secondaries at an acute angle of divergence, simple, straight to the point of the teeth, numerous alternate and parallel; the two low- est pairs more open, slightly curved back, and with few branches. The angle of divergence of the secondaries is 30 degrees; they are comparatively thick, less than 5™" distant. The appearance of the leaf is like that of a Castanea, but no species of this genus has the leaves so short dentate and the secondaries ramified. It is most like Dryophyl- lum (Quercus) Brunert Ward (Synop. of the FI. of the Laramie Group, Pl. XXXVII, figs. 6-9), from which it differs essentially by the small size, the secondaries straight,even slightly curved backward rather than upward aid the lowest ramified. It is also comparable to Quercus densiflora Hook & Arn. (Bot. Beechey, p. 391, of California), but has the leaves comparatively shorter, not tapering, but rounded at base. One specimen; Museum number, 2556. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx. Plate X, fig. 1. (Foss. Pl. of the Aurif. Gravel, p. 8 Pl. 11, figs. 1-2.) The leaves are cut into deep, oblong linear or lanceolate lobes, pointed or acuminate. With this exception the description Ul. c. is correct. * Twelve specimens; Museum number, 2565. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. acutiloba n. var. Plate x esl Four specimens; Museum number, 2566. Juercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. angustiloba n. var. Plate XI, fig. 2. One specimen; Museum number, 2567. Proc. N. M. 88 2 MAS ; (S8&- _ 18 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. brevifolia, n. var. Plate x, fig. 2. One specimen ; Museum number, 2568. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. latifolia, n. var. Plate x11, fig. 1. Two specimens; Museum number, 2570. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. obtusiloba, n. var. Plate x, Fig. 3. Two specimens; Museum number, 2569. Populus glandulifera Heer. Is right according to Schimper’s description and also to my figures of the species in “Cret. and Tert. Fl.” Pl. xLvt, fig. 4, which is better than any of Heer’s (FI. Tert. Helv., Pl. Lv), the secondaries being at a much greater distance from the primaries as figured by Heer, and also much thinner. One specimen ; Museum number, 2545. Populus mutabilis Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 25474. Fagus castaneefolia Ung. Two specimens; Museum number, 2466. Carya eleenoides Heer. 2 One specimen ; Mnseum number, 2446. Carpinus grandis Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2440, ‘ | Carpinus pyramidalis Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2439. Alnus Kefersteinii Ung. Four specimens ; Museum number, 2420. Ulmus plurinervia Ung. Two specimens; Museum number, 2620. Ulmus californica Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2621. Ficus? oregoniana, n.sp. Plate 1x, fiz. 3. Leaves ovate, taper pointed, enlarged at and below the middle; rounded to a short thick petiole, entire, medial nerve narrow, second- aries alternate, distant, much curved in passing to the borders, campto- drome, separated by thin tertiaries composing the areolation in anasto mosing with oblique nervilles, meshes very irregular. The areolation is somewhat indistinct, the petiole is short, much en larged at its point of attachment, scarcely 1°™ long. The relation o this leaf is with Ficus maravigne, (Mass. Fl. Foss., Pl. xxxt, f. 7), whie is smaller, less enlarged in the lower part, but apparently with the sam kind of nervation. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2475. — a +1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. he Planera Ungeri Ett. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2554. Platanus Raynoldsii Newby. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2539. Platanus nobilis Newby. One specimen; Museum number, 2538. Platanus aceroides (Gopp) Heer. Plate v, fig. 7. Two specimens; Museum number, 2535, Smilax Wardii, n.sp. Plate xii, fig. 1. Leaf long, linear-lanceolate, gradually narrowed above to an acute point, hastate sagittate at base, 5 to 7 nerved from the base of the me- dial nerve. The blade of leaf is about 14°" long, 2° broad below the middle, with two pairs of secondaries or lateral nerves emerging from the base, the inner more distinct at an acute angle of divergence, passing up in the middle of the areas, parallel to the midrib and acrodrome, the outer ‘pair emerging from the base nearly at right angles dividing at the mid- dle in two branches, the one directed upward from which depends the the outer, thin secondaries, which follow close to the borders, being gradually eftaced above, the other descending into the auricle by branch- lets, there curving down and around, anastomosing in following the borders, with thin nervilles emerging from the base of the midrib. The areolation is made of thin nervilles oblique to the secondaries and crossing obliquely in rhomboidal meshes. Related by its prolonged rounded auricle to the numerous sagittate species of Smilax, the leaf differs from all by the very long linear lan- ceolate blade, the obtuse auricles descending 2“ below the base of the midrib, diverging from each other at an angle of 55 to 60 degrees. Three specimens ; Museum number, 2613. Phagmites oeningensis Al. Br. Six specimens ; Museum number, 2530. Glyptostubus Ungeri Heer. Fifteen specimens ; Museum number, 2480. Sequoia Nordenskidldi Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2610. Sequoia Langsdorfii Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2607. ‘Taxodium distichum miocenum Heer. Six specimens ; Museum number, 2614. 20 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. | 4. Specimens from Cherry Creek, Wasco County, Oregon, collected by Capt. Charles Bendire, U. S. Army. Age probably Eocene (Laramie group). Rhamnus obovatus Lx. ~ Three specimens ; Museum number, 2579. Rhamnus Dechenii Web. Two specimens; Museum number, 2570. Rhamnus Cleburni Lx., var. A large fragment, merely differing from the normal form by the nervilles more oblique nearly at right angles to the medial nerve and| slightly more distant. The form of the leaf, of which one side is pre- served, is conformable to that of the figures of the species in Lesqx. (Cret. and Tert. Fl., Pl. LI, figs. 1,2), made from specimens from Golden, Colo- rado. | One specimen; Museum tumber, 20380. Magnolia lanceolata Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2: —~ ww ( — Cl Andromeda protogaea Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2425. Aralia digitata Ward. Plate XI, fig. 4. Leaves small, palmately five-lobed to the middle, trinerved from a | the base, either cuneiform, subcordate, or poloneee into a short tri- dentate pelta; lobes linear-lanceolate, denticulate in the upper part,, separated by narrow, obtuse sinuses; secondaries numerous, cCampto- drome or ¢1 fennducvoins, entering the teeth in the upper part of the lobes. This very fine species is represented by four nearly eptirely preserved, leaves in Ward’s Synop. of the Flora of the Laramie Group, Pl. XLVUI, figs. 10-12, and Pl. xLix, fig.1. From these figures the leaves appear ex- tremely variable in size, the whole leaf (fig. 12) being only 85°™ long, in- cluding a thick petiole more than 2, with lobes 3° long and 1e™ broad, while ancther figure (Pl. XL1x, fig. 1) represents part of a leaf at least 16 long with lobes 10° long and 5°" broad above the middle, th lobes being generally slightly narrowed from the upper part toward th sinuses. The relation of this species is like that of A. gracilis and A. notat Lesqx., of the Laramie group and especially with A. Saportanea Lesqx. of the Dakota group. The specimens from Cherry Creek have the lower part of the leaf destroyed. One specimen; Museum number, 242 Aralia notata Lx. One specimen ; Museum number, 2426. 184.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 21 a6 ‘Tiex longifolia Heer. One specimen; Museum number, ‘Diospyros lancifolia Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2461. Cornus ferox Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2452. Carpites cincone, nN. sp. One specimen; Museum number, 2440. Populus monodon Lx. The leaf has the form of those of P. Gaudini Fisch-Oost. and also the size, but the nervationis more open and the leaf is not acuminate. It is also coriaceous, a character not indicated by Heer. The species appears to be an American form, perhaps identical, or at least closely allied, to the European P. Gaudini. It has by its nervation a relation to Populites Gasparinii, Massal (Flor. Foss., Pl. Xx v1, fig. 3), and also to the leaf or fragment figured by Heer (FI. Foss. Arct., vol. I, Pl. L, fig. 7) as Phyllites evanescens, especially like it by the nervation more open or nearly at right angles in the upper part. Two specimens; Museum number, 2546. Salix Schimperi, n. sp. Plate x1uJ, fig. 5. Leaves membraneous, large, lanceolate, gradually acuminate, nar- rowed in rounding to the subcordate base, minutely serrulate all around ; nerves thin, open. The nervation and areolation of this fine leaf are distinctly of a Salix. The membraneous leaf is thin and in being wetted distinctly shows the characters of the nervation and areolation. It is 154° long, 34°™ broad at a short distance above the base, from which point it is gradually nar- rowed and tapers by a curve to a short petiole, being subcordate at base, as in S. cordato lanceolata of Al. Br., figured by Heer (FI. Tert. Helv., vol. ii, Pl. Lxvut, fig. 5). The petiole is apparently thick, but is mostly covered. The crenulations of the borders though distinct are very small, turned upward as in S. Lavatert Heer (Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. ii, PI. LXVI, figs. 1-12). The leaf is not inclined nor curved, but perfectly equi- lateral. The leaf is clearly related to S. cordato-lanceolata Al. Br., but it is twice as large, more distinctly crenulate, thin, membraneous, and the base is less broadly cordate. Heer remarks that no fossil Salix leaves of this character have as yet been discovered, and that Braun’s species needs confirmation to fix the character of the subcordate base, which may be only the variation of a ‘Single leaf. No other leaf of Salix has been found as yet with this one except S. varians, which has the leaves sometimes as large as this, but always narrowed to the base and not rounded and subcordate. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2595. | | nM 1? 2a DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. Castanea Ungeri ? Heer. Three specimens; Museum number, 2447. ’ ) Quercus furcinervis (Rossm.) Ung. One specimen ; Museum number, 2554. Quercus lonchitis Ung. Three specimens; Museum number, 25573. Quercus fraxinifolia Lx. One specimen ; Museum number, 2552. Quercus Olafseni Hevr. One specimen; Museam number, 2559. Quercus platania Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2563. Juglans Leconteana Lx. Oue specimen; Museum number, 2457. Juglans rhamnoides Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2488. Juglans rugosa Lx. , Two specimens; Museum number, 2489. Juglans vetusta Heer. There is no difference at all, either in the form, the size, or the nervation, between this leaf and that figured in Heer, FI). Tert., vol. iii, Pi. OxXVii) fig. 41, described, p. 90, as leaves petioled, very entire, oblong, obtuse at apex; secondaries ten to twelve pairs. Heer says that these leaves may: represent a variety of the very variable Juglans acuminata which, under the names of Juglans rugosa Lx., is quite as common in the Laramie Group as J. acuminata is in the European Tertiary. The secondaries are very open, nearly at right angles, the reticulation distinet, in large polygonal arcoles, formed by subdivisions of intermediate thinner ter- tiaries or nervilles. One specimen; Museum number, 2636. Juglans denticulata Heer. f | One specimen; Museum number, ——. | Phyllites wascoensis, v. sp. Plate xiv, fig. 3. Leaves comparatively large (the lower half of one only is preserved oval. or ovate, cuneiform and abruptly rounded, truncate at bas secondaries oblique, straight in passing toward the borders, parallel, joined by strong nervilles, obliquely direeted upwards. The leaf, broken-6°™ from the base, is at the point of fracture 6°™ broad. The fragment has six pairs of secondaries, the three lower co ing close together toward the base, where they are scarcely 4™™ distan while above the distance is 1 to 1§°". The distribution of the secon aries and of the nervilles tending upward, finds analogy in some leav aaa 8s PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. aa 3 _ of Cornus, like C. Studeri Heer, of the Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. ili, Pl. cv, figs. 18-21, or the European C. mas. Linn., species in which the eee second- aries are often more proximate toward the base; but as the upper secondaries are directed toward the borders and rm the frag- ments ean not be referable to Cornus. It might be eared also to species of Rhamnus, but the lowest secondaries branch and curve in bows along the borders, a character which is at variance with that of we _ the secondary nervation of the leaves of that genus. One specimen; Museum number, 2633. Ficus tenuinervis Lx. The specimen of Cherry Creek is better preserved than the small fragment of this species in Lesqx., Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. Ga Pie xe fig. 4, The leaf is large, cordiform, rounded at apex, apparently obtise or obtusely pointed, largest hater: the middle and rounded to the sub. cordate or emarginate base. The secondariesare distant, parallel, much curved, following close to the borders in simple areoles joined by strong nervilles at right angles forking obliquely or at right angles at the middle, subdivided again into small irregular Saleeaual areoles. The characters of nervation, as well as the primary reticulation, is exactly represented in l.¢., fig. 4. But the leaf of Cherry Creek is more than twice as large, 7 : 8" long, and as broad below the middle, with five pairs of secondaries at a broad angle of divergence. One specimen; Museum number, 2479. Equisetum Hornii, n. sp. Stems thick with branches 13 to 2°™ in diameter, not compressed; one stem compressed 3°"; articulations distant; sie appressed, aor merely obtusely dentate; teeth generally obsales aud destroyed, ine gulate, connate to near ‘i inflated apex; articulations under it or at its base marked by round scars of leaves distinctly and deeply stri ate ; stems nearly smooth or obscurely striate; diapbragm thick, often left Separated from the crushed stems, coriaceous. The largest fragment preserved of this species is 11 long; the di - tance between the articulations 84°"; that of the branches. i toyZen long, according to the size. The width of the strie—which are flat in the lower part, grooved in the upper—is 1 to 14", The sheaths seen upon a fragment of specimen, the inside of which is preserved, is 2»™ long, fringed with oblong and pointed short teeth. The roots are thiek, 1§°™ in diameter. Except Hquisetum procerum Heer (FI. Tert. Helv., vol. iii, p. 258, Pl. CXLVI, fig. 1), no species described from the Cenozoic time may be com- pared to this. From #. procerwm it differs merely by the sheaths being longer, the teeth and striz much narrower. The teeth of the sheaths, as described by Heer, are short, muticous. The fragments from Oregon are apparently merely branches, at least those which have not been flattened by compression, two of which are narrowed to the base and 24 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. obtuse-like branches. The largest fragment, flattened, 3™ in diameter, is as large as that figured by Heer. The character taken from the size of the stemis of no great value; these fragments may represent the Same species as that of Heer, for one fragment (No. 733) has a whole sheath and the stem above, partly preserved, is striate. It may be also the species mentioned or described as EZ. robustum Newb’y (Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 1863). Forty-one specimens ; Museum number, 2464, 2465. Lygodium neuropteroides Lx. According to Gardner and Ett. this is Z. Kaulfussi Heer (Flor. von Skopau; Beitriige zur niiher. Keuntniss @’Sachs Thiiringen Braunkohie, p. 409 [2], Pl. vin, fig. 21; Pl. 1x, fig. 1, 1861). Heer’s species is made of a mere fragment ofa lobe, which appears dentate and linear with lateral nerves much more oblique aud distant so that the reference of the American leaves to the European species is very doubtful. Schimper has not admitted or deseribed it in his Paleontologie Vegetale. Sixty specimens; Museum number, 2505. Pteris subsimplex Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2634. 5 Specimens from Campbell’s Quarry, Cross Lake, La. Collected by Mr. L. Johnson. Age probably Hocene, the equivalentof the Lagrange group of Safford (Laramie group ?). Sapindus angustifolius Lx. 4 One specimen; Museam number, 26004. Sapindus caudatus Lx. . One specimen; Museum number, 2601. Sapindus coriaceus Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2602. Magnolia laurifolia Lx. The leaf is fully preserved, the borders only somewhat erased. Itis 19 long, gradually enlarged from the rounded base to below the apex, and there rapidly tapering to the obtusely pointed apex. Ithas twenty secondaries, all parallel, equidistant as in Miss. Pl., Pl. XX, tie 1, having the same degree of divergence, 50 degrees, as in fig. 2. Three specimens; Museum number, 2517. Laurus socialis Lx. One specimen ; Museum namber, 2501. Laurus utahensis Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2502. Rhamnus Cleburni Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2581. 6s Saas ein sD | | | i PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 25 Rhamuus Eridani Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2578. Carya antiqua ? Ny. Eleven specimens ; Museum number, 2443. Quercus angustiloba Al. Br. One specimen; Museum number, 2551. Quercus Moorii? Lx. The species is figured from three specimens in Miss. Foss. Flo., Pl. xvi, figs. 1-3. Of these specimens none are alike; they all differ much by the size, the more or less curved nerves, being only identified by the peculiar short blunt teeth, separated by very shallow or straight sinuses. In this Specimen the leaf greatly differs by the acuminate apex, while none of the three specimens of the Mis- Sissippi has the apex preserved, only in one, fig. 3, the apex being erased, appears blunt. Considering the affinity of nervation and iden- tity of dentation, I refer the leaf to the species of the Mississippi Flora, which still has other species identical with those of Campbell’s Quarry, Cross Lake, near Shreveport, La. Ficus goldiana Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2471. Ficus goldiana Lx., var. One specimen; Museum number, 2472. Ficus spectabilis Lx. Three specimens; Museum number, 2476. Phragmites ceningensis Al. Br. One specimen; Museum number, 2532. G. Specimens from McLee’s, 2 miles north of Mansfield, La. Collected oy Mr. L. Johnson. Age, the same as the preceding lot of specimens.. Magnolia laurifolia Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2516, Ficus spectabilis Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2476. Aralia, fragment. One specimen; Museum number, 2431, -latanus Guillelme Gop. Ps Specimens from the north side of Corral Hollow, Alameda County, al. Collected by Mr. H. W. Turner. | Specimens in soft hardened white clay, with conchoidal fracture, epresenting only small fragments of leaves. The age is Miocene. mg 26 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. Laurus californica Lx. Might specimens; Museum number, 2494. Gaurus resurgens ? Sap. Twelve specimens; Museum number, 2578. Laurus Furstenbergii Al. br. Seven specimens; Museum number, 2597. Persea pseudo-carolinensis Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2628. ? ’ Persea punctulata, n. sp. Plate xIv, fig. 1. Leaves oblanceolate, pointed at apex, gradually narrowed to the short petiole, thickish but not coriaceous, medial nerve strong, second| aries at an acute angle of divergence, curving in passing toward the borders, which they follow in a series of simple areoles, parallel, equi) distant, about ten pairs; nervilles thin, numerous, at right angles , areolation irregularly polygonal or quadrangular, minutely punetulate: The leaves have a great degree of likeness to those of Persea pseudo: carolinensis Lesqx. (in I'l. of the Gold Gravel of California, Pl. VII, figs 1,) differing merely by being less rounded and narrower at the middle, longer subdecurring to the somewhat broad and round petiole. 13° long. The divergence of the secondaries, which is about the same from the base upward, is 40 to 45 degrees. The essential characte which indicates a separation of this species from the numerous speci+ mens of Laurines which are represented in fragments and seen to constitute the whole flora of Corral Hollow, is the small points irregu: larly strewn upon the surface of the leaves appearing upon the epider- mis as prominent, and under it, or upon the stone, as hollow. They look like points of hairs, but are not areoles of the leaves, as they are very small and irregular in position and distance. For the secondaries: and the form of the leaves the species is comparable to Laurus superba Sap. (Etude II, 2, Pl. vu, fig. 4; III, 1, Pl. xv, fig. 5). The areolatiom differs in being much larger than it is marked in this last quoted) fizure. Iifteen specimens; Museum namber, 2529, Rhus Henfleri? Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2583. Se Monte Christo Tunnel, summit of Spanish Peak, Cal. Collected by Mr. J. 8. Diller. Age, Upper Miocene. Acer Bendirei, n. sp. (See ante, p. 14.) Tour specimens ; Museum number, 2414. Laurus californica Lx. - | One specimen; Museum number, 2495, ' 388.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 27 yrica Ungeri Heer. One specimen ; Museum number, 2523. F latanus dissecta Lx. i One specimen; Museum number, 2536. _Pterospermities spectabilis Heer. : One specimen; Museum number, 2550. “Carya bilinica Ung. - After due reconsideration I admit these leaves as referable to Carya Dilinica Ung. The only difference, in considering the figures and descrip- ‘tions of authors, is that in these leaves the secondaries which run high along the borders appear to end into the small acute teeth, with a ‘branch passing under the teeth and continuing upward close to the “borders and along them. The leaves rather look like the form which Unger has figured in Silloge, Pl. xvut, as Carya Ungeri Ett. Same kind of nervation is seen in Juglans cinerea, which has, however, the second- aries less oblique. One specimen; Museum number, 2444. oe Shasta County, Cal. Collected by Mr. J.S. Diller. Age, Miocene. Persea Dilleri, n. sp. Plate x1u, figs, 2-4. Leaves elliptical or oblong, gradually narrowed to a long petiole, ob- tusely pointed, entire and subcoriaceous; secondaries distant, parallel, thin, curving in traversing the blade and along the borders, the upper ones more curved. The leaves about 8 long, 3™ broad at the middle, have 7 or 8 pairs of secondaries at an angle of divergence of 40 degrees with a petiole 3 Jong, thick, enlarged at the point of attachment. Toward the apex of the leaves the secondaries are much curved, nearly in half circle, separated by tertiaries or rather nervilles at right angles to the “medial nerye, forming by anastomoses very small quadrangular areola- tion as in species of Persea or Laurus. The lowest pair of veins are slightly more oblique than the others, which are all nearly opposite. _ By the shape of the leaves, obtuse at apex, and by the areolation, , the species is related to Persea caroliniana, var. palustris Chapman, from which it differs by the leaves being slightly shorter, the second- aries at a more acute angle of divergence, and the petiole longer by sem, Viburnum Wymperi Heer. Specimen discarded. Carya bilinica Ung. — ‘Two specimens; Museum number, 2445, _ Alnus Kefersteinii Al. Br. One specimen ; Museum number, 2420. " per ae 28 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS, | Ficus microphylla Lx. | One specimen; Museum number, 2473. Ficus shastensis. n. sp. Plate x1. fig. 3. Leaf subcoriaceous, oval, a cuminate, narrowed to an enlarged slightly winged petiole; secondaries obliquely curved, anastomosing in simple | bows near the borders; areolation very small, closely granulose, verru- cose, The leaf 6°" long, 34°" broad at the middle, is tapering upward to a short acumen, rounded and narrowed downward about in the same de- gree to a broad petiole 15™" long, enlarged at the point of attachment. In shape an size the leaf is like that of Persea Braunii Heer (fig- ured in Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. iii, Pl. CLIt, fig. 2), and the distribution of the secondaries is also the same. but fhe leaf is covered by a verrucose surface exactly similar to that of Pieus scabriuscuia Heer l. ¢. (ii, p. 64), which, as the author says, isoften marked upon the leaves of species of Ficus, rendering their surface rough, and covering the areolation. This — kind of verrucose process is quite distinct under the glass. The bows | of the secondaries along the borders are also typical of species of Ficus | as well as the broad petiole. . Two specimens; Museum number, 2478. LO Lassen County, Cal. Collected by Mr. J. 8. Diller. Age, Eocene (Laramie). Aralia lasseniana, n. sp. Plate xtv, fig. 5. Leaflet linear, oblong, rounded at base to ashort petiole, entire or un- — dulate on the borders, subcoriaceous, penninerved ; secondaries distant” and equidistant, parallel, opposite, at a broad angle of divergence, strongly marked like all the details of nervation, camptodrome, nerv- — ing in passing toward the borders and following them, by anastomos- — ing by curves and nervilles, to the upper one; nervilles strong, at right — angles to the medial nerve and to the ecconuaiiee: irregularly branch. — ing and anastomosing, forming large polygonal meshes. | The leaflet, broken at apex, is 8 long, 15 to 2°" broad near the base, — de" broad at the upper part where it is broken. : As yet I have seen nothing in the North American fossil flora to which this leaf might be related. Itis comparable in all its characters, form, and nervation, to Aralia robusta (Sap. Sez. F1., p. 386, P1. x, fig. 7). It has also the aspect of leaves of Laurus, e. g., L. Reussii, L. primigenia var., but is quite distinct by its distant parallel secondaries.. The leaf- let, not entirely preserved, seems to be part of a compound leaf. One specingen; Museum number, 2425 Magnolia Inglefieldi Heer. | The description of the species in Heer (FI. Arct., 1, p. 120) is as fol- lows: ‘* M. leaves large, coriaceous, smooth (levigati), very entire, ellip- anda. 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 29 ‘tical; medial nerve thick; secondaries distant, flexuous, camptodrome, areas large reticulate.” | It seems against reason to separate these fragments, which are large ‘and numerous, and to form a new species. They agree well for the essential characters, the large size of the leaves, the thick medial nerve, the distant secondaries, the areas reticulate as in 876 and 876a, but they differ by the secondaries being stronger at a still more acute ‘angle of divergence, less branched, following upward close to the borders, and the very thick nervilles. The base of the leaves is nar- rowed gradually (as in the fig. 1 of the Fl. Arct., Pl. xvi), and the medial nerve is quite thick. It is evidently a variety of the species which, as represented by Heer, is extremely variable. One specimen, No. 877a, shows the leaf rounded to a point; the apex is not seen in any of Heer’s leaves. Twelve specimens; Museum number, 2511. Magnolia Hilgardiana Lx. The leaf finely preserved has the form and the‘nervation of the species so that identity appears undeniable. It differs somewhat, nevertheless, by the secondaries somewhat more curved in traversing the areas, and at a somewhat more acute angle of divergence. This, however, is of no importance, as the American specimen has, like that of Mississippi, the secondaries a little more oblique on one side than on the other. The more important difference is in the lower secondaries, which in the Mississippi leaves are more open toward the base, and this does not appear to be the case in No. 879, of which, however, the base is destroyed. Two specimens; Museum number, 2510. Magnolia californica Lx. There are five fragments of this species differing slightly from the figures I have given of the species in Gold-bearing Gravels, pl. vi, fig. +. The characters are, bowever, well preserved in the much curved parallel secondaries, curving near the borders, and following them in simple areoles, The secondaries are simple; the nervilles very strong, also simple, straight, or undulate. Five specimens; Museum number, 2508. Laurus socialis Lx. Three specimens ; Museum number, 2500. Cinnamomum! Scheuchzeri Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2450. Cornus hyperborea Heer. Plate xv, fig 3. (Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct., vol. ii, pt. iv, p. 476, Pl. 1v, figs. 3, 4.) The description of Heer does not accord with the figures of his species loc. cit. He says: ‘Leaves elliptical, with few nerves; secondaries emerging at an acute angle of divergence, acrodrome, distant.” From 30 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. the two fragments figured, the nerves are not few nor distant, but close, parallel, numerous, simple, acrodrome, the upper ones nearly parallel) to the medial nerve, which is comparatively narrow. The leaf which I refer to the species, a fragment 14™ long, the base and the apex destroyed, has eight pairs of secondaries subopposite, the lowest less than 1° distant, the upper ones 25°" at an angle of diver-. gence of 40 to 45 degrees, same as marked in Heer’s figures. This one > is marked by transverse, eenleh strong nervilles, which are not seen in | the American specimens whose surface is quite ausouy This species. is of the same type as Cornus Kelloggii (Lesqx., Fl. of the Aurif. Gravel, p. 23, Pl. v1, fig 3,) which merely differs by the leaf broader (nearly round) the secondaries more distant, only four pairs, opposite, also simple, - acrodrome. The specimen figured by Heer is from Atanekerdluck. : One specimen; Museum number, 2454. i iin aoe Leguminosites, spec. One specimen; Museum number, 2637. i Oreodaphne lithzformis, n. sp. Plate xtv, fig 4. Leaf coriaceous, oblong-lanceolate, gradually narrowing and prolonged — upward; borders entire; medial nerve rigid ; secondaries thin, the lowest . pair subopposite, the others few, alternate, distant, all at an acute angle | of divergence, slightly curving in passing high up toward the borders, camptodrome, areolation in minute round areoles. | The leaf, only partly preserved, is 124°" broad, the upper part being destroyed, 5°™ broad above the base, narrowed in gradually rounding to . a short petiole; secondaries, five pairs, the lowest and the upper only opposite, unequidistant, 2 to 2$e™ distant, but parallel, at an angle of divergence of 25 to 30 degrees. They run very high in gradually near-— ing the borders and disappear before reaching them. | The aspect of this leaf is much like that of species of Pérsea, espe- | cially P. caroliniana, var. assimilis, Sap. & Mar., in Fl. de Meximeaa ! 3ut its characters, taken altogether, relate it to Oreodaphne, especially — the areolation and the presence of a kind of tumescence in the axils of some of the secondaries. Its nervation is that of a Litswa. Its nearest _ affinity is Oreodaphne Heerii Gaud., as figured in Sism. Mater., P]. xxu,_ fig. 1, a leaf of which all the secondaries, even the lowest, are alternate — at a very acute angle of divergence and running high up to the borders. — The form of the leaf is different, as it is rather linear from above the base to the point where it is broken. By this form and the distant secondaries irregularly placed, it is most like Litsea expansa Sap. & Mar. (F1. de Gelinden, p. 68, Pl. x1, figs. 1, 2). One specimen; Museum number, 2525. = So a Oreodaphne Heerii Gaud. This is perhaps the same as the preceding species, showing only a fragment, the middle of a leaf with the pairs of opposite secondaries s PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. aL very distant and at the same degree of divergence as in the preceding species. Quercus Moorii Lx. _ Four specimens; Museum number, 2561. Quercus Olafseni Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2560. Jugians rugosa Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2491. Ficus appendiculata Heer. One specimen ; Museum number, 2470. Phragmites oeningensis Al. Br. Four specimens ; Museum number, 2531. fal From Cape Lisbourne, Alaska. Collected by Mr. Henry D. Woolfe. Age probably Neocomian. Ginkgo multinervis Heer. Plate xvI, fig. 6. (Heer, Fl. Arct., vi, (2) p. 46, Pl. vir HOS. 20. 3,45 Pl, ox, £30: ) Heer describes the species as leaves palmate, deeply lobate, narrowed toward the base, cuneate truncate at apex; nerves thin, numerous, very close. The specimens from Alaska agree entirely with the description and figures of Heer, U. c., except that he says of the lobes, that they are truncate at apex. They are truncate by erosion or breakage, but really obtuse as Heer has figured them, PI. rx, figs. 3, 6. The Alaska speci- men is only better preserved. One specimen; Museum number, 2482, Baiera paimata Heer. Plate xvi, figs. 4,5. (Heer in Fl. Ost. Siberia, p. 115, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 2-a-d.) The specimens from Alaska represent only the lower part of the leaves, which are entire to the middle or above, and there digitate, laciniate, the division of the lacinizw being merely seen in a sinus at a distance of 9° from the base. In Heer’s specimens it is mostly the upper part or the lacinive which are preserved. A fragment of one of the laciniz is 9" long, 14° broad, broken at both ends. The characters are as de- scribed by Heer. _ Five specimens ; Museum number, 2437. Podozamites latipennis Heer. Plate xv1, figs. 2, 3. The species is represented in many figures by Heer (Fl. Arct., vi, (2) Pl. x1v, figs. 1-9). It is described (p. 42) as leaves (pinnie) large; leaf- lets open, alternate, a little distant, long-lanceolate, 11 to 16™™ broad, narrowed to the base, gradually narrowed to the apex; nerves thin, close parallel. ee oe | o2 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. | Thereis noleaflet attached to rachis in the specimens from Alaska, only, Separate ones, the largest 11°" long, 2°" broad; some much shorter and narrower with the nerves thick, 16°" in width, or as many as marked in Heev’s figure. The base of the large leaflet is more narrowed and rounded, the oblique point of attachment being only 5 to 8™™ while it is: FON IH Hear’ s figure. Three specimens; Museum number, 2540. Zamites alaskana, n. sp. Plate x, fig. 4. Fragment of a leaflet, obcordate or emarginate at the point of attachs ment, slightly enlarging upward to the middle where it is destroyed, and there 22"™ broad at 4° distance from the base. At the point of. attachinent, 5" broad only and semilunar, it is marked with three slightly distinct undulations. The nerves are very tin, parallel, a little less than 1™” distant or sixin5™™ of width. Its affinities are cistan marked with Jurassic species. (Zamites distractus Sap., Jurassic Fl; Zi Beneviert Heer, F]. Foss. Helv., iv, Pl. Lu.) One specimen; Museum number, 2622. Pecopteris denticulata Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2526. Aspidium Oerstedi Heer. i Arct. FL, vi, p. 30, Pl. XXX1y, fig. 3, is represented by many specimens, , some with large pinne and pinnules near the base «f the frouds, otherss With narrow long strict pinue and pinnules similar to those of the upper part of the fronds. . Fourteen specimens; Museum number, 2434, Asplenium Dicksonianum Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2435. Asplenium Foersteri Deb. & Ett. on One specinen; Museum number, 2536. Pinus! staratschini Heer. 9OR29 One specimen; Museum number, 2533. 7 ’ Chondrites filiciformis, n. sp. Plate xv1, fig. 1. Frond cartilagineous or coriaceous by compression, shining on the’ surface; primary brancbes straight, linear; secondary divisions sparse, , ecient nearly at right angles, subpinnately ramose in oblique or: horizontal, short obtusely trilobate or long flexuous branchlets bearing irregular round or obtuse squamose lobes at their base or at their ex-- tremities. The stone has some fragments of primary linear branches, one of” them ouly bearing divisions, the first at right angles, nearly as thick a the primary stem with oblique or nearly horizontal subdivisions either short obscurely trilobate, or longer once lobate at base and bitrilobate | at apex. Min pt party Seen, igs8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 33 | “This species has a great likeness to C. jugiformis Hosius & Mark, Kreideform. of Westfal, Pl. XXVI, fig. 16, also in Deb. & Ett., Kreide FI. von Aach., Pl..1, figs. 8, 9, or to Jurassic species. C. Dumortieri Heer, Fl. Foss. Helv., iv, Pl. XL11, fig. 16, also related to Caulerpites. It may e a form of C. jugiformis Hosius. One specimen ; Museum number, 2445. 12. Specimens from Greenland. Collected by Lieut. R. E. Peary, U.S. avy; age, Miocene. Rhamnus eridani Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2576. Betas ferox Ung. One specimen; Museum number, 2453. Nex longifolia Heer. : One specimen; Museum number, 2485. Magnolia Inglefieldi Heer. a Six specimens ; Museum number, 2512, Magnolia regalis Heer. : One specimen; Museum number, 2518. Daphnogene Kanii Heer. £ Two specimens; Museum number, 2460. Tilia Malmgreni Heer. - One specimen; Museum number, 2619. McClintockia Lyeilii Heer. _ Hight specimens; Museum number, 2519. MicClintockia dentata. ? One specimen; Museum number, 2520. BP patus arctica Heer. _ Twelve specimens ; Museum number, 2543. Populus Richardsoni Heer. _ Three specimens ; Museum number, 2548. Populus monodon Lx. _ Five specimens ; Museum number, 2447. Sz lix groenlandica Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2590. orylus insignis Heer. _ specimen ; Museum number, 2456. Corylus Mcquarryi Heer. _ Sixteen specimens; Museum number, 2457. Proc. N. M. 88 3 roc. I « Ms 81 (688: 34 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. Quercus ? groenlandica ? Heer. Specimen discarded. Quercus Laharpii Gand. Two specimens; Museum number, 2557. Quercus Olafseni Ileer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2558. Quercus platania Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2564. Juglans acuminata Al. Br. Two specimens; Museum number, 2486. Juglans rugosa Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2492, Platanus Guillelmae Jépp. One specimen ; Museum number, 2537. Zizyphas Meekii Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2623. Sequoia brevifolia ? Heer. One specimen ; Museum number, 2611. Sequoia Langsdorfii Heer. Thirty-two specimens; Museum number, 2606. Sequoia Langsdorfii var acuta. Eleven specimens; Museum number, 2608. Sequoia Langsdorfii var. angustifolia. Twelve specimens; Museum number, 2609, Glyptostrobus Ungeri Heer. One specimen ; Museum number, 2480, Taxodium distichum miocenum Heer. Eleven specimens; Museum number, 2615. Taxodium distichum miocenum, var. angustifolium, Hecr. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2616. 5 Taxodium Tinajorum Heer. Four specimens; Museum number, 2617. Taxites Obriki Heer. Eight specimens; Museum number, 2618. Fagus Deucalionis Ung. A number of small or medium sized, entire leaves, ovate, acuminat rounded at base, with craspedodrome close parallel secondaries som what curved in traversing the blade and strong parallel generally simp nervilles at right angles to the secondaries. The only relation of the leaves is with those of the Arctic flora, which Heer considers and de 1888.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 35 scribes as Fagus deucalionis. They differ by the coriaceous texture, the secondaries more or less curved in traversing the blade, rigid, forming narrow rectangles; the borders entire, even in the upper part, and the acuminate apex longer and narrower than in PI. 1v, fig. 3, Nachtrage gum foss. fl. of Greenland Fl. Arct., v. The affinity is so marked that I do not separate these leaves into a new species, but the differences are, however, evident. The rectangles formed by the nervilles are recog- nized even in numerous small fragments of these leaves. 3: From Contra Costa County, Cal. Collected by Mr. H. W. Turner. Age, probably Pliocene. Diospyros virginiana L., var. Turneri, n. var. The leaves have the same form and size as those of D. virginiana Linv., and appear to represent the same species, differing merely by the lowest pair of secondaries ata more acute angle of divergence than those above. In D. virginiana the same character is also sometimes observ- able, but rarely indeed, and the difference in the direction of the lower secondaries is much less marked. There is no species of Diospyros in the present flora of California. A number of species, however, are now in the flora of Japan. These fossil leaves described here have also a degree of affinity to D. lotus, var. japonica (D. Japonica 8. et Z.), but the basilar secondaries of the last species are parallel to those above it. Three specimens; Museum number, 2461. Magnolia californica Lx. One specimen; Museum number, 2509. Laurus, cf. canariensis Heer. Laurus, cf. Furstenbergi Heer. _ Fragments discarded. Viburnum, ef. rugosus Pers. One specimen; Museum number, 2625, Vitis, species? - One specimen; Museum number, 2626. 14. Sam’s Creek, Jackson County, Oregon. Mr. B. F. Dowele, collector. Salix Lavateri Al. Br. One specimen; Museum number, 2592. ‘Sapindus angustifolius Lx. Two specimens; Museum number, 2600. Several indeterminable fragments. 36 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. Lee Specimens donated by Mr. J. B. Marcon, of the U. S. Geological Surs vey. Locality in doabt, but marked “ Fossil Point, P. Y. Sheet.” Crategus Marcouiana, n.sp. Plate xiv, fig. 2, xv, figs. 1, 2. Leaves rather thin, elliptical, acuminate, entire or dentate from th middle upward; attenuate at base; medial nerve somewhat strong secondaries few, distant, three to five pairs, oblique, angle of divergence 30 degrees, subopposite, parallel, the lower suprabasilar nervilles agi right angles to the secondaries. : The three leaves figured appear at first as referable to two differeng} species, but some intermediate fragments show their identity, as well ass the form and the nervation. The leaves are comparable to those of Crategus Kornerupi Heer (Arct. F1., vii, 2, p. 136, Pl. LXvu, fig. 1) an¢ C. tenuipes Heer (ibid., Pl. LXXxt1u, fig. 8), as well as to those of some living species like O. arborescens, C. mexicana, C. crusgalli, ete. The leaves vary from 5 to 8 long and from 24 to 4°™ broad, with a slenderi petiole 14°" long, enlarged at the point of attachment. | Seven specimens; Museum number, 2458. Crategus Marcouiana, n. sp., var. subintegrifolia, n. var. Plate x1v, fig. 2. Two specimens; Museum number, 2459. Several fragments; worths less. Ge Selma, Cherokee County, Tex. Collected by Mr. L. Johnson, of th U.S. Geological Survey. Quercus furcinervis Rossm. One specimen; Museum number, 2553. Persea speciosa ? Heer. One specimen; Museum number, 2629. Laurus primigenia Ung. Two specimens; Museum number, 2499. Bucalyptus, Quercus, Laurus, etc. Fragments. Wis From Bridgetown, N. J. Collected by Mr. J. B. Marcou, of the U S. Geological Survey. Specimens very obscure; mostly undetermina ble. Liquidambar europeum Al. Br. One specinen; Museum number, 2639. Laurus primigenia ? Heer. Five specimens; Museum number, 2640. Laurus plutonia? Heer. Four specimens; Museum number, 2644. 8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 37 0 pulus Berggreni ? Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2641. Proteoides acuta Heer. One specimen; Museum namber, 2642. ,eguminosites phaseolites ? Heer. Two specimens; Museum number, 2643. 8 18. Plants collected by Captain (since General) J. C. Frémont during the geographical survey of Oregon and north California in 184344. De- scribed by James Hall in Frémont’s “ Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains.” (Doc. No. 166, Washington, 1845, pp. 304-307, Pls. I-11.) © [The numbers given the specimens are the preliminary ones used by Professor Lesquereux during his examination. The regular Museum numbers are included in brackets. | 1 la. [2645.] Glossopteris phillipsii? Hall. Plate 1, figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5e. - This is remarkably similar in form of leaves and nervation to Glos- sochlamys transmutans Gard. & Ett. (Brit. Hoe, Wl... PY i, fie. 3. xt fig. 8). The specimens of Frémont show indistinetly nervilles between the Jateral nerves composing irregular, square meshes. In fig. 8, Pl. xu, of Gard & Ett., the leaf has the areolation obsolete and the lateral Nerves split, not branching uear the end as in the figure of Hall. Wo. 2. [2646.] & Represents two leaves of the same size and character with the second- aries slightly defined or scarcely so, and the areolation a little more distinct in one of them. No.3. |.2647.] é Has three fragments of leaves a, b,c; a is like a dicotyledonous plant in appearance, but the areolation is formed of branches at right angles to the secondaries, which look like nervilles, but are really divis- ions of the nerves as they are enlarged at their point of attachment. ‘The same character is seen in b, and in this as in ¢, the ultimate areoles are pitted as in Hall’s fig. 5¢ of Pi. 11, the same areolation is seen in the leaves of Dictyophyllum nilsoni (Nath. Wiixte from Falszé, Pl. v, fig. 2). ‘No. 4, 4a. . [2648.] _ A large specimen with one large leaf, size and form of Glossochlamys transmutans, l. c., with the areolation of a Chrysodium. The left side of the lamina is traversed by a single, curved secondary (?) nerve, which, however, does not appear as a nerve, as the meshes of the epidermis overs it interruptedly and independently of it. The other leaf, a frag- nent only, looks, at first sight, like a Ficus by its nervation. But here so the relation of the areoles to the secondaries and tertiaries is not like a subdivision by degrees of larger areas into smaller ones, but a hain or linking of branches constituting still a netting of irregularly und oblong areoles of the same type as in Podoloma polypodioides (tt. poard, U. c., Pl. 111, fiz. 9). 38 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS. | No. 5. [2649.] : Is in two fragmeuts of a different leaf (figured, pl. il, fig. 5/, of Hall), It has the pitted areolation like Dictyophyllum mentioned above. | No. 6. [2650.] A small fragment of Dictyophyllum or Clathropteris. It has no second aries, but only large square areoles like Clathropteris. The specimen representing fig. 4, of Pl. U, of Hall,is part of an ovate leaf, lanceolate pointed above and dentate on the borders, the second: aries entering the teeth. The figure is really that of a dicotyledonous: leaf, but the specimen is not in the lot! What seems to me to be conclusive of the Oblithic age of the plants: is the number of fragments of small ferns referable to the genus Thry, sopteris, of which Heer has described a number of species from the Jurassie in Jura Flora of Siberia, Pls. 1, 1; also in Portugal flora, and which are also described as Hymenophyllites lechenbyi in Zigno, Pl. 1 figs. 3-5, and Pl. x1, figs. 1, 2. Plate1, fig. 4, of Hall, is like Cycadopteris heterophylla Zigno, and fig. 3 of Pl. 11 is like C. heerii Zigno. Those small ferns mixed upon small specimens are really Odlithie type. | No. 7. [2651.] Sphenopteris trifoliata Hall. Plate 1, figs. 2, 2d. Itisa Thyrsopteria, No. 8. [2652.] Thrysopteris, with rootlets of ferns, named by Hall Trichopteris gracilis. Plate 1, fig. 5. No. 9. [2653.] Fragment of Thrysopteris, named by Hall Sphenopteris triloba. Plate 1 fie. 8. { Nos. 10, 11. [2654.] Pecopteris undulata Hall. They are not Pecopteris : nervation! obsolete. No. 12. [2655.] Glossopteris phillipsit Hall. No. 13. Fragmeut; rachis of fern. No. 14. Fragment; probably like 4a. ae ‘‘Fortieth parallel collection.” Collector not known. Acu trilobatum Sternb. Eight specimens; Museum number, 2416. 20. Miscellaneous localities. Ilex longifolia Heer. Cascades, Oregon. A. Haque, collector. One specimen; Museum number, 2484. aoe mgenihiiact Beles ar nie Rite ya gy mee Cinnamonium affine Lx. Carbon Station, Wyoming. A. Haque, collector. One specimen; Museum number, 2449. Cissus lobato-crenato? Lx. Carbon Station, Wyoming. A. Haqne, collector. One specimen; Museum number, 2451. Salix Groenlandica Heer. Carbon Station, Wyoming. A. Haque, collector. One specimen; Museum number, 2591. Sequoia Reich2nbaschi Heer. Rock Creek, Wyoming. Collector unknown. Proceedings U. S, National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888.—Lesquereux. PLATE IV. “ y Fig. 1. Lawrus Californica Lx. (Page 12.) Fic. 4. Sapindus falcifolius Heer. (Page 12.) Fies. 2.3. Ficus multinervis Heer. (Page 11.) Fie. 5. Myrica elcenoides, n. sp. (Page 12.) Vol. X!, 1888.—Lesquereux Fics. 1-3. Quercus Saffordii Lx. (Page 13.) Fig. 6. Queres Horniana, n. sp. (Page 17.) Fie. 4. Acacia Oregoniana,n. sp. (Page 14.) Fig. 7. Platanus aceroides Al. Br. (Page 19.) Fie. 5. Acer Bendirei, n. sp. (Page 14.) PLATE VI. _ Fie. 1. Acer Bendirei,n.sp. (Page 14,) Fies. 2, 3. Acer, fruits of. (Page 15.) ' | Proceedings U, S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888,—Lesquereux, PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Acer Bendirei, n, sp. (Page 14.) Fie. 2. Acer, fruit of. (Page 15.) PLATE VIII. qui > pr . (Page 13.) iret : Fie. 3. Liquidanbar protensum Ung. | ( :. 2 Sale trea ae ae 17.) Fia. 4. Porana Bendirei Lx. (Page 16.) 4,2 Ae Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. X!, 1888.—Lesquereux PLATE IX. Fie. 1. Acer dimorphum. n. sp. (Page 15.) Fie. 3. Ficus 7 Oregoniana, nu. sp. (Page 18.) Fie. 2. Rhus Bendirei, nu. sp. (Page 15.) y ‘ i Ry \ i : Pan NS Wy? : 1 Ja AO ei | eee iy 4 ; ' ey a, = he Si fea ' ; + ia v¥ ee ea ti, ee ’ ae Cua 4 i i ive ms ist ; ’ ir t PLATE X. aoe pseudolyrata Lx. (Page 17.) Fie. 3. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. obtusi- wercus pscudolyrata Lx., var. brevifolia. loba. (Page 18.) ' (Page 18.) j Fig. 4. Zamites Alaskana, nu. sp. (Page 32.) Lesquereux. gs U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888. © (Page 28.) (Page 20.) n. Sp. nsi tata Ward. ‘ Fie. 3. Ficus Shaste Fie. 4. Aralia dig yrata Lx., var. acutiloba. yrata Lx., var, angustiloba. pseudol pseudol age 17.) ercus - (Page 17.) Qu >roceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Lesquereux. PLATE XIl. Quercus pseudolyrata Lx., var. latifolia. (Page 18.) y Ml PLATE XIII. Fig. 1. Smilax Wardii. n. sp. (Page 19.) Fig. 5. Salix Shimperi, n. sp. (Page 21.) Figs. 2-4. Persea Dilleri, x. sp. (Page 27.) Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Lesquereux. e PLATE XIV. Fie. 1. Persea punctulata, n. sp. (Page 26.) Fia. 4. Oreodaphne litseewformis, n. sp. (Page 30.) Fie. 2. Crategus Marcouana, n. sp. (Page 36.) -Fia. 5. Aralia Lasseniana, n.sp. (Page 28.) Fig. 3. Phyllites Wascoensis. n. sp. (Page 22.) : 1888—Lesquereux. PLATE XV. n. sp. (Page 36.) Fies. 2, 3. Cornus hyperborea Heer. (Page 29.) ‘ ceedings U, S, National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Lesquereux. PLATE XVI. Fie. 1. Chondrites filiciformis, n. sp. (Page 32.) Fies. 4,5. Baiera palmata Heer. (Page 31.) ‘Fics. 2,3. Podozamites latipennis Heer. (Page 31.) Fra. 6. Ginkgo multinervis Heer. (Page 31.) eo he a oan hy me De ta i win +, il ; Wer ‘ae hit eis oe a he iw hs is -ROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 39 BY LESTER F. WARD. (With Plates xviI-xx11.) d discovered their remote ancestors and many of ive fuiinmotieas ks in the phylogenetic chain. But in the vegetable kingdom few ex- and the affinities too doubtful, as a rule, to warrant any very wide 1eralizations relative to the genealogical history of plants. The case the ginkgo tree presents a partial exception, and I once co'lected e of the evidence of the great antiquity of that singular and now rly extinct form of plant life.* Our great trees of the Pacific coast quoia) have also begun to attract attention from this point of view, uce-it has become known that their ancestral remains are abundant throughout the Tertiary and Upper Cretaceous strata of both hemis- pheres.+ With dicotyledonous plants the cases are still more rare, in conse- lence of the relatively recent appearance and brief geological history ‘this class. Baron yon Ettingshausen has attempted to trace the estnut tree back to an early ancestor in the Tertiary formation, + {more recently Dr. J.S. Newberry has introduced us to the ances- 8 of the tulip tree in,the Cretaceous clays of New Jersey. § equally interesting with this latter, and, as we shall see, possibly ied to it, is the plane tree, or genus Platanus, of which only seven cies survive in the present flora of the globe. Five of these seven es are comparatively rare and little known, only two of them being found within the limits of the United States in New Mexico and Gali- bia. The two well-known species are the oriental plane tree (Plata- rientalis), and our abundant sycamore (P. occidentalis). w as are the living representatives of this type of vegetation, it is known to have played a prominent part in the Tertiary history of arth, and no less than twenty fossil species have been recognized. Seester part of these are from Nerth American or Arctic strata, but See Science, Vol. V, June 19, 1885, p. 495. 4&0 . PALEONTOLOGIC HISTORY OF PLATANUS. sail several are found in the European Miocene. The Laramie group of the Rocky Mountain region, a formation which occupies a disputed positio between the Cretaceous and Tertiary, and seems to span the boundary ot Mesozoic and Cenozoic time, furnishes about half the known fossil forms. ‘The species from this formation are all founded on the impres sions of leaves, no inflorescence nor fruit having thus far been discoy-| ered. Among these leaves are some that deviate widely from those of living plane trees and seem to resemble those of Aralia. The most res) markable of these is the noble plane ( Platanus nobilis) of Newberry, from the Upper Missouri country, or Fort Union group. This tree had a veryy large leaf, sometimes with a breadth of 2 feet, bearing a number of lobes,) palmately disposed, and a considerable portion of the margin of the leaf was destitute of indentations or teeth. Smaller leaves having essen.) tially the same form and nervation, but usually somewhat smoother on the margins, have been referred to Aralia. I have, however, collected} ercat numbers of these leaves from beds on the Lower Yellowstone, where all the intermediate forms and sizes occurred in immediate ASSO9 ciation, so as to leave no doubt in my mind that they all belonged to the; same type of plants. Fig. 1, Pl. xvu, represents one of these smaller forms, natural size. This leaf has the usual form at the base for both the large and the from 2 to 5 lobes or points, as shown in figs. 2-5, Pls. XVH-XIXx. | These expansions are to be interpreted as evidence that the leaves: since something quite analogous to them is found in our Americay plane tree. The ordinary leaves of this tree are, it is true, destitute of basilar expansions, but those on young shoots, and sometimes those oni the lower or non-fruit-bearing branches of trees, exhibit this peculiarity " Fig. 6, Pl. x1x, which represents a leaf from a small tree, shows it with considerable distinctness. Though less prominent, its resemblance t that of the fossil leaves is quite close. In place of this backward expansion of the blade many sycamore) leaves have an appendage similar in shape at the base of the leat stalk, as though the once basilar appendage had been separated from the blade and crowded down the petiole to its point of insertion. This i very clearly shown in fig. 7, Pl. xx, from a young shoot with wedge: shaped leaves and very short petioles. More frequently these miniature’ blades are forced entirely off the petiole and are found grown togethel 8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Al 722 LOO oc _ The history of this character in the leaf of the sycamore is thus quite itisfactorily traced as far back as the close of the Mesozoic age, but 1e type is much older. The next series below the Laramie at which an bundance of vegetable remains is found in the western portions of the United States is the Dakota group of Kansas and Nebraska, which is usually regarded as Middle Cretaceous, and is about the equivalent of those beds in Europe in which the most ancient dicotyledonous plants occur. Throughout this series there are found large-lobed leaves vari- ously referred to Platanus, Aralia, Liquidambar, Sassafras, Liriodendron, and Aspidiophyllum. The most abundant of these forms has been alled Sassafras, or Araliopsis, the latter designation having, however, ‘been generally dropped. It would, of course, be wrong to say that all these forms belong to Platanus; but to predict that they will one day be recognized as interrelated, and as representing the remote ancestry of the plane and the sycamore, can, in the light of our present knowl- edge, scarcely be considered rash. It seems very doubtful whether Liquidambar and Piatanus of the living flora are as dissimilar as would appear from their wide separation in the so-called natural system of lassification. That Aralia, Sassafras, and Liriodendron represent branches of a common trunk from which the tormer genera have also descended, is much less probable, but not impossible. As regards Sassafras, however, to which genus the greater part of the fossil leaves re supposed to belong, there is no need, [ think, of resorting to so Violent an assumption, since it is extremely doubtful that the Dakota Reaves belong to that type. ; : It is a common mistake to look upon the Sassafras as possessing pri- marily a three-lobed leaf. Even those who know that non-lobate leaves occur are apt to regard them as abnormal and the lobed ones as normal. It is a fact well known to botanists that, in the oaks and many other trees, only the leaves on fruit-bearing branches can be depended upon for the determination of species, and most modern botanists now regard the varying forms of leaf seen on young shoots and near the base of trees as valuable hints at the probable stages through which the final forms have passed in the history of their development. In the Sassafras, after it has attained any considerable size, the yreater part of the leaves are elongate and without lobes. These are almost the only leaves found on flowering or fruiting branches of the larger trees. The lobed leaves occur almost entirely on the lower, Darren branches of such trees. Fig. 9, Pl. xx, represents a nearly typi- @al leaf from a tree 18 inches in diameter, on which at least nine-tenths of the leaves were without lobes. Fig. 10, Pl. xx1, shows a lobed leaf from the lower portion of the same tree. _ Returning to the nervation, it will be instructive to compare that of the lobed leaf of. Sassafras with that of the so-called Sassafras leaves of the Dakota group. Fig. 11, Pl. XxI, represents the Sussafras creta- eum of Lesquereux. iv 42 PALEONTOLOGIC HISTORY OF PLATANUS. q The disposition of the nerves proceeding from the midrib tothe sinuses is remarkably uniform in all Sassafras leaves, as any one can prove by observation; yet it is here that the widest difference is seen in the fos- sil forms. These, however, bear some resemblance to the fossil forms of Platanus and to those called Aralia, which are probably of the same type. None of the supposed Sassafras or Liquidambar leaves of the Dakota group show the basilar expansions that occur in some of the species of Platanus of later age, but in the anomalous form which has been called Aspidiophyllum something analogous to them is seen. Figs. 12 and 13, Pl. Xxir, represent the Aspidiophyllum trilobatum Lx., the first of whic ; shows the three lobes and nervation, while in the second the expansion at the base is somewhat lobed. ; It is remarkable that certain of the remote ancestors of our familiar” tulip tree are found to approach this same type, at leastin general form, | and one species formerly referred by Professor Lesquereux to that genus” (Liriodendron), but finally classed as an Aspidiophyllum, has the en- larged base of blade with narrow neck in singular imitation of the Plat- anus leaves of the Lower Yellowstone Valley. As regards Aralia, none of the Cretaceous forms thus far found pos-, sess this feature, but one of the species which I have myself called by that name, the beautiful Aralia digitata from the Fort Union deposits) (fig. 15, Pl. xxm), shows a decided tendency in this direction, and though small and deeply lobed iuto five narrow digits curiously like) fingers of the human hand, I can see nothing in the general nervation, , dentation, or form that differs essentially from those of the largest) leaves of Platanus nobilis from rocks of the same age. | The American origin of our sycamore was long denied by Willdenovius; and other European botanists, and was only rendered certain by its dis+- covery ina fossil state by Professor Lesquereux in alate deposit of the: Mississippi Valley. Specimens were sent to that great authority o i, these subjects, Dr. Oswald Heer, of Ziirich, who could fiud no chancel by which to distinguish the fossil from the living form and who regarded) this as a final settlement of the question.* But we have now learned! that not only this most abundant species, not only the greater number of the living species are American, but that the genus itself, the entire type of vegetation to which the planes belong, is American, and (1 abt numerous and strange archaic forms of this type not only formed the um: brageous forests on the shores of the great inland Laramie sea where the Rocky Mountains now stand, but also those of the ocean at atime when) it still pushed its arms northward across what are now the great plains: of Texas, Colorado, and Wyoming. see a *Bulletin de la société Vandoise, Tome V, Lausanne, 1552, p. 144. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 18€8. Ward. PLATE XVII. Fig. 1. Aralia notata Lx. (red. 3). (Page40.) Fra. 4. Platanus basilobata Ward (red, }), (Page 40,) Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888,—Ward, PLATE XVIII Fies, 2,3. Platanus basilobata Ward. (Page 40.) i‘ Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888.—Ward PLATE XIX SS = Lag a Pay mh sy an Ts Averee mayan les Bee) superiors iE oe 3 IN Notre eet a th Seah tee faces es ; SING 3 et BS os ff Dae NGS eee eee way Se si Ey > f ei fisses Se ps of Sse i ese fete i . ‘ a robe 3 A Rese INNSES a ieee ieee SS = Fie. 5. Platanus basilobata Ward. (Page 40.) Fia.6. Platanus occidentalis L. (red. 4diam.). (Page 40 ) +‘ PLATE XX. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888,—Ward. ™ J NEL Bacal is UA \ KX SN >, b } Rat > ie sa \ AN | my Q\ oc CL! Are cS NCA Lg Oe Co i a ( oy ee PH LS Fic. 9. Sassafras officinale Nees (ved.). (Page 41 a sv = OC 2 DAW ue ae os 2 s =| Platanus occidentalis Fig. 8. Platanus appendiculata Lx. (red. } Fic. 7. fe 7? a = one he PLATE XXI. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Ward, es i. CST AS TT AAG TH en U/ SA ACAS a firs 4 IZ a (Page 41.) cretaceum Lx, Fie. 11. Sassafras Fie. 10. Sassafras officinale Nees (red.). (Page 41.) PLATE XXII. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888.—Ward. Ne TAX Os 0 XK <—| ie Jt, ‘ FN MEF co XS ay =) Ba UR ace LTS we Y Pay ~~ EM IS ©, Ao ZR? CL P , 44 NOTES ON INDIANA FISHES, 3. Scaphirhynchus platorhynchus (Raf.). Shovel-nosed Sturgeon. Occasionally seen in the Wabash. Several years ago I had a speci- men from the river near Delphi. (Mvermann.) 4. Lepisosteus osseus (L.). Common Gar. Common in the Wabash and Tippecanoe Riv ers, especially in the spring. . 5. Noturus gyrinus (Mitchill). One specimen taken in the Wabash and one in Little Deer Creek, 6. Noturus miurus Jordan. i Specimens of this species were obtained in Wild Cat Creek, Deer — Creek, and the Wabash, but it does not appear to be very common in any of these streams. 7. Noturus exilis Nelson. One specimen taken in the Tippecanoe. (Jenkins ) 8. Noturus flavus Rafinesque. Yellow Stone-Cat. . : Taken in Wild Cat, the two Deer Creeks, and the Wabash, in all of- which it was rather commen. It was not found in Honey Creek, in fact ~ no species of Catfish was seen in that stream. 7 9. Ameiurus melas (Raf.). : A few specimens taken in each of the two Deer Creeks. (E.) Com-— mon in the Tippecanoe. (J.) 10. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). One specimen from the Tippecanoe. (J.) 11. Ameiurus natalis (Le 8.) Found only in the two Deer Creeks. Tare. 12. Ameiurus nigricans Le 8. Aississippi Cat. TI'requent in the Wabash where I have seen it. (E.) 13. Ictalurus punctatus (Raf.). Channel Cat. Common in the Wabash, but less so in the Tippecanoe. Specimens were obtained from each stream. 14. Ictiobus cyprinella (Cuv. & Val.). Red-mouthed Buffalo. Frequently taken by fishermen from the Wabash, but none were seen © at this time. 15. Ictiobus urus (Agassiz). Razur-bached or Mongrel Buffalo. Found only in the Wabash. Less cominon than the preceding. 16. Ictiobus bubalus (Raf.). Sucker-mouthed Buffalo. i Rather common in the Wabash, No specimens of these last three species were obtained, but I have seen them all at other times in the Wabash at Delphi. (E.) 17. Ictiobus velifer (Raf.). Quill-bach. Quite common in the Wabash, but less so in the Tippecanoe, 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 45 4 18. Catostomus teres (Mitchill). ine-scaled Sucker. Rather common in all the streams. 19. Catostomus nigricans Le 8. Hog Sucker. Common every wiere. 20. Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill.) Chub Sucker. Found only in Little Deer Creek and Honey Creek, from which but three specimens were obtained. 21. Moxostoma duquesnei (Le 8.) ed Horse. Abundant everywhere exeept in Honey Creek, where it was not noticed. 22. Moxostoma crassilabre Cope. Jed Horse. Not seen at this time, but there is a specimenin Dr. Jordan’s collec- tion at the Indiana University which I collected in Deer Creek, near Camden, in 1884. (E.) 23. Placopharynx carinatus Cope. Big-jawed Sucker. I examined three specimens of this large sucker which had just been taken in the Tippecanoe River by Mr. Harry Van Der Volgen, who re- ports it to be rather common in both the Tippecanoe and the Wabash. In Dr. Jordan’s Report on the Fishes of Ohio he mentions ‘a pair of pharyngeal bones of this species taken by Dr. G. M. Levette from a specimen taken in the Wabash at Terre Haute, where the fish is said to be abundant.” Since examining these three from the Tippecanoe, I have seen several specimens from the Wabash in the Terre Haute mar- ket, but I can not say that it is really “‘abundant” at that place. In the same connection Dr. Jordan mentions “a pharyngeal bone from ‘post-Pliocene* deposits at the Falls of the Ohio, by Dr. John Sioan.” (Evermann.) These are, so far, the only records of its occurrence in Indiana. It will probably be found, however, in all the large streams. 24. Lagochila lacera Jordan & Braytou. Hare-lip Sucker. _ Itaffords us pleasure toadd this interesting fish to Indiana’s known fish fauna. On August 25, 1887, two specimens were taken by Mr. Harry Van Der Volgen in the Tippecanoe River, west of Delphi, and were ex- amined by Mr. Evermann at that time. Mr. Van Der Volgen informs us that he has also taken it in the Wabash, but does not think it to be very common in either stream. It is known here asthe Pea-lip Sucker. Until now the species, de- scribed in 1877 by Professors Jordan and Brayton, had been reported only from the Scioto, Clinch, and Chickamauga Rivers, and White River, Arkansas. This is, therefore, the first record of its appearance in Indiana. 25. Campostoma anomalum (Raf.). Stone-roller. An abundant species in all the streams of the county. . AG NOTES ON INDIANA FISHES, - 26. Chrosomus erythrogaster Raf. Jted-lellied Dace. This pretty minnow was not seen in any of the streams of Carrol County, but was quite common in Honey Creek, just over the line, in Howard County. This little stream, which flows into Will Cat a few miles east of the east line of Carroll County, is fed almost exclusively by springs, and the water is perceptibly colder than that of any of the other streams which were seined. This fact accounts for the preseneé in this streain of both this species and the Black-nosed Dace. 27. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Silvery Minnow. Noticed only in Wild Cat, Little Deer Creek, and the Wabash, butif doubtless occurs in all the streams of the county. 28. Pimephaies notatus (Raf.). Bluat-nosed Minnow. Abundant in all the streams. 29. Cliola vigilax Baird & Girard. Bull-head Minnow. ; We found this species only in the Wabash, where we obtained a few specimens. 30. Notropis deliciosus (Girard). Not uncommon in both the Wabask and Tippecanoe, where about a dozen specimens were taken. These specimens are of the variety stra “mineus, aS given in Jordan & Gilbert’s Synopsis of Fishes of North America, but Professor Gilbert informs us that he now sees no good reason for separating the two. The lateral line in these specimens now before us counts from 3£ to 38, thus justifying Professor Gilbert’s conclusion. 31. Notropis bodps Gilbert. A single specimen, which we refer with some doubt to this species, was taken inthe Wabash. Itagrees with bodps, except that there is no angle in front of the dorsal, the anterior profile being gently curved the number of scales in the lateral line is 30 instead of 36, and there is a small dark blotch at the base of the dorsal fin. (.) 32. Notrovis whipplei Girard. Abundant everywhere except in Honey Creek, where it was not found. 33. Notropis megalops (Raf.). Common in all streams seined. 34. Notropis lythrurus 5 ordan. A few specimens were taken in each stream seined, except the Tippe canoe. 35. Notropis atherinoides (Raf.). Found to be rather common in all the streams except Honey Creek and Little Deer Creek, where none were seen. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 47 ) 36. Notropis arge (Cope). . This species was originally described in 1356 by Prof. E. D. Cope, from specimens probably from southeastern Michigan, whether from e the Detroit River or from St. Joseph River of the Maumee he did not _ know. Dr. Jordan has always regarded it as identical with Notropis atheri- - noides (Raf.), but upon examining specimens from Wild Cat and Deer Creek he agrees with us in regarding it as a good species. As the only printed description of this species is that found in Cope’s “Cyprinide of Pennsylvania,” 1866, p. 387, it seems desirable to re- print it iv this connection: “Alburnellus arge Cope. Diameter of orbit greater than length of muzzle, three times in length of head; head five and one-half times in _ total, four and one-half to base of tail. Scales 5-39-3. A dark verte- bral line and definite lateral silver band.” And in a foot note: — “Alburnellus arge,m. sp.nov. Also an elongate species, less than the preceding, with deeper head and larger eye. Muzzle from orbit less than diameter of latter; end of os maxillare opposite anterior rim of same; mandible acuminate, not projecting when closed, no symphysel knob. Frontal breadth two thirds temporal and three-fourths orbital. Greatest depth a little over seven times in total length, equal from end muzzle to preopercular border. Proportion and formula of fins as in the last | Alburnellus jaculus=Notropis atherinoides]. Lateral line straight. A silver band along anteriorly above the latter, dark-edged above and below. Muzzle and lips blackish. Length, 2.75. “Habitat: Hither Detroit River or the St. Joseph’s; the locality con- fused. Numerous specimens.” The species differs quite evidently from Notropis atherinoides, the spe- cies which if most resembles. It is more slender, the snout is heavier and not so pointed, the eye is larger, equaling the interorbital space and exceeding the snout, 34 in head, while in WN. atherinoides the eye does not equal the interorbital space, just equals the snout, and is contained 34 times in head. The origin of the dorsal in V. arge is but little nearer end of snout than base of caudal; in the other it is midway between end of snout and free end of caudal; the first _has a broad plumbeous lateral band, bordered below with silvery, ex- tending straight from the opercle to base of caudal, while in the second this line is little more than a silvery one. Notropis arge has a well- marked black vertebral line, which is scarcely evident in atherinoides, _and the lateral line is less decurved than in atherinoides. D., 8; A., 10; eye, 34; head, 4; depth, 53; lateral line, 5-40-4; _ teeth, 2-4-4-2, _ 37. Notropis rubrifrons (Cope). _ Six specimens from Wild Cat, a dozen from Deer Creek, seven from the Wabash, and many from the Tippecanoe. Not noticed elsewhere. iy 3 43 NOTES ON INDIANA FISHES. , — 33. Ericymba buccata Cope. Abundant every where. 39. Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). This species was found only in Honey Creek, where out three speci-— mens were taken. Special search was made for it and Chrosomus eryth- rogaster in several other streams, but without finding it. . 40. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Raf.). iver Chub. Common everywhere. 41. Hybopsis amblops (Raf.) Specimens are in the collections from Wild Cat, Deer Creek, the © Wabash, and the Tippecanoe, in all of which it was tolerably common. — 42. Hybopsis dissimilis (Kirtland). Found only in the Wabash and Tippecanoe. Common. 43. Hybopsis hyostomus Gilbert. This mipnow was described in 188£ by Prof. Chas. H. Gilbert, from . specimens taken by him in the East Fork of White River at Bedford, | Ind. Other specimens were afterwards taken at Gosport from the West Fork of White River, these being the only Indiana records. It was quite common in the Wabash at Delphi, numerous specimens being taken at nearly every haul in the river channel. } | 44. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Chub. | Common. Specimens from Little Deer Creek, Deer Creek, Wabash, — and Honey Creek. 1 45. Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchill). Golden Shiner. | One or two specimens from Deer Creek—the only stream in which if 4 ‘ was found. . 46. Itiodon tergisus Le Sueur. Toothed Herring. . Found only in the Tippecanoe, where several specimens were taken. (E.) 47. Clupea chrysochloris (Raf.). Ohio Shad. ; A few specimens were obtained from the Wabash. | 43. Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sueur). Hickory Shad. 7 Common in the Wabash. Not seen elsewhere. j 49. Zygonectes notatus (Raf.). Top Minnow. % One large specimen and several small ones taken in Wild Cat, and a few small ones in Deer Creek. 1 50. Umbra limi (Kirtland). Mud Minnow. A few specimens were obtained in Little and Big Deer Creeks, while — in Honey Creek it was very abundant. In the spring of 1879 I found — a number of specimens in cow-tracks and other small depressions at the | lower end of the Armstrong Pond at Camden. (E.) 16e8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 49 fe ‘51. Esox vermiculatus Le Sueur. Pike; Little Pickerel. Specimens were obtained from both Deer Creeks, Wild Cat, the Wa- bash, and Tippecanoe. 52. Anguilla anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). Common Eel. No eels were seen at this time, but on former occasions I have seen specimens from Wild Cat, Deer Creek, and the Wabash. In 1883 got two fine ones from Deer Creek, near Camden. (E.) 53. Labidesthes sicculus Cope. Skip-jack; Brook Silverside. Common in Wild Cat, Wabash, and Tippecanoe. Rare in Deer Creek. 54. Pomoxis sparoides (Lacépéde). Calico Bass. Noted only in the Wabash, where it appears to be rather common. 55. Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.). Red-eye; Goggle-eye. Common. Specimens obtained from all the streams except Honey Creek, where it was not seen. 56. Lepomis cyanellus (Raf.). Common Sunfish. Apparently common everywhere except in Honey Creek, where no Specimens of the genus were seen. 57. Lepomis megalotis (Raf.). The collection contains specimens from all the streams seined except Honey Creek. 58. Lepomis pallidus (Mitchill). Not seen anywhere except in the Tippecanoe, where I found it to be common. (J.) 59. Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéede). Large-mouthed Black Bass. Apparently not common, but most so in the larger streams. Taken in Wild Cat, Deer Creek, Wabash, and the Tippecanoe. 60. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépede. Small-mouthed Black Bass. Much more common than the preceding. Numerous Specimens taken in all the streams except Honey Creek, where none were seen. 61. Etheostoma pellucidum Baird. Sand Darter. Apparently rare in all the streams except the Wabash and Tippe- canoe. Only one specimen was obtained in Wild Cat, although careful search was made for it, and none were found in Honey Creek, Little Deer Creek, or Deer Creek; in the last, however, several specimens Were seen in 1884 and 1885. It was found to be very abundant in the Wabash just below Delphi and Pittsburgh bridge. 62. Etheostoma pellucidum clarum Jordan & Meek. In the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum for 1885 (p. 8), Professors Jordan and Meek described the supposed new Darter, Ammo- orypta clara, from the Des Moines River at Ottumwa, Iowa. These =roc. N. M. 88—4 roc SMWsv. 8) 1888. 50 NOTES ON INDIANA FISHES. specimens differed from H. pellucidum chiefly in the less complete squa- mation, “the cheeks and opercles [being furnished] with rather few thin _ scales imbedded in the skin,” and the “body naked, except for a strip of scales along the lateral line, consisting of five or six series of small imbedded, wide-set, ctenoid scales. On the caudal peduncle this band widens out, covering the whole depth of the tail.” In typical LZ. pellucidum, the cheeks, temporal region, and opercles are covered with imbedded, more or less cycloid scales. A large lot of “Sand Darters” were collected in the Wabash at Del- phi, and an examination of the series shows that there are several speci- mens which fill the description of EH. clarwn very well, while others” show all degrees of squamation from the very imperfectly scaled clarum to the almost completely scaled pellucidum. In some specimens the. cheeks are bare and the opercles densely sealed, in others the opercles have but few scales, while in yet others no scales can be detected upon the head atall. Corresponding differences are found in the scales of | the body, some almost scaleless, others with a few rows along the lat- eral line, and others with more and more rows. No constant or impor- tant differences can be noticed in measurements. The dorsal rays of a large series were counted and X-10 was found to be the usual number, though a few counted I[X-10, and one XI-10. | From a consideration of these facts we feel justified in reducing FH, clarum to subspecific rank, making it stand as Htheostoma pellucidum clarum. We may add that specimens recently collected from the Wabash a _ Terre Haute show a similar gradation, with possibly a greater percentage of the subspecific form. 63. Etheostoma nigrum Raf. Johnny Darter. Everywhere ; perhaps the most abundant Darter of the region. Some exceedingly large individuals were obtained in Honey Creek. 64. Etheostoma blennioides Raf. Green-sided Darter. Rather common in Wild Cat, but less so in the two Deer Creeks and) the Wabash. Found by Professor Jenkins in the Tippecanoe: Not seen in Honey Creek. . | 65. Etheostoma copeiandi (Jordan). Abundant in the Wabash at Delphi, but not seen elsewhere. This little Darter was first described in 1877, by Dr. Jordan, from the White River at Indianapolis. Since then it has been reported from the White River at Gosport, Ind., and numerous specimens were taken in Septem ber, 1887, by Professor Evermann, from the Wabash, at Terre Haute. The home of the species seems to be in Arkansas, it having been found very common in tributaries of the Arkansas River near Fort Smith, and in the Washita at Arkadelphia. and the Saline at Benton by Profes- sors Jordan and Gilbert. | ie * PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 51 "66. Etheostoma shumardi (tirard). _ Two specimens from the Wabash at Delphi. This species was de- ‘scribed by Girard in 1859 from the Arkansas River. Since then other ‘specimens have been obtained by Dr. Jordan from the Wabash, oppo- ‘site Hutsonville, Il., by Professor Forbes from the Illinois River, and by Jordan & Gilbert in the Arkansas. So this is the second Indiana record of the species. 67. Etheostoma caprodes (Raf.) Log Perch. One specimen from Wild Cat and a few each from the two Deer Creeks and the Wabash. Professor Jenkins obtained it from the Tippecanoe. 68. Gtheostoma phoxocephalum Nelson. Four fine specimens of this beautiful Darter were taken in the Wabash at Delphi. I have since obtained it in the Wabash, at Terre Haute. (E.) 69. Etheostoma aspro Cope & Jordan. Slack-sided Darter. Not uncommon in Wild Cat, the two Deer Creeks, and the Wabash. Taken by Jenkins in the Tippecanoe. 70. Etheostoma evides Jordan & Copeland. A single specimen taken in the Wabash at Delphi, and two speci- mens taken by Professor Jenkins in the Tippecanoe. The other Indiana localities from which it has been reported are the West Fork of White River at Indianapolis, and Gosport. 71. Etheostoma scierum (Swain). One specimen gotten in the Tippecanoe. (J.) This interesting Darter, described in 1883 by Professor Swain, from Bean Blossom Creek, Indiana, is said to be abundant in the streams of Arkansas and Texas. It has been taken in Indiana only in the Tippe- canoe, West Fork of White River, at Gosport, Bean Blossom, and Salt Creek. 72. Etheostoma camurum (Cope). One specimen taken in the Tippecanoe by Professor Jenkins. Found by Dr. Jordan also in the White River at Indianapolis. These are the only Indiana records. 73. Etheostoma flabellare Raf. None seen in Honey Creek, but rather common in all the other streams. 74. Etheostoma cceruleum Storer. Rainbow Darter. Everywhere; one of the most abundant and generally distributed of the Darters. The specimens taken in Honey Creek and some from the other small streams are of the spectabile form described by Agas- ‘Siz in 1854, but there seems to be no sufficient difference to justify any ‘Separation. ©, ea 52 NOTES ON INDIANA FISHES. 75. Etheostoma jessiz (Jordan & Brayton). A single specimen of this species was taken in the Wabash at Delphi. Total length, 48™™; length to base of caudal, 40™ ; eye, 5, longer than. snout; head, 4; depth, 43; D., XI-11; A., II-7; scales, 6-52-8; tubes de- veloped on about 38. Cheeks and opercles well scaled. The lower jaw is a little longer than the upper. This Darter, described in 1878 by Professors Jordan & Brayton from the Chickamauga River, Georgia, was redescribed a little later by Dr. Forbes under the name Pecilichthys asprigenis, from a small creek at Pekin, Ill., and again by Dr. Jordan in 1884 as Pecilichthys swaini from a single specimen from a tributary of the Pearl River, Mississippi. All these are now regarded by Dr. Jordan as one species. Several specimens were collected by Jordan & Gilbert in the Sabine River, at Longview, Tex., in September, 1884.* The above are the only localities from which it has been reported outside of Illinois. 76. Etheostoma eos Jordan & Copeland. Apparently quite rare; one specimen taken in the Tippecanoe. (J.) 77. Cottus richardsoni Agassiz. Miller’s Thuml. A few specimens were taken in each of the two Deer Creeks, while in Honey Creek it was found to be very common. Exceedingly large specimens were obtained from this creek. In the following tabulated statement an attempt is made to indicate the distribution and abundance of each species in the various streams from which collections were made. The relative abundance of each species in each stream is indicated by the figures—L (very rare), 2 (rare), 3 (tolerably common), 4 (common), 5 (abundant). | [8 | ag Vv . |= | S | 2 fea fen ls 2 ee o = ar nee oD eo Species. ee oh ee tee [os } ret | cee Py fee ea at 0 | Bae i Salt ee cre eee | &\ 2 ies He a }.2)S)/s/S/e16 A iF/A\|A\|E|m PETROMYZONTID&. La) eeecromyeon concolor (Kairtland)) 2-0.) cc0s:-c-an6'seo denenmecmeeseeecnes Josef HS) ceea| ieee eee eee POLYODONTID#. DEMO CMON Gpatiiutla(Walbamm) 5.00. vecmes soot Acie aciems cceoneeecsec deuce see's |! (2) |geeal omen |= col aaa ACIPENSERIDZ. 3, Scaphirhynchus platy:hynchus Raf..........2.2----ceceeeeeneccerecens < 2 a } | LEPIDOSTEIDA. | BSNL IR OBLEUE) OBREUS Mai ata ccinn Saas ane Sates Sea a ee RASC rece ace woe eEe 4) #5) Soe esi ace eee SILURID2. Oy eNoCirnus gurinius (Mitchill) widest. cco Sasse haan anocawcen seco seat eee see seme Gt lecenie olen ae| eee ONENOMU US NUTS SOLAN 4-226 e ce a5 on cot temas Mosicamu eo emeeeeeee aden 2 |) 2) [eas s)) 2) oa TaN NOUS -CDUIG NGISOT e920) maar ek ae ee or, Eee Pe Meets ee ee dee oo] Set eee eee oa Bivona jlAvUs RANTS UG sist Ia ca anaes Seen ne eee ends | ae, 4 4.|> a5|h ae * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1886, 16. oe, 46 AT 48 49 50 51 | Deer Creek. wpa: a | oO arliey —_ ~ fa | 2 orl ca mee as S| Species. Bris ° n ev oS na) fen cal tna PETROMYZONTIDZ—Continued. PUL ILEU SR MILELUR MUA teenie telco stein eleia sine sin wine paiseic vie wie lsinis'o cine wie aneineicia's 2 a: PADILPUI US TIC OULOS UES L1G) SUCUL) = aisc (|e /= sic/=)= = nw Sone a eee EUROPEAN MARSH-TITS. a} o> IV.—Measurements of Parus palustris. Middle toe with} : é a Sp ecient } 2S Collector and No. | = Locality. Date. = ga | | a ; : e| 2 |S?| g n v 3 mm | Bb DB e a a) a ae LOL mm. |mm.|mm. | mm. 34143 | Sundevall, 19...... dad.| Stockholm, Sweden.) Oct. — 1861 65 54} 80] 16.0]... 103567 | Tschusi .-... --| fad.) Hallein, Salzburg...) Nov. 6,1883) 62 52) 8.0) | 16.0) eae TOS SOG dleesa Ores men seer NOrade | een ad Ole sae meine ae Oct. —, 1879 60 92)| - 8:0) esesien PUTA TA eed. Sane ccmeckect Gade end Oe seceee eee eee SoptaleslenG 65 55 | 8.0 | 17.0 DOL Poescstencwcecekeess ads Eon gary Secae cee so el eee eee 65 59 )|\- 8.0). 22. see UIDAOG = 2 ee ctcusme coe dad.|} Scania, Sweden..... Dee. 11, 1876 66 56 |. 7.5) | ccc scl eae 113223 | Berg. Mus... ...... dad. | Bergen, Norway ..-.| Sept. 18, 1887 62 54] 8.0] 16.5 UB BRAS (ee dO woes ese eee Gras y| Geo Ot one mcecee Sede eean ae 6L 62: |) 8.10!) °16)'5>| seen 3.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TE BY-FRED. P. DEWEY. Having occasion to make a series of determinations of Cu,O in cop- per in some suites of specimens in the National Museum, representing je process of pens pig copper to tough pitch metal, the Hampe* | The method is based upon the reaction between Cu,0 and AgNO,, discovered by H. Rose,t and consists in treating the material to be analyzed with neutral solution of AgNO, in the cold for several days, | hen, according to Hampe, the following reaction takes place between (Cu,0 and AgNO,: 3Cu,0+ 6AgNO,+ 3H,0=40u0, NO; 3H,0+4 2CuN,.O;+ 6Ag, whereby two-thirds of the copper is converted into an insoluble basic nitrate, and remains with the silver precipitated, while one-third goes into solution as normal nitrate. On filtering off the jresidue and determining the amount of copper contained in it, we ‘can easily calculate the percentage of Cu,O in the metal. The follow- ing series of results, calculated on Hampe’s formula: Cu20 in Cu No. 1. 0.136 0. 140 2. 542 3. 862 8. 209 | No. 2. 0.222 0. 128 2.537 3. 897 7. 897 showed the method to be quite satisfactory as far as the agreement of duplicates goes. _ Rammelsberg investigated the matter slightly and found that only 28.80 per cent. of the copper went into solution. He assigned the following somewhat unusual formula to the insoluble nitrate: Cuy)N¢ ;;, Hampe§ has replied that Rammelsberg’s investigation was too limited, being confined to a single determination, and proper precau- tions were not taken, while his own work was very elaborate and ex- fended, and his deductions based upon many determinations. Ram- melsberg used pure Cu,'}; Hampe used both Cu,O)| and metallic cop- per containing a known snout of Cu,O, but with the latter material the amount of Cu,O present was so smail that the unavoidable errors of determination would completely mask the difference between 28.8 per cent. and 33.33 per cent. Since, however, in the actual use of the method for determining Cu,O in copper there is always a large excess of uncombined copper present * Zeit. f. Berg-, Hiitten- u. Sennen Wieeea 1873, Vol. XX, p. 218. + Pogg. Ann., Vol. cr, p. 513. t Ber. Denteck: Chem. Ge., 1877, p. 1780. _§ Zeit. f. Anal, Chem., Vol. xvi, p. 127. _ || Hampe’s Cu,0 always contained CuO, 78 DETERMINATION OF COPPER. which might possibly affect the reaction, it seemed desirable to take y the subject for further investigation. That the free copper influences the reaction is readily shown by th fact that the filtrate from the residue of Ag and H,Cu,N,O, containg much nitrite of copper. More recently Wells* in a different connection has fully established the Hampe formula as representing the reaction between pure Cu,0 and AgNO. a Superior by Monroe,t+ and the test cases, using Cu containing Cu,0, ¢ Hampe, mentioned above, the unavoidable errors of the work are so great that it is immaterial whether the constant of solution is 28.8 or) in one sample 8 percent. of Cu,O was found by the Hampe constant, suel a difference could not be tolerated. For the purpose of this investigation, therefore, a series of sample was prepared corresponding exactly with the material to which the method would be applied; that is, metallic copper containing Cu,O, but containing a large amount of Cu,O. -It was necessary that the sample should contain nothing else. | A tolerably pure CuSO, was dissolved in hot water till a strong solu tion was obtained; it was, however, neither boiling nor saturated. This» solution was cooled with agitation, and a crop of small crystals ob= tained. These were separated from the mother liquor, redissolved, and) the operation repeated twice. The final crop of crystals gave an abso lutely pure CuSQ,. | A solution was made of the pure crystals, and the copper precipitated by the electric current. In order to obtain the copper in suitable form, , the plan used in refining copper commercially by the current was adopted. 985509) = 1S49l> see 11. 300 3.2479 0.3521 2.8479 0.00007 9.9700 98.525 1.475 0.002 10.840 Average 98.507 1/493 ~...-.. 11.06 Per cent. Per cent. 16493 SOr=Ssoo eeu 106) 2 Cu 125455) sCnusO Dividing the total amount of silver precipitated, 29.6207 grams, by the total amount of material taken 9.6662 grams, we have 3.0643 granis as the amount of silver precipitated by 1 gram of the material. Theoretically, 1 gram of a mixture containing 86.67 per eent. copper and 13,33 per cent. ©u,O should precipitate 3.1544 grams silver, thus 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 81 showing a deficiency of 0.0901 gram in the amount of silver precipi- Y vated, which indicates that 2.645 per cent. of the copper entered into nn che reaction without precipitating a corresponding amount of Silver, axpressed atomically we have: manpresent, as; Cus): 2.2.0.0. elec e leek 11. 837—63.4=0.1867 4.477 Cu not precipitating silver... ... -----. 2,645—63. 4—=0.0417 1 | While these results are not as close as could be desired, yet consider- ng the difficulties in the case arising out of the fact that all the exper- mental errors are thrown upon the 1.493 per cent. of O, they show th or every 4Cu in the Cu,O entering into the reaction, one Cu did not re- luce its corresponding amount of Ag. Taken in connection with the liscovery of nitrite of copper in the filtrate from the silver and basic _ these figures clearly establish the reaction as follows: at | Reaction on treating copper containing Cu,O with AgNO; in neutral solution. 4Cu20+Cu4-6AgNO;+6H20=2H,CusN2012+CuN,0,-+46Ag Five grams of the first fusion were mixed with 55 grams of the pure opper and thoroughly fused. Treated in the same Way as the second mple, this material yielded the following results: S Sab. taken. Insol. Cu Sol. Cu Fe Agppt. Total Cu O Fe Insol. Cu Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. 2626 0.2471 2.9801 0.000490 10.3304 93.915 1.070 0.015 7.58 9278 0.2781 3.2092 0.000455 11.1430 98, 890 VY, 097%7. 05 0135 728 3826 ©2966 3.0479 0.000560 10.6036 92.873 tC OF Ong —_—_—— wo gs “Is ow xr ~ ~ Average 98.893 1.092 0.015 8.0 ao Per cent. Per cent. 1092" O=9°-75,Cu,0 8.08 Cu=9. 10 Cu,0 The composition of the material is therefore : Per cent. 90. 235 Cu | 9.750 CuzO 0.015 Fe 100. 000 Proc. N. M. 88 6 Uns. (SHE oP 2 7 J 82 DETERMINATION OF COPPER. Performing the same calculations upon these figures as in the Dp ceeding case we have: Silver precipitated by 1 gram of material. Grams. Calculated sosn one se ela 3. 2217 Pounds sessa asses eee ee ayes elo. Deficiency ....---------------- 0. 0686 ; 0.0686Ag=2.01 per cent. copper not precipitating Ag Cu present as Cu,0..---------- ..8. 658—63. 4=0. 1366 4.309 Cu not precipitating silver .----- 2.01 +63.4=0.0317 1 The conclusion arrived at from these figures is that, when coppe containing Cu,O is treated with a neutral solution of AgNO, in exces in the cold, all the Cu,O is converted into the insolubie basic nitrat H,Cu,N2Or. - PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 83 “LIST OF FOSSIL PLANTS COLLECTED BY MR.I.C. RUSSELL, AT BLACK CREEK, NEAR GADSDEN, ALA., WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. BY LEO LESQUEREUX, COLUMBUS, OHIO. _ [Compiled and prepared for publication by F. H. Knowlton, Assistant Curator Fossil Plants, ] (With Plate xxrx.) In relation to the exact locality and stratigraphic position of these fossil plants, Mr. I. C. Russell, under date of March 12, 1888,* furnishes the following information: _ “The fossil plants which were forwarded to Professor Lesquereux for identification were collected at some small coal mines on Black Creek, about 2 miles northwest of Gadsden, Ala. Black Creek flows south along the axis of the gentle synclinal forming the Lookout Mountain plateau, and furnishes an escape for the drainage of between 50 and 60 square miles at the southern end of that table-land. “The plants in question occurred in the shale above a seam of coal 18 inches thick, and are all from one stratum, the horizon of which is about 750 or 800 feet above the top of the heavy conglomerate known as Millstone Grit, which forms the abrupt escarpment bounding the Lookout Mountain on all sides. The recks in which the plants occur evidently belong to the true Coal Measures, and were once continuous with the Great Warrior coal field, from which they have been sepa- rated by the elevation of an anticlinal fold, the position of which is now occupied by Wills Valley. “The southern end of the Lookout Mountain plateau is terminated ab- ruptly by an east and west fault, having a throw of several thousand feet, which has brought the coal-measure strata in contact with shales of Lower Silurian times. This fault occurs at the junction of the syneli- nal of Lookout Mountain with an anticlinal of equally grand propor- tions, the erosion of which has produced the broad, level-floored valley Stretching south from Atalla and Gadsden. The axes of the two folds we have mentioned fall approximately in the same line, and the adjust- ment of the fold, one being an upward bending of the rock and the other a downward bending, is accomplished by «a fracturing and dis- placement of the strata. This is the only instance known to me where a great anticlinal and a great synclinal occur end to end in immediate contact.” i. Calamites ramosus Artis. _ Four specimens ; Museum number, 2657. *In a letter to Prof. Lester F. Ward. & ¥ a Ade 2 84 FOSSIL PLANTS FROM ALABAMA. 2. Sphenopteris (Diplothmema) Dicksonioides (Gipp.). Schiiltze. Two specimens ; Museum number, 2661. 3. Sphenopteris (Diplothmema) subgeniculata (Stur.). Schiiltze. : This may be a variety of the sterile plants of Sphenopteris harveyi, Lx., which are the most abundantly represented specimens in both | sterile and fertile fragments. a Two specimens; Museum number, 2662. 4. Sphenopteris Hoheninghausi Brgt. One specimen; Museum number, 2663. 5. Sphenopteris divaricata Gopp. One specimen ; Museum number, 26633. 6. Sphenopteris (Zeilleria) Harveyi Lx. Sterile and fertile plants with rachis, Pl. XXIX, figs. 5, 5a, 6. This fern, extremely variable and represented by many specimens and under divers forms in the collection of Mr. I. C. Russell, was de- scribed as Sphenopteris Harveyi Lx. (U. S. Coal Flora, p. 766, Pl. 103, figs. 7, 7b), and later as Zeilleria delicatula Kidst. in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XL, p. 592, Pl. xxv, the author, Mr. Robert Kidston, con- sidering it as a synonym of Sphenopteris delicatula Stern., Vers. 1, fase. II, p. 30, Pl. xxv, fig. 5; S. meifolia Stern., Vers. 11, p. 56, Pl. Xx, fig. 5. Cheilantheites meifolius Goepp., System Filic., p. 241, Pl. xv, figs. 3, 4; S. delicatula Brgt., all forms represented by fragments of sterile piants, whose relation to the above species is very obscure and doubtful, while Mr. Kidston’s figures represent only the fertile pinne and pin- nules. The species had evidently two forms, one for sterile parts of the plants generally larger or at least with pinnules and lobes stronger (PI. XXIX, figs. 9, 9¢), with tertiary or ultimate main rachis more or less flex- uous or subgeniculate, the pinne and pinnules either at right angles or eurved down at base, with divisions open or oblique, all the divisions. flat; pinnules ovate in outline, two to six lobed ; lobes alternate dichot-. omous or opposite, linear, obtuse at apex, without trace of a medial nerve, except at the base of the primary divisions or pinnules. In othe forms the lobes are narrower and longer, filiform, acuminate, open 0 divaricate, the rachis of pinne being subgeniculate, and altogethe comparable to Diplothmema subgeniculata Stur. In others still, the pinnules are shorter, the lobes shorter, erect, obtuse, bifid at apex, traversed in the middle by a distinet perecurring medial nerve, of char: acter similar to those of Sphenopteris divaricata Goepp. Indeed the pin nules by their size, their mode of division being either bifid or dichot omous, the lobes flat and without nerves, short and broad, or long and fiilform, oblique or divaricate, or distinctly simple nerved, may be com- pared toa large number of species of Sphenopteris with more evidence than to S. delicatula Sternb., S. meifolia Sternb., ete. 1838. ] The fertile plants (PI. xXx1Xx, figs. 5-8) have a broad, flat, distinctly striate PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 85 primary rachis; the secondary division oblique, with rachis of the same character, the tertiary oblique, or at right angles, with rachis flat and smooth, sometimes round in the middle, and the ultimate divisions ob- lique, simple, or trifid, curved, bearing at the apex small globose involu- crate sporanges parting at maturity into three to five lanceolate lobes curved inward, figs. 8, 5a, Ga. The divisions of these sporanges are varied apparently from the angle and degree of compression, some of them ovoid, figs. 6, 6a, being only split in two lobes. As the sporanges are much larger upon some of the specimens, one might admit two Spe- cies. But fig. 6 is upon the same specimen as fig. 5, and evidently the form which I have named, var. robusta, is, like the multiple forms of the sterile plants, a mere variety, the size of the sporanges depending on a more advanced stage of maturity or on a different position of the pinnee upon the fronds. The pinne seen upon the fertile plants without Sporanges do not seem to be sterile pinnules, but merely pedicels from which the sporanges have been detached. _ There is no reason for changing the name originally given to the plant. The specific name has priority and the genus Zeilleria, though well described by its author, represents only the characters of the fruit- ing part of plants referable to the group Sphenopteris (Hy menophyllites ) ’ but may be changed until more is known upon the fruiting parts of the numerous species described as Sphenopteris. Six specimens; Museum number, 2664. 7. Sphenopteris Harveyi Lx., var. robusta Lx. Plate XOUIXS OS ease Seven specimens; Museum number, 2665. 8. Sphenopteris laxifrons ? Zeiller. One specimen; Museum number, 2666. 9. Sphenopteris polyphylla? L. & H. One specimen; Museum number, 2667. 10. Pseudopecopteris (Sphenopteris) macilenta (L. & EL) Tex il. Pseudopecopteris (Sphenopteris) muricata (Bret.) Lx. Six specimens ; Museum number, 2668. | Twenty-four specimens; Museum number, 2669. 12. Pseudopecopteris trifoliata Bret. sp. One specimen; Museum number, 2670. 13. Pseudopecopteris latifolia Brgt., sp. _ Five specimens; Museum number, 2671. 4. Pseudopecopteris Pluckeneti Bret., sp. — One specimen; Museum number, 2672. 15. Pseudopecopteris (Sphenopteris) Schillingsii And. _ One specimen; Museum number, 2673. 86 FOSSIL PLANTS FROM ALABAMA. 16. Sphenophyllum tenerrimum Ett. Two specimens; Museum number, 2674. 17. Neuropteris Blrodi Lx. Plate xxix, figs. 1-3. ‘In the U.S. Coal Flora, p. 107, | remarked on this species that it” might be a variety of NV. Smithit Lx., and also (Ul. c.) that it is closel < related to N. Duloschi Stur., Culm Flora, Pl. x1, Fig. 9. In Vol. 1 of the same work (U.S. Coal Flora, p. 735), 1 remarked again of the close affinity of N. Hlrodi and N. Smithii, considering them as two dif: ferent species, the first with oblong, larger, obtuse or obtusely pointed pinnules, the terminal long-Janceolate, acuminate, or blunt at apex, as in” Pl. xx1x, figs. 1-3; the second with pinnules very small, nearly round, the terminal shorter and always obtuse, as in Pl. xx1x, fig. 4. At th o same time I recognized (p. 736), the identity of NV. elrodi with NV. Duloseh The figures of Pl. xxrx, figs. 1-4, from specimens of Mr. I. C. Russell’s collection, where the two forms are represented in many fragments, show the differences in their characters. It is certain that if the two forms ear sometimes found upon the same specimens they are always upon different stems or never attached to the same rachis. I may remark, also, that the finest specimens of N. Smithsii were communi- cated to me from the Coal Measures of Alabama by Prof. Eug. A, Smith, and later by Prof. William M. Fontaine, from West Virginia, and that the specimens from which the species of NV. Alrodi was first described were sent years after from the Whetstone quarries of the Chester group of Indiana, and that in none of these specimens the two- forms are observed. WN. Schlearii Stur. has priority on WN. elrodi. Twenty-five specimens; Museum number, 2675. 18. Neuropteris Smithii Lx., Plate xx1x, fig. 4. Six specimens; Museum number, 2676. 19. Rachophyllum adnascens L. & H. One specimen; Museum number, 2677. 20. Calymmotheca Linkii Stur. Four specimens, Museum number, 2678. 21. Cordaites validus Lx. One specimen ;. Museum number, 2658. 22. Trigonocarpus ampulleformis Lx. One specimen, Museum number, 2679. 23. Rhabdocarpus multistriatus Sternbg. One specimen; Museum number, 2650. 24. Rhabdocarpus Russellii, n. sp. Plate xxIx, fig. 10. Fruit large, ovate in the middle, enlarged truncate (or broken) at base nucleus oblong, gradually narrowed upward in passing to a narroy tubular appendage, distinct to the apex, outer testa forming a flat boi der continued upward, enlarged toward the apex; thinly closely striat as well as the surface of the nucleus, truncate at apex. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Lesquereux. PLATE XXIX FossiL PLANTS FROM ALABAMA. (Page 83.) Fies. 1-3. Newropteris Elrodi Lx. Figs. 7, 8, 8a, 8b. Sphenepteris Harveyi Lx., var. Fie. 4. Newropteris Smithii Lx. robusta Lx. Fies. 5, 5a, 6, 6a, 9,9. Sphenopteris Harveyi Lx. Fie. 10. Rhabdocarpus Russellii, n. sp Fig. 11. Stigmaria Russellii, n. sp. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 87 inthe middle, the marginal ring narrower in the lower part, broader in eupper; surface striate. — One specimen; Museum number, 2681. . Lepidodendron aculeatum Sternbe. One specimen; Museum number, 2659. 26. Stigmaria Russellii, n. sp. Pl. xxrx, fig. 11. Part of fiattened branch or stem; surface narrowly obscurely striate engthwise; areoles small, in regular spiral or quincunxial order, 1™ distant, round or oval, without rings but with a slightly prominent cen- tral point. _ Species comparable to Stigmaria stellaris Lx. (U.S. Coal Flora, p. 516, P]. LXXIV, figs. 5, 7), differing by areoles marked with a distinct central vascular scar, the surface smooth or vertically striate. The areoles are alittle less than 2™™ in diameter. There are, on the reverse of the specimen smooth, flat, linear leaves nearly 1° broad, similar to leaves One specimen ; Museum number, 2660. 27. Poa-cordaites Grand ’Enry. _ One specimen ; Museum number, 2682. f '' : & = EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIxX. a Figs. 7, 8, 8a, 8b. Sphenopteris Harveyi, Lx., var. robusta Lx., p. 91. &. Fig. 10. Rhabdocarpus Russellii, n. sp., p. 92. _ Fig. 11. Stigmaria Russelli, n. sp., p. 93. ON A NEW SPECIES OF CHARINA FROM CALIFORNIA. BY E. DD. COPE. (Plate xxxv1I, fig. 1.) Charina brachyops, sp. nov. Prenasal separated from internasal; postnasal joining preocular, no loral; prefrontal entering orbit; one superciliary ; superior labials 8-9 Muzzle rather elongate; extremity depressed, rostral plate reflected backwards above, but not separating internasals. These are about equal in dimensions to each of the two pairs of the prefrontals, and like them are not separated from each other by seales on the median line The frontal would be a semicircle, were it not that the anterior border presents a very obtuse angle forwards. This border is continuous with the anterior border of the superciliary, which is not the case in the bottae. The posterior prefrontal passes in front of the single supercil jary, and its posteroéxternal border occupies more of the border of the orbit than does the preocular below it. The parietal is a semicircular band, and it is followed immediately by the usual type of scales. The anterior prefrontals rest at their extremities equally on the postoecular and the postnasal. The former is trapezoidal, and is about as high as long; the latter is a little longer than high. The prenasal is very small, Superior labials eight on one side and nine on the other, the eye rest ing on the third, fourth, and fifth on one side, and on the same plus the sixth on the other. Two postoculars. Three or four pairs of gen- eials of about the same size as the gular seales. Scales of the body in 45 rows. Tail short, obtuse, with a dermal cap-scale. Color in alcohol, dark-brown above, light-brown or yellowish below. Seales, 45; labials, 8-9; length of body, 215; of tail, 28™™. . | 1. | Point Reyes,.Cal. | U. S. Fish Comm. | Alcoholic. The single small specimen described above, stands quite outside the wide range of variation of the C. bottae,* presenting characters which might be and have been considered to be of generic importance. The separation of the prenasal, and absence of the loreal plates can not, however, be so used in this group in my opinion. *'The C. (Wenona) plumbea B. & G. does not appear to me to be separable from the C. bottae of DeBlainville. Proceedings U. S. Nationgl Museum, vol. xi, 1838. 88 883.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 89 peas DESCRIPTION OF TWO SPECIES OF PALMOXYLON—ONE NEW Ve FROM LOUISIANA. BY F. H. KNOWLTON, ASS’T CURATOR FOSSIL PLANTS. (With Plate xxx.) On February 29, 1886, several specimens of fossil palms were received in the Department of Fossil Plants of the U. S. National Museum that had been collected by Mr. Lewis C, Johnson, of the U. 8. Geological Sur- vey, in Rapides Parish, La. They appeared to be very well preserved fragments, in some cases nearly 8 inches in diameter, and from 3 to 5 inches in length. They are completely silicified, and are vellowish-gray in color. The fibro-vascular bundles show very distinctly in transverse section, and their irregular or undulating course through the stone is also clearly shown when broken longitudinally. The difficulties in the way-of the satisfactory determination of mono. cotyledons, by a study of internal structure alone, are much greater than the determination from similar parts of conifers or dicotyledons. The reasons for this are, that monocotyledonous stems are in general less susceptible of satisfactory preservation in the fossil state, consist- ing as they do largely of parenche matous tissue, with large intercellu- lar spaces; and also because the study of living forms, which furnishes the basis for all studies of fossil forms, has not been as exhaustively undertaken. Particularly is this true of the study of fossil palms. So little is at present known regarding the internal structure of the living | Species that it is only possible in the present state of our knowledge to mass together all the fossil species under the comprehensive generic name of Palmoxylon, or simply “ palm-wood.” Itis true that the de- Seribed species of Palmoxylon differ considerably among themselves, _and it is more than probable that characters will ultimately be obtained that will allow of a separation into several generic types. Two generic types, Fasciculites and Palmacites, were recognized by | the earlier writers, mainly from the microscopic appearance of the ‘tranks; but Schenk, who had opportunity of studying much of the original material as preserved in the Dresden Museum, concluded that it was on the whole best to recognize only a single generic type, for which | he proposed the name Palmoxylon.* The most complete enumeration of Species is that given by Dr. Felix in his exhaustive paper on the Fossil Woods of the West Indies.t Most of the species mentioned come from the island of Antigua, but several are from European localities. *Engler’s Botan. Jahrb., Vol. 0G 1882, p. 395. tDie foss. Hilz. Weestindiané, Saini: paliont. Abhandl., Ser.1, Heft 1. Cassel, 1883, pp. 22-27, Pl. 1v, v 90 DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES OF PALMOXYLON. The species are divided by Felix into two sections, the first of which in- eludes those having sclerenchyma bundles scattered between the fibro-” vascular bundles, and the second of which includes the species without sclerenchyma bundles. The first section includes most of the species | described by Felix. The two species from Louisiana represent both. sections. The species belonging to the first section I am inclined to identify — with a species described by Felix, from Antigua, although it differs. from it in some relatively important features. . Palmoxylon Quenstedti Felix, Foss. Hélz. Westindiens, p 25, Ply tio: Described by Felix as follows: Fibro-vascular bundles extraordi- i narily numerous, the bast portion strongly developed, and the xylem portion very much reduced, or not well preserved. Sometimes the bast_ portion surrounds the xylem and sieve tissues, so as to give the appear-| ance of their lying in an opening of the bast tissue. Numerous isolated bundles (Faserbiindeln) of very considerable size appear about the fibro- vascular bundles. The fundamental or parenchymatous tissue is com- _ posed of long, but rather small, cells without intercellular spaces. The form from Louisiana agrees well with this description, but has not been as well preserved. The fibro-vasctlar bundles have been very nu- merous, particularly near the periphery of the stem, as also have been the smaller sclerenchyma bundles. The fundamental tissue has not been preserved except in immediate contact with the fibro-vascular bundles. Itis then seen to be composed of small, nearly regular, cells, with few small intercellular spaces among them, | The specimens from Antigua upon which this species is founded, were first collected by Quenstedt in 1867,* who recognized at once their palm-like structure. They were opalized ina very beautiful manner. Palmoxylon cellulosum, n. sp. Plate xxx, fig. 2. This species, as stated above, belongs to the section characterized by the absence of selerenchyma bundles outside of and among the fibro- vascular bundles. The fundamental tissue is composed of large, irregular cells, between which are very large intercellular spaces The tissue is more compact in the vicinity of the bundles, but is loose and spungy in general. ‘The fibro-vascular bundles have been moder- ately numerous. They are large, usually elliptical in outline. The bast cells are large, with the lumen reduced to a minimum, while the xylem portion is nearly completely surrounded. ~The fundamental tissue of this species bears a strong resemblance to that of Palmoxylonlacunosum Felix, and would be referred to it but for the absence of the isolated sclerenchyma bundles, which so clearl marks the species of Felix. Rapides Parish, the locality from which these fossils were obtained, "Handbuch d. Petretactenkunde, 2, Aufl., p. 883. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.— Knowlton. PLATE XXX. Fie. 1. Palmoxylon Quenstedti Felix. (Page 90.) Fie. 2. Palmoxylon cellulosum, n. sp. (Page 90.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ~ hought by the collector, Mr. Johnson, to be of Pliocene Age. It be- gs, as [ am informed by Mr. W. J. McGee, of the U.S. Geological vey, to the Grand Gulf of Hilgard, a formation usually regarded as Miocene, but concerning the age of which we really know very little, and all determinations of position must be regarded as tentative until more complete data are obtained. The geologic horizon from which the Palmoxylon Quenstedti Felix was obtained is also in doubt. Hovey, who has contributed a paper on the Geology of Antigua,* inclines to regard it as belonging to the younger Pliocene, but Felixt thinks it may possibly be older. It would be interesting if this locality could be correlated with that from Louisi- au a, but in the present state of cur knowledge this is manifestly im- possible. “ *Am, Journ. Sci., Vol. Xxx, 1839, pp.-75-88. LAC aes Proc. N. M, 88S——7 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW WESTERN SUBSPECIES OF ACCiPITER VELOX (WILS.) AND SUBSPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS OF A. COOPERI MEXICANUS (SWAINS.). BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. ~.Accipiter velox rufilatus, subsp. nov. Subse. CHar.—Adult male with markings of lower parts paler and more cinnamomecous, the thighs with cinnamon-rufous usually predom- inating; adult female with markings of lower parts larger and darker than in true A. velox; young (especially female) more heavily marked be- neath than in true A. velox. HAaBb.—Western North America, east to Rocky Mountains, north to Kodiak, south into Mexico. This separation is based on the careful comparison of more than eighty specimens of the two forms. —{.2. Accipiter cooperi mexicanus Swains. Accipiter mexicanus Swans. F. B. A. 1, 1831, 45, foot-note (Real del Monte, Mexico). Subse. CHAR.—Adult males scarcely or at least not constantly dif ferent from those of true A. cooperi; adult females usually with mark. ings of lower parts denser and rather deeper in color, with more of rufous on thighs; young (especially females) much more heavily marked beneath, the thighs heavily spotted instead of streaked. Has.—Western United States and south into Mexico. A careful comparison of more than sixty specimens of this species shows clearly that western specimens differ from eastern examples in the above-mentioned characters. ) Proceedings U. 8S. National Museum, vol. xi, 1888, 92 FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HAWAIIAN AVIFAUNA. _ BY LEONHARD STEJNEGER. | Mr. Valdemar Knudsen has again favored the | with an Important collection of Hawaiian birds, consisting exclusively of water-birds, all of particular interest. The collection contains a | Species new to science, besides several additions to the Hawaiian fauna. | Asin the foregoing collections received from the Same source, most | of the specimens are from the island of Kauai, but, in addition, the pres- ent one contains several examples from the neighboring Niih island situated 13 miles southwest of Kauai. In the following paper all the measurements are in millimeter the nomenclature is that of the A. O. U. code. | The native Hawaiian names are given on Mr. Knud National Museum au, a small s, and sen’s authority. “1-Puffinus knudseni, sp. nov. Knudsen’s Shearwater. Uau kane. Diagnosis.—Taii nearly half as long as the wing, graduated for the jJength of the tarsus; nasal tubes Short, about one-fifth the length of |the chord of culmen, raised above the level of the bill, inflated and | obliquely cut anteriorly; nostrils roundish and Wholly visible from labove; nasal septum broad ; color above sooty gr i ayish, scapulars and interscapulars with paler more brownish margins; head, especially fore- head, suffused with ashy, ramp more blackish; ear-coverts like upper |parts; ‘lores and cheeks more ashy, gradually fading into the white of ‘the under parts; flanks, crissum, and under tail-coverts sooty like the back; lining of wing white, axillaries gray ; bill (dried) horny reddish gray, tube, culmen, and nails blackish ; feet very pale horny yellowish (probably yellowish flesh color in fresh bird), somewhat browner on the outer side. | Dimensions of type specimen.—Wing, 237"; tail-feathers, 138™™ ; chord of exposed culmen, 37mm; tarsus, 46™™; middle toe, with claw, 54™™; graduation of tail, 49™™, | Habitat.—Hawaiian Islands. | Type.—. S. Nat. Mus., No. 113445; Kauai, Hawaiian Islands; Val- emar Knudsen, coll. | Knudsen’s Shearwater belongs tothe subgeneric group usually called \Thiellus + GLOGER,” * which is characterized by the long and strongly *Gloger, in 1827 (Froriep’s Notizen, XVI, p. 279), proposed the name Thyellas (not ] hyellus) as a substitute for the barbarous Pufinus. This name ean not be restricted 50 the Long-tailed Shearwaters, as none of these species were known in 1827. As the stoup seems to be without a name, I would propose Thyellodroma (36:20 = gale, poude —running) with Pufinus sphenurus for a type. _ 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93 i 94 BIRDS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. graduated tail. It is in reality closely allied to P. sphenurus, aud conse- quently very distinct from any Shearwater hitherto known to occur in the Eastern Pacific. The discovery of the present species in the Ha- waiian Archipelago, therefore, is one of particular interest. With no specimens of P. sphenurus for direct comparison, it is difficult to state the structural differences between the two species, especially since the size and proportions seem to be nearly the same, though P. Iknudseni- has apparently somewhat shorter toes than P. sphenurus. I have but little to add to the above diagnosis, except that the re.a- iges are white at the base of the inner webs, the white gradually ine creasing inwards, so that on the proximal secondaries it occupies the basal half of the inner web. In general coloration the new species bears great resemblance to P.— gavia (FoRST.) and P. ereatopus (Cougs), but besides being easily dis-— tinguished from both by its long tail and the shape of the nasal tubes, it differs from P. gavia in being much larger and in having gray axillaries, while its white lining of the wing and the absence of gray mottling o the throat and sides of neck distinguish it from P. creatopus.* Mr. Knudsen writes me in regard to the present species, which, accord - ing to his label, is called “ Uau kane” by the natives, that it was for- merly found pientiful every summer at the top of the mountains as high up as 5,000 feet, where they had their nests in long burrows, but that in the last ten years they have become rare, as the foreign rats kill them in their nests. 3 __Anous melanogenys GRAY. Black-cheeked Noddy. Noio. 1846.—Anous melanogenys GRAY, Gen. B., UI, pl. clxxxii. 1854,—? Anous tenuirostris LICHTENSTEIN, Nomencl. Av. Mus. Berol., p. 97 (nec TEMM.) Mr. Knudsen sends four specimens of this addition to the Hawaiiaul fauna. #ll four being from the island of Niihau. Mr. Dole (Haw. Alm, 1879, p.57) only enumerates A. stolidus (LINN.) as occurring in the Hawat- ian Islands, but the two species are very similar and may easily be confounded. On the other hand, the ranges of the two species are such — as to make it probable that both may occur in the same archipelago. — The chief differences between the two species are as follows: A. melanogenys is a smaller bird with the bill much slenderer and | straighter, its height at base being 7 to 7.5" against 10™™ in A. stole dus; in the former the whole top of the head is distinetly whitish, whi in the latter the forehead only is whitish. In the Southern Pacific ther is a species similar to A. melanogenys, viz, A. leucocapillus GOULD, b this has the white of the top of the head abruptly defined behind, ant not fading gradually into the dark ashy on the upper neck. Anothe i (UE rea aa BURG ie cstis ts 2 ORY RE gee Ee *Since the above was placed in the printer’s hand Mr. Salvin (Ibis, 1883, p. 3 has described a Puffinus cuneatus, which, in some respects, agrees closely with o bird. His description differs, however, in several important points, making it prol able that we have to do with two different species. — 888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 95 “allied species, A. tenwirostris (TEMM.), from the Indian Ocean, is charae- terized by the lores being whitish, not black,as in our species. A. me- lanogenys is often confounded with the latter in the museums, and it is probable that the A. tenvirostris mentioned by Lichtenstein as being in the Berlin Museum from the Sandwich Islands (Nomencl. Av. Mus. Zool. Berol., p. 97) belong to the former. Be | ies ie ea ee Ee =e Eee Were cree eae |= a. | & revi Ve iaslee | les = 2 P| i = |aa | ou |e es 5 EA Collector. | Locality. | Date. Med | 5 | ae 24 ae es v8 | x Wefan an eR = 5 ie |} F |S |e |e eH |4 213455 | Knudsen.-| f'ad.| Niihau, Hawaiian Islands-j.-........ 219 | 118 ANE ETD 20 81 esd 56 |...--- OM =5 | cade |eecec= WOM as waa ee oe eee ola cee ee 233 | 126 ATS TaD 20 31 0523) Gee dore2| Pad. |-s2—5. GON aisigaes sceebas cis selene cee sven 2S AN eat 7.0 20 30 Mast0S |------ do 1570 bl aoa Gere eae ete aete ce ese ae | 215) 119 42 75 20 3 F ! | | | Mr. Kundsen observes that ‘the Noio live on the rocks about the coast and are not often seen by foreigners.” % + Fulica alai PEALE. Hawaiian Coot. Alai keokeo. 1826.—fulica atra BLOXHAM, Voy. Blonde, p. 251 (nec LINN.). 12423.—Fulica alai PEALE, Zool., U. S. Exp. Exp., Birds (p. 224, pl. Ixiii, fig. 2).— HarRTLAUB, Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., 1852, p. 137.—Jd., Journ. f. Orn., 1854, p. 170.—Cassin, U.S. Exp. Exp., Orn., p. 306, pl. xxxvi (1858).— Id., Proc. Acad. Philada., 1862, p. 322.—Gray, Cat. B. Trop. Isl. Pacif., p. 54 (1859).—PELZELN, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 1873, p. —; Extr., p. 7.— STREETS, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bulletin7, p. 21 (1877).—Sciater, P. Z. S., 1878 p- 301.—Id., Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool., II, pt. vu, p. 99 (1881).— Fincn, Ibis, 1880, pp. 78-79.—WALLAce, Isl. Life, p. 296 (1881).—SrEJN- EGER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 1887, p.80. 1869. —Fulica alae Dour, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., xu, p. 302; Extr., p. 9.—Jd., Ha- waiian Alm., 1879, p. 54 _ The two specimens sent corroborate the statement already made im 100. U. S. Nat. Mus., x, 1887, p. 89) that this species, which is ee sant on the southern ctndee likewise. occurs in Kana:. ; tr i e 2 a co oO BIRDS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. Measurements. 5 Boe ier F- e Be sel A | ee ee Uenigel| a D =D | os | E S vei 5 | SSP | es a ibe ae (ae | Se |) .; | Collector. al Locality. Date. 2 Mute S acu bed Bee 1S ee eS wo |S | eae bee A S a = |£e| a ate any) 3 is ss Se ates oS des Ets | R Po) elo Soe aie : | ja | ana | | a 113453 | Knndsen..) dad. Kauai, Hawaiian Talents Se eater Real ail 47 53 | 29 De | OP Red ee Om erse |) tle estore LON se ar ae rctere,oratete meiner feyeteetat= ate 168 45 | 49 | 29 52 | | | | | ~ Arenaria interpres (LINN.). Turnstone. Akekeke The aative name here given is the same as that previously given for the Sanderling (Calidris arenaria, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x, 1887, p. 82), but the two birds should not be confounded, and “Akeke Kakio wai” may be the proper name for the last mentioned species. The two specimens sent appear to be young birds in winter plumage. They were coliected on the island of Niihau. Mr. Dole has already recorded this species from Kauai under the name of Strepsilas interpres (Hawaiian Almanac, 1879, p. 51). | Measurements. | a | | | E | | = , ie False | = A . | Eb | | S rae O38 as pre i BS | ok | Siem a; Collector. S | Locality. Date. ba? s |o2| ¢ \og : ena | ep = |° s |3o D be Bil eae 2 |g : At! | 2 | 4 | b | am | [oF | a ja | a la | | (ee Lae null erate ene 113465 | Kndsene. == 2 = beeen Niihau, Hawaiian Islands. | estan S + =e) 148 63 23 | 25 | 113466 |....-- Horrcntes Qjun.|...... ig ee eee laee eee 140} 61| 20| 25] ~~ Himantopus knudseni STEJN. (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x, 1887, p. 81.) Two specimens from Niihau confirm the validity of this species. The peculiar coloration of the tail alluded to in the original description is also found in these, though less pronounced in No. 113463. The addi tional specimens, however, present another very strongly marked character which [I did not mention in describing the type specimen, because most of the feathers in question were wanting, viz, that the longest upper tail-coverts have the inner webs entirely black, and that the down surrounding the uropygial gland are blackish. In some of the specimens of H. mexicanus the upper tail-coverts are more or less suffused with light gray, but I have found nothing like the broad me dian black stripe covering the base of the tail in H. knudseni. The type specimen having a greenish black back is undoubtedly ¢ male, while the two Niihan birds appear to be females, having the back brownish. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEU M. ‘oe The appended table of dimensions corroborates the deduction pre- Pasty made as to the relative proportions of the two species. Their ings and toes are of the same length, but H. knudseni has longer bill, tarsus, and tail. Measurements. | z 3 . gz 5 -_ Ep aio. | a : Collector. a Locality. Date. = | o§ | Se = 2 s nS D o 8 3 iS s = Bi jo y = ra i Zois o Dafila acuta (LINN.). = Proc. N. M. 88——7 This is another addition to the Hawaiian fauna. es, it is only a winter visitor to the islands, going north in spring Koloa mapu. Like the following 98 BIRDS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. The specimen sent is a fine male, measuring as follows : : a a ' : ane 3 a ¢ Pea eae 2 Ei Lredereet gs SS Collector. 5 Locality. Date. hs oe . a A I | O° | og | Sys 4 oS SO BE a me ee 4 Bla) se | 5 im Bp wn = | a & jot a ee eo \- -| 113451 | Knudsen ..... gad.| Kauai, Hawaiian Islands --. eee 970 | 112 52) 43 -+-Spatula clypeata (LINN.). Shoveller. Koloa moha This Duck, which has already been recorded by Mr. Dole and several visiting naturalists as occurring in the islands during winter, seems t be comparatively common. Mr. Knudsen’s specimen is a male in winter plumage, apparently bird of the year. Measurements. 2 hes l3 | i A fon Brie ea | = P pa e | © a g = 2 | Collectors: || Locality. Date. a aiselae | <3 e S » | & | oF | 3 | ae a fs 213 |6 | gos b a F |a\/—_ | ala Se igen OO Ne ieee 113452 | Knudsen ..... (¢).| Kanai, Hawaiian Islands | --|---.-.---. 243 90 61 38 | | ~-Anas wyvilliana SCLATER. Hawaiian Duck. Koloa maohi 1852.—Anas boschas? HARTLAUB, Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., 1852, p. 137 (from spec. Mus. Berol. ex Oahu).—Gray, Cat. B. Trop. Isl. Pacif., p. 54 (1859). 1854.—Anas boschas var. HARTLAUB, Journ. f. Orn., 1854, p. 170. 1856.—Anas superciliosa a. sandwichensis, BONAPARTE, Compt. Rend., XLUI, 1856, f 649 (nom nud.). 1859.—Anas superciliosa var. GRAY, Cat. B. Trop. Isl. Pacif., p. 54. 1862.— Anas boschas CASSIN, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1862, p. 322. 1869.— Anas superciliosa DOLE, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., x11 (p. 305); Extr., p. 12 (m GMEL.).—I/d., Haw. Almanac, 1879, p. 55. 1878.—Anas wyvilliana SL P. Z. §., 1878, p. 350.—Id., Rep. Voy Challenge Zool., U1, pt. VA, p. 98, pl. xxii (1881).—RIpGw AY, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu Tt 1878, p. 251.—Fryscu, Ibis, 1880, p. 79.—WALLACE, Island Life, p. 2 (1881). Of this interesting Duck peculiar to the Hawaiian Archipelago th collection contains four specimens, two of which on the labels are desig nated as “Koloa maoli,” while the other two are inscribed “ Kolé piwai.” Ican see no difference between the specimens so marked. As the original description and figure of this species are somewh defective, and as the specimens before me offer some differences | plumage not hitherto recorded, a somewhat detailed account of my mat rial may not be out of place. . |] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. oD A few words in regard to the true relationship of the species m in order first, as the original description in a general Way only refers it j to ‘the section of true Anas, which embraces A. obscura of North Ameri- ca, A. superciliosa of Australia, and other species.” From the synonymy as given above it might be Supposed that the relationship of the present pecies would be with A. superciliosa, the habitat of which is given as embracing nearly entire Polynesia, besides Australia and New Zea. Mana, but in point of fact it has nothing to do with th oe les, as its closest allies are found on the American continent just oppo- site the Hawaiian Islands; or, to be more specific, A. wyvilliana is very Closely related to A. aberti Ripew. of northwestern Mexico, as already | pointed ont by Mr. Ridgway (Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., I, 1878, p. 251), So close is the similarity that J am unable to distinguish No. 113450, A. wyvilliana ( 2 ), from the type of A. aberti (2) except by the larger size and the total absence even of an indication of supraocular or transoe- ‘ular stripes; the former specimen is also distinguished by white tips to Bic greater wing coverts, forming 2 white anterior border to the gree “speculum, but this is wanting in the other specimens as well type of A. aberti. ry On the whole, the five specimens of Anas though agreeing rather closely in geueral color of extraordinary variations truly perplexing. _ Nos. 113447 and 113449 I take to be correctly determined as males, for they have the central tail-feathers turned up at the end in a manner Similar to that of the male Anas boschas.* They also differ from the ther three specimens before me in having the smaller upper wing- overts nearly uniform “hair brown” (Ridgw., Nom. Col., pl. iii, n. 12) with but faint grayish margins, while the other three have these eathers distinctly and, more or less, broadly margined with cinnamon. The two males, furthermore, have a slightly Stronger greenish gloss on the occiput and upper hind neck, but here the agreement between them, as compared with the three other Specimens, comes to an end. ie No. 113449 has a small black bill, with an ill-defined yellowish space on each side of the upper nail, and a somewhat asymmetrical longi- tudinal mark of similar color on the middle of the column, and a yellow- sh area separating the under nail from the dark basal half of the lower handible, while in No. 113447 the bill is pale brownish, becoming light uumbeous towards the base, with a triangular black mark on the lower Sal angle of the upper mandible exactly as in Anas fulviguia Ripaw. No. 113449 the top of the head, occiput, and upper neck are nearly ay be i e Polynesian spe- n as in the wyvilliana before me, ation, present a number “The occurrence of the recurved central tail-feathers in this spe eresting, as they are said to be entirely wanting in 4nas obscura and the still more losely allied 4. fulvigula from Florida. That these curious feathers are not indicated he original description nor in the figure (P. Z. S., 1878, and ‘Challenger’ Rep.) is ly explained by the fact that the type was collected in August, at a time when feathers are normal even in A. boschas. cies is exceedingly | n Our specimens are apparently winter 100 BIRDS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, uniform dull blackish brown, with a greenish gloss on occiput and neck, while the fore-neck has a whitish ground color striped with blackish in No. 113447, on the other hand, these parts are colored as in the fe male, pale cinnamon striped with dusky underneath, and dusky striped with pale cinnamon above, though with a stronger greenish gloss thaw in the females. No. 113449 has the anterior white wing band nearly twice as broad as the corresponding one in 113447. Lower Wilg-COv- erts and lower tail-coverts show great difference in the two specimens, No. 113447 agreeing in the coloration of these parts with the other three specimens in having the entire lining of the wing, including the axillar ies, pure white, and in having the lower tail coverts whitish, more or less tinged with tawny and cinnamon rufous, and spotted or barred with dusky; No. 113449, however, has all the small under wing-coverts brownish gray, with broad, pale margins, and the under tail-coverts are deep cinnamon rufous, heavily blotched with black, some of the middle ones being entirely black, with a faint greenish gloss. Also among the upper tail-coverts of the same specimen there are a few uniform greenish-biack feathers. ; No. 113448 is said to be a male by the collector, but, if so, it is proba bly a younger bird than the two already spoken of, for not only are the central tail-feathers perfectly straight, but the smaller upper wing: coverts are broadly margined with cinnamon, while several of them in addition have a central pale heart-shaped mark distally circumscribed with black; the nape has a greenish gloss, bat slightly fainter than it the foregoing specimens, but the lower neck and upper breast are mor rufous than any of the specimens at hand; the apper white wing-band is narrow and considerably clouded with gray. Bill as in No. 115447. The last two specimens are said to be females, and are probably cor rectly sexed, but they present great differences inter se. No. 21319 (the same one described by Mr. Ridgway, loc. cit., though the number by misprint is given as 20319) seems to be the more normal of the two but the upper white wing-bar is nearly as obsolete as in the type of 4 aberti, it being only represented by a narrow, ill-defined, pale drab eray band, and round the eye there is a somewhat irregular ring white featners. The latter feature, however, is probably purely alb nistic, there being also a few small white feathers here and there on th face, and none of the other specimens show even an indication of eye ring. The bill appears to be like that of Nos. 113447 and 11344 The tawny margins to the smaller upper wing-coverts are narrower thal in the foregoing and following specimens.* — No. 113450, the last Knudsen’s birds, is particularly interesting and aberrant. While a the other specimens have the throat streaked with dusky, this one ha the chin, throat, upper fore-neck and the loral apex uniform, pale vin *The specimen just described was probably obtained in March, L855, at Hilo, Islan of Hawaii, consequently in the identical locality whence came the type of A, wyt liana. B68.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161 _eeous cinnamon-rufous precisely as in A. aberti. The normal upper _white wing bar is replaced by one of a light gray color, but in addition _ the greater coverts which form the upper border of the speculum,* are broadly (5™") tipped with pure white, thus interposing a very con- , spicuous and abnormal white bar between the speculum and its upper black border. So far as I can make out, this feature is entirely unique.t The two black tertiaries following the speculum and forming its inner , black border, have some large pale cinnamon marks and broad margins rat the tip, of a similar color, while in all the other specimens these : feathers are uniform. The Dill is brownish, with black blotches irregu- ‘larly distributed over the surface. + Some of the differences noted above are probably due to sex, others ;to age, and others again to season, but with the scanty data as to sex jand time [ abstain from making any suggestions. It is plain, however, that a few of the variations can not be disposed of so easily. As tothe eversed position of the black and white in the anterior border of the imirror (No. 113450) I may remark, that our museum possesses a number of pale, albinistic specimens, said to have been tame ducks having turned feral and shot on the Lower Potomag, in which a similar reversion of the two colors has taken place. Some of these Specimens have only the jtips of the greater coverts margined more or less broadly with white “ite jothers the white margins also run along the edges to the base, while in others again these feathers are entirely white. But all these birds are falbinistic to a great extent besides, while our Kauai Specimen shows no jother trace of albinism. As to the curious dark lining of the wing of No. 115449, I have at present no explanation to offer. In all the allied species I find a light superciliary line and a dark pransocular stripe more or less pronounced. Nosuch pattern is evident mm my Hawaiian specimens, the only approach to it being a scarcely perceptible postocular dark line in all, except No. 113449. | *In the original description of Anas wyvilliana a curious mistake has crept in, jnasmuch as it is said that the speculum proper is formed by the greater coverts and jts upper double border by the smaller coverts. The passage in question reads as fol- ows: “The speculum is shining purple with a black border above and below: be- vond the black border below the coverts terminate in a broad margin of pure white; bove the upper black border, which is fermed by the ends of the small coverts, there js a narrow ashy-white margin.” Of course, the speculum is formed by the second- \ries, and the upper border by the ends of the great coverts! Besides the speculum only purple in a certain light, viz, when held between the light and the eye (Ga- llow’s “position ©”), while if the eye be placed between the light and the bird |“ positions B and A”), the speculum is distinctly green, which is also the color repre- jented in the plate. | tIn Mr. Ridgway’s account of the female 4. wyvilliana (loc. cit.) there is a remark fo the effect that the above described arrangement of the borders is the normal one in nas boschas, but this is evidently only a slip of the pen. 102 BIRDS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. “4 Measurements. 4 : | ob ess a A 3 | BO ieee eS | oa ae | Collector and No. = Locality. | Date. = oe | 3s _ |e 5 Aa. | a | ok 2 og c= z Bo 23 el —— —| —- — | —— j | \ | | | | 113447 | Knudsen -.-...-..- f@ad.| Kauai, Hawaiian |.----..--- OTS ids. he eto mlekie | 41 | Islands. | 113449) -2.do ------------- Gide ae Ol. cancraisl= Petal eatenete erate 221 Th eke Wa 39 | 11344 Opec eels “| eaeees BEG O) seein cieelatetsialate isis et meer 234 79 48 | 19 40 A34500 eee CO eee ae ae eae |e (0 gets fe sieya | teers fe) 82! 44° 18 39) | cee 21319 | Stimpson, y. 379...) Pad. Sandwich Islands. ....-.--- 224) 74 £5) 17.0) |) eee Be * First primary molting. ~-Nycticorax nycticorax nevius (BODD.). Black-crowned Night Heron. Auku kohili (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus , X, 1887, p. 84.) The additional specimen, an adult male, confirms the identification 0 this form. It is rather dark, though not much darker than average & American skins, and much lighter than specimens from Chili (NY. ob- scurus). From the table below it will be seen that the measurements are in excess of those of the Old World birds (cf. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus x, 1887, p. 269). The Hawaiian Night Heron, therefore, agrees wi bh the American form in every respect. Measurements. a | 3 4 = ; a = 2 a 2 a = eB ES. ee 2 5 | oe 2° Collector. a Locality. Date. S 2 _ | ZG ; 3 3 o 1 8 1a a 1.32 D 2 . a EQ Ay Se S 5 = R A & | = = | a | ms bp RB Ela! es | ae | | ee) 113467 | Knudsen....------ | fad. | Kauai, Hawaiian Islands| .-.--..--- S10) 5 1 | oe AGOHot se dOie so. oe se fee Bilal en cos AO ieseae eae ee ine | abort a | 102 | oy | seer MGR se dOts aaa See | jav. | dor siete sbesettiee See aaeeese te +285 | 104| -72) 70 » Primaries molting. } Primaries very much worn. -+Fregata aquila (LINN.). Man-o’-War Bird. Iw In the first edition of his ‘‘ Synopsis ” (Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist xu) Mr. Dole enumerated the Frigate Bird under the above specifi name, but ip 1879 (Hawaiian Almanac) he corrected the identificatiol as erroneous, and substituted for it the name Tachypetes palmerston without stating his reasons for so doing. It seems, however, as if I made the change under the impression that “ Tachypetes aguila, a sim lar but much larger bird of the Atlantic Ocean,” is confined to the latte and that no other species than the small one (the correct name of whi PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 103 > egata minor) occurs in the *“ tropical belt of the Pacific and Indian ans.” This is not quite exact, for while F. minor is restricted to the ific, and particularly its southern part, F. aquila is found in both eans, especially north of the equator, and the specimen from Kauai, nt by Mr. Knudsen, belongs to the large form. As Dr. Streets has und F. minor on the Fanning Islands (Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. No. 7, p. 25), it is quite likely that it may also occur, at least occasionally, in e Hawaiian Archipelago. Knudsen’s specimen is a female, with the head, hind neck, lower east, and belly blackish; upper fore-neck grayish; chest whitish, ongly suffused in the middle with ochraceous buff; smaller upper ng-coverts grayish brown with darker centers and paler margins. The measurements of this specimen are as follows: 3 3 a a ies ra col co) 5 oO. : 4 2 oF Collector. Locality. Date. =| z . |e a |2@j|2i|8 \3e 6 g a = D S Lal -— a iz 5 Ss 2 wD Flal|ala la mea ost Ss, i SS eS 6 | Knudsen .........|9.--.] Kauai, Hawaiian Islands |........-. 595 | 345] 120 25 73 i a Ee a ed m7 ' aA oe ait c fee T o age Neel ate Te, Mei an we ' ie ere NOTE ON ASTRELATA SANDWICHENSIS RIDGW. ~- BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. In volume IX of these proceedings, p. 96, in an additional note to an article on this bird, I expressed a suspicion that it might be the same as 17. pheeopyyia Salv. (Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. 1x, Part rx, May, 1876, p. 507, pl. 88, fig. 1),and in my more receae published | ‘Manual of North American Birds” * (p. 65) relinquished any doubt as_ to the question by giving the Sandwich Island bird as 47. phwopygia In the mean time the type had been sent to Mr. Salvin for comparison with the types of his species, and his letter, dated December 11, 1887, confirms the views which I had adopted, as the following quotation from his letter will show: / ‘“T have compared it [?. e., the type of -d”. sandwichensis] with the two types in the British Museum of 2. pheeopygia, and done my best to make them different, but they are as like as any three specimens of the same species of Petrel that I ever examined. The bill is a trifle small in all its dimensions and outer rectrices a little more freely mottled with white, but the Galapagos birds vary just as much inter se.” * J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, 1887. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xi, 1888. 104 88.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 105 ON THE SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY. BY GEORGE P. MERRILL. (With Plates XXxXI, XXXII ) - Being in common with petrographers in general deeply interested in ‘the problem of the origin of serpentinous rocks, the writer took ocea- ‘sion, during the summer of 1857, to visit sundry localities where the rock was known to occur, and among them, that at Montville, N. J. This locality was looked forward to with especial interest, since owing to the rare beauty, purity, and compactness of the rock, as shown in “numerous mineral cabinets throughout the country, and its known oe- ‘eurrence imbedded in a massive dolomite, it was thought that here, if anywhere, it might be found as a rock formed from aqueous sediments of chemical origin, as argued by Dr. Hunt.* The results of my exami- ations are given below: _As above noted, the serpentine occurs associated with a massive, coarsely ery pealline dolomite, and the fine specimens to be found in the various museums are obtained during the process of quarrying this rock for burning into quicklime or for a flux in iron furnaces. The first noticeable thing regarding the serpentine is, that while it is occasionally found in small seams and veins, its principal mode of occurrence is the form of isolated nodules from a few inches to 1 or 2 feet in diameter, or as a thin coating on large irregularly rounded or oval bowlder-like masses of all sizes up to 8 8 or 10 feet in diameter, and which from their crystalline texture and white or gray color seem im most instances to have been mistaken for the ordinary dolomite of | the quarry. The smaller nodules separate readily from the inclosing dolomite, aud ‘present always highly polished and often beautifully grooved and slick- en-siled surfaces, which are covered here and there with patches of a thin foliated, somewhat fibrous, light yellowish-green mineral resem- bling picrolite, but which examination proves to be otherwise, as will be | eed later. The exterior of many of these nodules is strikingly like that of peb- Bes scarred by glacial action, and present other features such as to uggest they have been subjected to a considerable compressive force. When broken open the nodules are found, as a rule, not to consist of Serpentine throughout, but to contain a core or nucleus of a white or gray mineral which, as above noted, has, on casnal inspection only, een. mistaken for the ordinary dolomite of the eee There is no 106 SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY. constant relationship in thickness between the serpentine and the nu- cleus, the coating varying from the fraction of one to several inches — (rarely more than 5 or 6) in thickness. Figs. 1, 2, and 3, Pl. XXXI, are — characteristic forms, the nodule shown in fig. 1 having been broken — so as to leave the nucleus entire, while figs. 2 and 3 are from speci: — mens cut through the center and polished. In fig. 1 the nucleus is . about 11 inches long and 5 inches wide by 2 inches thick in its greatest dimensions, tapering down to a blunt point at the left. Larger were found, and others in which the nucleus had completely disappeared. Not the least interesting feature of the case was the discovery that these. nuclei varied in color, some being gray, slightly greenish, otheis pure © white, and that each had a coating of serpentine characteristic of itself. — That surrounding the gray nuclei is deep, bright green, sometimes | almost black, and searcely translucent; that surrounding the white nu- clei, on the other hand, is of a beautiful light oil yellow, almost amber — color, and translucent almost to transparency. The two varieties are | in most eases distinct, rarely, so far as observed, grading into one an- . , other. Both varieties show at times narrow veins of amiauthus or chrysotile, though these are most abundant in the light-colored variety. On exposure to weather, after quarrying, a shrinkage takes place, so — that in most cases the serpentinous crust shells off only too readily, in — small fragments, and often almost as clean as the burr from a chestnut, — leaving the nucleus compact and fresh, with a firm, smooth and shining surface, and with only thin patches of serpentine adhering here and there, as in fig. 1 of plate. On examination with a pocket lens it becomes apparent that the connection between the serpentine coating and the nuclei is much — closer than at first appears, the mineral of the nuclei near the point of contact assuming a faint yellowish or greenish tint. Small veins and tongues of serpentinous matter also in places project into the nuclei, — as shown in figs. 2 and 3 of plate, where the light gray mineral of the nucleus shows up in strong contrast with the dark serpentine. Thin ; sections cut so as to include portions of both serpentine and nucleus © show the latter to consist of a granular aggregate of short and stout crystals of all sizes up to 2™™ in diameter, colorless or slightly gray, — and non-pleochroie though polarizing brilliantly in yellow, green, and { violet colors. The mineral is monoclinic in erystallization, gives ex- tinction angles on sections approximately parallel to the clinopinacoid, | varying from 27° to 36°, and shows the optic axes in the plane of sym- — metry. Well-defined prismatic cleavages are developed, which, as seen | in basal sections, cut one another at nearly right angles. A third cleay-— age parallel to the orthopinacoid was observed in a few instances. — Polysynthetic twining is common; twin lamelle, as shown in basal ; sections lying parallel with the orthopinacoid. All the above charac-_ teristics are indicative of diopside. These indications are confirmed by the analyses to be noted later. Examination of portions of the see 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 107 tions from the tine of contact show most beautifully the direct transi- tion of the diopside into serpentine, as illustrated in figs. 1 and 2, Pl. XXXIL, engraved directly from photomicrographs by Mr. T. W. Smillie. Each crystal is bordered by a narrow fringe of parallel-lying serpentine - fibers standing at right angles with the crystal itself, after the mauner so well known in serpentine pseudomorphs as to need no farther de- scription. Fracture and cleavage lines have given way to irregular -eanals of serpentinous matter, and every gradation can be traced in a _ single section from the fresh diopside to pure, compact serpentine. Secondary minerals (other than serpentine) are surprisingly rare in the sections at hand. In all those from the larger masses the gray pyrox- ene is seen passing directly into pure serpentine without a trace of ad- mixtures of free calcite, silica, or iron oxides, all having evidently been removed as fast as formed. (See fig. 1.) In some instances where the pyroxene occurs in nodules but a few millimeters in diameter inbedded in the dolomite the transition into serpentine is made noticeable by the - formation of a reddish zone of iron oxides. Sections from the white - pyroxene differ in that they still show in the form of small calcite gran- ules the excess of lime set free during the process of transformation, (See figs. 2 and 3.) As both pyroxenes contain essentially the same percentages of CaO such differences can searcely be expected to prove constant on further investigation. Even where the alteration is com- plete and no trace of the original pyroxene remains, the origin of the serpentine by hydration of some magunesian silicate is made at once apparent by such appearance as shown in fig. 4, Pl. xxx. Here the _ gradual increase in bulk of two adjacent granules of the pyroxene has crowded the calcite grains lying between them into a compact bun- die, while immediately beyond they spread out into broad fan shaped areas, giving rise to a pseudo fluidal structure. These evidences of ex- pansion suggest a possible explanation of the slickensided surfaces seen on all the nodules, and which indeed are common to serpentinous rocks wherever found, and emphasize the suggestion made vy Diller* and Others to the effect that they are due chiefly, if not wholly, to motion generated in the mass of rock by increase iv volume. Take the case of an original nodule of the pyroxene imbedded iu the dolomite. As _ hydration goes on more space is demanded and the serpentinous matter is pushed out into every available nook and crevice. Possibly through force of expansion fractures will be formed in the inclosing rock, and as the serpentine is pushed out gradually into these spaces it comes in contact with the rough walls of the inclosing rock, and is grooved and polished in direct proportion to the amount of movement and the hard- hess and resistance of the material of which it is composed. The ex- treme compactness of the serpentine is doubtless due largely to the resistance to expansion offered by the dolomite in which it is imbedded. -* Geology of Lassen’s Peak District, California. tighth Aunual Report U.S. Geo- logical Survey, 1886~87. MSS. notes. Ere oN SoS Wre-s, (SSS Se ae 108 SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY, Just what the amount of expansion has been can not be estimated abso- lutely, owing to a loss of an undeterminable amount ot material. From a comparison of specific gravities of the two aa alone it would appear that this increase was about 29 per cent, This, however, can not be considered as more than a rough approximation, since, as shown by the analyses to be noted later, there has been a loss of all the lime and presumably of a part of the silica with smaller amounts of iron Ox- ides and alumina.* Lam of course aware that as long ago as 1872, J. Lemberg? in describing the highly lustrous and slickenside-like surfaces of certain serpentinous rocks, argued from facts, not necessary to repeat here in full, that their lustrous appearance was due not to movement nor pressure, but to a deposit on the surface of an infinitesimally thin coating of a magnesian silicate. Proof of this was drawn mainly from the fact that the luster appeared not merely on joint surfaces but also on cleavage faces and rough uneven surfaces where there had evidently been no movement. Further, when, as sometimes occurred, a polished serpentinous surface was in contact with limestone, it was the serpen- tinous rock alone that showed the polish while the limestone remained rough and unchanged. The two cases are not, however, exactly par- allel. In the present instance fractured surfaces of the serpentine show frequently a highly lustrous surface, almost resembling a true cleavage, which may very likely be due to the thin coating or glazing suggested by Lemberg. The lustrous condition of the exterior of the nodules can not, however, be thus accounted for. Not merely are they polished, but also are grooved and striated like bowlders from glacial drift; fur- ther, this outer portion shows often in places a thinly laminated or platy structure, recalling the platy structure produced in metals by continuous hammering. I believe this condition to have been brought about wholly by pressure and motion generated in the mass itself by increase in bulk rather than by orographic movements. The fact that the inclosing dolomite does not show like polished surfaces may be due simply to the fact that during the molecular re-arrangement incident to the conversion of the diopside into serpentine, and its highly hydrated condition, this mineral would naturally be in a condition to be molded and scratched by the dolomite, even were not the latter under ordinary circumstances the harder mineral of the two. To further show the relationship between the two minerals, samples of both pyroxenes and serpentines were submitted to Mr. Charles Cat- lett, of the U.S. Geological Survey, for analysis. The results are as fol- lows: *Dr. Hunt (Min, Phys., ete., p. 506) has shown that the conversion of olivine into serpentine, if unattended by loss of silica, is attended by augmentation in bulk amonnting to 33 per cent. t Ueber die contactbildungen bei Predazza. Neues Jahrbuch, Vol. xxtv, p. 187. “4 “a ' -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 109 \ I. ee Vom At AV | | Per cent.'| Per cent.| Percent. Percent. | SiQbreadsecseetes case | 51. 45 | 40), 23 | 54. 215 42,38 | MRO Cee eats 28 ac | 18.43 39.46 | 19. 82 2.14 | CaQas sees rasa as Wee OanO2E eens fee [eam cai e cea 3 PAU Ox ceemeen a ween | 2.94 2.18 | 59 07 Hes ORes = emicraicete sees 1. 06 4. 02 | 220) SLE HO) re bosses owe } . 96 trace 27 | eT Mn Qiseets Sep ccc chies RACE wie pase his SEN scmie te elev SUS Raseecs cones ee PRACO tc eooeice ce Soctimeties clicceeteas we FoeniwOMne eases 1,08 14. 24 .14 14.12 99. 94 100. 13 99. 945 99. 85 I. The gray pyroxene. II. The green serpentine resulting from its alteration. III. White pyroxene, and IV, the yellow serpentine re- sulting from its alteration * The changes which are shown to have taken place are self-evident and need not be commented upon. The fact that no free silica or see- ondary silicates other than serpentine are found in the sections may be due to the entire removal of the excess silica in the pyroxene, as was the case with the calcite, or as seems very probable, the inclosing dolo- mite may also have been acted upon and yielded sufficient magnesia to convert the whole into serpentine as suggested by Danat in the case of the serpentine and dolomite of Westchester County, N. Y. In their high percentages of water it will be observed these serpentines approach closely to the so-called retinalite variety as given by’ Dana.i The ex- treme compactnessand homogeneity of the Montville stone, however, wili scarcely permit us to consider it as a mixture of deweylite and serpen- tine as suggested by Professor Dana in the case of the retinalite of Gren- ville, Canada. Secondary minerals other than serpentine and calcite are, however, by no means wholly lacking. In many cases the granules of the light yellow serpentine (No. Iv of analysis) are bordered by a finely microcrystalline, creamy white, somewhat chalky looking mineral, which [ have not been able as yet to obtain in sufficient purity for ac- curate determination, but which is judged to be a mixture of calcite and magnesite. Aside from this are occasional aggregates of a white color, and with a compact microgranular or short fibrous structure which under the microscope are seen to consist of a dense aggregate of minute calcite granules associated with numerous elongated silky fibers scarcely affecting polarized light but giving extinctions always parallel with their greatest elongation. The entire mixture submitted to Mr. Catlett for analysis yielded results showing it to consist of 90.17 per cent. mixed carbonates of lime and magnesia (mostly lime) and 9.97 per cent. ofa mineral having essentially the composition of serpentine with traces of iron oxides, alumina, soda, and potash. It isevident that the fibrous , *Analysis of serpentine from this same locality, as given by Dana (System of Mineralogy p. 467) is as follows: SiO. 42.5; MgO 42.16; H,O 14.22; FeO 1.96. This, it will be noted, agrees almost exactly with the above No. Iv. ~tAm. Jour. Sci., July, 1880, p. 32. System of Min., p. 467. ~ 110 SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY. mineral is simply fibrous serpentine (chrysotile). The compact, light yellow platy mineral coating the surface of the nodule to which I have { already alluded is found,on pulverizing and treatment with dilute acid, | also to be a mixture of calcite and soft silky fibers of like nature. As already intimated, I am disposed to consider this structure to have been — induced wholly by pressure. In the quarry dump were found fragments 1 of the rock, showing aggregates of serpentine, a very compact light | greenish amorphous mineral resembling deweylite, but with a specifie gravity of 2.5, small scales of deep reddish-brown and nearly colorless — mica, very compact aggregates of a greenish micaceous minerat with the blow-pipe properties of vermiculite and other minerals, which for lack | of time and a sufficient amount of satisfactory material must be left for | future investigation. The secondary calcite, I should say, is usually — granular and of a slight bluish tinge. The mineral is, however, some- | times found in fibrous form and of a pure white color. | In conclusion: The Montville serpentine is a highly hydrous variety, approaching retinalite in composition, and was derived by a process of metasomatosis* from a mineral of the pyroxene group with the optical — and chemical properties of diopside. The change has been accom- panied by a considerable increase in bulk, and in most cases the pro- | duction of beautiful slickensided surfaces and a platy structure due to — pressure. The excess of lime has recrystallized chiefly as granular cal- | cite of a light bluish tinge, and also in fibrous forms. Other secondary — minerals have been found in the quarry dump, but not having been — found in place have not been worked out genetically. No free silica in the form of chalcedonic veins, such as are ap almost | universal accompaniment of altered beds of dunite, have been found. It is inferred that sufficient magnesia must have beeu furnished from — other sources to convert the whole into serpentine, or that farther search will bring to light secondary silicate minerals. Concerning the — exact relationship existing between the pyroxene masses and the dolo- j mite, I am somewhat in doubt, as the outcrops were poor at the points — visited and the time limited. They are apparently segregations, and certainly can not be considered in any way connected with igneous 1 agencies. A very small dike (less than a foot in width) of a dense, — nearly black trap rock occurs at the quarry opening, but apparently is in no way connected with the processes of serpentinization. I presume this is the rock described as a porphyrite by Mr. Kemp in the annual report of the State Geologist of New Jersey for 1886 (p. 111).+ The derivation of serpentine from pyroxene i is amatter well known to , , , j ‘~ a i é “I use this word to indieate the process of “indefinite substitution and replace- ment;” the sense in which it has already been accepted by Dr. Hunt (Min. Phys., p. 430), Emmons, and others. tIt may be well to state that the quarry is the property of Mr. J. J. Gordon, of Boonton, and can be at present easiest reached by rail from New York City to Boon- ton and thence by carriages. The writer would here express his thanks to Mr. Gor- don for his kin Iness in accompanying him to t+ quarry and forwarding desirable material. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Merrill. PLATE XXXl. SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY.—NODULES OF SERPENTINE WITH NUCLEI! OF DIOPSIDE. (Explanation on page 111.) Proceedings U. S, National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Merril! PLATE XXXII. SERPENTINE OF MONTVILLE, NEW JERSEY.—PHOTOMICROGRAPHS SHOWING STAGES OF TRANSITION FROM DIOPSIDE TO SERPENTINE. (Explanation on page 111.) ~~ = u a oe : ‘ 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 111 petrographers. I have gone so much into detail in the present case for several reasons. The resultant serpentine isof rare beauty and purity, and is therefore much sought for by collectors in general. The possi- bility of obtaining readily hand specimens which show the abrupt tran- sition within the space of one or two centimeters from pure, unchanged pyroxene to clear, compact serpentine of almost ideal purity, makes ‘the material especially valuable toteachers. Iam, moreover, inclined to the belief that future investigation will show very many occurrences of small detached masses of serpentine included in calcareous or schistose rocks to be of similar origin. Indeed, Dr. Hunt,* in arguing against the theory of the intrusive origin of serpentinous rocks, so describes certain localities as to leave almost no doubt that this is the case. He says (p. 435): “In these (the Laurentian gneisses, crystalline limestones, ete.) the serpentine is often disseminated in grains or small irregular masses, giving rise to the varieties of so-called ophicalcite. These imbedded masses of serpentine are sometimes concretionary in aspect and may have a nucleus of white granular pyroxene. They often recall in their arrangement embedded chert or flint, and, like it, sometimes attain large dimensions.” Dr. Hunt seems, however, to have regarded the serpen- tine in all these cases as a chemical deposit about the nucleus, instead of a metasomatie product. _ It would seem to the writer, further, that the importance of the move- ments generated by an increase in volume by any large mass of olivine, pyroxene, or other magnesian silicates in passing into serpentine has not received its full share of attention. May it not be that very many of the slickensided surfaces and local displacements which often prove so misleading when studying rocks undoubtedly stratified, are due wholly or in a large part to this agency ? NATIONAL MusEvuM, May 20, 1888. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. MONTVILLE SERPENTINE. Nodules of serpentine with nuclei of diopside; Figs. 2 and 3 showing cut and pol- ished surfaces. The light gray is the unchanged diopside; the dark, the secondary erpentine. Fig. 1 shows a nodule from which a portion of the serpentinous crust has been removed, showing the ham-shaped nucleus. This figure shows also on the ower edge the laminated or platy structure mentioned on page 108. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII. MONTVILLE SERPENTINE. _ Photomicrographs showing the various stages of transition from digpside to serpen- ine. Fig. 1 shows the direct transition of the gray diopside in the upper right side of tigure into clear compact serpentine. Figs. 2 and 3 show the transition of the hite diopside into serpentine, with separation of calcite and the undetermined treamy white mineral mentioned on page 105. I[n both figures this mixture of cal- cite and the creamy white mineral is shown by the irregular dark areas in the lower part of the field. Fig. 4 shows the crowding together of the calcite into a compact yundle by the expansion of two granules of serpentinized diopside. *Min. Physiology and Physiography. DESCRIPTION OFA NEW PIGEON FROM GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR. BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. + Columba guayaquilensis, sp. Dov. Sp, CHAR.—Similar to C. albilinea Bp., but smaller and mueh darker; the under tail-coverts deep purplish gray, like flanks. Wing 7.70-7.90, tail 5.50-5.70, culmen .60, middle toe 115-125. 4 Type, No. 101311, Guayaquil, Ecuador, 18545 Dr. William H. Jones, U.S. Navy. 1 Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xi, 1588. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 113 NOTES ON THE EUROPEAN CRESTED TITMICE. A? }\- BY LEONHARD STEJNEGER. The direct comparison of three Scandinavian examples with a series ; from Central Europe reveals a difference in the coloration of the Crested ‘Titmice from these localities, which necessitates their separation. F The three birds from Norway and Sweden agree completely inter se on one hand, and so do the German and Hungarian specimens on the other, The former are grayer above, the latter more brownish, but the exact ‘shade is very difficult to describe. Consulting Ridgway’s “Nomen- lator of Colors,” pl. iii, I should say that the northern examples have the back “Isabella” gray, while those from the South are “ wood-brown” perv. The difference in the coloration of the flanks is of the same kind but even more striking, for here the gray ground color is absent and the flanks are therefore, respectively, ‘‘ Isabella colored” and ‘ wood- brown” without further qualification. _ It is curious that the difference between these forms has been over: looked by most ornithologists, since they are quite as distinct as are Sitta cesia and Sitta europea. As to the name of the Crested Titmice, the case is identical with that of the two Nuthatches just referred to. The name given by Linnzus ‘will have to be reserved for the Scandinavian form, which will stand as Parus (or Lophophanes) cristatus LINN. ‘The appellation Parus mitratus, which Brehm, in 1831, bestowed upon an alleged form of the Central European bird, seems available for the German and Hungarian race. Intergradation being the test for the use of trinominals I defer calling the bird in question Parus eristatus mitratus until the intergradation Shall have been fairly proven, if in reality it does exist. It would be very interesting to know whether the Crested Titmouse which inhabits Scotland belongs to either of the two forms indicated above, or whether it shows any peculiarity of its own entitling it to separate recognition. British ornithologists not prejudiced against possibilities of this kind ought to look into the matter. Measurements of Parus cristatus. | eae \3 $ | hese ts | = on | 2 | e [iaies S Senet oF Collector and No. | = Locality. Date. =. |S | sc ify ee a o 2 eae) a ao w tn 4 5 S ye sel Wee | 213 o b & | i oe = M - &B | ot qa seth — _ a el {22% S| ee Sette of ete alee gaa. Bergen, Norway .-- | Aug. 18, 1887 61} 48 | 7.5 | 185 14 Beets hacateraine njaa oe OE vee Ome ae OOP ta daytan | 64 5l 8 | 18 Seite 0046 .......--.....-| gad. Vermland, Sweden..| Mar. 6, 1882 6u 50 | 8 See eee Proc. N. M. 88——8 | hur & 1G85- ea 3. . “on Ss a a EUROPEAN CRESTED TITMICE. Measurements of Parus mitratus. _|2 g 5 |. “atlec ; = ji Museum and No. Collectio’ and | § Locality. Date. = Ea NO. a é o & pea 3 bo | re A ce = a | a la a ESD eam f 21) eee U.S. Nat., 9220..----- | v. Miiller.---.- gad.| Nuremberg, | Jan. 14. 1848 63; 50| 7.5 Germany. U.S. Nat., 105370..-.-|---.-----+ ------ gad | Moravia, Aus-} ----..------- 68 | 56/8 | tria. U.S. Nat., 1053871..---].----------- ---: gad.| Silesia, Ger- Sept. 20, 1882 | 6+ 51/8 many. : U.S. Nat., 69975.----- Burchard --.-.- Qad.| Rostock, Ger- |.------------- 63 Slay many. U.S. Nat., 56530..-.-- Schliiter, 553-..| Pad-| Saxony, Goor=}| ake eerste 65 | 50) 8 many. U.S. Nat., 111402...-. | Madarasz .--..| Qad-) Hungary. -- -| Oct. 15,1884) 64] 53 | 7.5 U.S. Nat., 111400. .--- SCO eee Gad.) Oravitz, Hun- | Sept. 16, 1883 63 | 49 | 7.5 gary. Tes Nat oat 08¢ cae: \oos-C0ix- weno aQa | Oke eeee ee Oct. 4,1883| 65 | 52] 8 Am. Mus,, N. Y., 234 -) Max..---- _....| gfad.| Neuwied, Ger-|.------------- 63 | 50| 8 many. Am. Mus., N. Y., 235 .|.--.d0---..----- Oiadal2= ee) eeeeee | Seo eee 63 | 47|8 ne dee eae ee ee 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 115 few) ei a? ON NEPHRITE AND JADEITE.* BY F. W. CLARKE AND G. P. MERRILL. (With Plate xxx.) In the ethnological collections of the U. 5S. National Museum there are many objects of jadeite, nephrite, and of various jade-like stones. They represent a wide range of localities, especially as regards the North American specimens; and in their external characteristics they exhibit great variety in color, texture, and quality. Some came from regions which have already been well studied; but others, as in the series of objects from Alaska and Costa Rica, seemed to merit ad. ditional investigation ; and at the earnest desire of the late Professor - Baird we undertook their mineralogical description. With anthropo- logical questions we have had nothing to do; in each case the nature and character of the material has been our sole study. In Alaskan specimens the Museum is, as might naturally be expected, particularly rich. Sincethe acquisition of that Territory by the United States, it has been visited by many official expeditions, and their as. ambled collections represent the entire coast line from Point Barrow to its southernmost extremity. If we except the remarkable hammers of jade-like pectolite from Point Barrow described by one of us some “years ago,t all of the Alaskan jades are true nephrites, ee ble in most particulars from the nephrites of Siberia, New Zealand, the Swiss Lake dwellings. In general terms this he is Coarse in “quality ; but occasionally objects are seen having high finish, some trans- lucency, and great beauty. Of course such objects could not be sac- ; rificed to so destructive an investigation as ours, even though we enr- _deavored to injure specimens as little as possible. In each ease in which analysis seemed desirable the necessary material was carefully sawed “off, and as little was taken as would suffice for our purposes. The fol- lowing objects were more or less fully examined by us: y 43415. Part of adze, Cape Prince of Wales. e 43440. Material for drill, St. Michaels. ‘ 44606. Knife-sharpener, Cape Nome. 44920, Knife-sharpener, Sledge Island. 44921. Knife-sharpener, Sledge Island. 44922. Knife-sharpener, Sledge Island. 63715. Stone implement, Diomede Island. 63733. Small knife, Diomede Island. 63762. Sharpening tool, Hotham Inlet. 89622. Knife-sharpener, Point Barrow. 89658. Stone adze, Point Barrow. *In this investigation the chemical work is entirely due to F. W. Clarke, and the microscopic work to G. P. Merrill. “ tClarke, Amer, Jour. Sci., 1884, 116 NEPHRITE AND JADEITE. : ‘ =e Of these the last two were collected by the Signal Service expedition commanded by Lieut. P. H. Ray ; the others were received from Mr, i. W. Nelson. For each specimen the specific gravity was carefully determined by Dr. William Hallock, of the U. 8. Geological Survey. The general description of the material may be summarized thus : 43415. Yellowish-green, mottled, sp. gr. 2.989. 43440. Siskin-green, translucent, uniform sp. gr. 3.006. 44606. Olive-green, sp. gr. 2.988. 44920. Olive-green, mottled, sp. gr. 2.928. 44921. Olive-green, mottled, darker, sp. gr. 2,921. 44922. Superficially black, sp. gr. 2.963. 63715. Siskin-green, translucent, sp. gr. 3.002. 63733. Blackish green, mottled and laminated, sp. gr. 3.010. 63762. Olive-green, mottled and laminated, sp. gr. 2.975, 89622, Olive-green, translucent, sp. gr. 2.978. 89658. Nearly black superficially, sp. gr. 2.922. Of these, Nos. 43415, 43440, 63733, and 89658 were selected for analy-| sis and microscopic study. The following table gives the results of the | analyses : | 43415 | 43440 | 63733 89658 Venitiovisecsssessesee = 1.91 1. 42 2. 03 2. 06 Silicate wae Sere ak els SOOT |e d6, 22) 1560085) 7 ° AOU Bite oeetele ore iol 1. 98 . 63 1.01 2. 57 Ferrous oxide.....-.... 6. 34 7.45 7. 67 5, eS Maganous oxide .......| trace. | trace. | trace. | trac GIG ee ace eee encescee 12. 54 12. 72 13.35 11. 54 Macenesia ......---.--.. 21. 54 20. 92 19. 96 oe 21.38 | 100.35 | 99.26 | 100.10 99, 81 In each case the ferrous oxide represents the totaliron. Ferric oxide was not discriminated, nor were alkalies looked for. So far, then, the analyses are imperfect. In addition to the above-named implements, another object of supy posed jade was investigated. It was a flaker (No. 89624) from Point | Barrow, of dull bluish green color, conchoidal fracture, considerable | translucency, and specific gravity 2.654. These data, together with a partial analysis, identify the specimen as quartz. It contained 97.79 per cent. of silica. j Before going on with the discussion of the microscopic character of — the jades another series of specimens remains to be noticed. As re-— gards origin, some early writers have attributed the Alaskan nephrite | to Siberian sources, but of late years it has been generally ascribed to — a home locality. Native reports pointed to a source known as the Jade | Mountains, north of the Kowak River, about 150 miles above its mouth ; | and after several attempts the spot has been actually visited by Lieut. G. M. Stoney. He collected specimens of jade in situ, and a number of samples were submitted to us for examination. They may be described — as follows: A. Greenish gray, splintery, lamellar in structure, oe tcpghcr hap, 9 oe VS ages batter hattveds Stee ._ 2 eee ¥ die nee -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 117 B. Like A, but more granular. C. Paler, nearly white, closer grained. D. Brownish, highly foliated. All four were analyzed with the subjoined results : hee cha C | D Ignition -.-- 1.78 essai lao Ls Silica .... 58. 11 55. 87 56.85 | 57.38 Alumina. - - ot 2. 07 . 88 LOR Ferric oxide -.- Se 5. 44 5.79 | 4.33 4.43 Ferrous oxide. - ess| .38 38] 1.45 1. 25 Manganous oxide......| trace. trace. | trace. | trace PIMOP Sa ee sae cAeee ce = 12.01 | 12.43} 13.09) 12. 14 Maenesia..ss. cise see 21.97 | 21.62 | 21.56] 22.71 99.93 | 99. 54 99.92 | 99.83 | Studied in thin sections, under the microscope, the Alaskan nephrites present the following characteristics : __ A. This sample, as seen in the slide and by ordinary light, presents a uniformly colorless field of a homogeneous, non-pleochroic mineral, and is _transversed by fine wavy rifts running all in the same general direction. The inclosures are very minute, some are mere dust-like particles, others are distinctly recognizable as limonite. Between crossed nicols the en- tire field is covered with very indefinitely outlined areas, which are alternately light and dark as the stage is revolved. With a power of two hundred and thirty diameters these areas are seen to be composed of wavy and uneven scales and bundles of fibers so interwoven and con- fused that no trustworthy measurements of extinction angles are obtain- able. Many of the bundles seem to extinguish in directions approxi- mately parallel with their length; but others show wideangles. The worked jade, 43415, from Cape Prince of Wales, has essentially the same structure as A, and needs no separate description. No. 43440, from St. Michaels, is also quite similar. In this specimen the fibers are ‘short and seale-like. There are no inclosures of note, although there is a plentiful sprinkling of amorphous dust-like material. No. 63733, from Diomede Island, is also much like A. It presents no difference which can be considered mineralogically essential, but the texture is more uneven, and many of the fibrous tuft-like masses are larger. The variations, however, are no greater than might occur in samples from the same mass. B. This specimen in thin sections and by ordinary iight isalso almost colorless, or very faintly greenish, and without pleochroism. It shows only a few yellowish and opaque inclusions, which are evidently of a ferruginous nature. Between crossed nicols it exhibits the well-known nephritic structure—a dense aggregate of short fibers and scales, the fibers arranged in clusters, or radiating tuft-like bundles, without def. nite boundaries, which merge into one another as the stage is revolved, n cases where the bundles are composed of fibers lying approximately 118 NEPHRITE AND JADEITE. parallel, epales of extinction were measured varying from 0° to 159, The structure may be best understood by reference to fig: 2.° Th cor- losely with a nephrite from the Belaja River, in Siberia, .d by Beck and Muschketow,* but it is more esembles more nearly the jade from New Zea. land. (See also figs. 1 and 3.) The Point Barrow specimen, 89658, has_ the same stracture as B, and needs no further description. The foregoing evidence is suflicient to show the essential identity of all the Alaskan jades, and to dispose of the theory that their presence in Alaska is to be accounted for upon the basis of trade with Siberia. That theory is also negatived by the discovery, announced by Mr. G. M. Dawson,t of small nephrite bowlders on the upper part of the Lewes River, not far from the eastern boundary of Alaska. But these neph rites are also strikingly like those from many other localities, and twa of the latter have been ieluded in our comparisons. First. a water- worn, dark-green bowlder from New Zealand, sent to the Museum by Sir Julius Haast ; and second, a small implement from Robenhausen, Lake Pfiiffikon, Switzerland, out of the collection of Mr. Thomas Wil- son. The latter specimen, also green, had a specific gravity of 3.015, as determined by Dr. Hallock. The analyses are as follows: responds quite ¢ as described and figure uniform in texture, and r New Zealand. Swiss : Ignition .....-.------------- . 83 . 63 Silica ..--- 56. 73 56. 87 Alumina..--- 3.22 1. 50 | Ferrous oxide. 5. 96 6.33 (LIMO Goce escen cee eae 13. 24 13.45 Magnesia ..--...------------ 19. 42 21. 06 99. 40 99, 84 All the iron is represented here as ferrous. Traces of manganese were present, but alkalies were not looked for. In thin section, under the microscope, the Robenhausen jade is seen to be made up of an extremely fine and compact aggregate of fibers, scales, and tufts, all arranged with their longer axes approximately parallel, so as to produce a more or less schistose structure. Sections cut parallel to this schistosity exhibit, in ordinary light, colorless, elon- vated, narrow areas, bounded by very irregular wavy lines which a high power shows to be rifts stained by impurities. Between crossed nicols the entire field is converted into a confused mass of. brilliantly polar: izing fibers, from which no measurement of extinction or cleavage an eles are obtainable. Cross-sections show a peculiar felt-like ground mass of colorless particles, polarizing only in light and dark colors, anc blending into one another without definite lines of demarkation wher the stage is revolved. The field shows numerous larger elongated areas * Ueber Nephrit und seine Lagerstatten, p. 12, Fig. 1. t Science, April 20, 1888, p. 186. oe PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 119 A ; lying with their ionger axes parallel, which give extinctions nearly, if not quite, parallel with those axes. Except so far as to show the homo. geneity of the mineral, the optical examination is quite unsatisfactory. The New Zealand jade, as seen under the microscope, consists wholly of a very compact aggregate or felt-like mass of confused scales and _ minute fibers, arranged in bundles and tufts in a manner which can be best understood by a reference to fig.1. The dark interstitial portions there shown are, when the stage is revolved and the nicols are crossed, seen to be composed of fibers and tufts of the same character as the lighter parts. In ordinary light these are almost perfectly colorless, and not perceptibly pleochroic. Between crossed nicols they show bril. liant polarization in yellow, red, and purple colors. The fibrous, bent and tufted form of the mineral renders a determination of its optical properties difficult, and in many cases impossible. In the few instances that they are gathered into long bundles in which the fibers are lain approximately parallel, they are found to give extinction angles varying from 0° to 20°, indicative of a mineral of the amphibole group—an indica. tion fully borne out by the analysis. The only inclosures are minute, dust- like particles of a black or yellow color, evidently ferruginous, but which a power as high as 750 diameters fails to satisfactorily determine. This structure is identical with that shown by slides in the museum collec- tion made from jade implements from New Zealand. Jade from the same locality has also been studied by Arzruni,* who describes it as an ex- traordinarily dense mass of bent and contorted fibers, stained yellow- ish in spots by iron oxide, and without inclosures. Our analysis agrees sufficiently well with that of Mr. C. L. Alient of a jade from the same locality, to insure identity of material. The same structure, with slight modifications, is common to the _nephrites of New Caledonia and Siberia, as shown by sections of them inthe Museum collection. Indeed, this finely fibrous and tufted struct- ure appears to be char acteristic of true nephrite, from whatever locality. Thus, Arzrunif describes a nephrite from southeastern Alaska as pos- i eae ee sessing a microscopic structure uniformly fine and fibrous throughout. The fibers, though but little bent and curved, seldom lie parallel with one another, but are gro uped into loose, irregularly-outlined, and tufted bunches. In the less compact portions the fibers intersect each other _ at approximately right angles, forming a grate-like, reticulated struct- Le a See ee aS ere ure. This he regards as a commencement of alteration into what may be serpentine or bastite. Such an alteration is accompanied by a slight browning of color, due to the liberation of iron oxide. He regards the isolated fibers as a variety of amphibole, and compares the general Structure with that of a nephrite from the Kitoj River, Irkutsk, Siberia, which has been described by Beck and Muschketow, and which will be noted later. He states, however, that it differs from the Siberian * Zeit. fiir. Ethnologié, 1883, p. 133, ie ee t Chem. News, 1882, p. 216. { Jahresbericht des Vereins f, Erdkunde zu Dresden, 1885, p, 6, 120 NEPHRITE AND JADEITE. nephrite in that the latter has its fibers finer and grouped in long bunches, or iu spreading tufts, as shown in our fig. 3. Such, however, may be mere local variations; and a more weighty distinction is based upon the presence of inclosures of foreign matter in the Siberian nephrite which are quite lacking in the specimens from Alaska. The analysis given by Dr. Meyer in this paper, although differing somewhat from that of our series, is sufficient to insure identity of material. Beck and Muschketow* describe the Kitoj River nephrite as dark leek-green in color and of a lamellar structure. Sections cut parallel and at right angles with the lamination show in the one case a prevailing confused fibrous and parall:1 fibrous (‘ ver- worren-faseriges u. parallel-faseriges”) structure, and in the other a microgranular and lamellar structure. Under a power of ninety-five diameters and in ordinary light the section is traversed by clear colored veins, which stand out boldly from the surface when the nicols are crossed. These are bordered by extremely fine fibers arranged both parallel and at right angles with the veins, and show by their aggregate polarization and optical behavior that they are asbestus. This struct- ure is shown only in sections cut parallel with the lamination. The Belaja River nephrite is described by the same author as showing un- der the microscope a confused fibrous aggregate of extremely fine needles of various sizes, the larger some-0.0043™™ in thickness, and, with a length many times greater, rarely a thickness of 0.04™™ is attained. The fibers are extraordinarily confused and without the slightest regu- larity in their arrangement, though in some cases an approximately parallel arrangement occurs which gives rise to a pseudo-microfluidal structure. More commonly the fibers are found in tufts, radiating from a commmon point, ‘* Strahlenartig.” In consequence of the homo- geneity of the aggregate it is assumed that the fibers belong all to the same mineral species. Inclusions are abundant. Limonite is the most common, occurring as small black points, and often staining the ad- jacent needles a brown color. This coloring matter sometimes segre- gates into veins of sufficient size to be apparent to the unaided eye. Other dark inclosures are believed to be chromite. As in the last case, sections at right angles to the lamination show a less pronounced fibrous structure, but are rather microgranular. Stillanother nephrite from the Bustraja River has the fibers so extremely small that a great number could be seen (when magnified five hundred diameters) grouped in a space 0.0043"" in breadth. These asbestus-like fibers are regarded as secondary, as are also small colorless sections with which they are sometimes associated, and which from their optical behavior are sup- posed to be serpentine. A nephrite from the Caucasus has similar prop- erties. One from the Jarkand Valley in Turkestan differs from the last in carrying a considerable number of magnetite inclosures which are visible to the naked eye. Its microstructure greatly resembles that “U. Nephrit u. seine Lagerstiitten. Verhand. der Kaiserlichen Min. Gesell. zu St. Petersburg: 11 series, XVI. 1888.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I2] of the Siberian nephrites, but presents certain peculiarities. The groundmass has a like microgranular and fibrous structure, but sections cut at varying angles with the apparent schistosity show no such Sep- aration between the granular and fibrous parts as was observed in the Siberian stone. These structures are shown in figs. 3 and 4, Pl. 1, of their paper. They think to distinguish between the Jarkand and Siberian nephrites by their inclosures of foreign particles. In all Si- derian nephrites the iron occurs in the form of limonite or chromite, while in those of Jarkand it occurs wholly as magnetite and hematite. These differences are shown by analysis. Another marked difference lies in the irregular massive aggregates sometimes occurring in sizes up to 0.05™™, These from their optical and cleavage properties are judged to be diopside. A nephrite from Samarkand showed inclosures of a similar nature. The distinction given in the résumé by these authorities, between the Siberian and Turkestan nephrites, are that the first named show aclear microschistose structure with inclosed grains of chromite and limonite ; while the last named is massive, with very few inclosures of ferrugi- nous granules, but in place of these characteristic inclusions of diop- side or a closely related mineral. A nephrite from Pekin was found to possess all the microscopic properties of that from Jarkand. The microscopic examinations of Messrs Beck and Muschketow were in all cases accompanied by chemical analyses, and the paper as a whole forms a most important addition to the literature of the subject. Mr. Otto Schcetensack,* in a paper on the subject, describes a nephrite from the Tienshan Mountains of a dark green color and specific gravity of 2.98, which shows between crossed nicols a fine crystalline texture, with many included asbestus-like fibers, giving extinction angles varying _from12°to16°. Rarelyare seen concentric aggregates of fine bent fibers. Strongly dichroic, yellowish brown and yellowish green granules are Supposed to be epidote. Another nephrite from Khoten in Bokhara, with a specific gravity of 2.947 and of a violet-gray color, shows between crossed nicols a confused, short fibrous texture, with the fibers but Slightly bent, through which are distributed large crystalline areas in which the fibers are much more contracted. This is apparently the same structure as shown in some Siberian nephrites by Beck and _Muschketow. _ Of jade objects from Mexico the National Museum has a large and : fine series, but nearly all the specimens are from the one State of Oaxaca. The greater number of them consist of true jadeite; but as jadeite from | the same region has been described by Damour,t a very exhaustive die —— ee review of the material did not seem to be necessary. A good series of | specific gravity determinations was, however, made by Dr. Hallock, and *Die Nephritoide des mineralogischen u. d. ethnographisch-priihistorischen Mu- F seums der Universitit Freiburgim Breislau. Inaug. Dis. Berlin, 1885. ; tBull Soc. Min., tv, 157. ; 422 NEPHRITE AND JADEITE. two specimens were also submitted to chemical and microscopic study, The following objects were examined: 1. Bead of light color, mottled with emerald green. Blake collection, No. 127. Weight 12.81 grammes, specific gravity 3.007. 2, Head, light green, from Zaachita. Aymé collection, Museum number, 115213. Weight 21.517 grammes, specific gravity 3.190. 3. Dark, dull green, translucent amulet. Blake collection, No. 79. Weight 131,695 grammes, specific gravity 3.332. 4. Human figure, light greenish, finely polished. Blake collection, No. 35. Weight 68.409 grammes, specific gravity 3.152. 5. Head and bust, dull opaque green. Blake collection, No. 77. Weight 186.627 grammes, specific gravity 3.338. G. Face with head gear and pendants, light emerald green, grayish back. Blake collection, No. 38. Weight 30.274 grammes, specific gravity 3.232. , 7. Head with*grotesque mask, dark opaque green, Blake collection, No. 36. Weight 47.432 grammes, specific gravity 3.087. 8 Serpent head, translucent, mottled green. Blake collection, No. 37. Weight 39.09 grammes, specific gravity 3.337. 9. Ring, pale opaque green, near No. 4. Blake collection, No. 25a. Weight 791 grammes, specific gravity 3.199. 10, Celt-like object, blackish green, from Cholulu. Blake collection, No. 54d. Weight 293.91 grammes, specific gravity 3.355. 11. Rude, squarish head, light green. Scratched by steel. No number nor local- ity. Weight 70.54 grammes, specific gravity 2.758. 12. Light green jadeite amulet, highly polished. Aymé collection, No. 105. Weight 100.365 grammes, specific gravity 3.337. 13. Whitish, mottled human figure, dull polish, opaque. From San Martin Mexi- campas. Aymé collection, No. 401. Museum number, 115236. Weight 103.78 grammes, specific gravity 3.021. The specific gravity of several other Mexican jadeites in the Museum collection was determined several years ago by the late G@. W. Hawes. As the data are unpublished they may fairly be inserted here: Mus. No. 7844. Polished grayish green hatchet. Granular texture, specific gravity 3.34. Mus. No, 7845. Polished ornament from Mirador. Grayish green, less granular, specific gravity 3.34. Mus. No. 27874. Three beads. Mottled green and gray, coarsely granular, specific gravities 3.11, 2.94, 2.93. Of these objects all but No. 11 appear to be jadeite. No nephrite could be identified among them. Nos. 1 and 2 were selected for further study, and gave the following analyses: | euaieee | ay i aoe aile | Lenition:22s..2. cee" 1.81 eile Silica ...... 5R.88| 58.18 | Alumina... 25.93. | 23. 53 Chromic oxide U2 i in the body ad 1.9 in the head; ventral fin shorter than the pectoral, 6.25 in the body, its spine 4 in head : The first three spines of the dorsal are graduated. The first 8.8, the second 4.26, the third 3.3, in head. The tenth spine is 4, and the eleventh is 3.8, in head. The ee eeet soft ray, the sixth, is 2.3 in head. The Dsie of the dorsal is a little less than the lengtn of the head from the tip of the snout. ; The anal spines are graduated, the first 14.4, the second 6.4, the third (52 2in the head. The fin is evenly rounded, the longest soft ray is 2.3, and the last 4.8 in the head. Color in alcohol, much as in H#. bonaci Poey, brown with irregular darker mottlings of considerable size, but varying much; belly paler; dorsal and anal fins of the general color of the body, fhe anal having the lower edge pale, the outer margin not evidently darker; ventrals black with the tip white; pectorals paler. _ This species is nearly allied to 2. microlepis Goode & Bean, from which it differs in the shorter maxillary, in the form of the caudal, which in this species is less lunate, in the smaller eye, in the wider intererbital Space, and in the smaller number of gill-rakers. It is also allied to ZL. bonaci Poey, from which it differs in the shorter Maxillary, in the less robust body, smaller eye, wider interorbital space, and in the smaller number of gill-rakers. We follow Dr. Jordan’s manuscript in using the name Hpinephelus, instead of Mycteroperca or Tristropis. The original type of Hpinephelus was H. ruber Bloch, which is probably identical with Jycteroperca cutirostris. This species is dedicated to Dr. David 8. Jordan. This fish is rather common in the bay at Guaymas, where we obtained several specimens, and at which place it is in great favor as a food-fish. 3 . 142 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. Measurements. wain™e | Tn body. | In head. — Length of body to base of candal.....-.---------+-++----+ see ee reser ee: 3000 eeee Pe DRS Se oe oa Sane od in oWubreeemenKe see os pedal b ssw eimnininlo os 115 2.6 TG DEN sae wee nw poe e ramen ses concen eee wate cera era ee 84 3.6 Depth ofc audal peduncle .......----------+-- ae as 34 8.8 BINOUG Rube uniwescawees since we wvwaecwme dates ve eames AU alee eiestateetet From tip of snout to first dors: yee Ue See ape Manillary ......-- 2-22-02 ces cen ene cece eens cence cee n eer nnee cowenerenens 495 | Sawecehrace oon Raion te) et ee hrec ace wine a\p niwiae eisietemie me arara tere ine te ela eee as ete te LG iastenewees 72 Interorbital space .... 22-2... --- ee cece ee cee ee eee ence en ence tenses TOs sasc eb eeek 6.0 | Dorsal tin: | First Spine.....-.-2.-2c cece cece ence ence eee cece en ne cn necsncewnersee 13 Oe nate aa 8.8 Second spine ..-... .----2-- 2 eee ene ee eee erence eee err ee eerees 27 rk oO 4,26 Third spine .....--.- 2. cee w ne eee n enn een eee e cee n en ccencecenenen- GO| caneneer 3. Se Tanth Spine... -< ~~ 2. fon cece ccc ewe nnie sme seme inne == pe saat) melmpliiale DSi |cemie sm sige 4.0 Eleventh spine. --..----------- eee eee n ence ee eee enn e sewer een ecen 0!) | Satrentecee 3.8 Sixth SOLG TRY <<. -- 2c c ce esteem ences ccc ss cnscmieisicemomancnetmminentale s SO eee seer ee 2.3 Anal fin: . First Spin@ 200. 2.2. c sec cee nce n cece cnn ese c eee eeeennccenerens 8 passe ec see 14.4 SGCONG'S PING come sine wien nw nicin a winte aie w 01a nlele erase elle le orn=ieleleimiewial=islelni~inialet= 18: |2o-eee case 6.4 Third spine ...-.- .--- <2 neon ec cew cc ere merc ce ence cen eeceesensocee DRL a aa 5.2 Longest soft ray (fifth) --- 25. occ. cn. ccm we cern ns cemenie i -== nim BOR eeeceettaets 2.3 TsaSt) SOLG THY. <= = nn onic wines wterele aie c,cinlel= enim ciate me mim mine smile awit ee AG ae stele 4.8 PG LOTM De aes dae notes eo acrmae cai eseiee se cee emma oe cette Sees sree 60 5.0 1.9 VIG IRGM ALB DIKIG) crace moie wieteie-t ein cine lal cielo rnin araieinim alo eleieiaiane ecmietmcntatette taeda sayetet tenet AU eeiamoe 4.0 NUAXY URN LIDS 2a a nis otheteiere wie ciciein eiciem axe cain bie te)o lope = cea mmfata fete ier aan inte le eee tated 48 6. 25.2 cee > 6. Kyphosus elegans * (Peters.) (No. 39635, U.S. N. M.) Head 3.5 in length of body to base of the caudal; depth 2 in length of body; dorsal tin, XI—14; anal, I1I—13; cee 12-70-22. Body elliptical, compressed, head short, snout very blunt, eye moderate, 3.5 in head, mouth small, nearly horizontal, the maxillary barely reach- ing the front margin of the eye, both jaws with a single close-set row of — incisors, obtusely lanceolate, transparent on the extremities, most of the teeth with a dark spot in the middle of the body of each, teeth with conspicuous roots posteriorly, behind which there is no band of teeth ; fine teeth on the vomer, palatines, and tongue. Gill-rakers on anterior arch not long, the longest about one-half the i diameter of the eye, slender, about 14 developed on the lower limb, those on the sueceeding arches short, not well developed. Preopercle— obsoletely serrate at and near the Saale in the older specimens, not evidently serrate in the younger specimens; remaining parts of the limb entire. Preorbital covering but little of the maxillary. Squama-- tion complete, all parts of the body and head being scaled, except a small space just above the snout, the preorbital region, the premaxil-— lary, and tip of lower jaw. The scales on the head come far down, well in front of the anterior margin of the eyes, the maxillary well scaled ; | scales small, ctenoid, somewhat crowded anteriorly, about 70 in the longi *We as aubetifuted the name aS: for the new name, chopa, proposed by us, as" it is highly probable that our species is identical with Pimelepterus elegans Peters (Ber- liner Monatsberichte, 1869), from Mazatlan. We are indebted to Dr. F. Hilgendorf for the following notes on Peters’ types, received while this paper isin type: ‘‘Schup-— pen iiber L. ]. ziihle ich 64-66 und ausserdem etwa 10 kleinere auf den Schwanzflosse. — * * * Die Hohe des ersten weichen Strahles der Analis betriigt 38™™, Die Basis- Liinge der ganzen Flosse ist 68™™,” The original description applies equally well to K. analogus and to our ‘species. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 143 tudinal series besides 10 or 15 smaller ones. Soft parts of the vertical fins densely scaled, the other fins covered more or less with fine scales. Lateral line about evenly curved, with small wavy irregularities, more evident in some specimens than in others, extending as far as a line vertical from the posterior end of the dorsal, from which point it is straight and extends by a few pores on the caudal. Dorsal fin low, the spinous part depressible into a groove, eleven spines, the sixth spine 2.4 in head, 4 in depth of body, continuous with the soft dorsal, the last spines lower, thus making a slight depression between spinous and soft parts. The base of the spinous portion equals the base of the soft portion. The anal fin with three spines, graduated, the third 0.66 of the diameter of the eye, soft part similar to soft dorsal but the anterior part is higher and the base shorter than the soft dorsal. Longest anal ray 24 in bead, 24 in base of fin. The caudal fin is forked, the upper fork slightly the longer, 1.17 in the head. Pectoral fin 16in the head. Ventral fin 1.9 in head. the origin behind that of the pectoral. Peritoneum black. Coloration, in life: Top of head and back dark bluish, sides lighter blue with metallic reflections, paler below the line with about 12 nar- row, darker, horizontal bands running along the junction of the edges of the longitudinal series of scales, rather distinct in the middle region of the sides, less so ferward and below; belly and chin white, cheeks silvery, a white line extends from the snout horizontally under the eye and as far as its posterior margin. A dark line under this line, as long as the maxiliary, extends back from the maxillary. Dorsal fin blue, anal blue with pale base, caudal dusky, pectoral pale, tips of pee- toral and base on inner side dusky, white below, axilla silvery. This species is allied to Kyphosus ( Pimelepterus) analogus Gill, differ- ing in the higher anal and in the larger scales. (Scales 85 in A. anal- ogus and the longest ray of anal, 4 in base of fin and 4 in head.) In the latter the body is deeper, and the eye rather smaller. It is rather com- mon in the bay at Guaymas, where we obtained six specimens. Measurements. Millime- For In body. | In head. -Length of body to base of caudal..................- Wan tombod ye. ceet-e see eae s Depth of caudal peduncle .......-. = aiero ChvOtieaG cence tone ecotae cece kisecaeelanc meme = Seat eere ae ee errs eee ain etna eae cemenieyeie eeeeen i= ne senee ereeicice SECM ee eae eee irae Tocanaaciis se sia striaaaiemeceoeceteeer series WeaxilsrytomipOR snout. << cesccsstsaces seca shoulder-girdle to the caudal fin; head not greatly depressed, broader than body, its length being contained four times in total length of body ; snout rounded, short, about equal to diameter of eyes; interorbital space narrow, not greater than half diameter of eye; mouth rather large, its gape extending nearly to the vertical of posterior margin of orbit; maxillary somewhat variable in length, but usually prolonged behind — eye for a distance nearly equal to diameter of eye; skull rather long, — medium crest of cranium moderate, cross-ridge across posterior part of | interorbital space well developed; scale small, eycioid, about fifty in longitudinal series, eighteen in transverse; teeth in a single series on premaxillaries and mandible short, blunt, and curved slightly back- ward, most closely set and most numerous on premaxillaries. Fins moderate; dorsal of five spines and sixteen soft rays, the spines being unconnected with the rayed portion, the space between them about equal to half diameter of eye; the spines are weak and flexible, their length being one-half that of the head; soft dorsal begins at a point a little nearer end of snout than tip of caudal, and extends nearly to the caudal, its height is about equal to that of the spinous portion, the first few rays being slightly graduated; the anal has fifteen rays and begins a little behind the origin of the soft dorsal, the rays are about equal to those ef the dorsal in Jength; pectorals moderate, in-— serted a little below the axis of the body, their length greater than the depth of the body, their tips reaching a vertical from posterior part of spinous dorsal; ventrals united but not adnate to the belly, inserted slightly in front of the pectorals, and their tips do not quite reach those of the pectorals. Ground color light, head and body pretty uniformly covered with dark punectulations; an irregular dark bar across occiput; breast and — belly pale; a row of nine or ten small dark blotches along the middle of the side, the one at the base of the caudal being plainest and having ~ a Shape something like the Greek letter 7; about six dark blotches along median line of back. Peritoneum dark. The average length of over seventy specimens is about 33™™, the — longest 40"™, ‘ This species is allied to G. guaymasie J. & E., from which it differs, among other points, in its smaller size, shorter head, and its fewer fin- — rays. . Numerous specimens of this little fish were found rolled up in the sea- — weed dragged out by the seine from the bay near the railroad station — at Guaymas. | 12. Gillichthys guaymasie, sp. noy. (Type, No. 39642, U.S. N.M.) Head 3 in length to base of caudal (32 in total); depth 6 (7); D. V— — 14; A. 13; eye, 5. ody quite slender, elongate, but little compressed; head long, nar- row, not much widened behind the eyes, not depressed, forming one- : 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 149 third the length to base of caudal. Profile gently arched from snout to half the distance to dorsal fin, from there nearly straight to dorsal, and then gently curved to caudal peduncle ; ventral outline nearly straight; a considerable prominence on the snout made by the enlarged end of the turbinal bone. Eve somewhat above median line, not quite equal- ing the snout in length; interorbital space narrow, it being contained one and one half times in the eye. The mavxillaries are much produced, in some specimens nearly reaching the gill-openings, broadest at the middle and tapering to a blunt point posteriorly; premaxillaries not protractile, but little movable at the symphysis, more than half as long as the maxillaries. Gill-rakers, two above the angle, ten below, short and blunt, the first four the largest, those on the second arch but little developed. Teeth well developed, in a single series, on mandible and premaxillaries, all slightly curved backwards. The tongue is not so broad as in G. mirabilis Cooper; it is gently rounded at the tip, which is free for a much greater length than in G. mirabilis. The peritoneum is black or blackish, and the intestine short, but little longer than the head, and not at all convoluted. The scales are small, imbedded, and scarcely perceptible except on sides ; no pores appear to be developed. First dorsal of fine flexible spines, distance of origin from snout 22 length of body, and separated from the second dorsal by a distance but little greater than length of snout; second dorsal of fourteen rays of nearly equal length, which equals the distance from end of snout to middle of pupil; length of base of soft dorsal not quite equal to length of head, distance of posterior end from caudal fin equals distance between the two dorsal fins. Ori- gin of anal behind that of soft dorsal and a littfe posterior to middle of total length of fish ; its base is contained one and one-fourth times in base of soft dorsal, or about four times in length of fish to base of cau- dal fin. Pectorals moderate, a little more than half length of head. Ventrals inserted slightly behind the pectorals and about equaling them in length. Color in life, whitish beneath, grayish or mottled above; six double white spots along the back, alternating with fine blackish areas; a white spot behind each eye on top of head, cheeks with two dark bands extending obliquely backward and downward from eye, a number of dark splotches on opercles; about seven dusky areas along the side, the last and most marked being upon the base of the caudal fin. Dor- sal fins finely marked lengthwise by about four series of small dark spots; caudal crossed by five or six wavy vertical bars of very fine dark spots or points; anal, pectorals, and ventrals plain. In alcohol these markings are less plain, especially the white and black areas upon the back. This species is related to G. mirabilis Cooper, from which it.may be readily distinguished by the fewer dorsal spines, the greater number of analrays, the more slender body, narrower head, and difference in color. 150 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. The species is based upon twenty specimens, the longest 70™" in length, obtained by us from a lagoon near the Long Bridge above Guay- mas, and from a small arm of the bay near the city. Tbe waterin both places was shallow, and quite filthy from great quantities of dead fishes that had been washed in. An examination of the material at hand leads us to believe that the newly-proposed genus Clevelandia* was based upon characters that are not of generic value, and can not therefore stand. In Gillichthys the number of dorsal spines has been invariably given as six. The fact that the number of dorsal spines in Clevelandia and in our specimens, which will agree otherwise with Gillichthys as limited by Cooper, are four and five, respectively, would seem to indicate that the limits of the genus Gillichthys should be extended. This is evidently preferable to basing a new genus upon so slight a character as a difference of one or two dorsal spines. 13. Scorpzena sonore, sp. nov. (Type, No. 39644, U. S. N. M.) Head, 24 in length to base of caudal (3 in total); depth, 35 (43); eye, 3; D. XI, I—10; A. II—5; Lat. 1. 6—4/—15. Allied to S. fernandeziana Steindachner. Body oblong, slightly compressed, back not greatly elevated, profile gently arched from snout to origin of first dorsal, and but little convex from there to caudal fin; ventral profile nearly straight to origin of anal, where it makes a broad angle with line to base of caudal. The occiput has no distinet pit; there is no pit between the lower anterior margin of the orbit and suborbital stay. Head large, little compressed, 3 in totallength. Mouth large, oblique; maxillary large, triangular, 24 in head, extending to posterior margin of pupil; premaxillaries with a deep sinus at the middle of their anterior margin into which fits the slightly projecting lower jaw. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Suborbital with a sharp ridge bearing three small spines, these in a line with a strong spine on the preopercle. Cranial ridges quite unlike those in Sebastodes. The nasal spines small with a prominence between them made by the upper posterior tips of the premaxillaries ; the preocular spine is the largest; the supra- ocular ridge with two small spines a little behind middle of eye; on the upper posterior margin of the orbit is a strong tubercle rising into three smail spines frem which a well-developed occipital ridge extends backwards. ending in a sharp spine; tympanic spines quite small; coronal ridges quite prominent, with at least three distinet spines on each; nuchal spines well developed. Opercle with two strong spines, both beginning at the same point on a level with the pupil and at a distance from it equal to the diameter of the eye, the lower one running nearly horizontally backwards across — * Eigenmann and Eigenmaun, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1883, 73. +, ce Ae, ee Se - 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 151 the opercle, while the upper and weaker one diverges from it at an angle of about thirty degrees and extends to the lateral line; the length of each of these spines is equal to the diameter of the eye. There are five preopercular spines, the uppermost one much the largest, in a line with the suborbital ridge, and with a very small spine on its ridge near the middle; the second, or next spine below, is very short and inconspicuous; the third is short and broad and projects slightly downwards; the fourth is smaller than the third and is inclined still more downwards; while the fifth is still smaller and projects nearly at right angles with the first. The suborbital ridge prominent, bearing two small spines, the ante- rior one directly beneath the pupil the other at anterior edge of the preopercle. Origin of spinous dorsal a little in front of opercular flap, its distance from snout three times in body to base of caudal; first spine short, less than snout in length; second spine equals eye; third equals distance from tip of snout to middle of pupil; fourth, fifth, and sixth each a little longer; the remaining four gradually shorter, the eleventh about as long as first, thus making the fin emarginate; all rather strong and pun- gent; the next spine slender, greater than eye in length; the ten soft rays moderate, about equal to third spine in length; distance from base of dorsal to caudal not equal to height of the former. Anal moderate, its height a little greater than its length, its origin under beginning of soft dorsal; the first spine shorter than second spine of the dorsal, the second much stronger and longer, one-half length of head, longer than longest dorsal spine; third more slender, shorter, about equal to longest dorsal; soft rays about equal to longest spine; anal and dorsal fins equally distant from the caudal. Pectorals long, 1.3 in head, their tips just passing first anal spine, in- serted a little in advance of the ventrals and much below the axis of the body; the upper rays branched. Ventrals close together, moderate, just reaching vent. Caudal mod- erate, about equal to the pectorals in length. Cheeks well scaled, opercles nearly naked, occipital region with a few poorly developed scales; body covered with moderate cycloid scales, about 47 in longitudinal and 21 in transverse series; the lateral line begins at the upper angle of the opercle, then curves downward toa line vertical from the tips of the ventrals, and then upward to near the middle of base of soft dorsal, from which it is nearly straight to the caudal fin; but few dermal flaps upon scales. Coloration, in alcohol: Body pale below, dark above, mottled with darker; head dark, snout and jaws covered with fine punctulations; adark blotch between the eyes, an irregular blotch extending from below eye to edge of opercle, and another on suborbital just below pupil. Spinous dorsal with three dark blotches at base extending onto the body, outer edge mottled with black; soft dorsal with a dark spot at 152 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. = the base, a black spot greater than the diameter of pupil on the middle of the outer part, and another on the tips of the last rays. Pectorals — with two distinct black bars and mottled with black near the base, the F x ‘ * x ; narrow outer edge white; axilla pale; ventrals white on anterior half, — the terminal half black; anal white, tips of last rays with a black spot; eaudal with three black bands, the first partly on the peduncle, the second about equal to half the eye in width, its posterior edge at mid- dle of fin; the third on tip of fin, about equal to snout in width. This species is related to S. fernandeziana Steindachner, from which it differs chiefly in being not so deep, in the naked temporals and oper- cles, and in coloration. One specimen, 63" long, from Guaymas. 14. Gnathypops scops, sp. nov. (Type, No. 39641, U. 8. N. M.) Head, 3.5 in body to base of caudal; width of head 5.75, its depth 4.6; dorsal spines and soft rays, 26; anal spines and soft rays, 19; seales, 3-122-40. Seales small; none on head. The lateral line extends to about mid- dle of dorsal tin. Mouth large. Maxillary extends beyond the eye a distance equaling 4.1 in head. The snout is 6.5 in head. Teeth in bands, and on the upper jaw the outer series is rather strong. A single tooth on the vomer. The gill membranes are connected. The opercles end in long flaps, which extend upwards and backwards, nearly meeting over the back in front of the dorsal fins. Bye large; 2.5 in head. The interorbital space narrow; 11 in the head. There is no depression between the dorsal spines and the soft rays ; height of dorsal equals that of anal. Ventrals inserted in front of the pectorals; the pectorals equal the ventrals in length, being 7 in the body length; caudal rounded. Coloration, in alcohol: Body pale, covered with many dark spots about the size of three to six scales. The top of the head with smaller dark spots; the sides of the head with whitish spots. The dorsal fin with a black ocellated spot equal to the diameter of the eye on the space between the second and fifth spines, the remainder of the fin dark, with many white spots running into each other on some portions, so as to form irregular lines. Base of the anal fin pale; the outer edge black. The caudal fin is dark, with two whitish spots at the base, and a row of six white spots across the middle on alternate rays. Pectorals lighter, with small whitish specks; ventrals dusky; belly pale. Three specimens were obtained from the bay at Guaymas, respect- ively 115°", 10°, and 7°" in length to base of caudal. ee ee eer a ae a Ss ee ee ike wai eee, ® oes de ell eS & De ee 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153 Measurements. | Milli- In In |meters., body. | head. Mpnethiaibodytowbase. Of Caudal ince. cena Be awiccpe tare cites ces coctsccs~ wees TS ens Soe, eee erychih Od yeNeme ce Seen oe asic oe tenn ar sete ator ser. sss cise ei-aciatesecu | D5 aeG ei sees nee Pin auhr aiwhed tl a aereee ets tose cere ee eeen see aes caien ene se te eos ucleeasem=cr S58 Pe asoy eee aes SRO a PGRN AEA CD ele elon me sine ae eral =) ee oe mo cn ots nae emis | 205 ASO nA ae Loar Siaiehatemtiea dete es en eee as setae se eee brite cee rameadne clei cenecase eco. 20h [eesbe7b 17 Wadthet bedy-attront part of dorsal. . 2... sc -secce en fen sone ne re sc ceee es 12 Quam ese ete etre hele tate ean mwa in tet o reletalalaie i) ielwialala'alalajotwle a e(nisisioielo.=(eim mini= \efe relate | WS oes eae 2.5 Setenonptoals pA CO rae eee ee eae etree caen = sae Soninaee ces ontae de aseeiac ere. Saldeeerese | 11.0 SeaOU ten ae eee See oeret Di see anes 6.5 Maxillary beyond the eye..- | Biles ae 4 Pectoral fin 16 Or eree re pees Ventral fin LG) eit Ob) see ao 15. Opisthognathus ommata, sp. nov. (Type, No. 39640, U. 8. N. M.) Head 3 in the length of body to the base of the caudal; in total length 3.75. The width of head, 5. The depth 5 in body to base of caudal; depth of body, 4.15; width, 8.3 in length of body; dorsal spires and rays, 28; anal spines and rays, 18; scales in longitudinal series, about 140; branchiostegals, 6. Body moderate, compressed, depth 4.15, width behind the head 8.3 in the length of the body. Head large, its breadth equaling its depth, be- ing 5 in the length of the body. Seales small, embedded, head naked, lateral line extending past the middle of the dorsal tin. Mouth large. Mavillary long, 1.5 in head; postorbital portion 2.3 in head, not ex- tending beyond the head. Thesnout short, its length less tha: half the diameter of the eye; the distance from tip of snout to the end of maxil- lary is contained 3.3 in the length of the body and 1.2 in the head. Teeth in front part of each jaw in several series ; on sides of jaws re- duced to a single series; the outer series strong. A to th on the vomer. The gill membra:.es are connected. Lye 3 in head, the interorbital space very narrow, 11.6 in head. Distance from snout to origin of dorsal but little greater than length of head; space between dorsal and caudal fins one-half greater than the length of snout. There is no depression between the spinous and soft rays of the dorsal fin, the dorsal equaling the anal in height; its longest ray is 1.66 times the eye. The pec orals are slightly longer than the ventrals, being 2 in head; the breadth of the pectorals is 3 in the head. The ventrals are inserted slightly in front of the pectorals. The caudal is rounded and narrow. - Coloration: The body is irregularly mottled with dark, head evenly blackish. The dorsal fin is blackish on the posterior portion, with two rows of four or five pale spots wellseparated. There is a large ocellated spot from the third to the sixth spines, including them, greater than the diameter of the eye. Anal fin black, with a series of pale spots on the in alee 154 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. 7 rays, the base pale. Caudal.black, with two pale spots at the base and a row of spots across the middle. The lining of the maxillary with bands of black and white. : This fish differs from O. punctata Peters, to which it is allied, in the — evenly black head, in the presence of a large ocellated spot on the dor- sal fin, and in the coloration of the remaining part of the dorsal, in the © coloration of the remaining fins, in the smaller scales, in having a tooth on the vomer and in the shorter maxillary. Three specimens were obtained in the bay at Guaymas. Measurements. | eee = —— — ——— ' (aoe wae In body. | In head. | 8. | , -—- — SS ae Body: ; Length to base-of caudal -.-..-.. .- 2.002.202. -52ec omen nnn - == eens TOSS | Ee ieree se | cost Pepin ees eee eee ee reece eee ea 26 ae eee Width behind the head 13 8.3 |. Head: . TOTP GH. more eee wo eee aoe ceic Sioa a lelere o cla ae a eetwlebarelesciel miele) clalminne tel etait 35 32:0! cece oe ’ NOU TLD coro ce cinteem cts sie ec ta a alate ici eiaatote niet) atele re miata tain elotet leet eter deters 23 Si Oi eee Mepth sce ccs ce ee ons Coase eke eben needs Soe ae eee ae 23 505] 2 eee { aterorbit ISP ACO) Nein ot aenio sion mine sels me ale esc lew late lala latetatetmietclel i= etait tei 3 De Gi] 62 coe ee ‘ Tip of snout to tip of maxillary .......---.--.---.---+----------++---+-- 28 3.3 1.25 4 Maxillary beyond the eye .......--.-. ---------- 0+ neon cence eee e eee ee | eames 2.3 : UG eee eis see ef eee lathe ete al stele eee lee el eet a aateret 3.0 Magiisted Guob ON GOLsalc sate oj san ne are apa ats al iarel mile evel aie te led eeretee aa aererce sea 25 9 POC tear eal EU as a rsiare eee ele erent le oe lane fe aeletate loin ee oleate eats eee ere Lule eee otal ae tee GME RU cn sete ects a cleo are d= = wel iatriaia mt minal mlm ate eleteleleet= See eee eh Bscsessbad|se4e52265 PIRES UHM ATI ene a ere oe aise Soe iw tcl atin eects elie era ate neater ere 42 eee mcn| ese cemeee erat 16. Auchenopterus asper, sp. nov. (Type, No. 39643, U. S. N. M.) Head 3 in length to base of caudal (32 in total); depth, 54 (64); eye, — 4! in head. Lateral line, 6—43—7; D. III, XXV—1; A. I1—20. . Body greatly compressed, head narrow, pointed, snout long, lower jaw slightly the longer; mouth a little oblique, cleft moderate, maxiliary — not reaching nearly to vertical at front of orbit. Teeth in one well- — defined outer series and a broken inner one; those in the outer series — are strongest and of pretty uniform size, short and broad. Vomerine teeth in a single patch; no palatine teeth. No tentacles of any kind about the head. Profile nearly straight from snout to origin of first dorsal, but very slightly arched from there to base of caudal fin. ; The seales are rather large, cycloid, about forty-three in a longitudinal | series, upon about forty of which pores are well developed; about six — rows between the origin of the second dorsal and the lateral line just — behind its angle, and about seven from there to middle of ventral sur- 4 face; nine rows from origin of second dorsal to upper limb of opercle; — entire head, opercles, and fins naked. : Lateral line, beginning at upper limb of opercle on a level with the — pupil, almost exactly under the middle of the first dorsal fin, and a little | more than one-fourth the distance from top of nape to the under side of the throat, arches gently for seven or eight scales, leaving but one ; row of scales between it and the first spines of the second dorsal; on 4 the ninth, tenth, and eleventh scales it bears slightly downward until 1 =D s L - PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 155 two rows are left between it and the dorsal, then a sharp turn is made which puts it four scales further down, and from there it pursues a nearly direct line to the middle of the base of the caudal fin. There are two distinct dorsal fins, the first composed of three slender, flexible spines, their length being contained about twice in that of the head. The second dorsal is separated from the first by a distance somewhat greater than the diameter of the eye, and is composed of twenty-five rather stout, sharp spines and one terminal soft ray; the first three are graduated, the first being contained one and one-half times in the distance between the two fins, the second is about one-half longer, and the third still a little longer; the remaining twenty-two are of approximately equal length, about equaling the distance from the origin of the first dorsal to that of the second. The one soft ray is somewhat shorter than the spines, and is well separated from the caudal by aspace equal to that between the dorsals. Pectorals inserted under middle of space separating the dorsals, composed of fourteen rays, equaling eye and snout in length, and reaching slightly past origin of anal. Ventrals of two rays inserted directly under origin of first dor- sal and considerably in front of pectorals, which they somewhat exceed in length, in some specimens reaching vent. The anal fin begins slightly in front of posterior end of the pectorals, isa little lower than the second dorsal, and reaches a trifle nearer to the caudal fin; the first spine is longer and more slender than the first reg- ular dorsal spine, while the second equals the third dorsalinlength. The eaudal fin is rounded, and in length equals the greatest depth of the fish. Coloration (in alcohol), pale, pretty regularly covered with very fine dark punctulations, thickest on the back, palest below; a large dark opercular blotch, two similar postocular blotches, and usually a darkish bar extends downward from the eye; upper half of preorbital region dark, outer margin of jaws dark, breast and under parts of head pale, top of head and nape dark. First dorsal quite dark, almost black; second dorsal pale, obscurely mottled with brown, which is disposed in about five indistinct areas; a large black ocellus upon the twelfth and thirteenth spines of the second dorsal, and a similar one upon the twenty-third and twenty-fourth spine; each ocellus is surrounded by a narrow circle of white or pale orange. In the six specimens before us there 1s a slight variation as to the exact position of the two ocelli; in one example the second ocellus extends back upon the twenty-fifth spine also; but in every case the twelfth and thirteenth, and the twenty-third and twenty-fourth, are the spines which most evidently locate the spots. Pectorals and ventrals plain; anal paler than dorsal, sparsely covered with fine dark points, so grouped as to form three or four darker areas. The description of this specimen is based upon six specimens (the largest 57™™ long), taken from the mass of kelp hauled out by the seine from the bay near Guaymas. This species may be distinguished from A. monophthalmus Giinther* —__—_—_ = = ———— * Giinther, Cat. Fishes, Vol. III, 275. 156 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. by the absence of tentacles about the head, the presence of tio dorsal ocelli instead of one, the absence of any membrane connecting the two dorsal fins, the presence of a terminal dorsal soft ray, and in the greater number of scales in the lateral line. From A. altivelis (Lockington)* it differs in the greater length of the head, the smaller scales, and the position of the dorsal ocelli, which in altivelis ave upon the fourth and twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth rays instead of the twelfth and thirteenth, and twenty-third, and twenty- fourth spines. From Mr. Lockington’s description it seems that, in alti- velis, there are no detached dorsal spines, which is another important difference. From A. integripinnis (Rosa Smith)t it differs in the two distinet dorsals, the presence of two dorsal ocelli, as well as in other less im- portant points. j a 17. Psednoblennius hypacanthus, gen. et sp. nov. (family Blenniidw). (Type, — No. 39638, U.S. N. M.) Head, 43 in length to base of caudal (5 in total); depth, 7 (8); eye, 4, S—SNOML +) 03.,03) DTT ots Aled Body greatly compressed, moderately elongate, its depth but eight times in total length; ead short, snout blunt, about equal toeye; anteor- bital profile very steep, gently rounded from front of eye to first dorsal, from there nearly straight to caudal; ventral line nearly straight. Body naked, no membranous appendages. Mouth large, horizontal, jaws subequal, extending to beyond middle of eye. ‘Teeth in a single series in both jaws, well developed, pretty uniform in size, slightly projecting backward ; vomer and palatines apparently smooth. Eye large, equal to twice interorbital space, high up. Dorsal fins two, the first of — three very slender, flexible spines, hard to distinguish from soft rays, but they do not appear to be at all jointed. ‘This fin is inserted upon the nape immediately above the posterior edge of the preopercle, and a distance in front of second dorsal nearly equal to the length of the snout; its very soft spines equal in length the distance from end of snout to posterior rim of orbit. The second dorsal begins directly over — the origin of the pectorals and extends to the caudal, with which it is — slightly connected. The first few rays of the second dorsal are very — weak, flexible spines, the last few are pretty evidently soft, jointed rays, — while the intermediate ones are not distinguishable as definite spines — or soft rays—in short, there seems to be a gradual change from spines to soft rays from the anterior to the posterior part of the fin. This character, if we mistake not, is entirely unique. The fin is of nearly uniform height, the rays about equaling those of the first dor- sal in length. The anal is similar to the second dorsal in shape and — height but is much shorter, its origin being much behind that of the — second dorsal or nearly half way from the snout to the base of the cau- — * Cremnobatles altivelis Lockington, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1381, pp. 116-118. ; + Cremnobates integripinnis Rosa Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1830, 147-149. : 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157 dal; posteriorly it extends coterminously with the dorsal, and, like it, is slightly joined to the caudal fin. Caudal fin apparently rounded, fan- shaped, but its shape can not be exactly made out, as some of its rays are broken off. The pectorals are inserted below the axis of the body, directly over the ventrals; their length about three-fourths that of head. Ventrals of two rays, inserted under the pectorals, about equal to pectorals in length. -The body is entirely scaleless. Coloration (in alcohol), pale, mot- tled with fine dark points so arranged as to inclose circular areas with fewer spots; along dark blotch behind the axil, inclining downward and backward ; head covered with similar punctulations; opercles dusky; chin with two dark cross-lines, separated by one of white, extending onto upper jaw on each side; top of head with a purple spot; sides with a series of about six short black lines, the last broadest and plainest; base of caudal with a distinct black blotch. First dorsal quite dark, almost black; second dorsal with about eight pretty well defined dark blotches at its base, rest of fin with numerous dark spots of different sizes; anal with about twelve dark blotches extending some- what regularly from the base slightly forward, these separated by plain unmarked spaces of a little greater width; caudal sparingly marked with dark points arranged in wavy cross-bars ; pectorals and ventrals unmarked. A single specimen, 40™" long, was obtained by us from a shallow arm of the bay at Guaymas. The species evidently belongs in the family Blenniide and would seem to be related to the genus Pholidichthys Bleecker. The many important points in which it differs from this genus, as well as from all other genera that are at all related to it, seem to us to necessitate its being made the type of anew genus, Psednoblennius, the characters of which are included in the foregoing description. (Vedvés=naked; fiévos = blenny.) 18. Citharichthys gilberti, sp. nov. (Type, No. 39627, U.S. N. M.) Head, 3.5 in length of body to base of the caudal; the depth of head 4in body; width of head, 20; depth of body, 1.9 in length; thickness of dise, 11.8 in length of body; dorsal, 78; anal, 57; scales, 18—46—19. Body comparatively broad ; the greatest depth is under the middle of | the dorsal; the two profiles about equally arched; the snout slightly longer than the longest diameter of the eye, and without a distinct spine. _ yes on the left side, equal in size, small, 5.7 in head; interorbital - space narrow, 19 in head, low, slightly grooved, and scaled on posterior portion only. _ Maxillary, 2.4 in head, reaching barely to posterior border of the eye, upper jaw projecting. ; Teeth small, in a single series; none on the vomer. _ Gill-rakers on anterior arch 4—13, not strong, with a rather broad rc base, quickly narrowing to aslender stalk, much weaker on second and ord arches ; obsolete on posterior arch. . 158 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA. The dorsal fin begins in front of the anterior margin of the upper eye, the first three rays growing from the blind side, the distance of the origin from the snout being seven times inthelength of head. Finrays— all simple. The anal fin begins on a vertical through the axilla at a distance from — the snout 0.8 in the head; its greatest height is 2.3 in head. The two pectorals are nearly equal, the one on the colored side being slightly longer, its length 1.9 in head, its distance from snout 0.8 in j head, the insertion less than one-third the distance below the lateral line. he rays on colored side, 9; on blind side, 8. The ventrals are 2.3 in head, their origin from snout nearly equaling the head. Caudal rounded; caudal peduncle short, its depth 8 in the body, equaling the height of the anal. Seales large, ciliated, tolerably uniform, those towards the head and the margins of the disk becoming smaller, the largest scales about. equaling the diameter of the eye. Lateral line simple, gradually descending along the course of about — 16 seales, from which point it is straight. Color light brown, with about 15 irregular dark blotches of various — sizes, the largest being a pair on the latter third of the disc, one on each sideof thelateral line, as great indiameteras the length of the ventral fin. One specimen, 20°" in length, was caugbt in the bay at Guaymas. 4 This species is dedicated to Prof. Charles H. Gilbert, whose collection — and notes on fishes from Mazatlan, containing undescribed species, this among them, was destroyed by fire in 1883. : Measurements. Millime- 4 ‘rere | In body. | In head: . Length of'body toibase of caudal... - 2.2222 n jae ssi ee eee eee eee EWTN OL VOU pear. oo teclp ao catenciet soe ee ee Eee ree EEE Phiciness:oGhoily,., 225.25 3b a SS ee ee eee Depth of caudal peduncle Length of head De pihion Gad) Hens sco cse Leelee ee ciccs he eee Gee eee e een eee Thickness of head... Interorbital space. . BURL OE so orasen ae Cree eee ae Tip of snout to end of maxi Eye from front to back PIOLAM SUN Sans od sani ss Shee eee Height AUD Mecca e Distance of orign from snout Pectoral fin O. P. JENKINS, Greencastle, Ind. B. W. EVERMANN, JULY 2, 1888. Terre Haute, Ind. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 159 DESCRIPTION OF GEOMYS PERSONATUS AND DIPODOMYS COM- PACTUS, TWO NEW SPECIES OF RODENTS FROM PADRE ISLAND, TEXAS. BY FREDERICK W. TRUE. In a small collection of dry skins of mammiuls from Padre Island, Texas, recently purchased by the Museum from Mr. C. K. Worthen, of Warsaw, Ill., are three specimens which are apparently the representa- tives of two new species of rodents, belonging respectively to the gen- era Geomys and Dipodomys. For the first of these, I have chosen the name of GEOMYS PERSONATUS. (New species.) Description.—Size and proportions of G. bursarius. Color above, pale pinkish brown, corresponding to the color termed ‘ Broccoli brown,” in Mr. Ridgway’s “ Nomenclature of Colors,” with the addition of a little burnt sienna. This color is darkened along the median line of the back, where the tips of the hairs are sepia colored. On the flanks the elear light-brown shades gradually downwards into pure white, which is the sole superficial color of the under surfaces of the body. On the breast, chin, and the inner sides of the legs, and along the median line of the belly the hairs are pure white to the roots, but elsewhere their basal portion is plumbeous. A well-defined dusky band occupies the space between the eyes and extends thence to the nostrils; but the tew- hairs immediately beneath the nostrils are white. The hairs on all the feet and on the upper surface of the distal half of the fore-arm and erus are white to the roots, but higher up on the limbs they become plumbeous at the base and light brown toward the tip, like the hairs of the upper surface of the body. The tail is very sparsely clothed with white hairs, the distal half being almost naked. Feet and ears as in G. bursarius. The superior incisors are grooved precisely as in G. bursarius.* Measurements. (From the collector's notes, except those for the feet. ) J 2 \ | (Collected (Collected Measurements. April 11, | April 11, 1888.) 1888.) ‘entimeters. | Ce ntimeters. sitar AUotsner Gian WubOO yee 28 ol ol aol casio eer come cece cecaee concer -cces 21.0 21.6 meerothvomtall soe ee Ses. as Teou| 7.8 Height of ear (from behind) ..-.-. 0.3 | 0. 25 Length of fore foot (with claws) . Salle Soe Length of longest claw ..-...-.....-- Le 1.8 3.2 3.3 ‘Leneth of hind foot (with claw) This species is evidently closely allied to G. hiniariabs of which, in- deed, it may eventually prove to be a geographical race. I know of no * The cranial characters can not be given at this time, owing to the fact that the _ collector neglected to remove the skulls from the skins. To attempt to remove them now would be to sacrifice the skins. 160 NEW SPECIES OF RODENTS FROM TEXAS. specimens, however, which may be regarded as intermediate, unless it be those on which Baird founded his G. breviceps. In that species the - under parts are nearly white, but the species is distinctly smaller, and has the bead colored like the upper surface of the body. The second new species, which belongs to the genus Dipodomys, on account of its thick-set body and short legs, may be called DIPODOMYS COMPACTUS. (New species.) Description.—Hind toes five; form stout; tail and hind legs shorter ~ than in the other species of the genus. Hind foot shorter than the skull, its length less than one-third the length of the head and body; tail vertebrie equaling the head and body in length. Ears moderate and rounded. Upper surfaces pale, pinkish buff, suffused along the back and head with sepia-color. The under surfaces of the body, the entire fore limbs, and the hind limbs, except a limited area on the outside of the thigh, pure white. The oblique, white thigh-band, which occurs in all the species, is here distinetly limited anteriorly by the sepia-colored tips of the short hair of the rump, and extends to and embraces the root of the tail. The pure white of the under surfaces extends high up on the sides of the face, broadly encircling the eye and extending between the j eye and ear, and behind the ear itself for.a distance of about twice ; the length of the latter. 4 Sides of the tail, and the distal half of its under surface, white; up- per surface, inclading the terminal pencil, with an irregular band of pale eon cedinr. Proximal half of the under surface with a similar, but very pale and indistinct, band. Median line of soles with only a faint trace of pale sepia-color. Ears sparsely clothed internally and externally with longish white hairs, except in a small area on the ex- terior surface of the superior margin, Where the hairs are gray. Mystacial bristles of two colors, white and sepia; claws white. Measurements. (From the collectors notes, except that fort the hint TOU: ) ? Measurements. “Caecea 1888.) Cm Length of head and body... .se- oo. so cnet oe wok oct oe eee ee 10.5.5 EN PRM OL tiles esac Neon oe cd oe 11.45 Height of ear (from hehind)... ... 0.65 — Leneth of fore foot (with el UW), awe Se ewes bce clas eke. sole eS eee eee eee ee a Length of hind foot (with claw) 3. E This species differs from all the forms thus far described in the short- ; ness of its tail and hind limbs and in the amount of white on the sides of the head and the hind legs. The pallor of its coloration is doubtless — correlated with the aridity of the region it inhabits, as in the case of Dipodomys deserti aud the species of Geomys just described, but the proportions of its limbs, ears, and tail, and the distribution of its colors, indicate that it is something more than a geographical race. oe 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161 ON THE SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. BY GEORGE P. MERRILL. (With Plate xxxv. ) The stone here described has already been the subject of a brief paper in the columns of the American Journal of Science.* As there stated, the fragments came into my possession through the kindness of Mr. Thomas Price, of San Francisco. The stone is stated by Mr. Price to have been found by a prospector in the San Emigdio Mountains, San Bernardino County, in the southern part of California, and to have been sent him for assaying, it being mistaken for an ore of one of the precious metals ; unfortunately, before its true nature was discovered the entire sample received was put through a crusher and hence pieces larger than a few grains’ weight are unobtainable. Nothing whatever can be learned regarding the fall of the stone, and its meteoric originis assumed from its structure, composition, and the presence of the well- known black coating on the exterior surfaces of many of the larger particles. The weight of the entire mass was stated by the finder to be about 80 pounds. All the fragments received are stained throughout a dull reddish- brown color through the oxidation of the metallic portions. Thestone breaks with an irregular fracture, and presents on casual inspection nothing indicative of its meteoric origin; a polished surface, however, shows abundant silvery white flecks of metallic iron in sizes rarely over one millimeter in diameter, and numerous larger spherical bodies of a green color suggestive of olivine. These last, so far as observed, are never over 2 or 3 millimeters in diameter. In the thin section the true nature of the stone is at once apparent. As seen under a power of fifty diameters its appearance is as indicated in Figs. 1 and 2, Pl. xxxy. A large number of rounded and irregular chondri and crystal fragments with scattering blebs of metallic iron and pyrrhotite, imbedded in a groundmass the true nature of which is so badly obscured by ferruginous stains as to be almost irresolvable, but which from a study of the thinnest slides obtainable, I am inclined to consider as fragmental. This irresolvable groundmass I have indi- cated by the dotted areas in the two figures. The readily determinabie constituents named in the order of their abundance are olivine, enstatite (bronzite), metallic iron, and pyrrho- tite; there are also occasionally very minute fragments of an almost *On a new Meteorite from the San Emigdio Range, San Bernardino County, Cal., by George P. Merrill. American Journal of Science, June, 1888, p. 190. Proc. N. M. 88 11 Sou: 5, (859. 162 THE SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. completely colorless mineral, which between crossed nicols shows evi- dence of polysynthetic twinning. These are too small and irregular for accurate determination, but from certain indefinite and obscure charac- ters I have felt inclined to regard them as belonging to a mineral of the pyroxene group rather than as a plagioclase feldspar. Their appear- ance resembles very closely that of the twinned magnesian pyroxenes obtained by Messrs. Fouqué and Lévy in artificial meteorites, and shown in Fig. 1, Plate rv, of their paper.* THe OLIVINES. ~-These occur in the form of both monosomatic and polysomatic chondri and as seattered fragments in the groundmass. The chondri show a variety of structural features; common forms are those shown in Figs. 1 and 2 (see explanation of plate), and also in Figs. 7,8, and 9. In certain cases they are made up wholly of crystalline granules of olivine with scarcely a trace of amorphous matter, or again show well developed porphyritic erystals imbedded in a very finely granular or even glassy base, or again show a very finely granular almost dust-like and very obscure structure throughout. The porphy- ritic olivines are perfectly clear and colorless, with but few cavities or inclosures, though sometimes including portions of amorphous base. Forms are abundant resembling the polysomatic chondri figured by — Tschermak + from sections of the Mezé-Madaras, the Homestead, and the Seres meteorites. They are not in all cases circularin outline, as seen in the section, but are often irregular and fragmental in appearance, as shown particularly in Figs. 7, 8, and 9. Monosomatic forms, as shown in the upper right portion of Fig. 1,and just to the right of the large enstatite fragment in Fig. 2, are common. These, as a rule, show a — more nearly spherical outline than do the polysomatie forms. Occa- | sional monosomatic grate-like forms are met with in which the cross- bars are curved, as figured by Reusch ¢ from sections of the Tysnes me- teorite, but they very rarely show the colorless border or rind as in the case mentioned. Such forms, as a rule, extinguish simultaneously in all portions, but occasional forms are met with in which there is an evident tendency toward twin development, as shown by one-half re- maining shaded between crossed nicols while the other is light, or as in Fig. 9, where the entire left of the field, the barred portion, shows like orientation, while the smaller granules to the extreme right are crystallographically independent. In these grate-like or barred forms the bars at times extend entirely across the face of the chondrus, or again show short and interrupted forms, as in Fig. 9 and the chon- (rus in the upper right of Fig 1. The olivines of the ground-mass are always in the form of fragments, as shown by the colorless areas in Figs. 1 and 2 and also in Figs. 3, 4, and 5. The last three are, I believe, indisputably fragments. Fig. 3 is evidently a portion of a “Reproduction Artificielle de divers types de Meteorites, par MM. F. Fuqné and A Michael Lévy. Bull. Soe. Min. de France, Vol. rv, 1881, p. 279. t Mik. Beschaffenheit der Meteoriten. +Neues Jahrb. fur min., etc., Beil Band rv, 1885 (1886), p. 473. | | ee ee ae ae 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163 barred form somewhat resembling Fig. 9. Fig. 4 is a portion of a large, clear, colorless crystal, while in Fig. 5 I have endeavored to show the outlines of a fragment in which the colorless portions rep- resent perfectly clear olivines imperfectly secreted from an amorphous glass base so thoroughly impregnated with dust-like particles as to be of a deep gray or blue-black color. THE ENSTATITE.—This, like the olivine, occurs both in the form of chondri and as seattered fragments in the groundmass. It is distin- guishable from the olivine by its gray color, less transparency, well- developed cleavage parallel to the vertical axis, and by its insolubility in acids. The position of the plane of the optic axes could not be made out with certainty with the instrument at command, but as the mineral is biaxial, non-pleochroic and extinguishes always parallel with the vertical axis, there is apparently no doubt as to its true nature. The chondri are sometimes composed wholly of enstatites with small quantities of interstitial amorphous base, or of olivine and enstatite together. The distinction between the two minerals is, owing to their small size and imperfect development, often impossible by the microscope alone. A more common form of the enstatite is that of irregular frag- ments with a radiating or fan-shaped structure, as shown in the upper left portion of Fig. 1, the large lower central area in Fig. 2 and in Fig. 6. Other quite perfectly spherical, very minute forms occur, con- sisting of an almost wholly amorphous material or with only faint be- ginnings of crystallization shown by rays of light radiating across the surface as the stage is revolved. The exact mineralogical nature of these can not be determined. THE METALLIC IRON occurs in lumps, as shown in Figs. 1 and 2, and in very irregularly-outlined areas, as in Fig. 10, or as injected drops in the interior of the chondri. It is of a silvery white color by reflected light, and readily distinguished from the pyrrhotite with which it is nearly always associated, and which shows a bronze-yellow luster. In a few instances grains or chondri of olivine or enstatite are entirely surrounded by a dark border of iron and pyrrhotite, as Tschermak* has figured from sections of the Cabarras meteorite. In such cases the iron often penetrates slightly into the mass of the mineral, having evidently exer- cised a corrosive action. THE GROUNDMASS.—The structural features of the groundmass are, as already observed, very obscure. It consists of minute angular parti- cles of olivine and enstatite imbedded in a matrix so fine and so badly stained by iron oxides that its true nature can not be satisfactorily as- certained. From the fact that this coloring matter has become so thor- oughly disseminated throughout the whole mass, I am inclined to re- gard it astufaceons. A wholly granular, glassy, or partially devitrified base would seemingly have proven less pervious and shown the ferru- ginous staining only along lines of fracture and cleavage. Nevertheless, * Op. cit., Plate x1x, Fig. 2. 164 THE SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. in order to avoid being guilty of any intentional exaggeration, I have merely indicated these obscure portions by the finely dotted areas in Figs. 1 and 2. The chemical investigation of the stone was rendered somewhat un- satisfactory owing to the badly oxidized condition of the metallic por- tions. For the results given below I am indebted to Mr. J. E. Whitfield, of the U. S. Geological Survey. The complete analysis gave: Per cent. Metallic portion-2-..<.<-ee-eee ees 6.21 Soluble in hydrochloric acid... 52.19 Insoluble in hydrochloric acid....| 41. 60 100. 00 Specifietpravityses- onesie secs 3. 57 The metallic portion yielded: Per cent. | Pine 2S nai ee | 88.25 Wait ses ot aoe ries a dA 11. 27 CO .-...--..222-e eee eee ee Meares | -48 | 100. 00 | The soluble portion is presumably all olivine together with pyrrhotite and secondary iron oxides. An analysis of this portion was rendered of no value from the fact that the first attempt at a complete separa- tion of the two silicate minerals by digestion in dilute hydrochloric acid was a failure, and the badly weathered condition of the stone ren- dered a second attempt scarcely worth the while. The insoluble por- — tion was separated by prolonged digestion in dilute hydrochloric acid, © followed by boiling sodic carbonate. The remaining powder showed under the microscope very pure enstatite fragments, together with rarely a minute grayish particle that acted but faintly on polarized light and the exact mineralogical nature of which could not be ascertained. Mr. — Whitfield’s results on this powder were as follows: 4| Ratio of a equivalents. SiQa = Sn Se eres 54. 42 91 ReOl ss See 14. 03 19 CaOes sa eee 2. 46 01} 95 MOO ve Se: ple eee ee 29.11 | .72 | 100. 02 This, it will be observed, is a highly ferriferous enstatite (bronzite), — with perhaps a small admixture of a line. bearing pyroxenic mineral, as_ indicated by the microscope. The relative proportions of the various 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 165 constituents, as they existed in the fresh rock, can not be estimated with any degree of certainty from the figures as above given for the reasons already stated. The structure of the stone above described is of sufficient interest to merit further attention. As is well known Dr. Forbes, asearly as 1872,* taught that in microscopic structure many meteorites resembled ter- restrial tufis; that they were formed of the débris of some previously existing larger mass, of the ruins of some planetary body. The same year Tschermak + described the Gopalpur meteorite as consisting of a white, earthy, tuff-like groundmass, carrying fragments and “ ku- gels” of bronzite, olivine, and other minerals. Such a fragmental struct- ure, he argued, could have been produced by the friction of the con- stituent particles between themselves, whereby the more brittle became ground to powder, while the more tenacious remained as kugels, the whole being finally gathered into a loose agglomerate. Again, in 1874,¢ he taught that many meteorites are of a fragmental nature, are made up of minute flakes and splinters and rounded globules. Later, in 1878, the same authority § described the Grosnaja meteorite as a tuff, the chondri showing that the stone had undergone two distinct phases of formation: (Ll) a breaking up and trituration of the original olivinfels, and (2) an elevation of temperature accompanied by reducing vapors. Drasche; || too, in describing the Lancé stone (which, in many respects, is closely identical with the one under consideration, as shown by his figures and description), speaks of it as having a taff-like groundmass, carrying olivine and bronzite kugels and fragments, and Reusch in describing the Tysnes stone, speaks of it as a conglomerate made up of conglomerate fragments. He regards the typical chondri as but small rounded fragments and their form due wholly to external cause, not to internal structure. . Within the past year Bosscha** has described the meteorite of Karang-Modjo, or Magetan, Java, as an agglomerate of cosmical substances that have become cemented together. From the fact that the iron occurs in part as granules, and in part in the form of a cement, he infers that the stone originated under a variety of condi- tions of temperature; that itis not the result of a single fusion and erystallization, but that the various chondri originated separately and isolated from one another. _ On the other hand, Dr. Wadsworth, who has devoted more attention to the subject than any other American petrographer, and to whom we are indebted for an excellent review of the subject,tt states it as bis belief that * Geol. Magazine, 1872. : ny tMin. u. Pet. Mittheil, 1872, p. 98. ¢Sitz. der Kais. Akad. der Wiss. Math. Natur., Cl. LXXI., 1, II, 1875, p. 661. § Min. u. Pet. Mittheil., I, 1878, p. 153. || Min. u. Pet. Mittheil., 1875, p. 6. { Op. Cit., p. 473. **Neues-Jahrb., v, Beil Band, 1877, 1st Heft, p. 126. tt Lithological studies, p. 106. 166 THE SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. the peculiar fragmental character of meteoric stones is due to “rapid and arrested crystallization in a molten mass,” and further says that so far as examined by him, ‘they (meteorites) do not appear to be fragmental in the sense of consolidated cold masses joined together. Similar views are, [ believe, entertained by Dr. Brezina.* Without pursuing the sabject further, and not caring to express an opinion on the subject of the forma- tion of meteorites in general, but confining myself to this particular case, I will say that I can not conceive any possible conditions under which the same minerals could separate out from closely adjacent portions of the same magma under such a variety of forms as shown in the figures, however rapid and interrupted the changes in conditions of crystallization. There are no evidences to indicate that after the first period of solidification and crystallization was brought to a close by cooling there was a second rise in temperature sufficient to allow certain of the silicate constituents to take on more perfect forms. On the con- trary, the outlines of the fragments are sharp and angular as those of any breecia. The stone is, I believe, fragmental in the sense of con- solidated cold masses joined together. The apparent fragmental nature is, of course, exaggerated by the weathering it has undergone and the consequent shattering of many of the included crystals. It might, indeed, be possible to explain away a part of the obscurities of the ground-mass on this supposition; but by no possible stretch of the imagination can I conceive that such forms as displayed in Figs. 2, 3, 4,6, and 8 can be due to other causes than the breaking up of some pre-existing stone and its subsequent reconsolidation. The peculiari- ties of structure adverse to this view may, it seems to me, be accounted for, as Tschermakt has done in the case of the Grosnaja meteorite, by supposing that subsequent to the breaking up of the original olivinfels there was a second rise in temperature, accompanied by reducing gases and vapors sufficient to alter the molecular structure, but not produce fusion. The peculiar habit of the iron in acting as a cement, whether accounted for, as Nordenskidld¢ has done, by supposing that it results from the reduction of an iron-rich silicate or on other grounds, has un- inistakably assumed its present form since the consolidation of the stone. Its injection in strings and globules into the mass of certain of the ‘“kugels,” or completely enfolding them, is such as migbt be ex- pected under these conditions. In this connection the suggestion made by Reusch,§ to the effect that the spherical form of the kugels may be due in part to the corrosive action of the molten iron, is worthy of con- sideration. This same writer ascribes the origin of the peculiar fan- shaped fragments of enstatite to the breaking up into cone-shaped masses and subsequent trituration of radiating enstatite spherules. In “I have not had access to Dr. Brezina’s papers. t Op. cit., p. 160. + Zeit. der Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Vol. Xx x1, 1881, p. 25. § Op. cit. ee oF Vi «cele Made tee > wie a, taal he eke eum, Vol. Xl, 1888.—Merrill. PLATE XXXV. ; U. S. National Mus MICROSTRUCTURE OF SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. (Explanation of plate on page 167.) 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 167 the process of trituration the sharp points of the conical fragments would be readily broken away and the fragments thus assume the shape shown in the figures. NATIONAL MUSEUM, June 18, 1888. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.—SHOWING MICROSTRUCTURE OF THE SAN EMIGDIO METEORITE. (The outlines as here shown were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida. ) Fic. 1.—Portion of slide 47833-5 magnified fifty diameters. The perfectly black areas are metallic iron; the large, colorless, angular area, with slight radiate struct- ure is enstatite ; all the clear portions are olivine. The finely dotted portions repre- sent simply portions so finely pulverulent and stained by iron oxide as to render un- safe any attempt to represent it by a pen drawing. Fic. 2.—Portion of slide 47833-3 magnified fifty diameters. The black areas are metallic iron; the large radiating angular fragment in the lower center enstatite. All the other clear, partially shaded or finely granular portions are olivine. The rounded form at the right of the enstatite fragment is a monosomatic chondrus; the one just above, polysomatic. The somewhat rounded, elongated, triangular form just above the upper left corner of the enstatite is pyrrhotite. The finely dotted portions as in Fig. 1. Figs. 3, 4, and 5.—Fragments of olivines in slide 478332. In Fig. 5 the finely dotted portion represents an amorphous dark gray, nearly black, glass, from which has been secreted the olivines shown by the colorless areas. Particles vary from 0.2 to 0.35™m™ in greatest diameter. Fie. 6.—Fragment of enstatite in slide 47833-1. Actual size, 0.37™™, Fic. 7.—Fragment of polysomatic chondrus, consisting of clear, colorless olivines in a partially devitrified base, section 47833-3. Actual size, 0.85™™, Fic. 8.— Finely granular and porphyritic fragments in section 47333-1. Actual size of largest fragment, 0.60™™, Fic. 9.—Barred and granular form in section 47833-3. All that portion with the parallel-lying horizontal bars belongs to one crystal. The rounded granular areas at the extreme right are crystallographically independent. The whole forms one frag- ment. Actual size, 0.59™™, Fig. 10.—Irregular mass of native iron. The rounded embayments are occupied by olivines and enstatites. Actual size, 0.55™™, DIAGNOSIS OF THE KAMTSCHATKAN THREE-TOED WOODPECKER (PICOIDES ALBIDIOR). BY LEONHARD STEJNEGER. In my ‘Synopsis of the Birds reported to inhabit Kamtschatka” (Bulletin U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 29, p. 321), I based the name Picoides albidior on some remarks by Prof. L, Taczanowski (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1882, p. 396). Through the kindness of my friend, the late Capt. E. Hunter, of Petropaulski, specimens of the bird in question have come in my possession. _* Fig. 1. Harpoons from East Greenland, sketched by Dr. Rink. aFront view and bside view of one harpoon; cside view of another. The dotted lines show the posi- f tion of the head when ‘‘ toggled.” 170 ESKIMO HARPOON FROM GREENLAND. 2 is drawn from a specimen of the latter in the National Museum. 416 2¢ It will be seen that the only difference in plan of construction between the two weapons is that in the Greenland harpoon the head fits into a cleft in the tip of the shank, where it is secured by a pivot, while in the civilized “iron” it is the shank which fits into a groove in the head. The resem- blance is at all events so close that there can be very little doubt that the East Greenland weapon is intended for a copy of the civilized one. The model was probably obtained, as Dr. Rink sug- gests, from a harpoon found in some wreck, or what is perhaps more likely, cut from the carcass of a whale. It is well known that whales have carried harpoons for a great distance from where they were struck, even, itis said, from Davis Strait to the Arctic north of Bering Strait. It is a strange fact that of all the Eskimo race, most of whom have been long in contact with civilized whalemen, the isolated East Greenlanders, who could have come across the toggle-iron only by accident, should alone have adopted it as a model. The reason the Eskimos else- where, however, have not adopted the pivoted toggle harpoon is probably be- cause they are Satisfied with their own peculiar type of the weapon. This Eskimos (see Fig. 3 for a sufficiently typical representation), and has the head entirely separated from the shaft, but so slung in a loop at the end of the line that when plunged into an animal it becomes detached from the shaft and “toggles” at right angles to the line, which thus performs the functions of the shank in the other two patterns. The Eskimos, generally, are probably right in adhering to this old pattern which, with its stout line of raw-hide, is probably stronger than the East Greenland harpoon with its slender pivot and comparatively weak shank of bone, which lacks the toughness and type is nearly universal among the | | | flexibility of the high grade of wrought iron used for the equally slender — shank of the civilized harpoon. ; « | | | | 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 171 The East Greenlanders have, however, done a curious thing in copy- ing the civilized harpoon. It is generally stated, and in all probability is true, though I have not been able to learn who first adopted the idea, that the modern American “ toggle-iron” was suggested by the usual Eskimo weapon, much as the ‘ Rob Roy” canoe, with its double-bladed paddle, is a civilized modification of the kayak. Thus we have an in- vention originating among savages, adopted and modified by civilized men, and then taken back with its modifications by savages of the same race as the inventors, who could have had no possible knowledge that it was the old harpoon of their fathers coming back to them in this strange shape. It is not stated how generally this peculiar pattern of harpoon is used by the East Greenlanders. In view of what I havesaid of the probable weakness of this type, as compared with the usual Eskimo harpoon or civilized ‘ iron,” I should not be surprised to learn that the specimens brought back by Captain Holm were rather unusual even in East Greenland, and had been made as experiments by some particularly enterprising and ingenious native. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, December 5, 1887. THE CORRUGATION IN AFRICAN SWORD BLADES AND OTHER WEAPONS. BY WALTER HOUGH. There is a feature in African iron weapons of nearly all descriptions of a flexure in the median line of swords, knives, assagais, arrows, ete. The horizontal section of a weapon with this characteristic is like a thin letter S, or Hogarth’s line of beauty, with a little less curve at the edges than the latter, In some weapons it is a strongly marked ogee corrugation. On each face a portion of the blade is sunk on one side only, and on the other face the depression is on the reverse side. There has been much conjecture by ethnologists and collectors as to the use of this notable structure. It has been supposed to determine a spiral flight in weapons. As it occurs not only in missile weapons, as arrows and assagais, but also in trenchant weapons, as knives, swords, bills, and short sword-knives of the Congo natives, where the peculiarity is useless, this reason is not valid. It has also been called a “blood groove,” and such fanciful stories about its purpose to retain blood of enemies, or to cause a wound made by a weapon to bleed more freely, may be dismissed with scant notice. Burton, in his exhaustive work “The Sword” (p. 170), calls attention to the remark by Col. A. Lane Fox on the African corrugated sword in Anthrop. Coll., p. 135, but makes no explanation of it. He makes, however, the interesting remark that this peculiarity is persistent in all the swords obtained from the Caucasus, and that the iron blades of Saxon and Frankish spears found in graves in England and France possess it. In examining a short or half sword brought by Lieut. E. H. Taunt, U.S. Navy, from the recently explored country of the Bakoubas, on the Kassai River, Africa, I was led to believe that the semi-fold in the blade was only a very effective way of making a thin, soft-iron blade rigid on the principle of the hollow column. The sword spoken of (Catalogue No. 129,929) has a leaf-shaped blade, only 12 inches long, while it is nearly 8inches wide. The blade, a very superior piece of blacksmithing, is like thin sheet-iron, yet it is made very strong and unyielding by this device. 1 think that wherever blades of thin, soft iron are to be made we will find this ogee fold, as in the backs of seythes, ete. The bronze scythes, sickles, aud some knives of the Lake Dwellers were strength- ened in that way as in ours, and the spears of the Franks and Saxons required it too, because they were of soft iron. From what we have seen this is an invention of no mean antiquity, and it is held that the reason assigned is a vera causa in the matter under consideration. U.S. NatronaL Museum, October 30, 1888. 172 1g88.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173 NOTES ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE THRUSHES, MIMINZ, AND WRENS. BY FREDERIC A. LUCAS. (With Plate xxxvil. ) The present paper was commenced more than a year ago, but many circumstances have combined to prevent its completion sooner. It was undertaken at the suggestion of Mr. Robert Ridgway, in the hope of throwing a little light on the relations of the Mimine. This peculiarly American subfamily, formerly placed among the Thrushes, has of late found a resting-place with the Wrens, and in the A. O. U. Check List stands at the foot of the family Troglodytida, Galeoscoptes standing last of all. I must at the outset confess that it has been a somewhat diffi- cult matter to select for comparative purposes characters that should be at once well marked and of undeniable taxonomic value. Judging from an examination of many specimens such characters would seem to be found in the shape of the maxiilo-palatines, pars plana, costal process, and coracoid. Many bones which might be supposed to offer good points are found untrustworthy when put to the test. Looking down upon two parallel series of Crania, one of Thrushes and one of Wrens, the first will be found to differ from the second in the much greater breadth of the lachrymal region due to the lateral ex- pansion of the pars plana. | Viewed in the same way the skulls of the Mimine are seen to be in- termediate between the two, although the Mimine vary somewhat among themselves; Harporhynchus, due allowance being made for its size, having as narrow a skull as the Wrens, while Galeoscoptes and Melanoptila approach, but do not equal, the Thrushes. Another very obvious character for comparative purposes is found in the relative width of the externa! process of the nasal and the angle sub- tended by this bone and the pars plana. In all the Thrushes examined the external process of the nasal is broad, in all the Wrens and in the Mimine it is narrow. In the Thrushes the angle formed by the nasal and pars plana is very acute, while in the Wrens and Mocking-Thrushes the corresponding angle is more or less open, most so in the Wrens. In these particulars Galeoscoptes comes nearer the Thrushes than do its associates. Aside from the small taxonomic value of the lachrymal it is a most un- satisfactory bone to deal with, not only from its small size but from its delicate texture and the insensible manner in which it merges into the surrounding membrane. This causes the lachrymal to be frequently lost in the preparation of a skull, in spite of the most watchful care, and 174 OSTEOLOGY OF THRUSHES, MIMINA, AND WRENS. doubtless accounts for the absence of this bone in many of the skulls herein noted. In Merula aurantia and Turdus mustelinus the lachrymal has the form and articulation shown in the accompanying figure: la Lachrymal region of Merula aurantia. laf! Lachrymal region of Campylorhynchus affinis. la Lachrymal region of Harporhynchus curvirostris. The lachrymal of Harporhynchus is also better described by the figure than it could possibly be in words. In Mimus this little bone is tri- angular in shape, as in some Wrens, but instead of being wedged in be- tween the pars plana and the nasal, as in those birds, it is attached solely to the nasal. This is also the case with Galeoscoptes, and in this respect these two Mimine resemble Merula aurantia. Campylorhynchus affinis and Salpinctes obsoletus have a sharp-pointed lachrymal, driven well home between the pars plana and nasal. A most careful examination of Thyromanes felix has failed to discover any trace of the lachrymal whatever. Seen from below the greater size of the pars plana in the Thrushes than in the Wrens or Mimine is very apparent. Among the Mimine, Galeoscoptes and Melanoptila most nearly approach the Thrushes in the size of the pars plana, while be- tween them and the Wrens come Harporhynchus and Mimus. The pre- palatines are slightly wider in the Thrushes than in the Mimine or Wrens, and the transpalatine process is usually blunter in the Thrushes than in the other birds under consideration. | 4 : x 1868.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175 This character can, however, be of but little value, since the process varies in shape even among species very nearly related. Mimus baha- mensis, for example, differs from its near relations in having a blunt transpalatine very much like Twrdus mustelinus. The Wrens, however, agree among themselves in possessing a trans- palatine process terminating in a sharp point of the pattern indicated in Plate xxxvul, fig. 1. Passing to the maxillo-palatines we find these little processes to have the same shape in Mimus, Mimodes, Harporhynchus, Melanoptila, and Oreoscoptes. This last-named bird I have not examined, but Dr. Shu- feldt’s description agrees exactly with that of the corresponding process in the other speciesabove mentioned.* Galeoscoptes difters from the other Mimine in the shape of the maxillo- palatines, which conform very nearly in pattern to those of the Thrushes, who agree among themselves in having the maxillo-palatines of the shape shown in Plate xxxvil, Fig. 3. The Wrens have a very characteristic, slender, and sharply-pointed maxillo-palatine, the shape of which can best be understood by a refer- ence to Plate xxxvil, Fig. 1. In spite of the fact that Galeoscoptes does not agree with the other Mimine in the shape of its maxillo-palatines I am inclined to place considerable taxonomic value on this process for the distinguishing of nearly related forms, especially when correlated with other characters. This surmise should, however, be tested by the examination of alarge series cf specimens, but in addition to the species noted in this paper I have found that our six species of Swallows have each and all the same shaped maxillo-palatine, while Micropus apus, M. melanoleucus, M. sub- Surcatus, Chetura pelasgia, Collocalia fuciphaga, and Dendrochelidon mys- tacea also have their own characteristic-maxillo- palatine. The anterior extremity of the vomer is subject to great specific vari- ation of form, and I have been unable to find that it has, if any, more than an extremely slight taxonomic value. The shape of the tympanic fossa is even more variable, but the tem- poral fossa seems to present more tangible characters. Thus in the Thrushes this fossa is so deep and produced so far back- ward as to make a very noticeable notch in the contour of the skull when viewed from behind. This notch was least marked in Turdus musicus, possibly from the fact that the specimen examined had been a cage bird. In the Mimine, and also in the Wrens, the temporal fossa is shallow and not produced backward, thus breaking in but little on the transverse outline of the cranium. The form of the scapula is so extremely variable that it can furnish : at the best specific characters only. As a rule it is more decurved and * Since this was written Dr. Shufeldt has kindly sent me two specimens of Oreos- coptes, which show that the maxillo-palatines have the same shape as those of Mimus, ete. 176 OSTEOLOGY OF THRUSHES, MIMINA, AND WRENS. expanded toward the tip in the Wrens than among the Thrushes, yet Merula auvrantia is in this particular very Wren-like. 1 Harporhynchus, Galeoscoptes and Melanoptila have each a graceful scimetar-shaped scapula, Mimodes has a rather straight ‘“ blade-bone” ; while Mimus has a blunt-tipped scapula. q ; Pe os Bib gb eiak t Figures of Vomers. A.—Campylorhynchus affinis. I.—Mimodes graysoni. B.—Salpinctes obsoletus. K.—Melanoptila glabrirostus. C.—Thyromanes felix. L.—Turdus mustelinus. D.—Troglodytes aédon parkmani. M.—Turdus fuscescens. E.—Telmatodytes palustris. N—Turdus swainsoni. F.—Mimus bahamensis. O.—Merula migratoria. G.—Galeoscoptes carolinensis. P.—Turdus musicus. 3 H.—Harporhynchus curvirostris. The shaft of the coracoid has the same slender, gracefully curved form in all the birds examined, but the extent to which the epicoracoidal portion is developed varies, seemingly having a distinctive form in each of the groups under consideration. In the Wrens a narrow buttress of bone is carried from the epicoracoid a short distance along the outer edge of the coracoid. In the Mimine | the width of this buttress is increased, while in the Thrushes it widens — into a broad but thin wall of bone running half way or more up the coracoid. Galeoscoptes is an exception to the other Mimine from the fact that it has the wide coracoidal buttress of a Thrush, while on the other hand Melanoptila has the narrow flange of a Wren. The shape of the costal process of the sternum seems to be a fairly good character for comparative purposes, being one that shows little, if any, Specific variation. Taken by itself the shape of the costal process would be of comparatively little value, but taken in connection with — = PLATE XXXVII. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. X!, 1888.—Lucas. (yecodwiey-tseq 7q { umMaysoa peprouoyds ‘s $ oywapenb ‘hb tprosAaoqd ‘6d ! oueyed 7d ‘ euyd saved ‘dd t oureyed oprxeur ‘daw ! rou0, 2) "PLLOPDABLU DINAITY “© “STAPSOMAUMNI SHYIURYMOMADET °% ‘sry Y snyouhysojpidumy ‘fT CELL e5vq) “SNAYM GNV ‘WNIWIIA) ‘SSHSNYHL JO ADO1OSLSO +o wee 1 % J 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 177 other characters it becomes important, as it is by certain combinations _ of characters, rather than by the presence or absence of any one or two, that groups of birds must be divided one from another. In the Wrens the costal process is slender and so acuminate as to be almost of needle-like sharpness, while in the Thrushes it is large, blunt, and roughly rhomboidal in shape, although varying slightly in different _ species. Turdus mustelinus has the largest costal process among the Thrushes, not being equaled in this respect by 7. swainsoni or T. fuscescens. ~The Mimine are intermediate as regards the shape and size of the costal process between the Thrushes and Wrens. The Wrens have the manubrium a little less deeply cleft than the mem- _ bers of the two other groups under consideration, while the notches in the posterior margin of the sternum are deeper. Sternum and pelvis of Campylorhynchus afinis. Rss =e Sternum and pelvis of Harporhynchus curvirostris. WS EU Sternum and pelvis of Merula migratoria. _ The sternum is viewed obliquely in order to better show the costal rocess. Proc. N. M. 88——12 Hlercl. 12. (989 - acl 12) (8 178 OSTEOLOGY OF THRUSHES, MIMINA, AND WRENS. The pelvis is subject to considerable specific variation, although offering some fairly good points for comparative purposes. In general terms the pelvis in the Thrushes may be said to be short and wide, the width especially noticeable when the pelvis is viewed from behind. The ilia are short, anteriorly wide, with their transverse axes but little inclined from the horizontal. In the Wrens the pelvis has a slightly compressed appearance, this being due to the fact that the ilia are rather elongate and narrow, with their transverse axes inclined at a considerable angle from the horizontal. To use a familar simile the ilia of the Thrushes form a rather flat roof, the backbone representing the ridgepole, while the ilia of the Wrens form a roof having a great deal of pitch to it. In the shape of the ilia and — general appearance of the pelvis the Mimine are thoroughly Wren-like. The posterior iliac border exhibits great variety of shape, and while — Merula migratoria, Harporhynchus curvirostris and Salpinetes obsoletus have what may perhaps be called the typical patterns of their respect- ive groups, yet no one pattern is quite constant. The posterior iliac border of Turdus musicus and T. mustelinus bears more resemblance to that of Harporhynchus than to that of either Merula migratoria or M. aurantia. Mimus tits in very nicely between Galeo- scoptes and Turdus mustelinus. Thyromanes is not very dissimilar to T. mustelinus, and Melanoptila is in this particular even more like 7. mustelinus. Theilio-neural groove is open in all the birds under consid- eration with the exception of Campylorhynchus in which the ilia touch and become anchylosed with the spinous processes. This character, if it can be called one, is greatly affected by age, and its taxonomic value is even more than doubtful. The last two pre-sacrals are shorter, and their transverse processes cousequently nearer together in the Thrushes than in the Mimine or Wrens, this difference being very perceptible when the Miminw and Thrushes are compared with one another. In the Thrushes there is a very noticeable ridge or keel along the under side of those pre-sacrals which are fused with the ‘sacral mass,” a feature that is either very slightiy marked or altogether wanting in the Mimine and Wrens. The distinctive characters of the groups thus briefly dwelt upon may be summed up as follows: Wrens.—Ante-orbital region narrow. Descending process of nasal slender. Angle formed by this process and “pars plana” rather open. Maxillo-palatines acuminate posteriorly. Costal process of sternum small, acuminate. Coracoid with a short flange on the epicoracoidal portion. Pelvis anteriorly narrow, with the ilia much inclined from the horizontal. i Mimine.— Ante-orbital region narrow. Descending process of nasal narrow. Angle subtended by this process and “pars plana” rather acute. Maxillo-palatines claviform (except Galeoscoptes). Costal pro-— cess moderate in size. somewhat acuminate. Coracoid with a moderate -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 179 flange on epicoracoidal portion; pelvis rather compressed, with ilia in. clined from the horizontal. Thrushes.—Ante-orbital region wide. Descending process of nasal wide. Angle formed by this process and “pars plana” acute. Maxillo- palatines of a modified claviform shape. (See Plate xxxvil, Fig. 3.) Costal process of sternum large, blunt, rhomboided in outline. Coracoid with a wide flange running half way up the shaft. Pelvis broad, flat- tened. From these brief notes it will be seen that the Mimine hold a some- what intermediate position between the Wrens and Thrushes, ahd if the characters described are of sufficient value to be considered family characters (which is extremely doubtful) each of the groups under con- © sideration seems to have equal rights in that respect. The Wrens, as represented by the species in hand, form a harmoni- ous group, agreeing very closely with one another in their osteology, and presenting some well-marked distinctive characters. The Thrushes also, when compared with the Wrens, present well- defined characters, and while differing among themselves more than do the Wrens, these differences are nevertheless very slight. Aside from Galeoscoptes the Mimine are fairly well marked, having a very characteristic Shape to the maxillo palatine process. This max- illo-palatine is so entirely different from that of the Wreus that from what little experience I have had I should hesitate to unite two groups so dissimilar in this respect. On the other hand, Galeoscoptes has such decided leanings toward the Thrushes, not only in its skull, but in other portions of the skeleton, that it would seem to connect them with the Mimine. Be this as it may, Galeoscoptes is certainly nearer to the Thrushes than any other member of its group, while Harporhynchus seems to be the farthest removed. Since the foregoing pages were written I have, by the kindness of Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U.S. Army, received specimens of Oreoscoptes montanus and the rare Harporhynchus crissalis. Oreoscopies follows naturally after Galeoscoptes, but has the Mimine maxillo-palatine unmodified. Harporhynchus crissalis is interesting _ from the fact that its pelvis very much resembles that of Campylorhyn- _ chus, being much contracted anteriorly. It is in this respect quite dif- ferent from H, curvirostris. H. crissalis appears to be specially modi- fied for a terrestrial mode of life. The wings and shoulder girdle are quite feeble, the wing being of the same length as that of Oreoscoptes, _ while the sternum is not so deeply keeled. The narrowness and rugosity _ of the pelvis, together with the robust character of the leg bones, indi- _ €ates good running powers. The hypapophyses of the last cervicals _ and anterior three dorsals are unusually well developed. It was intended that Chamea should have been included in this paper, _ but at the time no specimen was available. While this paper has been a ed 180 OSTEOLOGY OF THRUSHES, MIMINZ, AND WRENS. in the hands of the printer, however, there has been opportunity for the accumulation and study of more material, and among other species has been Chamea. As Dr. Shufeldt has been collecting material with the view of making a special study of this form, I will simply say that Chamea appears most decidedly to belong with the Wrens and not with the Titmice. Certhia also, judged from its osteology, should be placed with the Wrens, while on the other hand it seems more and more clear that the Mimine should not be included in the very sharply-defined family Troglodytide. q é . : i 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 181 AN ESKIMO STRIKE-A-LIGHT FROM CAPE BATHURST. BY WALTER HOUGH. urst are among the very few races that procure fire by means of flint, pyrites, and tinder. The use of the fire-drill is almost universal; it is so with the flint and steel; but rare are the instances of the more primi- tive invention, the erates or fire-stone, instead of the steel. Capt. E. P. Herendeen collected at Cape Bathurst, north latitude 70° 40’, longitude 127° 30’, a very rarely-visited locality and the limits of the western Eskimo, a nice lot of fur clothing. In the consignment was an Eskimo fire-bag, that is, a pouch containing the implements necessary to get a spark to light a pipe or a fire. The essential parts | : - The natives of the Straits of Magellan and the Eskimo of Cape Bath- 2 Cea : aaah NQF i Vr CS ars y) \ ec Noe i ee Fic. 1. Tinder pocket. Fic. 2. Fire bag. are a piece of pyrites, a piece of flint, and tinder. The latter is made of the seed-down of an arctic plant, or frequently of willow catkins. It is prepared by carefully picking it and then soaking it in a strong solution of gunpowder in water to make it “quick,” though this procedure is an innovation. The natives on the Putnam or Kuwiik River, in the region explored lately by Lieut. George M. Stoney, U. S. Navy, mix powdered charcoal with their willow catkin tinder, as do the natives at Point 182 AN ESKIMO STRIKE-A-LIGHT. Barrow.* Itis then put into a little, round, flat pouch, with a flap in the middle of one side (Fig. 1). The pyrites (Fig. 3) looks like a short pestle, into which shape it has been worn by the repeated scrapings it has re- ceived. The upper end has a natural concavity, while the lower end is as smooth as though it had been used for trituration. Rime Aa y Sx , LONE , Se ee Ey 4 } i [. ae “er Ps . = % Lee Fic. 3. Pyrites. Fics. 4 4a. Fiint striker and bandle. The flint (Fig. 4) is an oblong piece, square at one end and rounded at the other. It is well chipped and was evidently made for this purpose, though away from its surroundings as used it would be provisionally classed as a scraper, though not a skin-scraper blade, as it is chipped on both sides. Dr. J. Simpson, in the Arctic Blue Book, says that flints are brought from the Kuwtk River. Mr. Murdoch tells me that the Eskimo think that pyrites comes down from heaven in meteors, and for this reason they call it fire-stone. Two pieces of the latter are often a ale et a Me alle used for striking fire. A native told Mr. Murdoch that in old times they — did not use flint, but two pieces of pyrites, and got “big fire.” The pieces of flint used at Point Barrow are small and are not fixed in a handle. The flint under consideration is mounted in a short wooden handle (Fig. 4a), of two pieces, rudely dressed down with a flint tool, as may be seen from the character of the cutting, which is striated, as though done with a serrated edge. This is corroborative evidence to that of Captain Herendeen, who says that this is a genuine relic of the times before the use of the steel was known to the natives, which has not * Report of the Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska, Lieut. P. H. Ray, U. S. Army, p. 46. “” 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183 been long on the extreme arctic coast whence this specimen comes. The bag (Fig. 2) is made of the scrotum of the reindeer. The little bag which hangs attached to the larger has a double use: it is a receptacle for tinder, but its chief use is as a toggle; being passed under the belt it prevents the loss of the outfit, which is carried by the women. An oblong pad stuffed with deer hair is sewed to the mouth of the fire-bag to protect the hand from sparks and blows of the flint. Fic. 5. Using the strike-a-light. To get a spark the Eskimo places the piece of pyrites on the pad held in the left_hand over the curved forefinger (Fig. 5); it is placed large end down and the thumb set in the cup cavity in the top. The flap of the tinder pocket is turned back and held on the forefinger under the protecting pad. The flint is held in the right hand and by a scraping motion little pieces of pyrites at a dull red heat fall down into the tin- der. The pellet that glows is transferred to the pipe or fire, and the flap of the tinder pocket is turned down, serving to keep the tinder dry and to extinguish it if necessary. It isa rare and complete fire-making set, and in the minutie and number of accessories shows true Eskimo elaboration, though in detail rudely made. Professor Mason remarks on Eskimo ingenuity that the Australians and Puru-Puru were satisfied with the simplest form of throwing-stick, while the Eskimo have invented a dozen different spe- cies with numerous co-ordinating attachments on the spear.* This is also a good example of independence of invention by the Fuegians, and the hyperboreans. The former could use no other means, in that supersaturated atmosphere it is impossible to get a spark by means of a drill.t At Cape Bathurst the cause of the abandonment of the fire drill *«¢ Resemblances in Arts Widely Separated.” American Naturalist, Mar. 1886, p. 251. +Peschel ‘‘The Races of Men,” p. 148, cites W. P. Snow’s ‘‘ Off Tierra del Fuego,” TI, p. 360. 184 AN ESKIMO STRIKE-A-LIGHT. was the extreme difficulty and tediousness of getting fire in that way. The Museum is in possession of a specimen of flint and pyrites from Fort Simpson, a station on the Upper Mackenzie River. It was col- lected from the Indians by R. B. Ross many years ago.* Another outfit, consisting of a bag with pyrites and bark tinder, was collected in Alaska by John J. McLean, and is presumably Indian.+ It is possible that these throw some light on the Indian origin of some of the Eskimo arts, a matter not unlikely to happen, as it is of common observation that the Eskimo is adaptive and it is quite to be expected that there would be reciprocal borrowing of useful arts by neighboring tribes. Fic, 6. French ‘‘Strike-a-light.” The cigar lighter (Fig. 6), called a strike-a-light, purchased in Paris by Mr. Thomas Wilson, is introduced here to show the survival of a primitive custom. The inhabitant of the avenue de l’Opera, in the “capital of civilization,” and he of the shores of the frozen ocean touch. One of the chief qualities of civilization is its adaptiveness, and there is no device of savage man which civilized man can not appropriate and mold to his own use; but the remains of old usages and arts stick to him and come down if not in ethnical sequence yet in direct course from the man acquainted with the use and properties of flint, for instance in the valley of the Somme. Museum No, 128,405, Fire-making outfit, Cape Bathurst, E. P. Herendeen. *No. 1,861. . Fire-making outfit, Fort Simpson, British America, R. B. Ross. t No. 60,232. Fire-making outfit, Alaska, J.J. McLean. | ? é i 4 | 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185 NOTES ON CYDOSIA AND CERATHOSIA. BY JOHN B. SMITH. Cydosia was first named by Westwood, without any very elaborate characterization, in the thirty-seventh volume of the Naturalist’s Library, with Tinea nobilitella as sole species and therefore type. In the second volume of the catalogue Lep. Heterocera in the British Museum, p. 524, Walker describes the genus as follows: “Has some resemblance to Crambus and other pyralites. Body rather stout, not long; palpi short, pubescent; third joint conical, less than half of the second; proboscis short; antenne slender, testaceous, bare, rather more than half the length of the body; abdomen extending a little beyond the hind wings; legs rather stout; hind tibie with four long spurs; wings narrow, rather long; fore wings hardly convex in front, very slightly oblique along the apical border; hind angle slightly rounded; first, second, and third inferior veins very near together at the base; fourth very remote from them.” C. nobilitella Cram. is still the sole species and is credited to the West Indies and various South American points. It forms a part of the assemblage classed by Walker as Lithosiide. In 1868 Messrs. Grote and Robinson describe Cydosia aurivitta from Texas, and distinguish it from what they identify as nobilitella by the lack of determinate white spots, the golden bands alone remaining. he genus is here placed in the family Zygaenide, subfamily Zygaenine. Without giving any new characters they refer to its systematic position thus: ‘The present genus we regard as related to Apistosia Hiibner, and forming one of a low group of zygaenid genera with simple an- tenn and elongate wings, which latter, when at rest, the imago folds after the manner of Lithosia. This group is so laden with Lithosian analogies as to render its critical study difficult. C. nobilitella and Oeta compta mimic the Lithosian genus Utetheisa. Detopeiaaurea Fitch is probably a species of Cydosia. * * * Their metallic colors aid our conception of their true position.” Messrs. Grote and Robinson here use the term “analogy” as Dr. Packard did in treating of Ctenucha, and they regard all the Lithosian features as coming under it and not as affinities. They fail, however, to give any zygaenid affinities save of color and wing form. In view of subsequent developments it may be as well to note here that Apistosia Hb. is placed by its author among the Lithosiide, and nobilitella is referred to the genus Crameria and placed directly after _ Utetheisa, a point which has been overlooked, but which speaks well for Hiibner’s shrewdness in associating allied forms. L186 NOTES ON CYDOSIA AND CERATHOSIA. Mr. Stretch, in the Zygaenide and Bombycidee of North America, p. 161, writes : “* ZYGAENID@—ZYGAENIN&Z—Genus Cydosia.” He givesa somewhat general description of the venation of primaries, but says nothing of the secondaries, the venation of which is so important in fixing the true position of these forms. He follows Grote and Robinson in their comments on its Lithostid analogies, and also remarks on its re- semblance to the Tineide. The species he leaves as they were, but sug- gests that the species identified as nobilitella by Grote and Robinson is not Cramer’s species, but an allied one, for which he proposes the term imitella, should his suggestion prove correct. No differences are given, as Mr. Stretch, not having access to Cramer’s works, could not with certainty identify his species. In 1875 Mr. Grote, in Buli. Buff. Soe. N. Sci., vol. 1, catalogues the Zygaenide of North America, including Cydosia therewith. He, however, makes it the type of a new subfamily, which he ealls Cydosiine, containing this genus only. No characters are given, and no reasons for this separation. He accepts Mr. Stretch’s view that the Texan form is not the same as Cramer’s species from South America and the West Indies, but now suggests that the two species, aurivitta and imitella, are merely forms of one variable species. Nothing is here added to our knowledge of the structure of the species, In the list of 1882 Mr. Grote retains the same classification, and makes imitella Str. a variety of auwrivitta G. & R. Penthetria Hy. Edwards is added to the Cydostine without comment or question. Recently Mr. Edwards removes his genus to the Hetergynida, quite erroneously in my opinion, though he was undoubtedly correct in break- ing up the association with Cydosia. In preparing my notes on the so-called Zygaenid genera, published in Trans. Am. Ent. Soe., 1885, vol. 12, pp. 77-84, I had no specimen of Cydosia at hand for study, and [I simply referred to it as of uncertain location. In the Stettiner Ent. Zeitung, 1885, vol. 46, pp. 203-208, Mr. H. B. Moeschler reviews my paper, and fully agrees with my disposition of the majority of the genera. Of Cydosia, which he appears to know well, he says it is unquestionably Lithosiid. Recently, in a little lot of odds and ends shown me, I found a frag- mentary, rubbed specimen of C. aurivitta and took the opportunity of glancing at the venation. I saw at once that the venation was, as Moeschler suggests, Lithosiid. This induced me to examine the Museum collection, which contains a considerable number of both aurivitta and imitella, and I was easily able to make out the entire venation, which was completely Lithosiid. An examination of the head, however, showed a prominent clypeal protuberance and very distinct ocelli, making the genus Arctiid and closely allied to Cerathosia Smith. From this latter it differs in lacking the claw of the fore tibia and the acces- 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 187 sory cell of the primaries, as well as in minor features of venation, wing form, ete. These two genera—Cydosia and Cerathosia—furnish a very interest- ing and instructive part of our Arctiid fauna, combining as they do the habitus of the Lithostide and some of their peculiarities of venation, with. the presence of ocelli, leaving the latter as the sole distinctive feature separating the Arctiide from the Lithosiide. With the Zygae- nide, Cydosia is analogous only in color, the affinities are all Lithosian, and Mr. Grote and his followers have allowed themselves to be blinded by this superficial character, which did not even deceive Hiibner into overlooking the absolute agreement in all essential details with Lithosia- As Cydosia and Cerathosia form a distinct group in the Arctiidae, to which the term Cydostine may continue to be applied, I will give in detail the characters of the genera and species, premising that the sub- family is distinguished by the narrow primaries, ample secondaries, and the conic protuberance of the clypeus. Genus Cydosia Westw. Dune. Nat. Libr. 37, 193. Head distinct, not prominent, the clypeal protuberance roughened in front, not depressed centrally. Palpi minute, not exceeding front, slender. Tongue strong, moderate in length. Antenne simple in both sexes. Thoracic vestiture scaly, closely appressed. The legs are stout, tibice gradually becoming longer posteriorly ; the median tibia with one pair, posterior with two pairs of spurs. Abdomen cylindric, stout. The genitalia will prove interesting, but they are small and not easily made out, and I have no material for dissection. In detail the venation is as follows: Primaries, 12-veined; vein 1 free, not furcate at base; vein 2 from median, about three-fifths from base; veins 3, 4,and 5 nearly equidistant from the end of the median vein; vein 6 fromthe ex- = SS treme end of the subcostal; veins 7, 8, and 9 on = one stalk, 9 nearest to base, 7 and 8 forking very SS close to the apex; vein 10 from subcostal, as far from 7 as the latter is from 6; vein 11 from sub- costal, three-fourths from base, free to costa; vein 12, the costal vein, from base, free, parallel to costa, which it joins three-fifths from base. Secondaries lacking vein 5. Two internal veins as usual; vein 2 from the median, half way to its fureation forming veins 3 and 4; 6 and 7 formed by the furcation of the subcostal ; vein 8 from the subcostal about one-third from base. Mr. Edwards assures me that the Texan form is perfectly identical with the West Indian form which Cramer named nobilitella, and this name must therefore be restored and imitella Stretch cited as a syn- Venation of Cydosia, onym. 188 NOTES ON CYDOSIA AND CERATHOSIA. C. nobilitella Cram. Pap. Ex. Pl. 264 f.G., Tinea; Hiib. Verz., p. 168, Crameria ; Westw. Dune. Nat. Libr, 37, p. 193, Cydosia ; Wk. Cat. Brit. Mus. Lep. Het. 2, p. 523, Cydosia; Grt. & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. n, p. 186, Cydosia ; Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb., 162, pl. 7, £8, Cydosia. imitella Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb., 163 et 242, an sp. dist.prec. Grote Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sei. , 1, 36, an var. auwrivitta. Var. aurivitta Grt. & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, 186, pl. 3, f. 68, Cydosia ; Stretch, Zyg. & Bomb., 163, pl. 7, f. 9, Cydosia. Head, thorax, and abdomen bluish or greenish black, metallic, with — white spots arranged as follows: A spot on the vertex; two small dots — at base of antennie; a few white scales on front and palpi; collar nearly _ all white; patagiz with two spots each; disk of thorax with five dots. 3eneath the legs are maculate with white and numerous whitish hair lighten up the breast. Anal segment of the male ringed with bright fulvous scales. Primaries bluish or greenish black, metallic; a golden-yellow costal stripe from base to a point over the inception of the first transverse band; a broad, slightly oblique golden transverse band from the me- dian vein down to inner margin, about one-third from base; another still broader transverse band of the same color rather close to and nearly parallel with the outer margin. A subquadrate spot of the same color beyond the middle of the cell, filling the space between the ordi- nary spots which here are obsolete. Between these prominent deep golden markings are white spots and patches as follows: A dot at base; an elongate spot below the internal vein not reaching the first trans- verse band; an elongate spot between vein one and the median vein, also not touching the transverse band; a large round spot in the cell, between the basal band and the discal spot; below this a smaller, also round spot; beyond the discal spot are two upright somewhat lunate spots before the outer transverse band, and below these is a large, subquadrate spot near the internal margin. Beyond the outer golden band is a series of white dots beginning with a curved series of three or four small dots on costa, then three larger and somewhat angular spots, the upper much the larger. A white line at base of fringes. Secondaries immaculate somewhat darker than the primaries. Beneath, primaries with a series of small apical white dots and white fringes, else biack, immaculate; secondaries black, immaculate except as apex where the fringes are white marked. Expands, .85-.90 inches=21-23™™, Habitat.—Texas. The variety aurivitta is in every respect identical with the type form save that it completely lacks all the white maculation. Exactly what relation these two forms, which seem so distinct at first appearance, bear to each other is not yet known. They are not sexes, as we have both sexes of each; they seem to copulate readily, as we have é of one and 2 of the other taken in coitu. The variation is not gradual, for I 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189 have seen nothing like real intergrades. The larval history, which might serve as a guide, is unknown as yet. According to Belfrage, as quoted by Stretch, the insects fly in May and June. They are generally distributed through the State of Texas, though nowhere common; are generally taken on the wing in the day- time and are also attracted to light at night. In the Museum collection we have eighteev specimens, about equally divided between the two forms, and ranging in dates of capture from the middle of March to the end of May. One specimen is dated Au- gust, which appears to indicate two broods. Cerathosia Smith. Entom. Amer., 1887, vol. 3, p. 79. Body slender, graceful, untufted. Head distinct, rather prominent; palpi slight, reaching the middle of the front, the terminal joint minute. Tongue moderate in length. Eyes hemispherical, prominent; ocelli distinct. Antenne simple in both sexes. Front depressed, excavated, with a circular, sharp, somewhat irregular rim; in the center of the de- pression is a cylindrical projection with a truncate and somewhat cup- shaped tip. Thorax ovate, with smooth, scaly vestiture. Abdomen elongate, slender, cylindric, smooth. Legs slender, smoothly scaled, increasing in length posteriorly. Anterior tibia shortest, rather stout, with a moderately long, curved spine at tip; middle tibia with one pair, posterior with two pairs of spurs, not spinulose. Primaries narrow, elongate, sub- equal, outer margin slightly oblique, arquate; 12-veined; accessory cell present; internal vein not furcate at base; veins 3,4, and 5 nearly equidistant from the end of the me- dian ; 6 from lower margin of acces- sory cell; 7, 8, and 9 on a short stalk from the end of accessory cell, 8 to the apex, giving off 9 at about its middle; 10 from upper angle of ac- cessory cell. Secondaries large, rounded. Two internal veins; 2 from median at its outer third; 3 and 4 on a short stalk from the end of the median; 5 very weak, midway between 4 and 6; 6 and 7 from ashort stalk at end of subcostal; the costal (vein 8) from the subcestal about two-fifths from base. Supra anal plate of é triangular; hook somewhat irregular, thickened W) Venation and fore leg of Cerathosia. * *The figure is incorrect in not showing vein 5 of secondaries; the vein is midway _ between 4 and 6, and is very weak—so weak as to be invisible in the recent mount — in Canada Balsam, and in the best instance almost obsolete. The drawing was made from two slides newly mounted. , 190 NOTES ON CYDOSIA AND CERATHOSIA. in the middle, with a pointed tip, but little curved. Side pieces sub- equal, with an obliquely curved tip. C. tricolor Smith. Entom. Amer., 1887, vol. 3, p. 79. Head, thorax, and primaries above, glistening pure white, spotted with black; secondaries and abdomen uniform glistening clay-yellow. Palpi black tipped; tip of frontal projection also black; a black spot at the inner base of antenne. Collar with a black dot each side of the middle; thorax with four black spots, two on each side of the middle; patagize with two black spots. Primaries with black powderings along costa, forming an elongate costal patch at outer third, in which are three white costal dots. The black spots on primaries are rather irregularly arranged and variable; there is a series along the median vein and another along the subcostal ; in some specimens there are two rather indistinct transverse bands formed. At outer fourth is usually a sinuate, narrow, dlack transverse line, often broken up into spots and sometimes not traceable as a line; there is some difference, too, in the form of the line wher it is present. A series of intra-venular spots parallel to and not far from outer mar- gin always present; a series of terminal lunules; fringe white. See- ondaries and abdomen immaculate. Beneath, secondaries and abdomen as above; abdomen with a more or less complete series of narrow black spots on each side of the middle. Legs white, black marked. Tarsj black or brown, ringed with white. Primaries yellow to near outer margin, where it is separated from the white terminal space by a broad blackish shading which extends inward on the costa. A series of black terminal lunules. Expands, 1-1.37 inches=25-35™™, Habitat.—Texas. This species seems locally common. It has been received by a num- ber of collectors as well as by myself, but all the specimens are from the same source in southwestern Texas. It was collected at light. The armed fore tibia, combined with the clypeal protuberance, are, I believe, unique in the Arctiide. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 191 ON A PERIDOTITE FROM LITTLE DEER ISLE, IN PENOBSCOT BAY, MAINE. BY GEORGE P. MERRILL. (With Plate xxxIv.) In Dr. C. T. Jackson’s Second Annual Report on the Geology of Maine, 1838, p. 45, there occurs the following passage: Near the southern extremity of the island (Little Deer) we noticed a remarkable mass of greenstone trap, mixed with serpentine, which has burst through the strata _ of slate rocks and rises to the height of 150 or 200 feet above the sea level. This mass resembles the appearance of a voleano more nearly than any other spot I have seen in Maine. It here protrudes through the slate, which it has torn up all around, and melted in many places into a perfectly white hornstone or chert, while in other places the ¢hemical action which took place has blown the whole mass into a sort of scoria or amygdaloid. The trap rock is mostly columnar and is broken into quadrilateral columns. A deep ravine separates the slate from the trap, so that it resembles a cone in the midst of a volcanic crater. Several dikes are sent off from the mass through _ the adjacent rocks. Being in the vicinity of the island in the summer of 1887, the present writer took occasion to visit the locality above described and found it of sufficient interest to merit a more extended notice. Unfortunately, owing to the limited time at our disposal, our party was not able to dis- —eover all the points of interest described by Dr. Jackson, many of which have doubtless become more or less obscured during the lapse of nearly half a century since his report was written. The mass of “trap” is easily seen from what is known as Deer Isle Landing, on the northwestern extremity of Deer Isle proper, the dis- tance between the two islands being not more than half a mile at this ‘point and the mass itself not more than a mile or possibly a mile and a half distant. From this point it appears in the form of a broad, rounded knoll or boss of a dull reddish-brown color, almost bare of vegetation, ‘and backed by a higher hill of the white “hornstone” beyond. The knoll itself is locally known as “Pine Hill.” On all sides in the immediate vicinity the land is wet and swampy, and covered for the most part by the dense, sometimes almost impenetrable, growth of spruces so charac- teristic of the region. This growth for a distance of several hundred yards from the base of the hill is sufficient to hide every possible con- -taet of the erupted mass with the shales, and we could find nothing to indicate that the latter had been torn up and melted in the manner de- scribed by Dr. Jackson. The nearest observable outcrop of the shale was some 200 or 300 yards distant. This will be noticed later. The mass of trap rises abruptly, with steeply sloping sides, to a height, presumably, fully equal to that given in the abstract. The rock is eminently massive, very compact, of a deep greenish- black color, weather- ing on the immediate surface to brownish, and breaking frequently into 192 A PERIDOTITE FROM MAINE. rough quadrangular blocks of all sizes up to several feet in diameter. Everywhere the rock is firm and fresh appearing, there being no dis- integration from the effects of the weather, the reddish-brown discolora- tion on the surface, so far as observed, never extending to a depth of over one-fourth of aninch. The stone breaks with asmooth, slightly con- cave fracture, and presents to the unaided eye no crystalline secretions, though greenish flecks scattered uniformly through the mass indicate the presence of serpentine, and the general appearance of the rock is such as to suggest at once a peridotite, a suggestion which the micro- scope fully confirms. The mass as a whole is remarkably uniform in color and texture. Indeed, with the exception of an occasional small vein of serpentine mat- ter not over one-half an inch in width no observable difference could be found throughout the entire hill. So great uniformity in a mass of this size is rarely observed. As seen under the microscope the rock is composed almost wholly of serpentinized olivine, augite, and scattering iron oxides. The augite occurs in broad plates, with deep, rounded embayments, and in long arm-like forms reaching out and enfolding the altered olivine, the pecul- iar habit of the mineral in acting as a binding constituent being here displayed in its best development. It is not markedly pleochroie in the thin section, varying only from nearly colorless or yellowish to a faint wine color. The mineral shows well-developed prismatic cleav- ages and gives extinction in sections parallel to # P & of almost ex- actly 40°. With the exception of the olivine and a few small grains of iron ore it is quite free from ineclosures or cavities of any kind. In most cases it is beautifully fresh and unaltered; in others it is eom- pletely changed. The alteration in such cases begins with a bleaching and fraying out along the borders and cleavage lines, and by degrees the entire mineral becomes converted into an aggregate of faintly polar- izing scales and fibers no longer recognizable as augite. In a few in- stances direct conversion into a greenish clorite was observed, but in no ease does secondary hornblende or black mica appear. The most interesting feature of the augite is that shown in the ac- companying outline sketches and somewhat indistinctly in Figs. 2, 3, and 4 of Plate xxxrv. On casual inspection by ordinary light the mineral presents no features other than of the ordinary type, the rounded 1883.1 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 193 forms of the altered olivine abutting closely against the fresh augite, while the line of separation is perfectly sharp and distinct, as indicated by the continuous curved line in thesketch. Here the portions marked (a) represent in each case portion of a single augite individual. More careful inspection, however, shows that in nearly every instance the augite is surrounded more or less completely by a narrow and very ir- regular border, which projects in the form of sharp teeth or tongue- like prolongations for a considerable distance into the serpentine (olivine) granules. This is shown in the portions marked (d@) in the sketches, and is very conspicuous when the section is viewed between crossed nico!s. This irregular border I am inclined to consider a trae secondary growth of augite, formed since the consolidation of the rock and analogous to the hornblendic, feldspathic, and quartzose enlarge- ments described by Becke,* Irving,t and Van Hise.t¢ I am led to tiiese conclusions from a consideration of the following facts: (1) it would seem extremely improbable that the augite first separated from the molten magma in such irregular forms; (2) the original outline of the augite is perfectly sharp and smooth, eminently characteristic of augite outlines in this class of rocks; (3) the new portion is much the lighter in color, being, in fact, so nearly colorless as at first to be wholly over- looked when examini»g the section by ordinary light; (4) it projects in very irregular and jagged forms into the serpentine (olivine: the dotted areas in the sketch). Indeed, its appearance is such as to sug- gest that not only was its formation subsequent to the consolidation of the rock, but that it is an accompaniment of the alteration, the sharp, tooth-like edges projecting into the olivine along the curvilinear lines of fracture much like the ordinary beginnings of serpentinization. The new growth in all cases possesses the same crystallographic orientation as the original, the entire mass as figured extinguishing simultaneously between crossed nicols. That the growth is augite, and not hornblende, as in the cases described by Van Hise, is shown by its colors of polari- zation, which are identical with those of the angite and of equal inten- sity, and by the angles of extinction, which are the same as that of the original augite. In some cases the new growth takes on beautifully delicate and branched forms, the mineral ramifying along the fracture lines of the olivine in such a way as to remotely resemble tbe eozoon structure.* I have gone so much into details regarding these structures for the reason that, so far as I am aware, the phenomena of secondary enlarge- ments of augite have never before been observed. Indeed, the well- known habit of the mineral in passing into uralitic hornblende has, I *Min. u. Pet. Mittheil., Vol. v, 1883. ge t Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 8, 1884. ; Am. Jour. Sci., May, 1887. _ * The above described peculiarity of the augitic constituent was made the subject of a brief paper by the writer in the American Journal of Science for June, 1888, p, 488. Proc. N. M. 88——13 hi chia tiene ee eae 194 A PERIDOTITE FROM MAINE. think, lead petrographers in general to regard it as a product only of high temperature, and hence not to be looked for under such cireum- stances or conditions as the hornblendic and feldspathie enlargements to which allusion has been made. The fact that the mineral reaches out in slender, thread-like prolongations into the curvilinear fractures of the olivine shows beyond controversy that so much of the mineral has formed subsequent to the fracturing of the olivine. That it was uot all so formed is shown by the well-defined curved borders abutting. fairly against the olivine pseudomorphs. At present I can see no possi- ble explanation of these structures other than to consider them as secondary, if indeed not contemporaneous in origin with the serpen- tinization of the olivine. Fully one-half the interstitial spaces of the olivine are now occupied by a very light greenish chloritic substance, almost colorless in the sec- tion and without action on polarized light, so that between crossed nicols the now serpentinized olivines appear as if set in a black frame. (See Fig. 1 of Plate xxxtv.) These areas are precisely similar to those occupied by the augite, and the first suggestion that offers itself is that the amorphous material is the ultimate product of the augitie alteration. Indeed, in some eases it is possible to trace the fresh augite through its various stages of alteration until a somewhat similar product is reached. In other cases, however, the fresh augites abut fairly against and even inclose areas of this amorphous material in such a manuer as to force one to the conclusion that it represents the original unindividual- ized base. The olivine, which constituted originally fully two-thirds the mass of the rock, has in nearly every case examined gone over into a serpentinous product. That the mineral was undoubtedly olivine is shown by the outline of the serpentine pseudomorphs, as well as the irregular net-work of curvilinear fracture lines along which the serpen- tinization has proceeded. The process of change has gone on with the separation of free iron oxides in the manner so well known as to need no further notice here. Magnetite occurs in abundance both as original and as a secondary constituent from the serpentinized olivine. Chromic iron is also present in beautiful minute octahedra with a brilliant luster. It is not in all cases possible to distinguish between the two ores by the microscope, and as both were attracted by the magnet the presence of chromium was determined by testing the separated ores in the borax bead. Tests failed to show even a trace of titanium. Traces of a plagioclase felds- par, although indicated by the analysis, are scarcely discernable in the section. In but a few instances nearly amorphous chloritic areas were observed still showing scarcely recognizable cleavage lines and twin strie. Besides the mineral above named, the slides show occasional small prisms of apatite and rarely clusters of long, colorless, parallel-lying needles, tapering gradually toward one end, and with frequent trans- Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xl, 1888.—Merrill. PLATE XXXIV. MICROSTRUCTURE OF PERIDOTITE, LITTLE DEER ISLE, MAINE. (Pages 191-195.) Iie. 1. Section magnified about 20 diameters. The white mottled areas are serpentinized olivine. The gray, shown indistinctly only at the right, is augite, and the black interstitial matter altered base(?). (Section 39044-a.) Figs. 2, 3, 4. The same magnified about 40 diameter. showing enlarged augites. (Sections 3 044-b and 39044.) P . 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195 verse jointings. These polarize only in dull colors, give extinctions parallel to the axis of elongation, and are believed to be sillimanite. Besides these are occasional minute elongated crystals, quite opaque, and with a bright, brassy-yellow reflection, which are doubtless pyrite. The above completes the list of determinable constituents. The rock pelongs, therefore, to the variety of peridotite called picrite by Professor Rosenbusech. ’ Lae ie ao iw) a ait ae a ay On .y AP. ‘ ‘ i : Nes ' ‘ , “ al : wi? = Ph Te bei oe ae ‘ ra ' fe a PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209 | chief of the Nayomkilis, who belongs to the yanikila gens. yyanikila is ‘the great transformer” of all these tribes. He is the son of the deity, and descended from heaven in the shape of an eagle. (yanikila means ‘he with spreadout wings.”) Therefore the gens has an eagle for its emblem. The man on whom the eagle rests is Bebekumlisila, one of the figures that yanikila put up in his house. I was unable to learn the meaning of the other upright (Fig. 17). The name of the kneeling man on it is Silai/oqa. The upper being was described as ‘the same as ¢ bear,” but it is evidently a sea animal. In the model No. 130414 of the catalogue of the National Museum the men who carry the beams (Figs. 7, 8, 9) represent the siaves of one of the ancestors of the gens. The open mouth indicates that they speak for the chief, as it is considered beneath a chief’s dignity to speak to the common people. The figure carrying the beam on its left should- eris standing on a bear’s head (Fig. 18). The animal, by which the other figure in the rear of the house is supported, is probably the wolf (Fig. 7). The meaning of the figure that is inclosed in the upright is unknown to me (Fig. 9). I have seen the same figure in the village of the Tlatlasiyoala, at Qumta/spé (on Hope Island), but could not learn anything aboutit. Neither can I say with any certainty to which gens the house belongs, as there is no painting on the front. From these remarks it will be clear that every single carving in the houses of these tribes has some connection with the traditions of the gentes. The Indians of the present time make various combinations of the emblems of the gentes of both parents of the house-owner, aud this is the reason for the great variety of forms. Eesides this, legends re- ferring to certain ancestors are illustrated in the emblems, and thus it happeus that seemingly the ancient styles are not strictly adhered to. It remains to explain several of the figures frequently occurring in these carvings. One of the most frequent carvings is the slave of the chief who is talking to the people. We saw him on the uprights of the model, on the post of Sentlaé (Figs. 7, 10), and in Fig. 15 he is standing on the gable of a house. The omitted statue in Fig. 6 and Fig. 19 be- long to a similar class; the latter represeuts a man by tbe name of Kié/yio, who holds a wolf in his hands. The back of the wolf's tail shows a human face. The hind legs of the wolf are seen under the legs of a man who sits on an animal, the meaning of which I do not know, _as the head is half buried in the ground, but probably it represents a bear. These two figures are hollowed out in the back, so that a man can stand behind them and speak through their open mouth, which acts asa speaking tube. The men represent slaves of an ancestor, and when the chief is speaking through the mouth at certain festivals it is sup- posed that the slave is speaking. In many of the figures we see the famous copper plates (tla’yoa), one of which is seen between Figs. 7 and 8. They are found painted on the breasts of the men in the model, they form the lower part of the post of Proc. N. M. 88———14 NAhorck (2 (S54 - { _— =” - ee eS ae Pee ee | | 210 HOUSES OF KWAKIUTL INDIANS. Sentlaé, and the same figure is on the body of Fig. 18. These plates are highly valued, and every tribe has another tradition referring to their fabulous origin. One of these traditions has been told above. The plates are made of native copper, which is found by the Tlingit on the upper Yukon. Each plate has its own name. It is kept in a separate house into which women are not allowed to enter. They are clothed and fed regularly. The value of a plate becomes the larger the more frequently it has been given away as a present. The T-shaped stronger part is considered the more valuable. Ifa chief has been offended he breaks a copper and gives the parts away. Then his adversary has to do the same, or else a stain of dishonor would rest upon him. Most of the coppers are graved and painted so as to show one of the numerous emblems of these tribes. The lower field of the uppermost copper on Sentlaé’s post (Fig. 10) shows four starfish; the upper one the head of the wolf. In the upper field of the second copper is the bear, while in the lower one there are four starfish. In the lower ones nothing but an eye and mouth can be distinguished; but it is evident that they are intended to represent the same thing as the second copper. WAS ey / On —)_ is GS ex it 4 4 AN Ges \ , = N Ye Fic. 15. House front in Qumta’spé. Another figure that is of frequent occurrence is the Tsond/yoa. It is the lowest figure in the post (Figs. 13, 14). Beside this the Tson0/yoa appears in the form of masks, rattles, ete., in numerous earvings. This being is known to the Gatloltq, who evidently borrowed the tradition from the Kwakiutl, to all tribes of Kwakiutl lineage and to the Bilqula. The latter call it Snené/iy. One of the principal legends of the Tson- d/yoa is that she—for it is generally a woman—came with a basket on her back into the villages and put all the children intoit. Thena little 211 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1888. ] Fics. 16,17. Uprights in the house of the Gens Manikila in Qumta/spé. 212 HOUSES OF KWAKIUTL INDIANS. girl cut a slit in the bottom of the basket, and thus all escaped. I was told that this is the meaning of Fig. 14. The huge eye-holes are charac- teristic of Tsono’yoa, and, in case it is a woman, her enormous breasts. On the house front (Fig. 15) we find the thunder-bird. He is an important figure in many traditions and therefore appears in numerous combinations. The house front (P]. xL) shows how Kunkunqulikya tried to lift the whale. The legend says that he had stolen the son of the raven, who, in order to recover him, carved a whale out of a huge cedar that he cov- ered with a coating of gum. Then he let Fic. 18. A Chief's slave talking Fic. 19. Statue in a house at to the people. Alert Bay; about Qumta/spé (Hope Island) ; about 4’ high. 7’ high. all kinds of animals go into the whale, and they went to the land of the thunder-bird. Whenthe bird saw the whale he sent out his youngest son to catch it. He was unable to lift it. Hestuck to the gum and the animals killed him. In this way the whole family was slaughtered. The same design is found onahousefront in Nugalky. The Bilqula, who live there, have the same tales of the thunder-bird; they call it Saiotl. Another figure that is frequently represented in the carvings of these tribes is the Sisiutl, the fabulous double-headed snake that can adopt the shape of any fish. The traditions referring to this being are partic- ularly important among the yauitcin and their neighbors, but all tribes from Puget Sound to Dean Inlet have traditions referring to it. I mentioned above that the style of houses discussed here does not extend farther south than Comox, on Vancouver Island. The tribe that lives there, the Catlolt, belong to the Coast Salish, but they have inter- PLATE XL. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.— Boas. { ‘ei a8eq) “AVG LYAIY Lv ‘WNy11I9,1D SN3Q) AHL JO 3SNOH V 4O LNOU4—"SIVHM Y¥ LSI] OL ONIAUL GUIS-YSGNNHL HL Pe ale 2) 1888.] PROCEEDINGS GF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2h married with a tribe of Kwakiutl lineage and thus adopted many of the mythical figures of the latter. Their own characteristic design (Fig. 21} O'V SS RSS SSN > \\ Fic. 20. Post in a house at Fig. 21. Base of Fig. 20 Comox, showing Qa/eqoé. enlarged. Qa eqoe. is the Qa/eqoe, a bird-like being that descended from heaven and be came the ancestor of the Catlolt. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HYALINA. BY WM. H. DALL. Dr. V. Sterki, of New Philadelphia, Ohio, has of late years been giv- ing special attention to the minute forms of Pulmonata, Vertigo, Pupilla, Hyalina, ete. In 1886 he collected a small Zonites, of the section Hyaline or Conulus, which, being submitted to several A naturalists, appeared to be a new species, although of remarkably small size. In 1887 a few more specimens were obtained, which he has submitted to me with the request that I describe them. H. testa parva, convexiusculo depressa, nitida, striis B incrementalibus inconspicuis; sutura vix impressa, anfr. IV, rotundati, ultimus circa umbilicus imperforatus ex- cavatus; apertura depressa, vix obliqua, ampla, lunaris; perist. simplex, acutum, margine dextro columellari vix reflexiusculo. Diam. maj., 1.1™™.; alt. 0.52™™, Shell minute, thin, yellowish translucent, brilliant, lines of growth hardly noticeable, spire depressed, four- whorled; whorls rounded, base flattened, somewhat ex- cavated about the center, which is imperforate; aper- ture wide, hardly oblique, not very high, semilunate, sharp edged, the upper part of the columella slightly reflected ; upper surface of the whorls roundish, though the spire as a whole is depressed. Max. diameter 0.044 inch (line A—B, Fig. 1); alt. 0.026 inch. This little shell is clearly not the young of a Pupiila or of any of our other small Zonétes. It is certainly the smallest American species. #, parvula Rong, from Cape Verde Islands, has a little less diameter, but is higher in the spire. H. pygmea and H. minutissima Lea are decidedly larger, beside belonging to a different group. It is probably one of the smallest species known, and remarkable for its imperforate umbilicus. It was collected on a grassy slope, inclining to tke northward, and covered with grass, moss, and small bushes, and so far «as not beep found anywhere else. Its permanent place in the system will, of course, be determined by an examination of the soft parts, which remains to be made. Fics. 1 to 3. Hya- lina sterkii, n. s. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xi, 1888. 214 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 215 OBSERVATIONS UPON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE NORTH AMERI- CAN ANSERES. BY DR. R. W. SHUFELDT, U. S. ARMY. This well-circumscribed order or group agrees with Huxley’s Cheno- morphe, and contains the Mergansers, Ducks, Geese, and Swans. For some time past I have been accumulating the material for a me- moir upon the osteology of the entire group of lamellirostral birds of this country. I stilllack, however, quite a number of important forms, which may take more or less time to secure. So that the present memoir must not be considered more than an introduction to the subject, though here it has the claim of introducing a number of drawings of those forms, which can be compared with advantage with other species which I did not happen to have in my possession at the time this was written. Much of the anatomy of the anserine birds is known tv us already, but that further elucidation in this direction is very desirable I hardly think any one will question. Garrod gave the subject no Jittle attention, though he confined himself principally to the condition of the carotids, the presence or absence of certain muscles, and the form of the osseous portions of the air-passages in a number of therarer types of Ducks. As I have just said, Huxley, in his famous essay upon the Classifica- tion of Birds, created a separate group—the Chenomorphe—to contain, with a few related forms, the Anatide, a division based upon anatom- ical characters so far as they were known at the time. Coues, in 1884, in the second edition of his Key, availing himself of all that was known up to that period which could be successfully utilized in classification, awards the anserine birds the order Lamellirostres, di- viding it into the suborder Odontoglosse for the single family of the Flamingoes, and the suborder Anserves to hold the Swans, Geese, River and Sea Ducks, and the Mergansers, these latter each having a separate subfamily created for it, to wit, The Cygnine, the Anserine, the Anatine, the Fuliguline, and the Mergine, respectively. Collect- ively these subfamilies constitute the family Anatide of this author. Some few unimportant changes were made in the American Ornithol- ogists’ Union Check-List, but this classification remains substantially the same. Even by their external characters, the Swans, Geese, and Ducks, and the more modified Mergansers form a very sharply-detined group of birds, and morphology has made quite clear to ns the probable rela- tion the Flamingoes bear to them. So that it is not very likely that further investigations will materially disturb the classification now adopted and presented in the Check-List of the American Ornithologists’ 216 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. Union. In fact, every advance anatomy has made in that direction seems to have been attended by the one result, and that to assure us of the soundness of the arrangement ia question. Instead of this being a signal, however, for the anatomist to cast his eyes from this line of work and slacken the activity of his scalpel in what he may think profitless employment, it all the more devolves upon him to push lis researches to a point nothing short of a perfect knowl- edge of the structure of these forms. That we have not arrived at any such state of perfection I could easily point out. As I have elsewhere shown, even so profound an anatomist as Huxley, from lack of material and established data, may occasionally fail to properly define an im- portant characteristic, as he did in describing the sternum of these very Chenomorphe (P. Z. 8., 1867). Again, it is but recently that Dr, Baur, of Yale College, claims to have discovered an additional joint in the last digit or the middle finger of the embryo of the common Duck, a struct- ure which is said to be visible at about the time of hatching. I have never had reason to change my opinion as to the value, the inealeulable value, of a complete knowledge of the morphology of those living forms best known tous. With such a knowledge of the structure of the anserine fowl we are far better prepared to push our investigations, with infinitely greater chances of assured results into the structure of allied groups than if we were not quite certain of each and every detail in the organization of these known forms. The Anseres are well represented in the United States, and abundant opportunity is afforded to study their structure. Further work is much needed in this line upon the air passages of the entire group, the generative organs, and other special parts. The Mergine constitute the first subfamily under the Anatide, and it has been awarded two genera in our fauna, viz, the genus Merganser of Brisson, containing the Mergansers, and the genus Lophodytes of teichenbach, created to contain the Hooded Merganser (Z. cucullatus). The Mergansers present us with some very interesting points in their osteology, and the majority of these can be studied in the skeleton of Mergus serrator, a very good specimen of which bird I have now at hand. Iam indebted to the Smithsonian Institution for the loan of it (No. 16626 of the Smithsonian Institution collection), and will now de- seribe its skeleton. OBSERVATIONS UPON THE OSTEOLOGY OF MERGUS SERRATOR. Of the skull— We find in this bird that the lamelle of the bill develop tooth-like serrations for the entire length of both mandibles. These pseudo teeth, however, make no impression whatever upon the osseous base of the bill, and ina well-prepared skeleton we would never suspect their existence. Upon lateral view of this skull (Fig. 1) we see that the superior mandible curves slightly upwards as we proceed toward its bla ee ———— 1882.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 217 apex; the lower margin is sharp, aud above it is convex, except in the cranio-facial region and somewhat beyond, where it is depressed. A nasal is a large, broad bone; its anterior margin is rounded as in other holorhinal birds. The nostril is elliptical and placed horizontally, and the sutural traces of the bones that surround it entirely obliterated. A laerymal bone is triangular in form, its apex below terminating in a spindle-form process, which is curved somewhat outward. Along its superior border it anchyloses with the frontal and nasal, the sutural trace being quite distinct in the adult skull. Not so, however, in most of the Ducks and Geese. All anserine birds seem to possess a slender jugal bar; in the case of the Red-breasted Merganser, its distal end turns abruptly upward to make its articulation with the quadrate. This latter bone has its orbital process widely bifid; its mastoidal head is single and roundly convex. Fic. 1. Skull of Mergus serrator; right lateral view; lifesize. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. The facets at its mandibular foot are two in number, placed obliquely. They differ considerably in form and position from the same parts as seen in a specimen of a Brant before me. The sphenotic process is prominent and gradually curves downward along its extent. In most Ducks it points downward and forward. We find the hinder moiety of the superior orbital periphery rounded off for the lodgment of the nasal gland. The extent to which this is carried varies in the different species of anserine fowl. About the center of the interorbital septum there occurs a large fenes- tra, and the foramina for the exit of the first and second pair of nerves are much larger than necessary for this purpose alone. The pars plana is a very thin, curved sheet of bone, which supports in front a crumpled mass of equally attenuated osseous tissue. This latter projects into the upper space of the rhinal chamber, and no doubt plays the part of aturbinated bone. Neither of these outgrowths come in contact with the inner aspect of the lachrymal bone of the same side. The lower margin of the rostrum is straight, rising gently upward as it is projected forward, being sharp below aJong its anterior moiety. 218 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES Anteriorly the ethmoid has an elongo cordate outline, the base of the figure abutting against the under side of the cranio-facial region. Viewing this skull from beneath we notice a long, narrow cleft in front of the maxillo-palatines and bounded on either side by a dentary process of the premaxillary. This cleft is deepest behind and gradually becomes shallower as it proceeds to the front, where it disappears just behind the rounded mandibular apex. The maxillo-palatines are thin, horizontal plates that are in contact for their anterior halves in the median line, but diverge as rounded, dis- tinet processes for their posterior moieties. These processes project into the wide interpalatine cleft, but do not come in contact either with the palatine bones nor with the vomer. This latter is a long, tiiu plate of bone that is grasped by the small ascending processes of the pala- tines behind to anchylos with them, while above it is finished off with a rib-like margin which is produced beyond the plate in front as a long spiculiform process, with its apex resiing upon the middle of the max- illo-palatine median suture. Each palatine body is a narrow lamina of bone, the anterior end of it dilating somewhat before being inserted between and fused with the other elements in front. These palatines only meet each other, and that only in a point, be- hind their common seizure of the hinder end of the vomer. Nor do they come in contact with the under border of the rostrum, as they are pre- vented from doing that by the sessile, though large and elliptical, basi- pterygoid tacets found upon the latter. Their heads are separated behind by quite an interval, and each one makes a peculiar combination joint with the corresponding head of the pterygoid, which develops the reverse articulation for it. Immediately posterior to this a pterygoid supports also a sessile ellip- tical facet of precisely the same character as the one referred to above as occurring on the rostrum, the two coming in contact to form a per- fect sliding joiut, with smooth and plane surfaces opposed to each other. Fic. 2. Skull of Mergus serrator; viewed from « bove, mandible removed; life size. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. Posterior to this articulation a pterygoid is somewhat compressed from above downward, and curves gracefully outward to cover with its cup like hinder end the spheroidal facet offered to it on the part of the corresponding quadrate. 1888] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Zao The basi-temporal region is broad and smcoth, and a spine-like pro- cess at its apex fails to shut cut from view the double orifice leading to the Eustachian tubes. We find the major portion of the crotaphyte fossa upon the lateral aspect of the skull. Still it may be seen also from a posterior view, where the two depressions approach each other, but are separated by a large dome-like, supra-occipital prominence. This latter is usually pierced by an irregular foramen on either side, which is quite characteristic but not always present in the Ducks and Geese. Inaspecimen of Branta canadensis hutchinsii before me a large one occurs ouly on the left side of the prominence. Mergus has a large foramen magnum which faces almost directly back- ward. The occipital condyle at its lower margin is of a reniform out- line with the notch above. In the mandible the symphysis is short, and this bone, when seen from a superior aspect, is of an acute V-shape form. The anterior two thirds of either ramus is narrow, tapering somewhat to the front, with both upper and lower bordersrounded. On the outer surface a deep, median, and longitudinal groove of hair-like proportion is drawn along its entire length. The hinder third is much wider, nearly double the width, and, instead of being thick like the fore part of the bone, is a vertical lamelliform plate. Its border is sharp above, while below it is rounded, being in the same line with the inferior border of the anterior two-thirds. The ramal fenestra is-nearly or quite closed in by the surrounding elements; a long, oblique slit marks itssite. A curved projection is de- veloped on the outer aspect of this part of the bone; that above appar- ently takes the place of part of the coronoid process. Each mandibular facet presents two oblique grooves upon an area contracted to the minimum extent that would accommodate the man- _ dibular foot of the quadrate that articulates with it. Behind, either angle is produced backwards as a recurved and ver- tical lamina of bone, to the inner side of which we find the circular entrance to a deep conical pocket. Mergus serrator has an enormous bilobed tracheal tympanum at the pulmonic bifurcation of its windpipe. These interesting structures vary much in form and size in the different species of birds that pos- sess them, and would well repay a general comparison. Of tre vertebral column and ribs —This Merganser has sixty-one ver- tebre in its spinal column; the first pair of free ribs occurring on the sixteenth; then follow five others that have ribs connecting with the sternum by costal ribs; seventeen anchylos to form a sacrum fer the _ pelvic bones; and, finally, we find seven free caudal vertebra besides a _ pygostyle. All these segments are freely movable upon one another, except those in the sacrum. In Mergus the odontoid process of the 220 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. , second vertebra does not perforate the cup of the atlas from behind, but both these segments, in common with many Ducks, present the in- teresting condition of having the lateral vertebral canals at the outer sides of their centra, for the protection of the vessels that pass through them. This canal is a very prominent feature through ail of these cer- vieal vertebre through the twelfth; in the first five or six it has a fe- nestra in its lateral wall on either side. With the exception of the last few vertebree in which it occurs, it extends nearly the full length of the eentra, while its inferior wall includes the greater part of the parial parapophyses, and these latter being rather widely separated, we have as a result a broad area at the under side of all of these vertebrie where this construction obtains. The hyapophysial canal is found in the sixth to the twelfth, inclusive, but in none of these does it close in entirely, though the processes ap- proach each other very near in the last-mentioned vertebra. Axis vertebra has a prominent hyapophysis, but it is missing in the third vertebra, and this process does not make its appearance again until we find it as a conspicuous median plate in the thirteenth. In the fourteenth it is smaller, and although still in the vertical plane, evi- dently moved slightly to the left of the median line. This last condi- tion is more pronounced in the fifteenth, while in the sixteenth, where it still possesses considerable size, it is carried so far to the left as to be nearly in the same plane with the side of the vertebra, though it still remains vertical. Sixteenth vertebra also has lateral hyapophysial cornua, which makes this peculiar shifting of its mid-process all the more striking. Iam unable to say at present whether this is a constant con- dition of affairs or not. The dorsal series also have hyapophysial proc- esses ; these are at first short, with spreading cornua, to gradually be- come longer aud lose their terminal bifurcation, and again grow shorter, to finally disappear on the first sacral, or dorso-lumbar. Axis has a thick and heavy neural spine. In the following six or seven segments this gradually becomes longer, lower, and thinner, {o be absent entirely in the tenth cervical vertebra. In the fourteenth it re-appears, and from it, backward, it gradually assumes the broad, ob- long plate which is perfected in the dorsal series. The vertebre of this latter region are restricted in their movements upon one another by the many interlacing tendinal and metapophysial spicule among them. In the cervical region the neural canal is cylindrical in form, and owing to the fact that neither the pre- or postzygapophysial facets are upon spreading limbs, in its anterior division this tube is wonderfully well protected, its walls being nearly continuous from one vertebra to the next. This condition does not obtain in the latter half of the cer- vical region, however, where the prolongation of the aforesaid apophy- ses lend to the dorsal aspects of the vertebrae, when viewed from above, that familiar capital-letter-of-X appearance, with the extremities of the lines alternately articulating above and below. © F 1888.] PROCEEDINGS: OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 221 This disappears again in the dorsal series, where they are closely in- _ terlocked with each other, and the neural tube once more becomes con- _ tinuous. For the rest we find that the “heteroccelous” plan of articu- lation prevai's among these vertebre thus far described; that the centra are much compressed laterally in the dorsal region, where also the transverse processes are unusually wide and some of their spiculi- form interlacements more than commonly broad. With the exception _ of the atlas they are all pneumatic. | The pair of free ribs that are attached to the sixteenth vertebra are - long and pointed, with free extremities. They do not, however, bear epipleural appendages. Nothing peculiar marks the ribs of the dorsal series nor the hema- _ pophyses that connect them with thesternum. The epipleural append- ages are large and all are closely, though freely, articulated with the posterior borders of their ribs. | The first pair of sacral ribs are like the dorsal ones, except they have no epipleural appendages. The last two sacral pair, however, anchylos with the pelvis, and their hemapophyses do not reach the sternum. Of the sternum (Figs. 3 and 4).—Mergus has an interesting form of this bone, and it differs in a number of points from the sterna of its sup- posed nearest allies among the Ducks. The body is of an oblong out- line and moderately well concaved above. Right over the anterior border in the median line there is a single semi-globular pit, but there appears to be no pneumatic foramina of any size at its bottom. The costal processes are large, prominent, and quadrate plates. They extend behind the first hemapophysial facet. These latter articulations are six in number, and the lateral borders behind them are sharp, curv- ing at first outward, before they extend backward, to the xiphoidal margin. Upon the convex, pectoral aspect of the bone we are to notice the principal muscular lines. These extend directly backward, one on either side, from the lip of bone that overarches the outer end of the coracoidal groove, to pass along the inner side of the vacuities behind, where they become very faintly marked. A transverse straight line limits the xiphoidal extremity, and en- grafted upon this in its middle we find a distinet convex prolongation of no great size, its base being rather less than one-third of the border upon which it oceurs. Just over this latter, in the apertures of the postero-external angles of the bones, we find on either side a large, oval fenestra. A sternum of this shape, differing as it does in this particular from the notched style of the bone among most of the Geese and Ducks (for it _is the same as we find it in Glazucionetta), forms an exception to the character laid down by Huxley for his Chenomorphe, which includes the subfamily to which Mergus belongs. (Fig. 3.) ‘ 222 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. The extensive coracoidal beds of the anterior border are separated by a pit in the median line, and not a vestige of such a thing as the manubriam is to be seen. From the pit just mentioned to the eee carinal angle a straight osseous welt is raised, above which the anterior margin is convex and sharp. Fic. 3. Sternum of Mergus serrator; pectoral aspect; life size. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. The keel itself is low and extends clear back to the hinder margin of the bone proper; its inferior border is thickened and gently convex throughout its extent. As a very good example of the appearance of the sternum among the Ducks I present a drawing of the pectoral view of the bone chosen from the American Hider (S. dresseri, Fig. 13). In this form the pro- foundly two-notehed hinder portion is well shown, aud here, too, we observe that the anterior part of the keel does not project as in Mergus, though it is not an uncommon thing to find it soeven among true Ducks. we ee) ee 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 223 Of the shoulder girdle (Fig. 5).—Most Ducks, and I believe all the Mergansers, have a non-pneumatie¢ pectoral arch. It is the case in our present subject, and in a number of the former at my hand. The furcula typifies the broad U-areh in Mergus, where the curve is continuous and unchecked by the presence of a hypoclei- dium. The bone is, as a whole, slightly curved backward, so each limb presents a convex- ity to the front; these become broader and laterally compressed as we pass in the direc- tion of their free extremities. Hither head very gradually tapers off to a point, and these produced ends ride over the scapule when the areh is articulated. Projecting from their upper borders we find a single distinct and vertical process of bone that is quite characteristic. In the Eider this is in cartilage, but otherwise the fourchette is formed in this Duck very much the same as in the Merganser. (Fig. 14.) In a coracoid we find the summit of the bone much produced above its articulation with the scapula, and compressed in the same plane with the shaft below it in such a manner that when articulated with the sternum the front of the bone is directed forward and outward. The sternal extremity of the bone is very much expanded, and it also is found in the same plane with the general compression of the shaft. Behind it is searred by muscular lines, and shows a large luniform facet for the groove on the sternum. The scapular process of, the coracoid is to a great extent aborted; its superior margin Fic. 4. Sternum of Mergus ser- rator; right lateral view; life size. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. being insufficient to accommodate the entire width of the scapula. Nothing of importance distinguishes the glenoid cavity, it being formed, as in most birds, in the proportion of one-third on the part of the scapula and the remainder by the bone under consideration. The scapula is much arched, and nearly of an equal width the entire length of its blade, its apex being rounded off. We find the bone con- siderably compressed in the vertical direction throughout, and the length of the chord measured between its extremities less than the length of the coracoid. 224 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. Of the pelvis and caudal vertebre.—In order to better illustrate the fact that the pelvis in the Mergansers is constructed upon the same plan as that bone in other anserine birds, I have contrasted it,in Figs. — 7 and 8, with the pelvis of the American Eider Duck. It will be seen at a glance that all the characters present in the latter are also to be found in Mergus, simply somewhat modified in concordance with its life as a diver. SOOT TTI ey, Fic. 5. Left scapula and coracoid, with furcula detached, Mergus serrator ; life size. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. The ribs of the first three vertebre that anehylos in the sacrum have already been described when speaking of these bones in general. Next to them we find that the three succeeding vertebre throw out their apophyses to the pelvis and firmly anchylos therewith. After them we fall into the deep and oblong pelvie basin possessed by this bird, and the next three vertebre send their processes directly upward. They are followed by a series of eight more that gradually approach the free caudals in form. The anterior one of these has the strongest lat- eral processes, but they are found to abut against the ilia on either side at a point anterior to the middle of the ischiac foramen, and not right behind the cotyloid cavities as in many other birds. The inner margins of the ilia anchylose with the outer ends of these sacro-vertebral apoph- yses, from the acetabula, backward, excepting the last one. Opposite the cotyloid cavities we find the enlargement to accommo- date that part of the spinal cord where the sacral plexus is thrown off; the openings for the exit of the latter are double, being placed one above the other. Viewing this pelvis of Mergus serrator from above, we always find, jutting out in front, a tuft of bony spicule that form a part of the same system that strap the dorsal vertebre together. The inner margins of the ilia meet and anchylos with the top of the a els --1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 225 common neural spine of the leading vertebre, converting the ilio-neural grooves into canals. Each preacetabular portion of an ilium is much shorter than its post- acetabular part, and also on a very much lower level. In front its bor- der is emarginated, transversely truncate, and somewhat serrated. The surface of the bone is concave, and for the most part looks upward and outward. Behind the acetakulum most of * the ilium is devoted to the lateral aspect of the pelvis. Turning to this side of the bone, _ we notice a pro-pubis of considerable size in front of the .cotyloid ring, while the post-pubic element is a long slender rod, extending directly - between the under side of the ob- - turator foramen and the postero- external angle of the ischium, with which it articulates. Beyond this, it trebles its width and curves rather abruptly toward the fellow of the opposite side. A very narrow, open strait connects the obturator fora- men and the obturator space; the former being rather smaller than usual and the latter very large. The lower margin of the ischium isconcave downward and very sharp, while the posterior border of the pelvis, formed by both the ischium and ilium, is perpendicular to the Jong axisof the bone. It shows one or two indentations that are not to be found in the same pelvic border of the Hider. _ The acetabulum is large, with its inner and outer rings nearly of the same size; an antitrochanter of mod- erate dimensions stands between it and the antero-superior margin of the large elliptical ischiac foramen. Proc. N. M. 88——15 Fic. 6. Right lateral view of pelvis, caudal vertebre, and sacral ribs of Mergus serrator ; life size. By the author, from specimen 16626, Smithsonian collection. Posterior to this latter aperture the ilium rises as a smooth dome Merdih 1984; 226 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. above its own postero lateral plane and the ischium which lies be- low if. In the present specimen this convexity shows a large fenestra in either ilium at its anterior part. No such vacuity exists in the Eider nor other Ducks in my possession. In some specimens the bone in the same locality is so thin that I expect it occasionally oceurs in those birds also. Fic. 7. Pelvis of Mergus serrator; viewed Fic. 8. Same view of pelvis of Somateria dres- from above. (Specimen 16626, Smithsonian seri. (Specimen 16989, Smithsonian collection.) collection.) Both figures life size. By the author. As already stated there are seven free caudal vertebrae and a py- gostyle. The neural canal passes through all of the former and a short distance into the latter. Above it the neural spines are notched in front, and have an elevated, stumpy process behind. | { : 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 227 Tbe ends of the shortened diapophyses of the first free caudal are usually overlapped by the ilia, but in the next segment these processes are much longer, to be longer still in the third and fourth vertebree. In the next two they again become shorter, to be entirely abortive in the ultimate one. In all they are broad and depressed. Chevron bones are freely articuiated between the centra of the last three or four vertebr of the tail; they are bifid in front and grow gradually smaller as we proceed in that direction. The pygostyle is here of considerable size, being an irregular quadri- lateral figure, with its lower margin thickened, and all the others thin and cultrate. Of the appendicular skeleton; pectoral limb.—When the skeleton of the upper extremity is in a position of rest alongside the body, we find that the humerus is somewhat longer than the bones of the antibra- chium, and the pinion also projects beyond them behind to the full ex- tent of the last phalanx of index digit. The humerus is characterized by a broad, proximal extremity, showing an enormously deep pneumatic fossa, and a distinct trench between the ulnar crest and articular head, running beneath the latter. Its cylin- drical shaft shows the usual sigmoid curves from radial and anconal views. Nothing unusual marks its distal extremity, where we find the trochlear tubercles for radius and ulna. These latter bones are non-pneumatic, in common with the remainder of the skeleton of this limb. The shaft of the radius is straight, whereas it is curved in the ulna, the concavity occurring on the side toward the interosseous space. The cylindrical shaft of this latter bone is faintly marked by a double row of papillz for the secondaries. In the carpus we find the two usual segments of forms common to the majority of the class. In the pinion the bones are all remarkably well developed. Carpo- metacarpus has its main shaft straight and of a caliber intermediate between those of the antibrachium, or larger than the shaft of radius and smaller than the shaft of ulna. First metacarpal is short and anchy- losed in the usual manner to shaft of index. The long trihedral pollex phalanx bears a distal joint, which is also the case with the second pha- lanx of index digit. All the bones of the pelvic extremity are non-pneumatic, though the principal long ones have sizable medullary cavities. The femur has a very Jarge head, which rises somewhat above the broad articular summit of the shaft, notwithstanding its crown is con- siderably excavated for the ligamentum teres. The axis of its neck makes an angle with the axis of the shaft. Trochanter major is suppressed above, while on the anterior aspect its thin edge partly surrounds a sort of fossa, where in other birds the pneumatic orifices occur. Its shaft is rather compressed from side to 228 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. side and bent very slightly in the anterior direction. About its middle, on the posterior aspect, there is a prominent muscular tuberosity, and other lines or scars for muscular insertion are evident. Of the condyles the outer one is the lower, and it is profoundly cleft for the fibular head. The popliteal depression is represented by a characteristic conical pocket just above the internal condyle on the posterior aspect. The rotular channel in front is also deep, but does not extend up the shaft a great distance. From this same specimen I have illus- trated the patella of this Merganser else- where (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. vit). It is seen to consist of two segments, with an oblique groove in the cartilage connecting them. Through this the tendon of the < ambiens muscle passes. ae Se oe eee ae Tibio-tarsus has a straight shaft that, un- men 16626, Smithsonian collection.) like the femur above it, is somewhat com- is abate des ede pressed from before backward. At its proxi- Somateria dresseri. (Specimen 16989, tal extremity we find a cnemial process een eeu scoenuene 8 reared above its articular surface for the Fic.12. Same bone as Fig. 11, seen from below. All these figures life femur. Prominent cnemial ridges occupy eize.- Drawn by the autharfrom the’ the anterior aspect (Ol hiss as mena eee eee these the procnemial ridge is the higher and extends the lower on the inner side of the shaft. The distal end of tibio-tarsus presents nothing peculiar. The groove anteriorly is deep, and the osseous bridge that spans it is thrown directly across. The external condyle is the broader in front, and its outer aspect is in the same plane with the side of the shaft, while the corre- sponding surface of the inner condyle lies beyond the plane of the shaft, for its own side. Behind, these condyles still continue to be parallel to each other, but separated by an intercondyloid concavity that from its shallowness is scarcely worthy of the name, while the condyles themselves really merge into a broad, articular surface in this locality. | The fibula, when articulated, is found to rise above the summit of the tibia and project beyond it posteriorly. Its head is compressed from side to side, which gives it a very short, transverse diameter, while its antero-posterior one is fully three times as long. The articulation with the fibular ridge on the side of the tibio-tarsal shaft exceeds in length that portion of the bone that projects above it, and equals in length the slender portion that is found below. The connection between the bones along this ridge is of a ligamentous nature, and the distal fibular . | mt 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 229 end seems to be attached pretty much in the same way to the side of the tibial shaft. This latter articulation occurs at a point about the unction of middle and lower thirds of the shaft of the larger leg bone. Fic. 13. Sternum of Somateria dresseri; pectoral aspect. (Specimen 16989, Smithsonian collection.) 3y the author. Life size. With the exception of its proximal fourth, the farso-metatarsus 1s con- siderably compressed from side to side, much in the same way as we find it in the Urinatoride. and to the same end. In order to show that this is simply an- other example in the skeleton of this Mer- ganser of a physiological adaptation of structure to meet a certain requirement demanded on the part of its habits, I have, in Figs. 9 to 12, contrasted this bone, in two views, with thesame bone taken from a specimen of the American Eider Duck, a bird far less noted as an habitual diver. It will be seen at a glance that fundament- : ally these two bones are essentially upon a the same plan of structure, or, in other — Fic. 14. The furewlaof Somateria dres- words, both are of an anserine type. The *”: iste seinagsiesenaeivia hypotarsus of this bone in Mergus consists RE oe oes. of four vertical ridges—an inner large and longest one and three others 230 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. of equal length. They form the grooves for the usual flexor tendons passing to the toes. Notwithstanding their lateral compression, the trochlexw of the distal end are very large, their median grooves distinet, and carried all the way around. The inner trochlea is elevated upon the shaft, and only descends as far as the base of the middle one. It is also turned slightly ° inward, and at the same time projects the farthest behind. The usual foraminal perforation is seen in the furrow between the middle and outer trochlew, just above the cleft that divides them. We find the accessory metatarsal of a moderate size and elevated far above the inner trochlear projection—not articulating with the shaft of the tarso-metatarsus, as in many birds, but attached to a ligamentous structure stretching between the lower part of the hypotarsus and the trochlea above mentioned. The hind toe which it supports is fully developed, with basal joint and claw, though it is proportionately much smaller in comparison with the three anterior toes with their large joints. These latter need no special description, they are articulated and fash- ioned as in the anserine fowl generally, as well as being conformable with the most usual arrangement in regard to number of joints allotted to the several toes. We may faney that a certain amount of lateral compression is present in the phalanges of these podal digits, but if it is So, it is very slight, being little more in degree than is enjoyed by like skeletal parts in the feet of the Anatine. To present the characters of the skeleton of the Anatine more in detail, I have chosen for the purpose a specimen of the common Spoon-bill Duck (Spatula clypeata) and will now rapidly review its osteology. OSTEOLOGY OF SPATULA CLYPEATA. So faras its skeleton goes this bird is very closely allied to the Teals, a fact that perhaps might not be suspected on first sight from external appearances alone. Beyond its increase in size, the chief point in de- parture from this genus is seen in the enormous development.of the premaxilla and a corresponding enlargement of the mandibles (Figs. 15 to 18, Pmz.). In the dried and properly prepared skull of Spatula, this premaxilla is an elegant, symmetrically formed, yet delicate scroll of bone, and, so far as Tam aware, unequaled by any similar structure among verte- brates. At the middle part of the anterior are there oeeurs a thicken- ing, Which in lite supports the “nail” of the integumental sheath. Both this and the region on either side is quite thickly studded with foramina. The external narial apertures are placed well back, as may be seen in Figs. 15 and 16, they being of a subelliptical outline. Com- paratively speaking, these openings are considerably larger in the Swans and Geese, while in such a form as Glaucionetta islandica they 18€8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 231 relatively occupy a mid-site on the mandibular side, the nasal being a broader bone. I have figured a side view of the skull of this latter Duck in Coues’s “ Key,” second edition, where this feature may be seen. Spatula and the Teals always have ae extremity of the nasal median processes of the premaxillary remain distinct to a large extent in the cranio-facial region throughout life (Fig. 16). This is also well shown in the Maliard, less so in Olor, and barely observable in Hutchin’s Goose. | SES enna eae Fic. 15. Right lateral view of the skull of Spatula clypeata, 3; lite size. From a specimen in the author’s cabinet, and used throughout this article where this form is figured. 1, lachrymal; Pima, premaxillary; g, quadrate; pt, pterygoid; pl, palatine; Mxp, mavillo-palatine. Mobility of the cranio-facial hinge, however, does not seem to depend upon this condition, for in Glaucionetta, where a considerable amount is enjoyed, this individualization of the nasal processes of the premax- illa does not obtain to such a marked extent. Confining ourselves for the present to the lateral aspect of the skull (Fig. 15), we find a notorious anatidine character very pronounced in Spatula, and this is the enormous development of the lachrymal (1) and the consequent antero-extension of the lachrymo-frontal region. The descending process of this bone reaches backward toward the long sphenotic apophysis, nearly to touch it in Glaucionetia, in which Duck it usually lacks the terminal dilation so prominent in our subject, and still more so in the Swans. The interorbital septum rarely shows any deficiencies in its bony plate, the Golden-Eye being the only form in which I have met such a condition, and in this fowl it is very small. In all Anatide the osseous pars plana seems to be aborted, simply a low, bony ridge indicating where it is developed in other birds. The mesethmoid is developed, however, as a strong median abutment ex- tending far forward beneath the cranio-frontal region. A vacuity usually occurs throughout the group, high up on the pos- terior orbital wall, though the foramen for the exit of the olfactory nerve is not notably large, and the one for the optic is distinet from the outlying smaller nerve apertures about it. Most Ducks and the Brant have the track for the passage of the olfactory to the rhinal chamber an open groove, while in QOlor it may be practically overarched by bone. As already intimated in a former paragraph, Spatula, in common with others of the suborder, had a greatly lengthened sphenotic or 232 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES, post-frontal process, while the squamosal projection would hardly attract attention in any of them. The infraorbital bar is long, nearly straight, narrow, and much com- pressed from side to side. On its upper edge beneath the lacrymal a little papilli-form elevation is usually seen. Its quadrate extremity is slightly tilted upward be- fore it sinks into the pit in that bone. - This up- ward deflection is best observed in the Swans, not being well marked in our Broad-bill. The maxillary (Max) extremity of the bar is in all firmly wedged in between the palatine and the dentary process of the premaxilla, being com- pletely fused with these bones in the adult. Anatide as arule, and Spatula form no excep- tion, possess a large and massive quadrate, This bone las in them a broad and subecompressed body of a quadrilateral form, to the antero-supe- rior angle of which a spine-like orbital process is superadded and rather deflected toward the me- dian plane. The mandibular foot of this element supports two elongated facets, placed side by side with their major axes extended in the trans- verse direction. The inner of these facets is al- ways the smaller. At the mastoidal extremity of the quadrate we find a globular head, fairly divided in two by a shallow groove running from before backward. This articular end is well incased by the sur- rounding bone. The quadrato-jugal and pterygoidal articula- tions require no special mention, they being much as we find them in a number of other water fowl. Fic. 16. Skull of Spatula my clypeata scen from above; Anatide have the lateral aspect of the cranium mandible removed; life size. Letters as before. smooth and evenly convex, while lower down a shallow and vertically elongated crotaphyte fossa can generally be pretty well made out. I find it least pronounced in Hntchin’s Goose, while it is quite strong in the Garrot. In all cases it is produced downward upon the highly developed temporal wing, which forms the back part of the bony ear-conch. This latter is con- spicuous in having, in most Ducks, incurling margins to protect it. These laiter are not so manifest in the Geese, and they are absent en- tirely in Olor. In Fig. 16 we have an upper view of the skull of Spatula, and this permits us to gain a very good idea of the enormous development of the premaxilla (Pm). -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 233 The frontolacrymal region we observe to be unusually elongated, and in this form concaved in a longitudinal median direction. This latter feature obtains also in the Mallard and the Teals, where it is quite as well marked, while, on the other hand, in the Swans, Brant, and Geese this fronto-lacrymal region is not so strikingly lengthened, being flat in some of the latter and mounded up in some Cygnine. The space between the orbital margins on this aspect shows considerable width, more particularly in such forms as Glaucionetta, where it is marked by a longitudinal median crease. The supraorbital glandular depressions for the nasal glands, so prominent in many of the Auks and other water fowl, are here in the Anatide rarely well marked. In Spatula they consist in a very narrow trimming off of the edge of the orbital periph- eries, barely perceptible in the Mallard and Anas carolinensis. In Glaucionetta they are better developed, but in this Duck they are really moved down so as to form one of the features of the lateral aspect of the skull Brig. 63, w, Coues’s “Key,” 2d ed.). They are quite well marked in the Hutchin’s Goose. Spatula, Anas boschas, and the Teals have a strongly incised notch on either side, at the anterior are of the supraorbital rim, which - seems to define the posterior ending of the lachrymal bone. Itis absent in the Garrot, _ but again characteristic in Swans and Geese. | The vault of the cranium behind is, upon this aspect, usually smooth and rounded. A _ longitudinal crease may pass it in the middle line, and elevations on either side in some forms (Spatula, Olor) faintly indicate the divi- _ sions of the encephalon within. YG. 17. Under side of the skull | Loatula elypeata ; mandible re- Turning now to the under view of the skull “uoved; life size. Same specimen with Map, maxillo-palatine, and the other letters as before. of the Spoon-bill, we are to note the great con- cavity of the reac with its sharply- defined parial gutters for vessels and nerves ax 1 tiehes -amifications. As is well known, all the Anatide exhibit the typical desmognathous arrangement of the palatal bones. The maxill)-palatines unite in the ‘middle line to form a large bony mass (Mxp), in front of which there occurs in all the Chenomorphe, that I have been enabled to examine, a ‘more or less cleanly cut elliptical opening, the remnants of a much greater vacuity of other birds. In the Swans these maxillo-palatines are 234 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. quite spongy; in Branta canadensis hutchinsii they unite with a firm lamel- liform nasal septum that makes a long abutment against the roof of the rhinal chamber above. This nasal septum is entirely absent in Spatula, and illy developed in Anas carolinensis and the Mallard. My drawing of the basal view of this Duck illustrates Coues’n “ Key,” (Fig. 78), where the above points may be compared with advantage. In Spatula (and the arrangement, with a few unimportant minor dif- ferences, holds good for the group) the palatines (pl) are horizontally compressed at their anterior ends, where they form anchylosed schin- dylesial articulations with the premaxilla and maxillaries, as already deseribed. The body of one of these bones is slenderer along its middle length, separated by a wide interval from its fellow, and half the dis- tance from the vomer (v). Its “ascending process” is short, and is carried along the upper vo- werine margin, where it unites with the opposite palatine to form a lon- Fic. 18. Rear view of skull of Spatula clypcata. Fic. 19. Rear view of skull of Glaucionetta ; islandica. Both figures lite size, from the speci- mens. Mandiblesremoyved. Lettersas before. gitudinal, rib-like re-enforceement along the upper edge of that bone. It is only in this situation that the anserine palatines meet each other. The joint that one of these bones makes with the corresponding ptery- goid (pt) is a sort of mortise-and-tenon arrangement that very per- fectly meets the requirements of the parts involved. The palatines barely escape resting against the under side of the rostrum of the sphenoid, which passes immediately above them. This is true of all the Anatide so far as I have seen. As to the vomer (v) proper, we find it to be a thin lamella of bone in the median line, supported, as pointed out above, by the rib on its upper margin developed from the ascending processes of the palatines. This portion is carried forward by a thickening of the vomer itself, somewhere beyond its middle, as a protuding spine like anterior pro- cess. This spine usually rests in a groove formed by the union of the max- illo-palatines behind, though in the skull of a female Mallard before me not only this projection, but a good share of the vomerine plate has fused with this maxillo-palatine mass in part, to become immovably connected with them. aescme oni 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 235 The lower margin of the vomer is sharp, and the whole plate is gently arched in such a manner as to make the upper edge convex along its continuity, the reverse obtaining below. When speaking of the palatines I neglected to invite attention to the notch found on the inner margin of either one of them about opposite the anterior termination of the vomerine plate. This notch is converted into a foramen in the Mallard, and entirely absent in Hutchin’s Goose and the Whistling Swan. Spatula possesses a pterygoid (pt) of the same general form it assumes in any of the Anatide. Its shaft is short and straight, while its anterior end is much enlarged, first, by a descending lamina of bone developed upon it and, secondly, by the large sessile, elliptical facet on its oppo- site side for articulation with a similar facet on the sphenoidal rostrum. Anterior to this facet the pterygoid develops an upturned process of spine like dimensions, which, when the bones are in situ, is closely ap- plied to the back side of the ascending process of the palatine. Below this process the pterygoid is deeply and roundly notched to receive a peg-like projection on the palatine, which movably fits into it. The projecting and rounded postero-external angle of the palatine _ extends below this pterygoidal articulation. Generally the lower border of the rostrum is rounded; it is very broadly so in Brant, though it becomes quite flat in Glaucionetta; there it may be carried forward as a projecting process. _ The anterior ethmoidal edge is always sharp, sloping forward and upward to become a median crest on the under side of that part of the _ bone which abuts against the frontal region for its entire length. In Spatula the basitemporal region is quite broad, and marked by a median and rounded ridge. This is carried out upon the pointed lip of bone that under-laps the double entrance of the Eustachian tubes in front. A decided dimple is found in front of the sessile and superiorly notched occipital condyle, while the furamen magnum is large, of a cordate outline, with its apex directed upward. Laterally we find the descending temporal wings, with the usual _ group of foramina to the inner side of each, at the base of quite a well- marked little fossa. The plane of the foramen magnum makes an angle of about 45° with the backwardly produced plane of the basis cranii. A posterior aspect of the skull of this Duck (Fig. 18) shows a con- spicuous supraoccipital prominence, with a large, vertical, and ellip- tical foramen opening into the cranial casket on either side of it. The occipital area is well divided off from the crotaphyte fossze by a raised ridge which surrounds it. These iast-named depressions are separated in the median line by quite an extensive interval. I believe they never meet in any true Duck. This description of the cranial base and posterior aspect of the skuil b 230 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. ii the Spoon-bill practically answers for the Mallard and the Teals, though, of course, slight differences do exist. In Glaucionetta islandica the basis cranii is proportionately flatter ; the temporal wings less manifest; a separate ridge bounds the fossa for the nerve and arterial foramina externally, and the condyle is more prominent and its superior median notch very deep. ‘The vault of the eranium is very lofty in this Duck (Fig. 19), and the ridge bounding the occipital area almost crest-like. ed a Speaking of the unusual height of the cranial vault in the Garrot, we find this bird very peculiarly constructed in this particular, for not only is the brain case of a size above the average for the group, but a curious and not inconsiderable dipléic cavity overlies the whole top of the skull, extending as far forward as the mesethmoid. Here it is interrupted by a pair on either side, one in front of the other, of deep and sharply de- fined chambers, with their apertures facing directly downward. This condition is not so pronounced in a young female Glaucionetta, a speci- men of which I have before me. Branta las a very large brain-case, and upon the under side of the skull of a specimen of 6. canadensis hutchinsii we note that a quadrate has an area of no mean size, and nearly horizontal, extending to the rear of its mandibular facets. In this Goose, too, we find a very broad and flat basi-temporal area, with the shield to the entrance of the Eu- stachian tubes nearly aborted, These latter appertures are wide apart at the situation usually protected by it. The temporal wings are feebly developed in comparison with the Cygnina, and the occipital condyle is almost pedunculated. The group of foramina to its inner side of either temporal wing is situate at the base of a well-defined fossa specially designed to receive them. Finally, we observe that the form of the foramen magnum is more elliptical in outline rather than cordate, as we found it in the Ducks. Above it the supraoccipitat prominence is very conspicuous, while the foramina on either side of it may or may not exist. In the skull taken from a magnificent male specimen of Olor colum- bianus* I find the basi-temporal triangle comparatively very small, with the dimple anterior to the condyle deep and having parial ones placed side by side in front of it. The descending temporal wings are enor- mously developed, each one overshadowing a considerable excavation to its inner side. The condyle is relatively smaller than it is in the Geese, and its supe- rior notch not so well marked, while the foramen magnum is quite cir- cular in outline. Elliptical vacuities may or may not exist at the sides *LTam greatly indebted to the generosity of Mr. G. Frean Morcom, of Chicago, for this present. The bird was forwarded to me by Mr. Morcom from Chicago to Fort Wingate, N. Mex., by express. It arrived in excellent condition in the flesh, and the fine skeleton it afforded me has been of the greatest service in the present connection. When this memoir is published it is my intention to present the specimen to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington as a type.—R. W.S. F /18&8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNIT2D STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 204 / of the fairly well-pronounced supraoccipital elevation. The plane of the occipital area is nearly or quite perpendicular to the plane of the basis cranti. Anatide have their skulls more or less perfectly permeated by air, and when properly prepared are really structures of great beauty, as is the glistening white skull of the Swan before me, which is so exceed- ‘ingly light for its size and withal so graceful in outline. Few and unimportant are the differences that are found to exist be- tween any two mandibles of representative Anatida, the general type of the structure being quite a uniform pattern, as it prevails throughout the entire group. Perhaps Spatula offers us as great a departure from the common form of the anatidine mandible as any American Duck we have, and even here we find, on side view, that it possesses all the essen- tial characters. of the bone as found in the group. Seen upon this Jatter aspect we have presented us for examination the lamelliform and ver- tical angular processes. These are greatly produced directly backward, to be abrupt!y recurved upward at their extremities. ‘This is the style also in Olor, but in Hutchin’s Goose they are saber shaped and gradually recurve upward. Beyond this process the articular facet projects from the ramal side, and at a varying distance (for the species) in front of this we find aconstant process for muscular attachment. This last is situate at about the middle of the deepest and most plate-like portion of the ramus, and in a Swan is ridge-like, being con- nected with the coronoid process on the edge of the bone immediately above it. ; In front of this the ramal vacuity—a narrow slit— is usually completely closed by the splenial element, The bone now becomes shallower in the vertical di- rection, its superior and inferior borders rounded, while a well-defined gutter for the passage of nerves and vessels marks its entire length. As a rule, among the Anatidw the symphysis is rather deep, rounded beneath, and correspondingly -coneave above, the under side being thickly studded with vascular foramina. Spatula has a somewhat dif- _ ferent anterior ending from this, as is shown in Fig. 20. In the middle line in front a sort of “nail” is devel- : oped like the one found on the superior mandible, though not so strong. The superior ramal margins are continued round this projection, forming its edge, while the spoon-like dilatation is insured by the outer — pic. 20, Mandible of ramal sides shelving away from this upper border, so Spatula elypeata; seen : from above; adult ¢; as to face upward and outward rather than directly life size, from the speci- outward, as they do posteriorly. men. ‘ 238 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. The form most common for the mandible to have, as viewed from above, is well exemplified in Glaucionetta, as shown in Fig. 21, which presents this aspect of the bone in the Garrot. The articular projections lie nearly in the horizontal plane, and each one supports the two concavities for the mandibular foot of the quad-— rate. A rather slender intwined process directed upward and toward — the medial plane projects from theinnerone. This may presenta small — pneumatic foramen at its extremity. Beneath either of these articular portions of the mandible, and to the inner side of the angular process, we discover a deep conical fossa, with its apex to the front. It is intended for muscular insertion, and is pre- — sent, | believe, throughout the group. : The mandible is very imperfectly pneumatie, particularly in the Brant, where the bone some- times, if vot always, entirely lacks this condition. For the general form assumed by the hyoidean apparatus in these birds the reader is referred to — my figure of these parts as they occur in Branta — canadensis, in Coues’s * Key,” second edition, on page 167 (Fig. 72). Here we find an elongated elliptical piece in front, of some width, which represents the glos- sohyal and absorbed ceratohyals. It develops a median facet anteriorly for articulation, with a ecar- tilaginous rod, which passes into the soft part of the tongue proper. This glossohyalis longitudinally coneaved beneath and correspondingly convex above; it articulates with the fused basi-branchials, the first one of which is by far the stouter element, the second almost spiculiform in its dimensions, and produced by a cartilaginous tip behind. Baga tent tagevee The thyrohyal elements consist each of the two Glaucionetta islandica; UWSUal parts, and these greater cornua curl up grace- seen from above, adult fylly behind the skull, after the fashion of the class ¢ ; life size ; from nature. generally. Without entering upon details, I find after careful comparison of a sufficient number of skulls, that of the Teals, the Blue-winged species — (A. discors), more nearly approaches Spatula than any of that genus, while, on the other hand, a very close resemblance is seen to exist ke- tween the skull of Spatula and that of the Mallard, the most evident points of difference in these last being the shape of the premaxilla and the more robust type of skull possessed by the Mallard. With but very few exceptions, I believe I have shot every species of Duck in this country, yet, at the present writing, 1 regret to say that I have not at hand the skulls of the genera Dafila, Anas strepera, nor Anas penelope, — . 3 & etn i’ 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209 and it will be very interesting to compare these forms on some future occasion with those described in the foregoing paragraphs. It is a well-known fact that the number of vertebre in the spinal column of the Anatidw is by no means constant. Even genera sup- posed to be quite nearly related may differ in this particular, so that careful records in this direction are very much needed, and when a sufficient number have been taken to insure absolute accuracy such data will be of service. In the subjoined table I have but little to offer, but it is the resuit of a careful count in each case, and will go to show some of the differences referred to and the method of comparison. Number of ine | | srtalrm | Lree caudal | vertebra in er tebre wat Dorsal aces vertebrae (to Species. | cervical re- | |. Saosin vertebree (In-| ——., Iwig | Which pygo- Ba onranhont ribs not reacbing clusive) with pelvis Simloun faiie Ss > - 7 > sive sow) J a8 J Heenan sternum. (inclusive). added). | | Seca = = | eee Olor columbianus ..-- .---| 22 POO pe ceiereetactaer 24th to 28th | 29th to 45th | 46th to 52d. Spatula clypeata .--.-----. 15 HalGthtar mnie etter | 17th to 21st | 22d to 37th | 38th to 44th. AUS QUSCOTS = 5 sre Se cies | 15 GCE RS eerie | 17th to 21st | 22d to 87th | 38th to 43d. Glaucionetta islandica-.--.| 15 | 16th and 17th...-) 18th to 21st | 22d to 37th | 38th to 43d. Now, in the case of Spatula and Glaucionetta, in the specimens before me, the thirty-eighth vertebra, though free and really a caudal, lies within the grasp of the hinder ends of the iliac bones, whereas in the Teals this segment is found one vertebra’s length behind them or entirely without their grasp. It will be seen, however, that this does not affect the total count, it remaining forty-four for the first-named genus and but forty-three for the Garrot. I mention this because specimens may yet be found where this thirty-eighth vertebra has united with the pelvis, as from the position it occupies it is perfectly possible for it to do in the genera mentioned. The general characters of these segments as they are exhibited by most Ducks are very well shown in Spatula. The atlas has its cup perforated by the odontoid process of the atlas vertebra, and is characteristics in having the lateral canals—a feature, so far as I am informed at present, that is common to the Anseres. An open carotid canal is provided for by the sixth to the twelfth ver- tebrie, after which a strong median hypapophysis takes its place, and this becomes tricornuted in the sixteenth segment and first dorsal, while in the eighteenth and nineteenth it is a long median plate. The fifth and sixth cervical usually has the best-marked neural spine, which is there a long, though not high, median crest. The lateral ca- nals in the first half of the cervical region are long and tubular, while the parapophyses are co-ossified for nearly their entire lengths with their sides. Anatide possess the ‘ heteroccelous” type of articulation among the centra of thespinalcolumn. A strong hypapophysis is found on the second and third cervical vertebrie, to be much reduced in the 240 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. succeeding one, while the following segments in the skeleton of the neck are notably broad and rather long. In this region one thing is sure to attract our attention, and this is the brevity of the pre- and postzygapophyses, an arrangement which has the effect of very ma- terially reducing the size of the intervertebral spaces or apertures, In the dorsal region the vertebre are not only locked together by their close-fitting neural spines, but a very extensive system of meta- pophysial and other bony spicule render the strapping still more effi- cient. The transverse processes are very wide, too, so that, notwith- standing the fact that these segments are all free, the mobility enjoyed by this division of the column is very much compromised. Pneuma- ticity is but very imperfectly extended to the vertebr of the column, especially in the cervical region; while this is likewise true of the Swans, this condition in them is very much more complete, and their dorsal vertebrie are wonderfully well provided for in this particular. The ribs seem always to be non-pneumatie, with large anchylosed unciform processes, being wide and flat in the body above the points where they are attached. Glaucionetia is notorious for both of these characters. Spatula has on one side seven ribs that connect with the sternum by costal ribs; one pair behind these, where the hemapophysis fails to reach that bone, and, finally, a small floating hemapopbysis clinging to the posterior margin of the latter. The last two pairs of vertebral ribs come from the sacrum and are without uncifurm processes. This arrangement of the ribs prevails also in Anas cyanoptera, while in Glaucionetta the series leads off with two pairs of free ribs, one on the sixteenth and one on the seventeenth vertebra, the following six connecting with the sternum, and three pairs coming from the consol- idated sacral vertebre, making in all nine pairs of ribs to each side, the last three not bearing unciform processes. In Olor columbianus the arrangement is again entirely different. Here we find the series leading off with one pair of free ribs (on the twenty- third vertebra), followed by nine pairs that connect with the sternum by costal ribs and completed by-a purely floating pair that neither joins with the pelvis above nor the sternum below. This gives the Swan eleven pairs of ribs. Of these the first, and the last four are without unciform appendages. In those ribs where they do occur they are anchylosed to them and are not notably large. The last four pairs of ribs come from beneath the ilia in this Swan and eurve far backward, reminding us of a condition that is still more pronounced in the Loons. Nor is this the only feature in Olor wherein it resembles that family, as we will see further on. This Swan has a low median hypapophysis on each dorsal vertebra, and the neural crests of these segments are comparatively low, being laced together by long spiculie, as we described them for the Ducks. The skeleton of the tail is much as it is in Spatula and Teals, in -¥ - Jt et ia ‘Cet. a) eee ee ee ne ite Oat el a te! a 8 . 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 241 which genera the diapophyses are wide and spreading, while beneath, the ventral apophyses are anchylosed to the centra upon which they occur and hook forward over the preceding vertebral body. The pygo- style in these and most forms of the group is somewhat elongated, of an irregular quadrilateral outline, with thickened posterior border. Glaucionetta has very wide and spreading transverse processes to its caudal vertebrae, and the chevron bones upon the last two are free and rest mainly upon the intervertebral cartilage, as a greater series of them do in the Swans. Turning our attention now to the consideration of the pelvis, we find this compound bone in Spatula presenting us upon its dorsal aspect the following points for our examination: The ilio-neural canals are com- pletely closed in by the ilia meeting and anchy losing with the crista of the leading sacral vertebra. This is the case, I believe, throughout the entire or- der. .On either side of this the pre-ace- tabular portion of the ilium is longitudi- nally coneaved, each anterior border being emarginated by raised bone and embel- lished with a few projecting spicule. The post-acetabular sacral portion of the pelvis is in general in the horizontal plane, being pierced in an irregular man- ner by a few scattered and small inter- diapophysial foramina, while a median furrow, deepest behind, marks its entire length. From this part of the pelvis the sides slope gently away. The posterior margin is more or less unevenly notched; the notch indicating on either side, however, the point of union between ilium and is- chium is constant both as to occurrence and location. So far as we have thus de- seribed the bone it will answer in general terms for the Teals, but in Glaucionetta < the pre-acetabular area is notably shorter, —F19- 22. Dorsal view of the pelvis of a P . : Spatula clypeata. Size of life. while behind the bone is more spreading, the interdiapophysial foramina far more numerous and larger, and, finally, the posterior margin is nearly even. Upon the lateral aspect of the pelvis in Spatula we find rather a large eotyloid ring, surmounted at its upper and back part by a modest antitrochanter. The ischiac for- amen is extensive and subelliptical in outline. Behind this we some- times find, both in this species and in the Teals, a thin tract of bone, which thinning may be carried to the point of forming another fora- men, or a post-ischiac foramen, which is quite large in some specimens, Proc. N, M, 88—-—16 Lg pro do (SS . 242 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. In all the Anatide that 1 have examined a pro-pubis is to be found jutting forward from its usual site. This is the case in Spatula. Be- hind this a small obturator foramen, nearly closed in, is to be noted, while the obturator space is very large and completely surrounded by bone behind, through the foot-like process afforded by the ischium. This latter projection articulates with a facet, intended for that purpose, on the upper border of the post-pubis. The post-pubis is a slender rod as it passes beneath the obturator space, but after its articulation with the ischium posteriorly it has its width nearly doubled, and in Glaucionetta the hinder ends are slightly enlarged. This latter Duck departs from the above description princi- pally in such a minor detail as having a relatively much larger ischiae foramen and longer obturator space. In allof these species we find the pelvic basin upon the ventral aspect very capacious, both as to its depth and width. As I have already stated elsewhere, the pelvis in Olor has a very dif- ferent form from that bone as we find it in the Ducks. It assumes a shape that at once brings to our mind the mergine pattern, with its greater length as compared with its width; the almost entire disappear- <1 cites te Fic. 23. Left lateral aspect of pelvis of Spatula clypeata ; life size. Same specimen as Fig. 22. auce of the interdiapophysial foramina, and the broad, paddle-shaped extremities of the post-pubic elements. This model sees its extreme modification in the Pygopodes; and if we remove the intrasternal chamber for the accommodation of the tracheal loop, we find in the sternum, too, of the Swan a great deal to remind us of that bone in Urinator. Spatula possesses, in common with most Ducks, a completely non- pneumatic shoulder girdle. In it we find a broad, U-shaped fureula, de- void of hypocleidium and with its long, pointed, clavicular heads extend- ing almost directly backward. On the upper side, where either of these latter merge with the limbs, we find a peculiar little peg-like process, that is quite characteristic of most Anatide. The scapula is long and curved, the curve being in the plane of its blade, with the convex bor- der mesiad, Its posterior end is simply rounded off, and its head makes a firm articulation with the broad, scapular process of the coracoid, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 243 This latter bone has its shaft much compressed from before, backward, while its sternal extremity develops an unusual expansion, the infero- external angle of which is truncated. Anas discors agrees in its pectoral arch, in the main, with the one just described for the Broad-bill. It has, however, arudimentary hypo- cleidium present, This latter feature is entirely absent in Glaucionetta, where the fur- cula is-very strong and its U very broad. Otherwise the bone is gen- erally marked by all the characters it bears in the Ducks. The blade of the scapulain Glaucionetta is much arched, and shorter and broader than it is in the Teals. The coracoid presents nothing peculiar, having much the same form that it has in Spatula, though it agrees with the Teals in having a comparatively longer shaft. Aside from its greater size, Olor possesses a scapula very like that bone in Glaucionetta. TheSwan has its coracoid, however, very short and thick-set, and does not at once suggest to us its family relations, though amoment’s study is sufficient to trace the modifications and resem- blance. The unique form assumed by the furcula of this stately fowl is well known to us. Its clavicular heads are long drawn out to termi- nate posteriorly in sharp points. Moreover, the bone is highly pneu- matic, the foramina being found well up on the outer aspect of either limb, in a longitudinal excavation that there occurs. These clavicular limbs gradually approach each other as they descend, and when they come close fo and opposite the middle points of the anterior and ver- tical borders of the tracheal entrance to the sternum they are refiected upward, and unite asa U-areh in the median line just beneath the manubrium. The anterior aspect of this secondary arch is convex, while behind it is much concaved, especially at its highest point, where a small circumscribed pit occurs. The object of this modification of the fourchette in the Swan is to permit the tracheal loop that enters the carina of the sternum a passage-way, but the requisition of the entire arrangement is one of those problems in anatomy which, I believe, still awaits a final solution. The sternum affords another instance of skeletal likenesses between Fic. 24. Left lateral aspect of sternum of Spatula clypeata ; life size. Same specimen as before. the genus Spatula and the Teals; indeed, this bone in the latter genus is to all intents and purposes the perfect miniature of the sternum of 244 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. the former Duck. On its dorsal aspect the bone is much conecaved throughout and presents a single, median, pneumatic foramen just within its anterior border. This aperture, though a smaller one, is also seen in the Garrot, but the sternum of that Duck is a non-pneumatie one. It will be observed from Fig. 24 that the sternum of the Spoon-bill possesses quite a prominent, peg-like manubrium, and that its sharp, anterior carinal border slopes to the front, forming an acute angle with the convex and ribbed inferior margin of the keel at their point of inter- section. This keel extends the entire length of the sternal body, and is withal rather a deep one. The usual swell that fortifies it in front is uncom- monly broad. Above the manubrium, in front, the coracoidal grooves unite in the median line, and the common bed thus formed is carried out laterally, on either side, to a point opposite the middle of the base of the costal process. These latter projections are rather lofty and prominent, each being of a broad, quadrilateral outline. Either costal border occupies less than half of the lateral margin, the remainder being somewhat curved and cultrate. Regarding this bone from a pectoral as- pect (Fig. 25), we notice that the form of the sternal body is oblong, with a slight out- curving of the lateral xiphoidal processes behind. These latter form the external boundaries to the large subelliptical vacui- ties, one on either side of the hinder ex- tremity of the bone; but they fail to con- vert these apertures into true fenestra, from the fact that their inturned tips never reach the external angles of the mid-xiphoidal 2 a prolongation, as shown in the figure. This Fic. 25. Under view of sternum of Jatter projection always has its posterior aeehown a Tie 4 mebore margin fortified by a raised and thickened edge, which is ecentinuous with the rib of the inferior carinal border. The principal muscular line seen upon either side of this wall of the sternum, extends directly from the middle point of that lip of bone which underlaps the outer end of the coracoidal groove, to follow the inner edge of the xiphoidal notch to the apex of the postero-external angle of the mid-projection, traveling the entire length of the sternum, of course, to do so. Now Glaucionetta islandica has a sternum of an entirely different form from the bone as I have just described it for Spatula and the Teals. 1888.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 245 In the first place, its body is relatively much shorter for its width than it is in those Ducks, while in front the manubrial process has entirely disappeared. Again, the costal processes are loftier and more conspic- uous. The xiphoidal extremity of the bone is very broad and is pierced well within its hinder margin, on either side, by an elliptical foramen, as shown in Fig. 26, where it will also be observed that the carina does not extend the entire length of the sternal body, but stops short at the Fic. 26. Pectoral aspect of sternum of Glaucionetta islandica; life size. From a specimen in the col- lection of the author. middle point of a raised line, that, being produced as it is, is tangent to the posterior ares of the xiphoidal fenestrie. The muscular lines take about the same course as they doin Spatula, with the exception that their posterior ends are inclined inward rather than outward, as in the form mentioned. This form of sternum agrees in many particulars with the bone as we find it in Mergus, though in the Eider Ducks, as I have elsewhere pointed out, the xiphoidal extremity 1s deeply two-notched. Such differences certainly are signifieant, and must be awarded their due share of weight in the search for affinities among the several forms of this order, and it will be interesting to find with what similar char- acters they are associated. Another engaging subject in the anatomy of the Anatide is the study ‘of the various forms taken on by the osseous labyrinth at the bifurea- 246 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. tion of the bronchi. This is of a very unique shape in Glaucionetta, and I have figured a specimen of it as it occurs in this Duck in Coues’s “Key,” showing the development from behind (second edition, Fig. 98). It is my intention, on some future occasion, to make a thorough com- parison of these tracheal caskets as they are found in our American Anseres, continuing the labors of Garrod and Yarrell in that direction. Anseres always have the extremities powerfully developed, and in consequence we find strong skeletal supports for their pectoral and pel- vie limbs. The bones that enter into them, howeve7, rarely offer any- thing peculiar or make any marked departures from the average type of the skeleton of the parts in Aves. In Figs. 27 and 34 of Coues’s Key I offer drawings of the pectoral and pelvic limbs of Glaucionetta islandica, and they give a very good idea of these bones as they occur among the Ducks generally. It must be noted, however, that in Fig. 27 (of the Key”) another small joint must be added at D, in order to pertect the limb. This part of the skeleton in Glaucionetta is completely non-pneumatic; not the case with many other Ducks. It must likewise be observed that in Fig. 54 the patella is not shown, whereas I believe this fowl possesses one in common with other Ducks. Professor Coues lettered these two drawings of mine himself, and by an oversight has made in Fig. 34 am. point to one of the trochlexe of tarso-metatarsus instead of the accessory metatarsal. Olor, the Teals, and the Spoon-bill all have a perfectly pneumatic humerus, the foramina being found at their usual site. In the last-named species this bone is considerably longer than the non-pneumatic ulna and radius. Its radial crest is rather low and short, while the ulnar one curls conspicuously over the pneumatic fossa. Be- tween this latter and the humeral head a deep notch, or rather groove, is found. The shaft is of a glistening whiteness, and composed of a wonderfully compact tissue, and shows scarcely any curve along its continuity. The distal extremity presents the usual characters, the obiique and ul- nar tubercle on the radial side and a broad passage for the tendons on the other. Along the shaft of the ulna we notice a faintly pronounced row of pa- pill for the secondary quill-butts, a longitudinal muscular line marking the opposite side. This bone is considerably bowed along its proximal third, while, on the other hand, the radius is nearly straight. The two carpal elements which remain free throughout life in Aves generally are here present, and of a comparatively large size. Ulnare in most Ducks, and less so in the Swan, shows a strongly-defined groove down its anconal aspect for the lodgment of the tendon which there passes, Carpo-metacarpus presents the usual form, and its main shaft is more than two-thirds as long as the radius. There are two phalanges in pol- lex digit, as there are three in index, the blade of the proximal joint of . 2 1868.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 247% this latter finger being narrow and solid; the little joint behind it ex- tending rather more than half way down its posterior border. Among the Swans the general plan of the limb is the same, but the humerus, an exquisitely beautiful bone in these birds, is but very slightly longer than the ujna. The skeleton of the pinion is quite as we find it in the Ducks. I have yet to find a true American anserine bird that possesses a pheumatic bone in its pelvic limb. All the species before me entirely lack this character. In Spatula the trochanterian ridge of the femur has a thick, curling crest on the antero-superior aspect of the bone, but at the summit it is leveled down to the same plane with the articular surface. The head is rather large and sessile and the excavation for the round ligament shallow. We find the distal extremity unusually large; indeed, all the bony structures that enter into a Duck’s knee-joint are large and massive. This is particularly the case with the condylar extremity of the femur in Glaucionetta, where these prominences are powerfully produced be- hind, and a wide and deep cleft splits the outer one for the fibular head. In this form, too, a deep pit is found in the popliteal fossa. Returning to the femur of Spatula, we note that its shaft is nearly straight, being marked by the usual muscular lines, while the pit just spoken of is absent. The rotular channel extends slightly up the shaft above the condyles, whereas in Glaucionetta this is not the case, and in this Duck the femoral head is notably large and extensively excavated on top; the lower third of its shaft is somewhat bowed to the front and a little twisted, recalling to our mind the power of that peculiar arch as exhibited in such a marked degree in Urinator. The Spoon-bill, and I suppose other Ducks will show the same, has an extraordinarily formed patella, being flat on top, wedge-shaped in front, broad and concave behind, deeply excavated and arciied below, while across its anterior face it is profoundly slit in the oblique direction for the tendon of the ambiens muscle. In the tibio-tarsus we find a large, flake-like, and jutting procnemial crest, which curls toward the fibular side and ends abruptly high up on the shaft. The ectocnemial crest is also turned outward, but is low and thick. These prominences are but slightly elevated above the articular summit of the bone, while in Glaucionetta they are carried up in such a manner as almost to rival the Grebe in this particular, having very much the same form. The tibio-tarsal shaft in Spatula is straight, smooth, and subcylin- drical. It affords at its outer side the usual ridge for the accommoda- tion of the fibula. This is very long in the Garrot. At the distal extremity we find that the entire end is considerably bent toward the inner side, a character it presents in many other Ana- tide. The intercondylar notch is for the most part very wide and shal- 248 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. low, beng deepest anteriorly. Above it, in front, the direction of the deeply excavated groove for the extensor tendons is influenced by the obliquity of the bone spoken of above. The bony bridge that spans it is thrown directly across. Nothing of particular interest marks the fibula, it having the form we usually find in the class. In this specimen of the Spoon-bill its feeble lower end anchyloses with the tibio-tarsal shaft at about half way down its length. It is very much longer in Olor, where its method of ending is the same. Equaling about half the length of the leg bone it articulates with, the tarso-metatarsus also proves to be a strong, stout segment in the ab of this Duck. Its hypotarsus is flat and inconspicuous, being marked by three vertical grooves for tendons. The four ridges thus formed graduate in size, the innermost one being the longest and most promi- nent. The sides of the shaft of this bone are, for the major part, flat, a slight excavation being seen at the upper end of the anterior one. The trochlez at the distal extremity are very prominent and well in- dividualized by the deep clefts that severally divide them. They all have median grooves passing around them from before backward. The mid-trochlea is much the lowest of the three, as well as the largest, while the inner one is placed the highest on the shaft, being at the same time turned slightly to the rear. The usual arterial foramen occupies its site, as in other birds. Agreeing with the group generally, Spatula possesses but a feebly developed accessory metatarsal, with a correspondingly weak hallux composed of a basal phalanx and claw, the whole being suspended rather high on the tarso-metatarsal shaft by ligament. This discrep- ancy in size of the hind toe is likewise seen in the Sw ans, where it is even still more evident. Second, third, and fourth digits, however, having three, four, and five joints, respectively, are quite the reverse from this, being composed of bones fully in keeping, so far as their size and strength go, with the substantial segments of the limb to which they belong. Of these joints the basal ones take the lead in point of length, and it is only in the outer podal digit of the Duck where we find that its pe- nultimate phalanx exceeds the joint that preccdes it in this particular NOTES ON A SKULL OF BRANTA CANADENSIS HUTCHINSII. The characters of the skull as they are seen among the smaller of our American Geese are well exemplified in the subject of these brief com- parative notes. This specimen of Branta I collected several years ago on the Platte River, in Wyoming, and prepared it as a skeleton at the time. I present four figures, giving the four principal views of this Goose’s skull of the size of nature. Viewing it from the side, we find a superior osseous mandible of the form I mentioned in the synopsis of characters, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 249 but much shorter than in Ducks and Geese generaliy. We note here also that a partial septum narium is present, which is absent in Mergus and not a constant character among the others. Fic. 27. Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii; right lateral view; life size. From a specimen in the author's collection. The lacrymal has the broad descending process, but not so enor- mously expanded as we find it in the Swans and in Glaucionetta. It will also be noted how this tends to approach the sphenotic process of the opposite side of the orbit, which it nearly succeeds in meeting in the Golden Hye. Again, the condition of ihe interorbital septum as it is generally formed among the Ducks and Geese is well exemplified in this Goose, Fenestra occur in the region of the exit of the first pair of nerves, but the center of the plate is impervious. Attention is invited, too, to the form of the palatine, quadrate, and pterygoid on this lateral view. The crotaphyte fossa is small and inconspicrous, and confined entirely to the side of the head. Asin all Anatida, the entrance to the auricular chamber is thoroughly walled about with bone, without presenting any flaring wing-like extensions as we sometimes see in birds. The unusual size of the brain-ease in Hutchin’s Goose is, perhaps, better appreciated upon a direct posterior view than it is here on our lateral one. Comparatively speaking, it is far above, I think, the average for a bird of its size. Still regarding this skull from the aspect presented, and to make some of its characters still more evident by contrast, we will place it beside the skull of jergus, already described above. We note the difference in the form of the bill; the presence of the cranio-facial line in the Goose, while it is absent in the Merganser. Both have the nar- row depressions along the margins of the orbits for the nasal glands, but posterior to this the Goose has the dome like vault of the cranium so characteristic of the more highly organized types of the Anatida, while we see that this region in the Merganser is much flattened. Regarding the skull from the under side, we are particularly to note the difference in form of the maxillo-palatines, the palatine bodies, and the pterygoids. 250 OSTEOLOGY OF ANSERES. The vomer varies but little among the genera of this order, When describing it for Mergus serrator it was said how its saperior border was finished off by a thickened rib. I find in an immature specimen of Glaucionetta islandica that the most of this is contributed by the ascend- ing processes of the palatine on either side, each sending a delicate anterior process over the upper margin of the vomerine plate. In mature skulls of Ducks and Geese the sutural traces of this condition of affairs are obliterated, and from an examination of askull of an adult Duck we would be very much inclined to think that this thickened upper rim of the vomer was a part of its own ossification. Fic. 28. Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii; Fic. 29. Skull of Branta canadensis hutchinsii ; rom above. Same specimen as Fig. 27; life size. basal view with mandible removed; life size. Same specimen as Figs. 27 and 28. Seen from behind (Fig. 30), we find the plane of the periphery of the foramen magnum nearly at right angles with the basis-cranii, as in Mergus ; but the chief feature that strikes us here is, as already alluded to, the great superiority of the Goose over the Merganser in its more capacious brain-case, which, of course, is indicative of the possession on the part of the former of a comparatively and correspondingly much larger encephalic mass. In comparing the characters of the skull in Mergus serrator with the corresponding ones as we find them in the majority of the Ducks, Swans, and Geese, I find them to differ in the following general particulars: 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 251 The skull in Vergus serrator: Osseous mandibles long and narrow; lacrymo-frontal suture persistent; descending process of lacrymai spine- like; interorbital septum largely deficient at its center; mastoidal head of quadrate single; trochlez of mandibular foot of quadrate with their long axes placed nearly parallel with the long axis of the skull; maxillo-palatines for their anterior halves meet in the median line, posteriorly they are pro- duced as distinct cylindriform processes with free extremities; pterygoids long, of equal width, and concave outward. As a rule, in the skull of Ducks, Swans, and Geese the osseous mandibles vary in length, but are always broad and of a Jamellar struct- ure; lacrymo-frontal suture obliterated; de- scending process of lacrymal much expanded, : , : z Fic. 30. Posterior view of skull with flat surface directed outward; interorbital of Branta canadensis hutchinsii ; septum very rdrely shows a small central va- ™2ndible removed; life size. Same specimen as Fig. 27 et seq. cuity (Glaucionetta); mastoidal head of quad- rate usually double; trochlewe of mandibular foot of quadrate with their long axes placed nearly at right angles with the long axis of the skull; maxillo-palatines fuse in the median line for their entire lengths, no posterior processes; pterygoids short, straight, and much larger an- teriorly than they are at their proximal extremities. ON THE PROPER NAME OF THE GENUS LABRAX OF CUVIER. BY THEODORE GILL. In 1888 Professor D. S. Jordan, in the fifth and last edition of that excellent epitome, “A Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of the North- ern United States” (p. 136), has resuscitated the genera [occus and Morone for the American Labracin, and it was evidently his intention to retain them as genera distinct from their European relations. He has thus reverted to the views promulgated by Gill in 1861. . Fulmarus.—Anterior tip of mandibular symphysis produced di- rectly with its protruding process squarely cut across. Surangular pierced by a foramen. 6. Occanodroma.—Twenty-first vertebra of the spinal column free. Xiphoidal extremity of sternum entire, its hinder border a transverse, straight line. 6. Fulmarus.—Twenty-first vertebra of the spinal column anchyloses with the pelvic sacrum. Xiphoidal end of sternum not entire, its hinder border jagged with an evident predisposition to become two-notched. NOTES UPON SPECIMEN NO. 3615, SUPPOSED TO BE A SKULL OF PUFFINUS TENUIROSTRIS, AND OTHER MATERIAL. It will be impossible for me to state positively as to what manner of bird the skull No. 3618 of the tabulated list of material belonged, but there is some reason to believe it to be that of a Shearwater. It is evidently a specimen that has been picked up on the beach, and was col- lected by Professor Dall at Oonalaska. Its basal points have been much broken and all the small free bones lost. As I have already said, iny measurements of the specimen lead me to think that it is the skull of P. tenuirostris and from an adult bird. The superior mandible is upon the same type as fulmarus, though much modified. The supraorbital glandular depressions meet for a short distance in the median line. The base of the orbit and surrounding parts are much as we find them in the Petrels and Fulmars, but the optic foramen and the foramen in the interorbital septum have run into one. Basi-pterygoidal facets are present at the base of the rostrum. The crotaphyte fossee are broad and deep, and meet the sides of the supraoccipital prominence, to be produced to some extent from either side upon its dome. The foramen magnum is unusually large. In Puffinus major the pectoral arch and sternum has the general form of the like parts in Fulmarus rodgersii, but differs from them in having the furcula meet the carina of the sternum when articulated in life; in having the sternum a pneumatic bone, as in the Albatrosses; in the sternal body being comparatively longer; and in having its xiphoidal border two-notched and convex forward. . OBSERVATIONS UPON THE OSTEOLOGY OF DIOMEDEA ALBATRUS. Although made largely upon the characters presented by the osseous parts of the roof of their mouths, Huxley’s remark, in his Classification of Birds, that the Procellartide were aberrant forms and inelined to : 1888.}] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 271 Fic. 12. Skull of Diomedea albatrus, viewed from above, with mandible removed. Drawn by the author from an Alaskan specimen presented him by Dr. T. H. Bean. Slightly reduced. 272 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. ward the Pelicans and Cormorants, when we come to compare the skulls of the various forms referred to by that writer this statement will be seen to have a large measure of truth in it. The points he calls atten- tion to are very well shown in the figures he presents us in his well- known paper of Procellaria gigantea and Diomedea exulans (P. Z.S., 1867, p. 431, Figs. 12 and 13). In this particular instance I believe that this opinion of Professor Huxley will some day be verified, or just so soon as we become better acquainted with the entire structure of a number of the forms now sup- posed to be related. Anatomists have amply demonstrated during the past few years that this single character—the condition of the bones at the roof of the mouth—can not invariably be relied upon, and we must always look into and compare other structures if we wish to correctly judge of the true affinities of birds. The teachings of the law of evolu- tion call for this above everything else that I know of, as we there learn how one such character may be retained while many others in the same organization may go on varying for ages. In the skull of the Albatross we see the Pelican in its posterior view ; we see the Petrel; we see the Cormorant and Gannet foreshadowed in its palatines; we see the Fulmar, and we catch glimpses of the Gull; yet how hard it would be to put your finger upon the predominant type. Upon lateral view we have the powerful superior mandible, with its terminal, decurved, and massive hook. Its culmen is roundly convex and its dentary borders are cultrate, the dentary processes behind being thrown down from beneath these lateral edges to meet the palatines below them and to their inner sides. Each nasal has been thoroughly absorbed in the adult, robbed of its individuality, and made to fulfill its part in the creation of this form of skull. No nasal septum is present, and the bony nostrils are comparatively small and quite elliptical in outline. From the anterior are of each, upon the lateral aspect of this upper mandible, either side, a shallow, longitudinal groove is carried forward, to merge into the dentary edge at the commencement of the mandibular hook. A lacrymal is a highly pneumatic, freely articulated, bone, its descending process meeting the straight maxillo-jugal bar, and its postero-external process above being rounded. Its inner border articulates with both the frontal and nasal, here indistinguishably merged together. An ethmoidal wing is not very powerfully developed and does not meet the lacrymal, as it does so extensively in the Fulmars and Petrels. All the walls of the upper half of the orbit conspire to render it a hemiglobular cavity, the bottom of which is pierced by a considerable foramen leading to the opposite orbit. The tract of the olfactory nerve is nearly, quite in some specimens, bridged over by the extension of the concave anterior wall of the brain- ease. The optic foramen is small, circular, and usually distinet. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 273 Fic. 13. Right lateral view of the skull of Diomedea albatrus. Drawn by the author from the same Specimen shown in Fig. 12. Amount of reduction the same. The letters o. 1. ». show the position of the ‘‘ossiculum lacrymo-palatinum” in situ from this aspect. Proc. N. M. 88-18 Akonck Ue, (554 - 274 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES, Profundity of the orbit is much enhanced by the enormous post- frontal wings in this Albatross, and these are formed precisely in the same way as we found them to be in the Puffins, only here the base of the latter half of the nasal pit remains. The crotaphyte fossa is nearly entirely lateral. It is broad, though feebly impressed, and separated as usual from the nasal glandular de- pression on the posterior aspect of the sphenotic process by a narrow isthmus of the general superficies of the cranial vault. Each quadrate is a large, powerful bone, built upon the same plan, in so far as its facets are concerned, as we saw in the Fulmar and Petrel. In this Short-tailed Albatross, however, it is completely pneu- matic, and a large foramen opens upon its posterior aspect. Extremely interesting are the osseous openings to the internal ear, and the deep pit to the inner side of the mastoidal head of the quadrate, which would well repay thorough comparison with similar formations in the skull of the Sula. A triangular, bony wing protects the foramen ovale in front, and a pneumatic foramen may pierce the skull in its neighborhood. Viewed from above, we are enabled to see the furrows leading for- ward from the external narial apertures, the broad convexity between these latter and the cranio-facial region, where we can still see the traces of the nasal processes of the premaxillary. Laterally are the lacrymals, with their sutures plainly visible con- necting them with the naso-frontal margins. Posterior to these we have the most striking features of this aspect of the skull; these are the supraorbital glandular depressions. I know of no bird where these are better marked than in this Alba- tross, they being profoundly excavated and of a definite reniform out- line. Their convex surfaces are opposite each other, and separated by a fronto-median tract of some width. Each base is deficient in bone for a little less than its anterior half, while behind they bear the im- press of the convolutions of the glands they lodge in life, and are per- forated by a few small foramina. To the rear of these pits the vault of the skull is broadly convex and presents at either side the upper views of the post-frontals and crota- phyte fosse. In the skull of an undetermined species of Albatross (No. 16738 of the List) I notice that quite a perfect septum narium exists; a platform of bone extending between the lower margins of the external openings of the nostrils forms its base, while the septum is reared in the median line and has a small perforation in its center. This specimen has also a broad front to its mesethmoid, which termi- nates in a transverse line at the cranio-facial hinge. Just beyond this a thin, triangular plate of bone is applied. The base of the triangle is also in the line of the cranio-facial hinge, though separated from the mesethmoid, Anteriorly its apex is produced to merge into the septum —.? 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 275 narium in the median plane. This arrangement is exactly what we found in some of the Auks, though, of course, modeled to accommodate itself to the differently proportioned parts, and the nasal septum is also absent in the latter. The cranio-facial hinge, then, in the Albatross is a very free one, though not so much so as we find it in Sula. A direct basal view (Fig. 14) of the skull of Diomedea albatrus pre- sents us from before backward the following points for examination: (1) The anterior half of the superior mandible is canoe-shaped, the prominent hook taking the place of the prow. (2) The largely de- veloped palatines are considerably below the maxillojugal bars; an- teriorly they are carried forward as prominent and parallel ridges with- in the dentary borders of the premaxillary to subside on the inner sides of the canoe-shaped portion beyond. (3) The postero-external angles of the palatines are rounded, the ‘external lamine” being sharp, while the ‘‘internal lamin” are thickened and rather conspicuous carina- tions. (4) Between these latter an oval interspace occurs, which is carried forward as a deep median cleft as far as, or rather farther than, the point where the anterior ridges of the palatines described above subside upon the sides of the premaxillary. (5) At about the middle point in this cleft a small oval plate of bone makes its appearance; this is the foot of the anterior end of the large decurved vomer of this Alba- tross. (6) A short distance posterior to this appear two slit-like marks, one on either side, their free ends being behind and close to the pala- tine bones; these are the inferior arcs of the maxillo-palatines. (7) The ptery goids are strong, straight bones, their lower aspects being rounded, their upper ones longitudinally sharp-crested; their heads and the pala- tine heads all meet to form upon their upper side a deep groove for the rostrum. (8) A considerable portion of this latter may be seen between this articulation and the basi-temporal region in the median line. (9) The Eustachian tubes are open, naked grooves. (10) The basi-temporal triangular area is quite as much contracted as we find it in Sula or Pelecanus. (11) The condyle is rather elevated and transversely ellip- tical. (12) The foramen magnum is large, broadly elliptical, with its major axis, like Pelecanus and Sula, in the median line. It is at the base of a notable convexity which occupies all the area pos‘erior to the basi-temporal region and extending from side to side between the mas- toidal prominence. The periphery of the foramen magnum lies in a plane which makes an angle of 45 degrees with the plane of the basis eranii. In addition to these principal characters, we must also notice that the inner facets on the mandibular feet of the guadrates are the lower, and are about in the same plane with the lower margins of the iaternal laminze of the palatines. Returning for the moment to these latter bones, we find that their “ascending processes” are lofty and handsomely curled about the an- 276 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES, Fic. 14. Basal view of the skull of Diomedea albatrus; same specimen as shown in T’igs, 12 mandible removed. By the author from the and 13; reduction the same. 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 277 terior portion of the united mesethmoid and rostrum. Their inner laminz are produced forward to anchylose with the limbs of the vomer. This latter bone is quite an extraordinary structure in an Albatross, and differs not a little in the various species. To getat its exact shape and relations to the surrounding structures I found that I was obliged to cut away certain portions of aspare skull and remove it, together with the pterygoids and mutilated parts of the palatines. From this specimen I made the drawings presented in Figs. 16 and 17. Viewing this from above, we find that all three bones contribute cer- tain of their parts to form a deeply excavated, longitudinal groove that extends the entire length of the structure. During life the spear-shaped rostrum rides in this, occupying, however, but the hinder two-thirds of the channel. Seen from the side, we find that the vomerine portion of this rostral bed is continued downward and forward as a median cari- nation, which anteriorly curves down between the maxillo-palatines, to have its apex finished off in a little foot-like process which appears, as above described, in the interpalatine cleft. Fic. 15. Posterior view of the skull of Diomedea brachyura; mandible removed; life size. By the author from same specimen as Figs. 12 et seq. In the undiagnosed skull of an Albatross (No. 16738) the pterygoids and palatines behave in the same way as in the Short-tailed variety, but the vomer shows no mid-channel beyond the end of the sphenoidal rostrum, is fully double the width of the other, and rather reminds us of the extraordinary vomer of Rodgers’ Fulmar. Anteriorly, however, its tip is carried down to appear in the inter-palatine cleft, as in D. albatrus. Forbes figures a vomer similar to this for D. exulans in his Challenger memoir. The mawillo-palatines are large, compact, elliptical plates. They stand but a few degrees removed from the vertical plane, each facing outward and slightly downward. Upon a lateral view the mandibular side nearly shuts this bone out of sight, and it is only in certain positions _ that we can secure a good look at it. The surface next the median 278 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. plane is smooth and but slightly convex, while the outer aspect has a rather spongy interlacement of bony trabecule thrown up against it, developed on the part of the maxillary, premaxillary, anc nasal, which mort effectively act as its main supports. In two of my specimens I find a small, delicate rod of bone attached by ligament to the upper aspect of the palatine body immediately be- neath the ethmoidal wing. ‘Chese ligaments hold it in an upright po- sition, and its superior and stouter end is bent toward the median plane; from this extremity, also, ligaments are attached which pass to the inferior border of the pars-plana and perhaps across to the descend- ing process of the lacrymal. This little bone I take to be the os unci- natum of other anatomists, and said by them to occur both in the Albatrosses and Gulls. It seems to play no other part in the bird’s economy other than to afford additional support to the membranous wall that forms the lower half of the partition between the orbital cavity and the rhinal chamber. As I have elsewhere stated, 1 have found this bone in but few other birds than this Albatross, one of the specimens of which, Diomedea alba- trus, has it in a very perfect condition on both sides. It has been my misfortune, too, not to have seen Professor Rein- hardt’s paper upon this subject and his figures showing its position in other birds. Whether the os uncinatum is a constant ossification or not my material is not sufficiently extensive for me to say. Professor Parker also states that he has discovered its presence in the Gull, but I have been unable to confirm this, although I have eare- fully examined many excellent specimens, with their ligaments still in- tact, of Larus glaucus, L. philadelphia, Rissa, and others. This is what makes me think that perhaps it may not be a constant ossification, or perhaps occurs only in old birds and not in immature specimens. Forbes says of this ossification that, “in connection with the descending limb of the lacrymal bone, there is often developed a peculiar ossicle, named by Brandt, who was the first to describe its existence, in Diomedea brachyura [albatrus| and Puffinus major, the ‘ossiculum lachrymo-pala- tinum,’ from its connection with those two bones. “Its nature and relations in the group have subsequently been more extensively investigated by Reinhardt, who calls it the ‘os crochu.’ “When best developed, as in the Albatrosses, the ossiculum lacrymo- palatinum is a small styliform ossicle of nearly cylindrical (as in Thal assiarche culminata (Coll. Scientif. Mem., Pl. xx1, Fig. 7]) or somewhat lamellar (Phebetria fuliginosa [Coll. Scientif. Mem., Pl. xx1, Fig.8]) shape, attached above by an articulation to the inner face of the descend- ing limb of the lachrymal bone, and below connected by a ligament to the upper surface of the palatine bone. Seen from the side, in the dried skull [his Pl. xxu1, Fig. 1], the bone is visible below the malar arch. It lies, in the recent state, in a cavity between the nose and the roof of the mouth, in an oblique position, pointing downward and inward. This oPLe ye . a 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 279 bone is present in all the genera and species of Albatrosses examined by me, as well as in Thalassiarche chlororhyncha, as mentioned by Rein- hardt. In the Oceanitida, in Procellaria, and Cymochorea, as well as Daption and Pagodroma, its place is taken by a narrow ligament, with a small, more or less ossified nodule of bone lying in it, only connected by connective tissue with the surrounding bones. In Acipetes, Prion, Puffinus, Majaqueus, Adamastor, and Cistrelata it is small and delicate, articulating with the lacrymal above and ending freely (in the cleaned skull) below. “Tt is interesting to observe that a very similar bone, both as regards shape and position, occurs in the genus Fregata, as already pointed out by Reinhardt, whose observation I have been able to verify. But it also occurs in forms so different from these, as the Musophagidw, many Cuculide, Chunga, and Cariama, as well as in some Laride and Alcide, so that its presence is obviously of no particular taxonomic value. Pro- fessor Parker informs me that its precise morphological significance is at present rather uncertain.” (Coll. Scientif. Mem., p. 415.) So prominent and jutting are the bony chambers which contain the organ of hearing upon the internal lateral aspects of the cranial cavity that the oval fossa, which harbors the hind brain in life, is far deeper than we would have any reason to suspect from an inspection of the posterior external view of the skull alone. This applies almost with equal truth to the fosse lodging the other lobes. The usual arterial and nervous foramina open here in nearly the same positions as we find them in birds generally. Fig. 16 Fic. 16., Left lateral view of vomer, pterygoid, and part of palatine of Diomedea albatrus. Fic. 17. The same bones viewed from above; v, vomer; pl, palatine (broken away in front); pt, pterygoid. Both figures life size. By the author, from another specimen presented him by Dr. T. H. Bean. The little foot on the anterior end of the vomer makes its appearance in the median cleft just beyond the maxillo-palatines, as seen in Fig. 14. 280 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. The pituitary fossa is deep and its posterior wall entire. There seems to be two carotid openings at its base, but they are very close together, and I would not be surprised to find them united in one in some speci- mens. ‘The floor of this cranial cavity is a circular convexity, bounded on the sides by the bony wall of the middle ear, in front by the broad posterior wall of the pituitary fossa, while behind, after a low descent, it opens out upon the flat upper surface of the occipital condyle. In front of the pituitary pit we find a considerable of a partition separating the two distinet and circular optic foramina, each opening into an orbital cavity. Above these there is a nearly horizontal shelf, which supports the rhinencephalon, and at its anterior apex the hinder edge of the median ethmoid is visible, which guides each olfactory into its covered passage beyond. Considerable dipléic tissue is found between the tables of the vault of the cranium in this Albatross, and the skull as a - whole seems to be pretty well permeated by air. The sclerotals of an eyeball are comparatively small plates, with irregularly serrated margins. They differ somewhat in their general outline, and there seems to be no fixed plan as to the method in which they shall overlap each other. The symphysial extremity of the mandible (Fig. 19) is formed very much as itis in the Petrel, and evidently constructed upon the same plan. Its symphysis proper is exceedingly short and the superior ex- cavation deep. Old Albatrosses have a median process co-ossified upon the under side of this with the bone. It is ensheathed in the horny integument of the bill, receiving a separate piece to cover it in'that situation. The process itself is sometimes long and sharp, directed backward in the anterior ramal angle. It will be remembered that a somewhat similar structure was found in some of the Herons. The shape of the mandible as a whole in this Albatross is precisely like the capital letter VV, as in the Petrels. Each ramus is deeper behind than it is in front, the transition being gradual, and lies principally in the vertical plane when the bird stands with his beak to the front. The borders for nearly their entire length are rounded, the superior symphysial one alone being sharpened, and the coronoid process is but feebly pronounced. Both inner and outer aspect is for the most part smooth; the former for its anterior two-thirds is marked by a longi- tudinal, thickened ridge, while the latter shows many branching rami- fications sunken below the general surface, and foramina, arranged in two rows, are carried to its anterior end. The surangular is usually pierced by one or two small foramina in the same place as they appear in other water birds, where I have described them, though commonly only one is seen. ' Albatrosses, in common with Auks, Gulls, Guillemots, and others, have a fan-shaped process developed by the surangular, which remains 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 281 more or less distinct throughout life. It is seen reaching forward on the inner aspect of the bone, and seems to be principally designed to hold the splenial element in place, which latter in Diomedea may or may not completely occlude the true ramal vacuity. Quite a fossa is some- times found posterior to the blade of this fan-shaped process in birds where its handle is more or less individualized. These mandibular elements, for flat bones, interlock and cross each other in the most remarkable way in the neighborhood of this foramen, and their study in all birds is a very interesting one. The articular cups are very deep at their centers above, culminating in pneumatic pits; the usual circular foramen is also found near the end of the stumpy inner process of this part. The facets and their arrangement are well shown in Fig. 18 and should be compared with others pre- sented, as Sula, Pelecanus, and the Gulls. Posteriorly the hind end of either mandibular limb presents a vertical face, and the angle is drawn down below in a somewhat tuberous, tri- hedral process. Only about the proximal third of eifher ramus seems to be pneumatic; the rest of the bone is dense and solid. Of the hyoid arches.—It will be seen from Fig. 20 that these do not very theroughly develop in an Albatross. The glossohyaland ceratohyals never develop in bone, but are represented in cartilage oven in very old birds 7s 12 Aticun etmenityafnlhtranas of (D. albatrus), and always remain so. above. A strong antero-median process is en it an Sy ti developed on tie inferior aspect Of author, fromthesame specimen shown in Fig. 13. the first basibranchial, which offers upon its anterior face the articular facet for the cartilaginous glossohyal. The body of this basibranchial is subcircular in outline, thick through and through, and co-ossifies with the median spine-like second basi- branchial behind. This latter, like the epibranchial, is finished off by a cartilaginous tip. Articular pits are found, one on either side of the first basibranchial for the heads of the long, slender, rod-like ceratobranchials. These articulate directly with the short epibranchials, and these are but slightly curved upward behind, as we find them in so many other birds. Of the sternum and pectoral arch.—-It would be impossible to convey -any idea, by means of a drawing alone, of the extreme lightness of this Fig- 16, Fig. 19. 282 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES, bone in an Albatross. Indéed, from the figures (21 and 22) I think one would be rather led to believe that,this sternum was a thick and heavy one, SO massive and ponderous appear all its anterior parts. But not only these, but all its walls, wherever they will admit of it, are abso- lutely honey-combed with pneumatic cavities. All that bulging prom- ontory in front of the bone is in exactly the same condition. The foramina leading to these cavities from without are very numer- ous, and occur in groups in several localities. Chief among these is a long, irregular, scattered row of them adown the entire median furrow of the visceral aspect of the sternal body. Collections of others are found up on the sides of the body on the same surface; some of these latter may even perforate the bone. The principal entrances to the sides, however, are through the collections of apertures found at the bases of the in- ter-articular fossxe upon the costal bor- ders. Sometimes these are so large that we may obtain a view of the inside and plainly see the osseous trabeculie thrown across in various directions to support the pectoral and visceral ster- nal walls. Viewing this sternum from in front, we notice a deep and broad median notch, which is concave from side to side, and whose lateral walls on their outer aspects are devoted to the upper portions of the articular facets for the coracoids. This notch is shut out of sight from either a direct lateral view or a view from above. Lower down and at the sides we find the remainders of the coracoidal facets. These nearly meet behind the small manubrium; then slope downward and outward. They are concave in the vertical direc- tion, but nearly straight the other way, Fic. 20. Hyoid arches of Diomedea alba- trus; viewed from above; life size. From the same specimen as Fig. 13. and they connect with the others spoken of above at the upper sides of their in- ner ends. Another facet is devoted to the coracoid upon the sternum of Diome- dea. This is far removed from the first one, being concealed behind a lip of bone at the outer aspect and at the base of either costal process. This articular notch retains the end of the outer angle of the sternal end of the coracoid in place when the arch is articulated as in life. 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 283 These shielding lips of bone are well seen upon the pectoral view of the sternum shown in Fig. 20, A lateral view (Fig. 2.) shows tle spreading costal process; the wide costal border below it, with the foramina between the hemapoph- ysial facets; the smooth and convex sternal body, and the thick and fairly well-developed carina. Fie. 21. Right lateral view of sternum of Diomedea albatrus ; life size. By the author, from speci- men 3333 of the Smithsonian collection. The anterior border of this latter is concave forward, while its inferior one is nearly straight and stops short of the xiphoidal end of the body. The carinal angle juts out quite prominently and is thick through and through, the inferior border being produced and expanded upon it. Regarding it from a pectoral aspect, we find the general outline of the bone to be nearly square, with its hinder margin exhibiting one deep notch, with the convex side forward and the posterolateral angles rounded. Analyzing this, however, we see that each postero-lateral portion is made up of one large subcordate process, due to the great median notch above alluded to, and shallow concave notches, which occur, one on either side, just behind the costal borders, and a median xiphoidal pair, one on either side of the produced middle part of the bone. This sternum of the Albatross differs principally from the sternum in Rodgers’ Fulmar in its being pneumatic, its method of articulation with the coracoids, and the form assumed by its xiphoidal border. Pu/- Jinus differs from both of them in having its xiphoidal border distinctly and profoundly two-notched, agreeing in this respect with most of the Jaegers and Gulls. 284 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. The shoulder-girdle (Vig. 23), due to the spreading furcula, is very wide from side to side, and, due to the short coracoids, is rather squatty in appearance. The furcula is one of the broadest among living birds, Fic. 22. Pectoral aspect of the sternum of Diomedea albatrus; life size. By the author, from specimen 3333, Smithsonian collection. the shallowness of its U almost equaling that of the extinct Hesperor- nis. Each clavicular limb is, compared with the other elements of the arch, slender, and of nearly uniform caliber throughout. The heads gradually taper out to a point posteriorly, and articulate with the cora- coids and scapul as they do in Rodgers’ Fulmar, described above. The middle of this arch below is thickened, being concave in front and somewhat produced behind, but bearing no proper hypocleidium, the modifications being apparently intended to give a greater surface for ligamentous attachment to the carinal angle of the sternum. In some specimens, when the girdle is articulated in situ, this part of the furcula may rest against the apex of the angle of the carina, being thoroughly strapped to it during life by ligamentous bands. It will be remembered, that anchylosis takes place at this point in A> Ne al pl oa te, ; _ 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 285 old Cormorants, and direct and extensive articulation in Sula, and, if my memory serves me right, something of the kind takes place in Pele- canus and Tachypetes. The coracoid, though short, is extremely stout and massive in struct- ure. The antero-posteriorly compressed shaft amounts to little more than a constriction between the head and wonderfully expanded sternal extremity. The base of this latter possesses articular facets to correspond with those described on the sternum; the outer small one being connected with the large inner one by a gently concave and thin border. Each externo-lateral angle of the base of a coracoid is produced as in the Fulmars and Petrels; it is here, however, a broad, quadrate proc- ess, instead of being carried out toa point, as in the latter birds. A coracoidal head is much flattened at its summit and smooth, while as a whole this tuberous extremity is directed forward and inward to develop a shallow facet upon its mesial aspect for the furcula to artic- ulate with, as described above. Fic. 23. The shoulder-girdle of Diomedea albatrus; anterior view; life size. By the author, from specimen 3333, Smithsonian collection. Collected by E. Herendeen at Cook’s Inlet, Alaska. Its scapular process is situate rather high upon the shaft, being concave from side to side in front, and rather flattened behind. Usu- ally it is pierced by the foramen found in so many other of the water birds, and here quite close to the coracoidal shaft. The gienoid cavity is comparatively small, so far as it is formed in bone, and no doubt in life its proper sizeis attained through the assist- ance of other structures. Coracoid and scapula offer each about the same proportional amount of surface to it as commonly seen among birds. A scapula is not much decurved along its blade, and this part of the bone is thickened, being nearly of an equal width throughout its length, though somewhat dilated at its hinder extremity, terminat- ing in arounded apex. Its head articulates with the entire width of 286 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. the scapular process of the coracoid on the transverse facet which occu- pies its superior margin. The mesial angle of this head is tilted up to meet the posterior apex of the clavicle, when in situ, as naturally articulated. The furecula and scapulie of this shoulder-girdle are both non-pneumatic, but the cora- coids have air admitted to their internal cavities through a few fora- mina, which are situated on their posterior aspects in the broad concav- ity which is formed at each sternal extremity. This condition of the coracoids in the Albatrosses disagrees with what we found in the Fulmars, these bones in I. redgersii being com- pletely non-pneumatie. So far as the Tubinares are concerned, this completes the description of all the material I have at present at my command. Mr Forbes says that L’Herminier, A. Milne-Edwards, and Huxley have all, in deserib- ing various points in the osteology of the Tubinares, pointed out simi- larities of various kinds between their osseous structure and that of various forms of Steganopodes, though they still kept them close to the Laride. Eyton, on the other hand, places the various Petrels he de- scribes in the family “ Pelecanide,” and Gulls forming a separate fam- ily by themselves. ‘‘But no one will be prepared, I think, to dispute that the Stegan- opodes are allied to the Herodiones, including under that name the Storks and Herons, with Scopus only. “Thus, on osteological grounds alone, there is sufficient ground for placing the Tubinares in the vicinity of the Steganopodes and Hero- dines. And, in fact, neglecting the desmognathous structure of the palate—the taxonomic value of which per se is becoming more and more dubious as our knowledge of the structure of birds increases—there is little in the characters assigned to the groups Pelargomorphe and Dys- poromorphe by Professor Huxley that is not applicable to the general Petrel type.” It gives me a great deal of pleasure and satisfaction to quote these passages from Mr. Forbes’s work (Coll. Scientif. Mem., p. 434), because of all the various schemes of classification and relationships proposed for the Tubinares that I have read none so well meet my own views in the premises as these. OBSERVATIONS UPON SEVERAL OF THE AMERICAN REPRIESENTA- TIVES OF THE ORDER STEGANOPODES. This group is represented in the fauna of this country by six very well-distinguished families, viz: 1. The Phaéthontide, The Tropic Birds. 2. The Sulide, The Gannets. 3. The Anhingide, The Darters. 4. The Phalacrocoracidie, The Cormorants. 5. The Pelecanidie, The Pelicans. 6. The Fregatidie, The Man-o’-War Birds. 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 287 At different times anatomists have devoted considerable attention to the structure of these birds, and every year, I think, we are becoming more unanimous upon the affinities they hold with other groups. On the present occasion I can contribute but little to this subject, although a good skeleton of Sula bassana—No. 16643 of the Smithsonian collection, and kindly loaned me by that institution—will permit me to illustrate the osteology of that representative of the Sulide. Then I will have something to add about the skeleton in the Cormorants and a word or two about the craniology of Pelecanus. OSTEOLOGY OF SULA BASSANA. Some of the smaller bones in my specimen are missing, such as the major portion of the hyoid arches, a few ribs, and joints of the toes, but in the main it is in excellent condition, and from it no doubt I can pre- sent a very fair review of the skeleton of this type. Sula is noted for the high pneumatic condition enjoyed by almost its entire skeleton. We find this property extended throughout the axial portion of it, with the exception of the ribs and free caudal vertebrie. The pectoral limb is completely so, but in the pelvic extremity the femur is the only bone that appears to be pneumatic. Of the skull_—In form the superior osseous mandible is flat upon its under side with cultrate tomium, while superiorly it is convex from side to side, and tapers from base to apex gradually to a point, being a little decurved near the extremity. Sometimes we find it pierced by a foramen on this upper side, which leads to its hollow interior, but Sula is without nostrils, though their probable position, did they exist, is perhaps indicated by the posterior end of the longitudinal furrow that marks the mandible upon its lateral aspect (Fig. 24). An osseous, thoroughly adherent crust overlies the greater part of this superior surface, the only smooth place being a small area in front of the cranio-facial hinge. This envelope is very thin; nevertheless when compared with the smooth portion found above it its thickness is easily appreciated. Its entire surface is marked all over by an ex- quisite anastomosing venation, the ramifications starting, in some in- stances, from minute foramina in its substance. A lacrymalis a free bone, articulating with a roughened facet of some extent beneath the antero-external angle of the frontal above, and by a smooth, gliding facet on the upper side of the maxillary, which latter bone is thickened in a perpendicular direction and otherwise enlarged in order to offer it the proper amount of surface. As for the bone itself, it is of rather a columnar form, with the exception of its extended ante- rior margin, which is roundly notched and shows on its inner side the large pneumatic opening leading to its hollow interior. In Gannets there exists, projecting horizontally from the outer mar- gin of the frontal bone, on either side, from its “ prefrontal process,” a few millimetres posterior to the fronto lacrymal suture, a small rounded 288 OSTEOLUOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. Ie, 24, Skull of Sula bassana; viewed from above; mandible removed; life size. By the author, from a specimen in the Smithsonian collection. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 289 ledge of membrano-cartilage, which reminds one of the horizontal por- tion of the true lacrymal bone in certain gallinaceous birds, as the Per- dicine, for exampie. ‘This feature has been studied by mein Sula brew- steri and S. gosst, specimens of which I am indebted to Mr. E. J. Reed of Guaymas, Mexico, who kindly collected them for me. This mem- brano-cartilaginous process probably never ossifies in the Sulide. In the adult bird it is impossible to distinguish the exact position, or any of the borders, of the nasal bone. The maxillo-jugal bar shows very plainly the sature between the jugal and quadrato-jugal; the latter is much smaller than the other portion, and shows a strong peg-like process upon the inner aspect of its pos- terior end, which is at right angles to the axis of the bone. It fits in the deep conical socket on the side of the quadrate. Beyond its enlarge- ment for the lacrymal the maxillary is a thin, horizontal plate of bone, anchylosed in the usual way at its anterior end. Here it really enters into the apparatus of the cranio-facial hinge. A process pointing back- ward and apparently coming from the premaxillary is seen over this horizontal plate of the maxillary on either side. Professor Parker found this condition present also in another species of Sula, and this eminent anatomist also describes a “ post-maxillary” for these birds which heightens the zygoma, overlying, as it does, its commencement. In this specimen the interorbital septum, which is a thin, smooth plate, shows considerable of a fenestra near its middle, and a few such openings of a very much smaller size pierce its posterior wall. The circular optic toramen is entire, is of a size apparently three or four times the caliber of the nerve it passes, and it seems to include the smaller foramen to its outer side. The orbital cavity itself in this Gannet is very deep, the eaves of its roof almost overhanging the jugal bar beneath. Its superior periphery is smooth and rounded. All in front of the rhinal chamber is filled in by the spongy mass formed by the united maxillo-palatines. The hinder portions of these bones are, however, still distinct, and they have all the appearance of these elements as they are found in birds which possess them as concavo-convex plates facing outward. The rostrum of the sphenoid is a hollow subcylindrical tube, united above with the interorbital septum. As we proceed anteriorly it be- comes more flattened from side to side, and gradually rises upward. At a point about half way between the palatines and cranio-facial hinge it terminates in a process directed forward; above this is the sharpened ethmoidal margin, nearly perpendicular to the long axis of the skull. Osseous wings to the ethmoid never develop in Sula, not even rudi- mentary traces of them being seen at their customary sites. The cranio-facial hinge is exceedingly perfect in its construction, being composed of a thin plate of bone occupying the full width of the skull; the bones both above and below are separated from each other by a small interval for the entire length of the transverse line con- stituting the hinge. Proc, N, M, 88-—19 Meili: 290 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. The part played in the mechanism by the maxillaries has already been described above. We find the sphenotic process to be bifid and jutting directly out from the side of the skull; on the other hand, the mastoidal process is a crest of bone curling forward. Between these two the very wide crotaphyte valley 1s seen. : The quadrate is a large, massive bone, with its mastoidal head com- posed of two prominent ellipsoidal trochlew, separated from each other by an intervening notch. Below these the shaft is seen to be rather compressed in an antero-posterior direction, and supports in front at its lower half an unusually formed orbital process. This is a thin, tri- angular plate of bone placed in the vertical plane, and with its apex directed forward. The pneumatic foramen of the quadrate usually occurs on the posterior aspect of the shaft in most birds, but here it is situated to the inner and lower side of this orbital process. The pit for the quadrato-jugal is cylindrical and deep, and a perfora- tion at its bottom may lead into the hollow of the bone. On the pos- terior aspect of the quadrate we find an irregular facet for the mandi- ble; it looks directly to the rear and stands at the head of a longitudi- nal and deep groove which is found between two similarly placed facets on the foot of the bone. Each pterygoid is a trihedral and compressed bone with prominent borders. Regarding this skull from a superior view (Fig. 24), we see in it a foramen in the superior mandible near the site of the narial opening of the majority of other birds. From this aspect we also have a good view of the wonderfully perfect cranio-facial hinge of the Gannet. Posterior to this is a broad, smooth area, very slightly convex, and showing only at its hinder half the barest trace of a longitudinal furrow. This surface extends from the cranio-facial hinge to the anterior border of the crotaphyte fossx, while laterally it is bounded by the margins of the orbits. This view also shows the extent and form of these crotaphyte fosse aud how they are separated from each other in the median line simply by an extension backward of a very narrow strip of the general surface that lies beyond them. They are bounded behind by conspicuous and sharpened crests that curl slightly forward, and are best marked later- ally, becoming very low as they near the upper part of the supra-occip- ital prominence. The under view of the skull reveals a number of interesting points. We find that the anterior portions of the palatines are parallel to each other, separated by a median cleft of a width equal to either one of them, and which becomes pointed behind. Their anterior ends do not merge into the premaxillary beyond until they are well past the points where the maxillaries are inserted. These anterior portions are thin, horizontal plates, being directly continuous te et tall 1888.| PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 291 «Fic, 25, Skull of Sula bassana; right lateral view; life size. By the author, from the specimen shown in Fig. 24. 292 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. with the horizontal and fused palatine bodies behind. This latter por- tion shows a small median carination just in front of, the united heads, and the postero external angles are rather sharp, being pointed directly backward. Anteriorly, the pterygoidal heads meet each other and the fused palatines, the three forming a groove on their upper sides for the ros- trum. At their outer ends each pterygoid offers a shallow cup to form the usual articulation with the quadrate of the corresponding side. Professor Parker found that ‘in Sula alba the basi-temporals are as little developed as in the Dromeida, less than in any other carinate bird. Behind each moiety there is a large oval opening, not far in front of the occipital condyle; this exposes the loose diploé within. The small Eustachian tubes open at a little distance from each other, in a wide, shallow fossa, on the part where the three elements of the parasphenoid meet.” The description of these details agrees with the skull of the specimen before us. Professor Parker, however, was fortunate in havy- ing the skeleton of the ear parts in his specimen, and of them he says that ‘in Sula alba the columella auris is very long and bent. It has a small, cartilaginous, extra supra-stapedial process and a long attenuated stylohyal.” On either side, the entrance to the middle ear in this Gannet, as in others of the same genus, is shallow, aiid it is situated quite internal to the quadrate bone, while immediately mesiad to it there is a pit of great depth, with its aperture looking downwards, and its base in the vault of the cranium, which seems designed for muscular lodgement ; the positions of the usual foramina about it are peculiar, and extremely interesting in these birds. The bony wings that shield the entrance to the ears are large and tilted up behind. Each one shows the double facet for the mastoidal head of quadrate, the outer one having its inner margin encroached upon by the pit described above. The postero-internal angle of either of these wings is connected with the side of the elevated basi-temporal region by a bony bar. This con- dition can best be seen from a posterior view. When speaking of the orbital cavity I neglected to mention that the upper part of the septum is longitudinally marked, as in most birds, by an open, single groove for the passage of the olfactory nerve to the rhinal space beyond. The exit for it from the brain-case is very small, indeed, and on one side the bone spreads over it, rendering the nerve track, for a fraction of the initial part of its course, tubular. The brain-box itself is capacious and notable for its great width over its compression in the vertical direction. Its anterior wall looks directly downward and forward, making an angle of about 45 degrees with the horizontal palatine bodies. Seen from behind (Fig. 27), the skull shows above the extent to which the crotaphyte foss approach each other in the median line and the crest that divides them from the occipital area, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 293 Fic. 26. Skull of Sula bassana; basal view; mandible removed; lifesize. By the author, from the saem specimen shown in Figs, 24 and 25, 294 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. This latter has the usual form seen among these cormorant like birds, constituting an arch over the foramen magnum, which occupies the center of a concavity below it. The supra-occipital prominence is here distinguished by a low, smooth, median ridge, which traverses this dome-like elevation from the intercrotaphyte line to the superior pe- riphery of the foramen magnum. The plane of this latter aperture is about perpendicular to the plane of the basis cranii. In outline the foramen is broadly elliptical, with the short axis transverse. At its lower margin we see a large ellip- Fic. 27. Posterior view of the skull of Sula bassana; mandible removed; life size. By the anthor, from the same specimen shown in Figs, 24 et seq. soidal condyle, with its short axis at right angles with that of the fora- men. Below this again are the oval openings in the basi-temporal, spoken of by Parker, with the prominent descending processes of this region flanking them on either side. In form the inferior mandible is spear-shaped, its sides tapering grad- ually to a sharpened apex. These latter, for the outer aspects of their anterior two thirds, show the same character of venated surface as I described for the saperior mandible. Posterior to this, however, as well as the inner ramal aspects, the bone is smooth, having the same appearance as in most birds. The symphysis is short and develops a spine behind, which points directly backward and is in every respect similar to the process in the same place, between the sides of the lower jaw, in Herons and Alba- trosses. Hach ramus of this mandible is very thick from side to side, but these parts are hollow, and the bone as a whole is very light, owing to the high state of pneumaticity it enjoys. The foramina for the entrance of air to its interior are four in num- ber, two on either limb, one being to the mesial side of the articular cup, and another larger, longitudinally placed, elliptical one just be- yond this concavity on the inner aspect of the ramus near its upper border. The superior side of an articular end has a deep excavation at its center upon which the facets for the quadrate do not encroach, so that, when the jaw is articulated, this pit comes opposite the notch be- oa ea . : 1888,] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 295 ees - a ~~ Fic. 23. Inferior mandibie of Sula bassana; seen from above; life size. By the author, from the same specimen figured in 24 et seq. 296 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. tween the trochleze of the mandibular foot of the quadrate, creating an irregular hollow space there of no inconsiderable size between the bones. When the quadrate thus covers it there are two entrances that are left open, one in front and one behind, ciose to the pneumatic for- amen. The mandibular angles are truncate and very nearly perpendicularly so, their surfaces being concave and very broadly luniform in outline, Commencing just in front of an articular cup, we find the superior border of the ramus to be rather wide and rounded as far as the meet- ing with the dentary. This portion presents near its middle a double coranoid process, one being in front of the other. The dentary portion of this border has an outer cultrate edge and an inner and somewhat lower rounded one. The outer edge goes to the anterior apex of the symphysis, the inner one to the hinder termination of the same, while between the two a nearly horizontal surface is contained, which gradually becomes nar- rower as we proceed in the forward direction. The lower borders of the mandible are rounded for their entire ex- tent, being produced beneath the articular cups and continuous with the inner boundary of either truncate angular extremity. We find that the usual bones which surround the true ramal vacuity on the side of the mandible in many birds here interlock with each other so as to completely fill the fenestra in, but in rather an unusual way and apparently for a definite purpose; for each ramus presents, both on its inner and outer side, an oblique slit, these slits being opposite each other and with their anterior ends in the superior border. It is evident that this otherwise thick jaw is much weakened at these points in each ramus, and this occurs just posterior to the hinder termination of the horny sheath of the lower beak. In other words, the hinder moities of the mandible are attached to the anterior or dentary portion by thin plates of bone, consisting principally of the splenial elements, and are capable of being bent outward, which in the recent specimen can, owing to the way the quadrates are attached, be effected to a con- siderable degree. Now in life these oblique slits have their anterior ends come opposite the thin anterior insertions of the maxillaries, and these latter are just beneath the very mobile eranio-facial hinge, so that the whole apparatus is admirably arranged to permit an increase in size of the fore part of the buceal cavity when this Gannet swallows the fish that constitutes its food, and which its beak is so well fitted otherwise to capture. Moreover, this possible increase in caliber takes place in that portion of the digestive tract where it is most needed, or where the bony walls of the mouth would prevent the admission of a very large morsel unless some such mechanism existed—at the very entrance of the buccal cavity and just posterior to the more horny thecie of the beak. In Gannets, however, this mobility is to an extent restricted by the integumental sheath of the beak. K —— i; ky oe oe ae 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297 OF THE REMAINDER OF THE SKELETON OF THE TRUNK IN SULA BASSANA. In this specimen of the common Gannet there are twenty-one free vertebre in the spinal column before we meet the one that first anchy- loses to form, with the assistance of the thirteen succeeding ones, a sacrum for the pelvic bones. Then follow eight more free one: devoted to the movable part of the tail. Finally, we have a long pygostyle that probably contains at least six more. They are all completely pneumatic save those ulterior free segments in the tail and the pygostyle. The sixteenth and seventeenth vertebrie support each a pair of free ribs; the next four belong to the dorsal series, and all have true vertebral ribs articulating with costal ribs from the sternum. This is also the case with the first two pair that spring from the pelvic sacrum. Behind these there is still another pair of ribs that very much resemble the post-pubic elements in form, whose hemapophyses do not reach the costal borders of the sternum. In mid-series these ribs support movable epipleural appendages, attached in the usual way to their posterior borders. As I have already stated above, they are completely non-pneumatic. The neural canal is notable for being nearly cylindrical throughout the first twenty-one vertebr; it is only at the region of the enlarge- ment for the brachial plexus that it is rather compressed in the vertical direction. The atlas has a minute perforation in its cup, and its neural arch is strikingly broad and deep. Axis vertebra possesses a stumpy neural spine, and its hypapophysis, directed somewhat backward, is very promi- nent. The odontoid peg is comparatively small and nearly sessile with the centrum, the latter presenting a concave face below it. From the third to the fourteenth vertebra, inclusive, the neural spine is a very inconspicuous character, while from this on it gradually makes its appearance, increasing in size until we have the usually quacrate, longitudinal plate of the dorsal series. Third and fourth vertebrie have each a prominent hypapophysis like the one in the axis, but in the fifth this feature nearly entirely disap- pears. Sixth vertebra is faintly marked by the carotid canal; this gradually becomes more and more tubular in the seventh, eighth, and ninth, while in the tenth to the thirteenth, inclusive, it is a closed cylindrical canal of a caliber somewhat less than the neural canal above it. It disap- pears entirely from the fourteenth vertebra. The lateral canals extend from the third vertebra to the fifteenth, in- clusive; they are short in any of the segments, and their posterior apertures are far larger than their anterior ones. At the commencement of the cervical series the parial parapophyses are short and not particularly well developed. They project backward 298 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. from the inferior walls of the lateral canals, but as the carotid canal begins to develop these processes withdraw from the former positions, move gradually lower down beneath the centrum, at the same time in- crease in length and importance, so that in those vertebrae where the carotid canal exists they project from its postero-inferior border directly backward as parallel and not far-separated spines. The post-zygapophyses do not appear asdivergent limbs until we find them so in the eighth vertebra; in all the cervical segments anterior to this one the facets are citante on the inferior aspect of the ee: hinder end of the neural arch at its lateral angles. Metapophyses are seen on the ninth vertebra, but gradually dis- appear, to be entirely absent in the fourteenth or fifteenth. The transverse processes in the dorsal region are broad, flat, and horizontal, being directed more and more to the rear as we approach the pelvis. The plates of the neural spines above do not meet each other when the column is articulated, and there is an entire absence of all interlacing, ossified tendons or metapophyses in this region. In fact, all the vertebree have a very clean-cut, non-angular appearance, with the majority of projecting borders rounded. The articular ends of the centra are constructed upon the “ hetero- ceelous” type; the anterior faces in the ultimate cervicals and leading dorsals being notably wide and shallow, and often riddled with foramina. Pygostyle and the free caudal vertebre will be spoken of after the pelvis has been described; in the mean time we will turn our attention for a few moments to the description of the sternum and pectoral arch. The sternum (Figs. 29 and 30).—This bone in a Gannet has the most unique form possible. A pectoral aspect of the bone shows that the body has an oblong figure or outline, with the average width nearly equal to half the length. Beyond this parallelogramic part the ante- rior portion projects as a massive-promontory, and a large part of the carina is beyond this again. The anterior moiety of the bone is convex on this side, and corre- spondingly concave on the thoracic aspect. Behind, the body is so flattened out as to be nearly horizontal. The costal borders look out- ward and slightly upward, and each possesses six moderately well- developed facets for the costal ribs. There are no pneumatic foramina in the elongated and shallow intervals. The principal orifices of this character consist in a diffuse group on the superior aspect of the anterior projecting part, within the general concavity of the bone. Hither costal process gracefully rises from its base as a laminated and prominent horn, curving in the anterior direction. The posterior moieties of the lateral borders are somewhat rounded and extend almost directly backward over the lateral processes behind. These postero-external xiphoidal processes are very long and wide, being rounded off at their extremities and directed a little outward. Tt eS ee ee ee eee ae. ee Tae ~ oP i eer cl ee R , 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 299 They are created by this hinder portion of the bone being so pro- foundly one-notched that a general concave margin has resulted, with simply a median papilliform process remaining (Fig. 29). Fic. 29. Sternum of Sula bassana; pec oral aspect; life size. By the author, from the same specimen shown in Figs. 24 et seq. The carina juts out very prominently in front of the bone; its anterior angle showing a large facet, concave from above downward, for the furcula, which in life articulates with it. Above this the border is again 300 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. coneave and sharp, while above this, again, there is a compressed proc- ess that represents the manubrium. The lower border of the keel is straight and in the horizontal plane, Tic. 30. Sternuin of Sula bassana; left lateral view; life size. By the author, from the same specimen as shown in V'igs, 24 ef seq. being capped off with a spreading rim. This border merges into the surface of the body of the bone before it half way reaches the xiphoidal notch. The sides of the keel are smooth, and neither it nor the under side of the sternal body show, in this specimen, any of the muscular lines usually present in most birds. A broad median notch, concave from side to side, convex from before backward, lies between the lofty superior portions of the coracoidal grooves. These latter meet in front of it at the manubrial base, while behind its surface becomes directly contin- uous with the general surface of the upper side of the body, and right where the group of pneumatic foramina are found. A coracoidal groove looks forward and outward for its upper portion, directly up- ward for its lower, and extends about half way between the base of the costal process and the manubrium. It consists of two portions which are directly continuous with each other. The lower one is a shelf-like projection, with a convex border forward and its articular surface in the horizontal plane. Immediately above this rises a much broader surface, though not so long, which is decidedly convex from above downward. This portion of the facet for the coracoid is considerably higher than the plane in which the borders of the body of the bone are found. It faces forward and outward, and has one regular convexity as its limiting margin above. Between the point of its outer termina- tion and the apex of the corresponding costal process the border is one sweeping concavity. This form of sternum seems to be pecu- liar to the Sulide, and it differs in a num- ber of points both from the Cormorants and from the Pelicans. Nor do we see any- 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 301 thing in it to remind us of birds of more distant kinship, as the Alba- trosses. In other respects, however, it presents characters common to all of these, and not a few resemblances with the last-named group, When this sternum is articulated with the shoulder-girdle its fantastic shape is by no means diminished, for the forms of the various bones which compose the latter, and now to be described, are equally curious and decided departures from the more common style of these elements. Of the shoulder-girdle (Figs. 33, 34, and 35).—This part of the skeleton is, like so much of the rest of it, thoroughly pneumatic, the foramina occurring at their usual sites. The clavicles form a broad U-shaped arch, and are completely united below, where, at their under side at the median point, they support an extensive facet for articulation with the carinal angle of the sternum. This does away with any such a thing as a hypocleidium proper, still the bone projects slightly over this facet. The clavicular limbs are compressed from side to side, broader above than below, with the anterior and posterior borders rounded off. A clavicular head is also compressed in the same manner as its shaft, and tapers off as a pointed process. The most striking feature about this part of the bone is, however, the extraordinary facet it supports to articulate with the coracoid. Hither one of these is situate at the outer aspect of a head, upon a promontory of bone there found of a proper form to receive it. The facet is of an elliptical outline, placed vertically, and facing directly backward. Somethiug of a notch is found between it and the clavicu- lar head, in which occurs a number of the principal pneumatic foramina of the furcula. On the anterior surface, just below the summit of a coracoid, we find a distinct elliptical facet for articulation with a simi- lar one just described for the fourchette. Between this and the ear- shaped glenoid facet considerable of a valley isfound. On the opposite side of the coracoidal head we find a group of pneumatic foramina and below these a peculiarly formed scapular process, a spine-like apophy sis, which rather gracefully curls upward and then toward the shaft of the bone. This latter portion of the bone is subeylindrical and smooth, dilating below into a transverse fan-shaped sternal extremity. A scapula offers but a very small portion of the articular surface for the glenoid cavity; not more than an eighth of it in the present speci- men. The head of the bone then reaches forward and inward, but only the outer two-thirds of this makes an indifferent articulation with the nar- row and roughened border of the scapular process of the coracoid. The shaft of the bone is quite stout behind this and somewhat com- pressed in the vertical direction, while posteriorly it flattens out into a broad paddle shaped extremity that finally tapers to a point behind, (Fig. 35.) 302 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. Of the pelvis and caudal vertebre.—The first vertebra that anchyloses with the pelvic sacrum projects entirely beyond the iliae bones (Figs, 31 and 32). Its centrum, in common with the next three that follow it, is much compressed from side to side, and its neural spine is continuous with the common neural ridge above of the succeeding segments. The first five vertebrae that lie beneath the ilia throw out their apophyses in the usual way for their support; the last two of this series -meet the iliac margins. Here the neural canal and centra are large, so as to afford room for the increase in size of the cord where the sacral plexus is thrown off. Twent y-eighth and twenty-ninth vertebre have their processes thrown directly upward, so that they are not visibie upon direct ventral aspect. In the thirtieth vertebra they are powerfully developed and extend directly across the basin to abut by anchylosis against the pelvic walls immediately behind the cotyloid cavity on either side. From this point the centra of the uro sacral segments taper quite rapidly in size to an enlarged facet on the posterior aspect of the last one, intended for the first free caudal. The extremities of their diapophyses anchylos in a very thorough manner with the inner iliac margins, and a lateral view shows their sides to be riddled with pneumatic foramina between these processes. Viewing this pelvis from above, we notice that the entire inner mar- gins of the iliac bones have merged into and completely anchylosed with the sacrum. This converts the ilio-neural grooves into ilio-neural canals and gives the bone a very compact appearance. The anterior margins of the ilia are rounded and are set off with rather a deep and raised emargination. 3 Post- and pre-acetabular surfaces are about equal in the extent of their superficial areas. The anterior iliac surfaces are concave on either side, and each faces upward and outward to about an equal degree. Elevated above these anterior iliae coneavities we find the post- acetabular area to be nearly horizontal. Large elliptical foramina are found between the apophyses of the last three or four uro-sacrals, and these latter, likewise, develop quite a prominent neural crest. Upon lateral aspect of this pelvis we find a very large cotyloid ring, the inner margin of which is fully equal in size to the outer. A moder- ately sized antitrochanter occupies its usual site, with its articular sur- face directed downward, forward, and outward. Behind this occurs an enormous elliptical ischiae foramen, that oc- cupies nearly all of this post-acetabular lateral aspect. Through the fenestra thus formed we are enabled to get a good lateral view of the uro-sacral vertebrie and the extensive pneumatic condition they enjoy (Fig. 31). The lower margin of the ilium is sharp and conyex; it forms the su- “ore ee 1848.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 302 perior boundary to a long, narrow, obturator space, which opens freely into the rather small obturator foramen. A pro-pubis does not develop in this Gannet, while the post-pubis is for the most of its extent fragile and slender. It begins to increase in Fic. 31. Pelvis ef Sula bassana, with sacral rib; left lateral view; life size. By the author, from the same specimen as shown in Fig. 24 et seq. size just before arriving at a point opposite the end of the ischium. At this point it offers a small facet on its upper margin for the ischiac. postero-inferior angle, and the two bones are in contact during life 304 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. The post-pubis then, retaining its increase in size, curves inward toward the fellow of the opposite side, to terminate in a cartilaginous tip. The posterior border of this lateral aspect shows a well-marked ilio- , Fic. 32, Pelvis of Sula bassana; viewed from above; life size. By the author, from the same specimen seen in Fig. 24 et seq. ischiae notch at about the middle of its extent. The outer side of the bone between it and the ischiac foramen is directed upward as well as outward. — 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 305 ‘As already mentioned above, there are eight free vertebre in the tail, and a large pygostyle. The neural spines of these vertebrie are short and stumpy; some of them are bifid anteriorly; the neural arches beneath them close over the spinal canal for the entire length of the series, and it is seen to perforate, for a short distance, the pygostyle. The transverse processes are unusually thick and strong, being gen- erally depressed, and in those segments where chevron bones occur they are anchylosed to the centra and hook forward over the preceding vertebra, after a fashion of many otler birds wherein they are found. On either end of any of the centra the facets show but little con- cavity or convexity. The pygostyle (Fig. 87) appears to be composed of about six vertebra, of which the three anterior ones can be quite easily made out. It bas a very unusual form in this bird, being very long and subconical, with Sharp superior border and rather decurved apex. Below, it is broad and somewhat convex. Viewing it from in front we notice that it has all the elements present, though in a very rudimentary state, of one of the caudal vertebrie, including a large, prominent, and anchylosed chevron bone, OF THE APPENDICULAR SKELETON. _ The pectoral limb.—We find the bone of the brachium to be somewhat longer than the radius and ulna in this limb, but the material before me will not permit me to say whether or no this holds true with Cor- morants and Pelicans. In it the ulnar crest is prominent and project- ing, though rather inclined to retreat from the elongated and shallow pneumatic fossa than arch over it, as in many other water birds. The radial erest is reduced to a long, low, inconspicuous ridge, and, in fact, this proximal end of the humerus, as a whole, merges into the shaft so gradually from both sides, and its being so narrow withal, that we are rather impressed with its lack of strength and an absence of a certain robustness so characteristic of other birds of equal size that lead a simi- lar life. This in no way applies, however, to the shaft: itself, for this subeylindrical and hollow bony tube, with its double sigmoidal curve, carries with it the very elements of strength and power. Its distal extremity lacks but little of being as wide as the widest part of the head of the bone. It is without an ecto-condyloid process, has the trochlew very prominent, and presents for examination a deep fossa to the anconal side of the ulnar tubercle. é The shaft of radius for so long a one is unusually straight, and only a slight curve is noticed in the proximal moiety of ulna. In its continuity the former bone is subtribedral in its form, with its pneumatic foramina situated beneath the transversely expanded portion of the distal end. Muscular lines mark this radial shaft along its in- ferior aspect. ; For its distal moiety the shaft of ulna is nearly cylindrical in form, Proc. N. M. 88 — 20 Jets O51 306 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. but this is gradually exchanged for the subtrihedral as we pass over tho proximal half of the bone. It presents for examination a double row of feebly marked papille for the quill-butts of the secondary feathers. Various bones of Sula bassana, from the same specimen as shown in Figs. 24 et seq.; all life size. By the author. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. 33. 34. 30. 2 o The furcula, rotated outward, so as to show facets of articulation for heads of coracoids. Right coracoid, anterior aspect. Right scapula, outer aspect. . Anterior aspect of right tarso-metatarsal bone. 37, Right lateral view of pygostyle, togethcr with last coceygeal vertebra. A long, shallow, though notable, fossa is seen at the proximal and anconal side of the shaft, which terminates just beyond the prominent cup-shaped articulation for the ulnar tubercle of humerus in a single pheumatic foramen, This fosga has all the appearance of being intended. te ee 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 307 to lodge an air-sac, but the lack of fresh material prevents me from speaking positively upon this point. Other pneumatic holes occur at the distal end of ulna upon all sides, except the outer one. The olecranon, though large and rather tuberous, would not particularly attract our attention. A distinet canal upon the outer aspect of the distal end of the shaft for the passage of the tendons characterizes this bone. The articular surface shows nothing of special interest. As usual, the carpal segments are but two in number—a radiale and an ulnare. They present the forms and facets common to these bones generally. Both are pneumatic and have large apertures for the admis- sion of air to their hollow interiors. The carpo metacarpus also presents a number of these foramina at either of its extremities; the principal one, however, is found just below the trochlear surface formed by os magnum upon the anconal side of the bone. A notable process occurs immediately below it, and another group of these air-holes to its outer aspect near the short aud inconspicuous first metacarpal. The main shaft is straight and of good caliber; it is longitudinally erooved nearly its entire length on the palmar side for a tendon going to the fingers. This is best marked upon the distal moiety of the bone. The metacarpal of middle digit is also straight for the major extent of its continuity; its extremities becoming enlarged in order to allow it to make the usual connections with index metacarpal. It is rather slen- der and develops no special processes, as it sometimes does in other representatives of the class. The expanded portion of the proximal joint of index digit is not per- forated, not even by the numerous pneumatic foramina which are irreg- ularly scattered over its surface. Below it is produced as a notable Fic. 38. Right metacarpus of Sula bassana; anconal aspect; life size. By the author, from the same specimen as shown in Fig. 24. process, and a process that is seen in some of the extinct birds, as in Ichthyornis, for instanee. The shaft of this phalanx is broad and flat anteriorly, and perfectly straight from above downward. Equal to half the length of carpo-metacarpus, the distal phalanx of index digit is of a trihedral form, with an extensive excavation at the posterior aspect of its proximal end, which is continued in a lesser de- gree the entire length of the bone. It bears no claw below, but is fin- ished off by a distinct little process. Pollex phalanx has very much the same form as the one just described, 308 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. but it lacks the Jongitudinal excavation down its posterior aspect. Both of the bones are pneumatic. Lastly, we have the smallest phalanx of all belonging to the middle finger. This, as usual, is behind the broad proximal joint of index, and not quite equal to halfits hinder border in length. Of the pelvic linb.—In comparison with the general size of the Gan- net this lower extremity is very short, though the bones composing its skeleton are none the less strong in consequence. Inthe femur we find the axis of the head and neck making an angle with the longitudinal axis of the shaft. The head is quite distinct, globular, and excavated as usual on top. Its surface is continuous with the broad articular sur- face which occupies the entire summit of the bone. No trochanterian ridge rises above this latter, and, indeed, this character of the femur is but poorly developed. A pneumatic foramen is always seen at its most common site, on the anterior aspect, just below the superior articular surface. The shaft is cylindrical, roughened in some places by lines and diffuse tuberosilies for muscular attachment, bent slightly to the front and somewhat to the inner side. At its distal extremity the condyles are fashioned after the usual pattern among birds, but all their characters in Sula present sort of a lack of strong development. The fibular cleft is but faintly marked, the intercondyloid notch or fossa is shallow, and the ridges in front much rounded and inconspicuous. Something of the same condition is extended to the proximal end of tibio-tarsus of the leg, though not to such a marked degree, I think. Ilere the enemial process rises but slightly above the articular summit of the bone, and the pro- and ecto-cnemial ridges which descend below it Soon merge into the shaft, and are, at the best, but indifferently de- veloped. The shaft of this bone is straight and smooth and somewhat com- pressed from before backward throughout. It offers a long ridge to the fibula and is broad across where itis found. The distal extremity of the bone evinces more character than the upper one. An oblique bridge to confine the extensor tendons is extended across the deep groove that contains them during life. Nearly parallel with each other, the condyles are wide apart, promi- nent and convex in front, to become suppressed and low thin-crested behind. The fibula has the usual form seen in birds, but is here particularly interesting from the fact that it does not anchylose with the-shaft of the leg-bone until it arrives at the middle of its lower third, and even from this low point the remainder of the bone, including an oval “ex- ternal malleolus,” stands out quite prominently. This rare condition of things was pointed out also for Urinator lumme. Sula bassana has a long oyal patella, obliquely marked across its an- terior surface by a groove for the tendon of the ambiens muscle. This 1888] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309 bone I have already figured in another connection. (Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. Vi, p. 327, P of Fig. E.) Tarso-metatarsus in Sula is strikingly large in its proportions when compared with the other bones of the limb. In length it is a little more than half as long as tibio-tarsus, but being wider and broader it appears much more massive. (Fig. 36.) Its hypo-tarsus presents three short, longitudinal elevations of un- equal sizes. These inclose two tubular passages for tendons, and are grooved themselves besides. The back of the shaft is flat, but in front it is much scooped out above, where it shows two antero-posterior per- forations. At the distal extremity three large trochlear projections present themselves. They are separated from one another by wide clefts of about an equal depth. These trochle are placed nearly side by side, the middle one being the lowest down, the inner next, and the outer one the most elevated. Their median grooves are best marked behind, but in addition the internal trochlea presents a deep, vertical notch upon its outer aspect. . The usual arterial perforation pierces the bone above the cleft found between the outer and middle projections, a groove leading in to it from above. Accessory metatarsal is rather an elongated bone, swung to the lower part of the shaft in the usual way by ligament. The basal joint of hallux, which it supports, is comparatively more slender for its length than the other joiuts of the foot. These latter are in number and arrangement for the three anterior toes the same as in the vast majority of the class. They present all the characters usually attributed to the phalanges of the podal digits in birds, and are well proportioned, both as regard their relative eali- bers and lengths. NOTES UPON THE SKELETON OF PHALACROCORAX URILE. Three or four years ago I published in “Science” an account of the osteology of this Cormorant, then called P. bicristatus. Professor Coues, in his “Key” to North American Birds, second edition, did me the honor to reproduce my figures from “ Science,” and I further added to them in an article on the patella of birds, which appeared in the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum (Vol. vil, p.325). Here I pointed ont the unusual characters of the patella as they were to be found in the Cor- morants, and gave a front view of this sesamoid in P. wrile. Cormorants are further noted for possessing, in common with Plotus, an osseous nuchal style (Fig. .39, sé. 0.), occupying a position corre- sponding to the ligamentum nuche of most mammals. As in Plotus, from either side of this freely articulated style of the occiput the temporal muscles also arise. This little bone has been re- marked upon by Owen, Brandt, Eyton, Garrod, and other eminent 310 OSTEOLOGY OF TUBINARES AND STEGANOPODES. ornithotomists. Garrod’s paper on the “Anatomy of Plotus anhinga” is especially worthy of mention in this connection, and contains a great deal of matter of value relating to the structure of the Darters and Cormorants. (P. Z. S., 1876, pp. 835-345.) The Cormorants have a median groove in the superior aspect of their Fic. 39. Left lateral view of the skull of Phalacrocoraaz urile; life size. By the author, from a speci- men in the Smithsonian Institu- tion. st. o., the occipital style. fused palatines for the rostrum of the sphe- noid. Upon Parker’s authority, too, we find that in the “Cormorants an oblong ossicle lies on the commencement of the zygoma. It is large in P. carbo and small in P. graculus.” For additional points in the skeleton of the Phalacrocoracide 1 must refer the reader to my article in “Scicnee” referred to above (Vol. 11, No. 41, p. 640), where figures of the ster- num, Sshoulder-girdle, and other parts of the skeleton may be seen. OBSERVATIONS UPON A SKULL OF PELECA- NUS FUSCUS. Twenty-four years ago I collected on the north side of Indian Cay a fine old male of this species of Pelican. Its skull was duly saved and now forms a part of my private cabinet. From it I made the drawing that accompanies these remarks. Huxley, in his Classification of Birds (P. Z.8., 1867), presents us with an excellent Under view of the skull of I’clecanus onocrotalus, but the side view of the same is very indifferently drawn and a lit- tle misleading in some of the minor details. Measuring from the transverse cranio-facial groove we find the osseous superior mandible in this specimen to be somewhat less than four times as long as the remaining part of the skull. ( 34 in length; depth os. 24. Rupiscartes atlanticus (Cuv. & Val.). 37152 (2). From Tres Marias. Some specimens apparently males, with the anterior profile vertical and very high; finshigh; caudal lanceolate, the black median rays much ; 334 FISHES FROM MAZATLAN. exceeding the outer pale ones. Female specimens with the auterior profile a nearly even curve, the caudal lunate, its median black rays shorter than the outer pale ones. Color dark brown, with usually 5 or 6 darker cross-bars extending on the dorsal; a black spot behind eye in all. Dorsal, anal, lower part cf pectoral, and middle of caudal black in all. 25. Balistes capistratus Shaw. 37156. Tres Marias Islands. The INDIANA UNIVERSITY, December 6, 1888, 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 335 NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF MYRIAPODA FROM CUBA. BY CHARLES H. BOLLMAN. This paper is based on a small but interesting collection of myriapods that I have received from Prof. Felipe Poey, of Havana, Cuba. As Professor Poey did not mention any particular locality in the island of Cuba, I suppose that most of the species are from the vicinity of Havana. 5 I desire to tender my thanks to Professor Poey for the material I have received from his hands, and to Dr. Juan Gundlach for a speci- men of a Sentigera. The types of the new species have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 1. Siphonophora portoricensis Brandt. Siphonophora portoricensis Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb., 1836 (name only, teste Gervais); Brandt, Recueil, 50, 1641 (name only, teste Gervais); Koch, Syst. Myr., 143, 1847 (name only); Gervais, Apteres, 209, 1847 (name only) ; ‘Peters: Monatsber. kon. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 549, 1864 (first description) ; Karsch, Ann. See. Ent. Belgique, 166, 1884. Siphonophora cubana Karsch, Mittheil, Miiuch. Ent. Ver., 144, 1280; Borre, Am. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 81, 1884. Ihave received from Professor Poey a dried Siphonophora, which I have been unable to separate from either Siph. portoricensis Brandt, or Siph. cubana Karsch. Concerning the differences between these two species, Karsch, under his description of Siph. cubana, says: “dn cadem species cum Siph. portoricensis Br., qua tamen capite basi latiore, rostro multo breviore et pracipe longitudine mullo minore natis differre videtur?” As such differences are practically valueless it is best to consider Siph. portoricensis and cubana as forming one species. 2. Wannole cubensis, sp. noy. Diagnosis.— Related to Nannole burkei Bollman but the circular de. pressions along the transverse segmental sutures not extending all around the segment as in burkei, but only to the repugnatorial pore. The following differences are also worthy of note: Dark brownish-blue, posterior border of segments brown, an indis- tinct row of lateral spots, antenne and legs light-brown. Ocelli dis- tinct, about 16, arranged in 3 transverse series. Segments 47. Anten- ne and legs stouter. The above notes are based on a .dried female, which was afterwards soaked in alcohol. As this is the first record of a species of this genus from Cuba, I have given it the specific name of cubensis. non 336 MYRIAPODA FROM CUBA. 3. Paradesmus poeyi Bollinan. Strongylasoma poeyt Bollman, Ent. Amer., 82, 1887 (Cuba). Abundant. Through a misunderstanding of the description of Paradesmus I placed this species in Strongylasoma, and did not discover my mistake until after the description of the above species had been published. This species should now be placed in the genus Paradesmus. It is very closely related to, if not identical with P. vicarius Karsch, from Mayotti and Anjaani. The copulation foot of the males of poeyt differs from that of vicarius, as figured by Karsch, in having the femoral part twice as long as the tibial, and the lower lobe of the tibial part is wide and thin, with a distinct median thickening, not cylindrical as in vicarius. 4. Leptodesmus couloni. Polydesmus (Oxyurus) coulonti Humbert & Saussure, Myr- nora amer., 3, 1869 (Cuba). Among the material sent by Poey is a dried female, which agrees per- fectly with the descriptions of the above species. 5, Stenonia maculata, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to Stenonia fimbriatus (Peters), but at once sep- arated by the tubereulation of the dorsal plates, by the crenulation of lateral caring, by the character of anal segment and the pattern of col- oration. The following is acareful description of the species. Rosy, especially the tubercles; nearly all the repugnatorial pore bearing segments with a dark blotch on each side above the carine ; antenne dark, legs pale. Body wide, convex, not attenuated anteriorly, slightly posteriorly An- tenn short, subelavate. First segment very wide, completely cun- cealing the head as in fimbriatus; a row of small seales along the pos- terior margin; two large median scales; along anterior margin a row of twelve rectangular scales, between the third and fourth from posterior angle a distinct notch, between the others a slight waviness. Othe? seg- ments with three distinct rows of scales with smaller ones interspersed ; lateral carine crenulate the first six, the eighth, eleventh and four- teenth, with two crenulations, the rest with three; a distinct median dorsal line. Anal segment with six tubercles along posterior margin ; preanal seale obtuse, with two long slender spines. Leneth: 29"5, 912.555. width, ¢ 22°") oo oo This new species belongs to the subgenus Stenonia (= Platyrhacus.) Among the material sent by Professor Poey is a dried male and female of this species. 6. Rhacophorus magnus, sp. nov. Diagnosis —Related to R. marantus (Karsch), but with an indistinet row of tubercles along anterior and posterior margins of segments, and a few on lateral caring. 1838.] PROCEEDINGS.OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 337 Description of species.—Brown, legs light chestnut; robust, wide and depressed, slightly attenuated anteriorly. Segments with a transverse sulcus as in marantus ; tubercles indistinct, arranged in a more or less irregular row along the margins, three or four large scales on lateral carine; lateral carine large, strongly margined, anterior angles rounded, posterior much produced. Repugnatorial pore large, sub- apical, marginal. Length of last fourteen segments 22.5™™, width of seventh segment 4.3 ™™, The type of this species is a mutilated female, of which the head and first six segments are lost. On account of this I have been unable to determine the subgenus unless it belongs to the same as marantus. Karsch has described two other species of this genus from Cuba, but both belong to the subgenus Cryptodesmus and lack the transverse dor- sal suleus. This is the largest Rhacophorus known. 7. Orphnacus brasiliensis Meinert. The collection contains a fine female, which agrees very well with Dr. Meinert’s description of this species. This is the first record of this species from the West Indies. 8. Mecistocephalus punctifrons Newport. There are a few specimens in the collection which I refer to this spe- cies, agreeing with Dr. Meinert in considering M. guildingii a doubtful species and identical with M. punctifrons. 9. Scotopendra alternans Leach. One female of this species sent by Professor Poey. 10. Newportia longitarsis Newport. Scolopocryptops longitarsis Newport, Linn. Trans., 407, pl. 40, fig. 10, 1844 (St. Vincent). Newportia longitarsis Gervais, Apteres, iv, 298, 1847; Newport, Cat. Myr. Brit, Mus., 57, 1856. Rufous, head and posterior border of segments darkest, antennz and legs pale. Moderately robust, smooth, sparsely punctate. Head sub- oval, sparsely punctate and pilose, not margined, posterior half with two longitudinal sulci. Antenne short, attenuate, 17 jointed, basal joints crassate, all except the first two hirsute. Prosternum not promi- nent, callose, sinuate. Anal legs very long and slender, somewhat de- pressed, femora armed with about 22 large and small hooked spines which are arranged in four or five series, tibia with two long spines be- neath, femora and tibia with numerous hooked hairs on the inside. Penultimate pair of legs with the tibia and first tarsal joint also fur- nished with numerous hooked hairs. Dorsal plates with six sulci, the median straight or slightly curved inwards, the others outwards. Posterior pleure scabrous ; pores numer- ous, small; terminal spine large and robust. Last ventral plate moderately wide, sides converging, posterior border sinuate. Length 28mm, width 3mm, Proc. N. M, 8822 Qk (PF « 338 MYRIAPODA FROM CUBA. In the collection are two specimens which I refer to this species. Both have lost most of their legs. especially the anal, of which only one remains and even it is in a mutilated condition so that the tarsal joints can not be counted. 11. Scutigera sp. ? [have received from Poey and Gundlach several specimens of a Scutigera, which I have been unable to identify satisfactorily with any of the known species. INDIANA UNIVERSITY, Bloomington, Ind., June 1, 1888. + = Gre leh anh 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 339 NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF MYRIAPODA FROM MOSSY CREEK, TENN., WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. BY CHARLES H. BOLLMAN. The following list of myriapods is based upon an extensive collection made at various times by Mr. Charles B. Branner, of Mossy Creek, Tenn. As the material was collected in all seasons of the year, and a large number of species found, it is safe to say that this list is almost complete. Notes on a small collection made at Mossy Creek and other places in East Tennessee by Dr. John CO. Branner were published in the Ann. N.Y. Acad. Nat. Sci. for 1887; but in this list there are no species men- tioned as occurring at Mossy Creek which have not been found by Mr. Charles B. Branner. I here desire to express my sincere thanks to Mr. Charles B. Branner for the numerous specimens he has so kindly sent me. 1. Andrognathus corticarius Cope. Common. The number of segments vary from 55-65 in the adult specimens. The fifth and sixth antennal joints are not united as Cope has stated, but are distinctly separate, the sixth being the largest joint. 2. Nemasoma minutum (Brandt). In one lot of material sent were six specimens of this species. 3. Parajulus pennsylvanicum (Brandt). Abundant. 4. Cambala annulata (Say). Abundant. All the specimens of this species which I have received from East Tennessee and North Carolina (Balsam and Chapel Hill) are very large (45-52™™), and of a very dark brown-shade, while those which I have examined from other localities (Indiana and Ark- ansas) are much smaller (26-38™™") and of a light yellowish-brown shade. Specimens from the latter localities may represent a geograph- ical species, but it is hard to say what form Say described, although his description may apply to the former, as hisspecimens were from Georgia and Florida. 5. Lysicpetalum lactarium (Say). Very common. 6. Striaria granulosa Bollman. One female of this species was found in the collection. 340 MYRIAPODA FROM TENNESSEE. This specimen is curled in the same manner on the type specimen, and no more important characters can be ascertained until one of the speci- mens is torn to pieces. 7. Campodes flavicornis Koch. This seems to be a rare species in this locality. 8. Fontaria evides Bollman. No others besides the two type specimens of this species were found. 9. Fontaria tennesseensis, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to Fontaria castanea (McNeill), but the lateral earine larger, and the copulation foot of male different. Type.—U. 8. Nat. Museum; No. 203, Mus. Ind. Univ.; No. 388, author’s coll. Description. —Brown, lateral carine pink; an indistinct dark median dorsal line; legs and underparts yellow. Body depressed; anterior segments of female noticeably attenuated; segments smooth, marked with numerous short lines; papillz prominent, especially on lateral earine. Vertex sulcus moderate; occipital, antennal, and clypeal fore- ole single. Lateral carine large, moderately produced; repugnatorial pores large and placed on the upper edge of the posterior third of the carine. Ventral plates produced into a short straight cone; Coxe un- armed. Male: Segments more depressed than in the female, antenne more crassate. Copulation foot deeply bifid; the inner or shorter branch cylindrical, tapering, twisted at base; outer or semenal branch somewhat flattened and wavy, end slightly expanded. Length 23- 2720, width 5-7™=. Tennesseensis is very closely related to castanea in all points except the eopulation foot and lateral carine. From oblonga it is separated by not having the posterior border of segments rec (white, ace. to Koch, but this is probably due to immersion in alcohol). No. 388 contains five speci- mens, two males and three females, of which two have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum. No. 203, Mus. Ind. Univ., contains a fe- male of this species. 10. Buryurus erythropyeus (Brandt.). Common. 11. Scytonotus setiger (Wood). There are ten specimens of this species in the collection. 12. Polydesmus branneri Bollman. Not common. 13. Linotznia ruber Bollman. Not common. 14. Linotznia bidens (Wood). One specimen of this species obtained. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 34] 15. Linotznia robusta (Meinert). Common. 16. Linotznia fulva (Seger). Strigamia fulva Seger, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1856. Strigamia bothriopa Wood, Journ. Phila, Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861. Not common, 17. Scolioplanes gracilis Bollman. Although this species belongs to a new genus, I do not care here to erect a genus for its reception. I prefer to wait until I can obtain more specimens in order to satisfactorily make an examination of the mouth parts. 48. Geophilus varians McNeill. One specimen, 2, pairs of legs 57. 19. Geophilus umbraticus (McNeill). Abundant. 20. Scolopoeryptops sexspinosus (Say). Common. 21. Scolopocryptops nigridius McNeill. Common. 22. Theatops posticus (Say). Not common. 23. Theatops spinicaudus (Wood.) Commen. 24. Cryptops hyalinus (Say). Abundant. 25. Scolopendra woodi Mimert. One specimen in the collection. 26. Lithobius proridens Bollman. Not common. 27. Lithobius trilobus Bollman. Lithobius similis Bollman, Ann. N. Y, Acad. Nat. Sci., 112, 1887 (Mossy Cr., Tenn.). 1 now consider similis as identical with trilobus. Only the type speci- men of similis was obtained. 28. Lithobius lundi Meinert. Not common. 342 MYRIAPODA FROM TENNESSEE. 29. Lithobius branneri Bollman. Common. 30. Lithobius cantabrigensis Meinert. Rare. 31. Lithobius juventus Bollman. Not common. 32. Lithobius multidentatus Newport. Common. Some of the specimens have the coxa of the anal legs armed laterally with two spines. INDIANA UNIVERSITY, October 20, 1888. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 343 NOTES UPON SOME MYRIAPODS BELONGING TO THE JU. S. NA- TIONAL MUSEUM. BY CHARLES H. BOLLMAN. Through the kindness of Dr. Charles V. Riley, I have received for examination the unidentified lot of myriapoda contained in the collec- tion of the U. S. National Museum. This lot contains both foreign and domestic species, but in this paper I have only given notes upon the forms found in the United States. In addition, I have included several notes upon some material sent to me by Prof. L. M. Underwood, of Syracuse, N. Y. These specimens originally belonged to a collection, the remainder of which he had presented to the Museum, and has been sent to me among the material received from Dr. Riley. I desire to tender my thanks to Dr. C. V. Riley, Mr. J. B. Smith, and to Prof. L. M. Underwood for various favors. 1. Polyzcnium rosalbum (Cope). Marquette, Mich. E. A. Schwarz. This specimen, a female, differs from any I have seen in having the gen- eral coloration more intensified. Dorsal plates reddish-brown, paler posteriorly and along margins; antennz almost black; face and legs mottled with a purplish shade. 2. Platydesmus lecontii (Wood). Acc. 19542,9, Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Segments 39-49. 3. Spirobolus hebes (Bollman). Acc. 14530, San Diego, Cal. Segments 47, ©. 4. Spirobolus marginatus (Say). (?) Virginia, Kuehling. Ace. 19542, 13, Tallu- lah, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Acc. 19542, 12, Macon, Ga.; L.M. Underwood. Seg- ments of males 53-55, segments of females 52-57. 5. Spirobolus spinigerus (Weod). Acc. 19343, Cape Romano, Fla.; F. B. Meek. Segments of female, 47-49. 6. Spirostrepus montezumz (Saussure). El Paso, Tex.; Potts. The specimen before me seems to agree in all respects with the de- scriptions of S. montezume, which bas only been found in the provinces of Vera Cruz and Orizoba, Mexico. This is the first record of any spe- cies of this genus from the United States. 7. Parajulus canadensis (Newport). Luray, Va.; L. M. Underwood. These specimens agree in all respects with the females of canadensis, but amale might show some secondary sexual differences. Segments 48-53, Last segment only completely mucronate in about half the specimens. 8. Parajulus venustus (Wood). West Cliffe, Colo.; T. D. A. Cockerell. 9. Parajulus impressus (Say). Acc. 19542, 7, Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Underweod. Acc. 19542, 17, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Segments 59. 344 NOTES ON MYRIAPODS. 10. Parajulus pennsylvanicus (Brandt). Luray, Va.; L. M. Underwood. Ace. 19542, 8, Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. , 11. Lysiopetaium lactarium (Say). Acc. 19542, 16, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. 12. Campodes flavicornis (Koch). Washington, D.C.; J. B. Smith. 13. Leptodesmus varius (McNeill). Macon, Ga. ; L. M. Underwood. I have received from Professor Underwood a young female which agrees in all essential points with the types of varius from Pensacola, Fla. 14. Fontaria crassicutis (Wood). Ace. 19542, 2, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. ¢. Ventral plate and coxe unarmed; that part of ventral plate which lies between the two pairs of legs of 11-16th segments produced into a conical lobe; legs densely but shortly pilose; color brown, lateral carinze and under parts yellow; length 70™, width 15™™. 15. Fontaria georgiana, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—P robably related to F. virginiensis, but the ventral plates and cox sharply spined; the upper branch of genitatia bifid. Habitat.—Lookout Mountain, Tallulah and Macon, Ga.; L. M. Un. derwood. Type.—Acc’s. 19542, 4, 6,10, 11, 20; U.S. Nat. Museum. Description.—Dull brown, lateral carine; a median dorsal row of spots and underparts yellow. Segments considerably wrinkled. Ver- tex sulcus shallow, occipital foveole 2+2, antennel and clypeal single. Lateral carine large, interlocking, posterior angles scarcely produced. Repugnatorial pore large, placed on the upper side of margin near the middle. Ventral spines sharp; coxe spined. ¢; Segments more de- pressed than in the female, and antennez more crassate. Coxee of copu- lation foot pilose and armed above with a large straight spine, as in F. virginiensis. Distal halves of copulation foot curving away from each other, but the ends come together and interlock; bifid, the lower branch cylindrical, tapering and slightly curved upwards, the upper branch bifid, the seminal branch of which is flattened, the other is a cylindrical hooked spine. Length, 28-35™™. This species shows relationship to F. virginiensis by the coxee of cop- ulation foot being provided with a long, straight spine. It also agrees with the more eastern specimens of F. virginiensis by having the ven- tral plates and cox spined. F. georgiana is described from numerous specimens from Macon, a few trom Tallulah, and one from Lookout Mountain. 16. Fontaria tallulah sp. noy. Diagnosis —Ventral plates and cox spined as in F. georgiana, but separated from that species by having the lateral carine and posterior margin of dorsal plates red; posterior angle of lateral caring rather sharply produced. 1888. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 345 Habitat.—Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Type.—Ace. 19542,20; U.S. Nat. Museum. Description.—Brownish black, lateral carine and posterior border of each segment red; antenne,legs,and underparts yellow. Segments depressed, anterior segment moderately attenuated ; corrugated, espec- ially posteriorly and on lateral carinee; papille distinet; vertex sulcus distinct; occipital foveole 2+2, antennal and clypeal single (1+1). Lateral carine large, interlocking posterior angle rather sharply pro- duced. Repugnatorial pores large, placed on the upper margin of pos- terior third. Ventral spines straight, stout, and conical, cox armed. Length, 25™™. Ff. taliulah seems to be ouly related to F. georgiana by having the ventral plates and cox spined. In the pattern of coloration it ap- proaches F. rubromarginata, but that species has the ventral plates ‘unarmed and, therefore belongs to the same section as F. corrugata evides, etc. This species is described from an apparently adult female. 17. fontaria rileyi, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Brown, lateral carine red; ventral plate and coxe un- armed ; copulation foot stout, flattened, end subsimilar to a bird’s head. Type.—Ace, 19542, 5, U. S. Nat. Museum. Habitat.—Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood, ¢. Description.—Brown, lateral carinze red; antenne, legs, and under parts yellow. Segments moderately depressed, scarcely attenuated anteriorly; very corrugated, papille not prominent; behind each pore an indistinct black swelling. Vertex sulcus shallow ; occipital, antennal, and clypeal foveol single. Lateral carine large, interlocking, posterior angle not much produced. Repugnatorial pores large, placed on the posterior third of margin. Ventral plate unarmed; cox not or very slightly armed; femora strongly armed; claws normal. Male: Copu- lation foot stout, flattened, curved, end subsimilar to a bird’s head. Length, 43.5°7 ; width, 10.2™™. This species belongs to the same group as F. carrugata, evides, ete., and should stand near the latter, as shown by the form of the copula- tion foot. It is separated from F. evides by having the copulation foot more flattened, especially the end, which is cylindrical in evides ; be- sides F, rileyt attains a larger size. This species is described from a male specimen. I take great pleasure in dedicating this species to Dr. C. V. Riley, United States Entomologist, to whom I am indebted for numerous favors. 18. Huryurus erythropygus australis, sub. sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Similar to E. erythropygus, but the lateral carine larger, the margin less swollen, more straight, and the denticules larger. Upper branch of copulation foot five times as long as the lower. Body slenderer. : Type.— Acc. 19542, 18, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Underwood, ¢. 346 NOTES ON MYRIAPODS. When compared with FE. erythropygus this new geographical species plainly differs from it by the characters given. The lateral margin of carine are also slightly crenulate and the anterior is somewhat serrate. Length, 28™"; width, 3.4™™. The exceedingly long branch of the copulation foot at once separates australis from the true erythropygus. The inner tooth is also absent, but this is subject to slight variations in. erythropygus. The above notes are taken from a male which is slightly broken. 19. Polydesmus branneri Bollman. Acc. 19542, 23, Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Under- wood. These specimens are all females, and I refer them to this species with some doubt, but as they are from the region in which P. branneri is found they must belong to that species and not to P. serratus, which is not quite so southern in its range. 20. Polydesmus serratus Say. Marksville and Natural Bridge, Va.; L. M. Under- wood. 21. Linotznia chionophila Wood. ? No. 89, U.S. Nat. Mus. Washington, D. C.; J. B. Smith. Pairs of legs of female 37-41. 22. Linotenia fulva Saeger. Acc. 19542, 15, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Under- wood. Pairs of legs of male 51. 23. Linotznia parriceps Wood. Acc. 17414, Baird, Shasta County, Cal.; L. M. Green. Pairs of legs of male 79. 24. Geophilus foveatus McNeill. Lookout Mountain; L. M. Underwood. Pairs of legs of female 43; pleural pores less numerous than in the northern specimens. 25. Geophilus umbraticus McNeill. West Cliffe, Colo. ; T. D. A. Cocherell. Pairs of legs of female 49-51. 26. Geophilus virginiensis, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to G. mordax, but on the anterior ventral plates, especially the 7-15th, an ovate depressed poriferous area along the an- terior margin, into which projects a conical elongation of the preceding segment; coxie of prehensorial legs of about equal length and breadth. Habitat.—Natural Bridge, Va.; L. U. Underwood. Type.—U. 8. Nat. Museum. As is indicated by the above diagnosis this new species is closely re- lated to G. mordaz. My specimen is a male, and as G. mordaz is described from a female, the following secondary differences are worthy of notice: Anal legs moderately crassate, densely and shorty pilose; claw large; pairs of legs 49; length 35™™, ; If the characters given in the diagnosis are those peculiar to a male, this new species must be identical with mordaxr, but the proportions of 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATLONAL MUSEUM. 347 the cox of prehensorial legs seem to convince me that they are not markings peculiar to a male. 27. Geophilus smithi, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to G. huronicus, but the coxal pores more numer- ous, 25-30; cox of prehensorial legs of about equal length and width; pairs of legs of female 49; length 20-28". Habitat.—_Washington, D. C.; J. B. Smith. Type.—U. S. Nat. Museum. This species is very closely related to G. huronicus, but it seems to be sufficiently distinct as shown by the number of coxal pores, which are 25-30 in number in smithi, but only 7 or 8 in hwronicus ; also by the number of pairs of legs (huronicus, ¢ 53-50, 9 55-57). This species is described from two females, one of which is an adult, the other being about three-fourths grown. 28. Geophilus bipuncticeps Wood. Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Pairs of legs, ¢ 55, 2 53-99. 29. Scolopocryptops sexspinosus Say. Scolopocryptops georgicus Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 180, 1886 ( Georgia). Ace. 19542, 24, Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Ace. 19542, 14, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Luray, Va.; L. M. Underwood. The specimens contained in the first two vials seem to belong to that phase of S. serspinosus which has been described by Meinert under the name of 8. georgicus. The only real tangible difference I can find be- tween these specimens and the true sexspinosus is in the moderately toothed condition of the prosternum, and I think it is best to consider georgicus as not a valid species. 30. Theatops posticus Say. Acc. 19542, 3, Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Luray and Natural Bridge, Va.; L. M. Underwood. 31. Cryptops hyalinus Say. Natural Bridge, Va., and Lookout Mountain; L. M. Underwood. Serratures of anal legs 6-2. 32. Scolopendra woodi Meinert. Acc. 19542, 1, Indian Springs, Ga.; L. M. Under- wood. 33. Scolopendra heros Girard. Florida, F. B. Meek, Fort Reynolds; A. Clough. 34. Scolopendra pachypus Kohlrausch. Acc. 4631, San Diego, Cal. As shown by the character of the anal legs this species seems to be sufficiently distinet from heros. 35. Lithobius proridens Bollman. Washington, D. Cc. ; J. B. Smith. One speci- men. 36. Lithobius obesus Stuxberg. No. 73a, U. S. N. M., Salt Lake City, Utah. In this vial along with a few hexopods I found a male Lithobius, which I provisionally refer to this s pecies. ‘As this is a male, the following differences are worthy of notice: Antenne 22 jointed; coxal pores 2,3, 4,3; spines of first pairs of legs 2, 3, 2; of anal pair 1, 3, 2,0; anal legs of male moderately cras- 348 NOTES ON MYRIAPODS. sate, tibia slightly swollen, excavated on the inner side near the base and the upper interior angle produced into a slight pilose lobe; last tarsal joints of legs more densely pilose beneath than the rest. In the character of the anal legs this specimen agrees with paradoxus; but that species has the number of coxal pores and the spines of the anal legs less. 37. Lithobius elattus, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to L. pullus, but spines of anal legs 1, 3, 2, 0, or 1, 3, 1, 0; joints of antennze 20-22; tarsal lobe of anal legs of male larger ; size smaller than L. pullus. Habitat.—Washington, D. C. (J. B. Smith); Marksville, Va, (lL. M. Underwood). Type.—U. 8S. Nat. Museum. Description.—Light brown, head and antenne darker; tip of antenne rufous. Moderately robust, smooth, sparsely pilose; head of about equal length and breadth. Antenne moderate, articles 20-22. Ocelli 8-10, arranged in 3-4 series. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Coxal pores 2, 3, 3, 2-3, 4, 4, 3, round. Spines of first pair of legs 1, 2, 1; of pen- ultimate pair 1, 3, 3, 2; of anal pair 1, 3, 2, 0-1, 3, 1, 0. Male: Anal legs more crassate; first tarsze of anal legs prolonged into a pilose lobe at its upper interior angle. “emale: Claw tripartite, short and wide; spines 24+ 2, short and stout, end flattened and barely serrate. Length 8-9,5™", This species is described from four specimens, three females and one male from Washington, D. C., and a male from Marksville, Va. Although the above descriptions hardly seem to do justice in separat- ing this new species from L. pullus, yet, when we place the two species side by side, they can not be mistaken, as the size of pullus is always 2—4mm Jarger, Time may prove that this new species is only an eastern variety of L. pullus, but until intermediate specimens are found it is best to con- sider them as distinct species. 38. Lithobius kochi Stuxberg. West Cliffe, Colo.; T. D. A. Cockerell. Anal legs armed with two claws. Coxal pores few in a single series. Penultimate pair of legs armed with two claws. Coxal of last two pairs of legs laterally armed. Testaceous brown, antenne and head darkest, legs paler. Moderately slender, smooth, sparsely pilose; head of about equal length and breadth. Antenne short, reaching to the fifth segment, articles 20. Ocelli Sor 9, arranged in 4 series. Prosternal teeth 24+2. Coxal pores 2, 2, 3, 3-3,3, 3,3, round. Spines of first pair of legs1,1,1; of penultimate pair 1, 3,3,2; of anal pair 1, 3, 2, 0. Male: Anal legs somewhat stouter than those of female. Female: Claw of genitalia bipartite, short and wide; spines 2+2; inner much shorter. Length 7.-7.8™™. [ at first considered these specimens as representing a new species, eee 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 349 but as the apparent differences gradually dwindled down to the number of spines of the first pair of legs I finally concluded that they were iden- tical with kochi, which has only been found at Saucelito, Cal. For the sake of completeness [ have given a description of the spec- imens. 39. Littleobius atkinsoni Bollman. Macon, Ga., L. M. Underwood. Among the material sent by Dr. Underwood are three Specimens, two females and one male that I refer to this species. The following points are worthy of notice: Antenz 21-33 articulated; ocelli 8-20, arranged in 4-7 series; prosternal teeth 5+5 or 7+7; coxe of last three pairs of legs laterally armed; coxal pores 3, 4, 4, 4— 6, 7, 7,6, round or transverse; spines of first pair of legs 1, 2, 1 or 2, 3,1; spines of anal and penultimate pairs 1,3,3,1; last two tarsal joints of anal and penultimate pairs of legs of male sulcate on the inner side. 40. Lithobius xenopus, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to L. mordax, but the femoral and tibial joints of the anal legs of male strongly modified. Habitat.—Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Type.—Ace. 19542, 22 U. S. Nat. Museum Description.—Brown, head rufous, antenne dark, legs pale. Moder- ately slender, rather smooth, sparsely pilose; head wider than long (4:3). Antenne moderately long, reaching the seventh segment, ar- ticles 30, short. Ocelli 32, in 7 transverse series. Prosternal teeth 6+7. Coxal pores 6, 6,6, 4, round. Spines of first pair of legs 2, 3, 2; of penultimate pair 1, 3, 3, 2; of anal pair 1, 3, 3,2. Claws of anal and penultimate pairs of legs single. Cox of the last three pairs of legs laterally armed. Male: Anal legs moderately short; femora considerably swollen on the inner side, and armed on the posterior half with two large, slightly curved, blantly serrated spines; tibia excavated on the inner side, the posterior half produced into a bipartite contorted lobe, of which the posterior is armed with a short, curved, sharply serrated spine. The last two tarsal joints of anal and penultimate pairs of legs sulcate on the inner side. Length 17.5™™. Although the males of nearly every species of the subgenus Neolith- obius show some modifications of the anal legs, yet this species presents a curious peculiarity and approaches to that of L. bilabiatus in the ex- tent of the modification. The above description is based upon a single male specimen. 41. Lithobius latzeli Meinert. Marksville and Luray, Va.; L. M. Underwood. Antenne 29-34; coxal pores 5, 6, 5, 4-6, 7, 7,6; prosternal-teeth 9+9 or 10+10; spines of first pair of legs 2, 3, 2; spines of anal and pen- ultimate pairs 1, 3, 3, 2. 350 NOTES ON MYRIAPODS. 42. Lithobius underwoodi, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to L. juventus, but the prosternal teeth 64-7; coxal pores 7, 7, 7, 6, transverse; size much larger. Habitat.—Macon, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Type.—Ace. 19542, 22; U.S. Nat. Museum. Description.—Dark shining brown, head and antenne darkest, legs paler. Robust, attenuated posteriorly, moderately smooth; head wider than long (4:3). Antenne long, extending to the tenth segment, articles 32, Ocelli 25, in 6 transverse series. Prosternal teeth 6+7. Coxal pores 7,7, 7, 6, transverse. Spines of first pair of legs 2, 3, 2; of pen- ultimate and anal pair 1, 3, 3,2. Anal and penultimate pairs of legs each with two claws. Coxe of the last three pairs of legs laterally armed. Female: The last two tarsal joints of anal and penultimate pairs of legs suleate on the inner side; claw of genitalia large and long, indis- tinetly tripartite; spines 2+2, stout, inner shortest. Length 20™™. This species is very different from L. juveutus, which is the only North American species belonging to the same group, although they may have originally sprung from the same stock. ‘This species is de- scribed from a female which has the anal pairs of legs broken off. 43. Lithobius rex, sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to L. validus, of Europe, but the antenne 20- jointed. Habitat.—Tallulah, Ga.; L. M. Underwood. Type.— Ace. 19542, 21; U.S. Nat. Museum. Description.—Gray ae head, antenne, first dorsal plate, and margins of others dark. Robust, attenuated posteriorly, dorsal plates much wrinkled, sparsely pilose; head wider than long (6:5). Antenne long, extending to the ninth segment, articles 20, long. Ocelli 19, in 6 transverse series. Prosternal teeth 9+9. Coxal pores 8, 8, 8, 7, large, transverse. Spines of the first pair of legs 1, 3, 2; of penultimate pair 1,3, 3, 2; of anal pair, 3, 2. Female: Claw of genitalia wide and short, tripartite; spines 2+2, short and stout, ends flattened and obscurely serrate. Length 25™™. This species is described from a female specimen, which has the fourth segment considerably angulated, and I at first placed it ina pew sub- genus. But a study of multidentatus showed that the angulation of the fourth dorsal plate was subject to considerable variation. This is the only North American species of the subgenus Lulithobius that has the coxal pores in a single series, and in this respect approaches L. valiius of Europe; but that species has 40-48 antennal joints. Ace. 19542, 21 contains a female of this species. 44. Lithobius multidentatus Newport. Marksville and Natural Bridge, Va.; L M. Underwood. INDIANA UNIVERSITY, December 1, 1888. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 351 DESCRIPTIONS OF FOURTEEN SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES COLLECTED BY THE U.S. FISH COMMISSION IN THE SUMMER OF 1888. BY DAVID STARR JORDAN. (With Plates XLIII—x Lv. ) A large part of the summer of 1888 was spent by the writer in the exploration of the streams of Virginia and North Carolina, under the auspices of the U.S. Fish Commission. In this work I had the efficient assistance of Prof. Oliver P. Jenkins, of De Pauw University, Green- castle, Ind.; Barton W. Evermann, of the State Normal School, Terre Haute, Ind.; and Seth E. Meek, of Coe College, Cedar Rapids, Iowa. The basins of the Shenandoah, James, Roanoke, Kanawha, Holston, French Broad, Catawba, Yadkin, Cape Fear, Neuse, Tar, and Black water Rivers were more or less fully explored, and upwards of 7,000 specimens, mostly of small fishes, were secured. Among the species obtained fourteen appear to be certainly new to science. Types of each of these species have been sent to the U.S. Na- tional Museum. ‘These species are described in advance of the general report by permission of Col. Marshall McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries. The new species described are the following: 1. Noturus furiosus Jordan & Meek. 2. Noturus gilberti Jordan & Evermann. 3. Moxostoma rupiscartes Jordan & Jenkins. 4, Notropis (Lucxilus) macdonaldi Jordan & Jenkins. d. Notropis kanawha Jordan & Jenkins. 6. Hybopsis watauga Jordan & Evermann. 7. Fundulus (Xenisma) rathbunt Jordan & Meek. 8. Chologaster avitus Jordan & Jenkins. 9. Etheostoma (Percina) rex Jordan & Evermann. 10. Etheostoma (Hadropterus) roanoka Jordan & Jenkins. 11. Etheostoma (Boleosoma) podostemone Jordan & Jenkins. 12. Etheostoma ( Ulocentra) verecundum Jordan & Evermann. 13. Etheostoma (Nanostoma) swannanoa Jordan & Evermann. I have also added (14) a redescription of EHtheostoma longimane, and (15) a description of a new species from Mexico, Etheostoma australe. 1. Noturus furiosus Jordan & Meek, sp. nov. (Type No. 39932, U. 8. Nat. Mus.) Closely allied to Noturus miurus. Head, 3? in length; depth, 54; width of head, 44. D.1,6. A. 14. Length of largest specimen, 34 inches. Body moderately elongate, about as in N. miurus. Head broad, de- depressed, flat between the eyes. Eyes moderate, 1} in interorbital 352 NEW SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. width, 44 in head. Lower jaw included; band of premaxillary teeth not produced backward. Barbels rather long, the maxillary barbel reaching gill opening. Insertion of dorsal considerably nearer adipose fin than snout, its spine 24 in head; pectoral spine extremely large ; longer, stronger, and more heavily armed than in any other North American Catfish; its length 14 in head. It is provided with antrorse teeth on its outer margin, these growing larger and less retrorse to- wards the end of the spine. The tip of the spine is, however, free from teeth on either side. Inner margin of spine with seven or eight strong recurved hooks. Humeral process moderate. Adipose fin high, with a deep notch, which extends almost to its base. Caudal long, its tip rounded; anal short, rather high, its base 6 in body, its longest rays 2 in head. Color more varied than in any other of our Catfishes; the pattern similar to that of N. miurus. Light brown; entire upper parts and fins punctate with black dots; a dusky area between eyes; a black saddle- like blotch across occiput; a large one before and one behind dorsal and one on adipose fin; a crescent-shaped bar at base of caudal; three distinct black curved streaks across caudal, and two across soft dorsal and anal; these markings less distinct in the young. This species is the most strongly armed of the North American Cat- fishes, and according to Professor Jenkins the poison of its axillary gland is more virulent than that of other species. Numerous specimens were taken in the Neuse River at Millburnie, near Raleigh; one in the Little River at Goldsborough, and one in the Tar River at Rocky Mount. Specimens in the U. S. National Museum from Tarborough, N. C. (James W. Milner, collector), were at first iden- tified by me as Noturus eleutherus and afterwards as Noturus miurus. 2. Noturus gilberti Jordan & Evermann,sp. nov. (Type, No. 39931, U.S. Nat. Mus.) From Roanoke, Va. Head, 44 in length; depth, 7; width of head, 53. D.1, 6, = -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 353 ‘not rounded, but obliquely truncate, almost emarginate, the lower lobe ‘slightly the longer. Color dark yellowish-brown, finely punctulate above, paler below; base of caudal and most of the lower lobe black ; sometimes all black except the tip of the upper lobe; dorsal black at base, pale above. This species is one of the most distinct in the genus. It is nearest related to N. exilis, N. nocturnus, and N. leptacanthus, but it is well separated from all of these. _ Many specimens were obtained in the Roanoke River, at Roanoke, Salem, and Alleghany Springs. Itis found in company with the ‘Mad Tom,” Noturus insignis. Itis less abundant than the latter, however, and reaches a smaller size. We have named this species for our friend and colleague Dr. Charles H. Gilbert. 3. Moxostoma rupiscartes* Jordan & Jenkins, sp. nov. (Type No. 39927, U.S. Nat. Mus.) Closely allied to Moxostoma cervinum, differing chiefly in its smaller scales and more uniform coloration. It reaches a larger size; its lips are larger, and the form of its dorsal fin is some what different. Head, 4% in length; depth, 53 to 6. D.11. A. 8. Scales 6-50-6. Length of largest specimen, 11 inches. Body long and low, slender, subterete anteriorly, compressed behind. Head very short, broad, flat between the eyes. Snout bluntish, project- ing beyond mouth; its length 24 in head. Eye moderate, 44 in head; interorbital width 24 in head. Lips full, the lower truncate behind, plicate in young, the folds in adult so broken as to form coarse papillee ; scales small, a little smaller anteriorly, 18 before dorsal (scales 43 in M. cervinum, 15 before dorsal). Dorsal fin low and small, its free edge concave, the first ray slightly produced, 14 in head. Caudal short, lunate, its lobes equal and bluntish, the upper 13 in head; pectorals long, 13; in head; ventrals short, 14; anal 14. Air-bladder in three parts. Color—Adult, dark olive-brown above, paler below, the dark color of back extending irregularly downward, not sharply divided from the paler of belly; fins all dusky. In the adult the pale streaks along the rows of scales are entirely obliterated. Young grayish, becoming grad- ually paler below; faint pale streaks along the rows of scales; a faint dusky spot above base of pectoral; tips of dorsal and caudal more or less dusky (inky-black in Mf. cervinum). _ Many specimens of this species were obtained in the Catawba River at Marion, in Buck’s Creek at Pleasant Garden, in John’s River near Morganton, in North Carolina; and in Pacollet River at Clifton, and Tiger River at Cleveland Shoals, both these localities being in the * Rupiscartes (a hybrid word), used by Swainson to mean rock-jumper, a species of Salarias which jumps on rocks, like a lizard. Proc. N. M. 88-——23 Ol 58 354 NEW SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. vicinity of Spartanburgh, S.C. About Spartanburgh, this is one of the common food-fishes. | Specimens of Moxostoma rupiscartes (identified by me as M. cervinum) have been taken by me in the Saluda River at Greenville, S. C., in the Chattahoochee at Gainesville, Ga., and in the Ocmulgee at Flat Shoals, Ga. In the James, Roanoke, Tar, and Neuse Rivers we found the genuine MW. cervinum. 4. Notropis macdonaldi Jordan & Jenkins., sp.nov. (Type No. 39859, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bates Luzxilus Rafinesque, allied to N. zonatus (Agassiz), and less closely to N. megalops Ratinesque. Head contained 32 times in length to base of caudal; depth, 43. D. 8. A.9or10. Seales, 7-39-2. Length of largest specimen 5 inches. Form more elongate than that of VY. megalops, the head longer and more pointed, the form of body and head much as in XN. zonatus, but the body still more slender. Body elongate, compressed, the back a little ele- vated; anterior profile gently curved from snout to front of dorsal, a little more convex on snout. Eye moderate, a little shorter than snout; inadult,4tin head. Mouth large, terminal, oblique, the lower jaw some- what projecting; maxillary extending to opposite front of eye, as in zona- tus, its length 2Zin head. In N. megalops of the same size the snout is much more obtuse, and the maxillary isless than one-third of head. Seales less crowded than in WV. megalops, the exposed surfaces less nar- rowed; scales before dorsal small, in 17 to 20 rows. Lateral line de- curved. Insertion of dorsal somewhat behind that of ventral, nearer to base of caudal than to snout. Fins moderate; free margin of anal concave; pectoral not quite reaching ventrals, the latter scarcely to— vent. Teeth, 2, 4-4, 2, with narrow grinding surface and a hook. Color in spirits, greenish, with a broad, diffuse lateral band of plum- beous silvery; a dark streak along back ; no caudal spot; fins plain. In life the snout and chin are red, as are also the axils of pectorals and ven- trals; the space between the rami of the lower jaw retains the orange color in alcohol. The scales of the upper part of the body and head are profusely punctate with black. The boundaries of the scales are not very well defined. Numerous specimens of this species were obtained from the Shen- andoah River at Waynesboro, Va., from North River, at Loch Laird, Va., and from Buffalo Creek, near Lexington, Va. The two streams last mentioned flow into the James below the Natural Bridge. We have named this species in honor of Col. Marshall McDonald, the efficient head of the U.S. Fish Commission. 5. Notropis kanawha Jordan & Jenkins, sp. nov. (Type No. 39928, U.S. Nat. Mus.) Allied to XN, illecebrosus (Girard). Head, 42 inlength; depth4%. D,8. A.9. Scales 44-37-2, 16 scales before dorsal. Teeth 4-4, hooked, with grinding surface. Length of type, 34 inches. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 355 Body rather elongate, moderately compressed, the back a little ele- vated. Snout bluntish, not very short, 34 in head, its profile gently decurved; jaws equal; mouth rather oblique, the maxillary 3 in head, reaching to opposite front of eye; interorbital space flattish, a little broader than eye; eye large, 34 in head, smaller than in N. scabriceps, which this species resembles in many respects. Preorbital broad; first suborbital narrow; scales large; lateral line gently decurved. Fins all rather high; pectorals nearly reaching ventrals. Insertion of dorsal distinctly behind ventrals, midway between nostril and base of caudal. Color translucent green; sides bright silvery, with few punctulations. No caudal spot. This species was found to be rather common in Reed Creek, a tribu- tary of the Kanawha, near Wytheville, Va. 6. Hybopsis watauga Jordan & Evermann, sp. nov. (Type No. 39929, U.S. Nat. Mus. Allied a H. dissimilis (Kirtland), but with smaller scales, the body more slender, the coloration less varied. Head, 43 in length; depth, 54 to6. D.7. A.7. Scales 4-52-4, 20 to 24 before dorsal. Length of type, 4 inches. Body elongate, subterete, the back little elevated; head rather long and low, flat on top, the anterior profile blunt, decurved. Lips thick ; barbel evident; mouth horizontal, wholly inferior, the maxillary reach- ing to opposite posterior nostril, 4in head. Snout, 22 in head. Eye very large, placed high, its diameter 34 in head, a littie less than length of snout; preorbital long and broad. Scales small, those before dorsal and on belly reduced in size; breast naked. Insertion of dorsal before that of ventrals, slightly nearer snout than base of caudal. Pectoral long, 14 in head; other fins all small. Lower pharyngeals weak; the teeth 4-4, small, short, hooked, with slight grinding surface. Color olivaceous above, side with a dark bluish lateral stripe not so wide as eye, passing around the snout; on this stripe are eight to twelve rounded blackish spots, diffuse and not so large as 4ye, one of these at base of caudal; a dark speck on front of opercle; a few dark spots each as large as a scale on back, especially on back of tail. Fins pale. Comparing this species with H. dissimilis we find the scales smaller (40 to 44 in H. dissimilis, 18 before dorsal), the body more elongate (depth usually 5 in the latter), and the color less variegated. In most speci- mens of H. dissimilis the back and sides are covered with irregular dark spots, some of the scales being dusky. About six specimens of this species were taken in the north fork of the Holston River at Saltville, Va., and two in the Watauga River at Elizabethtown, Tenn. This species is probably widely diffused, having been hitherto confounded with H. dissimilis. The specimens from the White River, Eureka Springs, Ark., scales 49 or 50, should be referred to H. watauga. The other specimens of this type accessible to the writer belong to He dis- similis, These represent the following localities: Spring ‘Oreek,;! Hot! 306 NEW SPECIES OF .FFRESH-WATER FISHES. Springs, N. C.; Swannanoa River, Asheville, N. C.; White River, Gos- port, and Indianapolis, Ind.; Rock River, Ogle County, I].; Des Moines River, Ottumwa, Iowa; Saline River, Benton, Ark.; Washita River, — Arkadelphia, Ark. 7. Fundulus rathbuni Jordan & Meek, sp. nov. (Type No. 39860, U, S. Nat. Mus.) Subgenus Yenisma Jordan, allied to Fundulus stellifer Jordan. Head, 3+ in length to base of caudal; depth 43. D.11. A.11. Seales, — 38-12. Length, 24 inches. Body moderately elongate, rather robust, little compressed; the back broad, not elevated. Head moderately broad — and depressed above; snout rather sharp, as long as eye, which is 33 — in head; seales of medium size, the humeral scale not enlarged; two — rows of scales on cheek. Fins all low and small; dorsal inserted pos- teriorly, its first ray opposite first of anal or slightly behind it; longest ray of dorsal 13 in head; anal larger than dorsal; pectoral short, 14 in head; ventrals very short, reaching vent. Coloration in life pale green, with small irregular horizontally oblong dark-brown spots scattered over head and body. Sexes not very differ- ent. Males with scales of body edged with black and with a pale lengthwise streak along upper part of each row of scales. Young with very obscure dark cruss-bars. Fins plain, yellowish in male, speckled at base only. Numerous specimens were obtained-in Reedy Fork, Allemance Creek, Buffalo Creek, and other tributaries of the Cape Fear River, about Greens- borough, N.C. A few were also obtained in Jumping Run, a small clear tributary of the Yadkin River, north of Salisbury, N. C. Like the re- lated species, the present one seems to prefer clear upland brooks and springs. This interesting species is named for Mr. Richard Rathbun, of the U. S. Fish Commission. ; 8. Chologaster avitus Jordan & Jenkins, sp. nov. (Type 39864, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Closely allied to Chologaster cornutus Agassiz, but more slender, with shorter pec- torals and different coloration. Head, 32 in lengths; depth, 54to 65. D.8or9. A.Sor9. Seales about 68. Length, J+ inches. General form of the Cave Blind fish, but much more slender, the head narrower, sharper, and less depressed ; mouth oblique, terminal, the lower jaw projecting; maxillary extending nearly to front of eye; eye small, but evident, about half length of snout. Gill membranes separate, nearly free from the isthmus, covering the vent. Pectoral fin 14 in head; 12 in distance to front of dorsal; caudal pointed, about as long as head. Color very dark brown above, the lower half of body abruptly white, all parts, black or white, sprinkled over with black points; side with three narrow, Sharply defined, black lengthwise stripes, the lower some- times breaking up into dots behind, the middle stripe broadest, form- ing the lower margin of the dark color of back, this stripe extending 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 357 on side of head across eye and snout; upper band a little nearer to line of back than to middle band; a large, irregular black blotch at base of caudal; behind this a white blotch of varying size, sometimes reduced to two small spots, sometimes forming a broad white bar, covering nearly half the fin; behind this blotch the caudal fin is jet black. Dor- sal white, more or less spotted or edged with black. About forty specimens of this very interesting species were taken in the outiet of Lake Drummond in the Dismal Swamp, near Suffolk, Va. The species probably abounds throughout the Dismal Swamp. Our specimens agree in most respects with Putnam’s description of Chologaster cornutus Agassiz. This species is still known only from three specimens obtained in a ditch in a rice field at Waccamaw, S. C. The differences are probably, however, of specific value. Compared with its blind relative and perhaps descendant, Typhlich- thys subterraneus Girard, Chologaster avitus is much more slender, with narrower, sharper, and less depressed head, sharper fins, and with the gill membranes less connected to the isthmus. The “horns” on the snout mentioned by Agassiz seem to be the flaps of the nostrils. These are much better developed in Chologaster than in Typhlichthys subterra- neus. 9. Etheostoma rex Jordan & Evermann, sp. nov. (Type No. 39852, U. S. Nat. Mus. ) Subgenus Percina Haldeman, closely allied to E. caprodes. Head, 32 in length; depth, 42. D. xtv-15. A.11,11. Seales 11-83 to 85-19. Length of largest specimen, 54 inches. Body elongate, little compressed, the form more robust than in &. caprodes, the back more elevated ; head stouter, the snout more acumi- nate and the mouth a little ae than in E. caprodes; the head siml- larly formed. Cheeks with five rows of small scales; opercles and nape closely scaled; breast naked; gill membranes nearly separate; pseudobranchie very small; median scales on ventral line moderately enlarged. Fins higher than in H. caprodes, the longest ray of the soft dorsal slightly more than half head. _ Adult in spirits mottled green above, yellowish below; four dark cross- blotches on back; about ten roundish dark Gisfenes on sides, these almost confluent ae a band; a small black spot at base of cau- dal; no trace in young or cld of parallel cross-bands on side of back, he. young with the back covered with zigzag markings, the sides with n short vertical inky-black blotches about as high as the eye. Second dorsal and caudal in adult yellowish, with oblique cross- stripes of black spots first dorsal yellowish, mottled, with a median dusky band ; pec- orals yellow, banded with olive; anal faintly spotted with black. ‘ In life, the adult example was olive-green, straw-color below; back with five obscure dusky cross-blotches; nine obscure dark olive cross- Dlotches on sides; a small dark caudal spot. Snout and nape dashed with orange; cheeks yellow; first dorsal pale olive, with darker olive ‘Spots at base: a broad band of brilliant orange toward margin, the edge 358 NEW SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. dusky. Soft dorsal and caudal light yellow, with bands of black spots. Anal pale yellow, with two rows of olive spots; pectorals and ventrals yellow, with olive spots; ventrals edged with orange. The smaller specimen had the dark blotches on side inky-black, the — back more sharply mottled, and the orange on dorsal very faint. . Two specimens of this species were taken in swift water in the Roan- oke River, near the city of Roanoke. The largest of these is 54 inches — in length, almost as large as the largest of E. caprodes. It is probable that this species reaches a larger size than any other of the Darters. It is very close to BE. caprodes, differing chiefly in the presence of red and green markings, in the larger scales, and in the more robust form. 10. Etheostoma roanoka Jordan & Jenkins,sp. pov. (Type 39866, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Subgenus Hadropterus Agassiz, allied to Etheostoma evides. Head, 3? to 4 in length; depth, 44 to43?. D.xorxI-ll. A. I, 8 or | 9. Scales, 5-48-6, the number in lateral line varying trom 41 to 50. Length, 24 inches. Body decidedly robust, moderately compressed, the back elevated. Head broad, heavy, tapering forward, the snout moderately blunt at tip, then nearly straight from before eye backward to occiput. Pre- maxillaries not protractile. Maxillary 32 in head, reaching front of pupil. Mouth small, little oblique, low, the lower jaw included all around; teeth rather strong. Eye about as long as snout, 44 to 4? in head. Cheek scaleless, usually two or three small scales on upper part of opercle, the head often quite naked; nape and breast naked; middle line of belly with about eight moderately enlarged scales; preopercle entire; opercular spine moderate; gill membranes very slightly con- nected; lateral line complete; dorsal fins moderate, contiguous; anal large, its spines large, the first strongest; pectoral about as long as head, reaching beyond ventrals to vent. Caudal slightly lunate. Color straw-yellow, the. males dark green; sides with ten or eleven vertical cross-bars, more or less confluent into a lateral band. In the males, these bands are of a deep blue-green and vaguely defined. In the females, they are distinctly diamond-shaped and confluent along their middle, forming a broad band, with both edges serrate; male with lower parts and paler parts of head bright sulphur-yellow; back barred and mottled with dark ; nape with a pale spot; head dark blue in males, with a black bar forward and one downward from eye; lips orange. Fins in male nearly plain blue-black; first dorsal with a median band of very bright yellow, its base with a black band, its edge narrowly black; second dorsal and anal faintly barred; some orange-yellow on ventrals, anal, and soft dorsal; two yellow spots at base of caudal, the upper forming a curved streak above the last of the dark lateral spots. Females paler, yellowish below, the markings black and less diffuse, the second dorsal and caudal sharply barred. This beautiful species is very abundant in the Roanoke River in swift waters, especially among rocks covered with river-weed. Many speci- 1882. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 359 mens were taken at Alleghany Springs, Salem, and Roanoke. It was also found abundant in the Neuse River, at Millburnie, near Raleigh, and two specimens were obtained from the Tar River, at Rocky Mount, IN; GC. The North Carolina specimens have mostly larger scales (lateral line 45, 45, 41, 45, 48, 44, 42, 47, in eight specimens; 50, 43, 47, 50, in four Roanoke specimens), but are otherwise similar. E. roanoka differs from E. evides chiefly in the larger scales. (Scales usually 60 to 65 in E£. evides.)* 11. Etheostoma podostemone Jordan & Jenkins, sp. nov. (Type No. 39363, U.S. Nat. Mus. ) Subgenus Boleosoma, allied to E. longimane, differing chietly in the larger scales and smaller mouth. Head, 42 in length; depth, 53. D. x-13. A. I, 8. Seales, 4-35-6. Length, 2 inches. Body rather stout, somewhat compressed, the back elevated. Head short, rather bluntly rounded in profile, the rather wide, blunt snout overhanging the small, inferior mouth. Upper jaw protractile; maxil- lary short, freely movable, just reaching front of eye, and searcely as * long as eye; eye 33 in head, a little longer than snout; mouth very small, inferior, contracted ; teeth small; gill membranes broadly united. Cheeks, nape, and breast naked; opercles with a few large scales; pre- opercle entire; middle line of belly naked anteriorly, with ordinary scales behind. Lateral line complete. Dorsal fins moderate; anal fin lower and smaller than soft dorsal; anal spine short; first anal ray simple, a little longer than the spine and articulate toward tip; caudal truncate; pectorals rather long, one-fourth longer than head, reaching beyond ventrals to vent. Color light yellowish-green, with seven or eight small dark quadrate spots along side; five or six larger ones along back; scales of back mostly with dark centers; a dark bar below eye; alittle spot behind eye ; a dark opercular bar and a dark bar before and behind pectorals ; lower side of head with some dark spots ; pectorals, both dorsals and caudal, with cross-bands of dark olive spots; dorsal in life also spotted with prownish-red ; caudal also with a subterminal dark band; ventrals and anal nearly plain. Many specimens of this species were obtained from the Roanoke River at Roanoke, Salem, and Alleghany Springs. They abound in swift water, especially among rocks covered with river-weed (Podostemon ceratophyllus). They are especially plentiful in the clear waters of Bottom Creek, about 5 miles above Alleghany Springs, Va. This swift mountain stream is one of the chief sources of the Roanoke. This species is nearly allied to E. longimane, and like that species is intermediate between the groups known as Boleosoma and Ulocentra. * Scales 52, 54, 55, 55, 60, 62, 65, 60, 62, 53, 62, 63, 52, 58, in fourteen specimens of £. evides from tributaries of the French Broad. In Indiana specimens the number rarely goes below 60. 360 NEW SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. 12. Etheostoma verecundum Jordan & Evermann, sp. nov. (Type No. 39862, U.S. Nat. Mus. ) Subgenus Ulocentra Jordan, apparently allied to Z. stigmeum and to £. histrio. Head, 43 in length; depth, 43. D.x1,11. A.1,7. Seales, 6-47-9. Length, 24 inches. } Form of head and body much as in E. zonale, the body subfusiform, little compressed, the back somewhat elevated. Head small; snout short, very convex in profile; eye large, longer than snout, 34 in head. Mouth small, inferior, horizontal; premaxillaries protractile, but with traces of an obsolete mesial frenum; maxillary extending to just be- yond front of eye, 33 in head. Gill membranes broadly united; pre- opercle entire; cheeks, opercles, and nape scaly ; breast naked ; lateral line complete. Fins all very low; dorsal fins scarcely joined ; caudal slightly lunate; pectorals as long as head, reaching tips of ventrals, not to vent. Color in spirits greenish-yellow, much mottled with darker green; six or seven distinct quadrate green spots along lateral line; traces of three dark spots in a vertical row at base of caudal; a dark bar below and before eye; top of head dark. Ventrals and anal plain, other fins barred with dark olive; spinous dorsal with orange in front and orange spots on its last rays; tip of last spines dark. A single specimen of this species was taken in the Middle Fork of the Holston River, about 5 miles south of Glade Spring, Va. 13. Etheostoma swannanoa Jordan & Evermann, sp. nov. (Type No. 39861, U.S. Nat. Mus.) Subgenus Nanostoma Putnam. Allied to £. blennius Gilbert & Swain. Head, 44 in length; depth, 6. D.xtorxt,12to14. A.11,9. Scales, 6-48 to57-* Tor 8. Length, 24 to 3 inches. Form of Etheostoma simoterum. Body robust, somewhat compressed, the back elevated; head very short, deep, the anterior profile strongly convex; snout short and blunt; eye large, placed high, 4 in head; mouth very smail, horizontal, inferior, the lower jaw included all around. Premaxillaries not protractile; maxillary short, not adnate, reaching to opposite front of eye, 4 in head; teeth small. Cheeks, opercles, and breast naked ; nape naked in one specimen; scaly in the others. Lat- eral line complete; belly evenly sealed. Gill membranes broadly con- nected. Fins rather low; dorsals contiguous; pectorals long, one- third Jonger than head, reaching beyond ventrals to vent. Males, in spirits, dusky green, the belly paler; back irregularly mot- tled and blotched with black and strewn with specks of saffron yellow ; six distinct black cross-blotches on dorsal line; eight to ten roundish or quadrate black blotches on sides, a smaller spot behind the last of these at base of caudal, these lateral blotches somewhat connected. Head dusky above; a faint bar below eye; axil black; fins nearly plain. * Seales 50, 48, 53, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, in eight specimens, the last three being from Hol- ston River. | PLATE XLV. Proceedings U., S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888. Jordan. (Tog oseq) “10¢ aned) o5B, d) ‘ds ‘u ‘ds ‘ul aununbuoy DUOIsoayIA “PTL “SIA ‘POUDUUDALS PUWOLSOAYUL ‘ep SLY “UMNPU adad DUMOPSOIYIA “BL OVA (egg oseq) ‘ds ‘u ‘guomapsopod DULOJSOAYLA “Th ‘OL 6 (gag ose) (Ace ‘ds ‘ul o3td) ‘PYOUNDOL DULOISOA'YF ‘ds ‘Svan DUWLOPSOIY} ie i r He Gi 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 361 In life, male olive-green, light green below; markings all dark green ; base and lower edge of pectoral tinged with saffron; base and tip of first dorsal bright snuffy-brown; second dorsal and caudal olive, speckled ; lower fins pale yellow. Female and younger specimens have the body more speckled; the pectorals and caudal barred with dark. Ten specimens of this well-marked species were obtained. Two from the South Fork of the Holston River at Holstein Mills, Va.; two from - the Middle Fork of the Holston at Marion, Va., and six from the South Fork of the Swannanoa River, at Black Mountain, N. C. ‘The species apparently frequents only clear mountain streams. 14. Etheostoma longimane * Jordan. (No. 39865, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Subgenus Boleosoma De Kay. Head, 42 in length to base of caudal; depth, 5. D. x-13. A.1, 8. Seales 5-44-7. Largest specimen (Loch Laird, Va.), 25 inches long. Body moderately elongate, not much compressed ; head rather long, somewhat blunt anteriorly, convex above the eyes; profile of the suout steep and nearly straight; premaxillaries protractile; lower jaw in- cluded; maxillaries reaching front of orbit, about as long as eye, which is four in head, and about as long as snout ; teeth rather strong; gill membranes a little connected ; cheeks naked ; opercles with some scales; nape and breast naked. Lateral line complete; scales rather large; belly naked anteriorly, with ordinary scales posteriorly. Pectorals very long, reaching front of anal, about 14 times as long as head; ventrals long, but not reach- ing tips of pectorals nor front of anal. Dorsal spines high, the longest 12 in head; soft dorsal very high, 1,1; in head; anal smaller than soft - dorsal; anal spine short, the first ray longer than the spine, simple, but 4 articulate towards the tip. Caudal lunate. Color in spirits straw-color, many scales on the back darker; ten dark spots on sides, rather irregular and small; one at base of caudal and one on front of opercle ; back with five or six dark cross-blotches. Both dorsals with dark spots; caudal and pectoral somewhat barred ; three or four dark bars only on caudal; ventrals and anal plain; astripe forward from eye, but only a very faint dark shade below eye; a little black spot on base of pectoral above ; sometimes faint dark dashes on lower part of side, alternating with the dark blotches. In life this species is clear green, with markings of darker green or black. This interesting species is common in tributaries of the James River in Virginia, abounding in rocky, swift waters, especially among river weeds. It is technically a‘ Boleosoma,” but it is not very closely re- lated to the nigrum group, put allied rather to those called Ulocentra. *Originally described in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1888, p. 179, from specimens (No. 24619, Mus. Comp. Zool.) taken in a tributary of James River. The present de- scription is drawn from better material. 362 NEW SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER FISHES. Our specimens are from North River at Loch Laird, Va.; from Buf- falo Creek, near Lexington, Va.; and from Elk Creek, near Natural Bridge. All of these streams flow into James River. In this connection may be described the following species from Mexico: 15. Etheostoma australe Jordan, sp. noy. (Type 24625, Mus. Comp. Zool.) Subgenus Etheostoma. Allied to E. ewruleum Storer. Head, 32 in length; depth, 44. D.x1,11. A.I,8. Lat.1.59,. Length, 2 inches. Form of E. cerulewm, mouth rather small, the lower jaw included; maxillary reaching front of pupil; eye small, about as long as the sharp, pointed snout, 44 to 5 in head; gill membranes slightly connected; cheeks, opercles, nape, and breast naked; lateral line incomplete. Fins in males rather high; anal fin with a single spine (in all three specimens), this spine long and quite strong. Color in spirits: Males with ten oblique white cross-bands, probably scarlet in life, these alternating with white blotches on back; a dark spot below eye and a dark humeral spot. Female specimen (with eggs) speckled with dark cross-blotches on back; scales punctulate. I have examined three specimens of this species collected in the Chihuahua River, Mexico, by John Potts. These specimens are among the original types of Diplesion fasciatus Girard (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, 101). Thename fasciatus can not, however, be retained, as the prior Catonotus fasciatus Girard (op. cit., p. 67) belongs also to the subgenus Etheostoma, being a synonym of Etheostoma flabellare. U.S. FisH Commission, October 5, 1888. . 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 363 A STUDY OF THE BOOMERANG. BY H. EGGERS, OF MILWAUKEE. In the beginning of my studies I sought access to the literature on boomerangs and strove hard to hunt up everything written about them, but in such an out-of-the-way place as Milwaukee I succeeded but poorly, and whatever I read was either entirely false or only partially true or even invented. For example, the Encyclopedia Britannica, article ‘‘ Boomerang,” gives the manner of throwing wholly wrong, for just the reverse of its statement is true. Lubbock, in “ Prehistoric Times,” page 445, second edition, gives some correct statements, but they are useless for a person wishing to makea boomerang. Other communi- cations in periodicals or daily papers are not worth mentioning. It is clear, after my experience, that those writers never handled this instru- ment or studied its properties closely enough to be entitled to pub- lish anything about it. Some, for example, say it is a weapon of war. This can hardly be true, for the boomerang is a very costly instrument with the natives of Australia, considering the small number in every tribe that can make good ones and the difficulty they are under for want of proper tools; for the natives possessed but stone knives and stone hatchets to work the very hard wood the boomerangs are made of. One kind of this wood is the weeping-myale (Acacia pendula), which covers portions of eastern Australia for miles; but I think the boomerang is made also of other hard and heavy woods. Now the boomerang can not be a weapon of precision, and even if in a skirmish somebody be hit, it is of small execution, and the instrument is then lost. A stone or a common club will do more harm and is evidently much cheaper. Their spears, which can be manufactured by much less work, are dangerous weapons, as the natives throw them about 90 feet with sure aim; or, according to Captain Cook, a distance of 50 yards. From these reasons alone I believe the pretension that the boomerang is a weapon of war must fall to the ground. This opinion is supported by the testimony of Mr. Oldfield (Lubbock, J. ¢.). This gentleman says: “The boomerang is but little used in war.” But the boomerang is a good weapon for hunting birds; not that it would be thrown at a single bird with some chance of success, but it is very effective when hurled among a large flock of flying birds. The rapidity with which the instrument rises and the comparatively large space it describes will almost insure the hitting of a bird, and then bird and boomerang both will fall to the ground on nearly the same spot. But when the boomerang does not strike a bird it will then re- turn near to the hunter, if it was properly thrown. Another false opin- 364 A STUDY OF THE BOOMERANG. ion is that the natives strike with the boomerang a bird sitting on the branch of a tree; for the probability is that the instrument will break or get entangled and stuck among the twigs of the tree, as it sometimes happened in my practice. Another saying is that the boomerang is applied for hitting and killing kangaroos. This may be possible when the animal is very near to the hunter, say 30 or 40 feet distant, but I doubt that a boomerang will disable « kangaroo, whereas a spear will fell it to the ground. Mr. Oldfield goes on to say: The natives never attempt to kill a solitary bird or beast by means of the boomer- ang. On the other hand, in swampy localities, where water-fowl congregate largely, the boomerang is of essential use, for a great number of them being simultaneously hurled into a large flock of water-fowl insures the capture of considerable numbers.. It is not necessary to reflect any more upon such wonderful tales of what a boomerang in a dexterous hand will possibly perform. A per- son that takes the trouble to practice with this instrument will soon see which of such tales are tenable and which are not. The generally cred- ulous public swallow such stories the more readily the more wonderful things they relate. CONSTRUCTION OF THE BOOMERANG. By my experience I am led to believe that there exist, perhaps, dif- ferent general forms of boomerangs equally perfect; but I would make sure only of one general form, which, however, can vary between pretty wide limits. The two instruments sent by me to the Smithsonian are representations of this form. (Figs. 1, 2.) Fic. 2. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 365 The boomerang, according to those specimens, consists of two sym- metrical wings; that is, symmetrical in regard to a plane by which these two wings are joined. D ‘Ei Fic. 3. The angle of the lines D C and E C, which pass through the center C of line A B, and also through the centers D and E of the ends, I will call the “angle of the boomerang.” The size of this angle varies be- tween wide limits. My instruments have angles from 100 up to 140 degrees, and yet all these different instruments can be made to work properly; that is, boomerang-fashion. Perhaps this circumstance is the principal reason that the boomerang is at all popular in Australia. For if the efficacy of this instrument were limited by an angle of a fixed size, how few branches of trees would be found suitable. However, certain sizes of angle are more convenient to the thrower than others, and I found that angles from 116 to 120 degrees are very conven- ient. The relation between thickness, breadth, and length, absolute weight of the boomerang, and specific gravity of its material can very probably be expressed by numbers, but they are unknown, and evidently _vary also between extended limits. The instruments sent to the Smith- sonian have very nearly the numbers 1: 6: 36; that is, the maximum breadth is six times the maximum thickness, and the length of each wing is six times its maximum breadth. But writing 54 instead of 6 in the above proportion, so that the latter would be 1: 53: (54)*, would be just as near the ideal numerical relations. Iam inclined to believe that these numbers are influenced by the specific gravity of the mate- rial. That the above proportion does not entirely govern the geometri- cal form of the boomerang, I conclude from the fact that after breaking part of the wing (say one-fourth of its length) off from a good instru- ment, I did not notice any material loss of its good quality. Lubbock has given the measurements of one boomerang and Profess- or Erdman at Berlin, Germany, the dimensions of three others. These measurements may serve as a guide to a superficial construction of the boomerang; but these writers do not mention, as it seems to me, the essential point of a good boomerang: ‘the angle of inclination of the two wings.” The wings of my instruments have each a plane side. 366 A STUDY OF THE BOOMERANG. These two planes have to forma small angle between them, and I found that the way of effectively throwing the instrument and the manner of throwing it depend mostly on the size of this angle of inclination, which may vary from zero to three degrees, although the number 3 is not the utmost limit for successful throwing. The greater the angle between these limits, the less inclined toward the horizon the initial plane of rotation must be, all other points being the same. In- stead of a plane, one side of each wing may form a curved surface little deviating froma plane, without the quality of the instrument being impaired. For brevity’s sake, the joined planes of the two wings may be termed the plane side or lower side of the boomerang; it isthe side facing the ground during the flight. The opposite surface of the boomerang may be termed the rounded or upper side. The surface form of this side seems to be quite arbitrary; however, a good form and perhaps the best one is such that the instrument, placed with this (upper) side on a plane table, fits the table exactly either by a plane surface or by a plane curve. In practice an approximation to this de- mand is sufficient; also a moderate upward curving of both wings will answer. The tapering of the wings from the middle of the instrument toward the ends may be very slight both in regard to thickness and breadth ; for example, if the instrument is three-eighths of an inch thick in the middle, it may be two-eighths of an inch at the ends, and if 24 inches broad in the middle, it may have 13 inches at the ends. It may not be out of place here to mention a curious instance trans- mitted from antiquity. The old Grecian geographer, Strabo (book Iv, chapter Iv, 3), says: The Gauls use a piece of wood resembling a pilum, which they hurl not out of a thong, but from their hand, and to a farther distance than an arrow. They princi- pally make use of it in shooting birds. APPROXIMATE THEORY OF ITS FLIGHT. As to the mechanical theory of the flight of the boomerang I can say but little. Firstly, the rotation of the instrument about its free axis through the center of gravity is the fundamental condition of success. The faster the rotation, the longer the boomerang floats in the air. Secondly, the nutation of the axis of rotation has to be considered. | This nutation decreases with the angle of inclination of the two wings of the boomerang and increases with the increase of the said angle. In the case of a small angle, the plane of rotation keeps parallel to the initial position of this plane, or very nearly so. If the two wings form one plane with their lower sides (this angle being zero), the instrument has no perceptible nutation, and must be thrown perpendicularly to the vertical plane passing through the hand. The instrument then rises and returns nearly in the same plane that it went up. This throw is rather difficult. In the second case, the angle of inclination of the two — — 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 367 wings being rather large, the plane of rotation is constantly changing in regard to its inclination with the horizon, and by this circumstance causes the instrument to describe a series of complicated curves like those of a large bird of prey before it settles at the feet of the thrower. In general the initial plane of rotation must form an acute angle with the horizon, which may increase to a right angle when the inclination of the two wings is nearing its maximum. A very elaborate mathematical treatise on the boomerang has been published by Prof. Werner Stille, Highland, Il. It is a communication to Poggendorf’s Annalen der Physik, published at Berlin, Germany. Mr. Stille starts from the supposition that the boomerang should form a skew surface, a kind of screw. Accidentally I possessed an instru- ment of a screw-like form. When properly thrown it screwed up all right, but did not return. HOW TO THROW THE BOOMERANG. Take the boomerang with the full fist by one end, so that the flat side of the instrument faces the ground, and then fling it away with out- stretched arm, giving it at the same time a rotatory motion by a jerk with the wrist. Inthe momentof leaving the hand the boomerang should have an inclination toward the left, and its progressive motion should ‘be in an upward direction under a certain angle of elevation. The angle of inclination to the left and the angle of elevation vary from one in- strument to another, and have to be ascertained by some gentle trial throws for any particular instrument before the thrower applies the full power of hisarm. The field for practice should be soft ground, free of stones or other hard objects. Turow it against the wind, or half against it. Do not practice when a hard breeze is blowing. I do not enlarge here on the different curves the boomerang describes in accordance to its form and the manner of throwing, for it would be unintelligible, unless illustrated by actual experiment, 368 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. LIST OF PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA SENT TO THE SMITH- SONIAN INSTITUTION BY LIEUT. CHARLES F. POND, U.S. NAVY." BY DR. GEORGE VASEY. First collection, made on the southwest end of Cedros Island, in Feb- ruary, 1889: t _ wm oo bo So Ol ~] © oo ] Lis 12. 13. oS . Oligomeris subulata, Delile. Isomeris arborea, Nutt. Porophyllum gracile, Benth. Baccharis sarothroides, Gray. . Encelia conspersa, Benth. . Viguirea lanata, Kell. . Physalis pedunculata, Greene. . Pentstemon Cedrosensis, Kell. Heliotropium Curassavicum, Linn. Chenopodium murale, Linn. Mirabilis Californica, Greene. Harfordia fruticosa,: Greene. Eriogonum Pondii, Greene: Second collection, made on San Bonito Island, February, 1889: CHAD TP wb fr o 13. 14. 1. Escholtzia ramosa, Greene. Lepidium lasiocarpum, Nutt. Lavatera venosa, Watson. Cotyledon lanceolata, Nutt. Frankenia Palmeri, Gray. . Hemizonia Streetsii, Gray. Amblyopappus pusillus, Hook. Trixis angustifolia, D. C. . Perityle Californica, Torr. . Cryptanthe patula, Greene. Ad 12. Mirabilis Californica, Gray. Atriplex dilatata, Greene. Plantago Patagonica, Jacq. Brodiza capitata, Benth. WASHINGTON, D. C., March 29, 1889. * Collected while engaged in a survey of the coast of Lower California on the U.S. 8. Ranger. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED SLATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 369 A STUDY OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO CONTAINED IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBGENUS OF PUPID&. BY V. STERKI, M. D., OF NEW PHILADELPHIA, OHIO, (With Plate X11.) The North American forms of Pupa are far from being well known; this is especially the case with those belonging to the genus Vertigo. Though among the most interesting of all our mollusca, the shells of this section of the Pupide seem to be the most neglected. This may be due to two causes: First, their minute size and the supposed or real difficulty in collecting them; and, second, their apparent similarity and the critical skill required to separate and determine them. The multi- . tude of features and the possibilities of their combination are greater than generally realized, but since many of their characteristics are rather constant, it is not so difficult to separate and define the different species as appears at first. Once become familiar with these little creat- ures and the observer will find them far more manageable than many a group with much larger shells, just as a botanist at first dreads the determining of Cyperacee, and when versed in them likes them better than any others. . The Vertigos are particularly interesting because of their close rela- tionship to European species. When the American species have been as thoroughly studied and are as well known as those of the Old World, it will probably be found that they form part of the great cireumboreal land-shell fauna—like other groups of the mollusca that are distributed through the north temperate zone in the contiguous continents. They exhibit analogous features of resemblance and vary perhaps not in so extreme a degree as the Limneas, but as much as other members of the fauna as a whole, aside from the Protozoa. For this reason it would be worth while for collectors to obtain as many specimens as they can, since not only new species will doubtless be detected, but with an abundance of material it will be possible tc study their variations throughout the continent, and last, but not least, their geographical distribution, and enable us to make a comparison of the same with that of the Old World. For some time past I have been studying our Vertigos as far as I could obtain specimens from different States, and have compared them with European forms. The results obtained appear to me interesting enough to be published, at least in part. Considering the few species thus far described the results are not definite, and I have been careful to make no conclusions beyond such as follow directly from the examination of the material in hand. This has been for the most part only the shells; as Proc. N. M. 88 24 Jun 51554 a. hl 370 AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. to the soft parts my material has not been sufficient nor my study pur- sued far enough to warrant present consideration. I shall not here present any systematic description of species—old or new—nor enter into critical discussions about synonomy, ete., except in a few cases necessary to my purpose, leaving such questions for later publication. The present will be only a general statement of a part of the characteristies of the Vertigo group as obtained by comparing North American and European species and forms, and the conclusions arising therefrom. These latter necessarily lead to the creation of a new sub- genus of Pupa in order to properly segregate and place a few species, which in our sense are essentially different from the Vertigos. It is not necessary for our purpose to describe all parts and features of the Ver- tigo shell. Its size, shape, striation, coloration, whether umbilicated (widely or narrowly perforated) or not; the number. and shape of the whorls, the relative size of the latter in respect to the ratio of their growth, the sutural character, ete., all of these we will put aside, and di- rect our attention to two principal points, closely connected, namely, the configuration of the last whorl near the aperture and of the latter itself, and its denticles. This last term is used for convenience, and has nothing to do with the odontophore of the animal, but refers only to the lamelle of the aperture. The latter is of nearly similar shape in all the Vertigos; more or less half-oval or rounded, except at one point a little above the middle of the outer wall, or peristome, where there is, in some species, an indentation dividing the outer margin in two parts or curves, the upper of which is the smaller. (See Plate XLII, Figs. 1, 5, 6, 9, 11.) There are gradual differences in this feature, and many species show only a trace of that indentation, or slight flattening of the outer wall (Figs. 4, 9). Occasionally this point projects beyond the plane of the margin, as arather prominent angle in some species, e. g., V. ovata Say, or as a slightly rounded elevation in others; a few have scarcely a trace of it. It is seen when looking vertically at the plane of the aperture. This is a feature by no means peculiar to Vertigo; in many gastropod shells it is more or less perceptible, especially in most of our land and fresh water “snails,” although in few so marked as in V. antivertigo, Drap., and some others, among which are P. milium, Gld., and P. venetzii Charp. Ata little distance from the outer margin and parallel to it and to the lines of growth there is an elevation, in form of a prominent crest, sepa- rated from the margin bya more or less deep groove or constriction. (See Fig.7x.) But there are again great differences in the aspect of this; in many species the crest is scarcely perceptible and the whorl continues with little change of form to the very margin, which then is generally not at all or but slightly expanded (Fig. 3), while it is considerably so in those species showing the above-named configuration in a marked degree. (Fig. 7.) Inside, corresponding to the crest on the outside, many species show a callosity extendiag from the base to the suture, very variable in thick- seme \ f 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 371 ness, and often of a lighter color than the shell, appearing as a crimson or otherwise colored ‘ collar,” as one of my correspondents terms it. Generally those species have it more conspicuously developed that have a prominent crest and strong lamellie, but there are exceptions; thus a species undescribed, so far as I know, from Colorado (Table, No. 9), showing the last-mentioned feature, has not a trace of a callus, or at least my specimens have not. That there are differences in this respect in one and the same species, V. curvidens, Gld., furnishes proof; most of my specimens—I have them from various places in Ohio and several other States—have a well developed and often very strong callosity, while a faw from Maine show no trace of it. This is constant in a number of species with simple last whorl and straight peristome,as V. alpestris Alder. That the callus is the homologue of the thickened lip in most of our Helices, etc., there can be no doubt. Still another feature has to be considered in this connection. Behind the crest named above—behind, if we suppose the plane of the aperture to be in front—there is in some of the species a depression in the last whorl. It is not very deep, well defined below (towards the base), grad- ually disappearing above (towards the suture), occupying about the half of the middle of the whorl. Although this may appear trifling, I consider it a valuable feature in defining certain forms and species of Vertigo as well shown in V. ovata Say. (Fig. 7 at x.) The second of the main points is the dentition, a*prominent feature in this group, so striking, indeed, that it has probably had too much importance given to it in many descriptions of species, while other char- acters of equal value have been more or less neglected. And yet, never- theless, it has not been studied with sufficient care, especially its oceur- rence and aspect as a whole, both in its grouping and as to the shape of the separate lamella. This latter term I think to be better than “teeth” or “‘denticles,” for it defines more correctly their real shape and typical value, as all of these, even the smallest, appear as lamelle or folds, if examined with a magnifier of sufficient power, though in some instances they are only quite rudimentary. So far as known they vary in number and shape. Notwithstanding their variability in these respects, there is exceeding persistency in the matter of position, not only in the same species, but throughout the whole group of Vertigo; that is, if present at all. It appears, therefore, that the position of the lamelle is of greater importance than their prominence. Whether one of these be strongly developed, small, or entirely wanting, it has its own particular or typically local place, and we know which are present and which wanting. This point, therefore, should be stated in descriptions. To appreciate this character requires a very critical examination, but once understood it facilitates diagnosis very materially. (Compare figs. 1-4, 6, 9.) As already stated, the number and size of the lamelle vary in differ- ent species. In general those with the crest near the aperture, with a 372 AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. callosity and expanded margin, have also the most highly developed folds; such as V. antivertigo Drap. (Europe), and ovata Say (N. Am.), while in species with a simple configuration of these parts they are few and small. To return to these relations: the number of lamellze may vary from three, or perhaps less, up to ten or even twelve or fourteen. (See figs. 1-5, 6, 9.) Five of them are the most characteristic and typ- ical, because the mostconstant and at the same time, in most cases, the largest. For many years I regarded them as primaries; the others as accessories. This was in Europe, when I had no species from North America; but the latter so far as I know them, agree quite well with those of the European continent, in general appearance and structure. The primary lamell are as follows, designated with letters (see fig. 5): one on the apertural wall or body whorl A; one on the columella B; one at or near the base C; two in the outer margin or peristome Dand E. A is the most constant in shape, being a well developed, rather high lamella, steeply ascending at the ends, differing somewhat in size, and in its being inclined to the inner or outer side in some species (hence the name “curvidens”), as in the figure. B, if not closely looked at, appears to be simply a projecting tooth in the columella while it is a true lamella, encircling the pillar in a diree- tion nearly rectangular to the axis. Itis a good plan in order to gain an idea of its configuration and also of that of the others, to examine and compare larger Pup with well developed folds, e.g., P. dolium Drap., and P. torquillas, or our N. American P. armifera and P. contracta, in which of course the lamellz are partly of another type and shape. In none of the Vertigo species I know is the columellar fold wanting. C is the least constant of all the primary folds, in fact in most in- stances absent, and even in one and the same species it may be present, or not, as in P. pygmea Drap. And yet there are reasons for consider- ing if not merely an accessory. It appears like a simple tooth, rather variable in size, but really it is a lamella, although the shortest of the primaries. In most instances its position is not exactly at the base, but a little nearer the columella (see figs. 123,55); so that many descriptions say that there are two ‘teeth” on the pillar, yet generally it is seen through the transparent shell quite near the lowest part of the latter, which is hardly a part of the columella. The two lamelle on the peristome are always easily recognizable as such, but of very different dimensions. Where there is a callus, as de- ee scribed above, they generally end in it, either beginning rather distant —| from it in the “throat” or quite near, then sometimes simply appearing to be a nodule upon it, especially when they are small. (Fig. 2.) Very generally they are absolutely and relatively smaller in species having no callosity and are isolated (Figs. 3, 4), while in others the callus con- nects them. The lower of the two, D, is remarkably constant, and in this regard, together with B, keeps the first rank, while the upper, E, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 373 may be absent or represented by a mere trace, as in V. alpestris Ald., and V. tridentata Wolf. (Figs. 4, 9.) Another peculiarity and really quite a prominent feature is that D in all species stands a trifle more remote from the margin, as can be seen also from the outside, at least in the majority of species. The position and direction of the upper fold E is so that its prolongation would reach the margin just at the projecting angle or point mentioned above (Figs. 1, 5), and sometimes there is a slight depression corresponding to the lamella. In more instances this is at the place of the lower lamella D, and in some species it coincides with the lower limit of the depressed part described above, corresponding to the space between the two folds. The accessory lamellz are in general less frequent and partly less constant, and smaller than the primaries, and thus less typical. A part of them are quite constant (1) towards the margin, in the direction of the coil of the shell, while others are very variable, present, or only a trace, or entirely wanting; but they always occupy certain definite places. These are (see corresponding numbers in Fig. 5): (1) On the body whorl, between lamella A and the upper (outer) angle almost always nearer the margin. A lamella well developed in many species, especially in V. pusilla Miiller, V. substriata Jeffr., both of Europe; smaller but distinctly lamellar in V. antivertigo Drp., in V. ovata Say, and in a species from Colorado (Table, No. 9); as a small nodule scarcely recognizable as a lamella in V. moulinsiana Drp. (Bin ney’s Gould); sometimes absent and sometimes present in V. pentodon Say, and V. curvidens Gld., of the same shape. It certainly is the most significant of the accessories and for the first-named speeies quite char- acteristic. (1a) In some specimens of V. ovata Say, e. g., from Portage County, Ohio, there is a small but distinct nodule between the last named and the angle of the margin; also in occasional specimens of V. antivertigo, On the body whorl, the margin is represented by an apparently more or less marked callosity between the upper ends of the columella and outer margin; it is really the limit of the deposit all over the body whorl within the aperture. (2) On the body whorl, on the other side of A, between this and the columella, a small nodular lamella, rather constant in V. antivertigo and V. ovata, not infrequent in V. pentodon and V. curvidens Gld. 2a) As to P. venetzii Charp., and P. milium Gld., see text below. (3) Between C and D, a denticular lamella rather frequent, some- times double, as in V. ovata and V. pentodon. (4) Between D and Ea small but quite distinet fold observed thus far only in several specimens of the two last-named species and their relatives. (5) Above E one denticular lamella, constant in V. antivertigo and V. ovata, usually present in V. pentodon and V. curvidens, and frequently exhibited in V. pygymea Drap. 374 AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. (6) Above the last, near the suture, there is a small but distinct denti- cle in most examples of V. antivertigo, and it is sometimes seen in speci- mens of V. pentodon from Texas. It has already been stated that in general the accessory lamellz are smaller than the primaries, especially in V. antivertigo and V. ovata, as the former 1, la, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 show in Figs. 1,5, when compared with the latter A, B,C, D, E. But in certain species the differences in size are not so striking, é. g.in many specimens of V. pentodon Say and V. curvidens Gld., where the principals are not at all conspicuously large ; here sometimes there is a row of fifteen to seven nearly equal lamellz from the base to the suture (see Fig. 2), so that D and E are scarcely or not at all recognizable by their size, but only by their positions and the fact that they are constant, well developed in specimens where the others are wanting. Besides, D is always a trifle larger, inward, and there is on the outside a nearly corresponding impression or at least a rough line. From the description and the table it is evident that there is a line, I venture to say of development, among the species of Vertigo from the simpler to the complicated —from the lower tothe higher. The former are represented by those species with simple configuration of last whorl and aperture, as already pointed out, with few and small lamelle, as in V. alpestris and V. ronnebyensis; then in V. tridentata; from these we come to forms gradually differentiated and more complicated till we reach the end of the series in V. antivertigo and V. ovata, in which all the features above described are conspicuously developed ; the crest and depression in the last whorl, the expanded margin, the projecting and at the same time impressed angle of the peristome, callosity, and the number aud size of the lamella, (compare figs. 6, 9). In the following table I give a few examples of parallel or nearly par- allel species from both continents. EUROPE. NORTH AMERICA, V. antivertigo Drap. V. ovata Say. V. substriata Jettr. V. gouldiit Binn. V. pygmea Dray. | V. indesc. (Mass., Ohio). V. lilljeborgii West. TV. tridentata Wolf. V. alpestris Alder. None? Better knowledge of our North American fauna will probably bring to light more such corresponding forms. It is evident at once that those forms of Vertigo with cylindrical shape, slowly increasing whorls, relatively smail and simple aperture, e. g., V. alpestris, stand nearest to some Jsthmias, and that both of these groups origin ited and differentiated from a common root. In North America the types of Vertigo in general are about the same as in Europe, although the species differ, and although a smalier number has been described so far. It is a noticeable fact that there are on our continent no species of [sthmia, but it must also be added that no form like V, alpestris has as yet been found here. 1883. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 375 Designating the prinmary lamelle, when present, by their letters and the accessories by dots, we obtain a formula for the dentition of a certain species. The following table is the list of such formule for a number of North American and European species, and contains a few ‘hitherto not generally included with the Vertigos: ——____— Name. Origin. | Formula. Lemarks, ASV PENtodon, SB: =m i-<-1< lena = IN PAC GTICR, -esasiecieseels seine | ABC.DE. Wal eesaee Oe reese serene seer er eeee| eee e GO amen esse ee aeeee =e A.BC.D.E Bee seta Ole eee eee attain |e alae Oeeeeneise este eee SAuess Oe loi. CRs eae CO eee ae oe cae Dasa eale ae cae GOs a Siemens Sei se ABC.DE Ete. Dil hast CLO eee arse eee ate oleate tial = N. America—Tex..........- AC Grp bres 2 | V.flortdana, Dall.' 3............. N. America—Fla............ -A.BC.D.E. Bulbs cimmidents: GIG: Sy on, sccac =i ons omc cn GO ae seinaeceds Rees aa: A.BC.DE. Nat oe a DOS eee eae sea eince na sates GO eats asia ose see AWB Ope Oi. Ere Ete. Bel eee Ol Sessa ee Foe acs secte selects. Obes cee lsciies asielae omic ABCDE Rare, 4 | V.antivertigo, Drap.4° ......---- HOLOPO eee ee eee oecceme = Aue © ees Up to: eaten = = OW ea seise eee asain hlloceciee QO ian paces ees cecinsiss epee eee eens 3) V. ovata, Say *°.- 27.2. 22-..------ ING PAM eT IGA) jos at siaiistela selene -A.BC.DE. Gils: MOWER ase a ee tease sooner imeees dO ese co stescs cote aes We pau Csi Biter. Be etm Ome che ace cmse insets cis N. America—Ohio .......... IP Sere AG ed esl rap) Fe CR VR OVELO NOT mimroteimtnlo\ a)mmiciatniai= = = N. America, Roan Mountain.) -ABCDE ME VAOUGIA, Val! 19 Sone 8 scec caeecs =r N.America—Dl @22 2522.22. ABCDE 6 V.moulinsiana, Drp .....---.--- MMOD Gysse 5 eee ecient -ABC.DE a CO freee acces neisnin= Bee OMe Vaaeainiersisieriseisiee ABCDE en Ve SLU BLNTALO OMT. lw aclsiniele «same 2 | saan = Ores cet. comsitee seers -ABCDE | SRA DUsG Mal: Ve ses csess saccse'n[ cce ee On star ce caer citaores pee -ABCDE | Sinistral. DEVE MILAES CIT l Saeis asa n\ becieinioieies =i N. America—Colo ..-. ..---- -ABCDE | Vents Cia reiterate) ateies ate in ira als i= N. America—Mass., Ohio. ... ABC.DE 11 | V.pygmea, Drap.....-- ....---- BUTOD eC pss sat eee ee eee ABCDE Cpl oec* ss COM se see ees eermasncaeSeiliasee < NOs Pochak Sao nscs abe sees ABCDE. One 2s Ome sete eee ae eeise accel neese GO eek eee eee ABDE | 12) UB Gay bom eth See 56 coco Serres N. America—Mass., Conn... -ABCDE ule sss: donna. eee eee ae N. America—Me., Ohio...-.- ABCDE 13 | V. californica, Rowell!........-- N. America—Pacific ......-.. ABDE Vs CULL C007 GIt., WVOSU ins s22 cin «=~ Hurope, MOrth? scsessencccteoe ABDE 15\| V.tridentata, Wolf}? -............ INA CLiCa) sae cle scie saeco ABDe8 16 | V.ronnebyensis, West ..--......- Europe, north......... 2 ABDe Hits Ve CHU CRETE CACO re arate a raatein =\nim\ain Se Ours ABDe ERE CUIESENTS OV AID erence sterainietees elma |= === UOfeeee eee enemeeencee ABD SRM VATE LOU NOHERS eae en eee ne. sae Sm asine ani ae.daw'nele ics bo~ioe neice BODE Poa PreicieiZin Ohare sees acr ate alll wi cei cats oa somieeivesemee teats :ABCDE+ | Sinistral. UME ITELT UL TTE GG eet e at ota nao ci) scece ites cae noce cece wc ecesacee .A.BCD+E | 1 For the systematic position of these species see text below. 2 From descriptions and figure in Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vill (1885), p. 261. ; 3 Quite distinct from V. pentodon, to judge from specimens from many localities in several States, though certain examples of either species seem-to come very near to each other. They need further investigation. mm y 4V. antivertigo Drap. and V. ovata Say have almost exactly the same dentition as to number, size, and shape, and places of the single lamella. And also as to other features of the shells, they are very similar. V. ovata, in general is a little larger, of lighter coloration, the margin is somewhat more ex- panded ;: the aperture appears larger because the columellar margin is relatively a trifle shorter; the whorls increase in size somrwhat more rapidly, and the suture is a trifle deeper; specimens from Massachusetts are not only of the same or even a darker shade, but also of the same and sometimes of a smaller size, and other distinguishing features are slightly marked. They resemble each other so much that it is difficult to separate them, and if collected at the same place no one would regard them as even distinct varieties. I hesitate, however, to declare them identical because I have not yet made a comparison of the soft parts. Doubtless they are parallel forms, and if found on the same conti- nent, would be regarded as varieties of one species. Compare also the following notes: | 5 Y. antivertigo Drap., is remarkably constant throughout Europe so far as I know it, while | : ® V. ovata Say is on the contrary quite variable, owing, possibly, to the greater differences in cli- mate Also a few decided varieties exist and may be more will be found; the future study of these forms is likely to be of great interest. : i 7 A trifle smaller than the average, perforated, the only form I know with this character. 8Considerably smaller, conical, shell thin, appears to be a different species, but possibly connected with the types by intermediate forms. 9. substriata Jeffr., and V. gouldii, Binney (fig. 3) are nearly related. In the former the lamell# are usually a little larger, especially the accessory No. 1, and the whorls larger and less in number ; both are regularly striated. Accessory No.1 (or body whorl) very smallin V. gouldii, and quite near A, but absent in specimens from various localities. 10Tn general appearance similar to V. pygme@a Drap. " Rather large cylindrical, chestnut colored. : ‘ : a 12Ts as valid a species as any other of North America. Collected at ditferent places in Ohio an Tlinois; very nearly allied to V. lilljeborgii Westerland, of Sweden, a relation well worthy of nevis studied more closely. In the formule of this and the two following species tie“ e@ indicates that, the upper primary lamellx in the peristome are very small or entirely wanting. Also in lilljeborgi the same is quite small, to judge from the few specimens in my hands. 1 There are apparently relations to other groups ; thus to Pupilla (partly by species not named in the table), and to Leucochila, many of which show nearly the same dentition as the Vertigos. As to deducing a final conclusion from the facts presented, in the matters of relationship on the one hand and geographical-geological distribution on the other, I do not at this time feel competent; an at- tempt to do so might result in at least a partial failure; especially be- cause the soft parts require to be compared and the fossils of the various groups must yet be subjected to careful consideration. One question more is suggested here: Whether Vertigo is to be con- sidered a genus or only a subgenus of Pupa. The leading concholo- gists are of different opinions about it. It seems to me that our group is by intermediate forms connected with other subgenera of Pupa, therefore [ still prefer to include it among the latter, though I shall study the question further. Following the above considerations, I desire to direct the attention of conchologists to some species that require to be placed among the Vertigos which have hitherto been regarded as belonging to other groups, and a few others that require to be removed therefrom. Among the former is V. pentodon Say * (Fig. 2), and related forms; V. curvi- dens Gid. (probably identical with V. pellucida Pfr.), and V. floridana Dall. These have been recently placed in Pupilla and even in Leu- cochila, although Say had already written Vertigo pentodon. In shape and dentition their shells entirely agree with Vertigo, and do not agree with the other named groups. Also, the soft parts, as to jaw and odontophore, seem to exhibit no objection to this union. The only dif: ference is the coloration of the shell, but in other genera and groups of Pupa albino forms occur as well as ‘‘ colored.” If Vertigo pentodon had a brown instead of a whitish shell it probably would have been placed elsewhere. These forms certainly represent a peculiar group of Vertigo, but, as before stated, their proper place is here. Very probably P. decora Gld., P. californica Rowell, with P. rowellii Newe., and a few others of our continent are to be, and for certain good reasons have been, placed with Vertigo. Their general form, and more specially their dentition, are sufficient reasons for so doing. When Morse placed his P. corpulenta and P. bollesiana in Isthmia, it was equivalent to arranging them with the Vertigos, the connection and extent of Isthmia having been so restricted by European conchologists. P. rupicola Say, and P. corticaria Say, at one time also included with Vertigo, are of a different type. Although bearing some features of that group, the former is quite variable, at least in many instances. It will suffice here to indicate these points; in order to settle them, more study and comparison is required. 376 AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. "In F. pentodon the principal D begins also a trifle deeper in the throat than E, at least in the specimens I have seen from different parts of the United States. (Confr. Dall l. ¢c., p. 262.) 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 377 P. simplex Gld. has also been arranged among Vertigo by a number of prominent conchologists. No further proof is wanting to show that. its place is not here; it should be stated, however, that it is absolutely identical with P. edentula Drap., inhabiting the Old World as well as the New. By European conchologists it is regarded as the main recent representative of the group or subgenus Edentulina. Draparnaud’s name will have to be substituted for Gould’s. We will now consider two species deserving of special attention, both European, viz, P. pusilla Miill., and P. venetzii Charp. (P. angustior Jeffr.), which have been placed in a group of Vertigo under the sub- generic name of Vertilla, both of them being sinistrorsal or reversed forms. After a critical examination and comparison I came to the con- clusion that one of them, the latter, is nearly related to our North Ameri- can P. milium Gld., while P. pusilla is quite different. One thing which at first attracted my attention, the fact that each of these has a very long lamella in the outer wall (fig 10), which is readily seen through the transparent shell (figs. 12,13), but while in P. venetzti the upper, E, is the largest, in P. miliwm it is the lower, D. Now, a careful examination will reveal the fact to any observer that in position each of these long folds is different from the other, but that the folds themselves are alike in both species; amerphological ele- ment quite unique. It is a long, thin, high lamella, beginning rather deep in the throat, and close to the base, in a direction with or near the lines of growth, then turning upward and toward the aperture, and meeting the lower primary lamella D in P. miliwm, and the upper E in venetzii. This may appear as a rather bold assertion, yet, never- theless, I believe it to be in conformity with nature, and moreover it is not without analogy, as it is well known in many Clausilias two lamellz on the body whorl may be entirely separate, or again, other- wise unite in apparently one, in which, however, a careful examination will detect the two elements, and nearly the same is to be seen in some Pup. May not the lamella in question be regarded as the homologue of the lunar, and partly gular fold of Clausilia, only more differentiated in the latter? This feature alone is important enough to justify a separation of these two species from Vertigo, and to warrant the creation of a sub- genus for them, but not alone on the point named; there are other characters also. Before considering these, I will say a few more words concerning the former. The gular lamella is generally larger in P. venetzii where its inner end can not be seen from the aperture (figs. 11, 12), than it is in P. milium ; I found it shorter and a little curved in small specimens of the latter from Cedar Keys, Florida; yet it is doubt- less the same thing as in others from Illinois, where it exhibits almost exactly the same size and curvature as in P. venetzii. As a proof of the distinct nature of the gular fold, it should be mentioned that in several examples of P. miliwm not fully mature, it has been found 378 AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. well formed, high and thin and ending abruptly, when of the primary D to be connected with it there was not yet a trace to be seen. The second distinguishing feature is the conformation of the last whorl; it is considerably narrowed toward the aperture, so that the whole shell diminishes at both extremities (hence the name of an- gustior Jeffr.). A deep impression near the base towards the aperture, corresponding to the upper primary, going through the crest to the very margin, adds to the peculiar character of the shell in both species. Another highly important point is the shape and oblique direction of the columellar tooth (figs. 10, 11), again simulating Clausilia and not encircling the pillar as in most of the other groups of Pupa. I be- lieve that if the size of our species was ten times what it is, their rela- tion to Clausilia would have been remarked ere this. , To these characteristics may be added another; the lower primary lamella D in the peristome is much smaller than the upper, E, whether isolated or united with the gular. In venetzii it is very small, while in all Vertigos it is at least as large as E and very often a trifle larger, and is present in species having no upper E, or only a trace of it. To briefly recapitulate the main distinguishing features of our group, they are, (1) the narrowed ultimate whorl, with deep constriction; (2) the long gular lamella, connected with one of the outer primary teeth; (3) the position of the columellar lamella along the pillar; (4) the small lamella D on the peristome. These characteristics separate our species widely from Vertigo, and require tor them a distinet group; they must be considered as constituting a subgenus, as valid and well char- acterized as any other. I suggest for it the name of Angustula, re- ferring to the narrower whorl, and at the same time recalling Jeffrey’s name angustior for P. venetzii Charpentier. That one of the two is dextral, the other sinistral, is no reason against uniting them in one group. It is not without interest to note the fact that one in- habits the Old World and the other the New, in which there are found so few typically sinistral land-pulmonates. One is nearly like the mirror image of the other, yet there are a number of differences between them which may be presented as follows: P. milium Gld. P. vertigo Charp. — dextral. — sinistral. — finely striated. — strongly striated. — gular lamella united with the lower | — gular lamella united with the upper primary D. primary E. — basal fold C long, lamella-like. — the basal C short, nodule-like. —asmall but distinct lamellaon the per- | — without the lamella. istome above E. — without the nodule. —asmall nodule on body-whorl at the upper angle connected with the lam- ellar accessory. niin -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 379 P. pusilla Mueller does not differ essentially from the species of Vertigo except in being sinistral, and so it simply keeps its place among them. The following figures from the work of Mr. W. G. Binney may be of use to collectors, though better ones, it is hoped, will in future be sup- plied in a more extended discussion of the Pupide: Fia. 5a. Fi. 4. Fig. 1. Vertigo gouldii. Fig. 5. Vertigo bollesiana, last whorl en- Fig. 2. Vertigo californica. larged. Fig. 3. Vertigo rowellii. Fig. 5a. Vertigo bollesiana. Fig. 4. Vertigo corpulenta. Fig. 6. Vertigo floridana. Lastly, I venture to add the request that specimens of Pupe may be forwarded to me. I shall be obliged for any and everything in this line, even if sent for examination and determination only ; in the latter case, the specimens will be promptly returned. The locality and sender will in descriptions be conscientiously acknowledged in every instance. EXPLANATION TO PLATE XLII. Diagrams exhibiting the arrangement of the lamelle of the aperture in Vertigo: Fig. 1, Outhne of the aperture and teeth of Vertigo antivertigo Draparnaud ; Eu- ropean. Fig. 2. Aperture of Vertigo pentodon Say ; American. Fig. 3. Aperture of Vertigo gouldii Binney 5 American. = 380 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. EF Fig. . Aperture of Vertigo tridentata Wolf; showing a trace of the primary lam- . Diagram of the aperture of Vertigo ovata Say; showing primary lamella, . Vertigo ovata Say, profile. 7. Vertigo ovata Say ; view of the base; the dotted lines opposite x represent AMERICAN SPECIES OF VERTIGO. ella E. designated by letters, A on the body, B on the pillar, C at the base of the pillar, D and E on the outer lip. Also the secondary or accessory lamellae designated by figures 1, la, and 2, on the body; 3, 4, 5, and 6 on the outer lip. There are sometimes two secondary denticles between C and D. the undulations shown by a section of the last whorl. 8. Vertigo alpestris Alder; European. Base as in Fig. 7. 9. Vertigo alpestris Alder, in profile. 10. Hu 12. g. 13. Angustula milium Gould; outline of the aperture showing the lamellez. | Angustula venetzii Charpentier; diagram of the aperture showing the lamelle. | The same, showing the position of the lamellx as seen through the shell on ‘ the left side. . Angustula milium Gould diagram showing the lamellz, as seen through the shell from the right side, for comparison with figure 12. Cea is Te Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Sterki. PLaTe XLII a ose : Sx) Nes! Nb 75, DIAGRAMS EXHIBITING THE ARRANGEMENT AND RELATION OF THE TEETH IN VERTIGO. Fie. 1. Vertigo antivertigo Drap. Fies. 5-7. V. ovata Say. Fig. 2. V. pentodon Say. Fics. 8,9. V. alpestris Alder. Fig. 3. V. gouldii Binney. Figs. 10,13. Angustula milium Gould. Fic. 4. V. tridentata Wolf. Frias. 11,12. Angustula venetztii Charp. (Explanation of plate on pages 379-380.) 1838.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 381 ON THE SNAKES OF FLORIDA. BYe r., De COPE. (With Plate xxxv1, Figs. 3, 4.) Recent explorations have brought to light a good many additions to the snake fauna of Florida, and the present opportunity is taken for the purpose of making them known, as well as of discussing the nomenclat- ure of some of the species already known.* Tantilla coronata B. & G. The most eastern locality for this species is Volusia, on Lake George. Contia pygzea Cope. Known from but two localities, Volusia and Gainesville (Gar- man). Osceola elapsoidea Holbr. Not uncommon throughout the State. Cemophora coccinea Blum. Not uncommon; found as far south as Georgiana County. Ophibolus doliatus syspilus Cope, subsp. nov. The brown and red spotted and ringed species of Ophibolus form a coutinuous series of color modifications, commencing with the spotted O. d. triangulus+ and terminating with the 0. d. coccineus, which ap- proaches the Osceola elapsoidea. Asa whole the Ophibolus doliatus iB: differs from the other species of the genus in the number of its temporal shields. These are 2 (1)-2-3, while in the others, including 0. rhom- bomaculatus t and O. calligaster, exhibit 2-3-4, with occasional irregu- larities. The O. triangulum and O. coccineus have been always regarded as dis tinct species; and so numerous are their differential characters, in col. oration, size, and squamation, that this view would seem to rest ona satisfactory foundation. I find, however, that individuals exist which represent every stage of development of each character which distin: guishes them, although certain types appear to be more abundant than the intermediate ones. 0. triangulum is a species of larger size, with two anterior temporals, a row of large dorsal spots, and other smaller ones on the sides, on a grayish ground; with a chevron, and often other marks on the top of the head, and a band posterior to the eye. O. coccineus is a small snake with a small loreal plate and one anterior temporal; color red, with pairs of black rings extending around the body, and no markings on the head excepting that the anterior ring of the anterior pair crosses the posterior edge of the occipital shields, forming * A list of the species of cold-blooded vertebrata of Volusia, Florida, is given in the Proceed. Amer. Philosoph. Soc., 1877, p. 64. t As pointed out in the preface to the Check-List of the Batrachia and Reptilia of North America, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1, p. 1. { This species is not rare in Virginia, two specimens having been taken in the neigh- borhood of Alexandria, one by Dr. A. K. Fisher, of the Agricultural Department. 382 THE SNAKES OF FLORIDA. a half collar. The transition is accomplished thus : The lateral borders of the dorsal spots of O. triangulum break up, and the lateral spots be- come attached to their anterior and posterior dark borders. The chev- ron of the top of the head first breaks into spots, and then its posterior portions unite with each other. The borders of the old dorsal spots continue to the abdomen, where the remaining lateral portions finally meet on the middle line, forming a black line. This breaks up and dis. appears, leaving the annuli open; and these are then completed in many specimens. The general colors become more brilliant and the size smaller. The head is more depressed; in immediate relation to this form, the loreal plate is reduced in size, and the two temporal shields of O. triangulum are reduced to one. Every form of combination of these characters can be found, which represents six species of the books (in North America), viz: O. triangulum, O. doliatus, O. annulatus, O. gentilis, O. amaurus, and O. coccineus. The oldest name is the O. dolia- tus Linn. Another series of specimens resemble very closely those of the subspecies coccineus ; in fact, are identical with them in color. The loreal shield is, however, extinguished, and the rows of scales are re- duced by one on each side. These specimens simply carry one degree further the modifications already described. Yet, on account of the con- staney of these characters, I am compelled to regard these individuals not only as a distinct species, but, on account of the absence of the loreal plate, as belonging to another genus. This is the Calamaria elapsoidea of Holbrook; the Osceola elapsoidea of Baird and Girard. It affords an illustration of the principle, which I have elsewhere in- sisted on, * that adjacent species of allied genera may be more alike than remote species of identical generic characters,” which indicates that generic characters originate independently of the specific. The transitions above noted are not, however, without matual correla- tions. The characters are found so associated in such a great majority of the specimens as to indicate the existence of subspecies, whose defi- nitions are given below; exceptions to these are given under the head of each subspecies. I. No yellow band posteriorly from orbit (a yellow half collar). a, Dorsal spots or saddles (red) open at the sides, their adjacent borders forming pairs of black rings. Interspaces between red saddles, open below; scales not black tipped; front black; first black ring on nape only -.--.........--..---- O. d. coccineus. Interspaces between red saddles closed by black spots below; scales black tipped; front black; first black ring complete...-...-.-.-- O. d. polyzonus. Interspaces not closed; rings, including first, complete on belly ; first yellow band crossing occipital plates; front black; scales not black tipped Er Ac TSE a, Brera at hye cited Pecttte g Reve nc a ee we nlcine v ticewe enw an = On de OCOIDGIE: aa. Dorsal saddle-spots closed at the sides. 3. Saddles closed by a single black tract on the middle of the belly; no spots between saddles. Dorsal spots not divided medially; front black; first black ring complete she ong So tea tea ee ato cue cheers @ oblewcle 21d aiaic! win eye ereley Sicteys eC COA EIU LCL CLES 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 383 Dorsal spots divided longitudinally by a median black connection; front Pee Renee eth rab) ats ihe meesse bh elcls Mua io eae o dac's o's O. d. gentilis. Bf. Lateral borders of saddles not confluent with each other below. Saddles completed on gastrosteges; no alternating spots; no black col- eter eat Ot eleee fae aes alain = id asiers Seats Sots ca O. d. parallelus. Saddles completed on gastrosteges ; spots opposite intervals forming a sin- gle series on the middle line of the belly......-...........0.d. syspilus. Saddles completed above the gastrosteges ; alternating spots which do not meet on the middle line of the belly....-................. O. d. doliatus. II. A yellow band from orbit, bounded below by a black or brown one. (Saddle spots closed laterally above gastrosteges; superciliary light spots or bands. ) A half collar touching occipital plates; no neck bands; alternate spots largely on PASHLOSLC DCS teeeiere cei eaeee melee eine caer ect eimice=) --s-ee = ren —e sear Alcoholic. Ssdgialan Palaticn, Rae ert nen aceeerse come Dri), He Beane. .- eee eee Do. Coluber rosaceus, sp. nov. (Plate xxxv1, Fig. 3.) Head oval, distinct from body. Rostral plate visible from above; internasals much shorter than prefrontals. Frontal wider than in allied species, as broad as it is long, with straight anterior border. Parietals longer than muzzle from frontal plate. Loreal longer than high; pre- ocular not reaching frontal, but separated by the very narrow anterior extremity of the superciliary. Temporals 2-3-4, the posterior small. Seales of body smooth, rather wide, the first row a little wider than the second. Postgeneials smaller than pregeneials, but distinct from gular seales. Gastrosteges bent up at the sides. Tail probably long, as in C. quadrivittatus, but the end is lost. The urosteges remaining num- ber 47. The ground color of the superior surfaces, in the rather fresh alco- holie specimen, is buff, each scale with a dusky band within and par- allel to the border, surrounding a buff center. This band may be broken up into spots. The greater part of the superior surfaces is occupied by a series of vermilion-tinted pink spots, which extend across the back to within two and three scales of the gastrosteges, thus covering from twenty-one to twenty-three scales transversely. Their length covers six scales everywhere, though as the scales are more elongate anteri- orly the spots are also more elongate. The lateral spots of other species are here represented by pale tracts continuous with the light yellow of the belly, which alternate with the dorsal spots, extending to an apex on the fourth and fifth row. In other words, the cross-bands of dusky ground color bifurcate on the flanks, and terminate at the extremities of the gastrosteges. Below their termini, at the lateral angle of the gas- trosteges, is a short longitudinal black bar or spot crossing one or two gastrosteges. This represents the black line which occupies a similar position in the C. guttatus. At the anterior and posterior parts of the body the dorsal spots have short serrate anterior and posterior borders. Four indistinct longitudinal bands traverse the length of the body, on the fourth and fifth and tenth and eleventh rows of scales on each side. The inferior band is very obscure, especially anteriorly, and both are less distinct on the true skin than on the epidermis. The head is of a reddish color above; below yellowish. A faint dusky band extends across the temporal region and parts of the super- ciliary and frontal plates, meeting a corresponding one of the opposite side. This represents the space between the bands of the 0. guttatus, which consists in this species of ground color only. Superior and pos- terior margin of the upper labials obscurely dusky. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF U’ .“ED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 389 14418 : 239-2: 27: 9702 This beautiful species is of considerable interest from the intermedi- ate position it occupies between the C. guttatus and the C. quadrivittatus. The absence of keels of the scales and the dorsal color spots ally it to the former, and especially to the subspecies C. g. sellatus; but the ab- sence of lateral and ventral spots and head-bands and presence ot lon- gitudinal stripes ally it to the latter. The width of the frontal plate is also characteristic. It is a very handsome animal. Coluber rosaceus Cope. Catalogue . | : = No. of ere Locality. | From whom received. | specimens. 14418 CANES beet leh pore siminci-'s Sonisioitic <= HeHenry.ceniphillis-cses aace nema oe | 1 The proper application of the Linnean generic name Coluber only appears after considerable criticism of the work of the earlier writers on reptiles. The first author to use the name after Linnzeus was Lau- renti, in 1768, in his Specimen Synopsis Reptilium, published at Vienna. He includes in it ten species, of which eight can be determined. Of these three are Viperide, one is a crotalid, and four are harmless snakes. All of the venomous and three of the harmless species bear Linnean names, and all of them are members of the Linnean genus Coluber. It remains to be determined for which of these types the name Coluber of Laurenti must be retained. The evidence is furnished by the author in the following foot-note attached to the generic character : Colubri venenati absque ulla injuria accepta ferocissima irruunt in hominem. In the opinion of Laurenti the Colubri were poisonous, and this was probably due to the fact that the only species of his list with which he was acquainted by actual observation were the European vipers he in- eluded in it. The poisonous species are then the types of the Coluber of Laurenti. The next author to use the name Coluber was Treviranus in his Biologie ad Philosophie d. natur, Géttingen, 1802. He indicated but one species, C. natrix. As this species is the type of the Natrix of Lau- renti of 1798, it can not be used in that connection. Oppel, in his work on Reotilia published in 1811, gave the following species under the genus Coluber: C. melanocephala L. C. natrix L. C. cursor. CO. mycterizans L. C. esculapii Gmel., Linn., 1788. C. ibiboca. C. canus L. C. cyaneus L. C. viperinus L. C. carinatus L. Of these species the C. cwrsor and C. ibiboca are not Linnean, and the C. viperinus and C. natrixz belong to a genus which had been already 390 VHE SNAKES OF FLORIDA. established, the Natrix of Laurenti. We are therefore restricted to six species in our search for the type of the genus Coluber. They received generic names at the following dates : O. melanocephala; Tantilla B. & G., 1853. OC. esculapii; Coluber Giinther, 1858. C. canus; Pseudaspis Cope, 1864. C. mycterizans; Passerita Gray, 1825, C, cyaneus; unindentified. O carinatus; Herpetodyas Boie, 1826, Giinther in 1858 selected the C. wsculapii as the type of Coluber, and — to this species that generic name must be applied. | Mr. Garman, of Cambridge, has followed Duméril in using the name Coluber for the C. constrictor Linn. The way in which this conclusion has been reached is as follows: The first author whom we have to consider is Fitzinger, whose Neue Classification der Reptilien appeared in June, 1826, in Vienna. Sev- enty-one species of Coluber are enumerated in this work (p. 57), of whieh only twenty-two are of Linnean origin, and to these we must therefore confine our attention. In the following list of them the names of the genera to which these species were successively referred is given, aud the date of each: . minerve (uLidentified ). . typhlus, Opheomorphus Cope, 1862; Xenodon Boie & Schleg., 1837, . cyaneus L. (unidentified). . constrictor; Bascanium Bd. & Gird., 1853. . saturninus, Herpetodyas Boie, 1826. . regine, Liophis Wag]l., 1830. miliaris (unidentified). . cobellu, Opheomorphus Cope, 1862; Liophis Wagl., 1830. . rhombeatus, Psammophylax Wagl., 1830. . domesticus, the same as . hippocrepis, Zamenis Wagl., 1830. . lineatus, Lygophis Cope 1862; Dromicus Bibr., 1853. . pethola, Oxyrrhopus Wagl.,1330. . vittatus, Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1526. estivus, Herpetodyas Wagl.; Dum. & Bibr., 1853. scaber, Dasypeltis Wagl., 1830. . ordinatus, Eutenia Bd. & Gird., 1853; Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1826, . striatulus, Haldea Bd. & Gird., 1-53. natrix, Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1826. . sfolatus, Amphiesma Dum. 1853; Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1826. . saurita, Eutenia Bd. & Gird., 1853; Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1826. . fasciatus, Tropidonotus Kuhl, 1826. SSB) Ine) OG) CC ICCC) CS Ga pC) SS The latest date only can be considered in this connection, since the names of genera are retained in accordance with the priority of date of each. The latest date at which species of this restricted division Col- uber are referred to other genera is 1853. In that year four of them were referred to genera distinct from Coluber, and of these genera three were newly established. These three are Bascanium B. & G., Drom- 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 391 icus Bibron, and Haldea B. & G. Now Duméril, who published the prodromous of his classification of the serpents in 1853, expressly retains the name Coluber for the C. constrictor of Linnzus, type of Bascanium. But as the C. constrictor is not included in the Oppelian genus Coluber of 1811, it can not be considered here at all. Shertly after the appearance of the work of Fitzinger, Boie furnished a synopsis of his systematic work on Reptiles to the Bulletin des Sci- ences Naturelles, edited by Férussac, 1826, x, page 237. He gives a list of thirty-five species of the genus Coluber, of which only six are Lin- nean. Of these but three appear in the list from Fitzinger, given above. These are C. cyaneus, C. hippocrepis, and C. constrictor, thus restricting the name to the C. constrictor. Soon after, however, Boie gave a list of the genera of snakes, with a typical species for each, in the Isis von Oken, 1827, page 982. Here he cites the C. elaphis (Hlaphis quaterradiatusGem., Dum. & Bibr.) of Eu- rope as the type, and adds “u. v. a,” which means, wad viel andere— species belonging to the genus. What these other species are, may be derived from a perusalof a previous paper by Boie in the same vol- ume, page 209, where he describes three closely allied species from Ja- pan, the whole belonging to the genus Elaphis of Duméril and Bibron, and one of them (Coluber conspicillatus), being a member of the geuus Coluber of Giinther. Dr. Giinther has regarded this reference as an indication of the meaning of Boie in his use of the name Coluber, and this determination must stand on the ground of previous determination by Oppel. Pitycphis melanoleucus Holbr. Distributed throughout the State. Spilotes corais erebennus Cope. Volusia. Cyclophis zestivus L. Generally distributed. Bascanium constrictor Linn. Volusia and Key West. Bascanium flagelliforme Catesby. Throughout the State. Georgiana. Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. Generally distributed. Heterodon simus. From the northern and western parts of the State. Storeria occipitomaculata Holbr. Volusia. Allied to this genus is Tropidoclonium Cope, which has the anal shield entire. I have referred to this genus the Regina kirtlandiv of Kenni- cott. This species, however, has a divided anal plate, and must be therefore assigned to a distinct genus. This I call Clonophis, with the following characters: Teeth equal; anal plate divided; nasal plate partly divided, loreal present; scales keeled. Head not distinct from body. Allied to this form is the Virginia inornata of Garman, from Texas, It agrees with Tropidoclonium except in the absence of preocular plate, the loreal extending to the orbit. It must be referred to a distinct ge- nus, which I call Amphiardis, with the following characters: Teeth equal; anal plate entire: nasals two; internasals two; no preocular, its place taken by the loreal; scales keeled. Head not distinct. 392 THE SNAKES OF FLORIDA. The Tropidoclonium storerioides Cope, of Mexico, can not be referred to either of the above genera, but agrees with Natrix (Tropidonotus), to which I refer it under the name Natrix storerioides. Natrix taxispilota Holbr. Lake Okeechobee, Heilprin. Professor Heilprin has referred an individual of this species to a dis- tinet subspecies, under the name of Tropidonotus taxispilotus brockti, on account of the subdivision of the parietal shield. This is, however, the normal condition of the species. Natrix fasciata fasciata Linn. Northern Florida, The generic name Natrix antedates Tropidonotus of Kuhl. It was proposed by Laurenti in 1789 for a heterogeneous collection of species, but the V. vulgaris (Tropidonotus natrix Kuhl) was clearly indicated as the type. Kuhl’s name dates from 1826. Natrix fasciata erythrogaster Shaw. Northern Florida. Natrix usta Cope. Tropidonatus ustus Cope. The typical specimen was taken at Charlotte Harbor. A second was sent to the National Museum from Key West. Natrix compressicauda walkeri. Yarrow. Natrix compressicauda compsolzemus Cope. Natrix compressicauda compressicauda Kenn. Five specimens from Georgiana, and one from another locality. Natrix compressicauda bivittata, subsp. nov. Head oval, distinct from neck; tail long, moderately compressed at base; less than in types of species. Rostral plate elevated; internasals longer than wide; frontal elongate and with parallel sides. Loreal oblique, longer than high; oculars 1-3, the inferior posterior not below the orbit, but nearly cutting the fifth superior labial out of its border. Temporals 1-3; superior labials eight, middle of orbit above suture be- tween fourth and fifth. Inferior labials ten; postgeneials longer than pregeneials. Scales of body in twenty-one series, all keeled. Ground color above light brownish-ash, below light yellow. The former region is crossed in the typical specimen by thirty-six blackish- brown cross-bars, which are wide and close together on the median dorsal region, and tapering and therefore separated on the sides. The dorsal parts of the spots join and form two wide longitudinal bands on the anterior fifth of the length. A pale-brown band passes from the superciliary plate to the side of the neck, leaving a dark postorbital band below. All the plates of the lips and throat are yellow, and have narrow black borders. On the yellow of the belly there are black spots on the gastrosteges, which incline to fuse transversely, leaving a part of the ground visible in the middle. Anteriorly this arrangement as- sumes the form of two longitudinal black bands, which are well defined on the anterior fourth of the length, leaving a yellow band between and one on the outer side of each of them. 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 393 13659: 131+ 1-4 93: 336, 97™™. The two specimens representing this species are intermediate in char- acters between the typical NV. compressicauda and the N. sipedon Jasciata, but are quite distinct from either. The tail is longer than in any speci- mens of either. From the N. c. walkert the N. ¢. bivittata differs in a number of minor points. These are the much wider dorsal bands, the postocular band, the distinct black bands of the nape and of the in- ferior region, and the reduced number of dorsal rows of scales: 13659 | 1 | Georgiana, Fla........--..-.---.| 1883 | William Wittfield.............. | Alcoholic. T3602) lel |e cn. AOR en mee enter Pugesties ats: GOR RBS oe | Do. Euteenia sirtalis Linn. Volusia. Eutzenia sackeni Kennicott. This species is distributed over Florida generally, and ranges as far westward as Mobile, Ala., from which point specimens were sent me by my friend, Dr. Joseph Corson, U.S. Army. It is the most slender species of the genus, and is characterized by the form of the first row of scales. These are narrow, differing very little from those of the other rows. Like them they are strongly keeled, and are notched at the apex. The form originally described has no dorsal stripe. Specimens of this kind were sent me from Volusia. Specimens from Georgiana, belonging to the National Museum, and from Mobile, have a dorsal stripe with blackish borders. Two Volusia specimens have seven superior labials, while one has eight. Two specimens from Mobile have eight superior labials, and four from Georgiana have the same. In one of the latter the colors, including the stripes, are obscure. Liodytes alleni Garman. AHelicops alleni Garman; Liodytes Cope. Not uncommon throughout the peninsula. Ancistrodon piscivorus L. Generally distributed. Crotalophorus miliarius L. Generally distributed. Crotalus adamanteus adamanteus Beauy. Found everywhere. The largest specimen in the National Museum measures 6 feet in length. Holbrook writes of specimens of 8 feet, and Admiral Me- Cauley informs me that he has seen specimens of that size on the islands off Pensacola. This species is, then, the largest of the venomous snakes of the Western Hemisphere, and only exceeded in length by two or three of the larger Najidze of the Old World, which are, however, of much more slender form. GENERAL REMARKS. Of the species and subspecies above described, there are peculiar to Florida the following: - Contia pygea Cope. Natrix compressicauda walkeri Yarrow. Ophibolus doliatus parallelus Cope. Natriz compressicauda compressicauda Kenn, Coluber guttatus sellatus Cope. Natrix compressicauda bivittata Cope. Coluber rosaceus Cope. Eutenia sackeni Kenn. (Rangesto Mobile.) Natrix usta Cope. Liodytes allent Garman. Natrix compressicauda compsolama Cope. 394 THE SNAKES OF FLORIDA. In all, six species and six subspecies. Of these but one represents genus which has not yet been found out of the peninsula. The tota number of species and subspecies included in the list is thirty-five. O these only six are not confined to the Austroriparian region ; as follows: Ophibolus getulus getulus L. | Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. Pityophis melanoleucus Holbr. Storeria occipitomaculata Holbr. Coluber constrictor L. | Eutenia sirtalis L. All of these are distributed throughout the eastern region, and the Coluber constrictor and Eutenia sirtalis throughout the central region as well. | oT. x , 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 395 CATALOGUE OF BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA BROUGHT BY WILL- IAM TAYLOR FROM SAN DIEGO, TEX. BY E. D. COPE. (With Plate xxxvi, Fig. 2.) San Diego is a town situated in Nueces County, southwestern Texas, on the San Diego Creek, which is a tributary of the Nueces River. It is distant about 50 miles northwest of Corpus Christi, which is on the Gulf of Mexico. The present list includes forty-two species, which is an indication of considerable wealth in the forms of life above referred to. Ina previous essay *‘On the Zoological Position of Texas”* I have enumerated the Batrachia and Reptilia known from the State. Spe- cies additional to that list are mentioned at the end of this one. BATRAOCHIA. TRACHYSTOMATA. Siren lacertina L. Common. URODELA. Diemyctylus viridescens meridionalis Cope, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., No. 20, p. 30. D. meridionalis Boulenger Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1888, p. 24. Ten specimens. SALIENTIA. Bufo punctatus Bd. & Gird. Two specimens. Bufo insidior Gird. Two specimens. Bufo valliceps Wiegm. Four specimens. Hypopachus cuneus, sp. nov. The genus Hypopachus (Keferstein) was described as follows: Got- tingen Nachrichten, 1867, p. 352; Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., Ed. 11, 1882, p.159. It is thus defined: No frontoparietal fonta- nelle. Frontoparietal and frontal bones in contact, concealing the eth- moid. No omosternum. No dermoossifications. Terminal phalanges simple. No vomerine teeth. Tongue simple, oval. Three species of this genus are known, the H. oxyrrhinus Boul. and the H. variolosus Cope, which, with its subspecies inguinalis Cope, ranges from Costa Rica to Guatemala on the east and Michoacan on the west. The three species differ as follows: Head one-sixth total length; toes with as hort web; uo lateral band..-. H. variolosus Head one-eighth total length; toes without trace of web ; heel to humerus; no lateral STII Ne een LS ec EB eee pcer oe a Maas H. cuneus “Toes with a slight web; heel to end of muzzle; a blackish lateral banc » H. oxyrrhinus *Bull. U. §. Nat. Mus., 1875, No. 20. 396 BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA FROM TEXAS. The H. cuneus has the following characters: Head small. Body large. Limbs short. Muzzle scarcely longer than diameter of eye, projecting a little beyond mouth border. » Digits with a light spot at each phalangeal articulation. Belly yellow- _ ish, with or without a faint coarse reticulation of a darker color. Measurements. | Meters. | Measurements. Meters. Length of head and body................ . O41 Length of hind limb from anus ........ - 046 - Length of head to rictus oris............ .006 |) Length of hind foot-.°.--.--2...-. -.-: - 023 Leugth to axilla, axially Baise serneise ie -015 || Width of head at rictus oris............ - 010 Length of fore limb from front........- .022 || Width of extended femora -....-...... - 031 MEN MON OF LULGKOOE cou. cos Steck steko hes . 0095 I Rather abundant. Engystoma carolinense Holbr. Three specimens. Rana virescens Kalm. R&. halecina ‘‘Kalm,” Schreber. Three specimens. mie? © 1888:] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 397 REPTILIA. TESTUDIATA. Cinosternum flavescens Agass. One specimen. Pseudemys ornata Gray. Two specimens. Cistudo ornata Agass. One specimen. Xerobates berlandieri Agass. One specimen. LACERTILIA. Oligosoma laterale Say. Not common; one specimen. Eumeces obsoletus B. & G. Eight specimens. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus L. Five specimens. Cnemidophorus tesselatus. One specimen. Sceloporus ? scalaris Wiegm. Seven specimens. Sceloporus variabilis Wiegm. Nine specimens. First found in the United States near Corpus Christi, by Francis Aaron; common in Mexico. Sceloporus spinosus Wiegm. Four specimens. Sceloporus sp. Five specimens. Sceloporus torquatus Green. Six specimens. Lysoptychus lateralis, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate xxxvi, Fig. 1.) Char., gen.—Nearly allied to Sceloporus and Uta. A loose fold across the throat formed by the conjunction of the prehumeral folds, as in Ctenosaura, not closely folded nor bordered with enlarged scales. Fem- oral pores ; no preanal pores. No dorsal crest. Tympanic disk ex- posed. This genus is intermediate between Sceloporus and Uta. The loose dermal neck-fold, like that of some of the larger genera of Iguanide, is not found in the former. The tightly adherent collar of Uta might have been developed from a Sceloporus through a Lysoptychus. Char., specif.—Integument of side of neck thrown into numerous folds. The most prominent is continuous with the collar fold, and it sends out two folds forwards to the tympanic meatus. A second fold is concentric with the base of the humerus at its anterior base; its su- perior part is prominent and longitudinal, and continues to the fold in front of it. Tail round. The scales of the sides are smaller than those of the belly, which are smaller than those of the back. The latter are rather small, counting seventeen longitudinal rows between the small lateral scales of the scapular regions. The keels of the dorsal scales are in parallel lines. Scales of the tail subequal, strongly keeled, except below. Fifteen fem- oral pores. Two postanal plates. Interparietal plate large, subround ; parietals small, subpyriform, one fifth as large as the interparietal. Five or six transverse supraorbital plates, separated from the frontals by one row and from the supercil- iaries by two rowsof scales. Frontal divided transversely, the anterior part divided longitudinally. These plates are preceded by two plates; and these by three in transverse relation; two large internasals sepa- 398 BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA FROM TEXAS. rated from the rostral by two small scales. All the scales of the head smooth. Color above brown, with faint traces of small darker brown spots. Sides blackish, the prominent parts of the folds of the neck paler. Anterior border of meatus auditorius paler. A large blue patch on each side of the belly extending from axilla to groin, and not meeting its fellow on the middle line. Throat yellowish, faintly reticulated with blue. Posterior face of femur with a light band, bordered by dark above and below. felt 58 3.1 225 Mossy Creek, Tennessee. .....---- Cl. PeRIee Dejets 3 = SS Agi as oe| | = lo S | o= es -|/SO/}'s 8 A | | | 8 Qo) Steeles (aol a | 2 k forest peat |? St | oo al|od Ase = r Ee | Locality. | Collector. | PRS EON |= | Sie) o8 Remarks. S = fie as Ss gy ret | Sag | te = | | o S| ED || Sk we | Fiee a | | S|SiS | & |e )se4| SF | Sa) o'4) g. oO > wm |S ro) =| S 4 = A 4 | | | Le : | ‘ | | 16075 | E. Hondaras./C. H. Townsend 1887 ¢ | 732 | 246 | 130 | 312 | 239 199 37] 88| Young. 16076 j--=de Parae |e ee ee eae 1887, Q | 685 | 230 | 132 | 306 | 238 | 199 34 |..... Do. | | | | | | | | 1 424 A NEW DEER FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. Measurements of ten skulls of C. clavatus, in millimeters. | ‘fe lg| 3s] | 6 ee ee fe ie lee : EM Sn Let: 2 (8 le |8 /Rsleglesledl"¢ 2 jest Nicely ta ees ees | -|k [© |S le SiS ele gloss |e-aias 8 we Asie S824 /8/8 18 fe fesibalediagagiee 3 : Sa\_ | 3 (BES E/E laslesleSiasis ea cisn|eeies A Locality. (eigal 8 |" 26] 51 8 EES E| Pale EIB S|A Sle Sie ale 3 lna/aig| © lw du! S| 6 ISB "1" Slog clase sloo a e ln |SS) 5 |a~o!| = S hens Pel ge) 28inol skei62 3 2 5~|8 |2eaiS/21S |S fe logssiguisee cine 3 |e ja | SBE S| SC] oe SO Poo | en | 9/8 Bia ahols 4 gle (2 | 8 |BSe) 8 Se (ole Svea eieemiae oO mo 3 |S ep tl tet el ta SF |S | pa ie lal aay nL 4 Ol ae ‘> ol ae eee | eae] | *13088 Costa Rica ..-....-. 3} 264) 234 83) 114 4040 69) 77} 193 104 164 24.5, 26 104) 44.5 TIAGO be: GO sees ee. >= = |G} 200) Seo, ii 106 42 42 59| 77| 194) lui) 155,25 | 21) 100, 45.0 FISK tl ee ctdo atk ae ee +) 262| 224 73 103 3841 | 64| 74) 190 97| 156.27 | 26 +63) 30.0 +1398 |....do ............- | 248] 223 73 101, 4038.5) 69) 77| 186) 9u| 15620 | 20) 96) 45.0 933858 | Eastern Honduras. ¢ 222/195 70 89 3533 | 69)....|... |---| 14022 13| 51) 42.0 |$433 | Mirador, Mexico... ¢) 193) 166 58 83) 33/31 51) 55) 140, 71) 11421 TO)Seee eae +43943 | Costa Rica ....-....;'| 191] 166, 49 78) 32/80 | 46) 45] 137) 64) 114)....).--.].22.).-20.2 Pisin |e Oss amee cae we Q| 226) 202) 62 89 3537 69) 77) 173) 88) 14520 |--..)2---|--- e §22829 Eastern Honduras. 2 215 194 66 85 3335 69 76) TFL 86] A402" Ne ese see 43042 | Costa Rica ......-. | 217| 193) 65, 89) 34/35 | 66) 7 161] © Bi) T8618) 6) eae eee | | | } | i | | | * J. C. Zeledon, collector. || Dr. C. Sartorius, collector. +Antlers diseased. + William M. Gabb, collector. ‘ C. H. Townsend, collector. -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 425 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. QR. VIII.—_THE NUTCRACKER (NUCIFRAGA CARYOCATACTES MACRORHYN- CHOS). BY LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Having recently been asked by Victor Ritter von Tschusi-Schmid- hoffen to express an opinion in regard to the races of Nucifraga caryo- catactes, I shall not attempt a full analysis of the whole question, but only review the material in my hands, as it may throw some light on the subject. Brehm was the first to clearly define the two races of Nutcrackers, which most ornithologists who have studied the question are now will- ing to admit. He was, however, unable to assign to them definite and distinet habitats, and partly because the shape of the bill, which is the principal characteristic of the two races, is in itself subject to great in- dividual variation as well as to considerable changes on account of wear and tear, partly on account of the unreasonable prejudice of ornitholo- gists concerning the forms described by Brehm, the races or subspecies in question were either misunderstood or entirely ignored for more than half a century. When, in 1872, I examined and measured a number of Nuterackers in the museums of Bergen and Christiania for the mono- graph of von Tschusi-Schmidhoffen,* I labored under the same impres- sion, viz, that because both thick-billed and siender-billed specimens occurred in Norway there could not well be any racial difference. But after the élaborate monograph of Dr. Rudolf Blasius,t in which he most convincingly demonstrates that the resident bird of Europe is the thick- billed form, while the slender-billed individuals belong to the numerous flocks which, with short and irregular intervals, invade the western countries from the forest region of Siberia, there is no excuse for con- founding them any more. Before proceeding any further it will now be necessary to ascertain the correct names of the two forms. While expressing my great appreciation of Dr. R. Blasius’s painstaking work, I can not but most severely condemn that he should think it necessary to reject the old ames for the trifling reason that they are unsuitable, and substitute new terms in direct violation of the law of priority recognized both by the code of the American Ornithologists’ Union and by the Stricklandian code. The new names are imposed in order to avoid misunderstand- ings and confusions, but they have only made confusion more con- _* Der Tannenheher (Nucifraga caryovatactes). Dresden, 1873, p. 4. ro tDer Wanderzug der Tannenheher, etc., Ornis, 11, 1886, pp. 437-550, + pl. i (also extr. paged 1-114). i SP 426 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. founded. It is safe to say that if Dr. Blasius and von Tschusi had stuck to the old terms they would by this time have become familiar to all ornithologists. As it is the new names should be suppressed as soon as possible, before more mischief is done. The following is a condensed, but correct and nearly complete synono- my of the two forms. I+ is plain that the resident form of Sweden, upon which Linnzeus bestowed the name Corvus caryocatactes must stand as the typical form. The Thick-billed Nuteracker, therefore, is entitled to the name— Nucifraga caryocatactes (LIN.). 1758.—Corvus caryocatactes LINN., Syst. Nat., 10 ed.,1, p. 106. 1816.—Caryocatactes maculatus Kocn, Syst. Baier. Zool., 1, p. 93. 1816.—Nucifraga guttata VIEILLOT, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., v, p. 354. 1817.—Caryocatactes nucifraga NILSSON, Orn. Svee., I, p. 90. 1823.—Nucifraga brachyrhynchos BREHM, Lehrb. Eur. Vog., p. 104. 1833.—Nueifraga platyrhynchos BREHM, Isis, 1833, p. 970. 1855.—Nucifraga alpestris BREHM, Vogelf., p. 66. 1860.—Nucifraga caryocatactes major BREHM, Journ. f. Orn., 1860, p. 236. : 1836.—Nucifraga caryocatactes pachyrhynchus R. BLASIUS, Ornis, U1, p. 543; extr. p. 107; — pl. ii, figs. 3, 4; pl. iii. Should it be found necessary to use a trinominal in order to avoid mistakes it should be no other than Nucifraga caryocatactes brachyrhyn- chos. On the other hand, the Slender-billed Nutcracker should stand as— Nucifraga caryocatactes macrorhynchos BREHM. 1823.—Nucifraga macrorhynchos BREHM, Lehrb. Eur. Vog., p. 103. 1833.—Nucifraga hamata BREHM, Isis, 1833, p. 970. 1845.—Nucifraga caryocatactes SELYS-LONGCH., Bull. Ac. Brux., XI (p. 298) (part; nec LINN.). 1855.—? Nucifraga arquata BREHM, Vogelf., p. 66. 1866.—Nucifraga caryocatactes macrorhynchos BREHM, Verz. Samml., p. 4. 1886.—Nucifraga caryocatactes leptorhynchus R. BLAsIvus, Ornis, 1, p. 543; extr. p. 107; _ pl. i; pl. ii, figs. 1, 2. It appears that von Tschusi-Schinidhoffen, quite independently and about the same time, came to the same conclusions as Dr. R. Blasius,* and both these ornitholo gists agree in dividing the Nutcracker into two races—one western, thick-billed, and another eastern, slender-billed. According to them NV. caryocatactes brachyrhynchos *‘ breeds in the north- ern temperate zone of the western portion of the paliarctic region, viz, in the forests of Lapland, Scandinavia, the Baltic provinces of Russia, East Prussia, the Harz, the Riesengebirge (BOhmerwald), the Schwarz- wald (Black Forest), the Carpathians (the mountains of Bosnia, Herze- govina, and Dalmatia), the whole extent of the Alps, and the Pyren- ees.” N. c. macrorhynchos, on the other hand, is stated to “breed in the northern temperate zone of the eastern portion of the paliarctic *See ‘‘ Verbr. und Zug d. Tannenhehers,” Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1888, p. 488; extr. p. 82. -1828.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 427 region, viz, in the forests of Asia, from Kamtschatka and Japan west to the Ural Mountains and the governments of Perm and Vologda in European Russia.” Mr. Henry Seebohm, in a paper “On the Arctic Form of the Nut- cracker,”* has lately taken issue with Dr. R. Blasius in regard to the alleged distribution ot the two forms, though agreeing with him in the general result, viz, the distinctness of the forms and the migrant into northern Europe being the slender-billed Siberian race. He contends that “there is not an Eastern and a Western form, * * * butanarctic anda temperate form. * * * The Siberian form appears sometimes to winter in north China as well as in southern and western Europe, but the Japanese form appears to be a resident, and to be, to all intents and purposes, identical with the resident form of Europe. The white spots, both on the upper and under parts and on the end of the tail- feathers, are rather more developed in the Japanese birds than in the resident European ones, but not so much so as in examples from Siberia.” My material is not sufficient to solve the puzzle entirely, but I think it is large enough to show that Mr. Seebohm’s theory is not well founded. But before examining my material I must, from a general stand-point, protest against the terms ‘arctic form” and “temperate form,” used by Mr. Seebohm. In the first place, the Nutcracker is not an “arctic” bird. In Europe it occurs, more or less, stationary from Spain (roughly, 42° north latitudet) to northern Norway (about 649° north latitude). In northwestern Russia the typical form hardly extends so far north, while farther east the slender-billed race is not known to occur north of 62° north latitude, and the southern limit of its breeding range in the Ural seems to be about 62° north latitude. In Asia the jatter has been found by Mr. Seebohm himself in the valley of the Yenisej as far north as 67°, though farther east it hardly exceeds the sixty-fourth degree of latitude. The southern limit of its breeding range in western Asia seems to be the Tian-Shan,§ consequently about 40° north latitude, while in the extreme East slender-billed birds have been found in sum- mer at least as far south as 38° north latitude. It will be seen that the distribution of the Siberian form, on the whole, is not more arctic than its western representative, if we regard the latitudes alone. But the adjectives arctic, for the former, and temperate, for the latter, are not better founded if, by such a nomenclature, we would indicate the rela- tive distribution of the two forms where their ranges meet, for there is *Ibis, 1888, pp. 236-241. a t Blasius, as quoted above, states that it breeds in the Pyrenees, but according to Dr. Companyo, in Dresser’s Birds of Europe, Iv, p. 458, it is only a rare bird in the eastern Pyrenees, while Arévalo y Baca (Aves de Espafia, Madrid, 1887, p. 260), expressly says that it occurs only accidentally in Spain. In Italy, according to Gigioli (Avif. Ital., 1886, p. 13) and Salvadori (Uce. Ital., 1887, p. 180) the Nutcracker is stationary only in the Alps. tNazarow, Rech. Zool. Steppes Kirguiz, 1886, p. 31. § Zeverzow, Journ. f. Orn., 1875, p. 172. 428 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. no evidence that in any part of the whole palearctie region breeding localities of the slender-billed race are situated uorth of those of the thick-billed form on approximately the same degree of longitude, unless Mr. Seebohm be correct in referring the Japanese specimens to the typical form. In fact, this identification by Mr. Seebohm seems to be the only foun- dation for his theory of an arctic and a temperate race, as opposed to Blasius’s of a western and eastern. Upon the proper reference of the Japanese specimens, therefore, hinges the whole question. I have before me four examples from Japan, which I can compare with four from Korea, one from Kamtschatka, and a number of both foris from Europe. According both to Blasius and Seebohm, the slen- der-billed individuals from Western Europe are only immigrants from Siberia; they will consequently serve as well as specimens from the latter country. Both Blasius and Seebohm lay considerable stress on the dimensions of the bills as indicating the subspecifie difference. To a certain extent this is so, and an examination of the tables of measurements given below will therefore give some valuable hints as to the identity of the various individuals, but only if the specimens can be examined at -the saine time, for it is plain when inspecting a series of these birds that the peculiar shape of the bills in the two birds is of more importance than the length and the height. In the typical form the upper mandible is more swollen, the upper tomium more inflected, and the basal portion of the culmen straighter and more parallel with the commissure, while in the slender-billed form the upper tomium is hardly inflected at all, and the culmen tapers at once towards the tip from the frontal feather- ing. At the latter point the bills of both forms are nearly of the same height, and consequently Dr. Blasius’s method of measuring the bills in. the middle is more expressive than that of Mr. Seebohm, who measures them at the angle of the gonys. It is plain that this difference is easier to appreciate in the specimens than to express in words or condense into a Satisfactory diagnosis, the more so since the bills in these birds are subject to considerable individual variation in all directions. I will also call attention to the fact that the bills of the resident birds of Europe seem to vary to some extent locally, as both Blasius and von Tschusi-Schmidhoffen have noted a difference in the stoutness of the bill in specimens from Sweden and from the Alps. The other character to which Blasius has called special attention is the width of the terminal white band of the tail-feathers. In the typ- ical form the average width is stated to be 18.3", while in the slender- billed subspecies it is given as averaging 27.4™™ on the outer pair. The difference in the width of*the white band is also admitted by Mr. See- bohm, aud I find it corrovorated by the material before me. I will re- mark, however, that this character is also subject to some individual variation, but, so far as I can make out, there is no local variation fella talk pty BAe Yt 1388.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 429 within the two races. On the other hand, as in many other birds, the white ends to the tail-feathers are probably, ou the whole, smaller in the young birds than in the old ones. | With these remarks iu view, I shall now proceed to examine the ma- terial before me. The first one is U. S. National Museum No. 110015, trom Petro- paulski, Kamtschatka, collected December 27, 1885. It is the eastern- most example I have seen, and is a very pronounced slender-billed bird, agreeing closely with Blasius’s fig. 2, pl. i. Its coloration exhibits the maximum amount of white, as might be expected. Next comes four birds collected by Mr. P. L. Jouy, at Fusan, south- ern extremity of Korea (latitude 35°), the southernmost locality, I think, in which specimens of this species ever have been taken (U.S. National Museum, Nos. 114097-114100). They are all alike and very character- istically slender-billed, belonging undoubtedly to macrorhynchos, both on account of the shape and size of the bill and the width of the white tail-band. From Norway I have four slender-billed birds, evidently Siberian immigrants, collected near Bergen during the great invasion in 1887* (U. 8S. National Museum, Nos. 113218-113222), which are in every particular identical with the Korean examples. It would be ut: terly impossible to tell these birds apart were the labels removed, and the uniformity of these eight specimens of so variable a species, and from so distant localities, is truly astonishing. Finally, I have four specimens from Japan, collected by Mr. Jouy, but as two of them are young birds which have not yet fully assumed the adult plumage, they may safely be left out of the comparison. The remaining two are U.S National Museum, No. 88701,2, Fuji, July 2, 18382, a fully adult bird, just molted into a fresh plumage, possibly the mother of the two young birds referred to, which were shot in the same lucality on the same day, and the other, No. 91392, 3, Tate- Yama, De- cember 17,1882. The latter is unquestionably a typicalty slender-billed bird, very much like the one described from Kamtschatka, with a slightly longer bill, the length of which exactly eauals the average of the eight specimens from Korea and Norway referred to above, while the amount ot white on the tail almost reaches the maximum. The billis just a trifle higher than that of the other slender-billed specimens (though not reach- ing the maximum height of specimens measured by Blasius, e. g., his * [ have seen only few notices of the 1387 migration. According to J. Collin, in his ‘“‘ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Danmarks Fuglefauna,” the Nutcracker has never before eecurred in such numbers in Denmark. In Norway the immigration was remarkable both on account of the number of birds and the extent of country covered, specimens having been taken even north of Tromse. Near Bergen about one hundred individ- uals were killed during September, and Mr. V. Storm states that the bird appeared in the vicinity of Trondhjem in vast numbers about the first of that month. Numerous specimens were received from Reraas, Guldal, (Erkedal, Rissen, and more northern localities. (K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skr. 1886-87, Trondhj., 1888, p. 52; Naturen, XU, 1888, p. 224.) 430 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. Nos. 30, 31), but its shape is normal, and differs in that respect from the resident Scandinavian birds as much as any one in the series. The Fuji-Yama bird, found breeding near the extreme southern range of the species, differs only in having the bill shorter than any other specimen in the series. The shape, however, is that of NV. macrorhynchos, and the white on the tail is almost up to the average, ag established by Blasius, or 3"™ wider than the maximum of any specimen by him referred to the typical thick-billed form. That the shortness of the bill is no argument against referring this Japanese specimen to the Siberian form is very plain, from the fact that it is nearly identical with a Yenisej specimen collected by Mr, Seebohm himself (No. 176 of his collection, fide Blasius, Ornis, 1886, p. 472, extra p. 36, No. 8).* My material, therefore, contradicts Mr. Seebohm’s suggestion that the resident bird of Japan is, ‘to all intents and purposes, identical with the resident form of Europe.” On the contrary, it is evident to me that it is, to all intents and purposes, identical with the Siberian, or the slen- der-billed form N. c. macrorhynchos. The very meager details in regard to his specimens, which Mr. See- bohm furnishes in his article, do not support his own conclusion that “the white spots * * * on the ends of the tail-feathers are * * * not so much |developed| as in examples from Siberia;” for he himself gives the white on tail as varying between 0.9 and 1.1 inch in the Jap- anese birds, against a variation of from 0.8 to 1.25 inch in Siberian and Chinese specimens and presumed European migrants, consequently nearly coinciding with the limits established for the latter. I am, therefore, forced to conclude that Dr. R. Blasius and Y. von Tschusi-Schmidhoffen are right in distinguishing between an eastern and a western race, and that Mr. Seebohm is wrong in assuming the existence of an arctic and a temperate form of the Nutcracker. Before closing 1 would say, however, that I will not deny the possi- bility of a large series of Japanese birds showing a somewhat shorter bill, on the average, than continental Asiatic specimens; but I will vent- ure to say that the difference in size and shape will not be so great as it is between resident birds from Scandinavia and southern Europe, and [ do not think that the differences will ever prove tangible or con- stant enough to allow a further subdivision of this species. Blasius and von Tschusi have made it pretty plain that the differences in size and shape of bill in the two subspecies recognized are due to the difference in the food, the nut of the Siberian form of Pinus cembra having a thin- ner shell than the typical form growing in the mountains of central Europe. The difference between resident Seandinavian and South European specimens is easily explained from a similar reason, as Pinus “In the table alluded to the length of the bill is given as 30™™, This I take to be a misprint or a slip of the pen for 40™™, as the length from nostril to tip of bill is said to be 34.2™™, exactly as in the Japanese specimen before me, the exposed culmen of which is 40™™, 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 431 cembra does not occur wild in Scandinavia, where the Nuterackers are compelled to live on seeds or nuts harder and more difficult to open. Pinus cembra is said to occur in the highest mountains of Hondo, Japan, but apparently in limited number. It is therefore doubtful whether the Nutcracker to any great extent feeds on this fruit. I am also unable to say whether the Japanese P. cembra belongs to a thin-shelled variety or to a thick-shelled, as I cannot find it stated whether the form oc- curring in Japan is P. cembra sibirica or not. It may be useful to remark, that Professor Schiibeler (Die Pflanzenwelt Norwegens, Chris- tiania, 1875, p. 154) characterizes the seeds of the two forms (or species?) as follows: P. sibirica having the seed sooty-brown in color, and rather attenuated in shape at one end, one hundred seeds weighing 24.75 grams, while those of P. cembra typica are light brown, oval or nearly globular, one hundred seeds weighing 39.10 grams. There are con- sequently three questions for the resident field ornithologists of Japan tosolve: (1) Are the bills of the Nutcrackers residing in Japan normally and on the average shorter than the bills of the birds residing on the Asiatic main-land? (2) What kind of seed or nut forms the principal food of the Nutcracker in Japan? (3) Are the seeds of Pinus cembra in Japan incased in a harder shell than those from Siberia ? Measurements (in millimeters). I. NUCIFRAGA MACRORGYNCHOS. (a) Specimens from Japan. . ° a;O le s aies| (5 |= ff : 8 |\28 {pe ew ee nD : 2 \2 | ~1Sg 5 3 filaiss ©. |S te & ey coe | ea Lecality. Date. S| S|85| loses lea 3s . = a |S |ae| oly Le ° $ e 3 o)/ S12 /sbl zis | ism QD “4 = = et = = | = Ic = = 8 2 = & | no) & ea eo b R Hj/al> jas i - | | | aa 88701 | Jouy, 389-..| 9 ad.| Fuji, Japan......... | July 2,1882} 182 | 123 | 40 | 1 38 | 35 | 11 | 26 91352 | P. L. Jouy,| ¢ ad.| Tate-Yama, Japan-.-| Dec. 17, 1882 | 192 | 129 | 45 | 1 40 | 34 | 11 32 879. | ° | | (b) Specimens from Continental Asia and Europe. 114097 | P.L. Jouy,| ¢ ad.| Fusan, Korea....... Sept. 23, 1885 | 182 | 193 | 47 | 4.5 38 9 24 : 1540. 114098 | P.L.Jouy,| -f' ad.|....do ...........-... Sept. 27, 1885 | 190 | 128 | 46 | 3 39 ae LO 26 1548. He100y | Palevouy | Orade|ts.:d0 = .cccess cence Sept. 27, 1885| 180 | 119| 43/2 |40]....}10 | 28 1549. 114099 | P. L. Jouy, of No ect) Ase aodoscsaas Sept. 27, 1885 | 186 | 125 | 48 | 3 41 |.-.-| 10.3) 32 1550. 110015 | Hunter ...|......-| Petropaulski, Kamt- | Dec 27,1885} 180 | 119 | 42 | 4 38!|-<=.|, 10 34 schatka. 113218 | Berg. Mus.| ¢ Bergen, Norway..--.| Sept. 18, 1887 | 180 | 120 | 43 | 2 39 | 34] 9.5, 22 S220) dra cee Ce Wester dOtece So. cs oaks Sept. 30, 1887 | 176 | 122 | 42 | 2 Simeone dl meee 29 HGP aI" | do se.o CON al bear ogee Sea em on Sept. 18, 1887 | 182} 129/ 45/1 | 41]....)10 | 25 MISIOO! |i odovcccecs Opmel Sarr omeesnce cere ore Sept. 10, 1887| 177 | 117 | 44|1 | 39] 33] 96 27 432 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. II. NUCIFRAGA CARYOCATACTES. ee ees et eS OP ee a ele 98573 aepuene, 9 ad. | Christiania, Norway -| Sept. 20, 1873 1185 | 123 | 41 | 0 40 | 36 | 12 , 111106 Collett ...| 9 ad.|.-..do ..-...------- a Sent 28, 1886 | 184 | 122 | 42 | 0 40 | 34 3 9673 yan Miul-| ¢ ad. | Germany Rea eas o eles a 193) | 222) SN oe eres ees er. } | i | at a ¢ 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 433 THE SINGLE-HEADED DRUM OF THE NASKOPIE (NAGNAGNOT) INDIANS, UNGAVA DISTRICT, HupSoN BAY TERRITORY. BY LUCIEN M. TURNER. The drum used by the Naskopies differs from that of their neighbors and stock kindred, the East Main Indians, of the Fort George district. The instrument employed by the Naskopies is a well-made, single- headed affair. The construction of each drum may differ in detail, but the general plan is preserved. The barrel is seldom more than four inches deep, covered by a reindeer skin. It is stretched over the bar- rel and held in position by a hoop one-fourth inch wide, and to this the membrane is stitched, so as to give uniform tension. This narrow hoop is placed upon the barrel edge, and a wider hoop, but slightly larger in diameter than the outer circumference of the barrel, is placed upon the narrow hoop inclosed by the edge of the membrane. Sufficient pressure is exerted to bring the membrane into proper tension, and then it is held in place by a system of thongs passing through holes pierced in the wide hoop and the lower edge of the barrel. The thongs pass diagonally through the pairs of holes, and by drawing on them the barrel and hoop may be approximated sufficiently to secure the desired tension of the membrane. The outer side of the membrane (the side beaten upon) is crossed by a thong which passes through the barrel or quill end of four feathers of the wing of a Ptarmigan. A similar cord crosses the under side of the membrane, but at right angles to the one on the upper side, and it also contains four quills, pierced by the cord. The object of these cords, with their attachments, is to produce a reverberation of the sound. The drum-stick used is a piece of antler fashioned so as to form a round but flat knob on a flattened strip or piece of the antler. A gun- cap box is often covered with a piece of deer-skin and fastened to a wooden handle, also covered with leather of the same kind, and used for a beating-stick. In the instances where such a box is Ae it fre- ‘quently contains a few shot or fine gravels, which tend to create a rat- tling sound. _ As the drum is never used outside of the tent, it is so prepared that it ‘may be suspended. To effect this a double strand (two single strands) of sufficient length is affixed to any portion of the outside of the large poop, and by meaus of the thongs the drum is suspended to the poles of the tent at a convenient height for the drummer. To the opposite ‘side of the hoop is affixed a stout piece of buckskin, which is grasped in the left hand in order to steady the instrument. _ The performer sits on the ground or on askin with his legs projected. The left hand grasps the buckskin handle. A few drops of water are Proc. N. M. 88——28 Sopk: 3, (S84. ees 434 SINGLE-HEADED DRUM OF THE NASKOPIE INDIANS. sprinkled, by a dexterous flip of the fingers, on the head or membrane, in order to relax it, lest in its tense, dry condition it may burst under the severity of the blow. The measure of the beat is two-fourths (2), or one two, one two, one two, the accent upon the latter. | The beating is always accompanied by words, either a monotonous chant of two syllables or else a disconnected recital of events; usually — in relation to some particular occurrence, pertaining to the actions of | man or beast. | The drum is used at all ceremonies, however insignificant may be the purpose for which it is beaten. The conjurer employs it to succor the afflicted; to terrify the baneful spirits creating disquiet of mind; to regain the aid of rebellious spirits; to relieve the distress of want; fe express his sorrow or joy. Scareely | a purpose, engendered for Perscral gratification, but it may be furthered by recourse to the drum. | When the hunters have been fortunate in the chase, good-will and — plenty cheer the hearts of those people. The older men visit from tent— to tent and recount the exploits of their younger days to the group of younger men who straggle in and become wrapt listeners to the recitals of the elders; good cheer is promoted by the drum enlivening the re-— citals interspersed with songs, and not until the gleam of the eastern dawn discloses the light of day do the listeners depart, one by one, to their places, while yet the drum beats long after slumber has fastened itself upon all but the narrator, who finds himself without an audience. c= y 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 435 NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM THE MAUMEE VALLEY, OHIO. BY SETH E. MEEK. ~The following paper is based upon a small collection of fishes made in Defiance County, Ohio, by the writer in July, 1887. Less than one day was spent in seining in each of the following localities: Maumee River and Gordon Creek, near Cecil; Gordon Creek, near Cicero; Lost Creek, about 24 miles southwest of Farmer; and in Forlow’s Pond, 2 mniles southeast of Cicero. The seining was done with a small Baird seine. The Maumee River flows through a nearly unbroken region, and with a sluggish current. Near Cecil, Ohio, the current is swifter than usual and the bottom of the river is sandy, or in a few places rocky. Gordon Creek is a northern tributary of the Maumee River, and it empties into the river a short distance below Cecil. The creek is small, and in the summer it becomes nearly dry, with little or no running water in it. Such was the case at the time of our visit, and so the seining was done in a few deep holes by the road side about 1 mile above its mouth. Cicero is 10 or 12 miles farther up the creek. At this point the creek is little more than a small brook, with a muddy bottom, with occasional stretches of sand. Lost Creek is also a northern tributary of the Maumee River. It is larger than Gordon Creek, its bottom being more sandy ; and, as it is fed by springs in the upper part of its course, it is seldom, if ever, without running water. A few miles below Farmer the creek formerly lost itself in a large marshy tract of land, which at that time was covered with a dense growth of underbrush. In later years the marsh has been cleared up, and the water conducted through it by means of aseries of large ditches to the main channel of the creek below. ’ Forlow’s Pond is an artificial pool, made in 1882 for a reservoir to Supply water for the tile factory of Forlow & Co. The pond covers about one-half acre. During high water in the spring it is in communi- cation for a short time by means of ditches with Gordon Creek; it is also fed by an artesian well throughout the year. In formeryears a greater portion of Defiance County was very heavily timbered. In the low lands black ash and oak were the predominating trees, while on the upper lands oak, white ash, walnut, beech, and maple predominated. Within the past thirty years much of the land has been cleared up, while large tracts of woodland still remain, however much a 436 -PISHES FROM THE MAUMEE VALLEY, OHIO. 1 depleted of its best timber, and the other timber has been injured more or less by occasional fires. . A portion of the collection of fishes obtained in the above-named lo- calities has been sent to the U.S. National Museum and to the museum of Indiana State University. Iam indebted to Dr. D. S. Jordan for various aids in the preparation of this paper. 1. Amia calva Linneus. Dog-tish. P.* Common in 1882; none taken in 1887. 2. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40093.) Common Bull-head. Me Ay Wang aes 0, NiOLy abundant. 3. Ameiurus melas (Rafinesque). (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40092. ) Moti, ..cr., >. Pound with the above; abundant. 4. Catostomus teres (Mitchill). (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40088. ) Common White Sucker. M., L., C.,G. Abundant. 5. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Hog-sucker. M. Not abundant. 2 6. Erimyzon sucetta (Lacépede). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40090.) Chab-sucker. L., G., G. Scarce. 7. Moxostoma duquesnei (Le Sueur). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40099. ) Red-horse Sucker. M..L., C.,G. Abundant. 8. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40089.) Stone-lugger. CG. Not very abundant. 9. Chrosomus erythrogaster (Rafinesque). Red-bellied Minnow. L. Searce. 10. Pimephales promelas Rafinesque. (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos. 40084 and 40103.) L., C.,G. Not abundant. a 11. Pimephales notatus (Rafinesqne). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos. 40085 and 40102 ) M., L., C., G@. More abundant than the former. 12. Notropis microstomus (Rafinesque). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40112.) (Hybopsis stramineus Cope. ) M. Two specimens taken. *The following abbreviations are used: M. Maumee River, near Cecil, Ohio. Lost Creek. P. Forlow’s Pond. C. Gordon Creek, near Cecil, Ohio. G. Gordon Creek, near Cicero, Ohio. a a 3 1888. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 437 13. Notropis volucella (Cope). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40101.) ©. Not very abundant. Length of longest specimen, 3 inches. Head 4 in the length of the body; depth, 43; dorsal rays, 8; anal rays, 8. Scales in the lateral line, 35 to 36. Body elongate, slender, with the dorsal region little elevated. Snout blunt; mouth very small, its gape parallel with the axis of the body, end of maxillary reaching about two-thirds distance to vertical from anterior margin of the orbit. Length of snout equal to diameter of the eye, 34 in the length of the head. Origin of first dorsal ray midway between tip of snout and base of caudal fin; scales before the dorsal not crowded, 15 to 16 in a series. Tips of pectoral fins reaching nearly to base of ventrals; ventrals reach- ing anal. Teeth 4-4, slightly hooked at the tips; edges crenate; preorbital bone large, vertical diameter two-thirds diameter of eye, horizontal diameter three-fourths diameter of eye. No markings on the fins;.a dark band on sides and around the snout the black on the snout on the upper jaw only. This species differs from Notropis microstomus in having comparatively a smaller mouth, a more slender form, larger snout, higher fins, and a larger preorbital bone. 14. Notropis whipplei (Girard). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40113). Silver-fin. M. L. Not abundant. 15. Notropis megalops (Rafinesque). (U. 8. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40108.) Common Shiner. M., L., C., G., P. Very abundant. 16. Notropis lythurus Jordan and Gilbert. Red-fin. H.,C., G., P. Searce. 17. Notropis atherinoides (Rafinesque). M. Scarce. 18. Ericymba buccata Cope. (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40105.) L.,C.,G. Very abundant in L.; much less so in other localities. 19. Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40111.) Dace. L. Not abundant. 20. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Ratfinesque). (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos. 40086 and 40096. ) Horny-head. M,L,C.,P. Abundant in all places except P. 4 435 FISHES FROM THE MAUMEE VALLEY, OHIO. 21. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40091.) Chub; Horned Dace. M., L., C.,G., P. Abundant. 22. Opsopceodus emiliz Hay. Length of specimens, 24 inches; head, 44 in the length of the body; depth, 44. Dorsal, one short and nine long rays; anal, 1-8; scales, 40 iu the lateral line. Body elongate, not much compressed, rather robust anteriorly ; cau- dal peduncle slender. ; Snout bluntish; mouth very small and very oblique, its gape making an angle of at least 60° with the axis of the body. Lips very thin; chin convex and projecting beyond margin of the upper lip when the mouth is closed. Eye moderate; its diameter 32 in length of head. Length of snout, four-fifths diameter of the eye, end of the maxillary reaching about two-thirds to vertical from anterior margin of the orbit. Origin of first dorsal ray nearer tip of snout than base of caudal fin by about diameter of the eye; first dorsal ray about one-half length third dorsal ray; second about three-fourths the length of the third. Length of longest dorsal ray, four-fifths length of the head, its tip reaching beyond tip of last ray when the fin is deflexed. Anal similar, but smaller. Tips of pectoral fins reaching two-thirds distance to base of ventrals; ventrals reaching vent, which is midway between base of pectoral and base of caudal fin. Caudal fin forked; outer rays more than twice length of inner rays. Seales before dorsal fin not crowded, 16 in a series. Teeth, 5-5, slightly hooked at tips, and with grinding surface and slightly crenated edges. Lateral line incomplete. Straw-colored, with top of head black. The first five dorsal rays (including short one) black, next two rays white, and the last three black. All the other fins plain, with no dark markings. The above description is taken from two specimens from Maumee River. Dr. D. S. Jordan has compared these two specimens with the types ot O. emiliw, types of Trycherodon megalops Forbes, and with specimens from New Harmony, Ind., and furnishes me with the following notes: catenin tai al iit ee ee ee) se tae Ra ig celine, ont J eee ee 5 chr hes. Dibetibans pons Hd 6 lise > ‘““The two specimens (Maumee) are larger and brighter in color than — types of O. emiliw; they are more compressed, brighter, and with slightly larger eye than TZ. megalops; they are also larger and have ~ more black on the dorsal than the New Harmony specimens. All, however, seem to belong to one species.” 23. Notemigonus chrysoleucus (Mitchill). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40100.) M., P. Not abundant. Pea she | ae 8 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 43 ; i, 24. Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sueur). (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40106.) ‘ Hickory Shad. C. Rather abundant. 25. Umbra limi (Kirtland). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos. 40087 and 40110.) Mud Minnow. C.,G., L. Rather common in small bayous. 26. Lucius vermiculatus (Le Sueur). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40098. ) Little Pickerel. C., L., P. Not very abundant. 27. Anguilla anguilla rostrata Le Sueur. Eel. Specimens of this species have been taken in the Maumee River ; none seen by me in 1887. 28. Labidesthes sicculus Cope. A few small specimens taken in the Maumee River. 29. Apredoderus sayanus (Gilliams). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40104.) Pirate Perch. G. One small specimen taken. 30. Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40097.) Rock Bass. M. Not abundant. 31. Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque. (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos. 40083 and 40095. ) Sun-fish. Me. C., L., G. P. Abundant. B32. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque.) (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40094.) M., L., P. Less abundant than the former. 33. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde. (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40115.) Small-mouthed Black Bass. M. Two smail specimens taken; not very abundant. 34. Micropterus salmoides Lacépéde. | Large-mouthed Black Bass. M. One specimen taken on a trout line. Both this and the former Species are less common than formerly. 35. Etheostoma pellucidum (Baird). (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40114.) Common in the river where the bottom is sandy. : 36. Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque. (U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. Nos, 40052 and 40107.) M.,C.,G., L. Abundant. S 440 FISHES FROM THE MAUMEE VALLEY, OHIO. 37. Etheostoma caprodes Rafinesque. Log Perch. M. One specimen taken. 38. Etheostoma aspro (Cope and Jordan). (U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 40081.) Black-sided Darter. M., C., L. Not abundant. 39. Etheostoma cceruleum Storer. Rainbow Darter. L. One specimen taken. CoE COLLEGE, CEDAR Raprps, Iowa, January 15, 1889. s&s PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 44] DESCRIPTION OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FOSSILS FROM THE MIDDLE CAMBRIAN., BY CHARLES D. WALCOTT. In a collection of Middle Cambrian fossils, sent to me for study by Dr. Karl Rominger, I find several new forms, which he permits me to describe. With these, two other species are described—one collected by Dr. Cooper Curtice, in northern Georgia, and the other by me in Newfoundland. It is my intention to fully illustrate the species described in this paper in a review of the Middle Cambrian fauna. Lingulella mcconnelli n. sp. Shell subspatulate, height and breadth as 7 to 44. Ventral valve _subattenuate towards the apex, broadest midway, with the sides con- verging slightly towards the front and rather rapidly towards the apex; front broadly rounded. Dorsal valve short, height and breadth sub- equal; the broad front is squarely rounded, and the apex broadly rounded. The specimens are somewhat flattened in the shale, but the rather strong shell preserves a moderate convexity. Surface marked by con- centric striz of growth and radiating longitudinal lines. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- nellus zone, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of Dr. Karl Rominger. Crania (?) columbiana n. sp. Shell small, cireular or slightly longer than wide; apex central or nearly so. Surface marked by fine cost that radiate from the apex to the margin. Traces of fine spines appear about the margin. Diam- er, 2, The generic reference is made on account of the surface characters _ being more like those of shells referred to Crania than to those of other genera: Crania grayi Davidson, Crania lelia Hall (24th Rep. N. Y. "State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 220, pl. 7, fig. 16). Mt Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- ‘nellus zone, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of _ Dr. Karl Rominger. ie = x a Acrotreta gemma var. depressa n. var. The specimens from Mt. Stephen are relatively much lower and broader in proportion to the height than the typical forms of A. gemma. On this account they are considered as a variety. 442 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF CAMBRIAN FOSSILS. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- nellus horizon, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of Dr. Karl Rominger. Linnarssonia sagittalis Salter (sp.). A beautifully preserved interior of the dorsal valve of this species came from the same locality as the preceding species. Orthisina alberta n. sp. Shell transversely suboval, front broadly rounded; the straight hinge line is shorter than the full breadth of the valve; area of the central valve high, bent backward from the hinge line, divided by a large foramen that is covered by a convex deltidium. The area of the dorsal valve slopes back at about a right angle to the valve. The broad, short foramen appears to have been covered by alow deltidium. Surface marked by radiating cost, five in a distance of 3™™ on the frontal margin. . This species recalls Orthis lindstromi Linnarsson, from the Paradoxi- des zone of Sweden. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- nellus zone, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of Dr. Karl Rominger. Platyceras romiligeri n. sp. Shell small, apex incurved, body whorl expanding rapidly on the outer half of the volution; dorsum broad, subangular (?) on the right side: left side concealed in the matrix. The body volution is marked by con- centric undulations, aperture and peristome broken. Surface marked by concentric strie of growth. A second specimen, that is pressed flat in the shale, shows the outer volution quite regularly rounded, the aperture subcireular and the peristome smooth. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- nellus zone, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of Dr. Karl Rominger. The Genus OLENOIDES Meek. Itis unfortunate that genera occurring in the three divisions of the Cambrian system haye names so liable to be confused; viz, Ulenus, Olenellus, and Olenoides. Olenus and Olenellus are respectively typi- eal genera of the Upper and Lower Cambrian, and Olenoides attains its greatest development in the Middle Cambrian, in areas where the characteristic Atlantic province genus Paradoxides is absent. All three of the names have been used in published memoirs, and students will be obliged to distinguish them despite of their similarity. The genus Olenoides was proposed by Mr. B. F. Meek! for a species which he provisio nally referred to the genus Paradoxides—P.(?) nevaden- Sis. In the deseription of the Middle Cambrian fauna? the type specimen 1 Geol. Expl. Fortieth Par., vol. iv, pt. 1, p. 25. ? Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, p. 180, 1886. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 443 - is illustrated and other species referred to the genus, some of which were subsequently separated and placed under the genus Zacanthoides.! I mentioned, when the latter name was proposed, that Dorypyge, Dames was congeneri¢c with Olenoides of Meek. Before I had met with the ' proposed name Olenoides, I had given a provisional generic name in i manuscript to the group of species which were subsequently placed under Olenoides, in 1886.2, This was before I knew of the proposed genus Dorypyge, although the latter was published in 1883.5 A comparison of the figures illustrating the type of the genus Dory- pyge, D. richthofeni,* with Olenoides nevadensis, O. quadriceps,’ O. wasatch- ensis, and O. curticei, shows that they are congeneric, although the sur- face of D. richthofeni is granulated and the test of the other species is very thin and smooth, as far as known. The species included under the genus are Olenoides nevadensis Meek, _ 0. quadriceps H. & W., D. wahsatchensis H. & W. O. curticei n. sp., — O.marcoui Whitfield, an undescribed species from northern Arizona, and one from the Coosa Valley, Alabama. Of theseven species 0. mar- coui and O. quadriceps are in association with the genus Olenellus. The undescribed species from Arizona is from strata high up in the Cam- _ brian, and the remaining fvur are from strata between the Lower Cam- — brian or Olenellus zone and the Upper Cambrian or Dicellocephalus (Olenus) zone. ’ Olenoides nevadensis Meek. Paradoxides? nevadensis Meek, 1870. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vol., xxii, p. 62; idem, 1877. Geol. Expl. Fortieth Par., vol. iv, p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 5. Olenoides nevadensis Walcott. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, p.181, pl. xxv, fig. 7, 1886. E The type specimen was found in a bluish-gray caleareous shale, at Antelope Spring in the House Range of western Utah. Mr. McCon- _ nell, Mr. Otto J. Klotz, and Dr. Rominger collected the species from a bluish-gray calcareous shale at Mt. Stephen, in the Rocky Mountains of _ British Columbia, on the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Olenoides curticei n. sp. : i : This is a large, fine species that approaches O. nevadensis in its gen- _ eral characters, and differs in the details of the head and pygidium, as : shown in the accompanying figure. | O. curticei was collected by Dr. Cooper Curtice in the Cambrian ‘Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xxxvi, p. 165, 1883. 2 Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, p. 181, 1886. ®China, Richthofen, vol. iv, p.24. The work containing it was not accessible to me until late in the year 1885, after the text of Bulletin No. 30 had heen printed (Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, p. 221, 1836). *China, Richthofen, taf. 1 figs. la-6. +Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, pl. xxix, figs. 1-c. A44 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF CAMBRIAN FOSSILS. shales of Coosa Valley, near Blaine post-office, Cherokee County, Ala., where it occurs on the surface of dark flint nodules. Olenoides curticei. Olenoides sp. undet. A second species of Olenoides was found by Dr. Curtice in an argil- laceous shale, on the Edward’s farm, near Craig’s Mountain, Cherokee County, Ala. It differs, in the parts available for comparison, from 0. curticei in having a larger number of spines on the margin of the pygi- dium, and the postero-lateral limb of the head is shorter back of the eye. The pygidium is much like that of O. nevadensis, but, until more per- fect specimens are obtained, I will not attempt to name or compare the species. The associated fossils are Lingulella (?), Acrotreta, Scenella, Steno- theca, Hyolithes, and Ptychoparia three sp., ete. Karlia n. gen. Form elongate-oval, convex. Head longitudinally semicircular, deeply marked by the dorsal furrows. Glabella clavate, broadly ex- panded in front, with or without faint glabellar furrows. Occipital fur- row well defined. Fixed cheeks subtriangular; posterior furrow broad; eye lobe small; free cheeks narrow. Hypostoma with a thick, rounded auterior margin that is extended into the large lateral wings, the sides of which extend one-half way back on the oval, convex body ; posterior 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 445 marginal rim strong and separated from the body by a well defined sulcus. - Thorax with seven segments; axis with a central spine on each seg- ment; pleural lobes with a broad groove; anterior lateral ends of pleurie faceted. Pygidium short, transverse, four to five segments in the axis, lateral lobes slightly grooved. Surface granulose. Types: Karlia minor and K. stephenensis. Generic name proposed in honor of Dr. Karl Rominger. Karlia minor n. sp. Form elongate-oval, convex. Average size, 7™™ in length by 3™™ in breadth. Head longitudinally semicircular, convex; frontal rim a nar- row margin which passes into a stronger rim on the sides. Glabella clavate, expanding from the base to twice the width in front, marked by four pairs of short, faint glabellar furrows; occipital furrow deep; occipital ring strong and with a sharp, slight node at tbe center. The broad, deep, dorsal furrows unite with the posterior furrows to separate the strongly convex, subtriangular fixed cheeks; eye lobe short, nar- row, and defined by a well-marked groove from the cheek; the groove extends forward to the dorsal furrow. Free cheeks narrow; marginal rim round and strong; posterior angle pointed, but not known to be extended into a spine. Thorax with seven segments; median lobe convex and with a very short node or spine at the center of each segment; pleural lobes flat to the geniculation of the pleurze, where the outer half of the segments are _ bent obliquely downward and slightly backward; pleural groove the full _ width of the segment to the geniculation, where it abruptly tapers toa point by the cutting in of the facet on the anterior side of the segment, 2 Pygidium of medium size, transversely semicircular; axis convex and _ crossed by three or four rings and the terminal lobe; the rings are ex- , tended out on the lateral lobes as broad, low ridges trending obliquely _ backward to the rounded margin. é Surface of the head granulated; thorax aud pygidium apparently L smooth. | All the specimens seen are sma'l, none exceeding 10™™ in length. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian; Manuel’s Brook, Concep- tion Bay, Newfoundland. This species is associated with Microdiscus punctatus, Paradoxides davidis, ete. Karlia stephenensis D. sp. Menocephalus salteri (2) Rominger, 1887. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pt. 1, p. 16 pl.i, fig. 6. _ This species differs from the K. minor in its greater size, 40™™ in length by 30™” in breadth; the fixed cheeks are wider and the grooves 446 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF CAMBRIAN FOSSILS. on the pleure are narrower. In one of the large specimens the surface - of the glabella is covered with fine, irregular elevated striae. Through the kindness of Dr. Karl Rominger I have the opportunity of studying this species. Formation and locality: Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole- nellus zone, in the Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Bathyuriscus (Kootenia) dawsoni n. sp. Bathyurus (2?) Rominger 1887. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pt. 1, p. 18, pl. i, fig. 8. General form ovate, broadest across the back of the head, strongly trilobed, although flattened in the shale. Head broad, semicireular in outline. Glabella broadly rounded in front; sides subparallel; surface convex and not showing any lateral furrows; occipital furrow and ring well defined. Frontal rim very narrow. Fixed cheek broad, and crossed by a narrow ocular ridge that extends obliquely forward from the eye to near the anterior angle of the glabella; postero lateral limbs large, subtriangular; anterior lateral limb short. Eye lobe small. Free — cheeks unknown. Thorax with seven segments; median lobe convex and with a spine at the center of each segment; pleure flattened two thirds of their length and then bend downward and outward to their rounded ends; pleural grooves broad to the point of ‘tapering from the geniculation outward; anterior lateral facet slightly developed. Pygidium large; median lobé prominent and extending the entire length to the posterior margin; it is crossed by fine rings that have a spine at the center of each; the terminal ring is short; lateral lobes with four anchylosed segments, distinctly outlined; margin narrow. This species is a link between the genera Protypus and Asaphiscus. It has the type of head of the former and the thorax and pygidium of the latter. The subgeneric name, Kootenia, will probably be raised to a genus in a finalreport. The specific name is given in honor of Dr. George M. Dawson, of the geological survey of Canada. Formation and locality : Middle Cambrian, 2,000 feet above the Ole. nellus horizon, Mt. Stephen section, British Columbia. Collection of Dr. Karl Rominger. | * ; | i Ogygopsis . gen. This genus is founded on the species Ogygia klotei Rominger.! It differs from Ogygia in having a well-defined ocular ridge and in the narrow palpebral lobe. In other respects it is identical with Ogygia, as represented by O. buchi. 1 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pt. 1, 1887, pp. 12, 13, pl. i, fig. 1. Pew wih? 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 447 A SIMPLE METHOD OF MEASURING THE THICKNESS OF INCLINED STRATA.* BY CHARLES D. WALCOTT. When I began the study of the highly-inclined strata in Washington County, N. Y., during the field season of 1886, I found it necessary to measure the thickness of several sections where the surface was irregu- lar, and the outcroppings of the strata numerous, though not continuous on the direct line of the sections. Having used the Locke level in measuring horizontal strata, taking the distance from the ground to the eye as the unit of measurement, it occurred to me to substitute a clinometer compass for the level, and a rod, instead of my body, for the unit of measure. The compass was securely fastened to a light rod, so that the sights were on a level with the eye when the rod was standing upright and resting on the ground, and the clinometer needle at zero. The strata, in the section to be measured, were inclined to the east 40°. Placing the lower end of the rod at the base of the section, I inclined the rod towards the edges of, and ata right angle to, the line of the dip of the strata, which was in- dicated by the needle of the clinometer standing at 40°. Then, looking through the compass sights, the point where the line of sight touched the ground was marked as the next station for the rod, and on this station the base of the rod was placed for the second sight, which was made exactly as in the first instance, and so on to the end of the section. Frequent trials were made, at the exposed outcrops, to determine the angle of dip of the strata, so that the rod might be held at a right angle to it. In one section of curved strata, on the mountain side, the lower beds were horizontal whilst the upper beds dipped at an angle of 70°. By taking into account the angle of dip of the strata, at each of the measurements with the rod, so as to find the true line of sight (which _is the angle of the dip of the strata), the thickness of the section was c ql quickly determined. Each individual who attempts to measure strata in the manner de- ‘scribed shouid have the compass placed upon the rod just high enough to bring the sights on a level with the eye, the compass being so at- tached that when the rod is perpendicular the clinometer needle will point to zero. The accompanying sketch illustrates the manner of measuring strata by this method. ; z te Gerke ae oe : ae ieee aay *Read before the American Society of Naturalists, at New Haven, December 29, 1857, 448 METHOD OF MEASURING INCLINED STRATA. In the sketch the dip of the strata is 54° to 65°, and the inclination of the rod from the vertical the same, from the horizontal it is 36° to 259, The total thickness of the strata between the points a and b is equal to the sum of the nine measurements. If, as is the case with myself, the compass sight be 5 feet 8 inches from the base of the rod, it is — 9 times 5 feet 8 inches, or 51 feet for the entire thickness, or 39 feet $ inches for the limestone and 11 feet 4 inches for the shale from ¢ to b. The method of measurement is simple, and always available when a suitable stick cf sufficient length can be obtained for holding the com- pass. It saves time and is sufficiently accurate for most field-work. If a Locke level is also carried by the geologist, to be used in measure- ments of horizontal strata, he can measure strata of any degree of dip, and know, after once passing over the section, very nearly the exact thickness, on the spot, without an elaborate series of measurements and calculations, as he has only to multiply the number of measurements made by the distance between the base of the rod and the sights of the — compass, or, if measuring horizontal strata, the sight of the Locke level. I have used this method during two field seasons and find it the most satisfactory of any known to me, = j “1888.]. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 449 NOTES ON SOME INDIAN TERRITORY LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS. BY CHAS. TORREY SIMPSON. The shells upon which the following notes are based were collected by the writer during a brief visit to the eastern portion of the Territory in the spring of 1888... On account of business, but a small portion of the two weeks I was in the “ Nation” was spent in collecting. The reason for finding so few fresh-water species was the excessive amount of rain that fell just at the time of my arrival, which so raised the streams and ponds that for the most part I could obtain nothing. Several very dry seasons had occurred previous to my visit, and as forest and prairie fires had raged with great violence I found in many places, and of several species, only dead shelis. Most of the species enumerated have passed under the hands of Drs. Dall and Stearns of the U.S. National Museum, and I give the names of such just as they were given by them. Helix (Triodopsis) copei Wetherby. Under sandstone rocks; mountains near McAllister. Mostly dead, having been destroyed by forest fires. Helix (Triodopsis) vultuosa Gould. Near Eufaula. A few specimens. Possibly a form of H. copei, as the two species seem to be quite close. ? Helix (Triodopsis) inflecta Say. Abundant at Fort Gibson, Limestone Gap, and Eufaula. Helix (Patula) alternata Say. Fort Gibson. The strongly ribbed variety. Helix (Polygyra) jacksoni Bland. On limestone mountains near Fort Gibson. Very abundant. Lime- stone Gap, a few specimens. Several thousand shells of this species were found, and, with a half dozen exceptions, were much larger than the measurements given in Binney’s Manual of American Land Shells. The greater diameter averaged 10, lesser 9™™; height 5™™. A few speci- mens were found in and near Fort Gibson measuring 7™™ greater di- ameter. _ A form was found abundantly near Fort Gibson which differs re- markably from the type. Instead of the bicrural tooth on the body whorl at the aperture there is a heavy elevated deltoid callus, which is joined to the upper and lower margins of the peristome, and which occupies about the same area as the tooth in the type. The number of whorls is 5; greater diameter 7, lesser 6"; height, 3". In examining 8 2 Proc. N. M. 88 9 Soft-3, (559 aor “ . 450 NOTES ON INDIAN TERRITORY SHELLS. several hundred specimens, I have found none which approach the type, and I would therefore propose for it the varietal name of deltoidea Helix (Polygyra) dorfeuilliana Lea. Fort Gibson; Limestone Gap; Eufaula. Abundant and variable in size. . Helix (Polygyra) triodontoides Bland. A few dead specimens were found at Eufaula and near Kiowa. This species seems to me like a somewhat elevated and thinner form of P. tevasiana. Helix (Polygyra) texasiana Moricand. Two or three dead and bieached shells were found near Eufaula. Helix (Polygyra) leporina Gould. Fort Gibson; Eufaula; Limestone Gap. Not abundant. Some of the specimens of this species strikingly resemble the Stenotremas, and have received specimens from Texas, from an excellent American con chologist, labeled “Stenotrema hirsuta, small variety.” . Helix (Stenotrema) monodon Rackett. Rather plentiful near Limestone Gap and Eufaula. A form of this was found at the former place with spire greatly elevated, resembling S. edwardst. Helix (Stenotrema) stenotrema Ferussac. Fort Gibson. Helix (Mesodon) albolabris Say. Fort Gibson; Limestone Gap. Helix (Mesodon) elevata Say. Near Fort Gibson. Helix (Mesodon) thyroides Say. Near Fort Gibson. The form H. bucculenta, with many variations, was found with the type. Some of these with a parietal tooth and!) others without; a number of them very closely approaching Mesodon) clausa in size and appearance. ; Helix (Mesodon) divesta Gould. | A few specimens at Fort Gibson. Abundant, mostly dead, near Eu- faula and at Limestone Gap. Quite variable in size, ranging from 15™" to 20™™ in diameter. Helix (Mesodon) kiowa€nsis n. s. | Shell umbilicated, orbicularly depressed, solid, dark-brown in color; whorls 5, with numerous rather coarse striz, and fine revolving im pressed lines, which are much more conspicuous on the last whorl. Sa ture deeply impressed, leaving the whorls well rounded; aperture ob lique, somewhat transversely rounded, forming fully three-fourths of ¢ circle; peristome thick and solid, white or purplish, evenly reflected -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 451 _ with a slight constriction behind it; umbilicus moderate, deep, exhibit- ing but little more than one of the whorls. Greater diameter 15, lesser _ 13™™; height, 7™™. Kiowa Station, about thirty specimens, mostly dead, _ Limestone Gap, two dead specimens. Another badly bleached shell was obtained not far from Eufaula, Dr. R. EH. C. Stearns considers this as a close ally of some of the smaller forms of MW. thyroides. It seems to me to be more nearly re- lated to MW. sayi. Its wider umbilicus, more transverse aperture, solider texture, and less elevation distinguish it from thyroides ; it is more de- pressed and has a more transverse aperture and narrower umbilicus than any forms of sayi I have seen, and its soft parts differ essentially from those of either. According to Mr. Pilsbry the jaw has 9 ribs (sayi having 13 to 16 and thyroides 13), the teeth have fewer laterals than say, and the inner cusp is bifid on the marginals, while in sayi it is en- tire. Helicodiscus fimbriatus Wetherby. A sinall variety wanting the epidermal fringe, and nearly destitute of the revolving ridges described by its author. Thousands of speci- mens were found, mostly dead, under slabs of sandstone on the mountains near Fort Gibson, and a few were taken at Limestone Gap. So far as I know, this is an entirely new locality for this species, as it has been credited heretofore only to the Cumberland subregion. I be- lieve that a careful search throughout the Ozark Mountains and north- ern Texas will discover most of the species that have hitherto been _ Supposed to belong only to the Appalachian chain. Most of the speci- mens found measured only from 3 to 4 ™ in diameter. Helicodiscus lineatus Say. Fort Gibson; Limestone Gap. Selenites concava Say. Fort Gibson, afew shells. Zonites friabilis W. G. Binney. Abundant on limestone mountains near Fort Gibson and Tahlequah, and remarkably dark colored. _ Zonites ligerus Say. Fort Gibson. _ Zonites acerra Lewis. Low wet woods, Fort Gibson, with Zonites ligerus, Triodopsis inflecta, _ and the ribbed variety of Patula attenuata. Binney makes this merely _avariety of Zonites demissus, but unless there are forms that connect the "two it seems to me to be as distinct as most of the species of Zonites. _ Zonites arboreus Say. . Eufaula. a Zonites radiatulus Alder. Limestone Gap. 452 NOTES ON INDIAN TERRITORY SHELLS, Zonites nitidus Miiller. A specimen of this species, somewhat smaller than the type, was found at Limestone Gap. Zonites placentula Shuttleworth. Fort Gibson, two or three shells. Zonites capsella Gould. A number of specimens were found at Limestone Gap, which Messrs, Dall and Stearns pronounce this species. The base is greatly flattened, as well as the upper part of the last whorl, giving the aperture a re- markably triangular form, quite different from any figures or specimens of capsella I have seen. One or two specimens of the typical capsella, were found with the above. Helix (Strobila) labyrinthica Say. Limestone Gap. Pupa armifera Say. Eufaula. Pupa rupicola Say. Fort Gibson. Bulimulus dealbatus Say. Fort Gibson, on limestone mountains; Limestone Gap. Abundant in both localities. I have no hesitation in saying that I believe Bulimu-— lus dealbatus (Say), B. schiedeanus (Pfr.), and var. Mooreanus (Pfr.), and B. alternatus (Say) are merely varying forms of one and the same species. There is not 4 character given in the figures or descriptions of these shells that holds good when an extensive series from differ- ent localities is examined. I have before me several hundreds of speci- mens from Tennessee, Indian Territory, Kentucky, Texas, and Mexico, and I know whereof I speak. Say states that “the labrum of alter- natus is white within, with a perlaceous tinge.” W.G. Binney says that ‘‘the aperture is always dark; that it is readily distinguished from the allied forms by its greater solidity, its highly polished sur- face, its more elongated form, its dark-colored aperture bordered with the white internal margin of the peristome, and the tooth like callus upon the upper portion of the columella.” (Manual of American Land Shells, page 371.) In a suite of sixty specimens from Derby and Laredo, Tex., there is a variation in the color of apertures and interiors” from creamy white throughout through shades of light and dark brown to bluish black; there are shells with a greatly thickened rib on the inner subinargin, a character that gradually fades out until specimens are found in which it is totally wanting; there is every possible varia- - tion of solidity, size, and form, as well as of comparative smoothness of exterior. Some of these might be considered forms of dealbatus ; others perhaps would be referred to alternatus or schiedeanus, but many of them blend the characters of these so-called species in such & -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 453 manner that it is absolutely impossible to assign them to any species. The Derby specimens as a rule are smaller, less solid, and duller col- ored than those from Laredo, or from different points in Mexico. Specimens from Lee County, Texas, are very ventricose, rather thin, and covered with a loose, Shaggy epidermis. Some of the Indian Territory shells show the tooth on the columella; in others it is wholly want- ing. There are specimens in the lot from Derby having much the color of schiedeanus var. mooreanus, but which are longitudinally striped, and have dark purplish brown interiors. The variation in the length of specimens in my suite is from 16 to 33™™, the larger specimens being from Mexico. I believe that the metropolis of this shell is Mexico, where it is larger, solider, smoother, and more highly colored than far- ther north; that in its northern limit—the Ozark and Cumberland Mountains—it is usually smaller, thinner, and less developed in every way than farther south. I will add that Dr. J. A. Singley, of Giddings, Tex., a man of much experience as a collector and a careful student, fully agrees with mein the above conclusions. Succinea grosvenori Lea. Fort Gibson, along a little stream in the town. These shells agree perfectly with figure and description in Binney’s Manual of American Land Shells, page 344, but I can not see that they differ essentially from 8S. luteola (Gould), which I found in great quanti- ties in southern Florida and in western Nebraska. The western Ne- braska shells are a trifle less inflated, and perhaps a little duller in color than those from Fort Gibson. The Succineas of the United States seem to be in a good deal of confusion and are troubled with a great many names, and when extensive suites from all over the country are carefully studied, I have no doubt that the number of so called species will be greatly reduced. Helicina tropica Jan. The form of H. orbiculata called by this name was found abundantly at Fort Gibson and near Stringtown. Physa heterostropha Say. McAllister; Fort Gibson. Planorbis trivolvis Say McAllister; Vinita. Spherium contractum Prime. ‘Pond at McAllister ; Cabin Creek, Vinita. Spherium stamineum Conrad. Cabin Creek, Vinita. Unio camptodon Say. Pond at McAllister. 454 NOTES ON INDIAN TERRITORY SHELLS. Unio rutersvillensis Lea. Pond at McAllister; Limestone Creek, at Limestone Gap. A small, dark, rough form, resembling somewhat Unio terasensis, was found in Cabin Creek, Vinita. Unio luteolus Lea. Limestone Creek. Unio purpuratus Lamark. Limestone Creek. Unio parvus Say. Cabin Creek. Anodonta imbecillis Say. Limestone Creek. Anodonta dejecta Lewis. Two specimens were found in Limestone Creek which are probably this. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 4 qr e NOTES ON HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA L. BY THEODOR HOLM. (With Plates XLVI, XLvIt.) INTRODUCTION. It is the intention to present, under the title ‘‘ Notes,” a series of con- tributions to the life-history of some North American plants ; their man- ner of growth, illustrated by morphological representations of the dif- ferences in the development of their rhizomes, stems, ete.; their germina- tion, and, finally, remarks upon their anatomical structure. But it is to _be remarked that it would be difficult to give notes of this kind in any- thing like a systematic order, since the observations are usually made incidentally and at different seasons of the year. I hope, however, to be able to give these notes in such a manner as to give a more or less complete idea of some of our more interesting plants, whose develop- ment and structure has either not been described or is only briefly al- luded to in the systematic works. There are many circumstances in the life-history of our plants which are imperfectly known, and, although they may seem to be of little interest, they nevertheless have a certain value for the complete understanding of the organization of the plants, and therefore I do not hesitate to publish these observations under the title ‘ Notes.” Furthermore, the differences in the development of the organs may often show several good characters, which ought to be given in the diagnosis of the plants, especially when they admit the distinguishing of otherwise nearly allied species. Purely systematic studies have furnished many excellent contribu- tions to the knowledge of our flora; the distribution of plants, their different stations, their liability to variation, etc.; but it seems more than probable that had botanists given more attention to observations of this kind, and especially to the germination of the plants, a subject that has been much neglected, we should have a better knowledge of - the complete life history of our plants, and the systematic studies would at the same time be rendered valuable assistance. HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA L. . During a collecting trip this fall in the woods along the Eastern Branch of the Potomac, Prof. Lester F. Ward, who has kindly shown _ me the most interesting localities in the vicinity of Washington, called ‘my attention to Hydrocotyle Americana, which we found growing in 456 NOTES ON HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA. a moist, shaded place, and which, he informed me, he had collected several years ago, observing at the time soms peculiar organs, appa- rently small tubers, which evidently belonged to the plant. He was unable to find descriptions of these organs in the systematic works, and as he was unable to undertake their examination himself he requested. me to investigate them. The plants, on being carefully dug up, showed a number of tubers, hanging by whitish stolons from the axils of the lower leaves. I examined them, and found that the organs were true tubers, each consisting of several nodes, and that they must undoubt- edly be of considerable importance for the propagation of the plant. In presenting the results of this examination, I shall first make some remarks upon the diagnosis of our plant by the different authors who have described it. The presence of the tubers has been mentioned recently by Dr. George Vasey,* who observed them in 1835 and pub- lished a short note upon tham, in which, however, he only mentions. their presence. Hesays: “I was surprised to see a number of whitish threads hanging from the axils of the lower leaves. I found that near the extremity of these was a short oblong or cylindrical tuber, and these tubers were undoubtedly for the propagation of the plants.” Dr. Vasey also sent the plants to Dr. Asa Gray, who replied that he had often ob- served the “threads,” but never the tubers. It seemed somewhat singular that this plant, one of our more common species, should naver have been more carefully examined bafore and the presence of these tubers detected, and I determined to look at the de- scriptions of itin the systematic works. In Gray’s Manual of Botany, 1870, the plant is described as having the ‘stems filiform, branching, spreading, and creeping,” but the author says nothing in regard to its subterranean orgaris, either of the root or of the presence of any rhi- zome, and I found the same to be the case in some other systematic works of a more recent date. On turning to the older authors, curi- ously enough it is found that the fact of oar plant being “ tuberiferous” was mentioned more than eighty years ago by a French author, and in such a manner that it can not be doubted that he had examined the plant and found at least one tuber. This author is A. Michaux, who in his Flora Boreali Americana, published in the year 1803, has written in his diagnosis of Hydrocotyle Americana, ‘“ Radice tuberosa,” and, as will be shown later, even if his expression ‘‘radice” may not be correct, he was evidently a careful observer, aud is probably the first author who mentioned the circumstance. On further examining the literature, of which unfortunately only a small part is accessible to me, I found that a few years after Michaux, Fr. Pursht had described the plant as being ‘‘ Herba glabra, tuberosa.” It was supposed that the plant would be very exactly deseribed by *Tuberiferous Hydrocotyle Americana L. (Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. xu, No. 2, 1886.) tFlora Americ septentr., Vol. 1, 1816, p. 190. Bes. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 457 - Achille Richard in his Monographie du genre Hydrocotyle;* but hes: ays only: ‘Elle (H. Americana) a, selon Michaux, une racine tubéreuse.” Of all the species mentioned in De Soaniolios Prodromust only Hy- drocotyle interrupta Muhl. was described as being tuberous, namely its variety tuberosa: ‘‘Caule hine inde ad nodos tumido 2: tuberoso,” which tuberosity then is quite different from that of H. Americana, and nothing has been written about the tubers of our plant. Eatont is another American author who has mentioned it as “tuberous,” but from his observation in 1833 until 1836 the plant does not seem to have been observed as being ‘-tuberosa” nor “tuberiferous.” -The stolons, Vasey’s “tuberiferous threads,” seem to have been known before, for Torrey§ has described the plant in this manner: “Stems with long suckers.” It has also been mentioned by Darling- ton|| as having “Filiform runners from the axils of the leaves,” and further by Chapman,{[ who has called the stem “ stoloniferous ;” but these remarks are all that we know about them, and it is not perfectly sure that these authors have intended to describe the true stolons, ‘since they may have seen only the runners of the plant. _ On turning to the specimens of Hydrocotyle Americana, it is first to be remarked that the plants, which I have had the opportunity of ex- -amining from the Eastern Branch, and others from different places pre- served in the herbaria of the U.S. National Museum and of the De- ‘partment of Agriculture, all the complete individuals show that they have been developed from tubers.* The development from the seed is not known, but itis to be supposed that there is little difference bet ween this and the other method, excepting that it would beinteresting to know whether the primary root has a tendency to be tuberous. There is no ‘doubt that the plant is able to propagate itself by seeds, for many of the specimens I have seen bore fruits which ‘were all normally devel- oped. Plate XLVI, Fig. 1, illustrates the lower part of the stem of Hy- drocotyle Americana, and shows the tuber from which the plant has been ‘developed. Wesee that the rhizome consists of the tuber anda single internode, bearing a scale-like leaf, from the axil of which a long “stolon has been developed; we see further that another branched stolon “has been developed from the axil of the lowest complete but now faded leaf of thestem. From the axils of the other leaves at the upper part of the stem we see (Plate xLvt, Fig. 2) that two runners have been de- veloped, and at the summit of the stem we find the inflorescence, which | is not figured, since it is already well known. It will be observed that our plant has two kinds of vegetative propagation: by stolons, ending with tubers, and by runners. Now, it = - ae *Ann.sc.phys., Iv, Tab. 55, Fig. 10, 1820. tA. P. DeCandolie: Prodromus syst. nat. regni vegetab., Iv, 1330. tA. Eaton: Manual of Botany for North America, 1833, p. 130. § John Torre; : Natural History of New York, Part I, 1843, p. 262. || William Darlington: Flora Cestrica, 1853, p. 99. q A. W. Chapman: Flora of the Southern United States, 1383, p. 153. 458 NOTES ON HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA. must be remarked that the stolons are always to be found under ground, but usually near its surface, and the runners are creeping on the earth. But it is probably a mere matter of accident as to whether these organs of propagation are developed as stolons or as runners. It seems to depend on certain circumstances, as the condition of the sta- tion, the softness or moistness of the ground, ete., and I think it very probable that the stolons might be transformed, or rather developed, as runners by being kept out of the ground and prevented from bending downwards under the surface of the earth. In every case, as it will be shown later, their structure is almost the same as that of the runners. The stolons consist of several internodes, the length of which varies from less than 1 centimeter to 5 or 6 centimeters; they are white, trans- lucent, and bear at each node a very small, scale-like sheathing leaf, cleft a little above its middle, as is shown in Plate xLv1, Figs. 3-4, where such a leaf is drawn from two sides, and under these leaves can be seen some very small and thin roots, which are often but slightly branched. At the end of each stolon we see (Plate xLvi, Fig. 8) a tuber, of which the first internode is almost cylindrical, elongated, and usually about one-half centimeter in length, and longer than the other inter- nodes of the tuber. The figures 8-11 on Plates XLVI and XLVII show four tubers of different sizes and states of development. The largest one (Fig. 10) had a length of 15 centimeters, but this size is exceptional, as they are usually not longer than 1 centimeter. The number of inter- nodes varies from two to six, but four is the most common. These in- ternodes are cylindrical, often a little broader at the middle, and are yel- lowish-white in color. They are all provided with leaves, closely ap- pressed to the nodes, and these leaves are scale-like, but always cleft to the middle, with the lobes ovate and nearly obtuse (Plate xLyu, Fig. 12). Usually three to five roots are to be seen under these leaves, which are in the young tubers developed, but as small warts, but later, by the germination of the tuber, they grow out and attain a development as small, thread-like roots, with only a few ramifications. At the end of the tuber we see a conical bud, often somewhat pointed, and usually directed a little upwards, and this bud is able to develop an independent plant in the following spring, while the stolon is’ not persistent, but dies a short time after the formation of the tuber, during the fall or in the beginning of the winter. But, besides this bud at the end of the tuber, we find one in the axil of each tuber-scale, which is only developed as a small protuberance, which may develop into short- stalked tubers, or, more correctly, short stolons with tubers at their end, as itis shown on Plate XLVI, Fig. 7. It does not happen very often, ae- cording to the plants I have had the opportunity of examining, that these buds become so developed, but I should suppose that they are nevertheless of Some importance for the propagation of the plant, if the tuber should be injured and the terminal bud destroyed. The impor- ) i888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 459 tance of these stolons with their tubers must be very considerable for ‘the propagation of the plant; but besides these tubers, with all their bads, wecan find also in the axils of the leaves of the stolons small buds, which are not only able to develop Jateral branches, ending in tubers, but also in some cases, as shown (Plate xLv1, Fig. 6), a short branch with leaves of the same shape as those belonging to the stem. The de- velopment of buds in this manner does not seem to be common, but I have found it in some of the specimens collected along the Eastern Branch. How far such a small branch may be developed I do not know, but some of them showed, besides the leaves, also some very young flowers, not perfectly developed, of which especially the calix and the corolla were rudimentary or almost wanting, not unlike what are called “clandestine tlowers,” but it is hardly probable that they are to be so considered. There is, then, in the stolons a certain ability of taking on the function of the runners also, by developing leaves and flowers, though these are not completely developed in the present case; but on the other hand it must be remembered that they were found under ground, therefore it seems that, had the conditions been better, they might have attained a more perfect development. The other method of vegetative propagation in Hydrocotyle Ameri- cana is by runners. These are developed from the axils of the leaves oft the upper part of the stem, as shown Plate xLvI, Fig. 2, and they attain frequently a length of 16 centimeters. They are translucent and have long internodes like the stolons, but area little thicker than these, and bear leaves of the same shape as those of the stem, only propor: tionally shorter stalked. No buds were developed in the axils of these leaves, or at least not in the state in which I had opportunity of exam- ining them. Roots are developed under the leaves, but they seemed to be very weak, and this circumstance, in connection with the somewhat feeble development of the runners, does not make it probable that very ex- tensive propagation takes place in that manner. The function of the runners is to form new plants when they are provided with roots at their nodes, and thereby creeping on the earth. But I have not been able to find a single young plant originating in this manner, and it does not seem probable that the runners could resist the frost of winter. Possibly their character as runners depends on the circumstance that they have not been able te bend themselves downwards before their dong internodes were developed, and that they might not have been Strong enough for penetrating the ground with their ends; for, as we have seen, they are only to be observed in the axils of the upper leaves of the stem. This last circumstance seems certainly to speak in favor of the supposition, owing to their character as merely runners; for the ‘Stem of our plant is a little ascending, so that only the branches from the lower-situated leaves can reach the ground pretty soon, while it must be necessary for those from the axils of the upper leaves, the 460 NOTES ON HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA. higher situated, to stretch themselves for reaching the ground, and believe that the most natural and for the plant the most useful develop- ment of these branches from the axils of the leaves should be if they all were developed as tuberiferous stolons. In regard to the internal structure of these organs, we see in the stolons a very distinct cuticula, showing several frownings, an epi dermis of which the exterior walls of the cells are somewhat thick, while the interior ones are thinner, and show a development almost as_ collenchyma (Plate xLvit, Fig. 15). Stomata are present, but merely ina small number. Inside the epidermis there is a bark composed of — parenchyma, with large cylindrical cells with very thin walls. There are” usually six wasedler bundles, with a distinct duct, apparently merely containing air, outside the phloéme, and there is no indication of any mechanical tissue either forming a sheath or isolated groups. The cells” of the pith have the same shape and size as those of the bark. Starch is present in the bark, but is only to be observed in the younger state” of the stolons; not at all by the older ones. . The structure of the runners is almost the same as that of the sto- lons, except that the stomata are more frequent; the cuticula does not show frownings, and the cells of epidermis have thinner walls. The> bark and pith show the same structure, and the vascular bundles are— stronger developed and the groups of phloéme and xyleme larger. , The ducts outside the phloéme are also present in the runners. The stem shows the same general structure, but the cells of the: epidermis have attained a still greater thickness, and we find inside these a stratum of cells of an almost collenchymatous character (Plate: XLVU, Fig. 14), Otherwise the structure is the same as that of the) runners. The complete want of mechanical tissue in the stolons and runners; seems to indicate that their persistence can not be very long, and their anatomical structure shows a very uniform development in both. As to the structure of the tubers, we find that a transverse cut of a young tuber, formed this year, shows a large amount of starch, depos- ited in the bark and pith, and in such a manner that its presence per- fectly conceals the structure of the different strata of cells. But we may see, however, very distinctly usually six concentric rather large ducts,, and these are of the same kind as those mentioned above. IT have had better opportunities to observe the different processes in) this branch of lacquer work than in the others. Moreover, it has not been hitherto described in detail, so far as I am aware, and, indeed, it is a kind of lacquer far less common in the home as well as 1n the foreign ) market, Because of the good quality of the materials used and the: quantity of gold required, it is more expensive than the common varie: - ties and more durable. Descriptions of the methods of painting and! decorating other kinds of lacquer ware may be found in various publi- cations. To make practical application of these remarks I would say that the’ peculiar qualities of lacquer make it Seem worthy of more considera- tion than it has received in this country. It gives a surface to wood) much harder than our best copal varnish, without brittleness. It takes) a polish not to be excelled which lasts for centuries, as we may see in) the old treasures of Japan. It is proof against boiling water, alcohol, , and, indeed, it seems to be insoluble in every agent known. It is the» best possible application for laboratory tables. I have a set of pho- tographer’s developing trays, one of which is before you, that has been) in use for more than a year, and I find them excellent and cheap. In Japan it is used for many household articles, some of which are before: you. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 479 _ A very serious objection to the use of lacquer in this country is the danger of lacquer poisoning from the fresh material. I have recently heard of a piano-maker who tried to use it, but it affected lis workmen 80 seriously that he was obliged to give it up. The Japanese are very much in dread of the poison, as I found when I tried to get some of my students to accompany me as interpreters to the places of manu- facture. Those who are subject to the poison suffer precisely as pa- tients afflicted by the Rhus or poison-ivy. Of course those engaged in lacquer work are not affected by it, but whether one acquires immunity after a time I am unable to tell. However, if the poison is a volatile Te acid, as Rein supposes, it would seem possible to remove it by a heat that would leave the lacquer uninjured, and thus make it available for use in this country. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 188 A FOSSIL LINGULA PRESERVING THE CAST OF THE PEDUNCLE.* BY CHARLES D. WALCOTT. The known examples of the preservation of the cast of any of the © fleshy parts of a brachiopod in a fossil state are very few. Two only | have heretofore come under my notice. One is the peduncle of Hich- waldia subtrigonalis, figured by Davidson from a silicified specimen col- lected from the Black River limestone in Canada (Mong. Brit. Foss., Brach., Vol. 11, p. 192), and the other the peduncle of Lingula? lesueuri, figured by the same author (Vol. Iv, p. 362, pl. xl, fig. 16). Figures 1 and 2 are copies of the original figures. Fig. 1.—Hichwaldia subtrigonalis, showing peduncle issuing from the beak of the ventral valve (after Da- vidson). peduncle issuing from between the valves (after Davidson). Fig. 3.—Lingula equalis Hall, show- ventral ? valve. Fic. 2.—Lingula? lesueuri, showing ing peduncle extending out from the — trey The specimen to which I now call your attention shows the interior — of the anterior portion of the ventral valve of the Lingula equalis Hall, — collected near Rome, N. Y., from the upper portion of the Lorraine Terrain. The portions of the shell remaining in the matrix show the median ridge extending back from the divaricator muscular scar, the reflex portion of the shell forming the false area and the groove for the ~ passage of the peduncle. The portion of the peduncle preserved is — nearly as long as the entire length of the shell. Iam indebted to Mr. William P. Rust, of Trenton Falls, N. Y., for : the use of the specimen illustrated. It will be deposited in the collec- tion of the U. 8S. National Museum. * Read before the Biological Society of Washington, December 3, 1887. 5 i gota find PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 481 es a NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF LACHNOSTERNA OF TEMPERATE _ NORTH AMERICA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 3 BY JOHN B. SMITH. (With Plates xLvmI—.x.) Few genera containing large species, or insects of even average size, hhave been for so long a time in a chaotic state as the genus Lach- nosterna. Abundant everywhere in early summer, the insects were largely looked upon as nuisances by collectors because, first, they dooked very much alike, and second, because no one seemed to know exactly what names to put onthem. The collector who pinned up large series, and obtained specimens from correspondents, soon came to the conclusion that not only were there numerous species, but there were numerous names for every species, and they gradually became re- signed toa mass of material that might contain many or few species. ‘There isa distressing similarity of color, form, and size throughout the genus, and yet quite sufficient individual variation in each of these points to make specific recognition in some groups all but impossible. Perhaps not more than two or three collections were correctly named a few years ago, and one of these was the type collection of Dr. Le- conte. In my early, enthusiastic days, when it seemed easy to straighten out all that was crooked in entomology, Bembidium and Lachnosterna among the Coleoptera attracted my especial attention, and I gathered in material from all sources, until I thought I had enough, and then on the occasion of a visit to Dr. Horn, announced my intention of working up these genera. Dr. Horn kindly showed me his material, and opened ‘box after box to my astonished vision, quietly discussing the charac- ters requiring study, and the literature that must be consulted. Need- dess to say that when I left Dr. Horn’s collection I was thoroughly cured of my ambition, at least so far as Bembidium and Lachnosterna were concerned. Thereafter I contented myself with accumulating material. $: Recently, in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, XIV, pp. 209-296, Dr. Horn has redeemed a long-standing promise, and given us a revision of the species of Lachnosterna, which has rendered possible an intelligent collection and arrangement of the species. Upon this paper the following notes are based. _ While working on the genus, Dr. Horn visited the Museum, and looked over such of the material as I could gather together at short notice, nam- ing many species, and pointing out their salient, characters. He also kindly offered to determine all of our material if sent bim. Accordingly Professor Riley directed me to look out, arrange, and send series of all Proc. N. M. 88——31 S$ pt, (S89. 482 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA., our species to Dr. Horn. This I did, and the specimens were promptl returned. The most casual glance over the retarned material showed that [ had failed to discover the specific characters in my superficial arrangement of the series, and the material was left intact until the appearance of Dr. Horn’s paper. When this at last came to hand, it was an easy task with the book and named specimens to correctly determine all of the unnamed mate-) rial. In order to familiarize myself with the characters used, I carefully compared each species with its description, and noted the variations observed. As I found that our material covered a wider territory than that seen by Dr. Horn, I added localities and, so far as our specimens showed them, dates of capture as well. Without any definite idea in making these notes, it occurred to me that they might be useful in a list of the species contained in the Museum collection. Our material was remarkably rich in specimens and species. My own collection, purchased by the Museum, contained a fall representation of forms found around New York City, and many lots obtained in bulk by exchange from all parts of the country. The Riley collection donated to the Museum, was rich in material from Texas and the Mississippi Valley, and especially valuable because much of it was dated, or contained other information on the labels. ; From the Morrison collection, purchased for the Museum, we had long series of several species, principally feom North Carolina. Finally, in the Department of Agriculture and Museum collection proper, there were many specimens from all parts of the country sent in by corre: spondents or because of injuries caused by them. The fauna of the District of Columbia was not very well represented, and to obtain full series of local species, and to gather information on food habits, dates of appearances, etc., Mr. Schwarz and myself de termined to make a series of collections and observations—a work which first induced the idea of this paper from the results of our observations ; results not at all anticipated when we started collecting. The arrangement of the fusca group, or more correctly the union of . forms under the specific term fusca, by Dr. Horn did not strike me as entitled to be called final; the less so, as Dr. Horn evidently was not quite satisfied himself, and we were in hopes of finding some more sat- isfactory limit for the species. In all these points we were successful, as the following will show. I desire here to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. E. A. Schwarz for his aid in collecting specimens, for his pertinent suggestions, and for assistance in the work of ascertaining the range of the species. Messrs. Pergande and Alwood, of the Department of Agriculture, joined in many of the evening excursions and kindly placed at my disposal all the material obtained by them. Mr. ©. H. Roberts, visiting Wash- ington at that time, also joined mein the collections made near my ow! house, and together we found many species. Mr. Ulke, who, while the 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 483 _ others were haunting the woods, collected at the electric light and gave “many specimens for the purposes of study, also deserves my thanks. _ Professor Riley, by his kind permission to use the Museum material, and the suggestions offered, has materially added to the ¢ Gnanrocenete al of the paper. Finally Dr. Horn has ny sincere thanks for the liber- ality which induced him to place even unique types at my disposal for the study of the genitalia. I am happy to say that I did not in any way injure asingle specimen. In addition to the material from the sources above enumerated, I have also received and studied numerous lots of specimens sent me by correspondents from all parts of the United States, so that I believe that I have seen and carefully ex- ‘amined more specimens of Zachnosterna than even Dr. Horn in his original study of the genus. in the course of our collections I first noted in specimens taken in —coitu a difference in the appearance of the male genitalia. I am aware that in a somewhat fragmentary way the genitalia of some genera of Coleoptera have been studied in Europe, and that a few of our Scara- beide also have been studied in connection with European species, but I have made no exhaustive study of the literature of this subject. In this country Dr. Horn has made use of the sexual structures in his study of the species of Corphyra, but, so far as I am aware, no other American author has made anything like a systematic attempt at their study. The positive results seen by me in my studies of these organs in the Lepidoptera led me to a careful examination of them in the species here, in the hope that here might be the character by which the spe- cies of the fusca group could be finally and satisfactorily separated. ~The hope was realized even more fully than I had expected, and the great differences found in the males led to an examination of the females for correlated structures, which proved as distinctive as _ those of the male, and which, so far as I am aware, have not been hith- erto studied. A striking character in the males of many species is the remarkable asymmetry of the organs, for which I can not find an entirely satisfactory reason, and to which there seems to be no exact correlation of female structures. I shall, further on, give the only explanation that I have been able to find—whether sufficient or not I can not at present be sure. I shall not endeavor to make any generalizations from the characters _ described, fully realizing that it is much too soon for that. I simply _ wish to add some information regarding the characters of the species, and to record my ideas as to the standing of others. The characters afforded by the genitalia of both male and female will, I am convinced, be more and more used in the future to decide questions of specific iden- : ¥ tity. Perhaps it may be of interest to quote from Dr. Kraatz on this subject, Dr. Kraatz having worked considerably and well in this line. He says (Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1881, v. 25, p. 116): 484 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. (1) Larger, natural groups, show a typical form of penis, but not always. (2) The naturalness of certain genera can often be demonstrated by the peculiar formation of the penis, where there is a lack of other striking characters; it isa sup- plementary character of great value. (3) Most species, and often very similar ones, show great, often remarkable, differ- ences in the structure of the penis. To these conclusions my studies induce me to give full consent, save that the first may be subject to some farther modifications or limita- tions. This paper by Kraatz gives a very fair aud well-written review of the literature of the study of the genitalia, and is well deserving of careful reading by all interested in the study of these struetures. I would emphasize in addition to the conclusions above cited that the characters are invariable within specific limits, and that while identity of genital structure is not always indicative of specific identity, differ- ence of this structure is always indicative of specific difference. Lacordaire is said to have called these structures the ** key to species,” and, while hardly willing to accept that dictum to its full extent, it cer- tainly has proved so in Lachnosterna. The rather remarkable result reached in the study of these organs in the forms allied to fusca, and confounded under the same name, may seem indicative of a tendency to a too minute subdivision of forms upon internal structures; but here I only emphasize by them the external characters which otherwise would warrant only Dr. Horn’s conclusions that they are individual, evanescent, and scarcely varietal. The fact that in some localities two or more of the forms oceur together will make it necessary to collect more carefully and in larger series, and also to devote more study to the separation of the species. The correlation of the 2 parts to the é structures will make it neces- sary to devote more attention to this sex in the future, and there is no reason why, with a fresh specimen, determination from that sex should not be as absolute or as easy as that of the é. j A difficulty in description arises from the want of a nomenclature of the parts. Descriptive terms are lacking for the peculiar forms assumed by the clasper of the 3, while for the 2 I have been unable to find any nomenclature whatever. For the males, J. S. Baly has proposed a nomenclature, in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 173, but this is not entirely applicable to the present genus, and is, in my opinion, far from the best that can be pro- posed. He calls the entire male organ the “telum.” I propose to use this term for the corneous tube inclosing the true membranous penis and the other soft parts. It differs iu structure in Lachnosterna in that it varies from a complete tube to a half cylinder, closed or open at the top. Ihave made no use of the variations of this part, and doubt its ever furnishing available characters. Surmounting this are the clasp- ers, or, as Baly says, the “apex.” These are the organs whose varia- tions furnish the specific characters, and I believe the term clasper, ex- pressive of its use, is better than the term apex, expressive merely 0 position. What Baly calls the “ valve” I have been unable to fix satis- & PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 485 factorily in this genus, and therefore use neither the term nor any sub- stitute. What I take to be the true penis or intromittent organ, Baly -ealls the “ duct.” It is entirely membranous and therefore useless in classification. The variations mentioned by Baly are largely individ- ual, and will vary according as the specimen has or has not copulated. In the females I have found no guide at all to a nomenclature. The structures, as they appear in Lachnosterna, consist of a pair of broad in- ferior plates, of a generally similar shape and which I do not speeif- ically refer to in this paper, as the other structures render their use un- necessary. They may however in other groups prove of value. Above these are a pair of superior plates, generally smaller and narrower than the inferior, and much more variable. When the organs are most fully developed these plates are excised at their point of superior union, and are surmounted by a pubic process very variable in shape in the species, and this organ is the one which furnishes most of the charae- ters used in this paper. Where this structure is not present the supe- rior plates are much more specialized, and the variations are then spe- cific. In a very few species the corneous characters are reduced to a single pair of imperfectly chitinized plates, and there are then no visible differences to be observed. I have found that the more unsymmetrical and the more developed the character of the male, the stronger will be found the characters of the female. As th* male characters become symmetrical the female characters become less prominent, the pubic process first disappearing, until with the least development of the males the corneous characters disappear almost entirely and at all events are useless for specific identification. I shall not undertake very full verbal descriptions of these parts, but prefer to let my figures answer most of the questions. Le. inversad, 16,19; L. affinis;13,1°. May 10.—At Lanier Heights. A cloudy, chilly evening. Mr, C. H. Roberts with me. JZ. arcuata, 176 2,190 2; LD. hirticula, 19 3,46 25 i. afinis,7 6,2 2; L. micans,2 °. May 11.—Lanier Heights. Mr. Roberts and myself took: L. areuata, 30 6,269; ZL. hirticula,5 6,3 2, L.micans,2 6,22; L.inversa, 16, eee sty. affinis, t 3. : On this date I received also the first specimen of ZL. crenulata, said to have been very numerous and destructive to Roses, a few miles from Washington. May 12.—At Lanier Heights with Mr. Roberts. L. arcuata, 77 ¢, 106 2; ZL. ilicis, 1g; L. micans,1¢; DL. inversa, 2 2,12; L. hirticula, mec eh apinis, 3 3,19. The evening was dull, close, and yet cold, and the collections were chiefly on pear. May 13.—At Lanier Heights, with Mr. Roberts. Evening chilly, with quite heavy rains later. Very little flying. LZ. arcuata,9 ¢, soe hirticula,2 6.3 2; D. inversa, 12. AYO NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. In the afternoon of this day I picked up the first specimen of L. fra-— | terna 2, on the road. i May 14.—Cold and rainy. No beetles flying and none came to light, — May 15.—The same conditions prevailed. May 16.—Chilly, yet close. No rain. Mr, Roberts and myself went — down into Rock Creek Valley, but neither saw nor heard a specimen. — The blackberries are just beginning to bloom but attracted nothing. — Returning, we found on the pear trees LZ. arcuata, 1 6,2 9. | May 17.—On the Department of Agriculture grounds, the party con- — sisting of Messrs. Schwarz, Pergande, Roberts, and myself. The even- ing was cool and threatening, but it did not rain. The result of the combined collections was: L. arcuata, 367 3 , 164.2; _ L. inversa, 230 6,107 9; L. hirticula, 57 3,43 2; LD. micans,3 6; LL. Jraterna, 24; L. hornii, 12; in all, 974 specimens. Mr. Roberts kindly | assisted me in sorting this catch. Oaks and hickorys were beaten, the oaks giving the fraterna and hornit. The fraterna here taken, by the bye, is the form determined as forstert by Dr. Horn, and to this form his paper led me in the determination. After-study convinced me that | the specimens taken on the Agricultural grounds were really of a dis- ) tinct species. As I did not make this discovery until after the col- lecting season was over, I can not say exactly what specimens are fra- terna and what the new species as they are referred to in my notes. I shall therefore make no effort to distinguish here, but will call every — thing fraterna that then seemed to be such. 4 The time spent was about one and one-half hours, and the capacity of the bottles determined the cessation of the collection. May 18.—Lanier Heights with Mr. Roberts. The oaks at the foot of the hill were visited and gave: L. fraterna, 2 3; L. micans,3 é. On privet and pear we took: L. arcuata,7 3,7 2; L. hirticula,3 6. May 20.—Lanier Heights with Mr. Roberts. The oaks at the foot of the hill were again visited; the night was damp, chilly, and moonlit. — L. arcuata, 3 ¢,19; L. hirticula, 13 3,4 9; L. tristis,3 3; L. affinis,™ Broo 2s L, wnversa, Bis\5 252. % The affinis with one exception were from the same tree; the others ‘ close by, gave principally hirticula; inversa scattered ; the tristis were — on the same tree with affinis. i The ground was full of hirticula, buzzing in every direction. No more were taken by us because they flew to the high branches, which — were not easily reached. Nothing was found either on pear or on — privet. May 22.—At the Department of Agriculture, Messrs. Schwarz, Per- gande, Alwood, and myself. Night cool and cloudy: oak, hickory, and hazel were beaten and proved almost equally productive. LZ. tristis, ‘ 12; L. hornii, 16; L. fraterna, 3 8; L. hirticula, 64 3,42 9; L. ar-@ cuata, 1463, 194 9: D. inversa, 137 3,145 2:ine 7S i %, The phi fiehpvacents ae It is oats ee Cie : ay ic wa. os 83.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 491 of the fauna remains the same; there is no addition or subtraction of “species. May 26.—At Lanier Heights took about 39 specimens of arcuata, and “nearly all females. Previous evenings had not been favorable for col- | lecting, and only a few specimens flew to light, and were not noted. May 27.—At Lanier Heights. Collection was from pear, and quite a number on the succulent weeds of my lower terrace, which I had al- lowed torun wild. JL. arcuata, 173; 512; L. inversa,1¢,1°2; L. hir- ticula,44¢,4 2; L. tristis,1 °. The preponderance of the females at this time is worthy of note. On this date Mr. Ulke found crenulata for the first time at the electric lights. May 28.—At Lanier Heights. Night hot and close, Photinus pyralis appearing in numbers. D. micans, 12; L. affinis, 13,12; L. hirticula, (12; ZL. arcuata, 254, 59°. This same evening Messrs. Schwarz and Pergande collected in the Department grounds, keeping the result of beatings on oak and hickory separate. On oak, L. hirticula,4¢,32; L. arcuata, 27 3,462; TL. inversa, 164,242. On hickory, DL. hornii, 26,22; L. gibbosa, 1°; L. inversa, 728, 93°; L. arcuata, 748, 13882; in all, 513: specimens. ‘L. gibbosa is for the first time added to the list of species. May 29.—In order to test whether the same species would be found under different circumstances, we decided upon a trip to the Virginia shore of the Potomac just above Washington, collecting along the crest of the hills there. The result was quite gratifying, showing that a variety of food plants is apparently necessary for a variety of species, and that perhaps the larve are not indiscriminate feeders. Messrs. Schwarz, Pergande, Alwood, Heideman, and myself constituted the party. Every tree and shrub was beaten, though we found oak, hick- ory, and persimmon as most fruitful. The captures were: LT. hirticula, DA 3,34 2; L. micans,1 6,5 9; L. inversa,1 3,3 2; L. ilicis,2 3; L. crenulata,6 3,5 2; L. fraterna,3 2; L. gibbosa,1 3,1 2; L. tristis, 9 3,17 2; L.arcuata, 5 6,6 2; L. dubia, 1 6. This is the greatest number of species taken on any one night. In addition there were a number of Serica (2 species), Chalepus, Ligyrus, and Macrodactylus. Sumach, which on Long Island I had found excellent for Serica, yielded nothing. Blackberry blossoms, on which I iad taken crenulata by the hundreds on Long Island, also proved unattractive here, while persimmon proved quite unexpectedly fruitful of specimens. June 3.—Rock Creek Valley. Mr. Schwarz and myself. Cool and damp, little insect life stirring. L. affinis, 16,1 2; L.fraterna, 1 3; L. inversa, 32; L. arcuata,5 6,4 2; L. hirticula, i ¢,1 °. Of the affinis the 6 was taken on persimmon and the 2 2 on the old oak upon which most of the other specimens were found. June 4,—Virginia. Mr. Schwarz, Mr. Alwood, and myself. L. iw versa, io: Lh arcuata,1 $,1.2; L£. erenulata, 2 2; L. fraterna, 1 é, 6 2; L. micans,13,7 2; L. hirticula, 17 3, 24 °. Many of these x 492 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. were on persimmon, while, as on the previous occasion, neither sumac nor blackberry yielded anything. On the way to our collecting ground we picked out of a fountain: L. hornii, 1 2 ; DL. gibbosa,1 ¢. , June 9.—Rock Creek Valley. Mr. Schwarz, Mr. Alwood, and my- self. ' The results are poor. UL. affinis, 1 ¢; L.inversa, 14,5 2 ; L. tristis,~ 1°: L. hirticula,8 $,17 9 ; L. fraterna, 2 9; L. micans,7 ¢,6 939 L.arcuata, 6 ¢,20 °&. 5 The night was one in every respect favorable, the location so far as trees are concerned could not be better, but the sod is poor, grass thin, — and indeed very little true grass at all. This seems to point strongly } to the reason why the Department grounds proved such an excellent locality. Persimmon seems a favorite here. On my pear trees a very few arcuata were found. Since our last Virginia trip, the electric light fauna — has changed. The species of Lachnosterna are now generally replaced — by Chalepus and Ligyrus, while Diplotaxis is not rare. The nights from the 10th to the 13th, inclusive, were cold and windy, and nothing but a few arcuata and hirticula, and an occasional inv ersa, ventured out. : At this point the notes cease. From this time to the end of the month almost every moment of my time, both day and evening, was taken up in work on the exhibit collection for the Cincinnati Exposi- ; tion, three months’ work being crowded into three weeks, One os t s amtemeen trip to the Department grounds was made by Mr. Schwarz and myself, developing nothing new. Into my windew at Lanier Heights a few specimens found their way, attracted by the light, but they were not numerous. J On June 30, I left for Cincinnati, returning about the 10th of July. é Mr. Schwarz ad myself then made another trip to the Department a Agriculture grounds, turning up afew specimens of gracilis only. To species was new to me, not having been seen at all before I left. Mr. Ulke, who continued collecting at the electric lights, reports inal first arrival of ephilida and gracilis on July 17, the former rarely, the | latter abundantly. On July 19 the last fraterna was taken at light. On August 6 one specimen each of quercus and gracilis appeared, and — on August 8 one specimen of ephilida. This closes the record. ° Mr. Ulke also took ZL. marginalis, L. villifrons, and L. balia at light; ; we found none in beating. i This record gives approximately the local material at hand, all of which was carefully studied in the preparation of this paper. In the | form of a list the following were taken in and around the city of Wash- ington during the season of 1888, as set out above: ; é Lachnosterna ephilida Say. Lachnosterna gibbosa Burm. gracilis Burm. affinis Lec. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 493 achnosterna inversa Horn. Lachnosterna villifrons Lec. (fide Ulke). sn micans Knoch. balia Say (fide Ulke), arcuata Smith. hirticula Knoch, om dubia Smith. ilicis Knoch. | marginalis Lec. (fide Ulke). hornii Smith. fraterna Harris. crenulata Fréhl. | , nova Smith. quercus Knoch (fide Ulke). % hirsuta Knoch (fide Ulke) tristis Fabr. In all, twenty species, four of them heretofore undescribed or not ree- ognized as distinct. There is no reason why other localities should not do as well, and I am firmly convinced that there are still many new species to be discovered. To this list of species occurring in the District of Columbia must be added the following, represented in the local collections: Lachnosterna congrua Lec. (Coll. Ulke); grandis Smith (Coll. div.); Inetuosa Horn (Coll. Schwarz); profunda Blanch (Coll. Ulke); parvidens Lec. (Coll. Ulixe). This gives a total of twenty-five species, a rather disproportionate ‘representation of the total number for so small a territory in so widely distributed a genus as Lachnosterna, and it indicates a considerable addition to the number of species when careful collections shall have been made. These collections Dr. Horn’s paper have made possible, and it well illustrates the peculiar and intuitive perception of relation- ships so marked in the doctor’s work that nearly all of his groups turn out to be perfectly natural after the study of the genital organs. _ To the kindness of Mr. Westcott, of Chicago, I owe a chance to ex- “amine some of the catch recorded in an 1888 number of Entomologica Americana, and among them I found the following: Lachnosterna gib- bosa, 230 6,22; Lachnosterna dubia, 102; Lachnosterna fusca, 53 3, 2 2; Lachnosterna grandis, 1 ¢. _ The preponderance of the males is easily explained by the fact that these collections were all made at light, and the males are always very “much more numerously attracted than the females. _ To the kindness of Mr. Ulke I owe a large lot of specimens collected at the electric light at Cleveland, Ohio, and these proved all of one Species—the true fusca. There were 150 males and 74 females. “NOTES ON THE SPECIES, PRINCIPALLY IN THE MUSEUM COLLECTION. id. L. lanceolata Say. _ We have numerous specimens, ¢ and 2: Texas (Coll. Riley and Smith), Kansas (Coll. Riley and Smith), New Mexico (Coll. Smith), Colorado, July (Riley), Missouri (Riley). _ Our Kansas specimens are decidedly paler than the specimens from the other localities, and do not seem to be immature. Mr. Ulke’s col- lection has specimens from Nebraska and Dakota. _ The genitalia of both sexes are shown at Pl. XLVIU, fig.1. They are extremely simple, and resemble closely the forms found at the extreme x 494 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. end of the series. In the male the claspers are symmetrical, and are completely united, forming an entire circle. In the female, there is only a single pair of corneous plates.* 2.L. cribrosa Lec.,4 ¢,3 ¢. j All from Belfrage, Tex. (Coll. Riley.) Mr. Ulke has it from Arti zona. ‘ In this species the genitalia are somewhat more distinctive in both sexes. In the male the elaspers are still united along the front, but_ they are more characteristic, and in the female the two pair of plates.» are distinct. : In addition to the differences noted by Dr. Horn, the females in our: collection are rather stouter, more ventricose than ine males. 3. L. equalis Lec. Not in our collection; Dr. Horn says it was a unique from El Paso, Tex. It is not in his collection, and I have been unable to obtain any ~ specimen for study. 4. L. farcta Lec. Several specimens of both sexes, all from Texas, and models collecte by Belfrage. (Coll. Riley and Smith.) Two of the specimens are date in April 27 The genitalia of both sexes are figured, Pl. xLvin, fig. 4. They dif fer in the male, in that the claspers are well separated in frunt thonga not at all mobile, being completely wnited posteriorly. The sides ar perfectly symmetrical. In the female the upper plates are united, and— form a representative of the public process. 5. L. torta Lec. 2 There are 8 é and 2 9 in the collection, all of them from Texas. (Coll. Riley and J. B. Smith.) One specimen is marked Dallas, Tex. ; Mr. Ulke’s collection contains a specimen from New Mexico; ie Schwarz has the species from Columbus, Tex., July 9. It seems a late flyer. 4 The genitalia in both sexes are well developed. In the é they - symmetrical, united by a single point in front. The 2 has the superior plates Gaited, forming a pseudo-pubic process. i No variations not recorded by Dr. Horn were observed. ‘i 6. L. hamata Horn. 4 _ Not in our collection. The type is a unique ¢ from Texas, in the col lection of Dr. Horn. The genitalia, which Dr. Horn kindly allowed me to extract from the é, are Sy fercaneal: somewhat more simple thanin torta, but the clasp- | ers perfectly free in front, though so united as to be immappite: f 7.L. latifrons Lec. ; A few specimens, mostly ¢ ,are in our collection, two of them donated | by Mr. Schwarz, the others retained from lots received for determina: ib *As this pape r is intended to be rather supplementary to Dr. Horn’s Revision, non e of the matters referred to by the Doctor will be touched upon here except where neces- sary. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888. —Smith. PLATE XLVIII. SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 1. L.lanceolata, ¢ and @. 5. L. torta, f and 2. 8. L. generosa, 2. L. cribrosa, ¢ and @. 6. L. hamata, 3. 9, L. pretermissa, 3. 4. L. farcta, f and Q. 7. L. latifrons, % and @. 10. L. prununculina, ¢ and @. (Explanation of plate on page 524.) > 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 495 tion. There is quitea difference in the coloration of the specimens seen, though none in other directions. All the specimens are from Florida. Mr. Schwarz has the following dates: Biscayne, May 19,2L; Enterprise, May 24; Lake Harney, May 4. ‘The genitalia of the 3 are distinctly united in front, and more simple than in the immediately preceding species. The 2, on the contrary, is very characteristic, and much more strongly developed as to genitalia _ than the simple characters of the ¢ would seem to indicate. The infe- _ rior plates are well developed, and the superior plates and pubie pro- cess are fused into one piece. It is really a modification of the su- perior plates, which are united on the median line. Jape ys 8. L. generosa Horn. Not in our collection. Dr. Horn had only a single 4 specimen from Texas, and from this he allowed me to study the genitalia. These are symmetrical, the claspers not united in front, and somewhat unique in shape. The species seems rare, and so far I have not seen any other specimen. ‘9. L. praetermissa Horn. Not in our collection. The species ( ¢ only) was collected by Morri- : son in Louisiana, but none were in the collection obtained by the Mu- seum. From a specimen loaned by Dr. Horn the genitalia were studied, and are of decided interest as the first showing marked asymmetry of the claspers and partial mobility. Three figures are given showing the claspers from above and from each side. Quite a different place for this species would seem to be indicated by this structure. - 10. L. prununculina Burm. Five specimens are in the collection: 14 (Florida, coll. J. B. Smith); 49 (Georgia, coll. Riley and J.B. Smith). The male is reddish brown, shining ; the females are all blackish, opaque, with slight irides- cence. Mr. Schwarz has it from Tampa, Fla., April 28, and Crescent City, Fla., June 8—an unusually long period for the species. Mr. Ulke’s collection contains specimens from Virginia, the most northern point : thus far recorded. _ The genitalia of both sexes are distinctive. In the male they are - symmetrical, the claspers immobile. They are peculiar by the vertical development. In the female the superior plates are very strongly modified, forming a very obvious lead to some of the strongly devel- oped forms of the rugosa group. 11. L. glaberrima Blanch. Males and females in the collection. Cedar Keys, Fla., June 6 (coll. )C. V.R.), 26; Florida (coll. J. B. S.),1¢; Kentucky, 12 (coll. J. B. | 8.); Delaware (coll. J. B. S.), 16; New Jersey (coll. Co VOR.) Les Se a Ss an ae ( 496 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. Coney Island, N. Y. (coll. J. B.S.),12,1°. The Coney Island speci- mens may well be from New Jersey, having been found on the beach. — Mr. Schwarz has the species from Capron, Fla., April 14, 22; En. terprise, May 21; Cedar Keys, June 5, 6. Mr. Ulke has specimens — from Florida, Maryland, New York, Illinois. Dr. Horn gives “ Penn- sylvania to Florida” as the range e of the species. In genital structure this species approaches the preceding. In the male the claspers are symmetrical, free, and developed in the same ver- tical direction noticeable in pr ununculina. The female characters are much less strongly developed, though in the same line as in the pre- vious species. The figures are left to explain the differences. 12. L. ephilida Say. Males and females are in the collection. Louisiana (coll. J. B.S.), 4 é; Kansas (coll. C. V. R., from Morrison), 5 4; Pennsylvania (coll. C. V. R.),1¢, 22; District of Columbia (Museum cain ), many specimens of each sex. For dates of the local collections see the introductory re- marks. In Mr. Schwarz’s collection is a specimen marked July 26; Mr, — Ulke took it in August, and the species is probably the last to disap- — pear, as it is one of the latest in making its appearance. The specimens from Louisiana are decidedly larger than the others, and very uniform in general appearance. The genitalia of both sexes are peculiar. Those of the male are un- usually large, symmetrical, free in front. In the female the superior — plates are lost, or merged into a long, stout, conic process—altogether a peculiar structure. The species ae not be widely distributed in Texas, since the Belfrage collection contained no specimens from that State. 13. L. longitarsus Say. Two specimens in our collection, both ¢, retained from material sent | for name. The specimens are not good, and offer nothing peculiar. The genitalia are simple, symmetrical, and free anteriorly. No 2 could © be obtained for dissections. No localities not covered by Dr. Horn’s © statements as to distribution have been noted by me. 4 14.'L. clemens Horn. One ¢ (coll. C. V. R.) from New Jersey is in our collection, from — the Belfrage material. Dr. Horn gives Florida and Texas as localities. It is barely possible that the specimen from the Belfrage material was © really collected in Texas, but I doubt it. The specimen is not mounted ~ on a Belfrage pin, and has not the almost universal date label of that collection. It would give the species a wide distribution, however, if it : should be so, it becomes strange that no specimens from intervening localities have been found. The genitalia of the ¢ are symmetrical, free anteriorly. The ? has not been obtainable by me. The single specimen in the Museum col- lection was named by Dr. Horn. roceedings U. S, National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. . L. glaberrima, ¢ and @. . L. ephilida, $ and &. L. longitarsus, 3. 14. L. clemens, ¢. 15. L. dispar, o. 16. L. gracilis, ¢ and Q. 17. L. gibbosa, ¢ and °. 18. L. hirtiventris, ¢. (Explanation of plate on page 524.) PLATE XLIX. a. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 497 45. L. dispar Burm. Three ¢ specimens, all from Florida (coll. C. V.R.). Mr. Sehwarz has:it from Enterprise, Fla., May 7-20, June 9; Lake Harney, Fla., May 4. In genital structure this species most remarkably resembles the pre- ceding in general type, differing only somewhat in details. The spe- cies seems not at all common. 16. L. gracilis Burm. Many specimens, ¢ and ?. New York (coll. C. V. R. and J. B.S.), 4 3,1 2; New Jersey (coll. C. V. R.), 18 ; Pennsylvania (coll. J. B. S.), 125 North Carolina (coll. C. V. R.),1 2; Louisiana (coll. C. V. B.), 1 ¢ (the North Carolina and Louisiana specimens collected by Morri- son). District of Columbia, many specimens, collected for the Museum ; for dates, etc., see introductory remarks. Mr. Schwarz collected it also at Detroit, Mich. This species becomes common rather late in the season and is easily recognized, offering lit- tle or no variation except in size. The genital structure in both sexes is distinctive. The claspers of the é are symmetrical, free anteriorly, with an unusually long curved process. Inthe @, the true pubic process becomes well marked for the first time, the superior plates united, forming the base upon which it rests. 17. L. gibbosa Burm. Numerous specimens of both sexes. New York (coll. J. B.S.),5 3,8 9; Pennsylvania (coll. J. B. S.), 3 ¢; northern Illinois (coll. C. V. R.), 4 > 6; Detroit, Mich. (coll. C. V. R.),1¢; Minnesota (coll. J. B.8.),1¢, 32; Nebraska (coll. J. B. S.), 4 6; Douglass County, Kans., 9,000 feet (coll. ©. V. R.), 1 6; Texas (coll. C. V. R.),1 6,12; Virginia, June 12 (coll. C. V. R.),1 25; District of Columbia, many specimens, collected for the Museum. Only the slight color variations indicated by Dr. Horn appear in this series, and there seems to be no racial or geographical modification whatever. The genitalia of the ¢ approach the type of glaberrima and prununcu- lina, by the vertical direction of the claspers. In the @ the superior plates are more normal, and are divided, still however serving as pubic process. The ventral characters of the ¢ are also figured, a well-marked specimen having been chosen. 18. L. hirtiventris Horn. A single é specimen from Dallas, Tex. (coll. J. B. S.). This seems rather a rare species in collections. The genitalia of the ¢ are dis- tinctive, symmetrical, free anteriorly, and better described by the figure De Ue than is possible by words. Pa cout Proe, N; M, 88——.: 2 24 - ( 498 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. 19. L. congrua Lec. The collection contains 18 ¢, 692. Texas (coll. C. V. R. and J. B. S.),9 6,625 Louisiana (coll. J. B. S.),63 ; Missouri (coll. C. V. R.), 36. Dr. Horn had no 2 before him when he wrote. That sex offers noth. — ing at all peculiar, and differs from the ¢ only in the lack of ventral — characters, and in the shorter antennal club. In the series before me there is a very marked tendency towards a darkening of the thoracie disk, accompanied by a corresponding paling of the margin. The Texan specimens are, as a whole, much paler in color and considerably smaller (15™" to 19™™"), The difference is scarcely racial, however, because one of the Texan specimens is fully as large, and even darker than the most fully developed of the Louisiana forms. The genitalia in both sexes are distinctive. In the ¢ the claspers are symmetrical, free anteriorly, and tending to a vertical direction. — Inthe 2 the tendency is again to the modification of the superior plates — into the pubic process. 20. L. postrema Horn. Not in our collection; described from a single ¢ specimen in Dr. Horn’s collection, which he kindly allowed me to use. The genitalia are distinctive, and are decidedly in the line of the fusca type. The claspers are decidedly unsymmetrical, and as sug- gested in the fusca group of characters. I have not been able to pro- cure a &. 21. L. affinis Lec. i Many specimens, ¢ and 2, most of them collected for the Museum in the District; 12, Kansas. Dr. Horn gives as localities Kansas, Col- orado, Indian Territory, and Texas. Mr. Ulke has it also from Tennes- ee te see, and its occurrence in the District indicates a very wide distribution, The species is a very well marked one, and shows no apparent varia- tion. : The é genitalia are distinctly unsymmetrical, free in front, but im- — mobile, being completely united behind. The 2 characters are equally strong. The inferior plates distinetly notched and toothed to accom- — modate the superior plates, which are very much reduced in size, and d act as a support to the double pubic process, which rests on spurs from _ the inferior plates. # It is likely that the species is local; it has proved so at least in the “ District of Columbia, as is noted in the introduction, to which reference is also made for dates, ete. BB aes i + -_ 22. L. prunina Lec. Numerous specimens, ¢ and 2; 1 4, Texas (coll. C. V. R.); all the others from Constantine, Mich, collected by Mr. Tyler Townsend. : Mr. Townsend informs me that he took all these on raspberry, early in the evening, and that they were very abundant. It seems to be local Proceedings U, S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. a SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 19. L. congrua, J and 9°. 22. L. prunina, v and 9. 25. L. subpruinosa, o. 20, L. postrema, 3. 24. L. crassisima, 0 and 9. 26. L.errans, ¢o. 21. L.affinis, f and 9. (Explanation of plate on page 524.) a : % _1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 499 and not easily taken, judging froin the small number of specimens in collections. There is absolutely no variation in the large series before ‘me, save a slight difference in the intensity of the brown. The genitalia are unsyinmetrical in the ¢, the claspers very dissimi- lar. In the 2 the superior claspers have become entirely modified into supports for the double pubic process, which is very like that of affivis in type, though very different in detail. 23. L. calceata Lec. We have two @ specimens, ‘‘ Gainesville, Tex., from the stomach of _a chuck-will’s-widow,” May 12. The specimens are of course some- what damaged, but quite recognizable. Mr. Sehwarz kindly let me have a ¢ specimen for dissection, but by some mishap the preparation was lost, and I can not find that I made even asketch of it. The species seems rare. (24. L. crasissima Blanch. We havelS 6 and9 2. Texas (coll. C. V. R., J. B.S.), 9 3,3 9 Arkansas (coll. J. B. 8.), 23,292; Kansas (coll. C. V. B., J. B. S.), 1; 6,22; Nebraska (J. B. 8.), 16; Illinois (coll, J. B. S.), 12; New work (coll. J. B.8S.), 12. Dr. Horn gives from Kansas to Texas as localities. I am_ positive my New York specimen is correct, as it has my local label, and I am also very certain of my Illinois specimen. The species has therefore rather a wide distribution. The genitalia are distinctive and differ quite considerably from the immediately preceding forms. They are in the ¢ symmetrical, and of a type quite similar to that of generosa in the early part of the series. The 2, on the contrary, has both plates deiinitely developed, and the pubic process is characteristic, bifid but not double aud somewhat flat- tened. There is quite a distinct variation in the punctuation of the clypeus. In some specimens it is sparse, the punctures well separated, the inter- vals smooth, in others the punctures are fully as densely set as in specimens ot fraterna. Asa rulethe ¢ is smaller and paler. One of the ? from Arkansas measures .88 inches, larger than any specimen before Dr. Horn (.82 inches). Otherwise the specimens are very constant and with very little vari- ation in other respects. 25. L. subpruinosa Casey. Three ¢ are in the collection (coll. J. B. 8.) from Pennsylvania. Dr. Horn says, “ Taken near Jacksonville, Fla., by the late Edward Tatnall.” The specimens now in the Museum collection were given me by Mr. H. W. Wenzel, and were collected by him in the vicinity of Philadelphia. Mr. Casey described the species from examples taken on - Long Island or near it. ‘ SS, a | 500 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. No variation appears in our specimens. The genitalia are very like those of the micans type, and in the ¢ are. symmetrical. No & specimen has been at hand for study. ¢ 4 j ry > 26. L. errans Lec. There is one ¢ specimen from California in the Museum collection received from Mr. Ulke. The @ characters of the species are simple. The claspers are sym- metrical and contiguous, if not united in front. They are quite dis- tinctive. 27. L. inversa Horn. Numerous specimens— ¢ and @&. Virginia (coll. J. B. 8.), 3, 2; Illinois (coll. C. V. R., J. B. 8.), 5 2; Tennessee (coll. C. V. R.), on Apple, May 24. For specimens from District of Columbia collected for the Museum, see dates, ete., in the introduction. This species was one of the most common at Washington in 1888, and is easily recognizable. In the ¢ the ventral character is obvious ; in the 2 the species closely approaches fusca—sensu lata—and is dis- tinguished from arcuata by the non-emarginate terminal ventral seg- ment, and from fusca—strictly speaking—by the much more feebly spinose posterior tibia, there being no distinct rings of spines. The genitalia are distinctive in both sexes. The claspers of the ¢ are decidedly dissimilar, and very strongly marked. The? has the pubic process very characteristically developed, and the superior plates distinct. The figure must be referred to, to appreciate the structures. Dr. Horn did not have inversa from the District of Columbia, and I have not seen it from northern collections. 28. L. bipartita Horn. There are 124, 42in the Museum collection. Louisiana, collected by Morrison, 11 ¢,1 2; Tennessee (coll. C. V. R.), 12; Kirkwood, Mo., April 16 (coll. C. V.R.),1¢,2 2. This considerably extends the north- ward and eastward range of the species as given by Dr. Horn. The specimens are very uniform in appearance. The genitalia of the specimens examined are distinctive and peculiar by the twisted processes on the inner side of the clasper, which are more characteristic of a later division. In the 2, also the pubic proc- ess is developed much more in the line of the rugosa group than of its immediate allies. Some of the Kansas specimens examined from other collections indi- cate @ new species with essentially the characters of the present, par- ticularly as to the ventral segments of the é. It will require care- ful study of series from all localities to make certain of this. In Kan- sas, [ think there are still many new species to be discovered. 29.L.micans Knoch. There are numerous specimens of both sexes in the collection. Lousi- ana (coll, J, B, 8S, and Morrison), 26 4,12; Tampa, Fla,, March 30 (coll, Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. PLATE LI. SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. Ris L, inversa, og and Q. 29. L. micans, % and Q. 31. L. vehemens, ¢ and @. 28. L.bipartita, f and 9°. 30. L. dejfinita, &. (Explanation of plate on page 524.) 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 501 me. V.R.), 26,22; Missouri, May (coll. C. V. R.), 14,12: New Jersey, - New York, Pennsylvania (coll. J. B. 8.), 44,19; Distriet of Colum: pia, large series collected for the Museum. Florida is not given by Dr. Horn as a locality for this species. The species superficially is a very compact one; but on looking over a large series quite a decided variation of the sexual characters appears. The punctuation of the venter varies quite considerably, and the gibbous ridge of the penultimate segment of the ¢ may be very feeble, or quite prominent; may be close to the hind margin, or from near the front mar- gin and strongly overhanging. The depression on the terminal seg- ment is also variable in depth and extent ; occasionally it forms a regu- lar (}, the closed upper part extending to the middle of the penultimate segment, The is equally variable ; sometimes there is no trace of a depression in the last segment; in other specimens there will be a deep, semicircular depression with very well defined margins, which does not, however, extend to the penultimate segment. The genitalia of both sexes are distinctive. In the ¢ the claspers are symmetrical and characteristic. In the 2 the superior plates are peculiarly modified and sculptured, while the small, somewhat heart- shaped pubic process sets in between them. 30. L. definita Smith—diffinist Horn. ~ Notin the Museum collection. Dr. Horn says that after examina- tion of Blanchard’s type, he finds that he had mistaken the species. Blanchard’s diffinis is the comans of Burmeister, and has priority, while diffimis Horn thus becomes nameless. Dr. Horn kindiy allowed me to study a ¢ specimen, from which the figures are made. The claspers are dissimilar, as usual, andare quite characteristic, resembling nothing in the near neighborhood very closely. 31. L. vehemens Horn. There is a¢ and @ from Kansas in the Museumcollection. The angu- lation of the posterior femur of the ¢ is a strong character, as is also the peculiar curve of the tibial spur. In ventral characters it very closely approaches the species which I have named dubia. The 2 is more difficult to distinguish from some of the fusca forms, but if the transverse impression of the penultimate segment is constant it may serve as an aid. Some specimens of the fusca series, however, also show this character, though not so well marked. The genitalia of both sexes have been examined and also empha- size the affinity of the species. The claspers of the ¢ are dissimilar— less so when viewed from above, and quite characteristic. The 2 ap- proaches more nearly to the grandis type, but the pubic process is much reduced, cleft nearly to the base, while the superior plates are small. L. FUSCA auct. It isin this group that the greatest apparent difficulty in the identi- fication of species is encountered. The forms of the typical species are 502 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. so variable and yet so strangely similar that after arranging a series to — show all the differences in habitus, color, and other details in the strongest light, another series can be built up of precisely the same specimens to show that there is only one form. -The latter conclusion was the one arrived at by Dr. Horn in his study of fusca, and he pointed out both the differences that had been considered specific and racial, and the reasons for still considering them forms of the same species. Dr. Horn also pointed out some of the differences in the ventral characters, but considered them within the limits of varia- bility, if even of varietal importance. The misleading character of the aggregation consists in the fact that all the species into which I have divided it vary in precisely the same manner, so that it is easy to ob- tain a series of specimens almost identical in all characters save those of the ventral segments of the male, and which yet represent at least six different species. Still Dr. Horn left the question somewhat un- settled, and open to future consideration. In the course of our collect- ing we first noticed the remarkable constancy of the ventral characters of the males of the species, or rather form of fusca taken by us, and from this began to consider that it might refer to a distinct species.. When finally my attention was directed to the genitalia the suspicion became a certainty, and the true solution of the fusca problem became evident, The males, it was found, were thus easily to be separated; the females were in a different case; here there were no anal or ventral characters, and little or nothing in the way of superficial differences. An exam- ination of the primary sexual characters showed, however, that the co- relation found in the other species existed here as well, and that the species were well marked in both sexes. In No. 6 of Insect Life I showed some of these differences, and gave fig- ures of the characters relied upon. Since that time three other species, each coming under the definition of fusca, have developed. Of these, one was rather a surprise to me, coming from a region supposed to be well represented in local collections, viz, Snake Hill, New Jersey, while the others represented forms not seen by Dr. Horn and which would have been most probably recognized as distinet by him. The table of species allied to fusca as given in Insect Life must therefore be modi- fied, and as the group fusca in the restricted sense becomes so much changed, a new table of the species is given. I wish again to emphasize the fact already mentioned in Insect Life, that 1 have made no effort to identify the species here separated with the types described by previous authors. I simply had neither the op- portunity nor the knowledge of types to enable me to doit. If, at some future time, older names will be identified with my species, I am content to drop my terms, believing that in defining the species I will have dis- armed blame for the needless names, if they be such. . The following table includes all those species which agree in the char- 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 503 acters which would lead to fusca in Dr. Horn’s table of species 24-32, on page 238 of his Revision: Clypeus distinctly emarginate, the angles rounded. Ventral ridge of male small, well defined, strongly arcuate and overhanging, the ends at the extreme margin of the penultimate segment, and somewhat over- Han oMon he PenUliimMabeSeeMent :o- <5... 25. .ceclecee ceo. see scouces arcuata Ventral ridge of male small, well defined, not overhanging, the e ee and indeed the entire ridge, near the middle of the segment ........... 2.2.2.2... insperata Ventral ridge of male longer, decidedly arcuate, but not so much as before, over- hanging posteriorly for its full length, the ends at some distance from the pos- terior Margin of the penultimate segment .-.--. ...2...2.22-2.-2-2 cecee dubia Ventral ridge of male still longer, slightly curved, the ends overhanging poste- riorly; centrally the ridge is de olivous, but not overhanging behind... --- Susea Ventral ridge of male elevated, nearly straight, not overhanging, scarcely de- clivous at ends; at center the posterior declivity nearly as gentle as the ante- NCS Eee eet tte ole esis Oe fark Scho iodine wins sitio Wine Ga. nics dak saceles os ecde sees grandis Ventral ridge of male not elevated, rigidly straight, and behind it an abrupt Me Lessi One Oimth esse CMON as once acs saci as cc ew sc acce Wcoeet ssc eee eter ee ulket Clypeus feebly emarginate, nearly quadrate, the angles not rounded... ......quadrata ‘By this table the males may be distinguished without much trouble. The females are not so easily separated, yet may be in most cases asso- ciated with the males. 32. L. arcuata Smith. This species, as a whole, averages rather smaller than either of the others. From dubia it does not, in the female, differ at allin superficial characters, every effort to discover any feature whereby specimens of this sex might be distinguished from each other having failed. As the genital structure is so distinct, this is somewhat surprising, and possibly the true character has been still overlooked. The primary characters of the female are much as in dubia, and yet obviously different. The pubic process while divided at tip, much as in dubia, is only about one-half as long and does not divide the upper plates as in that species. It resembles the upper part of the dubia structure set upon the superior plates ; these latter are large and nearly quadrate, in marked contrast with the narrow linear structures of dubia. The inferior plates differ as markedly, as can be readily seen by a com- parison of the figures. The males also in habitus do not differ from the allied species, except in ventral characters, but these are obvious and easily recognized. The ridge in this species is very much curved, very much overhanging, the ends reaching the apical margin of the segment, while the arch, combined with the depression of the last segment, forms a perfect oval, In this species the space included by the arch of the ridge is smooth. The species seems rather more southern than some of the others. It is practically the only form taken at Washington, many thousands being taken, while only one specimen of the other forms was discovered. Other localities are New York, New Jersey, ceutral Missouri, lowa, 504 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. “4 Georgia. The specimens from New York and New Jersey are from my own collection, and form the small minority of the specimens taken. The specimens from central Missouri are from Professor Riley’s collee- — tion, and the figures in the Missouri Reports, so extensively copied, probably represent this species. sii 33. L. insperata Smith. Agrees very completely with Dr. Horn’s description of fusca, and offering superficially no obvious differences. The ventral characters of the male resemble those of dubia and arcuata, the ridge being strongly arched and small, but situated back from the posterior margin ot the segment, and not overhanging the last ventral. In the female, 1 have found no distinctive characters. Six specimens, taken under stones early in spring by Mr. M. L. Linell, at Snake Hill, New Jersey, are be- fore me—four of them males, two of them females, The specimens are dark in color, and large and stout, resembling most nearly the larger form of fusca, which occurs with it. The male character is recogniz- able, and I separated out the specimens from a lot of fusca at sight. The genitalia of both sexes bear out the intermediate position assigned by the ventral characters. The claspers of the male are symmetrical—an unusual character—yet in structure combining the features of both arcuata and dubia. The female is equally characteristic—more nearly allied to dubia perhaps both in the form of the superior plates and the pubic process. The plates are larger than in dubia, but not nearly so well developed as in arcuata, Other differences will appear at a glance by a comparison of ~ the figures. Iwas not quite prepared for this species, coming as it did from a region from which I had many specimens.* It well illustrates, however, how really slipshod much of the collecting is, even with “ good” col- lectors. 34. L. dubia Smith. Completely resembles fusca in all outward appearance and habitus. The ventral characters of the male must be resorted to for the identifi- cation of that sex. As appears from the figure, the ridge is decidedly less curved than in arcuata, and more curved than in fusca, and is in every respect more distinctly marked than the latter. The primary characters will show, on comparison with the following species, a consid- erable change of type, which should be followed by a corresponding change in external habitus, but if it is, we have not. yet discovered it. In the female the differences of the male become emphasized. The pubic process is broad, stout, somewhat contracted medially, and divided superiorly into two branches which are broad, somewhat flat- tened, and obliquely truncate. The superior plates are narrow, linear. This species is in the collection from Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Maine, North Carolina, District of Columbia, Illinois, Ohio, “I have since received it from Chicago, Illinois (Westcott). a Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith PLATE LII SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 32. L. arcuata, ¢ and @. 34. L. dubia, ¢ and @. 35. L. fusca, do and 9. (Explanation of plate on page 524.) a os 4 f a 5 ERIE: = 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 505 Texas, Colorado, Tennessee, Nevada, Montana, California, Wisconsin, Of all the others this extends furthest west, and the race cephalica Lee. belongs to this species. It is fairly numerous at New York, formed a fair proportion of the specimens received from Chicago, [ll., from Mr, Westcott, but is rare at Washington, only a single specimen having been taken during the last season (1888). 35. L. fusca Froéhl. This is the form which Dr. Horn suggests as likely to be the one seen by Fréhlich, and upon which he based his species. It offers no point of superficial difference from the preceding species, with which it agrees in form, color, size, and general habitus. The ventral character in the male must be examined to recognize that sex, and no difficulty will be foundinthis. The female is easily distinguished from all its allies by not having the last ventral segment emarginate. This character is at once obvious on examination, and the species is thus readily recognizable in both sexes. A comparison of the figures will show the change in type of genitalia from the preceding. The female shows the greater differ- ence and is somewhat unique, the pubic process being subulate, slender, the superior plates coalescent on the median line. This species is in the collection from Texas, New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Illinois, District of Columbia, Iowa. It isthe common form around New York City; was the only form found in a large lot of material from Cleveland, Ohio, and was repre- sented in great proportion in a lot of specimens from the vicinity of Chicago, Ill. In the District of Columbia it is very rare, no specimens having been taken at all during the season of 1888, and only a few specimens from the locality are in the local collections. 36. L. grandis Smith. This species is, asa whole, rather larger than either of the others and rather more robust. The sides of the thorax are very perceptibly sub- anguiate before the middle, giving the species a distinctive appearance which is generally easily recognizable in both sexes. In the female the last segment is emarginate and the middle of the abdomen, especially toward the base, is distinctly and somewhat aciculate punctate. The male character has been sufficiently given in the table. The last ven- tral segment is granulate punctate. Within my experience this is the rarest of the fusca forms, though widely distributed. I have seen it from Texas, North Carolina, Georgia, District of Columbia, Hlinois, Colorado, Maryland, New York, Wisconsin, Nova Scotia, Lake Superior region. Mr. Schwarz thinks it more common about Lake Superior than the other species. In the District of Columbia it is rare, only isolated specimens having been found by the local coJlectors. The male ventral character differs from that of the allied species in that there is no perceptible curve to the ridge, which is rather promi- nent and not at all crested or declivous posteriorly. The genitalia of 506 ‘ NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. the male are but slightly dissimilar, strongly resembling the fusca type, yet differing greatly in details, as a reference to the figures will readily show. The female is rather characteristic, differing from all other of the forms by having the pubie process rather slender and furcate—quite different from the broadly bifid -rocesses of arcuata, insperata, and dubia. 37. L. ulkei Smith. Form robust, ovate, rufocastaneous, shining. Clypeus slightly emargi- nate, the border moderately reflexed, surface rather closely punctate, front more coarsely and less closely punctate. Thorax widest at base, arcuatedly narrowed to the apex, margin very indistinctly crenulated, with short ciliae; surface distinctly but rather irregularly and not very closely punctured, with a smooth median line. Elytra more deeply and densely, somewhat confluently, punctured, the coste evident. Pygi- dium rather finely and sparsely punctate. Metasternum densely punc- tured, the hair long and dense. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctate. Claws curved, the tooth median, stronger in the female. Last joint of the maxillary palpi ovate, not impressed. Length, .85 inch, 21-22". Habitat.—South Carolina, Ulke; Georgia, Ulke; Tennessee, U. S. National Museum ; East Florida, Schwarz, 3 ¢,1 °. MALE.—Antennal club as Jong as the stem, abdomen flattened at middle, penultimate segment with a perfectly straight, feebly elevated ridge, behind which the segment is strongly depressed, making the de- clivity deep and abrupt without any great elevation of the surface of the ridge. The ridge is close to the margin of the segment, and in the Tennessee specimen almost coincident with it. Last ventral feebly concave. Inner spur of the hind tibiw two-thirds the length of the outer, and stouter. FEMALE.—Antennal club small, much shorter than the funicualus. Last ventral segment feebly emarginate at apex. Pygidium more elon- gate than in the male, more shining, the punctures more sharply im- pressed. This species agrees in all essentials and group characters with fusca, and with that species it has been confounded. The four specimens be- fore me are very uniform in appearance, and chiefly differ habitally in the paler color and the much more rugose appearance, the punctuation being coarser throughout. The lateral margin of the thorax is also very feebly crenulated, yet not so as to throw the species into another group. The ventral character of the male gives an obvious and safe distinguishing feature for that sex. In the female the somewhat broader, more oval form and the coarser punctuation must suffice. Mr. Ulke has the male and female ; the specimen in the Museum is a male. Another male specimen from eastern Florida, taken by Mr. Ashmead, is in Mr. Schwarz’s collection. 1 secs 4 die Proceedings U.S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith, 2 ee PLATE LIII. SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 33. L. insperatus, and 2. 37. L. ulkei, f and 2. 39. L. politula, Q. 36. L. grandis, f and Q. 38. L. quadrata, 2. 55. L. longispina, F (Explanation of plate on page 524.) 14 z Fe eae o ‘ . ' 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5(07 Thus far the species seems southern ; whether it ranges further north - or west, future collections must show. The genitalia are closely after the fusca type, but they are symmet- rical. They approach most nearly perhaps in detail -to grandis. The female is unique, not only for the group, but for the genus. Here the pubic process is distinctly double, the parts slender, parallel, and quite long. The superior plates are quite reduced, and form lateral supports to the pubic process. 38. L. quadrata Smith. Form oblong, parallel, rather deep brown, shining. Clypeus very feebly emarginate, moderately reflexed, surface coarsely and rather sparsely punctured, front more closely and more deeply punetured. Thorax widest at base, arquately, but not very greatly narrowed to the apex; margin entire, with short cili; surface rather sparsely and ir- regularly punctate, without an obvious smooth median line. Elytra closely and confluently punctured, the punctures tending to form longi- tudinal series; costa obvious but not much elevated. Pygidium sparsely and finely punctate. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctate, the last two segments more coarsely. Claws curved, the tooth strong and median. Last joint of maxillary palpi ovate, not impressed. Length, .87 inch, 22™™. Habitat. = Hinber price: Florida, May. MALE,— Unknown. FemaLe.—Antennal club small, much shorter than the funiculus. Last ventral segment broadly emarginate at apex. This species is based upon a single female specimen taken by Mr. Schwarz, and now in his collection. It is evidently related to fusca, and agrees with it in all structural details. It is, however, well distin- guished by the almost square eclypeus, the punctuation of the head and elytra, and by the curiously parallel form. The genitalia bear out the superficial characters to a remarkable ex- tent, and are unique, though not as peculiar as in wlkei. The pubic process is here deeply cleft at tip, but aot entirely diviled, while the separate tips are divaricate and pointed. The superior plates are rather uniquely corrugated or folded. The discovery of the male would be matter of great interest. 39. L. politula Horn. Not in the Museum collection. Dr. Horn has but a single specimen of uncertain locality, which he kindly allowed me to study. The geni- talia very strongly resemble euoge of fraterna, and offer nothing note- worthy. 40. L. barda Horn. Not in the Museum collection.* I owe to Dr. Horn the chance to ex- amine both sexes. The genitalia of the male are among the most pecul- *A specimen of this species has since been sent me by Mr. Linell for name, and this is now in the Museum collection. 508 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. iar in the genus. Not only are they strongly asymmetrical, but the — peculiar forms of the claspers are entirely indescribable. The female — is also very distinctive, and reference is made to the figures for details of the structures, 41. L. marginalis Lec. ; One male and two females in the collection. The male we owe to Mr, Schwarz, the females are from North Carolina (J. B. 8.), and Missouri iy ROU. OV.) Ex.) This seems not a common species, and is not easily recognized, though very distinct in genital structure. The claspers in the maleare strongly asymmetrical and somewhat peculiar. In the female the structure was somewhat distorted and I figured the parts just as they appear in the specimen. Mr. Ulke has the species from District of Columbia, Georgia, Maryland, New York, Illinois. > 42. L. spreta Horn. Not in our collection. Dr. Horn had but two specimens, both males, and from one of these the drawings are made. The claspers are very decidedly dissimilar, and distinctiy peculiar in form, They have also, rather aberrantly, the inner side of tip hairy. 43. L. fraterna Harr. Of the typical form we have 44,49 from New York, New Jersey, southern Illinois (all from coll. J. B. 8.). Of the variety cognata we have 56, 102; New York, New Jersey, North Carolina, Louisiana, Nebraska (all from coll. J. B. 8.). Of the variety forsteri we have 18,39, from New York and New Jersey (coll. J. B.S8.). The variety semi-cribrata is not represented. Dr. Horn had 2 males, ‘possibly Georgia.” Our specimens indicate a considerably wider range than that given by Dr. Hora, both to the South and to the West. In looking over the series in the collection, and in addition the dupli- cate material, a very strong variability is noted. The size, form, and sculpture differ remarkably, and the polish of the surface is also very inconstant. The male characters also show a decided variation. In some forms Dr. Horn’s description applies perfectly, in others there is no distinct elevation, while in the other extreme you may have a per- fect arch, always feebly marked at the middle, however. The forms found at Washington differed so strongly that I studied the genitalia of the series carefully with the result that I developed out of specimens referred to the form forsteri, a very distinct species. The genitalia of the male are unusually well developed. The claspers are disproportionately large and very distinctly asymmetrical The figures show two views, the one with the claspers normally open, the other with the claspers closed so far as possible, the specimen having been taken incoitu. The female shows the disappearance of the superior oe J ‘Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. PEATEs SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 42. L. spreta, 2d. 40. L. barda, ¢ and @. 43. L. fraterna, J and OF 41. L. marginalis, ¢ and 9. (Explanation of plate on pages 524-°5.) hr) a * i es PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 509 plates, and the expansion of the pubic process, which in the next series ~ becomes so prominently marked in some of the species. 44, L. nova Smith. Oblong; slightly broader behind; chestnut brown, shining. Clypeus moderately emarginate; the border narrowly reflexed,; surface densely and coarsely punctured; the front less densely so. Thorax eradually narrowed from base to apex; sides feebly arcuate ; the margin dis- tinctly crenate; surface with distinct, irregular punctures; sparse on the disk, where there are irregular, smooth spaces ; more dense and equally at the sides. Elytral punctures finer than those of the thorax; much more closely placed; somewhat rugulose; the coste feeble, but evi- dent. Pygidium sparsely, finely, and indistinctly punctate. Meta- sternum densely punctured; the hair not long nor dense; shorter in the female. Abdomen sparsely punctate at the sides, the last two seg- ments more coarsely. Claws curved; the tooth strong and median. Last joint of maxillary palpi fusiform, not impressed. Length .55-.70 inch; 14-15™". Habitat.—New York, District of Columbia, North Carolina. ‘MALE.—Antennal club equal to or slightly longer than the funiculus. Abdomen slightly flattened at middle; penultimate segment with a distinct, arcuate, granulated ridge, behind which the segment is deeply impressed and punctured. Last segment with a cupuliform depression ; inner spur of hind tibize shorter and stouter than the outer. FEMALE.—Antennal club shorter than the funiculus. Penultimate ventral segment with a linear impression close to and parallel with the hind margin. Hind tarsi slightly shorter than the male. This species is not uncommon at Washington, and has been very gen- erally confused with fraterna, var. forsteri, with which it agrees in all structural features. Apart from the primary differences*in the male genitalia, this sex is always easily recognizable by the distinct arcuate ridge of the penultimate segment. The same character is sometimes approached in the var. forsteri, but is never so distinct. The thoracic margin in both sexes is more distinetly crenate, though this, is also in- dicated in some forms of fraterna. There are several specimens of both sexes in the Museum collection from the localities above named. The genitalia of the male differ from those of fraterna most remarkably in size as well as in other details. The claspers are not more than one-half as large, much more frail in appearance, and quite differently built. In the female, on the contrary, Lean find no differences from /raterna. The genitalia are absolutely alike so far as my observations go, and I have examined a considerable number of them. 45, L. infidelis Horn. The collection contains two female specimens from Georgia (coll. C. YV.R.), presenting nothing at all peculiar, To Dr. Horn L owe the male -for study. 510 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. - re The claspers of the male genitalia are very lightly and gracefully — built, and very strongly dissimilar. The female characters, on the con- — trary, are small, and not at all well developed. The figures must be © referred to for details. 46. L. hornii Smith. : Oblong oval, not broader behind, convex, very deep brown or piceous, _ shining ; clypeus moderately deeply emarginate, rather more acutely in — the female; margin narrowly reflexed, rather coarsely, densely punct- — ured, front scarcely less densely punctured. Thorax distinetly nar- | | rower in front; sides very obtusely angulate, widest behind the middle, narrowed to base, more obliquely narrowed in front; margin feebly crenate, sparsely ciliate, disc convex, the punctures moderately coarse, variably placed, sometimes closely and equally, sometimes sparsely and irregularly on the disc, leaving smooth spaces, but no smooth median line, a distinet depression of the basal margin externally. Elytral punctures finer, much more dense, somewhat rugulose, coste evident. Pygidium moderately and somewhat irregularly punctured, less densely so in the female. Metasternum densely punctured, the hair long and dense in the male, short and sparse in the female. Abdomen finely punctate, more dense at the sides, the last two segments much more coarsely and densely. Last joint of maxillary palpi fusiform, not im- pressed. Length .75-.85 inch; 19-21™™, Habitat— Washington, D. C., Tennessee, Virginia, Ohio. MaLEe.—Antennal club slightly longer than the funiculus. Penulti- mate segment with a very strongly elevated, overhanging arcuated crest, occupying nearly the entire length of the segment, behind which there is a deep, transverse punctured impression. In some specimens . the crest is divided at the middle, and a longitudinal impression extends forward to the middle of the preceding segment. . Last ventral with a quadrate punctured impression, the hind margin with a small deep emargination. Claws arcuate, tooth rather extra median, shorter than the female. The fixed sptr is quite short, less than half the length of the outer, and proportionately less stout. FEMALE.—Antennal club shorter than the funiculus. Pygidium more elongate, the punctures smaller and more sparse. Posterior femora _ stouter, spurs of hind tibiw short and stout. Penultimate ventral seg- ment with a strongly impressed line near the hind margin, behind which the segment is depressed. Last ventral segment sinuate at apex, scarcely emarginate. Tarsi not shorter than in the male. Variations.—In a series of nine specimens no variations are observed. The species is remarkably constant in form and color. About a dozen specimens of this interesting form were taken at Washington during the present season (1888). None of the local col- lectors had ever taken it before. As will be seen by the record of capt- ures heading this paper, the specimens were rarely taken.. I picked 1888.] PROCEEDINGS UF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 511 “up one specimen in the morning on a walkin the Smithsonian grounds, ‘padly eaten by ants, and fished another out of a fountain in the White ‘House grounds. Mr. Ulke took two specimens at the electric light. Mr. Schwarz received a single male specimen from the mountains of Ten- nessee, and Mr. Alwood saw a specimen in a local collection in Vir- ginia. Isaw several specimens in Mr. Dury’s collection at Cincinnati, Ohio, and the species is probably widely distributed, though rare. In group characters it would seem at first referable to the fraterna section of the fusca group, but the large size, very long tarsi, and the marked sexual characters refer it rather with rugosa and allies, though the thorax is not as evidently angulated, and the punctures are not nearly so coarse. In the short spur of the male it resembles injidelis, while the distinct elytral costz as well as the male characters make it evidently distinct. I take pleasure in dedicating this strongly marked species to my good friend and mentor, Dr. Horn. The genital structure is very strongly marked in both sexes. In the male the eclaspers are very dissimilar and very large. In the female there is a combination of superior plate and pubic process, which is approached but not equaled in other species in this group. 47. L. biimpressa Smith. Oblong, scarcely ovate, pale reddish-brown, shining. Clypeus mod- erately deeply emarginate ; margin narrowly reflexed, densely and rather coarsely punctured, as is also the front. Thorax distinctly narrower in front; sides obtusely angulate, widest at middle, narrowed to base, more obliquely narrowed in front; margin irregular, searcely crenate, sparsely ciliate; disk convex, the punctures coarse and rather closely placed, a distinct smooth median line, a distinct impression of the basal margin externally, and a distinct foveate impression at each side nearly oppo- site the angle; elytral punctuation finer, more dense, somewhat rugulose, sutural costa distinct, the others feeble; metasternum closely punctate, with moderately long hair; pygidium rather sparsely, finely, and ir- regularly punctured ; claws arcuate, with a strong median tooth ; last joint of maxillary palpi fusiform, not impressed. Length, .76 inch; 18°", Habitat.—Manhattan, Kans., ’76. MALE.—Antennal club nearly as long as the stem. Abdomen flat- tened at middle, sparsely finely punctuate at the sides, the last two seg- ments more coarsely. Penultimate ventral segment with a rather feebly elevated, strongly areuated ridge, behind which the segment is deeply impressed and punctured, last segment with a somewhat quadrate de- pression. Only a single male is known to me, the source of which I do not know, It seems to be an old specimen, though in good condition, received at the Department of Agriculture, and used in the exhibition series to rep- resent fusca. I have placed it in this group, and associated it with sev- tula, though the specimen has very evidently but nine antennal joints - 512 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. on each side. Yet all the other characters of structure and habitug refer the species here, while it would be otherwise associated with en-— tirely incongruous material. Under the circumstances I regard the f nine joints as accidental, and shall expect other specimens to show the typical 10-jointed form. It is quite possible that the foveate impressions of the thorax are not constant, but they are quite symmetrical in the specimen before me, and are very distinct. The claspers of the male genitalia are, as usual, distinctly dissimilar, and characteristic. It will be interesting to obtain the female. Fagen mbes 48. L. luctuosa Horn. The collection contains 2 6, and 2 2 from South Carolina (coll. C. V. R.). The specimens are all very dark, and the female is but slightly, if at all, more ventricose than the male. The genitalia of both sexes have been examined; the claspers of the male are unsymmetrical as usual, but offer nostriking characters. The - female structures are more distinctive, showing the rudimentary supe- rior plates, and the bifid pubic process. Mr. Schwarz has taken the species in the District. 49. L. corrosa Lec. Not in the Museum collection. It is recorded from Illinois and Texas. Mr. Ulke has it from Dakota and Minnesota, and it will probably turn out as widely distributed as most other species. ITowe to Dr. Horn the opportunity of examining the female, and to Mr. Schwarz the male. Both sexes have the genitalia very strongly de- veloped. The claspers of the male are very dissimilar, and of the same type as that of the majority of the species in this group. In the female the superior plates and pubic process are fused, producing a very strongly marked form of a type similar to that of hornii, but smaller and ° less modified. 50. L. scitula Horn. Not in the Museum collection. Dr. Horn has it from Texas, and kindly allowed me to study the species. The male genitalia have the claspers_ most remarkably modified, and are very different from anything else in the genus. The figures must be left to explain the structures. 51. L. knochii Gy]l. The Museum has 2 ¢ from Kansas (coll. Morrison), and 1 2 Texas (coll. J. B. 8.). Dr. Horn gives the habitat from Massachusetts to Georgia, and this is therefore a very decided extension of the limit. The species seems rare. In several years collecting around New York City, I found but a Single specimen, and that quite early in my experience, for I remem- ber it had a common pin through it. I can not find that others have taken it much nore abundantly. The genitalia are distinctive, yet of very much the same type as the immediately preceding and following species, eae. i mrs Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI. 1888.—Smith. a e + E PLATE LV, SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 44. L. nova, dv and @. 47. L. biimpressa, 2. Siegel 46. L. hornii, f and @. 56. L. diffinis. 3. (Explanation of plate on pages 524-5.) . implicita, ¢ and ¢. 4} we 52. L. profunda Blanch. : Not in the Museum collection. Dr. Horn says it occurs in Texas, and ‘Mr. Ulke has it also from the District of Columbia, Virginia, and Loui- ‘giana, indicating a wide distribution. I have been able to study the genitalia of both sexes, and the fig- ures will show how similar to, yet distinct from, knochii the species is. 53 L. rugosa Mels. Numerous specimens of both sexes are in the collection. New York (coll J. B.S.), 24; Hlinois (coll. Morrison), 5 ¢,5 2; Ohio (coll. C. V. R.), 14; Kansas (coll. Morrison), 2 6; Nebraska (coll. C. V. R.,J.B.S.),4 4; Montana (coll. J. B.8.), 13; Collinsburgh, La., April 12 (coll. C. V. R.), 1é. No variation not mentioned by Dr. Horn has been observed. The variation in the ventral ridge of the male is marked, but does not change its character. Mr. Schwarz has it, collected at Detroit, Mich., May 30, and at Port Huron, Mich., June 5, nearly two months later than the occurrence of the species in Louisiana. It is the most common of its group and is easily recognized. The addition of hornit and biimpressa to this series of species from in- _fidelis to rugosa, has added material strongly emphasizing the relation- ship to the fraterna group, and yet unique, too, in many characters. In hornii, corrosa, knochii, profunda, and rugosa we have an association so definitely marked in genital structure of both sexes that concurrence of other characters to form a close association in other respects arenatu- rally expected. There may be eventually a slight re-arran gement of the order of the species here when larger series of some of the forms makes their exact relation more certain. Mr. Schwarz suggests that some of the species in this group may frequent conifers, and this would account for their comparative rarity. 54 L. hirsuta Knoch. There are 7 ¢ and 62 in the Museum collection. New York (coll. J. B.S.), 53,52; District of Columbia (coll. J. B.8.), 12; North Caro- lina (coll. J. B. S.), 26. The series offers nothing of special interest. The species is not com- mon, and for some reason seems never to be in handsome condition. Both sexes have been examined and offer distinctive characters. In the male the claspers are unsymmetrical, and introduce a somewhat mew type in the line of twisted processes to the inside. The figure . Shows an upper, back view to better display the process. The female lacks the superior plates; the pubic process, however, very distinet. The clothing of hair on this species is very variably distinct and usu- “ally quite irregularly placed. There is, however, a tendency to a some- what linear arrangement along the coste, without forming distinct -Tows, Qe att, (FH Proc. N. M. 88 —33 Sa ft | . = 3 A 514 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. 55. L. longispina sp. nov. Oblong, nearly parallel; ferruginous brown, feebly shining; sparsely clothed with yellowish erect hairs, longer and more dense on the tho- rax, shorter on the elytra, where they form distinct rows on the costa similar to those of hirticula. Head densely and coarsely punctured, with moderately long hair; clypeus emarginate, the border moderately reflexed. Thorax widest at middle, slightly narrowed at base, more at_ apex, the margin feebly crenate, ciliate ; basal margin channelled exter-— nally ; surface with coarse punctures moderately closely placed, with long — erect hairs. Elytral punctures much finer than those of the thorax, less impressed, denser, and somewhat rugulose; the hairs sparser and shorter than on the thorax; the discal cost not distinct, marked only by the — rows of longer hair. Pygidium of male sparsely and not deeply pune- tate, not hairy. Metasternum densely punctured, the hairs yellow, long, and dense. Claws arcuate; a strong acute median tooth. Length, .68 inch, 17". Havitat!Bouth Carolina (Morrison); Grand Ledge, Mich., May 24 — (Schwarz). + Matr.—Antennal club a little longer than the stem. Abdomen slightly flattened at middle, the penultimate segment at middle with a _ transverse, arcuate, rugulose elevation, behind which is a concavity. Last ventral flat. Inner spur of hind tibia fully as long and scarcely — stouter than the outer. FEMALE.—W anting. Three specimens of this form, which is perhaps confused with hirsuta (with which it agrees in group characters) in collections, are before me, all of them males. The South Carolina specimen is in the U.S. Na- tional Museum, the others are in Mr. Schwarz’s collection. I believe Mr. Ulke also has a specimen, the locality of which is different from — either. The species is readily known by the almost equally long spurs of the — hind tibia and by the distinct lines of hair. The thoracic margin is — also very plainly, if feebly, crenate. y The genitalia of the male only have been examined. The claspers — are dissimilar, and of quite a different form than in hirsuta, despite their — similarity in superficial habitus. 56. L. diffinis Blanch=comans Horn (Burm). This species is not in the Museum collection. Dr. Horn had it from Georgia, South Carolina, Florida. Among material determined by me, — for Mr. Dury, of Cincinnati, Ohio, was a single male specimen, from — which I made the drawings of genitalia. The correction of the synonymy — is by Dr. Horn, and is based upon studies made during the doctor’s | visit to Europe. Fora somewhat uncommon species four synonyms — are rather a disproportionate share. In the structure of the claspers of the male there is a very coll 7 —e 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 515 similarity to longispina, with yet sutticient differences to make the dis- tinction obvious. 57. L. implicita Horn. There are 2 4 and 2 ? in the collection given by Mr. Pergande, taken at St. Louis, Mo., in June. It appears a widely distributed species, and locally not uncommon. The genitalia of both sexes have been examined, and in the male the claspers are dissimilar, as usual. In the female there is a distinct resemblance in the one organ both to pubic process and superior plate, characteristic of infidelis and some others. All the specimens seen by me are remarkably constant in appearance. 58. L. innominata Smith. Oblong oval, convex, chestnut-brown, shining. Clypeus moderately deeply, acutely emarginate, the border moderately reflexed, surface closely rather coarsely punctate, front less densely and more coarsely punctate. Thorax, sides arcuate, narrowing rather regularly toward apex, the margin scarcely irregular, not crenate, with long cilix, the punctures small, sparse, and irregularly placed, no median line, a dis- tinct channel along the base externally. Punctures of elytra more coarse and dense than those of thorax, the costz evident but not prom- inent. Pygidium sparsely indistinctly punctate. Metasternum pune- tate, the hair ( 3 ) long and abundant, abdomen indistinctly punctate at the sides, the last two segments more coarsely punctate; claws arcuate, a long acute median tooth, smaller on anterior; last joint of maxillary palpus fusiform, not impressed. Length, 72 inch., 18™", Habitat.—Winona, Minn., U.S. National Museum, Ace. 21542. MALE.—Antennal club as long as the stem. Abdomen flattened and slightly concave at middle. Penultimate segment with a rather feeble semicircular depression, on each side of which is a short oblique tuber- osity ; last segment transversely concave, almost cupuliform.: Inner spur of hind tibia rather more than half the length of the outer, stout and straight. FEMALE.—Unknown. This species is known to me in a single male specimen only. It is intermediate in some respects between implicita and balia, yet abun- dantly distinct from either. The male characters are more like those of implicita, save that the last ventral segment is concave, but the very smooth sparsely punctured thorax is distinctive. The description is after Dr. Horn’s description of implicita, and the differences between the two are thus readily ascertainable. Itis a larger insect than either implicita or balia. In the structure of the male genitalia it is closely allied to implicita, differing in details, however, if not in type. It would be interesting to know the female, to see whether the resemblance to implicita is as dis- tinctly carried out in that sex. 516 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. 59. L. balia Say. ; The collection contains 4 6 and 10 ?. New Jersey, 1 3; Massachu: setts, 1 2 (coll. J. B. S.); New York, 1 2, May 22; northern Illinois 3 6 and 8 2 (coll. C. V. R. and Morrison). The males show little or no variation, and are smaller throughout than the females. The latter show on the penultimate ventral segmen a more or less evidently impressed line, shorter as it becomes more dis-_ tinct. cs Mr. Ulke has the species collected at Washington and also from Ten. nessee, thus extending the range of the species southward farther thai mentioned by Dr. Horn. Mr. Schwarz has it from Detroit, Mich., | July 1. ‘ Both sexes have been studied. The males, as usual, have the claspers _ dissimilar, and both of them with twisted processes. In the female the pubic process is slender and bifid at the tip. The superior plates are distinct without being large. 60. L. villifrons Lec. There are 4 4 and 62 in the collection, all from Illinois (coll. C. Vi R. and Morrison). There is no obvious eee except in size, and — this variation is not sexual. Mr. Schwarz has fhe species from Penn- | ington Gap, Va., July 3,and Mr. Ulke has taken it not rarely at the electric light in TWdshihietow It was not among the species captured — in the systematic collecting. The two species, balia and villifrons, are — not easily separated, and care is necessary not to confuse them. The- difference in shape noted by Dr. Horn I can not make out, and the other | differences require tact to discover. In the genitalia the difference is : marked in both sexes. The claspers of the male, while appendiculate, — are so in an entirely different manner. In the female the superior — plates are more fully developed, and the pubic process is short, broad, — gst ae Ap -e and stout. ‘ 61. L. limula Horn. 4 Not in the Museum collection. A widely distributed species west of Illinois. To the kindness of Dr. Horn I owe the opportunity of study- 4 ing the genitalia of both sexes. The structures of both sexes approach $ those of balia. In the male the claspers are both appendiculate, and — quite differently from any other species. In the female the superior 4 plates are well developed, comparing fairly in size with the inferior ; plates, and the pubic process is long, slender, and narrowly bifid at the tip. ‘ 62. L. nitida Lec. § Not in the Museum collection. According to Horn, from Georgia and — Pennsylvania. Only a female could be obtained for examination, and this resembles in structure villifrons quite closely. 63. L. hirticula Knoch. Numerous specimens of both sexes. Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, District of Columbia. North Carolina, oe Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. PLATE LVII. 50. L. scitula, ¢. 51. L. knochii, f and 9. SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 52. L. profunda, % and &. 62. L. nitida, 2. | 53. L. rugosa, vf and 2. 68. L. crenulata, ¢ and . (Explanation of plate on pages 524-"5.) ‘4 Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol. XI, 1888.—Smith. PLATE LVIII fox SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 54. L. hirsuta, S and Q. 63. L. hirticula, ¢ and @. 69. L. albina, Q. 60. L. villufrons, ¢ and &. 66. L. emula, 3. 70. L. vetula, ¢ and ?. 61. L. imula, 8 and &. 67. L. arcta, °. (Explanation of plate on pages 524-5.) eee 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 517 Illinois, Missouri, Nebraska, Minnesota. Dates on the Specimens range from April 10 (probably under stones) until the middle of July. The introduction will give the dates of the species at Washington. This insect, wherever it occurs, is almost or quite as abundant as fusca or its local representative. The species is remarkably constant in the character of the elytral vestiture, but remarkably variable in other respects. A series obtained from Illinois were so much larger and so much more coarsely sculptured, that I at once suspected a new form allied to rugosa; so stroug is this impression at first sight that a rubbed specimen would be unhesitatingly placed with rugosa. The ventral characters are, as usual, variable in the distinetness of the de- pression and ridge of the male. The majority agree well with Dr. Horn’s general expression, but quite a fair proportion have the transverse _Tidge strongly marked. In the female the feature pointed out in several other species exists, viz,a vague transverse line on the penultimate segment, gradually developing until there isa distinct ridge; always a short one, however. _ In the genital structure the relationship to the rugosa group is em- phasized in both sexes, though perhaps not more so than to ilicis. It would almost seem as if groups X and XI should exchange places. 64. L. delata Horn. Not in the Museum collection. But two males, from east Kentucky, _were known to Dr. Horn, and of these he allowed me to study one. On a considerably reduced seale the claspers of the male resemble those of ilicis. 65. L. ilicis Knoch. -_ Numerous specimens of both sexes. New York, New Jersey (coll. J. -B.8.); Pennsylvania, North Carolina (coll. Morrison) ; Georgia (coll. J. B.S); northern Mlinois, central Missouri (coll. C. V. R.); Kansas (coll. o. VY. B., J. B.S.); Lowa (coll. J. B.8.). Included in the above are the localities for ciliata Lec., which I can not believe distinct from ilicis. This species ranges to Kansas—much farther west than given by Dr. Horn, and one of these specimens puzzled me not a little before I would say it were either ilicis or ciliata. From Pennsylvania we have 3 6 and 12, apparently collected at the same time. Of these, 2 ¢ are good ilicis, while 1 3 and1 2 are perfect cili- ata. Of the specimens collected by myself in New York, all were taken near the entrance of Prospect Park, Brooklyn. Of these, some are de- cidedly pruinose, and with scarcely perceptible pubescence, while oth- ers are decidedly pubescent, with more or less upright hair intermixed, _ in some specimens forming the lines along the elytral cost, typical of ciliata. The characters of color and punctuation are all evanescent, and I can not find any evident difference in the crenation of the tho- racic margin. In the ventral characters of the male the differences are of extent rather than character, and not constant. The female ilicis ¢ By ws = 5 ae 518 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. is said to have the pygidium longer than wide. In our most typical specimen careful measurement shows that it is about one-fifth wider than long, and about the same as in ciliata. Finally the sexual stract- ures are identical throughout the entire series, and, as has been hinted, partake very decidedly of the rugosa type—the female with the devel- — oped pubic process, the males with very strongly dissimilar claspers. i 66. L. emula Horn. e Two male specimens from Florida, given by Mr. Schwarz, are in the i Museum collection. Mr. Schwarz collected the specimens at Haulover, — Fla., March 11-13, and states that they fly shortly before sunrise, in- — stead of at dusk and early evening, as do most of the other species. The impression on the last ventral segment of the male is very variably distinct, sometimes very deep, with a marked conic elevation each side, sometimes so faint and vague, that it is almost impossible to say whether the specimen is a male or a female. With this species begins again the series of forms in which the geni-— tal organs vary in the direction of simplicity. The claspers of the male are symmetrical, and are united in front. The female was studied, but — in some way the preparation was mislaid and no drawing made. My recollection is that it resembled rather closely the arcta type. 67. L. arcta Horn. Not in the Museum collection. The female only is known, and I owe to Dr. Horn an opportunity to study that sex. The superior plates are distinct, but are united medially, and form a pseudo pubic process well studded with short hair. os Se a ta et il i ee at Oy Nap sane ami dn a ne 68. L. crenulata Froehl. Numerous specimens, male and female, are in the collection. New York, New Jersey, 132, 62 (coll. J. B. S.); Texas (coll. C. V. R., JI.@ B.8.), 22,12; lowa (coll. C. V. R.), 14; central Missouri, May, 33; northern Illinois, 26; Alabama, May 10,3 2; Tennessee, 1 2 (all coll. C. V.R.). Mr. Ulke also has it from Florida, Nebraska, and Dakota. For — dates of captures in the District, see the introductory remarks. Mr. : Schwarz collected it in Kentucky April 10; in Michigan (Lake St. — Clair, Detroit, Port Huron) in June. These localities indicate a wider — distribution than that given by Dr. Horn, and it has probably as wide : a range as any of the species. I have collected the species myself on 4 blackberry early in the evening, taking them by the dozens. Curiously — enough, during the collecting at Washington not a single specimen was — seen on that plant, though I returned. again and again to the search. In the series before me the males average larger throughout than the females, though they are not so robust. As a rule, the females are- darker, nearly black in some cases; the hair is also longer and coarser — than the males, and the specimens thus show considerable variation. — In some forms the legs and ground color of elytra are black, and this- form looked distinct at first, but I could not discover any differences, oh 1883.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 519 ‘The sexual characters are still more simple than the preceding, strik- ingly resembling those of lanceolata in the male. The female has the superior plates united along the median line, and forms the usual sub- stitute for the pubic process. 69. L. albina Burm. Not in the Museum collection. From a borrowed specimen I studied the female, in which the superior plates are distinct and not united. 70. L. vetula Horn. We have one female specimen (coll. J. B. S.) from New Mexico. It is a striking species, quite unlike anything else in our fauna or that is known to me. I have been able to study the male in a lot of material obtained for determination. Dr. Horn says of the female: ‘ Claw, tooth long and median.” In the specimen before me the tooth is moderately long but decidedly intra-median, especially on the fore tarsi. The claspers of the male are here symmetrical and united in front. The fe- male has the superior plates well developed and unusually prominent. Mr. Ulke has the species from Arizona. 71. L. rubiginosa Lec. There are 17 6 and 2 2 in the Museum collection, all from Texas (coll. eV. ., Ji) Bi S.). The specimens show no variation, except in size. The series of longer hairs along the elytral cost in the female are very distinct and ree- ognizable, even in some of the males, though never so prominently. One specimen bears date April 20. The sexual characters of the male become still more simple, as a ref- erence to the figure (71) will show. In the female the superior plates are very short and united along the median line. 72. L. parvidens Lec. There are four males in the Museum collection: Florida (coll. J. B.8.), 16; Georgia (coll. C. V. R., J. B.8.),3¢. Mr. Ulke has it also from Virginia and the District of Columbia. Mr. Schwarz has it from Tampa, Fla., April 5-8. No variation appears in our specimens. The male characters differ very distinctly from the forms immediately preceding, the claspers being distinct, rather characteristic in form, and free in front. The female structures, on the other hand, are reduced to a minimum, only the in- ferior plates remaining distinct. 73. L. submucida Lec. There are 33 4 and 22 9 in the Museum collection, all from Texas (coll. ©. V. R., J. B.S.). Except a slight variation in size there is absolutely no variation. Dates are on two specimens—June 6 and June 10. The sexual characters are again more marked in this species. In the male the clasper, while symmetrical, is distinctive, and quite strongly modified. In the female both plates are very distinct and well charac- terized. There is no pubic process. 520 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA, 74. L. glabricula Lec. There are ten males in the Museum collection from Texas and Kansas (coll. C. V. R.). a The female of this species was unknown to Dr. Horn, and I have not found it in any collection examined by me. The claspers of the male ; genitalia are quite characteristic and strongly modified, yet symmetrical, 5 75. L. fucata Horn. f Not in the Museum collection. I owe the chance of studying the male — to Dr. Horn. The claspers of the male are symmetrical and quite dis- — tinetive. I have not been able to obtain the female. 76. L. exorata Horn. Not in the Museum collection. The specimens known are from Texas, — and species is probably local. To Dr. Horn I owe the chance of study- | ing the maie, which is quite characteristic in sexual structure. The — claspers are symmetrical, free in front, and with a distinctive process — anteriorily. 77. GL. ignava Horn. : There are 3 é and 12in the Museum collection, all from Texas (coll. Ces 2.) The specimens were collected by Belfrage, and the range of variation — in size is greater than that given by Dr. Horn. Our smallest male is — .56 inch, our only female .67 inch. Otlierwise the specimens agree per- fectly, and show no variation at all. The male only has been studied, for some reason which I do not now remember. The male organs are characteristic from the tendency, here first strongly marked, to the oblique lengthening of the apex. The claspers are symmetrical, little modified, and absolutely immobile. L. longicornis Blanch. t This must be dropped from our lists. Dr. Horn has seen the type, and says that it is not North American. 78. L. quercus Knoch. There are four males in the collection—North Carolina, Louisiana, Florida (coll. J. B. S.and Morrison). The range of the species is thus somewhat extended southward. The species is not at all a common one, and is not often found in mis- cellaneous collections. The male only has been studied. It has, like the other species with which it is allied, symmetrical claspers, not united anteriorly, and sufficiently modified to be distinctive. 79. L. inepta Horn. ; Two males from North Carolina (coll. J. B. S.) are in the collection. The locality is new, Dr. Horn’s specimens being from Ohio. One of our specimens has the ventral characters very strongly marked, and _ pre- cisely as described ; the other is so much weaker as to scarcely differ from a specimen of quercus, in which the depression is well marked. The shining surface is really all the difference I am able to make out PLATE LIX. ifs. a SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 82. L. boops, J and &. 65. L. ilicis, ¢ and 9. #3. L. submucida, ¢ and &. 71. L. rubiginosa, ¢ and 9. 74. L. glabricula, 3. Si. E. lenis, 3 - 72. L. parvidens, S and 2. v5. L. fucata, do. (Explanation of plate on pages 5245.) 13 = PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 521 ad between the few specimens of inepta and quercus. The female is as yet unknown. The genital structure of the male is very distinctive, and more nearly “allied to ignava than quercus. The claspers are immobile, slender and curved, not united in front. 80. Ly affabilis Horn. _ Wanting in the Museum collection; occurs in Kansas, whence Dr. Horn had two males. From one of these the drawings were made. The claspers are of a somewhat different type from those of the pre- vious species, while still symmetrical and free in front. It approaches nearer in type to glabricula. 81. L. clypeata Horn. Male and female from Mr. Schwarz. Enterprise, Fla., May 8-29. Both sexes of this have been examined. The claspers of the male have a considerable resemblance, seen from the front, to affabilis. They are, however, quite differently set on the telum, and present a very distinctive lateral view. The female is peculiar. The pubic proe- ess is stout, quite long, irregularly subulate and acutely notched at the tip. The superior plates are wanting. 82. L. boops Horn. | Male and female from Mr. Schwarz are in the collection. Crescent City and Indian River, Fla. The male organs have a strong resem- blance to those of inepta, yet differing decidedly in detail. The length of the claspers or their practical continuity with the telum are unique features. The female organs are equally peculiar, yet perhaps merely a development of the clypeata type. The form of the superior plates is entirely unique, as is also their relative situation to the pubic process. 83. L. ecostata Horn. Not in the Museum collection. I owe to Dr. Horn the privilege of examining the male. The genital structure is here again quite unique. The form of the claspers, and particularly their peculiar contiguity, are ‘distinctive. The female must be very interesting. It may be a still more exaggerated form of the type seen in boops. ; 84. L. crinita Burm. Seventeen males are in the collection, all from Texas (coll. C. V. R., a b.-8.). The species is very constant; little variation noted, except in size. The greatest factor as to variability is in the length of the antennal club of the male. Always very long, the tendency is to exaggeration, becoming sometimes fully three times as long as the funiculus. _ The genitalia of the male are figured, and, like all in the present group, the claspers are symmetrical and united in front. In all the species the structure is very similar, small matters of detail only em- phasizing the differences between them. The structures are sinc ull, and 522 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. rather imperfectly chitinized, yet not membranous. In the females-of all the species the corneous characters seem to have disappeared. | There is nothing visible. In the common tristis I have closely examined — many specimens, both fresh and dried, without finding any definite structures. All the species in this group are closely related, lenis be- ing perhaps most distinct, and they illustrate the extreme of simplicity — found in this genus, so far as sexual characters are concerned, illustrat-— ing also the extreme of development in antennal structure. 85. L. antennata Smith. : This species is intermediate between tristis and erinita, while evi- — dently distinct from both. It has the size, vestiture, aud general habi- — tus of tristis, but the smooth, shining surface of erinita. The antenne — have the elub distinctly longer than the stem, and much longer than in tristis, without attaining the abnormal development of crinita. The — female is recognizable by the shining surface, associated with the ves- — titure of tristis. Size of tristis. Habitat.—Texas, Belfrage. The Museum collection contains along series of males, and but a sin-— gle female. There is no variation whatever, except a very slight one in~ size. The sexual ventral characters are as in tristis. I have seen other specimens than these in the Museum collection, and all are from Texas. It is probably common. ’ The remarks under crinita will apply as well to this species, so far as the genitalia are concerned. . 86. L. tristis Fabe. . The Museum series contains 47 ¢, 54 9 (all from coll. C. V. R. and J. — B.8.). The localities are New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Dis- trict of Columbia, North Carolina, South Carolina, New Hampshire, — Kansas, Wisconsin, central Missouri, lowa, central Illinois, Texas. The ; dates on the specimens range from April 20 to June 25. The former from central Missouri, the latter from New Hampshire. For dates of — occurrence in the District of Columbia see introductory remarks. In this species there is little variation, except in size, and this ranges — from .35-.60 inch, the smallest specimens being from Kansas. The ven- — tral characters are not strongly marked, and the variations pointed out by Dr. Horn are distinctly seen in the series. The smoother, more shin- ing surface in southern and western species is conspicuous, as is also | the uniformly smaller size. In addition, the pubescence of elytra be- comes decidedly shorter and more sparse, and the club of antenna is somewhat longer. In neither direction, however, does the species in- terfere with antennata. Nothing more need be said about the genitalia. 87. L. lenis Horn. We have 3 ¢ from Arizona (coll. C. V. R.), all as nearly alike as pos- sible, Nothing need be said about the male genitalia, save that they PLATE LX. a6 SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF LACHNOSTERNA. 16. L. exorata, &. 80. L. affabilis, ¢. 8. L.antennata, &. vw. L. ignava, &. 81. L. clypeata, ¢ and &. 86. L. tristis, dv. 78. L. quercus, 3. 83. L. ecostata, 3. 88. L. heterodoxa, ¢ and Q- 19. L. inepta, &. 84 Ee crinita, co. 89. L. tusa, do. (Explanation of plate on pages 524-5.) 14 bg _1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 523 are of the same type as the rest of the group. The female, however has the genital plates distinct, somewhat resembling arcta. ; 88. L. heterodoxa Horn. Not in the Museum collection; it was collected in Arizona. Dr. Horn kindly gave me both sexes for study. The sexual structures here show a very decidedly greater development than in the tristis group, in both sexes. The claspers of the male are symmetrical, rather slender, and curved, barely united in front. In the female there is : peculiar development of the inferior plates, which is unique. There is no trace of superior plate or pubic process. 89. L. tusa Horn. Not in the Museum collection. Dr. Horn kindly allowed me to study a specimen from his collection. The genitalia of the male are very dis- tinctive and represent quite a peculiar type, much higher than the po- sition of the species in the series, or indeed its appearance, would in- dicate. The female has not been studied. 90. L. maculicollis Lec. Not in the Museum collection. The species is from lower California. No dissections were made of this species, as it looked too frail to risk the softening necessary, and material was scarce. 91. L. nitidula Lec. Not in the Museum collection. Also from lower California, and not studied for the same reason given for the preceding. As the result of the preceding studies the number of species is in- creased from 81 to 91. Two species of Dr. Horn’s list are dropped— ciliata, referred as a synonym of tlicis, and longicornis, which turns out not North American. Of by far the greatest number of species both sexes are figured—of nearly all one sex is represented. Altogether there are nearly 300 figures. The task has not been a light one nor has the work been hastily done. At present writing eleven months have elapsed since the first specimens were taken for the season of 1888, and much more than a year since I made the notes on the Museum col- lection which I have incorporated here. The paper was not begun nor intended as a contribution to systematic entomology. Dr. Horn’s ar- Tangement is unexceptionable, and the aim of his paper—the knowl- edge of the species—was fully accomplished. My own work tends rather to call attention to a set of structures that must eventually be studied more closely by the systematist. They render the identifica- tion of a species both certain and easy, and will often solve doubts as to specific identity or distinctness. The few species which I have de- scribed have not been sought to gratify a desire to describe, but simply to complete the work. Further collections in new localities will un- doubtedly increase the number of species, and of course also our knowl- edge of their habits. As it stands at present we do not know positively the larva of a single species of Lachnosterna. It ought not to be difficult 524 NOTES ON LACHNOSTERNA. to find those of the more common species. Nor do we know how lon they remain in the larva state—more than one year certainly, possibl three. Will not our coleopterological friends try and work out some of these problems? There are plenty of them. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVITI-LX. The figures are consecutively numbered, but not regularly arrange onthe plates. In each case the number of the figure corresponds to the - number of the species in the text, and each group of figures refers to the same species. The lettered figures throughout have the same meaning: a, claspers of male from front or above; b, right clasper; e¢, left clasper; d, female organs. These are always sub-lettered as fol- lows: 7, inferior plates; s, superior plates; p, pubic process. Other — special letterings are explained as they occur. Missing numbers repre- sent the numbers of species not studied. PLATE XLVIII. PUATE Li. 1. L. lanceolata, Say, g and 9. 27. L. inversa, Horn, fand 9. 2. L. cribrosa, Lec., g and Q. e. Ventral characters of 3. 4. L. farcta, Lec., ¢ and 9. 28. L. bipartita, Horn, gand9. 5. L. torta, Lec., g and 9. 29. L. micans, Knoch, gand@. 6. L. hamata, Horn, ¢. 30. L. definita, Smith, ¢. 7. L. latifrons, Lec., g and Q. 31, L. vehemens, Horn, gand@. 8. L. generosa, Horn, ¢. (5 species in 19 figures.) 9. L. pretermissa, Horn, ¢. 10. L. prununculina, Burm., ¢ and 9°. Age cee PLATE) GIL. (9 species in 22 figures.) Part Xie 32. L. arcuata, Smith, fand¢@. e. Ventral characters of 3. 11. L. glaberrima, Blanch., fand@. 34. L. dubia, Smith, fand 9. a, Claspers of males from above. e. Ventral characters of f. aa. Same from front. 35. L. fusca, Fréhl, fand 9. 12. L. ephilida, Say, Jand¢?. e. Ventral characters of 13. L. longitarsus, Say, ¢. (3 species in 15 figures.) 14. L. clemens, Horn, ¢. 15. L. dispar, Burm., 3. . 16. L. gracilis, Burm., Zand 9. Pegi ges 17. L. gibbosa, Burm., f and 9. 33. L. insperatus, Smith, and @. e. Ventral characters of g. 36. L. grandis, Smith, fandQ. _ oo ES - hirtiventris, Horn., 3. e. Ventral characters of ¢. eee in eee nEcs) 37. L. ulkei, Smith, Zand Q. e. Ventral characters of f. PLATE L. ; 38. L. quadrata, Smith, 9. 19. L. congrua, Lec., fand?. 39. L. politula, Horn, 9. 20. L. postrema, Horn., ¢. 55. L. longispina Smith, ¢. 21. L. affinis, Lec., fandQ. (6 species in 17 figures.) 22. L. prunina, Lec., gand@. 24. L. crassisima, Blanch., fand9. PLATE LIV. 25. L. subpruinosa, Casey, 2. 26. L. errans, Lec., ¢. 40. L. barda, Horn, g and9. (7 species in 20 figures.) 41. L. marginalis, Lee., ¢ and 9. i =" é bc. _ PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 525 ¥ . Pirate LIV—Continued. | Puatr LVIILI. p | 42. L. spreta, Horn, ¢. | 54. L. hirsuta, Knoch, ¢ and 9. 43. L. fraterna, Harr., f and 9. | 60. L. villifrons, Lee., ¢ and 9. ac. Claspers of ¢, closed. | 61. L. limula, Horn, ¢ and 9. e. Ventral characters of 3. | 63. L. hirticula, Knoch, g and 9. (4 species in 17 figures.) | 66. L. zmula, Horn, ¢. | 67. L. arcta, Horn, 9. ' PLaTE LY. | 69. L. albina, Burm., 9. 9 oe 70. L. vetula, Horn, ¢ and 9. 44. L. nova, Smith, 3 and 2. (8 species in 24 figures.) e. Ventral characters of ¢. 5 4G. L. hornii, Smith, ¢ and 9. PraTe LIX, e. Ventral character of ¢. | 65. L. ilicis, Knoch, ¢ and Q. 47. L. biimpressa, Smith, ¢. | e. Ventral characters of ¢. 56. L. diffinis, Blanch., ¢. 71. L. rubiginosa, Lec., g and 9. 57. L. implicita, Horn, ¢ and @. 72. L. parvidens, Lec., ¢ and ¢@. (5 species in 19 figures.) | 73. L. submucida, Lec., ¢ and Q. 74. L. glabricula, Lec., ¢. PLATE LVI. vo. L. fucata, Horn, f. - : 82. L. boops, Horn, fand?. 45. L. infidelis, Horn, ¢ and 9°. 87. L. lenis, Horn, 2. 48. L. luctuosa, Horn, ¢ and Q. (8 species in 23 figures.) 49, L. corrosa, Lec., b and 9°. Prarie 58. L. innominata, Smith, ¢. ne 59. L. balia,Say, ¢ and 9. 0: L. one Horn, 3. 64. L. delata, Horn, ¢. | 77. L. ignava, Horn, g. | aa 78. L. querecus, Knoch, ¢. (6 species in 22 figures.) 79. L. inepta, Horn, 2. PLATE LVII. 80. L. affabilis, Horn, ¢. 81. L. clypeata, Horn, fand@. 50. L. scitula, Horn, 3. 83. L. ecostata, Horn, g. 51. L. knochii, Gyll., ¢ and 9°. 84. L. crinita, Burm., g. 52. L. profunda, Blanch., ¢ and Q. 85. L. antennata, Smith, g. 53. L. rugosa, Mels., ¢ and @. | 86. L. tristis, Fabr. 3. 62. L. nitida, Lec., 2. a8. L. heterodoxa, Horn, fand?¢?. 68. L. crenulata, Fréhl. ¢ and 9. 89. L. tusa, Horn, g. (6 species in 19 figures. ) (12 species in 26 figures.) (In all, 87 species; in 260 figures. ) on bo So DESCRIPTION OF COREGONUS PUSILLUS. DESCRIPTION OF COREGONUS PUSILLUS, A NEW SPECIES OF WHITEFISH FROM ALASKA. BY TARLETON H. BEAN. Coregonus merki, var. BEAN. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. rv., 1881, p. 256; Cat. Fish. U.S. Nat. Mus. Fish 7 Exhib., London, 1883, p. 36; Trans. Fish Cult. Assoc., 1884, pp. 34, 39. Coregonus merki, Jor. & GILB. Syn. Fish N. A., 1883, p. 300. Not Coregonus merkii, GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 195. This small species occurs in northern Alaska from the Yukon River northward. The largest individual we have seen is 114 inches long and was collected in Putnam, or Kuwuk River, Alaska, by Mr. Charles H. — Townsend. This example is made the type of the species. I have long doubted the identity of this species with the merkii of Giinther and am now convinced that the two are distinct. The type of Coregonus pusillus has forty-nine long and slender gill- rakers; the eye is nearly one-fourth, maxilla three-tenths, and mandible three-sevenths length of head. The tongest dorsal ray is two-thirds length of head ; the head is one-fifth of the total to end of scales. The maxilla does not extend to below the middle of the eye, and the artie- ulation of the mandibleis not far behind a vertical through the middle of the eye. The interorbital space equals the length of the eye and is somewhat greater than the length of thesnout. The longest gill-raker is about two-thirds as long as the eye. The greatest height of the body slightly exceeds the length of the head; the least height of the tail is about two-fifths the length of the head. The adipose fin is moderately large, its length about equal to the — diameter of the eye. The origin of the dorsal is over the twenty-ninth — scale of the lateral line, and the ventral origin is under the thirtieth scale. The length of the pectoral equals the length of the head with- — out the snout; the length of the ventral is about two-thirds that of the head. The distance from the extended ventral to the vent equals the length of the ventral. The anal origin is under the sixty-second scale — of the lateral line; the length of the anal base equals two-thirds the length of the head and the longest anal ray is one-half as long as the — head. The length of the middle caudal rays, from the end of the scales, is one-third of the length of the head and about two-fifths the length — of the external rays. The dorsal has nine or ten divided rays; anal eleven or twelve divi- ded rays; ventral I, 11; pectoral I, 15; scales 10—91—9. 955 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 527 LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED BY DR. EDWARD PALMER IN LOWER ; CALIFORNIA IN 188g. BY DR. GEORGE VASEY AND JOSEPH N. ROSE, Dr. Edward Palmer was employe: by the Department of Agriculture to make botanical investigations and collections in California and ad- jacent parts. In January, 1889, he began his collections at San Quentin, in Lower California; next he proceeded to Lagoon Head; then to Cedros Island and San Benito Island, and lastly off the west coast to Guada- lupe Islands. The specimens were all carefully examined and determined, so far as possible, at the herbarium in the Agricultural Department, and finally corrected by a study of the types in the Gray herbarium. Dr. Sereno Watson very kindly and willingly looked over our specimens and gave very valuable suggestions as to where certain puzzling forms should go. 1. PLANTS COLLECTED AT SAN QUENTIN. During January and the first part of February last, Dr. Palmer was engaged in collecting in the region about San Geectn: Bay. Although some of our best collectors have visited this region, yet none probably have collected so largely and thoroughly. While a number of new species were found, the collection is also especially valuable in the number of old but rare species, and in extending the range southward of other more common ones. In this paper each species is preceded by the number under which it is to be distributed. Those numbers under 700 were collected in Jan- uary, while 700 to 740 were collected in February. 600. Platystemon Californicus Benth. 680. Meconopsis heterophylla Benth. 739. Eschscholtzia Californica Cham. 707. H. peninsularis Greene. 611. Draba cuneifolia, var. brevipes Watson. 734. Cheiranthus asper C. & 5S. 725. Sisymbrium canescens Nutt. 731. S. reflexum Nutt. 723. Tropidocarpum gracile Hook. Very rare and only two specimens collected. This extends its pub- lished range considerably southward. 671. Capsella divaricata Walp. 621, 675. Lepidium nitidum Nutt. 728. Frankenia Palmeri Watson. 732. Tissa macrotheca Britton. (Lepigonum macrothecum, FP. & M.) This extends the range of this species south of that given by Mr. Britton i in his recent paper on the genus. oh at ead 528 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. 733. Calandrinia caulescens H. Bb. K., var. Menziesii Gray. } Very common. 712. C. maritima Nutt. . Stems 2 to 10 inches high, erect and simple, rarely with spreading: branches at base; flowers in an umbei like cluster; pedicels 3 to 8 lines: long; petals 5, small, reddish; stamens 3 or 4; stigma capitate, barely” three-lobed. This is a very rare and. little-known species, only having; been previously collected by Nuttall, Thurber, and Parry. This yeari also by Lieutenant Pond. 709. Claytonia parviflora Doug]. Common. 616. Malvastrum Thurberi Gray. 681. M. exilis Gray. Leaves deeply cleft and more sharply toothed than the species. 693, 624. Sphzralcea ambigua Gray. Not before reported from Lower California, although Orcutt probably; got it from Japa. | 676. Erodium cicutarium L. Her. 618. E. moschatum L. Her. 715. H. Texanum Gray. 666a. Lupinus. Stems 5 to 10 inches high, branching at base, pubescence of long and| scant hairs; leaflets (3 to 6 lines long) oblanceolate, on long petioles ;: flowers scattered and small (3 to 4 lines long), violet with yellow keel;, pods one-half inch long, five to six seeded; seeds brownish, mottled with) black, only one line in diameter; bract deciduous. As we have the: genus represented in the National Herbarium our plant seems nearest’ to L. Arizonicus, Wat. Its small and scattered flowers also seem to) place it in this section. A comparison with the Cambridge specimens: indicated a close relationship with L. nanus. Orcutt and others have; distributed as L. micranthus, Dougl., a somewhat similar form. With: so many uncertain forms before us we leave this until a revision of the genus is made. 666. Lupinus micranthus Doug]. 716. L. affinis Agard. 697. Trifolium tridentatum Lindl. 613. T. gracilentum T. & G. 669a. Hosackia maritima Nutt. ? Form, growing with the next. 669. H. stigosa Nutt. The typical form; very common. 690°"H. (Syrmatium) Watsoni n. sp. Stems shrubby at base, 1 and 2 feet high, branches weak ascending, , growing parts silky, older parts puberulent; leaflets mostly three, 2 to) 4 lines long, obovate to oblanceolate, abruptly acute; umbels two to- many flowered, on peduncles 1 to 2 inches long (sometimes shorter), ~ 88.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 529 with an ovate bract; calyx 2 lines long with short and acute teeth - = ? flowers 4 to 5 lines ee dark purple in bud, becoming or: inge; pods 2 two or three seeded, slightly ineurved. This plant is nearest H. juncea, but differs in its long peduncled um- bels, acute calyx teeth, ete. We take pleasure in dedicating this new species to Dr. Sereno Watson. _ 637. H. Palmeri n. sp. Seemingly nearest H. prostrata, Nutt. Annual, 1 to 2 feet high, branching, pubescent when young, becoming nearly glabrous; leaflets, three to seven (mostly five), 4 to 6 lines long, on a somewhat winged rhachis, ovate to oblong, obtuse; the capitate umbels many-flowered (sometimes one or two), with ovate bract, on slender peduncles s(1 to 14 inches long); calyx pubescent even in fruit; teeth minute ; flowers, 2 to 3 lines long, “searlet;” style glabrous; pods two-seeded, much coiled. Differs from H. prostrata in its more erect habit, larger, less crowded leaflets, longer peduncles, and coiled pods, ete. 614. Astragalus didymocarpus H. & A. 646 and 700. A. Hornii Gray. 719. A. triflorus Gray. Also collected here by Orcutt in 1886. 619. Rosa minutiflora Engl. Has also recently been collected by Orcutt, Pringle, and Parry. 670. Lathyrus paluster L. 741. Ribes Palmeri n. sp. Stems several feet high, the younger parts with a close white pubes- cence, leaves 6 to 10 lines broad, oval, three to five lobed, lobes ere- nate; racemes, ten to fifteen (sometimes only two to five), flowered, in fruit becoming a compact spike on short, stunted branches; calyx tube short, 14 lines long, reflexed lobes almost as long; anthers sessile, petals minute, fruit red, 2 lines in diameter, ten-seeded. In fruit in F ebeaaee 2 Also collected by Orcutt in 1883 in Guadalupe Mountains, Lower Cali- fornia, in Herb. Gray. 738. Bulobus Californicus Nutt. San Quentin, February, 1889. Lagoon Head, November 10 (506). We find no specimens of this species from Lower Calilornia, either in the National or Gray Herbarium. 617. GSnothera micrantha Hornemann. Stems 1 to 20 inches high, erect or prostrate, the petals often redden- ing on drying, and having a black spot at base, as in M. bistorta. Later on, a peculiar form was collected, acaulescent or with short branches (with much the habit of Gi. breviflora); capsules many, crown- ing the slender tap-root, about 9 lines long, becoming reflexed. 663. Ginothera trichocalyx Nutt.? Aunual or biennial, acaulescent (sometimes caulescent) from a long slender root, leaves 2 to 8 inches long, lyrate-pinnatifid, or the lower roc. N. M. 88 ot “5 Bi : Soft- 20 (6 $q. 530 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. ones often entire, on long petioles; calyx tube, 14 inches long, slender petals obcordate, 9 lines long; capsules becoming reflexed in age an burying themselves in the sand; flowers rose-colored. The whole plan more or less purplish, much resembling G2. primiveris, but capsule and seeds very different. 668. Megarrhiza. Perhaps distinct but nearest M. Californica. Fruit globose, 2 inches in diameter, covered with weak, slender spines 8 to 10 lines long by 4 to 5 broad. The large root is used as a medicine. 643. Apiastrum angustifolium Nutt. 678. Galium aparine L., var. Vaillantii Koch. 635. Aplopappus fasciculatus n. sp. Belonging to the § Aplopappus proper. Herbaceous, a foot or two high, glabrous; leaves entire, linear-spatulate (1 to 14 lines long), acute, fascicled in the axils; heads five to ten, in cymose clusters, 3 to 6 lines high; bracts well inbricated in three or four series with indefinite green tips; rayless; akenes pubescent; style tips short, broadly ovate. 724. Pleuchea borealis Gray. 605. Styloclyne gnaphaloides Nutt. 699. Gnaphalium Sprengelii H. & A. But a single specimen collected. 674. G. microcephalum Nutt. Not common. 622. Franseria chenopodifolia Benth. This species, which for so long a time was unknown and variously re- ferred to F. deltoidea and F. eriocentra, seems to be rather widely dis-— tributed. Orcutt collected it at All Saints Bay, 1885, by means of which Dr. Gray re-established Bentham’s species; also collected by Hinds at Bay of Magdalena, E. L. Greene at Cedros Island, and now — by Dr. Palmer at San Quentin. 664. Viguiera laciniata Gray. 661, 662. Encelia Californica Nutt. 677. Leptosyne Douglassii D. C. Its most southern range. 602. Layia elegans T. & G. The rays are only yellow near the base, the remainder purple or white, three-quarters of an inch long, the hairs on the pappus sparse and hardly woolly, and about one-third their length. Stems mostly sim- ple; only the uppermost leaves entire. Orcutt has also collected a purple-flowered form at All Saints Bay (1885). 634. Baeria gracilis Gray, var. paleacea Gray. Plant much branched and spreading at base; heads 2 to 3 lines high; bracts six to eight, erect and close; rays small (1 to2 lines), barely exserted. Collected by Orcutt in 1884 and distributed as the var. tener- rima. This plant differs somewhat from the var. paleacea in most herbarium specimens, but Orcutt’s plant was referred here by Dr. Gray. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 531 736. Baeria uliginosa Gray. This plant differs somewhat from most of the forms of this species seen. Thereceptacle is obtusely conical and puberulent, the involucral bracts narrower and longer, and the stem 1 to 2 feet high. The leaves are mostly entire towards the base, with the apex cut into long linear lobes. Our plant most resembles 466 of Kellogg & Harford, which was distributed as B. Fremontii, but referred by Dr. Gray in his Herbarium to B. uliginosa, and yet from his notes he considered it a peculiar form. 665. Cheenactis lanosa D. C. Grows very plentifully about San Quentin, but not before reported so far south. 644. Senecio Lyoni Gray. Before only reported from San Clemente Island by Nevin & Lyon (1885). The present plant differs somewhat from the type. It is taller and more branching, the wool in the axils not quite so abundant, the pedicels longer (sometimes 2 inches), and somewhat spreading. 659. Senecio peninsularis 0. sp. Two feet high, much branched, glabrous ; leaves bipinnate, segments linear, and with a broad auriculate base ; the heads in a corymbose cyme; the longest pedicels 2 to 3 inches long; heads large (6 lines high), rays conspicuous and dark yellow; involucre somewhat open, with tapering black tips, hairy when young. Akenes with a short dense white pubescence. Closely related to S. Lyoni, but differs in the broad auriculate base of the leaves; no wool in the axils;,rays larger and darker colored. 606. Senecio sylvaticus L. 691. Trixis angustifolia D. C. The typical form is rarely collected so near the coast. 615, 625, 626. Microseris linearifolia Gray. This species is quite variable here, but the smaller forms are more common. 607. Sonchus tenerrimus L. Supposed to have been introduced from Southern Europe, but rarely met with, and only reported by Nuttall and by Oreutt in 1854. 639. Philibertia linearis Gray, var. heterophylla Gray. 650. Gilia (Siphonella) laxa n..sp. Annual, sweet-scented, 4 to 9 inches high, slender and weak, either simple or much branched ; leaves divided into three to five linear seg- ments (5 to 10 lines long), upper ones often alternate; calyx 2 lines long, cleft almost to the base; corolla lobes but 2 lines long; capsule 1 line long, four seeds in each cell. The characters of the section Siphonella must be somewhat enlarged to admit this species, as its rela- tionships are certainly here, notwithstanding these differences. It is nearest G. floribunda, but diiers in being an annual, in its weak and straggling habit, more simple inflorescence, and smaller flowers. 432 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. 648 and 649. Gilia dianthoides Endl. 638. Ellisia membrancea Lenth. 673. Bllisia chrysanthemifolia Benth. 701. Phacelia Parryi Torr. A very handsome and common plant. 692. Phacelia hirtuosa Gray. This was the last Phacelia described by Dr. Gray and has only been found once before: Orcutt, at San Telmo, Lower California, and now at San Quentin. 645. Phacelia tanacetifolia Benth. 660. Phacelia (Hutoca) Palmeri n. sp. Small, decumbent or ascending, annual, pubescent and somewhat hir- sute; leaves all radical, pinnate, the alternate ones tnree-lobed, the others entire, the segments small, obtuse. Flowering branches 2 to 8 inches long, flowers scattered (the earliest ones often form single pedun- cles); pedicel short (1 to 3 lines) at first spreading, in age brought close to the axis. Calyx in fruit 3 lines long; the sepals obovate, be- coming spatulate; corolla “bluish white,” scarcely longer than calyx, barely 2 lines high, 3 lines wide, stamens included, with appendages small; style cleft for two-thirdsits length. Capsule pointed, very hairy along the lines of dehiscence; seeds thirty, minute (one-fourth line in diameter), closely related to P. Douglasii, but differs in leaves, flower, style, seeds, ete. ° 627. Pectocarya linearis D. C. 628. P. penicillata D.C. 608. Krynitzkia intermedia Gray. 695. K. muricata Gray. . Very common. 631 and 695. K. Jonesii Gray. This species has been seldom collected before, but is quite common about San Quentin Bay. It seems quite distinet from the above species. 630 and 698. K. ramosissima Greene. Stems 3 to 7 inches high; leaves 3 to 12 lines long; nutlets often two, and one slightly larger (2 to 3 lines long); smooth and lucid; the other obtuse and slightly muriculate. This species seem to be too near KK. maritima. 612. Amsinkia intermedia F. & M. 607. A. spectabilis IF. & M. 704. Solanum Palmeri n. sp. Belonging in the section containing S. triquetum. Stems angled and pubescent with branching hairs, a foot or so high. Leaves 1 to 14 inches long, deeply three-lobed; the lateral ones small, ovate, the terminal one ovate to lanceolate; the umbel terminal two to six flowered ; corolla 3 to 4 lines wide, violet, greenish at base, five cleft, pubescent with- out; pedicels 6 to 10 lines long, fruit yellowish (?), 8 lines in diameter. San Quentin, February 1, 1889. 4 1888. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 533 | 647. Solanum nigrum L. Var. Leaves conspicuously angulate-dentate, corolla 6 lines wide, fila- ments hairy at base; style hairy the lower half. 682. Physalis crassifolia Benth. ? Apparently an annual, the corolla (10 lines broad) is larger and the sepals acute. This seems to be the same as the Physalis collected by Dr. Streets, at Cedros Island, in 1869. Perhaps new. 688. Nicotiana Clevelandi Gray. A rare species. The lower leaves sometimes a foot long, including the petiole. 658. Linaria Canadensis Dumont. 657. Antirrhinum Watsoni n. sp. Slender, erect, 1 to 14 feet high, often simple, almost glabrous; leaves 1 to 14 inches long, linear to narrowly lanceolate ; pedicels o to 12 lines long; calyx glabrous or sparsely pubescent; sepals (1 to 14 lines long) almost equal, all shorter than the capsule; corolla pubes- cent (3 to 4 lines long), ‘violet, white veined,” its tube longer than the sepals; the lips prominent; the palet covered with yellow hairs ; persistent style (1 to 14 lines long) glabrous, equaling the slightly oblique, globular capsule. Flowering February to March. Closely re- lated to A. Kingii, Watson, but of entirely different range, and flower- ing earlier; also in its long pedicels, equal sepals, larger flowers, ete. “ Northwestern Mountains,” Sonora (Pringle, March 26, 1884), Los An- geles Bay (Palmer, 1887), and now at San Quentin. Antirrhinum Kingit, var., Watson, Proc. Am. Acad., Vol. XXxtv, p. 66. 735. A. subsessile Gray. 720. Galvesia juncea Gray. This is Antirrhinum junceum in Syn. Flora. Good specimens were collected in flower and fruit in February. San Quentin. First collected on Cedros Island by Dr. Streets. 642. Castilleia affinis H.& A. Considerably out of its range. 620. Salvia Columbariz Renth. With small forms barely 2 inches high; the largest forms sometimes bearing 3 whorls of flowers. 610. Audibertia stachyoides Benth. The more glabrous form; stems slender, leaves oblanceolate, } to 14 inches long. Three to six very distant and small heads; the bracts and calyx not oval, pubescent, the latter with teeth almost equal; sta- mens barely exserted. 654. Plantago Patagonica L. Common. Collected at various places representing various forms. The var. nuda (653), 609 also, San Benito (910). 640. Mirabilis Californicus Gray. Stems glabrous below, viscid, pubescent, and even scabrous above; 534 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. ad leaves (1 inch long) triangular, cordate at base on petioles almost as long; ‘flowers light pink.” 721. Abronia maritima Nutt. 737. A. umbellata Lam. 689. Rumex hymenosepalus Torr. 655. Nemacaulis Nuttallii Benth. This species was found in great abundance. While some specimens agree with the published descriptions, yet others have stems perfectly green, taller (1 to 14 feet high), erect, and with leaves 4 inches long. Besides the collectors given in Bot. California it has been found by Pringle (1882) and Orcutt (1886), Parry, Cleveland, and J. C. Nevin (1882). 722. Chorizanthe Lastarrizea Parry. (Laslarriwa Chilensis Remy.) Very rare here, but common in southern California. Supposed by Dr. Watson to have been introduced from South America. (Rarely found in herbaria.) 657. C. Parryi Wats. 652. C. procumbens Nutt. 729. Eriogonum fasciculatum Benth.? A well-marked form, and perhaps distinct. Stems almost glabrous ; the leaves are glabrous above; peduncles very short or none; inflo- rescence more open. x 667. Pterostegia drymarioides F. & M. 696. Harfordia macroptera Greene & Parry. 705. Aphanisma blitoides Nutt. Said in Bot. California to have been sparingly collected at San Diego by Nuttall and Cleveland, but since obtained there bv most of our west- ern collectors. Very abundant about San Quentin. 717. Atriplex microcarpa Diet. 718. A. Californica Moq. 726. A. Julacea Watson. 632. Hesperocnide tenella Torr. 604. Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. 711. Juncus bufonius L. A simple form ; stems 6 to 15 lines high, mostly single-flowered. 623. Brodiza capitata Benth. 703. Polypodium Californicum Kaulf. 633. Gymnogramme triangularis Kaulf. 730. Pelleea andromedefolia Fee. 2.—PLANTS COLLECTED AT LAGOON HEAD. From March 6 to 15 Dr. Palmer was at Lagoon Head, the Cabo-Negro of the old Spanish charts, in latitude 28 degrees. This point is said to be the termination of vegetation on the Pacific coast before reaching the sand waste around Scammond’s Lagoon. Not only did he collect about the coast, but inland some 40 miles, finishing at Rosalia Bay. Here the vegetation is very peculiar, and said to be the point where te eae oe ee ee i ee 6+ p+ ee . 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 535 the rainy season of southern California and Mexico unite. Here he was very successful in collecting many rare and valuable specimens. These were collected under many difficulties and dried on ship-board. On his way to San Diego his precious cargo was almost lost in the ter- rible storm which visited the coast the last of April. Only a partial list is now given, the remainder to follow in another paper. 806. Eulobus Californicus Nutt. 816. Ginothera primiveris Gray. ; Leaves sometimes 7 inches long, petals 15 lines long, “ sulphur yel- low,” becoming purple in drying, closes by day. Sandy low places among hills 40 miles back from the sea. This extends the range of this species considerably ; it has only been reported from Utah, New Mexico, and western Texas. 807. Viguiera deltoidea Gray. The rediscovery of this species after a lapse of thirty years is of con- siderable interest. It was collected by L. J. Xantus in 1859, probably near Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, and described by Gray in Proce. Am. Acad., Vol. Vv, p. 161. Very poor specimens were coliected, and there has been ever since considerable uncertainty respecting its habit. It is a very common plant on hills 40 miles back from the ocean, 3 to 4 feet high, shrubby at base, large, showy, orange-colored flowers, and quite fragrant. It much resembles V. Parishii of more northern range, but the inflorescence is more crowded, the heads sessile or on short peduncles, while V. Parishii has its flowers mostly single on long peduncles, 270. Viguiera microphylla n. sp. Stems shrubby at base, about 2 feet high, covered with a white, close pubescence; leaves deltoid, entire, 3 to 9 lines long, on short petioles; heads two to four, on long, slender, naked peduncles; heads 4 to 6 lines; rays 3 lines long; akenes 2 lines long, covered with long silky hairs; pappus two, slender pale, with one to three intermediate palee, which are broad and laciniate. Should follow V. laciniata, Gray. ‘¢‘ Loose-growing plant with bright yellow flowers.” Forty miles back from the ocean. 804. Encelia laciniata n. sp. Two to 3 feet high, woody at base, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrous; leaves 2 inches long, ovate, with a slender, cuneate base, laciniately serrate; peduncles 2 to 3 inches long. Heads 9 lines broad, nodding after anthesis; the involucral bracts lanceolate, somewhat tomentose; rays yellow, disk reddish; akenes 24 lines long, obovate, ‘no pappus, margins long, densely villose. Grows on sand plains and hills above the bay. 805. Encelia Palmeri n. sp. _ Stems compact, 3 feet high, with a short white tomentum, becoming green and scabrous above; leaves whitish-hirsute, becoming green and A s q 536 PLANTS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. glaprous, broadly ovate, cordate at base, entire or slightly serrate, 1 t 14 inches long, on short, naked petioles, upper ones reduced to smal bracts, heads on long peduncles, 6 to 12 lines broad; rays yellow twenty, 3 to 4 lines long; disk brownish. The involucral bracts lan ceolate, greenish above, below covered with long, white, villose pubes- cence. Akenes 2 lines long, no pappus, the margins long-villose, the sides glabrous. Common about the Bay Lagoon Head, Lower Cali- fornia, March 7 to 15, 1889. 803. Gilia Palmeri Watson. This is the second station for this recently (1889) described species, First collected at Los Angeles Bay, by Dr. Edward Palmer, in 1887, and now on the other side of the peninsula, but 40 miles back from the coast. The specimens of this year make necessary a few changes in the original description. The stem is biennial, very woody at base, somewhat taller, peduncles often 2 inches long. ‘ Gravelly hills, grows scatteringly, bloom pink color.” March 6 to 15. Lagoon Head. £08. Nama demissum Gray. The range of this plant is only given as far south as the southwestern borders of California in Syn. Flora. And so far as herbarium specimens go, none have been seen from Lower California. It was collected 40 miles back from the ocean in the sandy valleys. Dr. Palmer speaks of it as ‘a showy plant; grows quite thick, forming large patches; bloom violet.” 801. Krynitzkia Grayi n. sp. Small annual, 1 to 3 inches high, hispid; leaves filiform, a half-inch long; spikes bractless, simple or in pairs, closely flowered ; calyx barely. a line long, open in fruit; nutlets one-third of a line long, ovate, trigo nous, grayish, muriculate-roughened; ventral groove broad, triangular at base, closed above; the style twice as long as the nutlets. Abun- dant in low places between hills. Growing with K. maritima. It comes between A. ambigua and K. micromeres ; the calyx is more like A. am- bigua, while the fruit resembles more closely KE. micromeres, but totally different from either. tn wo 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ~l “¢ NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ® NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES AND ONE NEW GENUS. BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. With their accustomed liberality, the authorities of the National Museum of Costa Rica have sent me for examination a large collection of birds from that country, and given permission to describe any that were new to science. The collection, while consisting chiefly of species that are already known, includes several that are new, one of them being aremarkable new genus of uncertain affinities, besides others which are worthy of mention on account of their rarity. For the privilege of describing these interesting novelties my thanks are specially due to Senor Anastasio Alfaro, the accomplished director of the Costa Rica National Museum, and to Senor José C. Zeledon, already well known for his active work in developing the ornithology of that interesting portion of Central America. -Zeledonia, genus noyum. CHAR.—Somewhat like Catharus, but wing still more rounded (pri- maries very little longer than secondaries), first quill about four-fifths as long as second, tail very short (much shorter than tarsus and middle toe together), rictal bristles very weak, and loral feathers well developed and closely appressed. Coloration (of type): Dark olive-green above, deep slate-gray beneath, the crown brownish orange, with a black stripe along each side. _ This remarkable new genus is so peculiar in its characters that I am in much doubt as to which family it belongs. The very short rounded wing -with long first primary, full and closely appressed loral feathers, and soft texture of the plumage in general strongly suggest the genus Scy- talopus, and I was at first inclined to refer it to the Pteroptochide, to which Scytalopus belongs; the coloration of the head strongly suggests that of Basileuterus coronatus, and the loose-webbed rectrices with finely acursinate points, as well as the loosely-webbed remiges, slender ‘Dill, and long-booted tarsi with sharp posterior edge remind one of Catha- rus gracilirostris, to which genus Mr. Alfaro, the collector, had referred the bird. There are apparently only 10 rectrices, and I am able to count only 18 remiges, the latter being the number possessed by the above- mentioned Catharus,* which, however, has 12 rectrices. The general resemblance to the genus NXenicus, of New Zealand, is very remarkable, X. longipes being of nearly the same size and proportions, as the follow- ing will show: * C. melpomene, C. frantzii, C. dryas, C. occidentalis, and related species possess 19 remiges. 538 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS. | C- A 4a) ~ ee | Saas hiss z oi > | e2| ao Covering of tarsi. eee 218 | 4 | 28 |e [ sepecie|\ ce DaM| re B a ro 8 a+ A = 3 = S = 5 5 c- | | S xo oO H et A _ oa Foo | me Zeledonia coronata .....--- 4,35 | 2.40] 155| .57 | 1.02 60 | 18? | 10?) Faintly scutellate in — } front with sharp pos- terior edge. Xenicus longipes..-..------ | 4,25 2,20 10. 15") 1.1620) 202), G55) Sagas a0 Do. The difference in coloration is not great, both being plain olive or olive-green above and plain grayish beneath; but while Zeledonia has a large brownish-orange crown-patch, bordered laterally by a black stripe, Yenicus has a brown pileum, bordered laterally with black, and — a broad white superciliary stripe. Xenicus is now referred to the Clamatores; but whether Zeledonia is — a related form belonging to the same suborder or an aberrant oscinine type, can not, probably, be determined without examination of its anat-_ omy.* I have named this genus in honor of Senor Don José C. Zeledon, of San José, Costa Rica, to whom chiefly we are indebted for our knowledge of the richly diversified ornithology of that interesting country. & Zeledonia coronata, sp. noy. Sp. CHAR.—Adult female (type, No. 116591, U. S. Nat. Mus., Laguna del Volean de Poéas, Costa Rica, Nov. 23, 1888; A. Alfaro).—Pileum orange-ochraceous, bordered laterally by a rather broad stripe of black; rest of head (including superciliary region), together with under parts, ex- cept sides, flanks, and under tail-coverts, plain slate color or slate-gray 5 hind neck and other upper parts plain dark greenish olive, tinged with brown in certain lights; sides and flanks similar, but paler; under tail- coverts olive-grayish. Bill and feet black; iris black.t Length (skin), 4.35; wing, 2.40; tail, 1.55; culmen, .57; tarsus, 1.02; middle toe, .60. Campylorhynchus capistratus (LEss.). A pair of adults belonging to the Costa Rica National Museum agree with other Costa Rican specimens, as well as those from Nicaragua, in the Smithsonian collection, in the characters already pointed out by me (these Proceedings, Vol. x, p. 507) as distinguishing C. capistratus from C. castaneus Ripew., of Honduras and Guatemala, except that the back is more deeply and uniformly chestnut. Still the lower back is distinetly spotted with blackish and pale rusty, which is not the case * Since the above was written I have received from Mr. Zeledon skeletons of Zele- donia and Catharus gracilirostris, and they are now in the hands of Mr. Frederic A. Lucas, who will prepare a paper giving the results of his comparisons. Mr. Lucas informs me that so far as his investigations have gone they show that Zeledonia is not related to Catharus, but he is not yet prepared to give any further opinion as to its relationships. t Fide MS. on label. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 539 : | dex. Collection ay Res lWine.| Tail Cul- (ey Tar- | ; age. (eens S$) 7 2l- | men.| eul- | sus. | | | men. | | os teas | = a 6.90 | 3.15 | 2.85 | 1.02 | .85 | 1.00 | Trojas, February, 1886 j 3.15 8 . 02 oo : jas, February, 1886. 6. 40 | .95 | 2.50 | 1.08) .90 | .95 San Mateo, January, 1886. | | ; | Costa Rica Na‘. Mus--} ad- Bte= >= - Mueeee os = === Qad. oO b -Miicrocerculus orpheus, sp. nov. | Sp. CoAR.—Somewhat like M. philomela (SALY.), but larger, with ‘much longer bill, grayer under parts, and chiefly unbarred upper surface. | Adult (type, No. 115037, U.S. Nat. Mus., Pacuare, Costa Rica, 1876; Juan Cooper).—Above plain burnt-umber brown, duller anteriorly, darker on rump and upper tail-coverts, some of the more posterior secapulars showing very indistinct dusky terminal bars, and upper tail- coverts very indistinctly barred with dusky; wings dusky blackish, the soverts and tertials broadly bordered with umber brown; tail dusky black. Sides of head light grayish brown, fading into dull brownish white on chin and throat. Chest dull brownish gray, many of the feathers with a darker central spot; breast and middle line of belly with these central dark spots considerably larger and darker, triangu- lar or sagittate in form, the broad terminal margins of the feathers paler brownish gray than the general color, producing a decidedly varied effect; sides, flanks, and under tail-coverts uniform deep van- dyke brown. Bill black, the basal half of gonys and lower half of mandibular rani whitish; legs and feet brownish black. Length (skin), 4,30; wing, 2.30; tail, .99; exposed culmen, .70; gonys, 48; tarsus, .98; middle toe, .65. _ This bird is clearly distinct from both M. philomela (SALV.) and M, luscinia SALY., with both of which I have carefully compared it, and it is still less like M. daulias, recently described by me in these Pro- | ceedings, Vol. X, p. 508, also from Costa Rica, but inhabiting the oppo- site side (Atlantic coast). No other species of the genus, apparently, are ‘Sufficiently related to require comparison. _Geothlypis caninucha icterotis, subsp. nov. 4 Sugsp. CHAR.—Similar to true G. caninucha, but auriculars olive- yellow or yellowish olive, instead of dull gray. - Has.—Costa Rica. Adult male (No. 94415, Costa Rica ; Dr. Van Patten).—Forehead (for bout .12 of an inch above exposed base of culmen), lores, and orbits, eep black, this ending very abruptly beneath posterior portion of eyes, Messrs. Salvin and Godman maintain that this ae “a -* Inthe Ibis for April, 1889 (p. 235), aracter is inconstant. 540 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS. about .50 posterior to nostril or frontal apex; crown ana oeciput ash gray, the feathers with distinet dusky shaft-streaks, this dull gra color changing gradually into brownish olive-green on back and ot upper parts, brightest on lesser wing-coverts, upper tail-coverts, and ta auriculars olive-yellow. Chin, throat, and chest, pure rich gambog yellow, becoming paler on other under parts, the sides brownish bu and anal region pale buffy yellow. Upper mandible dusky brown, pa on edge; lower mandible whitish, brownish at tip; legs and feet pa brownish. Length (skin), 4.90; wing, 2.30; tail (much worn at tif 4.60; exposed culmen, .43; tarsus, 90; middle toe, .57. | Young male (No. 2028, coll. Costa Rica National Museum, San Jos Costa Rica, August 15, 1887; A. Alfaro).—Entire pileum and hind nee together with back, scapulars, ramp, and upper tail-coverts, dull, rath) light brownish olive, the back strongly washed with brown; lesser win, coverts, remiges, and reetrices yellowish olive-green; middle and grea coverts tipped with light yellowish olive. Sides of head nearly lik pileum, the lores a little more dusky; chin, throat, and abdomen, pa’ gamboge or primrose yellow (new feathers on throat brighter yellow, chest pale yellowish olive, deepening into a brownish tint on sides an flanks. An adult male in the collection of the Costa Rica National Museur (No. 2027, Los Anonas, August 15, 188 i, A. Alfaro) is essentially lik that described above, though in more worn plumage. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). An adult female from San José (No. 23 14, coll. Costa Rica Nationa’ Museum, September 3, 1885; A. Alfaro) is distinetly this species, as i also the only other example of the genus that I have seen from th country, also an adult female (No. 68179, U. S. Nat. Mus., date and pre cise locality unknown).* On the other hand, all but one of the Nationa Museum specimens from Mexico (seven in number) are P. melanogaste! SWAINS. (=P. swainsoni SCL.), which is distinguished chiefly by thi very different color of the forehead, which is of the same rich chesthu as the chin and sides of the head.t i Buarremon crassirostris Cass. A fine adult of this rare species in the collection of the Costa Rica National Museum (No. 1169, Rio Sucio, 1881; J. Cooper), closely resem: bles the type, but has the sides of the head rather blacker. It meas: ures as follows: Length (skin), 6.35; wing, 3.15; tail, 2.70; exposed cul: men, .0d; tarsus, 1.15; middle toe,.75. Upper mandible black, the edge “It belongs to the collection of the Gabb Talamanca Expedition, the collectors number being 218. + An adult male from Mirador in the National Museum collection (No. 33572, August, 1863, Dr. C. Sartorius) is exactly intermediate between the two, and is probably a hybrid. The forehead is of a very peculiar light brown hue, corresponding almost exactly with the “fawn color” of my *‘ Nomenclature of Colors.” PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 541 yanocorax argentigula Lawrk. Young male (No. 1268, Costa Rica National Museum, slopes of Irazii, i osta Rica, June 24, 1887; José C. Zeledon).—Similar to the adult, birt ght bluish mark across Pererion part of crown barely indicated; the ost of the crown, occiput, hind neck, and back dull blue, prianiest on op of head; wings and tail rather deep blue, and cree parts duller nd less Septal blue; whitish throat-mark as in adult, but lacking he delicate purplish tinge. Young female (No. 116580, U.S. Nat. Mus., same locality, date, and ollector). —Similar to the young male, but no trace of the ities mark cross anterior part of crown, the entire pileum, except frontlet and asal bristles, being uniform dull blue. Four adults, from the slopes of the Volcan de Irazti, present the fol- owing slight variations: Compared with the type they all have the throat-patch decidedly aler, its color being silvery white, with a very faint purplish tinge, in- a of light silvery gray, with a very strong tinge of purplish blue. hhe mark on top of the head is likewise much paler, the transverse an- erior portion being silvery white (faintly tinged with purplish blue in Wo specimens), the longitudinal supra- auricular portion pale purplish jlue. In the type, this .-shaped mark is throughout of pale campan- ila- blue tint, but appreciably paler on the broader anterior portion than ‘oward the extremities of the lateral arms. The blue of the remiges 2 nd rectrices is also of an appreciably greener or less purplish cast than a the type. It is possible that these differences may be to a degree owing to dif- event ages of the featbers, the plumage of the type being apparently fresher than that of the other specimens. _ The five adults measure as follows: Wing. | Tail. | Culinen. | Bes Tarsus. Bee . 67943 | U.S. atonal Museum ....-. Qtad 4,75 | 5.20 | 1.15 Go|) nobiles MMOGs |p 2522-09). .-------------------- ad. 4.60 | 5.00 eS . 62 1.28 .B Yo. 1265 Gosia Rica ational Museum.) 9 ad. 4.70 | 5.30 16 .65 1.30 one Peei2o2 | s.--- GOmeeeeet pes e asset < se alee 4.90 | 5.40 1.15 .70 Tigo° |) sae ‘a TOGO! [2-2 (ht): See eeeeouoeee JS Bas 4.50 | 4.70 1.18 65 1 Sree ees | Xiphocolaptes emigrans costaricensis, subsp. nov. _ Supsp. CHAR.—Similar to XY. emigrans ScL., from Guatemala, but buffy streaks on breast broader and size somewhat greater. e Type, No. 115041, U. S. Nat. Mus., Naranjo, Cartago, Costa Rica, August, 1886; José C. Zeledon. ' This bird is described in detail on a subsequent page of these Pro- & € edings. 542 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS } Picolaptes gracilis, sp. Sp. CHAR.—Nearest P. lacrymiger Br. in coloration of the unaer p but upper surface somewhat as in P. Jaleinellus (LicH?.), and bill mu smaller than in either. | Adult female (type, No. 115039, U.S. Nat. Mus., Monte Redondo, Cog Rica, July 25, 1887; A. Alfaro)—Pileum, hind neck, back, scapulary and wing-coverts light sepia-brown or bistre, but this broken, excey on lower back, scapulars, and wing-coverts, with broad guttate mesiz streaks of pale buff, bordered with blackish, the latter almost forming fl ground-color on top of the head. Tertials, greater part of seconda ‘je and primaries (except basally, where more olivaceous), rump, | tail-coverts, and tail plain chestnut or hazel, the terminal portion ¢ inner webs of primaries dusky. Sides of head and neck pale buffy streaked with brownish black or dusky brown; chin plain pale buffy throat similar, but feathers narrowly bordered with dusky, producing , Squamate appearance. Ground color of other under parts hair-brown. but this relieved by broad mesial streaks of pale buff, each margine laterally by a narrower but very distinct blackish streak; these mar ings, especially the blackish streaks, becoming nearly obsolete on belly, flanks, and under tail-coverts. Bill blackish, with basal half of ‘od mandible whitish; legs and feet dusky; “iris black.” Length (skin) 7.10; wing, 3.55; tail, 3.60; the lateral feathers 1.05 shorter; eX Poser culmen, .81; tarsus, .85. f The only Central American species at all closely related to the presen one is P. compressus Cab., which comes rather close in the coloration 0 the upper parts, which, however, are decidedly more rufescent; but thi Jower parts are very decidedly different, the lighter markings being it P. gracilis much paler (buffy whitish instead of deep buff), and the blackish streaks much broader; besides, P. compressus has the bil much ionger, and light brown instead of mainly blackish. i 4 4 Sclerurus canigularis, sp. nov Sp. CHAR.—Similar to 8. albogularis SWAINS., but much darker, t throat ash-gray (whitish on chin), the back, ete., deep vandyke. brow: | and lower parts dark slaty tinged with brown. Type, No. 115038, U. 8. Nat. Mus., male adult, Turrialba, Costa Ri August, 1886; J.J.Cooper. (Described in detail on a subsequent pa of these Proceedings.) Lophornis adorabilis Sav. a A very perfect adult male, obtained by Mr. José C. Zeledon at Ss u José, October 7, 1886 (No. 1690, Nat. Mus. Costa Rica). “Bill corallin tip black.” Chetura brunneitorques Larr. An adult male in the collection of the National Museum, Costa Rie (No. 1609, San José, May 10, 1885, J. C. Zeledon), is brighter color b88.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED-STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 543 han the one from the same country in the Smithsonian collection (No. 5056, San José, August 30, 1883, J.C. Z.), the dusky of the lower parts yeing blacker and more uniform, the rufous-chestnut collar more contin- ious in front and richer in color, and the fore part of the head blacker. uength, skin, 4.60; wing, 5.20; tail, 2. X%icumnus flavotinctus sp. nov. Sp. CHAR.—Similar to P. olivaceus LAFR., from Colombia, but brighter plivaceous above, lower parts more yellowish, with chest deeper olivace- pus, and streaks of sides, etc., broader and less distinct; male with crown decked with dull light orange, instead of deep orpiment-orange, the spots much smaller and covering a more restricted area; female with white specks on hinder crown and occiput much smaller as well as sparser. | Has.—Costa Rica (Pacific side) to Panama. | Adult male (type, No. 116593, Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, September 6, 1886; a ©. Zeledon).—Pileum dull black, the middle of the crown flecked ith light dull orange, and occiput minutely dotted with white; hind neck, upper back, anterior scapulars, and wing-coverts plain dull olive, assing into brighter olive on lower back, posterior scapulars, rump, and ledges of middle and greater wing-coverts, the upper tail-coverts light buffy olivaceous; alula, primary-coverts, and remiges dull blackish dusky, the secondaries broadly margined with bright yellowish olive, ‘and primaries narrowly edged with dull olive; tail dull black, the middle pair of rectrices with inner web chiefly dull light buffy and two outer pairs broadly tipped with the same, the outer web with an indistinct terminal spot of dusky, and a pale yellowish margin toouter web. Lores ‘and malar region dull whitish, the latter tinged with pale olive and ‘squamated with dusky; auriculars plain olive-brownish; chin and throat : pale olivaceous (paler anteriorly), passing into plain rather deep olivace- ous, on chest and upper part of breast; rest of under parts pale olive- yellow, rather broadly but not sharply striped with a dull olivaceous. Bill blackish, feet dusky (olivaceous or grayish in life?). Length (skin), | 3.80; wing, 2.20; tail, 1.15; culmen, 49; tarsus, .50. | Adult female (No. 116594, same locality, ete.).—Similar to the male, but without orange markings on the crown, white specks on occiput sparser and very minute, and the general coloration paler and duller, especially ‘the lower parts. Length (skin), 3.30; wing, 2.10; tail, 2.25; culmen, 50; tarsus, .52. Although this bird may prove to be merely a geographical race of the Colombian P. olivaceus LAFR., a male from Panama (No. 53959, J. ~Mcleannan) is decidedly referable to it, having the same dull light orange flecks on the crown and deep olivaceous coloration strongly washed with yellowish on the under parts of Costa Rican specimens, as contrasted with the deep orange-red crown-markings and dull oliva- _ceous coloration, without distinct yellow tinge beneath, of the Bogota bird, of which there are four adult males now before me. It should be i remarked, however, that this Panama specimen, compared with the te , he 544 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS, single male from Costa Rica, has the dull yellowish orange flecks o the crown larger, and the stripes on the sides, ete., narrower and mor distinct, thus showing a departure toward the characters of the Colom-. bian form and suggesting possible inosculation of the two types. , '. Myiopsitta lineola (Cass.). - An adult male from Naranjo de Cartago (No. 1819, coll. National) Museum of Costa Rica, August, 1886, J. Cooper), agrees closely with) specimens from Southern Mexico.* _Minus gilvus, VIEILL. An adult from Costa Rica (E Zarcero, alt. 7,000 ft., March 1, 1887; ; José C. Zeledon), in the collection of the Costa Rica National Museum; (No. 893), exactly resembles in coloration an adult male from Bogota, (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 32691), its measurements being as follows: Length} (skin), 9.70; soe 4.70; tail (feathers worn at tips), 4.90; exposed cul) men, .80; tarsus, 1.35; anadate toe, .95. + Carpodectes nitidus SaLy. Immature male (No. een coll. National Museum of Costa Rica, , Pacuare, Costa Rica, 1876; Carlos Cervantes).—Similar to the aduit male, but terminal cleat a more, of five outer primaries and greater. portion of the others, slate-dusky ; three or four innermost secondaries also marked medially with the same color, which prevails on the iast, or terminal half; primary coverts and Aes also mottled with dusky. Length (aicin); $.50; wing, 5.50; tail, 2.90; exposed culmen, .7 (23 tar- sus, .95. - Dendrornis punctigula, sp. nov. . Sp. CHAR.—NSimilar in general coloration to D. triangularis (LAFR.), but throat spotted instead of squamated, and rump chestnut instead of olive, as in D. erythropygia; differing from the latter in much more olivaceous coloration, narrow streaks instead of ovate spots on back, longer bill, and other characters. HAB. ae Rica and Veragua. Adult male (type, No. 115040, Naranjo, Costa Rica, Aug., 1866; J. J. Cooper).—Pileum deep olive, most of the feathers vith Foe narrow and indistinct shaft-streaks of buff; hind-neck, back, and scapulars, brown- ish olive (approaching raw hee r), the back with mostly narrow and concealed streaks of pale buff; lesser and middle wing-coverts similar to the scapulars, but prowners greater coverts light olive or hair-- brown; secondaries, and about the basal half of inner webs of primaries * A South Ameri ican form— Myiopsitta lineola tigrina (Souanch)—is readily distin- guishable by the following characteristics: Myiopsitta tigrina Souanck, Rey. et Mag. de Zool., 1556, 144 (Venezuela). Similar to M. lineola (Cass.), ‘pat rather larger, sabe and darker in color, with black markings on wings, rump, upper tail- Gane , and tail much hese: (Cf. these Proceedings, Vol. 1x, p. 94.) cub PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 545 xcept outermost), dull hazel or tawny-chestnut; terminal portion of ner webs of primaries (whole inner we? of outer quill), abruptly dusky; inner webs of secondaries (except tertials) shaded terminally, next to ‘shaft, with dusky; outer webs of primaries light raw-umber brown, ‘secondaries edged with the same. Lower back, rump, and upper tail- ‘coverts tawny-chestnut; tail clear chestnut, shafts of middle feathers dusky. Chin and throat pale yellowish buff, the latter marked with small diamond-shaped spots of olive, these growing gradually larger ‘and more fan shaped posteriorly; rest of lower parts light greenish olive marked with narrow guttate spots of pale buff, which become nar- ‘row streaks laterally, almost disappearing on sides and flanks; under wing-coverts ochraceous, faintly and sparsely speckled with olive. Up- per mandible blackish, with whitish tomium; lower mandible entirely brownish white; feet olive dusky.* Length (skin), 8.50; wing, 4.70; tail, 4.15; culmen, 1.32; tarsus, .90; middle toe, .75. Adult female (No. 51253, Tucurrique, March 30, 186%; J.C. Zeledon).— Not obviously different from the male in coloration, though the upper mandible is brownish for the terminal half. Length (skin), 9.10; wing, 4.15; tail, 3.75; culmen, 1.30; tarsus, .90; middle toe, .70. A series of 9 specimens from Costa Rica and 1 from Veragua, com- _ pared with exactly the same number of D. erythropygia SCL., from Mex- ico (1), Guatemala (7), Panama* (1), and Rio Truando, Colombia (1), agree constantly in the characters above pointed out, and likewise , from three examples of D. triangularis from Bogota (2) and Guayaquil (1). The Veragua specimen is like those from Costa Rica, except that it has the whole forehead decidedly russet (the streaks pale tawny), pro- bably only an accidental or individual character. +-Dendrocolaptes puncticollis ScL. & SALv. A specimen in the Lafresnaye collection (No. 2214) in the Boston So- ciety, labeled “ Dendrocolaptes albicollis VIBILL., y’g, Bahia,” is much like D. puncticollis, Scu., but is evidently distinet from that species. It certainly is not D. picumnus. (Licut.), D. validus (Tscu.), D. certhia _ (Bonp.), nor D. sancti-thome (LAFR.), with all of which it has been com- _ pared; vor does it agree with the characters ascribed to D. radiolatus Sou. & SALV., D. intermedius BERL. (also from Bahia), D. plagosus SAL. _ & Gono., D. pallescens PELZ., D. undulatus (CAB.), nor D. concolor PELZ., descriptions of which have been carefully consulted. Compared with an example of what seems to be D. puncticollis from Costa Rica (No. 42158, 6, Navarro, Feb., 1866; J. Cooper), it is found to differ so much as to forbid its reference to that species, though it is ¥ “ij - : , ny - *An adult male in the collection of the Costa Rica National Museum (No. 2333, San Carlos, December 20, 1888, A. Alfaro) has the Spanish equivalent of the following inscribed on the label: Iris, dusky ; feet, blue; upper mandible, black ; lower, white. *Iam unable to find the slightest difference between this Panama example and some skins from Guatemala and Mexico, r x L 26,1884 Proce. N. M. 88——35 Soft 20 (884 546 NOTES ON COSTA RICAN BIRDS. more like that species than any other. I have consequently no resoure but to describe and name it as a new species, as follows: Dendrocolaptes variegatus, sp. nov. SP. CHAR.—Similar to D. puncticollis Scx., but much larger, and lowe parts much more broadly barred with dusky ; length (mounted speci- men), 11.00; wing, 5.80; tail, 5.25; culmen, 1.70.* From D. validus (Tscu.), 1t differs in being larger, bars on under parts; much broader, throat much more distinetly spotted with brown, and iu | other characters. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, June 29, 1889. pe a aM x. = : SS * Corresponding measurements of the specimen of D. puncticollis, above referred to are, 9.20 (skin with neck much contracted) 5.00, 9.10, and 1,50, respectively. . ! Japan Wren. 1835.—Treglodytes fumigatus TEMMINCK, Man. d’Orn., 7 & : if 7 e In the text (p. 276) the quot posed for that on p. 974, On the plate the names are given correctly. f conditions under which these birds are found in the Japanese Archipelago and the plasticity of the birds which constitute this genus. But while Japan proper is only inhabited by one form of Wren, I am Kurile Islands, series convinces ast as valid as T. relationship to the common Euro- size and is sufficiently indicated SUBGENUS ANORTHURA RENNIE. + (245) Troglodytes fumigatus TEMM. Misosazai. 2 ed., 1, p. 161.—SWINHOK, Ibis, 1874, p. 152.—Id.. ibid., 1875, p. 143.—BLa- Trans. As. Soc. Jap., VIII, 1880, 79, p. 37.—BLAKISTON, P. Z. S., 1870, p. 602.—Id., xistT, and PRYER, Ibis, 1878, p. 238.—Iid., p. 223.—Iid., ibid., x, 1882, p. 160.—SEEBOoUM, Ibis, 15 Chrysanth., Feb., 1853, p. —,—Id., Amend. List B. Jap., p. 56 (1884).— Jouy, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vi, 1883, p. 287.—STEJNEGER, Zeitschr. Ges. Orn., 1, 1884, p. 13.—Id., Orn. Expl. Kamtsch., p. 293 (1885).—DyBOWSKI and TACZANOWSKI, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, Extr., p. 10.—Anorthura fumigata SHARPE, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., VI, p- 276, pl. xvi, fig. 1" (1881).— Ripeway, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., VI, 1883, p. 370. ation of the figure is erroncous, having been trans- 548 REVIEW OF JAPANESE BIRDS. é 1847.—Troglodytes vulgaris TemM. and SCHLEG., Fauna Japon., Aves, p. 69 (n i'LEM.).—BLAKISTON, Ibis, 1862, p. 320. 1855.— Troglodytes fucatus Breun, Naumannia, 1855, p. 285. ‘ 1683.—Troglodytes parvulus var. Junigatus SeeBoum, Brit. B. Eggs, 1, p. 506.—Id., Ibis, 1484, p. 41. 3 1884.— Troglodytes parvulus SEEBOUM, Ibis, 1884, p. 40 (nee Kocn). Measurements. | | | a | 8. | a | 8 3 Museum Week IN Sex and! Tocalit Dat 3 oA oa AN Collector and No. |P>°* * ocality. ate, SO lepes Nbc coy ag | and No. age. | 5 ti | = 2s 5 ss clalk | & | ae | Flalga |a/s | eee eaesatth Henson, 165 .....] ¢ ad. Hakodate, Yezo....| Nov. 7, 1884 | 52 | 85} 11 18 17.55 U.S. Nat.: 96256 | Blak., 1107. ...... Orewa: | 24s. 0) eee ee eee Feb. —— | 52 | 384 | 12 18 17.53 91363 SOUY MOTs ocean te ¢ ad.| Tate Yama, Hondo.| Noy. 17, 1882 | 50 | 37 | 11 18 17 91364 | Jouy, 828 ....... Gad: |E edo. to es eon Dec. 2,1882 | 51 | 35 | 11 17 17.55 LAPT iC Kon eCE Denne canal lweery ll Geary ge Pen «byte 2 Dec. 4, 1882 | 49 | 36 | 11 18 17 88640 | Jouy, 571....... o ad.| Fuji, Hondo....._. July 20, 1882 | 49 | 33 | 41 18.5 | 17 91365 | Jouy, 834........ 2 ad.| Tate Yama, Hondo-| Dee. 4, 1882 | 45 | 32 | 10.5 | 15.5 | 16 91367 | Jouy, 839....._. 2 ad>| Sos 5 ea ae ees 4, 1882 | 47/32/10 |16 | 77 109350 | Namiye ..... .---|9(?)ad.| Iwashiro, Hondo ..| Jan. 4.1886 | 51 | 34/1 11.5 | 18° |) Se 96257 | Pryer, Bl. 2196.._| 2? ad. Tokio, Hondo...... | Mar., 1877 | 46 | 33 | 10.5 |......].....5 DIOS! 1s FAB e es 2 Ae ? ad.| Yokohama, Hondo |..2...--...... ed etre ean fa a 96258 | Ringer, Bl. 2817 ? ad.| Nagasaki, Kiusiu..|.:............ 50 | 35 | 12 Dion pli 114730 | Ringer, 32720222 & ad.| Aso Yama, Kiusiu.) Jan. J, 1887 | 46 | 32 | 11 1 |e Christiania | Petersen, 130....| ? ad.| Kiusiu 34 | 11 18 a Dorss Petersen, 132... Bad Feed O meee eee 32 | 11 LT eae a + (2453) Troglodytes fumigatus kurilensis, subsp. nov. Kuril Wren. 1882.—Troglodytes ?, BLAKISTON and Prysr, Trans. As. Soc. Jap., x, 1882, p. j 160.—BLakisTon, Amend. List B. Jap., p. 56 (1884), DIAGN.—Similar to Troglodytes fumigatus, but somewhat larger, bill — and feet being particularly large. DIMENSIONS (of type).— Wing, 55™™; tail-feathers, 37"; exposed culmen, 14"; tarsus, 19.5"™; middle toe, with claw, 19™™, HABirat.—Shiashkotan, Kuril Islands. TyPE.—uU. S. Nat. Mus. No. 96259, H. J. Snow, coll., July, 1881. It has been suspected that this bird might turn out to be the same as my T. pallescens from the Commander Islands, but a direct comparison shows that they have nothing in common except the size. My remarks in Orn. Expl. Kamtsch., p. 293, in regard to 7, Jumigatus apply equally well to T, kurilensis, as far as coloration is concerned, The last-men- tioned two forms agree in color, 7. kurilensis being perhaps a trifle paler on the middle of the fore neck. Shiashkotan is one of the northern islands of the Kuril chain, its . position being 48° 50/ N, lat., 154° 5/ RB, long. It consists of two vol- canic peaks about 3,000 feet high, and hot sulphur springs are said to occur. The habitat of this form is therefore not unlike that of Z. borealis in Iceland. [2 OF FISHES COLLECTED AT GREEN TURTLE CAY, IN THE BAHAMAS, BY CHARLES L. EDWARDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES. aL BY DAVID STARR JORDAN AND CHARLES HARVEY BOLLMAN. S In the summer of 1888 a small collection of fishes was made at Green ‘Turtle Cay, one of the Bahama Islands, by Mr. Charles Linc yn Edwards, a worker in the Johns Hopkins biological laboratory. ® In the present paper we have given a hist of these species with de- scriptions of the three which appear to be new to science. The types of the new species are in the U.S. National Museum, the others in the museum of the University of Indiana. 1. Echidna catenata (Bloch). 2. Gymnothorax moringa (Cuvier). Stilbiscus, gen. nov. (Congride). iz Diagnosis—Approaching Neoconger Girard, from which it ean be sep- arated by the following characters: Dorsal and anal fins beginning + more than a head’s length behind vent and only developed for a dis- — tance about equal to length of head, when they almost disappear to re- . appear near end of tail. Tail twice as short as body; teeth uniserial. —- Type.—Stilbiscus edwardsi Jordan & Bollman. ‘ Description.—Body very elongate, slender, terete ; » about twice in rest of body ; — conical; eye small, placed just anterior - margin opposite posterior nostril ; lower rial, canine-like, some of the anterior enlarged ; of mouth; anterior nostril near tip of snout, with a short tube; pos- terior larger near front of eye, and without a tube. Gill-openings small, slightly oblique, not much broader than front of pectoral. Dorsal and anal fins beginning behind vent at a distance equal to head and length of pectoral; developed for about a head’s length, then almost disap- _ pearing to re-appear about a half head’s length from the end of tail. Pectorals developed, their length slightly longer than snout. tail contained lateral line present; head long, pointed, to angle of mouth, its upper jaw projecting ; teeth unise- tongue adnate to floor 3. Stilbiscus edwardsi, sp. nov. Description.—Head 74 in trun somewhat greater than distance between gill-openings ; _ 14 in interorbital space. Cleft of mouth reaching to posterior ma eye; upper jaw 5 in head, lower 43. Height of gill-opening 14 in snout. Dorsal and anal beginning 17 length of head behind vent, their devel- oped part about equal to length of head and pectoral developed part at end of tail contained 13 times in head. Pectorals 6 in head. Upper half of head and body above lateral line brown; 1 head, its length eye 14 in snout, rgin of k, 44 in tail; snout 7 it lower parts of a bright 550 FISHES FROM THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. . metallic bluish-silver color. Dorsal and anal fins pale, the latter with a dusky stripe on each side of its base; pectorals dusky ; caudal black. This species is named for Mr. Charles L. Edwards, its discoverer. A — single specimen was obtained. 2 4. Harengula sardina (Pocy). . Harengula clupeola (Cuy. & Val.). . Tylosurus notatus Poey. . Mugil curema (Cuv. & Val... On oa . Atherina stipes Miiller & Troschel. A few specimens. The general coloration is somewhat darker than in specimens from Key West. 9. Sphyreena picuda Bloch & Schneider. 10. Echeneis naucrates Linneus. One specimen almost ten inches long. D. XX, 30; A. 31. 11. Caranx bartholomei Cuv. & Val. 12. Caranx crinitus Mitchill. 13. Holocentrus ascensionis (Osbeck). 14. Holocentrus coruscus Poey. Holocentrum coruscum Poey, Memorias, J1, 159, 1860 (Cuba). Head 24 (34); depth 2% (34). D. XI, 14; A.1V,9. Scales 3-42-8. Body shaped as in H. suborbitalis, a Pacific coast species, to which it is nearly related. Eye very large, 24 in head. Snout very short, 2 in eye. Mouth small, maxillary reaching past anterior margin of pupil, 5 in head. Width of interorbital space not as long as maxillary, 34 in head. Bones of top of head marked as in suborbitalis, except that a few of the upper occipital ridges are serrated. Spines on preopercle, opercle, interopercle, preorbital and suborbital as in the Western spe- cies; spines on subopercle a few more; scales on body as in ascensionis or suborbitalis ; nuchal scale as large as in the latter; five rows of scales on cheek, none on opercle. Spinous dorsal moderately high; first spine 3 in head; third spine longest, 24 in head. Soft dorsal higher than spines; not faleate, as in ascensionis ; longest ray 12 in head. Third anal spine longest, almost 2in head; longest ray 14 in head, not faleate. Pectorals 12 in head. Ventrals 14; its outer rays not produced, about two-fifths diameter of eye from vent. Upper caudal lobe apparently not much produced, 12 in head. Color in spirits.—Pale silvery, edges of scales showing bright blue steel reflections; a reddish shade above lateral line. Bands of dots following rows of scales, those below lateral line widest and most dif- fused. No markings on head with the exception of dots. Spinous dorsal dusky ; a large black spot between first and third spine; mem- brane between bands of posterior spines with dusky spots; a row of whitish angular spots on the anterior part of membrane between each two spines, those between the third and sixth spines longest, the two 1888. ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9551 anterior well developed below the large black spot. Other fins pale ; ; ee = : ‘upper angle of pectoral with a group of dots. The above description was taken from a young specimen two inches long. 15. Mycteroperca venenosa guttata ( Linneeus). 16. Lutjanus jocti (Bloch & Schneider). 17. Lutjanus griseus (Linnieus). 18. Lutjanus apoda (Walbaum). 19. Heemulon sciurus (Shaw). 20. Heemulon parra (Desmarest). 21. Heemulon rimator Jordan & Swain. 22. Calamus bajonado (Bloch & Schneider). 23. Platyglossus bivittatus (Bloch). 24. Gerres harengulus (Goode & Bean). 25. Gerres lefroyi (Goode). 26. Sparisoma niphobles sp. nov. Diagnosis.— Allied to S. radians, lachrymale, hoplomystax, ete., but not agreeing with the descriptions of any of the species of this type. Description.—Head, 32 (4); depth, 35 (4;). D.1X,10; A.11. Seales, 924-6. Length of type, 54inches. Body oblong; jaws pale. A small canine directed downwards on each side in front of upper jaw above cutting edge and close to the median suture; another single stout - eanine directed outwards and backwards on each side of upper Jaw in front of angle of mouth; upper lips covering most of upper jaw. Hye moderate, 44 in head; snout obtuse, 24 in head; cheeks with one row of five large scales. Tubes of lateral line each with three to five branches, usually three; four scales on median line before dorsal. Caudal tran- cate, the outer rays not produced, 12 in head. Color in spirits—Brownish olive, the color so mottled and speckled with whitish as almost to hide the ground color. Head much speckled with bluish and black; dark spots smallest and most defined on top of head; brownish regions most prominent around eyes and lower part of oy = aes cheeks. Chin crossed by a silvery band, behind which is a brownish band, and then a row of six silvery spots, of which the lowermost are largest; an ill-defined whitish band from lower margin of eye across opercle connecting with one above base of pectorals. Scales on body marked like those on nead ; black spots more prominent above lateral line, the white below pectorals; above five bluish-white stripes follow- ing rows of scales, the one above lateral line most prominent, the one under lateral line not distinct. Between the band above lateral line and the one above base of pectorals are five slightly oblique dusky blotches, of which the third (from the head) is least distinct; the last four extend on dorsal fin. Region around caudal fin brownish, the spots less distinct; a small black humeral spot; two scales in front of dorsal dark. Axil rather dark; dorsal with four distinct darker mot- 5 52 FISHES FROM THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. tled areas, the first between fifth and seventh spines, the second be- tween last spine and third anal ray, the third at base of fifth and sixth rays, and the last on eighth and ninth rays. Upper part of soft dorsal with 2-3 rows of brownish spots. Caudal brownish, with four: or five narrow, wavy, white vertical bars, of which the last two are most prominent. Anal with three darker areas, its markings similar} to those on dorsal. Pectorals yellowish, spotted at base and near tips; of rays. Ventrals faintly brownish and indistinetly spotted with white. One specimen obtained. | 27. Pomacentrus leucostictus (Miiller & Troschel). Young specimens have all the region below in line drawn from snout | to black spot on soft dorsal light yellowish-brown. In the adult this ; region is dark brown, like the rest of the body. 28. Cheztodon striatus (Linneus. ) The scales are more oblique in this Species than would be inferred from the language used in Eigenman & Horning’s key to the species of Chetodon. 29. Acanthurus cceruleus (Bloch). 30. Acanthurus tractus Poey. 31. Acanthurus hepatus (Linneeus). 32. Gobius soporator Cuv. & Val. 33. Gobiesox heres sp. nov. Diagnosis.—Related to Gobiesox punctulatus (Poey), but the body not banded. Description—Head 22 (34); depth 6 (73) D.9, A. 6. Length 24 inches. Body rather slender. Head low and broad, greatest breadth not quite equal to length; its anterior margin not so broadly rounded as in G. virga- tulus. Eyes very small, 12 in interorbital space, 5in head. Interorbital bone appearing convex, least width 33 in head and about equal to length of snout. Cleft of mouth extending to beyond middle of eye; lower jaw included. Teeth uniserial; those of upper jaw all canines, the first three on each side small, but becoming larger outwards, next three or four much larger, rest smaller than those in front; anterior teeth of lower jaw entire incisors, which have on each side about six large grad- uated canines and behind these a few smaller ones; teeth of lower | jaw slightly oblique. Distance from front of dorsal to root of caudal about 2% in body (34 in total). Pectorals moderate, 2 in head; ven- tral disk 14 in head. Color.—Olivaceous, without any distinct bands; the occipital region and the caudal peduncle darker ; body irregularly mottled with groups of darker spots; nape, preopercle, cheeks, and snout with numerous dark points; indistinet dark lines radiating from eye. Lips dark. Fins dusky; dorsal and anal with the first two rays black; a pale spot near base of caudal; axil of pectoral dusky. A single specimen taken. S OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 553 phrys lunatus (Linnieus). hirus inscriptus (Gosse). : Chironectes tigris Poey, Memorias, I, 217, tab. 17, fig. 2, 1860. Antennarius tigris Poey, Synopsis, 405, 1868. the collection is a specimen about four inches long, which agrees ectly with Poey’s figure of A. tigris. g Balistes vetula Linneus. Orbidus testudineus (Linnzeus.) One specimen 74 inches long, ground-color very light; spots on sides ot larger than those on back, which are smaller than pupil of eye. INDIANA UNIVERSITY, June 28, 1889. 554 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BATHYMASTER. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BATHYMASTER (B. Jordani FROM PUGET’S SOUND AND ALASKA. BY CHARLES H. GILBERT. Bathymaster jordani sp. nov. 26641, 27268, 52404. Bathymaster signatus Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1881, pp. 9, 52; Synopsis Fish. N. A. 623. Not of Cope. On making a recomparison of the specimens of Bathymaster in the | U. 8. National Museum I have ascertained that those from Puget’s Sound, together with a single specimen from Fort Wrangel, Alaska, belong to a species very distinct from the common DB. signatus a north- ern Alaska. It may be thus characterized : . Body more elongate, depth 63 in length (54 in signatus); mouth smaller, maxillary reaching vertical from middle of eye, 24 in head (24— in signatus); cheeks and upper anterior part of opercles, closely invested with fine scales (in signatus, head entirely naked); lateral line running on a series of enlarged scales, the exposed surfaces of which are fully three times that of other scales of body (scales of lateral line not con- spicuously enlarged in signatus); scales a,pearing much smaller, about nine in a series upwards and backwards from middle of lateral line to base of dorsal. Fins higher in the male, the longest dorsal ray two- thirds length of head; the membranes from last dorsal and anal rays reach to or almost to base of caudal (the caudal peduncle more largely free in signatus). Colors brilliant (see Synopsis, p. 623); in signatus, color an almost uniform warm brown, the fins somewhat mottled with yellowish. In both species of Bathymaster I find the anterior dorsal rays all articulated; in signatus all but the first two or three are distinctly branched, in jordant the anterior half or two-thirds of the fin consists of simple rays, the posterior ones only being evidently branched. WASHINGTON, D. C., August 27, 1889. rt -_ yt — on PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. | IOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES OBTAINED IN THE GILA RIVER, AT FORT THOMAS, ARIZONA, BY LIEUT. W. L. CARPEN- TER, U.S. ARMY. BY PHILIP H. KIRSCH. The following is alist of the fishes collected by Lieut. W. L. Car- yenter, U. S. Army, at Fort Thomas, on the Gila River, Arizona Ter- itory, and sent by him to the museum of the University of Indiana, June 4, 1857. Lieutenant Carpenter has sent with them a number of notes on the jabits and local names of the fishes. It is his opinion that there are put these seven species found in the Gila River, at Fort Thomas, and that several of the species described from that stream are not really distinct. He states further, that Gila emorit and Ptychochilus lucius present varying characteristics with different stages of growth. These may have been taken for many species. 1. Catostomus latipinnis Baird & Girard. One specimen, 19 inches long. This specimen agrees with the de- scription of Jordan & Gilbert in the Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, except in having a longer preorbital bone, this being more than twice as long as deep. The dorsal is not deeply incised, its height not equal to length of head. 2. Catostomus gila Kirsch, sp. nov. Three specimens, 12 to 14 inches long. This species is closely allied to GC. ardens Jordan & Gilbert, but differs from it in having the body more compressed, the antedorsal region much less elevated, and not so full, the caudal peduncle shorter and more compressed, and the least ‘depth in length 13. The dorsal is shorter and higher, its longest ray ‘nearly twice the length of last, and longer than the base of fin, the free margin incised, the ventrals being longer and more pointed. Head ‘gubconic, preorbital broad, twice as long as wide; snout 24 in head ; eye small, 64 in head, 35 in snout, and 3 in interorbital space; lips rather large, the upper with about 4 rows of papillz, the lower divided by a narrow fissure, to near its base, into two fleshy lobes, each with about 6 rows of papillie, the lobes about length of eye. Dorsal short and high, its 4th ray midway between tip of snout and base of caudal fin on lateral line, the last ray little more than half the length of first; base of fin 14 in longest ray and 14 in head. Anal short and high reaching to base of caudal fin, its base 2 in that of dorsal, its longest ray (3d) slightly longer than that of dorsal. Caudal large, ex- _ panded, forked about 4 of its median rays, width at origin 14 in base of e dorsal; lower lobe the longer, its longest ray about equal that of dorsal. ee LE . ee 556 FISHES FROM THE GILA RIVER, ARIZONA. Ventrals small, anterior insertion opposite middle of dorsal, their longes ray (3d) but slightly shorter than that of dorsal. Pectorals narrow bu long, reaching to front of pubic bones, their longest ray (4th) longe than that of dorsal and equal to that of ventral. Seales large, longe than deep, smaller anteriorly and crowded, largest on peduncle of tail and smallest on breast. Color (alcoholic): above, and sides to axils of pectorals, dark brown the seales being dark at base and covered with dark punctulations: below yellow; the fin membranes dark. Lateral line abruptly decurveé, near its origin, then running on median line of body to caudal fin: Head 43 in body; depth 44; D.11 to 12; A. 7; scales 11—58 to G0—10, One of the typical examples has been sent to the U. S. National Museum. 3. Catostomus insignis Baird & Girard. One specimen, 124 inches long. Seales on sides of moderate size, larger anteriorly than posteriorly, but so covered that the contrary, seems to be true; the anterior scales are of a circular outline, the poste- rior nearly twice as long as deep. Those on the back very large, those on the belly very small, only about half as large as the former. 4. Catostomus Clarki Baird & Girard. One specimen, 12 inches long. The scales on back not quite so large: as those of C. insignis, but otherwise similar in size and arrangement to those of that species, Scales on lateral line 68. 5S. Xyrauchen* cypho (Lockington).—Buffalo Fish. This species, Catostomus cypho Lockington, seems to be the type of a. distinct genus, Yyrauchen Higenmanun & Kirsch, gen. noy. The genus Xyrauchen agrees with the genus Catostomus, except in having behind the occiput a very large sharp-edged hump formed by the singularly developed anterior interneurals. The anterior portion of the hump is supported by a large interneural formed by a thick central pillar with anterior and posterior wings, the former coming to a point on the medial projecting plate of the supra- occipital, forming a large opening beneath it; the latter Wing is some- what smaller and articulates with the second interneural. The upper margin of the first interneural is highest at the point of the central pil- lar, from which it slopes anteriorly and posteriorly. “The base of the central pillar is expanded transversely, giving a double articulating surface on its under side” (Lockington). The next interneural is a thin, flat, sub-rectangular plate; the third is an irregular flat plate about half as large as the second, while the next three are small flat plates above and bent forward. The interneurals of the dorsal fin with a central ray and an anterior and posterior expansion, which does not, however, extend to their lower SS EE ESO * Eupic, razor; abyfv, nape. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 557 PY ends. The one supporting the first two rays is formed by two inter- neural bones united by a thin bony plate, which forms no expansion in front of the first and but a narrow one behind the second. Upon the st vertebra is a broad, irregular surface for the reception of the first terneural bone. ‘The transverse processes of the first vertebra are broadly expanded inferiorly, and their lower edges united by a sature fo a pair of large bony plates of complex form, connecting the air- bladder with the back of the skull.” (Lockington.) From the anterior margin of each neurapophysis of the next eight or nine vertebriv, and resting upoa the zygopophysis of the preceding vertebra, spring pro- cesses which are directed upward and forward; these in the first three vertebrae form arches surmounted by spines which are about half as ong as the interneural spine. These processes diminish in size on each successive vertebra. . _ The following is a description of the species. Body stout, elongated, compressed posteriorly, anterior outline in a slightly convex line from ip of snout to occiput, where commences a prominent hump, which Teaches its greatest height at a distance from the occiput about equal to the length of the snout, and thence descends in a straight line. Ven- tral outline from mouth to anal fin almost straight. Head small, elon- gate, conical, top of head 24 times in distance (in a straight line) from tip of snout to front of dorsal; snout 24 in head; eye small, 3 in snout, 74 in head; width of preorbital 3 in its length; mouth rather wide, inferior; upper lip with two rows of papillx, lower lip rather small, in two distinct fleshy ovoid lobes, with about eight rows of low, flat- topped papille; width of opercle about 35 in head; distance from pos- terior margin of eye to posterior margin of opercle equals distance from center of eye to tip of snout; posterior margins of opercle and sub- opercle form a continuous, bold, convex curve. — Dorsal low and long, its margin incised, thir. ray midway between tip of snout and base of caudal fin on lateral line, its base 14 in length of head, second ray longest, which is 14 in its base and twice length of last ray. Ventrals falcate, anterior insertion opposite middle of dorsal, reaching to within 4 of their length of the vent; their longest ray (3d) about 2 in head, and twice length of last. Anal short and reaching to rudimentary rays of caudal, its longest ray contained 1 in head. Can- dal broad and strong, forked about 4 its length; caudal peduncle stout, compressed, widening considerably toward the caudal base, least depth 24 inits length, measured on lateral line; longest ray about 1; in head ; rudimentary rays weli developed. Pectorals lanceolate, placed low, reaching to near front of pubic bones, their longest ray equal to that of dorsal. Seales cyeloid, variable in size, longer than high, scarcely im- bricated. Largest scales of body upon the peduncle of the tail, being almost twice as long as high. Ridge of dorsal hump without scales. Lateral line decurved near its origin, then ranning on the median line of the body to the caudal fin. ae 558 FISHES FROM THE GILA RIVER, ARIZONA. i | ‘Color (December) dark brown with a brassy reflection, yellow be: low. Iris brown, reddish tinted. Pharyngeal teeth in a single row, small, numerous, over 35.” (Carpenter.) Peritoneum black; intestine¢ simple, 55 times lengtb of body. Head 4 in body; depth 4; D.13; A) 7; scales 17-77-12. | 6. Ptychochilus lucius Girard.—Gila Salmon. One specimen, 15 inches long. It agrees in general with Jordan & ’ > > > Gilbert in Synopsis Fishes North America. ‘‘ Peritoneum silvery) vertebrie 45 to 46.” (Carpenter.) 7. Gila emorii Baird & Girard.—Gila Trout; Bony Tail. Six specimens ranging from 8 to 14 inches in length. They agree with the description of Jordan & Gilbert in Synopsis Fishes North America, except in the following characteristics : In the greater number of specimens the maxillary does not reach to the front of the orbit ; the pectorals not quite reaching to front of pubic bones; front of dora about equal to distance between tip of snout and base of caudal fin’ measured on the lateral line; least depth of caudal pedunele 4 in its) length. “Color (October), back dark, sides light, belly bright silvery ; dorsal darker, caudal brown; iris pink tinted. Peritoneum dusky. Pharyn- geal bone falciform, with several foraminz inferiorly. Teeth, pharyn- geal, faleate, compressed, with ueene surface, usually but two or three of the large teeth worn; 2, 5-4,3, sometimes 2, 5-4,2. Vertebrae 42 to 45. Scales 26-87 to 90-21. Large specimens in November show but slight grinding surface. The food of this species consists almost entirely of Gasteropods and caddis-worms, which they crush with their powerful pharyngeals. As they do not feed much during winter, the grinding surface is almost obliterated at that season through disuse ; the species might thus have been described as without grinding surface.’ “The young differ greatly from the old; the cranium probably not becoming depressed until the second year. A specimen found 4 inches in length with the cranium not perceptibly depressed, and the eye 4in head. In spring the iris is reddish. They are very tenacious of life. They have revived after being several hours out of the water! and having become perfectly dry and stiff. They take the hook freely.”” (Carpenter.) INDIANA UNIVERSITY, April 16, 1889. | 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 559 | NOTES ON SOME NEOTROPICAL BIRDS BELONGING TO THE iP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ‘ BY HANS VON BERLEPSCH. The authorities of the United States National Museum having, with their usual kindness, sent me for examination, at my request, several obscure specimens belonging to that establishment which I was anx- jous to see, I have studied them carefully, and now wish to offer some notes thereon. To the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and the Director of the National Museum my best thanks are due for thus facilitating my work. | I begin by offering some notes on the Humming-birds which are in- Bluded in the lot. 1. Phaéthornis superciliosus (LINN.) ex Bahia = Ph. pretrei (Less. & DEL.). ; No. 44976. Bahia ex Lawrence. , This specimen is by no means = Ph. superciliosus (L.) apud ELLIOT, but proves to be a Bahia skin of Ph. pretrei (LESS. & DEL.) in much faded plumage. Ph. pretreé of Lesson and Delattre was once believed by Messrs. Cabanis and Heine to be true superciliosus LIN. (ex BRIs- son), and Mr. J. Gould, when writing his monograph, unfortunately accepted this identification. More recently Messrs. Salvin and Elliot have shown that true superciliosus of Linneus is the same as Ph. fra- erculus GouLD and Ph. consobrinus BouRC.” REICHB. or Ph. mooret Lawe. While I agree perfectly with the last-named authors in placing these names among the synonyms of Ph. superciliosus, I nevertheless regard the Ph. malaris NoRDM. to be quite a distinet species, occurring in Cayenne along with Ph. superciliosus, from which it is distinguish- able by its much superior size and other points of difference. I believe Ph. malaris to be restricted to Cayenne. The types, belonging to the Berlin Museum, which I have examined, are said to be from Brazil (through Gello and Olfers), but this statement is probably erroneous.* 2. Phaéthornis longirostris (Luss.) ex Pebas = Ph. superciliosus (L.). No. 55374, male Pebas, Peru (ex Williams College). In his catalogue of Trochilid in the collection of the U.S. National Museum (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1880, p. 309, note,) Mr. Ridgway says *In the Museum Heineanum, at Halberstadt, there are likewise three specimens of “Ph. malaris, believed to be from Brazil, but no authority stating the correctness of this habitat is to be found on the labels. As far as I can make out from the mode of preparation in these stuffed specimens, they appear to have been once genuine Cay- -enne skins, showing their tails dried in the form of a fan, which I have observed in : all the skins of Humming-birds which are sent from that country. I possess three “undoubted Cayenne skins of Ph. malaris in my collection, It is the *‘ Brin-blane” of Andebert and Vieillot, etc. (H. v. B.) 560 NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL BIRDS. Ph. longirostris.”. 1, however, find that the skin in question belongs t true Ph. superciliosus (L.) apud ELuLiot, agreeing perfectly with othe) specimens from Upper Amazonia and British Guiana. Mr, Ridgway may have compared it with his Ph. superciliosus from Bahia, whiel is = pretrei. I may remark that Ph. superciliosus is easily distinguish) able from Ph. longirostris in having the upper tail-coverts green, tippeé with pale fulvous, while in longirostris they are deep fulvous, barre with 2 to 3 dark (greenish) bands. 3. Phaéthornis longirostris (LxEss.) ex Turbo; name correct No. 17918, male, Turbo (coll. Schott), type of Ph. cassini LAwR. This is evidently a young bird presenting many signs of immaturity, Unfortunately it is a bad and imperfect skin, and in consequence of this it is difficult to make a close comparison with specimens of Ph longirostris from Central America. I may, however, note that in the Turbo bird the upper tail-coverts are of a deeper tint, being more brown. ish fulvous. The back is dark brown, with slight bronze retlections, instead of being green. The stripe in the middle of upper throat and the mystacal stripe are of a deeper fulvous. The under parts are gen. erally darker and more mixed with grayish brown. ; . 4. Phaéthornis squalidus (TEM.) ex Rio Negro; name correct, locality incorrect. No. 24534, Rio Negro (ex Dr. HEERMANN). The skin of this bird is of the peculiar make by which all skins of trade coming from Southern Brazil are recognizable primo visu. If Rio Negro means the northern confluent of the Amazon the locality is evidently erroneous, but there is a river “Rio Negro” on the northern frontier of Sta. Catarina where the skin may have really come from. 5. Phaéthornis adolphi GouLp ex Turbo = Ph. striigularis GLb. No. 17915, female, Turbo (coll. Michler). This is by no means Ph. adolphi, but Ph. striigularis GLD., agreeing with specimens of that species from Bogota and Porto Cabello. 6. Campylopterus lazulus (VIEILL.) ex Peru; name correct, locality erroneous. No. 11744, male, Peru (C. Raymon). This species has not yet been stated to occur in Peru, and the locality attributed to the specimen is most probably erroneous. The skin looks like a Bogota skin, and agrees with others from that locality. 7. Lafresnaya flavicaudata (FRAs.) ex Popayan; name correct, locality erroneous. No. 24565, male, Popayan (Dr. Heermann). This species has not yet been mentioned from Popayan, where, how- ever, L. saule (BouRC. & DEL.) has been stated to occur. I believe the specimen in question to be simply a so-called Bogota skin. It does not differ from specimens sent from that region. The species ought to be called L. lafresnayei (BoIss.), or, as I prefer, Entima lafresnayet (Bolss.). 7 Ny -- 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 561 8. Florisuga mellivora (L.) ex Tres Marias; name correct, locality erroneous. No. 25851, male, Tres Marias Islands, July, 1861 (John Xantus). As in the case of other specimens of Humming-birds forwarded by J. Xantus and labeled as having been collected in the Tres Marias Islands, I believe this locality to be clearly erroneous. The specimen of F. mel- livora in question is apparently of the same make as the skin of Urano-. mitra guatemalensis, also said to be from Tres Marias. Both skins may ‘have really come from Guatemala. The Florisuga specimen is a young male in imperfect plumage. -9, Helianthea lutetiz (Deu. & Bourc.) ex Popayan ; correct. No. 29277, male, Popayan (D. G. Elliot). This bird agrees with specimens from Quito in Museum. H.v. B. -10. Thalurania glaucopis (GML.) ex Tres Marias; name correct, locality erroneous. No. 25851, female, Tres Marias Islands, July, 1861 (John Xantus). Type of Th. lucie, LAWR. I quite agree with the opinion expressed by Messrs. Elliot and Ridg- way, viz, that the bird in question belongs to Th. glaucopis (GML.), male juvenile, the locality, Tres Marias, being no doubt erroneous. The skin is of the unmistakable make of all Rio skins, which are sent in large numbers annually to the great markets of Europe. The yellow spot on the under mandible, mentioned by Mr. Lawrence as the chief distinguishing character of his Th. lucie, only presents itself on one ‘side of the under mandible and is simply the result of an injury, the -rhamphotheca on that part having been rubbed away. . 11. Thalurania eriphile (Less.) ex Rio Grande do Sul; name correct, locality probably erroneous. No. 68314, male, Rio Grande do Sul (Albuquerque). Agrees with a specimen from Bahia in Museum H. v. B. I much doubt the correctness of the habitat Rio Grande do Sul, this species not having been stated to occur so far south. 12. Cephalolepis delalandi (VIEILL.) ex Rio Grande do Sul; name correct, locality probably erroneous. No. 68313, male, Rio Grande do Sul (Albuquerque). This is true C. delalandi, agreeing with specimens from Rio de Ja- neiro. The locality, Rio Grande do Sul, has not yet been mentioned for this species, and I do not believe it oceurs there, as that province is tiie home of C. loddigesi. = 13. Agleactis caumatonota (GOULD) ex Peru; correct. } No. 39931, Matara Ayacucho, October 22, 1864 (Walter 8. Church). Type of A. t olivaceocauda LAWR. This specimen appears not to be different from true A. cawmatonota GLD., the type of which came likewise from Peru. 14. Uranomitra quadricolor (VIEILL. ) e« Mazatlan—not of Vieillot= JU. ellioti BERL. ‘h No. 115288. Mazatlan in summer. ; This is evidently the species named U. quadricolor by Mr. Dre. Elliot, but it is not the quadricolor of V ieillot, which I believe to be the 1 Proc, N. M. 88——36 ofF-2S (SEI: 562 NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL BIRDS. same as, the bird which we used to eall U. cyanocephala. in his deserip- tion of Trochilus quadricolor, Vieillot says, **un beau vert brille sur le flanes,” which is by no means the case in U. quadricolor of Elliot, but} applies well to U. cyanocephala auct. Therefore it becomes necessary, to bestow a new name upon the species named U. quadricolor by Mr. Elliot, and I propose to call it in future U. ellioti BERL. I believe the locality, Mazatlan, has not been mentioned elsewhere for this: species. cae = 15. Uranomitra quadricolor (VIEILL.) juv. fere pull. ex Orizaba—= Sphenoproctus me curvipennis (LICHT. ) No. 38224 (juv. fere pull.) Orizaba (Bottert). This is by no means an Uranomitra, but a very young bird of Spheno- proctus curvipennis, which is evident from the long yellowish legs and| claws, as well as from the structure of the wings and the blackish tail-- feathers, also the grass green color of the back, ete. 16. Uranomitra viridifrons Elliot; correct. No. 57774, male, Tehuantepec, Sta. Efigenia, 22d_ December, 1868 (Prof. F. Sumi- | chrast). This species, which agrees with U. violiceps in the coppery hue on the tail-feathers, I had never seen before. The locality, Tehuan- | tepec, is interesting as showing that U. viridifrons occurs in a locality | where U. violiceps is also found. I confess I am not quite convinced | that these forms are really distinct specifically. | 17. Uranomitra guatemalensis Gould ex Tres Marias; name correct, locality erro- neous. No. 25855, female, Tres Marias, July, 1861 (Xantus). Agrees with specimens from Guatemala. The locality, Tres Marias, is doubtless erroneous. See remarks under the head of Florisuga mel- livora, ete. 18. Agyrtria tephrocephala (VIEFILL.) ex Surinam = 4. viridissima (LEss.). No. 70577, Surinam (C. F. Hering). This is by no means=uLp. No. 55382, male, Pebas, Pern (Orton), This is not angustipennis of Killiot, nor section of Chlorostilbon with a square tail of Fraser, but belongs to the , of which Chl. prasinus is the type. I believe the young male from Pebas entitled to the name of Chl. daphne “ Bouro.” GOULD, of which Chl. peruanus GOULD is probably ¢ synonym. The following notes relate to some other types of birds of different families belonging to the U. S. National sent to me for examination in 1886: Museum, which were kindly 1. Campylorhynchus brevipennis Lawr. = (©. nuchalis Can. juvenile, ! No. 109509, Venezuela, Krider ; type of C. brevipentis Lawr., Ann. Lye. N.S New York, vii (1866), page 344, This is certainly a very young bird of ©. nuchalis Can. I got a Sim- ilar specimen from Puerto Cabello, which is in more advanced plumage, but presents still all the peculiarities of coloration which induced Mr. Lawrence to institute a new Species. I possess also young birds of @. pardus Bp, from Barang uilla, and of C. brevirostris LAFR. from Bogota, which are in a similar Stage of plumage. 2. Saltator fulviventris Lawr.—S. cerulescens VIEILL., juvenile. No. 54261, Paraguay, 3-49, No. 8. Eyes dark; ] Witch, Capt. T. J. Page, U.S. Navy. Type N. H., New York, vir (1864), p. 41. egs dark. U. S. steamer Water of S. fulviventris Lawr., Ann. Lye. This is evidently an immature bird in transition plumage, and I have not the slightest doubt that it is the you ng of S. cerulescens VIELLL. wal ; : es i 4 : te ROOFS hw pestis fe 1888 ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 565 aS fulviventris Lawe. has not been mentioned in Mr. Sclater’s Cata- logue of the Tanagride (Vol. x1 of Catalogue British Museum). Roel’ — 8. Philydor rufobrunneus Lawrk.=bona species, potius Automolus.! No. 34770, male, Barranca, Costa Rica, 13th April, 1864, J. Carmiol; type of Ph. rufobrunneus LAWR. Ann. Lyc. N. H., New York, vir (1865), p. 127. ; Apparently an excellent species which seems to have its nearest ally in Automolus rubiginosus ScL. It is certainly not a Philydor. The type, as far as I know, remains ‘still unique. From .o-.-. Sees Peristedjon 2.* 272.2) et Dactylopterus ............ Cephalacanthus ..-... 2.0. Paige ec ee ete eee Aspidophorus ................ Platycophalas 52-00 es Hemilepidotus ......_.....__. } Blopstde 22 toe nt ee | Apistes 22 Moe ob! HORS p Sebastes...__. ones et nee tune PiGrOIs . S73) occa eae Monocentris. Gasterosteus,. Oreosoma. additional genera subsequentl In the first column, reproduced from the Régne Animal (Vv. 2, pp. 158-171, and table méthodique), the intention Was apparently to cor. relate the genera and subgenera with the genera established by Lin- neus and to intercalate the subsequently discov In the second column (in which, for present u ered genera in place. se, the Latin instead of the French terms are given) the sequence of the ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons” (v. 4, pp. 7, 8, e¢ seq.) is Shown. The family thus defined was time of its proposal until 1858, or it, the constituent families were kept closely approximated. In 1858, Dr. J. J. Kaup, published observ fishes,* for which he used the name “py KAUP. almost universally adopted from the at least, by the few who disintegrated ations on the mail-cheeked GLID A,” introducing some *“Einiges iiber die Acanthoptérygiens a Joue cuirassée, Cuv., Von Kaup.”< Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 24. Jg. 1858, I, 329-343, PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 569 tling innovations. He proposed to remove from the family Platy- phalus, Bembras, and Hoplichthys, and subdivided the family as II. Family TRIGLIDA. 1. Subfamily Choridactyline. 1. Choridactylus. 2. Polemius.* 3. Minous. 4. Apistus. 5. Cocotropus.t 2. Subfamily Scorpenine. ia 1. Pelor. 2. Pterois. 3. Oreosoma. 4. Scorpena. 5. Synanceia. ¥ 3. Subfamily Trigline. |. Cephalacanthus. 2. Dactylopterus. 3. Peristethus.{ 4. Prionotus. 5. Trigla. , 4. Subfamily Cottinw. 1. Trichopleura.§ 2. Cottus. 3. Agonus. 4. Hoplocottus.|| 5. Aploactis. 5. Subfamily Agriopodine. 1. Trichodon. 2. Blepsias. 3. Gasterosteus. 4, Teenianotus. 5. Agriopus. — Tnasmuch as some of the names proposed in this and a subsequent article, in which the same fishes were considered from a similar point of view, are retained, it may be well to give Kaup’s views and method oftreatment. It will therefrom appear that there is nothing in common between his groups and those now adopted except the names and the typical constituents. The contributions of Dr. Kaup to ichthyology are indeed among the curiosities of scientific literature, and serious discussion of his views is unnecessary, if not impossible. it is necessary to remove certain centris, which represents the bony aig the Triglide, or Agonus among among the Holocentrine Before taking up this already numerous family, genera from it. Among these particularly is Mono fish among the Scomberide, as does Peristethus amor the Cottine. Hoplostethus also does not belong here, but ‘This subfamily is thus arranged: HoLocENTRINE. 1. Holocentrum; 2. Trachichthys;] 3. Rhynchichthys; 4. Beryx; 5. Myripristis. Holocentrum is closely allied to Rhynchichthys and Myripristis, and Trach- ichihys with Berys. — Monocentris differs princip number and length at the expense of the enormous ventral spine. Guvier and Valenciennes concede that Hoplostethus belongs to the Holocentrin, since they pronounce this genus as identical with Trachichthys. Dr. Schlegel has from the examination of better preserved specimens rightly sep- arated Hoplichthys and brought it into the subfamily Callionymine. Besides this, not only Platycephalus, but also Bembras, must be separated from this family, the first to be added to the Acanth. abdominales Cuv. and the last to the Percoidet Cuv. However much we may coincide in the general praise of Cuvier and Valenciennes’ ex- cellent work, as to that which concerns the critical arrangement of materials at hand, clear definition of genera, and highly accurate descriptions, which we do with pleas- ‘ure and sincerity, we do not equally admire the systematic classification. In this while the authors have been satisfied to place together in _ separate chapters the cognate forms. There are, therefore, in this work excellent materials towards a natural system, only they are put together without guiding _ principles, and thus the principal reproach against the work is that the authors have t Peristedion Lac. ally by three soft ventral rays, which are reduced in _ only a beginning is made, + Corythobatus Cant. || Podabrus, Trachydermis, ete. Earfish; that is, in its subfamily, the bird-type, it ' 8) says of the ear of this genus. (Kaup.) * Pterichthys Sw., 2, 265. Bs § Sthenopus R. : {That Trachichthys represents the is only necessary to read what Cuvier (p. 47 » 570 CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES. | not sufficiently cleared themselves of the slough of earlier systematists, and have u | duckily held them of too great account. 4 Of the idea that in all orders, families, ete., certain typical forms appear, there ii) in the whole work no trace, although there are genera enough which prove this idee most clearly. . We thus see in this family, which for brevity we will call Triglidw, the greatest possible development of the pectorals, with which some species raise themselves above the water and move for a few moments in the air in order to escape the pursuit 0: their enemies. | In such elongated and winged forms as Polemius (Apistus alatus), Pterois, and Dae tyloptera, all the rays are single, and this characteristic is also found in Blepsias and Cotlus; among the last there are species which have all the pectoral rays single, while a few species only have isolated branched rays. Among these generally long-winged forms the bird-type is foreshadowed, and 1 give them in their family, as in the class of birds, the second rank. The free finger- like, jointed rays, from 1 to 3 in number, and only serving for propulsion, which are seen in Choridactylus, Polemius, Minous, Pelor, Peristethus, Prionotus, and Trigla, placed ia advance of the pectoral, appear to me to have some analogy with the 1 or 2 free fingers of the Chiroptera, which also serve as a means of propulsion on the earth. In one genus, too, Gasterosteus, which builds a nest, and where the male pro- tects the eggs, I see a near analogy to the birds. The teeth in no one genus are much developed, for they are mostly fine eard-like. ones in the jaws, and not often found in the vomerine or palatine bones, whence they are devourers generally of crustaceans, roe, or insects, and among them no (prop- erly speaking) predaceous fish isfound. Allare true breast-finned fishes, and among a few only is the ventral somewhat behind the origin of the pectoral. Although the ventral is always present, it is in most cases but little developed as: compared with the pectoral. We find the same to be the case among the Chiroptera, . ‘the true Birds (Fissirostres}, and the Pterodactylidie of the Amphibians, where the’ wings are likewise developed at the expense of the feet. | The bony fish constitutes another fundamental type, which is shown externally by) its covering. As the bony system forms the third division among the anatomical | systems and their representatives, the Amphibia take the same rank. I give to the | genera Oreosoma, Peristethus, Agonus, and Gasterosteus in their subfamilies as the representatives of the Osseous fishes, the third position. The more predaceous forms, with maxillary teeth and medium-sized pectoral, I place as the fishes proper, in the | fourth rank. To the smallest forms, most often with large, abruptly falling head or large eyes, I give as the nervous type the first, and to the naked species, or such as are covered with numerous mucous pores (as in the last division of the genus Trigla), the last rank, It requires but little penetration to perceive that Cocotropus stands lower than | Choridactylus, Synanceia lower than Pelor, Trigla (lineata, cuculus) lower than Cepha- | lacanthus, and Aploactus lower than Trichoplewra, so clear is it to the apprehension. I have thus given to the Triglide the second rank in the second order of fishes, just — as the swallows (Fissirostres) and the Cheiroptera hold the second rank in theirs, and to the separate subfamilies and genera their corresponding position. In this way only has the following table been formed. I will not venture to assert that it is per- fectly faultless, but it will probably prove itself in the main correct. After this summary, given in a translation of Dr. Kaup’s own words, it is unnecessary to contravene his postulates and assumptions. They were subsequently dissipated by himself in an article* in which he “Ueber die Familie Triglidw nebst einigen Wertes iiber die Classification. Von J. J. Kaup, The subfamilies indicated by the figure (1) have 10 relation to the mail-cheeked fishes, but belong to the superfamily Berycoidea ; the Polymixine (2) are peculiar fishes representing a distinct family; the Hemeroceetinee (3) belong to another alien, distinct family ; the Oreoso- minz (4) appear to be related to the Zenide; the Trichodontine (5) form the family Trichodontide, and the Agriopodine (6) the family Con- both remote from the mail-cheeked fishes. The treatment of . . giopodide, at in the present article. the rest may be compared with th BLEEKER. eker published the outlines of a new classi- In 1859, Dr. Pieter von Ble ated and widely scattered the fication of fishes,{ in which he disintegr mail-cheeked fishes, as follows: Caterva 1. Katapieseocephali. Ordo 24. Perce. (Subordo 4. Percichthyini. Sectio 1. Parastemiptori. Tribus 4. f rachycraniichthyini.) *Kaup, 0. ¢., p. 79. ‘ ber of other genera of typical mail- +The Cottids and Agonids, as well as a num cheeked fishes, have been excluded from the ‘Aus der Unterordnung Trigloidae habe ich die Heterolepidina al fernt. Ebenso die Genera Enneopterygius Riipp., Aploactis Schleg., Trichopleura Kp., Hemitripterus Gy uvie, Amphiprionichthys Blkr. und Micropus Gray (vielfach ver- -gebener Name). Alle diese meist kleinen Genera gehdren nicht zu den Trigloidae, sondern sind Theile der grossen Familie Cottoidae.” Kaup, 0. ©, P- 83. tEnumeratio specierum Piscium hucusque in archipelago Indico observatorum, -[ete.] auctore Petro equite a Bleeker, [ete. ] Batavie, typis Langii & Soc. 1859.— The portion quoted is from the ‘‘ Systematis Piscium naturalis tentamen” (pp. *!- _Xxxiii), especially pp. XXi, XXiv, XXV. ‘¢ suborder” by Dr. Kaup. s nicht hierher gehorig ent- 572 CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES, Familia 84. Scorpzenoidei.” Subfamilia 1. Scorp:eneformes= Scorpenini Bp. Gen. Pterois Cuv. (p. 42+), Pteroidichthys Blkr, (p. 42), Sebastes Cuv. (p. 4) Scorpena L. (p.41), Scorpwenopsis Heck. (p. 41), Spinacanthus Ag. (fos .an huj. loe. ?). é Subfamilia 2. Apistiformes. : Gen. Pterichthys Swns. (p. 42), Apistus Cuv. (p. 43), Minous Cuv. (p. 4 Cocotropus Kp., Choridactylus Richds., Trichopleura Kp., Sthenop Richds., Aploactis T.Schl. (p. 44), Agriopus Cuv., Tzenionotus Lae. (p.4) Gnathanacanthus Blkr. (p. 246), Pateecus Richds., Amphiprionichtk Blkr. (p. 44), Blepsias C. V., Peropus L. Benn. Subfamilia 3. Synanceiwformes. Gen. Pelor Cuy. (p. 45), Synanceia Bl. Schn. (p. 44), Synancideum J. Miill, Caterva 2. Platycephalichthyes. Ord. 32. Trigle. Familia 115. Trigloidei= Dactylei Dum. | Gen. Peristedion Lac. (p. 45), Dactylopterus Lac. (p. 45), Trigla L. (p. 4) Prionotus Lac. (p. 247), Cephalacanthus Lac., Eee a Pict. (fo an huj. loc.?) | Familia 116. Aspidophoroidei = Agonidee Swns. Subfamilia 1. Aspidophoriformes. Gen. Aspidophorus Lac., Hippocephalus Swns., Hippocephalichthys Blk Agonus Bl. | Subfamilia 2. Canthirhynchiformeés (Syngathoideis veris affines). Gen. Aspidophoroides Lac. (Canthirhynchus Swns.). Ordo 33. Platycephali.t Familia 117. Platycephaloidei= Platycephalinze Swns. Gen. Platycephalus Bl. Schn. (p. 108), Bembras Cuv. (p. 23), Hoplichth Cuv. (p. 250). Caterva 3. Blennii. Ordo 34. Cotti.§ Familia 120 Cottoidei = Cottini Bp.= Cottide Swns. Gen. Bovichthys CV., Cottus L., Acanthocuttus Gir., Aspidocottus Gir., Ar dius Gir., Leptocottus Gr. [Gir.], Calycilepidotus Ayr., Scorpenichth Gir., Clypeocottus Gir., Cottopsis Gir., Oligocottus Gir., Leiocottus Gi Centridermichthys Richds. (p. 218), Triglopsis Gir., Phobetor Kro Podabrus Richds. (Hoplocottus Kp.), Hemilepidotus Cuy., Hemitripter Cuv., Icelus Kroy.?, Caracanthus Kroy. ? Ordo 35. Blennii. Familia 124. Chiroidei = Chiridz Swnhs. Gen. Chirus Stell. (p. 253), Oplopoma Gir., Ophiodon Gir. Ordo 39. Cyclopteri Cuy.= Plekopteri Dum. Cyclopteridz Swns. Familia 135. Cyclopteroidei. | Gen. Cyclopterus Art. | Familia 136. Gobiesocioidei. | Gen. Liparis Art., Gobiesox Lac., Lepadogaster Gouan, Sicyases M. Trose} Cotylis M. Trosch., Trachelochismus Bris., Sicyogaster Bris. | * The sali fonts of the ei +The numbers in brackets after the generic names refer to the pages of the follo ing ‘ Enumeratio specierum Piscium hucusque in archipelago indico observatorun t Familia 118. Callionymoidei=Callyonimini Bp. Gen. Callionymus L. (p. 10! Harpagifer Richds., Chienichthys Richds, | § Familia 119. Batrachoidei= Batrachini Bp. Gen. Batrachus Klein (p. 123), A phichthys Swns., Porichthys Gir, the Patecide. Patecus also represents a peculiar family, generally supposed to be ted to the Blenniide. phiprionichthys likewise represents a distinct family, the Caracan- @, as was later recognized by Bleeker. epsias and Peropus (Histiocottus Gill)* belong to the family Cottide. e subfamily Synanceieformes was subsequently elevated to family by Bleeker himself. 117. Platycephaloidei. Hoplichthys does not belong to the same family as Platycephalus, but presents a peculiar one. 120. Cottoidei. Hemitripterus is isolated as a peculiar family type. Caracanthus is generically identical with Amphiprionichthys which had sen referred to the family Scorpenoidei by Bleeker on a previous page { the same work. 136. Gobiesocioidei. The genus Liparis, referred to the family Gobiesocioidei, is not allied to at family, but is the type of a distinct family closely related to the jclopter ordet. GUNTHER. 860, Dr. Albert Giinther, in the second volume of the Catalogue e Re arihopterygian Fishes in the Collection of the British Museum, ed the family of Cuvier, but with the name of “ Triglide,” and vided and subdivided it as follows, the families to which the several yenera belong in the system now exhibited being indicated in the right- and column : Fam. 10. Triglide. First group. H&TEROLEPIDINA. Pev@hiras, Steller 2. - 5.3.5.5 «22 =s- 2. Ophiodon, Girard ..---.-.------- 3. Agrammus, Githr ...--..--------- Apemaniolepie, Gif 2-22 ---- -2--- ---- Hexagrammide. *The name Peropus was pre-occupied in Herpetology. CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES. Second group, SCORPENINA. Dre SOUASLES, (C.cbn Mite ces ae == se 6. Scorpzna, Artedi.---- oseeee as 7. Glyptauchen, Gihr ...----------- 8. Pterois, Cuv .-----.------------- g ‘d 9. Pteroidichthys, Bleck.....------- See TEs 10. Teenianotus, Lacep -----.---..-.- | 11. Centropogon, Gthr -.-..----- ---- 12. Apistus, C. et V ..----------.----- J 13. Enneapterygius, Riipp ..---------- Clinidee. 14. PeniamO cen city te eee et ia Seorpienide, 15. Tetraroge, Gthr ...-..----------- 16. Agriopus, C. et V--..--.----------- Congiopodide. 17. Posopodasys, Cant -.-..--------- 18. Aploactis, Schleg ..-.------------ {scorpanite 19. Trichopleura, Kaup ..---.------- 90. Hemitripterus, ©. ef V..-.--.------ Hemitripteride. 21. Amphiprionichthys, Bleek... .----. Caracanthide. 22. Synancidium, Mill .....---.----), : 23. Synanceia, Schneid ..---.-------- synanceide. Oa Micropus,)GMay) so stan eee see Caracanthide. ey eee VII) OTIS 00 oC Cam lee tee Scorprenide. DG. PelorGi Gi (V- 2s8u ee eee Synanceid. 27. Chorismodactylus, Rich.....-.----- Scorpenide. Third group, COTTINA. 28. Podabrus, Rich.--.--------------) 7 295 Blepsitas, Caet jase ese fe ano = 30, Nautichthys, Ga.----.---- 3... | 31. Scorpznich thiys,) Gar 22s. en -==— 32 CObuUS 6A Tiedt sae eae eee a 33. Centridermichthys, Rich......--- + Cottide. 3A ICelUS AG OVI e == eects ee riaeeeraet 35. (Priglops, Jet: 3/2.) - 226 eset ser 36. Hemilepidotus, C. et V..---.----- | S72, Artediusy Gir ois ec ae cee ones 38. Ptyonotus, Gihr........----.---: J $9, Polycaulis, Gur tcce. mes ee ec eee aee Synanceide. 40. Platycephalus, Schneid ....-.-.-.-- Platycephalide. Aly Hoplichthys, @..et Vicon. 222 eae Hoplichthyidie. AD Sem rAcs Carel iV ieee mieneae ee eee Platycephalide. ASE rlONObUIS, -UACOpe-m sees mare ieere ? 44, Lepidotrigla, Gthr --..--....---- Triglide. A peMLC Ie eye LC: entre emia nieteletemtete oe § Fourth group, CATAPHRACTI. AGMA ONS, obs Utes eles yae/ieetets ; 47. Aspidophoroides, Lacep...------- { Agonide. 48. Peristethus, Lacep .-....--.. .--.----Peristediids. 49. Dactylopterus, Lacep ..-.-..----- ? 50. Cephalacanthus, Lacep ..-..----- Dactylopteride, Xystophorus, Mich ~~... 2-2. s--- { PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 575 ‘Tn 1861, Dr. Giinther, in the third volume of his catalogue, proposed new classification of the Acanthopterygian fishes,* which he dis- ‘tributed among nineteen groups, among which were (1) Acanthopterygit perciformes, (8) Acanthopterygii cotto-scombriformes, and (10) Acanthop- terygit blenniformes. To each of those groups he referred certain of the mail-cheeked fishes, and elevated the four “ groups” of the old family to family rank. ; The ACANTHOPTERYGII PERCIFORMES were saidt to have the ‘body more or less compressed, elevated or oblong, but not elongate; the ent is remote from the extremity of the tail, behind the ventral fins if they are present; no prominent anal papilla; no super-branchial ‘organ; dorsal fin or fins occupying the greater portion of the back; spinous dorsal well developed, generally with stiff spines, of moderate The ACANTHOPTERYGIL COTTO-SCOMBRIFORMES were said{¢ to have ‘spines developed in one of the fins at least; dorsal fins either contiguous orclose together; the spinous dorsal, if present, always short; sometimes ‘modified into tentacles, or into a suctorial disk; soft dorsal always Jong, if the spinous is absent; anal similarly developed as the soft dor- Sal, and both generally much longer than the spinous, sometimes termi- ‘nating in finlets; ventrals thoracic or jugular, if present, never modi- fied into an adhesive apparatus; no prominent anal papilla.” In this group were placed the families Cottide and Cataphracti. as well as one subsequently added, called Psychrolutide. _ The ACANTHOPTERYGII BLENNIIFORMES were defined § as having the “body low, subeylindrical or compressed, elongate; dorsal fin very long; the spinous portion of the dorsal, if distinct, is very long, as well developed as the soft, or much more; sometimes the entire fin is com- posed of spines only; anal fin more or less long; caudal fin sub- truncated, or rounded if present; ventral fins thoracic or jugular, if present.” - In this group was included the family Heterolepidotide. _ When the definitions of the several groups thus reproduced are ana- lyzed, and especially when their constituents are taken into considera, tion, it becomes evident that the essential chavacteristics of the three groups are to be found in the comparative length of the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal and thé length of the anal, while all the _ *Systematic synopsis of the families of the Acanthopterygian fishes. Appendix to y.3(10 pp.). The diagnoses of these groups are quoted from a later work of the same author, ‘An Introduction to the Study of Fishes,” 1880, They are essentially the same as in the ‘‘ Systematic Synopsis.” met Op. cit., p. 374. —40p. cit., p. 438. § Op. cit., p. 490. et LS a # 576 CLASSIFICATION OF TH MAIL: CHEEKED FISHES. other characters are interchangeable or alternative, and not necessa rily co-ordinated with the essential characters in question. The manner and extent to which the groups and families recognize j by Dr. Giinther traverse the superfamilies and families adopted in the present article will appear from the following exhibit, in which the firs’ column gives the groups of Giinther, the second the families herei adopted, and the third the superfamilies which embrace them. Groups and families of Giinther.* Families of Gill. Superfamilies of Gill. 1. A. perciformes: i (| Scorprenide ...-.--+-----++++-+--+--- Scorpeenoidea. || Congiopodidet .- Scorpenid@........----.---- } ahs 3 -.| Cottoidea. Caracanthide - .- le * l| Synanceidee . .-...---.----+-------- Scorpenoidea. 8. A. cotto-scombriformes: | ( Cottidee 2a--=-=-2e == =e ee Cottoidea. Syaanteidl saeilitt eee oe Scorpznoidea. opr | Platycephalids .......-......<---- : Cottidwee seteans eet eoe H op cath pid. preemie topsite ; | Platycephaloidea. IPT OVGe eon cone eee eine Trigloidea. Rhamphocottide.....-...------.---- Rhamphocottoidea. Alconidiel-2.- eae os an leit seeeine A gonoidea. Cataphracti-..----.--------- ; Peristediid® .-.---.--.---- Trigloidea. Dactylopteride -.-.....------ os Dactylopteroidea. 10. A. blenniformes: e Heterolepidotids ...---.------- Hexagrammid® ....---.------------- Scorpnoidea. COPE. In 1871, Professor Cope presented to the American Association fo the Advancement of Science an elaborate communication on the sys tematic relations of the true fishes. It is especially noteworthy for th attention which was paid to modifications of the skeleton, and abov all of the pharyngo-branchial apparatus. His order of Percomorph which embraced most of the Acanthopterygians of Cuvier, was divide into seven groups, of which the third was named Scyphobranchit an the fifth Distegi. The group SCYPHOBRANCHII was named for those Percomorphs whie have the “basis cranii simple, no tube, post-temporal farcate ; superi¢ pharyngeals shortened; fourth and first generally wanting; third larg basin shaped; second generally scale-like or co-ossified with third scapula with median foramen; dorsal radii usually soft.” To this group, among others, were referred the family Cottide (wi the genera Uranidea, Cottus, Leptocottus, Hemitripterus, and Scorpe nichthys) and the group Aspidophoride. ; The DisTEGI are those Percomorphs having the “ basis cranii doubl with muscular tube, post-temporal bifurcate; scapula with median for: men; basal pectorals three or four, short, quadrate; superior pharyl geal bones four; third always the largest, longitudinal, more or le: *The Psychrolutide and Cyclopteride of Dr. Giinther are also true mail-cheeked fishes, althoug not so regarded by that gentleman. The Psychrolutide, indeed, so far as yet known, are not dist guishable from the Cottide. (See Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, pp, 321-327.) } The Congiopodide (or Agriopodide) are not true mail-cheeked fishes, but rather related to t Patecide, which have been associated by Dr. Giintber with the Blenniide. L * = §8.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 577 longate, not articulated to the cranium; inferior pharyngeals sepa- ated; dorsal fin with strong spines.” To this group was referred a séction (with the genera Pterois, Synan- ia, Scorpena, Pelor (tube rudimental), Peristedion). DARESTE. ‘In 1872, Mr. Camille Dareste published the result of osteological tudies on the bony fishes.* In regard to the fishes with mailed cheeks, ye recognized that there was much diversity among the constituents f the Cuvierian family, and concluded to defer the expression of an pinion on the several types until he could make further studies. He onsidered that the extension of the suborbitals over the cheeks was an entirely artificial character and unconnected with the variations in he relations of the cranial bones, and that the osteology is much more diversified in the fishes associated under that family than in other sroups; he especially instanced the Triglids and Dactylopterids as two groups which exhibit great diversities, although he considered them to e closely related. : It is quite true that the mere extension of the suborbital bones over he cheeks would be of comparatively slight value, and a combination f fishes on that ground alone would be purely artificial; but it is an stance rather of the genius of Cuvier that he wisely limited and hecked his conclusions. It is not merely the expansion of the sub- bitals, but thé development of a specific suborbital in a special way lat distinguishes the true mail-chkeeked fishes of the normal types, such as the Scorpenide and Cottide. The other groups that have been sociated with them, differing in the extent of the suborbital bones, e associated because they possess other characters in common with 1 least abnormal mail-cheeked fishes. As to the Trigtids and Dacty- lopterids, it is now certain that they are not as closely related as has been ipposed, but that tie structural characters distinguishing them are of sreat importance and necessitate their wide separation. But at the me time it must be admitted that they should be approximated, al- hough simply because there is no closer relation to any other form han the Triglide on the part of the Dactylopteride. Mr. Dareste’s words are as follows: 4a famille des Poissons a joues cuirassées présente une telle varieté de formes faniennes, méme dans les genres les plus voisins, quil m’a été impossible jusqu’a résent de savoir s’ils appartiennent & un méme type, ou s’ils se rattachent a plusieurs pes différents. Je doisdonc réserver complétement pour un autre travail le groupe lent de ces animanx; Je me contenterai de faire remarquer d’abord que le caractere § joues cuirassées, c’est-A-dire de l’extension des sous-orbitaires sur les ailes palatine porale, est un caractére purement artificiel, puisqu’il se rencontre dans des genres D areste (C.). Etudes sur les ostéologiques des poissons osseux. <(Comptes ren- Acad. Sc. (Paris), t. 75, pp. 942-946, 1018-1021, 1086-1089, 1172-1175, 1253-1256, Proc. N. M. 88——37 Sap. as 884. —— 578 CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES. bien différents, comme l’ Anabas, le Myletes et le Sudis ; ensuite, que les variation dans Jes connexions des os craniens sont bien plus nombreuses que dans d’autre groupes. C’est ce que lon voit, par exemple, en comparant les Trigles et les Dactyloj teres, bien que ces deux genres svient fort voisins. SEGOND. In 1873, Dr. D. Segond also published a memoir on the skeletal affin ities of fishes,* in which he especially opposed the views of Dares te. Without going into the merits of the controversy, which appear, however, | to be rather or mainly with Dareste, it is only necessary in this place to advert to the fact that Dr. Segond recognized four principal types among fishes, of which the Perch (Perca), Mullet (ifugil), Carp (Cyp- rinus), and Shark (Squalus) are the representative examples. To the Perch type he referred the families Scorpenide and Cottide, and to the type of Mugil the family of Chiride. Itis certain that in this respect, at least, the classification is entirely negatived by the skeleton, as well as by other characters. His views may be best left to himself for e planation. La situation donnée aux Trigles dans la derniére édition du Régne animal est d plus caractéristiques; en effet, malgré la spécialité morphologique de la téte, les” Trigles ont les plus grandes affinités avec les Perches si l’on considére les parti fondamentales du squelette. Cette affinité se lit facilement chez les Trigles prop ment dits, les Scorpénes, les Pterois, les Agriopes, les Synancées; mais si l’on regar Vensemble de la région abdominale des Prionotes, Malarmats, Dactyloptéres, Cotte on sent la nécessité d’établir entre les Trigles une subdivision essentielle, sans rompre cependant les liens généraux si intimes de ce groupe. Si nous confrontons un Scorpé avec les Percoides les mieux caractérisés, nous reconnaissons d’abord la légitimité | la situation de cette famille dans arrangement de Cuvier, puis, si nous opposons | Scorpeéne A un Cotte, nous sommes frappés par une différence spéciale dans la forn générale des cétes et aussi par leur disposition et leur connexion avec le corps vertebres. Pour la disposition générale, il faut d’abord confronter nn Cotte avec un Trigle, Chabot par exemple avec le Rouget ; on reconnait alors que, sauf la proportion de Vélément transverse, il y a entre ces deux squelettes de profondes analogies. Mai Von veut remarquer ensuite dans ensemble des Trigles le mode de connexion de 19, cote avec le corps de la vertébres dans les premiers segments abdominaux, on recon- nait alors que la conformation du Chabot n’est que ’extension, 2 une grande partie de la colonne abdominale, de la disposition qu’on remarque seulement en avant dans Yensemble des Trigles. D’aprés ces observations morphologiques, je pense quwil fi restaurer Vancienne distinction de Linné entre les Trigles, les Cottes et les Scorpene | En plagant les Scorpenes en téte des Trigles comme se rattachant plus directement aux Percoides, on les fait suivre des Pterois, Blepsias, Apistes, Agriopes, Pelors, sy nanecées et Lepisacanthes; viennent ensuite les vrais Trigles, avee les Dactylopt Céphalacanthes, Malarmats et Prionotes; enfin les Cottes avee les Platyeeph (Cottus insidiator), les Hémitripteres et les Hémilepidotes. Quant aux Epinoches, peut en dehors de leurs caractéres génériques, les ranger apres les Cottes, tout en *Segond (D.) Des affinités squelettiques des poissons. generalized than the Scorpenids. They are less armed with spines— than .the other representatives of the great group of mail-cheeked fishes, — and, what is still more significant, the dichost or basi-sphenoid is more developed and approaches in foren that exemplified in the normal Acan- | thopterygians; nevertheless, the parietal bones converge towards the front so as to almost, if not quite, touch over the front of the supra- occipitine. The parasphenoid sends elongated processes upwards to meet corresponding processes of the subtectals or orbito-sphenoids. In both of these characters they deviate from the Scorpzenids and ap- proach the Cottids. For this reason, therefore, they are placed after) the Scorpzenids and before the Cottids. The comparatively slight value - of the approximation or separation of the parietals thus appears and | demonstrates that it is inadvisable to separate widely groups resembling — each other in so many characters because of such differences. An elongate spinous portion of the dorsal fin and an inversely short rayed portion are developed in the Hemitripterids; nevertheless, those fishes agree in most osteological as well as most external characters — with the Cottids; consequently the unnaturalness of removing them afar | from the Cottids and associating them with the Scorpzenids, as well as_ the slight vaiue of the relative proportions of the spinous and rayed portions of the dorsal fin, becomes evident. The osteological phewonons of the Platycephalids and Hoh " 3 x f S. -1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 587 are imperfectly known, and it. remains for future investigation to deter- mine what are their exact relationships and characteristics. The Triglids and Peristeciids depart very widely from the other groups, as will become hereafter manifest, but, notwithstanding, their relationships appear to be more intimate with the generalized mail- cheeked fishes than with any other group. The Dactylopterids depart still more from all other fishes than do the Trigloidea. We look in vain, however, for any nearer relation of those fishes than the Trigloidea, and consequently it may be assumed that they are the derivatives from a type from which the Triglids have least diverged. In fine, the relationships of the various families of mail-cheeked fishes, in the present state of our knowledge, may be expressed in the follow- ing genealogical tree in which the left-hand branch in each case repre- sents the more generalized type of each pair: Cirritide:. —— Caracanthide ? J | } \ J Hoplichthyide. Hemitripteridx. Hexagrammide. | Cottid. Anoplopomidee. Platycephalide. | Scorpenide. Synanceidee AGOD10 20 eee Rhamphocottide. Peristediide. | Dactylopteride. Triglide. In this connection it seems advisable to refer to views enunciated by Prof. W. Kitchen Parker. That eminent anatomist has proposed to 588 CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES. divide the “‘Pisces Acanthopteri’ of Miiller” into “an atypical and a typical assemblage. The former should take in the Trigloid, Cottoid, Gobioid, and Lophioid families; all these are more or less aberrant and come into proximity to the sub-ganoid types, and even to the true Ganoidei.” * If the contention of the present author is correct, the views of Pro- fessor Parker are wholly inadmissible. Far from: approximating the from the Ganoids are the ‘“‘Gobioid and Lophioid families.” The evi- dence in favor of this contention appears to be overwhelming. Pro- fessor Parker considers that the ‘“Cottus bubalis,” his “ first instance, — is the best connecting link between the Ganoid and sub-ganoid types already described and the true typical Teleostei, the Percoids and their allies; moreover, another Cottoid—the Pogge (Agonus cataphrae- tus)—re-assumes the ganoid covering.”t It appears to me conclusive that the Scorpzenoids are the most generalized and least divergent of the series and derived from (and not ancestral or subancestral to) the perciform fishes, while it is equally indisputable that the Cottoids are divergent in a still greater degree in the road of specialization foreshad- owed in the Scorpenoids; and to even still greater a degree are the Agonoids, the Trigloids, and the Dactylopteroids divergent. SYSTEMATIC SUMMARY. As it has been shown in the preceding pages that the characters made use of by previous ichthyologists, based as well on external feat- ures as on anatomical peculiarities, are not co-ordinated in the manner claimed, it became necessary to examine in detail the various types — that have been referred to the mail-cheeked fishes. This has been done by means of the skeletons and alcoholic collections in the National Museum. I have thus been enabled to study the skeletons of repre- sentatives of all the families that have been admitted except two, the Caracanthide and the Rhamphocottide. The former family is not rep- resented in the National Museum even by an aleoholic¢ specimen, but of the latter there is a moderately well preserved example which permits — an interpretation, at least, of skeletal characters. It is quite probable that the Caracanthide represent a peculiar superfamily, while the Rhamphocottida, if | interpret correctly their characters, also represent asuperfamily. The following synopsis exhibits the chief, or at least the most obvious, characteristics of the several superfamilies. It will be *Parker (W. K.). A Monograph on the Structure and Development of the Shoul- F der-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. London, 1868. (p. 42.) t Parker, op. cit., p. 43. < Ganoids, the mail-cheeked fishes are among the most remote from them, — and any characters in which they may be supposed to resemble them, f such as the enlargement and development of scales into plates, are sec-— ondary and not primitive features. Still more specialized and remote — | > ~ Bt 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 589 ‘seen that most of the characters used lave not before been employed in the taxonomy of the group, and that some are specially noteworthy, q jnasmuch as they militate against the conceptions of uniformity within the order even to which the group belongs. I, ACANTHOPTERYGII BUCCIS LORICATIS. Acanthopterygians with the scapular arch normal, the post-temporal! and postero-temporal? forming part, and the latter eee ronne between the post-temporal and the proscapula.’ Infraorbital chain with all bones entering into the orbital margin and functional, only partially extended over the cheek; with the third bone hypertrophied and de- veloped as a stay impinging on the anterior wall of the preoperculum; post-temporal variously connected with the epiotic and pterotic; inter- maxillines* with well-developed ascending pedicles gliding over the front of the prosethmoid.° SYNOPSIS. A. Myodome® more or less developed. B. Post-temporal bifurcate and connected with the cranium by its processes in normal manuer. C. Body and head compressed or moderately depressed. D. Actinosts’? moderate and inserted on posterior edges of hypercoracoid’ and hy pocoracoid ;? ribs, typically, borne on enlarged parapophyses- --.-.. SCORPANOIDEA. DD. Actinosts large and partly intervening between the hypercoracoid and hypocoracoid; ribs sessile on the vertebra ...--.---..--- COTTOIDEA. Ces bodycand head much*depressed----2:-...2-5--ss2<2 s+ PLATYCEPHALOIDEA. BB, Post-temporal expanded and connected with the cranium by extensive suture. c. Anus submedian; ventrals subabdominal; exoskeleton developed as spini- HOLMIBPLI CIOS ya ecatse ese ecea ato eis wieisiee cies RHAMPHOCOTTOIDEA. ec. Anus thoracic; ventrals subbrachial; exoskeleton developed as plates arranged in about 8 longitudinal rows.......-.-..----. AGONOIDEA. mA. Myodome completely wanting. ..---...-..-<-+ ng 5 2 Families. Pe ae eracen) cleat sa. face. | esl etree ae = e eg ees = = S = 6 Ei) es | z E A ete cies a SE aes [ens =) 3 om Se ey Ae hay, Teh, ee = eae oes : A | & | & 2 2 se: 2 ae 5 | | - |- ' { | : | | } | pea ees soe seo] =e a = | eerste: | fee ee eaten aieeases| sane s eee [ec eee te ales erpenids ......-.-.----- HBO ESS. pBLO9 | 225/02 222]. 5-8. 101 | 9xxi | (!7) 6| 65 BM COIG2) fe ae ae a te ean Ha ee ee ee eee 3102 bees sta aoe (2): I ss28 en peer ere we Pere Wn ee ce cce |v oan anon eoss'||cooes 97 j IS xex-Vial ie (Ce) | 6 640 Belo pomide see see eae eae ibP asta) smc 024 -nene-|2-s52]-<-~ = hearst jscerereeebecsee (2)7 1 Ses emitripterids ........-=-.].-----|------|------] -----|------|------ (aaa tee eee ae | Cees (2)...|\2ee0 ar cceeesen see soe ate z3|( fbi Sete pPRNSSE2SE VS = o> HESS | 102; "xxiv | (i) 6| 682 epee ee EE ee od as Peet ees |e oat ocaen tip dOe We xiv | Se S je ese BPE Idep ase ee oe lessee | n- -oe eee a eee aI pe ees alee ete | Daemon: (eee Ramphocottid#.--.....---|------|------ feces | eae sal noc aici =r ae oh, el Ree (een eee i eee ee eet eee eetee | == =|) > 2a == eae reece | 102 Byxiv | (2°). 6 722 Ae eS |-=--=-|----=-| eek Sele ae Ne Mxxvi | (2) 5 738 LeBaron ere PAGO) ee Sosa, 0344 38 | 7) 96) xxvi| (74) 5 744 eee eee 3130 ; 428} 109} 7158 | 32 Pele WO 1s, “isc at 6| 71 ln wwe eww wee 20 ---- -_eeee perineal Seda | Pape nN betas (Pets SPE eas ae C0) (23) (23) i 1Cephalotes D. 2 Plecepteres D. f 3 Dactyles D. - 4Dactipli Raf. > Scorpénides R. _® Discoboles C. 7 Joues cuirassées. 8Svnanchiide Ad. 9 Scorpenoidei B. »Chiroidei B. 11 Cottoidei B. 12 Plitye phaloidei B. 13 A sphidophoroidei B. 14Gobieso oidei B. 15 Cyclopteroidei B. 16 Tricloidei B. 17 Scorpeenina G. 18 Heterolepidina G. 19 Cottide# + Psychrolutide G. 20 Cataphracti G. 2! Discoboli G. 22Gill. Standard Nat. Hist., v. 3, 1885. 23 Cephalacanthide or Dactylop- teride Gill. Standard Nat. Hist., v. 3, p. 252, 1585 24Cephalacanthide Jordan, Man. Vert. N. A., p 151, 1888. NAMERS OF FAMILIES. plus facile & ’aide de tableaux synoptiques; par A. M. Constant DUMERIL, [ete.]. Paris, Allais, libraire, Quai des Augustins, No. 30. MDCCCVI. [3vo., xxxii (+1 1.) + 344 pp.] Families were first indicated in this work and named after supposed essen- : tial characters, e. g., Céphalotes, Dactylés, Plécoptéres. 1810. Indice d@’ ittiologia siciliana ossia catalogo metodico’ dei nomi latini, italiani, e siciliani dei pesci, che si rinvengono iu Sicilia, disposti secondo un metodo 592 CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAIL-CHEEKED FISHES. naturale [ete.]. Opuscolo del signore C. 8S. RAFINESQUE SCHMALTzZ.—Me sina. Presso Giovanni del Nobolo. Con approvazione. 1810. [8vo, 70 pp 2 folded pl. | s Families, called orders (ordine), were recognized and chiefly named after typical genera, e.g., Percidi Scaridi. r| Histoire naturelle des principales productions de Europe méridionale et par) ticulitrement de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes maritimes; par A Risso, [ete.]. Tome troisieme.—A Paris, chez F, G. Levrault, libraire, [ ete.]. ! 1826. [Svo. ] Most of the volume (pp. 97-480, fig. 4 on pl. 2 to fig. 50 on pl. 16) was devote to the fishes. Various families were first instituted in this work, e. g., Scorpénides, Triglides. 1829. Le Régne Animal distribué d’aprés son organisation, pour servir de base a if histoire naturelle des animaux, et @’introduction & Panatomie comparée, par Georges Cuvier. [2° ed.]. Paris. 1829. 1832. Saggio di una distribuzione metodica degli Animali Vertebrati di Carlo Luciano, BONAPARTE, Principe de Musignano. Roma. Presso Antonio Boulzaler, 1831-32. [8vo., 86 pp. ] A translation of a part of the preceding article was soon published, viz: Versuch einer methodischen Vertheilung der Wirbelthiere mit kalteml Blut von Carl Lucian BONAPARTE, Prinz von Musignano.< Isis. 1833, col.| 1183—1229. 36 families with 62 subfamilies and 15 families not subdivided (77 sub-) families) are named and defined. | 1850. Conspectus systematis Ichthyologiz Caroli Luciani BONAPARTE. Editio refor-) mata. 1850. Apud E. T. Brill Academiz Typographum. [Lugduni Bata- vorum. } [A large sheet with names of all divisions. ] 21 orders, 82 families, and 185 subfamilies are admitted. 1854. A manual of natural history for the use of travellers ; being a description of the families of the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms: [etc]. By Arthur Adams, | M.R.C.S.; E.L. S.; M. R. E. S., Stettin; William Balfour Baikie, M. Dx [ete.] and Charles Barron, [ete.].. London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row, Mpccciiv. [12mo, viii, 749 pp. ] The families and major groups of fishes are defined by Nas (pp. 78-110), The work is of no real value, and Swainson is regarded as an authority) and subfamilies defined by him elevated to the rank of families. The only importance of the work results from the fact that the names of several families appear in it for the first time. 1859. Enumeratio specierum piscium hucusque in archipelago indico observatorum, | [ete.], auctore PETRO equite a BLEEKER, [etc.]. Batavie, typis Langii &! soc. 1859. (4°, xxxvi, 276 pp. ] | 1861. Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum. By ALBERT GUNTHER, M. A., M. D.,ete. . . . Volume third. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1861. (8° (gen. title x), xxv, 586 pp. ] 1872. Arrangement of the families of Fishes, or classes Pisces, Marsipobranchii, and Leptocardii. Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. By THroporE, Gitt, M. D., Ph.D. Washington: published by the Smithsonian Institution. November, 1872. (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. 247,—8°, xlvi,, 49 pp.) 1882. Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By Davip S. JorDAN and CHARLES H.GILBert. Washington: Government Printing Office. 1883. [8°, lvi,) 1018 pp.= Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 16. ] 1885. The Standard Na‘ural History. Edited by JouN STERLING KINGSLEY. Vol. im. Lower Vertebrates, [ete.], Boston : S. E. Cassino and Company. 1885. The authors of the ichthyological portion were 8S. W. Garman, Theodaay Gill, D. 8. Jordan, and J.S. Kingsley. 1826. So 1 | | a> 5 — ~ ] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 593 ON THE NAME PLEURONECTES. BY THEODORE GILL. _ them. One of the most important, and indeed the most important in _ some respects, relates to the application of the name Pleuronectes. For over thirty years there has been almost (but not quite) universal con- currence in restricting that name to the small-mouthed species repre- sented by the Pleuronectes platessa of Linuzeus. Messrs. Jordan and : Goss, however, now object to such a use of the name, and revert to its “employment by Fleming and DeKay for the Turbot and its relatives. Inasmuch as an almost settled question is thus again opened, and as the confusion induced by the proposed change would be considerable and deplorable, an immediate inquiry into the propriety of that view is de- sirable. Of course the fact that confusion would for a time result from he adoption of Messrs. Jordan and Goss’s proposition is no material ob- jection; but if the confusion can be averted without infraction of the laws of nomenclature, and renewed stability be obtained for the long current names, a not immaterial boon will have been realized for Ichthy- ology. A re-examination of the data involved in the question is there- fore in order. JORDAN AND GOSS’S VIEW. Messrs. Jordan and Goss have given their reasons for the use of the name Pleuronectes for the Turbot aud its allies in an argument which it _is only just to them to reproduce. It is found in their memoir in the _ Annual Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1886 (pp. 255, 256; Separate, pp. 31, 32): _ Our reasons for considering the Turbot as the type of the genus Pleuronectes may be briefly stated : In the earliest restriction of the Linnean genus Pleuronectes, in which the latter Name is retained for one of the subdivisions. the Turbot has been retained as the type. ‘We therefore find ourselves compelled to transfer the name Pleuronectes from the small-mouthed flounders to the present group. The genus Pleuronecies, as it appears in the tenth edition of the Systema Nature, is intended to contain all flat-fishes, 18 of which are characterized and named. ' *The Review was issued in advance of its appearance in the Annual Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1836, with double pagination—that of the Report (pp. 225-336) and that of the Separate (pp. 1-112), and 9 plates. Proc. N, M. 88—== 38 Loft : 2s, (8&4 Z ——— 594 GLEANINGS AMONG THE PLEURONECTIDS. Omitting foreign species, the following table shows the European species included by Linneus, and the generic names which have since his time been specialiy ea on each of these species ? Hippoglossus’.-- 2.2 <2. cece Fence sam eee pee ees sec enes cena Hippoglossus Cuvier, 1817, ; imines QHSUAS eee oe we lek nos pace kates ee ecmnae Glyptocephalus Gottsche, 1836,* Platessa . Platessa Cuvier, 1817 ; Pleuronectes Swainson, 1839; Pleuronectes Bleeker, 1862, SLOSS ters She oe tee oe re kkl oh ie meee Jas Miss ubesiece sles ee eee eee Flesus Moreau, 1871. — THINBNOG.- 0 =\- 50 cont bes Saneln we sec aen pose wee eon secon Limanda Gottsche, 1835. — SO Le sepa ee ene aot eee ate mae slave miata lied ett eteterm lela alee ta nelate tn ieee tee Solea Quensel, 1806. Linguatula .......---.-..----- Pleuronectes Bonaparte, 1546; Citharus Bleeker, 1862; Bothus Rafinesque, 1810; Scophthalmus Rafinesque, 1810. DOW DUS ss sats acl eo Rhombus Cuvier, 1817 (preoccupied). MaRIMUBeee se seni eeioee ae carne « Plewronectes Fleming, 1828; Psetta Swainson, 1889; Passer Valenciennes, 1855 (preoccupied), EBRSCR eae Stet atean aan cha see chic nse cbse ieee (An abnormal specimen of Jesus.) The first subdivision of the genus Pleuronectes, after the removal of the soles, seems to have been that of Cuvier. Cuvier subdivides the group into three subgenera, Hippoglossus, Rhombus, and Platessa, retaining the name Pleuronectes for the group as a whole, but for none of his subdivisions. Fleming, next after him, makes use of these subdivisions, but rejecting the name of Rhombus, he distinctly adopts the generic name Pleuronectes for the ‘Turbot” group. His genera are, therefore, Plewronectes the ‘‘Turbot,” Solea the ‘‘Sole,” Platessa the “Fluke,” and Hippoglossus the ‘‘ Halibut.” Pleuronectes maximus, the “Common Turbot,” is evidently intended as the type of Pleuronectes, as understood by him. This is, so far as we have ascertained, the first restriction of the name Pleu- ronectes to any group of flounders, and if it be so the name Pleuronectes must go with the Turbot and its relatives. In that case it would take the place of the preoccupied name Rhombus and of the prior but almost forgotten name of Bothus, unless we see fit to place the Turbot and the Brill in different genera, in which case Bothus should be used for the Brill. The next restriction seems to be that of Swainson, in 1839, who indicates Pl. platessa as the type of Pleuronectes. Next is the restriction made by DeKay, 1842, who again makes the Turbot the type — of Pleuronectes by adopting the then nearly obsolete name of Pleuronectes in place of | Rhombus. In 1846 Bonaparte retained the nawe Pleuronectes for a group composed of — Citharus, Arnoglossus, ete. The only Linnean species mentioned by him, linguatula, — may be regarded as his type. | In 1862 Bleeker, and following him Giinther and nearly all modern authors, have — regarded Pleuronectes platessa as the type of Pleuronectes. | The reason for this view lies apparently in the fact that Artedi before Linneus | had mentioned the species later called platessa first in his list of species of Pleuronectes. — This reason is now regarded as an insufficient one, and the name Pleuronectes must retain the signification given it by the first author, who has properly restricted it, We must therefore follow Fleming in regarding Pleuronectes maximus as the proper | type of Pleuronectes. This historical summary is not complete, and the results to which | Messrs. Jordan and Goss have arrived are a consequence of the incom- | pleteness of their review of the literature. LINNAAN SPECIES. The species occurring in Europe and known to Linneus have been correctly identified by Jordan and Gronks, but a complete enumeration of — eee ey = — je ———a * This was aligned: at fe same time as Anata tier Leas > 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 595 all the species known to the Swede may be acceptable and will show the extent of the family that his immediate successors had to deal with. _ As enumerated in the tenth edition of the Systema Natur, they are “identified in the following exhibit, wherein the European species are _ distinguished by HEAVY TYPE, and the generic names based on them (or very near allies) are given in the right-hand column. MPPBLEICNOGAEIWIUS: Jo56 <5 eee cee ote ee enc ce BE MRIS re eee emic ce soc nels wteeteceate wesess Plagusia, Cuvier, 1829. MICO ANAINE ert Ren sya cioe! oak boon acae owes eee de Monochirus, Rafinesque, 1814. BeEpLISEPOGUOSSUS. << 602525 -5220:0.52.00n lees ac nsec HIPPOGLOsSUS, Cuvier, 1817. BV NOGLOSGU GS) 22 ota cScleac tae ese velco ees GLYPTOCEPHALUS, Gottsche, 1835. BEETS SAG Sepete tse ccs SoSe5 «cade vec bec ur eees PLATESSA, Cuvier, 1817. BERBERS mE nia Se ee sete ak/-Maikzictsc wcccow nace FLEsus, Moreau, 1881. BE RES INIVA seperate Shar s clapa' ois Sine! SOs w= bc cae ese LIMANDA, Gottsche, 1-35. MORRO NS See Rees Geo Sie clare scyatcr neice cinch Aaaesees & SOLEA, Quensel, 1806. POU NED TAR a o.oo ce kab ec seas acceee aks Ciruarvs, Bleeker, 1862. LEEDS) Ee a Achirus, Lacépéde, 1803. ee IONE NB a bacco os) 20. 2 ve cee cee see ce Botuus, Rafinesque, 1810. BOE UE UNA Pict fate aka sein Sos wes hcl ene ec wep eee Paralichtlys, Girard, 1859. Be UMW Serer eee cuc as se cctie os ca ems curse SCOPHTHALMUS, Lafinesque, 1810. 2 PASSA SS Se se eae ee Se a ee FLEsus, Moreau, 1881. BPE ADUNOSUS eee ee ota Sek eee wk ese ee ecee- Syacium, Ranzani, 1840. EONS Se See a ne ee er Platophrys, Swainson, 1839. The genera of true Pleuronectid thus referred to were proposed in the following chronological order: 1810. Bothus, Raf. 1839. Platophrys, Swains. Scophthalmus, Raf. Psetta, Swains. 1817. Hippoglossus, Cuv. 1840. Syacium, Ranz. Platessa, Cuv. 1859. Paralichthys, Girard. 1835. Limanda, Gottsche. 1862. Citharus, Bleeker. Glyptocephalns, Gottsche. | 1881. Flesus, Moreau. FIRST SUBDIVISION OF PLEURONECTES. “The first subdivision of the genus Pleuronectes, after the removal of the soles,” does not seem “to have been that of Cuvier.” Years before, Rafinesque had subdivided the genus and enumerated all the minor genera known to him. In 1810, in his Caratteri di aleuni nuovi generi e nuove specie di Animali e Piante della Sicilia (p. 23), he proposed a new generic denom- ination (Bothus) for a portion of the genus Pleuronectes, but would have called it Rhombus, after the chief species, had not that name been already used for another genus.* He included in it, besides the “B. rhombus {Pleuronectes rhombus Lin. ],” three supposed new species, B. _ Rumoto, B. Tappa, and B. ep ialis. Of the three es B. Rumolo *Porzione delle specie dei genere iEeLairets degli ee compongono questo nuovo mio genere, il quale si dovrebbe chiamare Rhombus della principali delle spe- _¢ie che contiene, se Lacépéde non avesse gia attribuito tal nome ad altro suo genere, - nome di Bothus & perd, un di quelle data da Aristotle di Pesci ai quest’ ordine. “ ie. 596 GLEANINGS AMONG THE PLEURONECTIDS. ft is the same as the Linnean species, B. Tappa probably Arnoglossus” laterna, and B. imperialis has been supposed to be identical with the Arnoglossus Grohmanni, and by Bonaparte identified with the Turbot,* ‘ but the proportions and rays assigned by Rafinesque preclude the latter. In 1810, also, but somewhat later, Rafinesque, in his Indice d’ Ittiolo- gia Siciliana (pp. 15, 19), enumerates the Sicilian Heterosomes known to him. He considered the Heterosomes to represent the second see- tion (i Pleurostomi) of the first division (i Giugulari) of the first sub-_ class (i Pomniodi) of fishes, and distributed them into two orders or families, one (gli Aghirini), containing the new genus Symphurus, and the second (i Pleronetti) embracing the genera Solea, Scophthalmus, and Bothus. Scophthalmus was a new genus, embracing the S. maximus (Pleuronectes maximus Lin)., S. rhombus (Pl. rhombus Liun.), and S. diu- rus, a species based on the alia Passeris species of Rondelet (lib. 1, cap, 8, fig. (= Pleuronectes platessa?). The genus was solely distinguished by the jugular fins and caudal fin free, and eyes on the left side.t The only difference which appears from a comparison of Rafinesque’s diagnoses of Bothus and Scophthalmus is in the assumption that while there is only one ventral fin in the former there are two in the latter.t This assumption is baseless, as all the species referred to the two nomi- nal genera have alike two ventrals, although very dissimilar in propor- tions on the respective sides. The two genera are identical, and indeed _the Brill, which seems to have been at first regarded as the type of the genus Bothus, and is also the same as the B. Rumolo, is, in the later work, transferred to the genus Scophthalmus. The two names should there- fore be regarded as strict synonyms. But, in any case, the European species contained in the genus Pleuro- nectes, as recognized by Messrs. Jordan and Goss, were formally with- drawn from the Linnean genus and referred to one or other of his genera by Rafinesque. In 1815, Rafinesque in his Analyse de la Nature (Palermo), for his sys- tem of Ichthyology, classified the Heterosomes or Pleuropsia as follows: Ile. Sous, ord. PLEUROPSIA. 4° Fam. Pleuronectea. 1re §.-Fam. Achiria. ge §.-Fam. Diplochiria. Achirus. Pleuronectes. Symphurus. Scophthalmus, R. Monochirus. Bothus, R. Plagiusa. It will thus be seen that Rafinesque had not only first eliminated the Pleuronectes rhombus and P. maximus trom the mass of the Linnzan> * Bonaparte, Cat. Pesci Europei, p.49*, s.n. Psetta maxima, syn. = ‘‘ Bothus imperi- alis, Raf. Car. ex natur.” t“*V. Gen. Scophthalmus. Ale giugulare, ed ala caudale sciolte, o¢chj alla sinis- | tra.” Raf., o. c., p. 53. t “XXIIL. G. Bothus. Idue occhi alla sinistra, ale dorsale ed anale distincte @: ®eparate della caudale, una sola ale giugulare,” Raf., Caratteri, p. 23. MH —1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 597 genus, but. also soon afterwards restricted the name Pleuronectes to a re- siduum left after the institution of the other genera recognized by him. _ Obviously, then, the generic name Pleuronectes should not have been . retained afterward for any species of the genera first eliminated. The fact that Fleming, and later still DeKay, restricted the name to the _ Turbot and its kindred, in no way affects the question and is only evi- dence of their want of knowledge. Our attention will only be needed, then, to any proposals to restrict the name within the limits left by Ra. finesque.* BONAPARTE’S USE OF THE NAME PLEURONECTES. In 1832, Charles Bonaparte, in his classification of the Vertebratest (p. 117), divided the family Pleuronectide as follows: Famiglia 24. PLEURONECTID&. 289. Pleuronectes, L. 1. Platessa, Cuv......:...... Atl. eur-“ameritano. {2 2: .ds-eeeeeeeee $10 i 2. Hippoglossus, Cuy ........ M. dnd: Meds Atl. oii ascc:2 4-5 gaccwee eee 10 ; 290. Rhombus, Cuv. (Bothus USUI) ast hetoci aint eye clshos oe Mend. Med: Atl 220.2 3.55-Seeccuasneeee 20 AeeicoMm DOs NODE cone soles Mo ind: Med Atl cle. 222s see eee De bOLMMS NOU. a5 20-8 8c 25% Mediterraneo: Atl 22. 32 sae eee eee 291. Solea, Nob. il salen (Cis eee ere MecInd> Med. Atl: 2.5 Stee ee 20 ee MONO CHIN Overs sce co- MM. -Ind= Med. Atl: 32% = oo5-b ose ai SPACHITUS WACO py. ccs ba s25- M, Amn Dna... oie cocae sts eeees. eee 4 4. Plagusia, Brown.......... M. Ami nd 262 cssena canoes Saeco 6 — In 1833, Bonaparte, in his Fauna Italica,§ in the article on Pleuronectes macrolepidotus, proposed anew arrangement of the family Pleuronectide and gave the name Pleuronectes to a new subdivision of the old genus. The outlines of his arrangement of the family may be given in his - own words: _ Insei generi merita a nostro giudizio d’esser ripartita Vintiera famiglia, e questi - diremo Platessa, Hippoglossus, Pleuronectes, Rhombus, Solea, Plagiusia; i primi quattro _ constituiscono i nostri Plewronectini, i rimanenti formano la sottofamiglia dei Soleini. The genus Pleuronectes is thus limited: _ Ii nostro genere Pleuronectes ha i denti mascellari e i faringei tutti acuti. La _ pinna dorsale ha origine al di sopra degli occhi, oppure piu innanzi; tanto essa, quanto 4 a si prolungano fino alle coda. I] corpo é ovato-oblungo quasi scolorato da am- _beduei lati pellncido. Lo scaglie grandi, caduche. L’ano s’apre nelle carena del _ ventre. Z : = * * Rafinesque’s reference of his | ee Seep hinn Ins ia ay to ‘that genus was aires the result of a misunderstanding. His reference of Pleuronectes platessa to Solea was an ae of his general blundering proclivity. _ tSaggio di una distribuzione metodica degli Animali Vertebrati di Carlo Luciano a Bonaparte, Principe de Musignano. Roma. Presso Antonio Boulzaler, 1831[-1832]. {The numbers in the right-hand column indicate the supposed ae of species of each subgenus. § Fauna Italica, Fase. rv, 1833. 598 GLEANINGS AMONG THE PLEURONECTIDS. The species referred to this genus and illustrated by Bonaparte were : P. bosci, P. macrolepidotus, P. arnoglossus, P. Grohmanni. In 1846, Bonaparte, in his Catalogo metodico dei pesci europei (p. 47*), retained the genus with the same species, only substituting the name P. citharus for P. macrolepidotus (on account of doubt as to the identity of his species with Bonnaterre’s) and adding the P. caswrus~ Penn. (=Arnoglossus laterna J. & G.) and P. megastomus Donovan (=Lepidorhombus whiff-iagonis J. & G.). Only the Ronapartean work of 1846 is referred to by Jordan & Goss (p. 253) in the synonymy of the genus Citharus. The type is said by them to be “linguatula, the only Linnzean species mentioned.” But the name linguatula is not mentioned by Bonaparte either in his enumera- tion of the species of the genus or in the ** Addenda” to his work. On the contrary, it appears that he was entirely uncertain as to the rela- tionship of the Linnean species, and appears to have had no idea that it belonged to his own genus called “‘ PLEURONECTES, Bp. (L. part)” for, under the Soleine species “Michrochirus lingula” (p. 50*), he adds ** Mono- chirus linguatula (Rond. 324!) Cuv. Sw. nec Pl. linguatula, LZ. Schn. (Quid ?).” In other words, he wants to know what the Linnzan species is, and apparently thinks it is nearer the Soles than to Pleuronectes, as understood by him. Therefore Bonaparte’s genus Pleuronectes, not con- taining a single one of the Linnean species by name at least, can not * be retained. RESTRICTION OF PLEURONECTES TO P. PLATESSA. In 1839, William Swainson in his work on the Natural History and_ Classification of Fishes, Amphibians, and Reptiles (Vol. 1, 1839, pp. | 187, 302), formally restricted the genus Pleuronectes to the P. platessa | group, that species indeed being the only one mentioned by him. This | use of the name was subsequently adopted by Gill (in 1861), Bleeker, | Giinther, and recent naturalists generally. In 1861, indeed, I had ex- amined into the question and consulted all the authorities now men- tioned with the same results as now indicated, and had used the “Genus Pleuronectes (Artedi) (non Bonap.)”.* That use of the name, I think, should be persisted in, and I doubt not that Messrs. Jordan and Goss will revert to the same opinion, or perhaps restrict it to a genus typified by P. flesus. PROPER NAMES OF THE GENERA CALLED PLEURONECTES. The genus to which the name Pleuronectes should be restricted, as al- ready proved, is that one typified by the P. platessa, the one for which’ it has actually been employed for nearly three decades. The genus to which the name was given by Bonaparte was subse- quentiy divided, and to one the name Citharus was given by Bleeker in 1862, and the other was called Arnoglossus at the same time. * Catalogue of the mieee of ine pashown Cont of North dame p. 50. 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 599 Although Citharus has been used without challen ge since its proposal in 1862, there are objections to its use in such connection w hich have been Reig eanly overlooked. ; In 1838, the elder Reinhardt, in his ichthyological contribution to the - Greenland Fauna,* formally used the name “ Qitharus” for a genus of - Pleuronectids consisting of Pl. platessoides and Pl. limandoides s, calling the former ‘“Citharus platessoides, Fab.”+ Those fishes, he thought, ought to form a peculiar subgenus, if we would follow the principles of Cu- _vier, and the place of that subgenus would be between Platessa and Hippoglossus. It was distinguished by the wniserial teeth, which are acutely pointed, distant, and largest in front of the jaws, by the large mouth, and by the Een stil of eight br: eacosiee rays. This subgenus Reinhardt called Citharus, he thus availing himself of a name employed by Rondelet, but without knowing what the Mediterranean Species so named was. Cuvier, he remarked, considered it to be the Pleuronectes limandoides which occurs in the North Sea, but (Reinhardt expressly adds) individuals from the two localities had not yet, it would seem, been directly compared.t . The name Citharus, in fact, was used by Reivhardt for the species of _Hippoglossoides, and for aie alone, and the characteristics assigned to the genus as well as his remarks expres sly exclude the true Citharus of the Mediterranean Sea. Inasmuch, then, as the Mediterranean species referred to the genus Pleuronectes by EU aponte. and later as the type of the new genus Citharus by Bleeker, remains without a name, Hucitha- *Ichthyologiske Bidrag til den Grantandake Ta af Tollannes Ponbene gli Aghirini, Rafinesque, Indice @Ittiol. Sicil., p. 18, 1810. ‘> Poissons plats, Cuvier, Regne Animal, [le éd.], t.2, p. 218, 1817; 2e éd., t. 2, p. 237 1829. — Soleidie, Bonaparte, Cat. Metod. Pesci Europei, p. 50*, 1846. > Soleoidei, Bleeker, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. Xv, 1859. > Plagusioidei, Bleeker, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xv, 1859. — Soleidx, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], p. 215, 1864. — Soleidx, Gill, Arrangement Fam. Fishes, p. 2, 1872. — Soleide, Jordan, Man. Vertebrates North. U. S., p. 208, 1884. Pleuronectide, auct. pl. 68.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 607 NOTE ON THE GENUS SPHEROIDES. BY THEODORE GILL. _ Ina valuable “ Review of the American species of Tetraodontidx,” published in 1886 (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 9, p. 2: 2), President D. S. Jordan and Mr. Charles L. Edwards bave applied the name Spheroides to the genus called Cirrhisomus or Cheilichthys by some preceding ich- thyologists, and still more recently President Jordan has taken up a later name (Orbidus) for the same genus. As the last name has already enjoyed some currency (appearing in the “Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of the Northern United States,” 1888, p. 170), some words are timely before its use is so established that inconvenience will result from its disuse. _ The name Sphéroides was introduced into scientific literature by La- cepede in 1798, and was based on the front view of a fish which he had already described as “le Tetrodon Plumier.” The proposition to ge- herically distinguish the figure was the result of sheer ignorance, over- Sight, and stupidity. Lacépéde diagnosed the genus as follows in his “ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons” (v. 2, pp. 1-22): Les Sphéroides. _ Point de nageoires du dos, de la queue, ni de Vanus, quatre dents au moins A la Machoire supérieure. The only species was “le Sphéroide tuberculé.” _ Not a single character thus assigned to the genus was pertinent to it. Almost immediately Schneider, in the “ Systema Ichthyologize ” of Bloch (Index, p. Ivii), corrected the mistake of the Frenchman (“ erro- rem Galli”) and showed that the Sphéroide tuberculé was based simply on the front view of the Tetrodon Plumieri. Far from Schneider’s knowledge of that fish resting only on the work of Lacépéde (“ after Lacépede”), as Messrs. Jordan and Edwards assert, it was based on a Critical examination of four figures of the fish derived by Bloch from Plumier, and therefrom he was enabled to correct the strange error of Lacépede. (See pp. 509, 510, and Index, p. lvii.) —Itis questionable whether genera, based on such premises as were Sphéroides and some others, of the old authors, should be adopted. Surely it is inconsistent in any one to adopt such groups and refuse to adopt such as are based on well-known species.* Nevertheless, it is _*President Jordan is fond of referring to such generic names as are based on given species without accompanying diagnoses as “nomina nuda.” But they are not “nomina nuda,” inasmuch as the exact information needed as to the types is given. “Nomina nuda” are those generic or specific names that are suggested without any information as to characters or any guide as to what they are meant for. If the old athors generally had specified the types of their genera and omitted ‘‘ descriptions ” them, science would be a gainer. 608 NOTE ON THE GENUS SPHEROIDES. difficult to draw a line between such as should be adopted and those that ought to be rejected. President Jordan accepts all the bad work | of the old naturalists, provided that we can know what species they had in view. I have been hitherto more conservative, and have gen- erally refused to take cognizance of such genera as “ Sphéroides” and analogous ones (e. g., Tetroras, Etmopterus, ete.), but am now inclined to think that the less exceptions are made to the rules of nomenclature the sooner we may have some agreement. In this case 1 am further influenced to accept the name Spheroides, inasmuch as, if we reject that, the vista of equally bad work and worse names lies before us. . But later President Jordan discovered that Orbidus was substituted by Rafinesque for “the French name ‘ Les Sphéroides’” in 1815, while the “ Latin form Sphwroides was not applied until 1831” by Pillot. He therefore took up the name Orbidus instead of Spheroides in the Pro- ceedings of the U. S. National Museum (v. 10, p. 481) and in “ A Man- ual of the Vertebrate Animals of the Northern United States” (5th ed., p. 170). It may be fairly questioned whether a name derived directly from the Greek or Latin and coined especially for a given genus should not be accepted as a Latin name, even if it has a French article before it and French accents. Butin the case at issue we are not called upon to consider this question. Orgilus Rileyi n. sp. Femaie.—Length, 7". Sanguineous; the head, palpi, antenne, pro: sternum, mesosternum, mesopleura, metathorax, anterior and middle legs and the trochanters and tibiz and tarsi of the posterior legs, black. a head when ewe from in nee is triang aS antero posteriorly b long, black, sickle-shaped, with two teeth at apex, one smaller and shorter than the other; sides of collar, pleura and metathorax rugose; the mesopleura has a large furrow across the disk; abdomen smooth, polished; the ovipositor very short, not longer than the 3d joint posterior tarsi, black. Wings black with a large irregular, white spo in Ist submarginal cell and extending below the areolet and back of th Ist discoidal cell; the areolet is rather large, the bounding veins form ing almost a perfect quadrate cell. § Habitat.—Unknown, probably Missouri. Described from a single specimen in the Riley collection, foo ee et 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 641 = Subfamily EUPHORINZ:. PERILITUS Nees. Perilitus gastrophyse n. sp. Female.—Length, 22™™; ovipositor, 4™™, Polished; stemmaticum, antenn, thorax, and abdomen, black; head and iegs red. Antennie 22-jointed; palpi yellowish; parapsidal grooves distinct, converging, but not meeting posteriorly, the middle lobe thus formed posteriorly or just in front of the scutellum is slightly depressed, punctulate; scutel- lum triangular, with a deep transverse groove at base; metathorax rugose, with some raised lines; abdomen petiolated, the petiole dilated at apex, longitudinally aciculated, and more or less reddish basally. Wings hyaline, veins brown; the Ist discoidal and 1st submarginal cells confluent, the marginal cell semicordate; the submedian cell is slightly longer than the median. Habitat.— Washington, D. C. Described from two specimens, labeled No. 329 L°, reared May 31 and June 26, 1886, from Gastrophysa cyanea. WESMAELIA Forster, Wesmaelia Rileyi n. sp. Female.—Length, 21™", Black, smooth, polished; ocelli, two basal joints of antenne, and legs yellowish; the abdomen more or less piceo- black. The head is transverse, much wider than the thorax; antennze 13-jointed, the two basal joints globular and of nearly the same size; thorax ovoid, short; the mesonotum convex, smooth, without parapsidal grooves; collar not apparent; tegule and surrounding surface yellow; scutellum convex, smooth, polished, with a deep transverse groove at base; metathorax areolated; the legs are very long, slender, the hind pair being much longer than the others; the middle femora are much longer than their tibiz, the latter but slightly longer than the tarsi, with a single apical spur; the posterior coxze are lengthened, cylindrical ; the femora and tibiz of about equal length, the latter with two apical spurs, the tarsi but slightly shorter than the tibiz, the basal joint being thickened and as long as all the other joints combined. Abdomen long, subcompressed, shaped very much as in the ophionid genus Limneria, the ist and 2d segments forming a long petiole, the 2d being slightly longer than the Ist; the ovipositor is short. Wings hyaline, veins brown; the marginal cell is long, lanceolate; the radius has but two branches, the Ist forming a right angle with the 2d; the ist submarginal and the 1st discoidal cells confluent, rhnomboidal; the sSubmedian cell being slightly shorter than the median. Described from six specimens in the Riley collection. This remarkable insect agrees with the definition of this genus, but Seems out of place in the group, and more closely allied with the group Aphidiine, where it may ultimately be placed. Proc. N. M. 88———41 S | £25,684 , aI 642 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONID Subfamily METEORINZ. METEORUS Haliday. Meteorus coquilletti n. sp. | Male.—Leneth, 32", Pale yellow ferruginous, shining, covered wit fine, short pubescence; eyes purplish-brown ; stemmaticum black; an tenne very long, slender, dusky towards tips ; metathorax finely rugos with a delicate carina down the center; abdomen polished, the Ist seg- ment longitudinally aciculated. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; the stigma and veins pale yellowish; the 2d branch of the radius is a little longel than the Ist, but one-third shorter than the 2d branch of the cubitus, the 2d eciiaareiaal cell is therefore much shorter than wide, and not quadrate. 3 Habitat.—Los Angeles, California. . Described from two specimens, received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett, labeled ‘“ Bred from Agrotis sp. (?) July 3.” i It is closely allied to MW. communis Cress., but is smaller. and the shape of the 2d submarginal cell will disting ah it. a Meteorus cecopsidis n. sp. if Male.—Length, 42"™, Pale yellow ferruginous, covered with a short, sericeous pubescence; eyes large, purplish-brown, with decided violet reflections in certain lights, and converging toward each other basall ‘ stemmaticum moreor less black; palpi pale; antenne long, 29-jointed, dusky apically, the joints of the flagellum about three and one-half to four times as long as Wide; parapsides obliterated, the mesonotum being a solid piece; metathorax minutely rugose, the disk dusky ; no carina; abdomen normal, the Ist segment coarsely aciculated, the post-petiole black; the 3d segment is also more or less black, piceo- black poster iorly. Wings hyaline; veins pale yellowish brown; the 2d branch of the radius is about one-third longer than the Ist, and half the length of the Ist transverse cubital nervure, the latter oblique, the 2d transverse cubital nervure being slightly shorter but parallel with it; the 2d sub- marginal cell is, therefore, twice as wide as long; the submedian cell is as much longer than the median as the levgth of the transverse median nervure. : ¢ Habitat.—Washington, D.C. ws Described from a single specimen, labeled “ Parasite on Ccopsits August 10, 1888.” This species is also allied to M. communis Cress., in stature and color, bnt the smoothness of the mesonotum, the length of the submedian cell, and the shape of the 2d submarginal cell at once separate it. Meteorus floridanus n. sp. Male.—Length, 34", The general color is paler than in the previous species, but the antenn are 32-jointed, the flagellum dark-brown, the stemmaticum black, the lateral lobes of mesonotum and the dorsal surface of abdomen more or less black; the base of the petiole yellow 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 643 the 2d abdominal segment also yellowish in the middle and along the ‘basal suture. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; the venation is similar to -M. ecopsidis, only the 1st and 2d iranaversa cubital veins are not par- allel, but convergent, the 2d submarginal cell therefore trapezoidal. Habitat.—Cocoanut Grove, Florida, Described from a single specimen, reared from the larva of an Arciiid found on Chrysobalanus, and collected by Mr. E. A. Schwarz. -Meteorus orchesie n. sp. _ Male and female.—Length, 32 to 44°; ovipositor, 3 to 4". Head, thorax, Ist abdominal eat and usually the tips of the abdomen, black ; collar, legs, and abdomen, except as mentioned, vary from a honey-yellow to pale yellow Rents: The face in thie male is ferru- -ginous, antenne 34-jointed, long; in female antenne 24-jointed, shorter. phe parapsidal grooves are eee converge behind, but do not quite reach to the base of the scutellum ; the middle lobe posterioriy is finely shagreened; in the male the ee ra and scutellum are ferruginous; metathorax coarsely rugose, delicately areolated; the Ist abdominal ‘Segment is longitudinally aciculated. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the cost and stigma brown, the latter having a yellow spot at the base; veins yellowish; the 2d branch of the radius is about twice as long as ‘the Ist, the 2d submarginal cell trapezoidal. Habitat.—Grand Ledge, Michigan. Described from six specimens, three males and three females, labeled No. 2465°, reared July 24, 1881, from Orchesia castanea found in brown woody fungus growing at the aor place. “Meteorus euchromie n. sp. _ Male and female.—Length, 32 to 44™"; ovipositor, 1". Pale yellow- ferruginous; eyes very large, purplish brown; palpi and legs pale; post-petiole dorsally black. The antenne are 25-jointed in female, 31- jointed in the male; parapsidal grooves obliterated, or at least not ‘sharply defined, the middle lobe being more or less shagreened and the parapsidal grooves only indicated by shagreened lines; metathorax ‘minutely rugose, the lateral and medial carine only faintly traceable ; abdomen normal, the 1st segment or petiole, strongly, longitudinally aciculated. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the cost to the parastigma, mnedian and submedian, and basal veins dark brown or black; other Veins, including the eats ellowish; the 2d branch of the radius is only ‘alittle longer aha the Ist, and aieeien than the 2d branch of the eubi- us; the Ist transverse cubital nervure is oblique and not interstitial With the recurrent nervure; the 2d submarginal cell is therefore trape- oidal, Habitat.—Caracas, Venezuela. = Described from several specimens, in both sexes, received September 23, 1886, from Dr. A. Ernst, of Caracas, who reared them from Huchro- 4 mia eriphria Fabr. 644 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA. Subfamily CALYPTINA. EUBADIZON Nees. Bubadizon phymatodis n. sp. Female.—Length, 5™™; ovipositor, 44™™. Black, polished; face coy- ered with white sericeous pile; palpi pale; legs, excepting posterior coxie basally, reddish-yellow. Antenna 28-jointed, black, except the | suture between the 2d and 3d joints, tips involuted; when extended backwards the antenne reach a little beyond the base of the abdomen. | The mesothoracic parapsidal grooves are deep and converge and meet, before attaining the base of the scutellum, thence as a delicate keel; the sides of the coliar and the mesopleura, although shining, are finely rugose ; scutellum smooth with a large fovea at base, metathorax and, the Ist, 2d, and 3d abdominal segments rugose. Wings hyaline, veins brown, stigma black; the venation as in E. pleuralis Cress., only ste transverse median nervure is interstitial with the basal nervure, The male does not differ structurally from the female except in hay- ing 31-jointed antenne and the posterior portion of the middle meso- thoracie lobe being coarsely punctulate. Habitat. Washington, D. C. : Described from three specimens, two males and one female, reared) April 11, 13, and 16, 1889, from Phymatodes amcenus Say. | The sculpture of the three basal abdominal segments will at once sep- arate this species from EH. americanus Cress., to which it seems most, closely allied. i Eubadizon incognitus n. sp. | Female.—Length, 3"; ovipositor, 14™™. Black, shining, covered with a short, sparse pubescence ; face prominent, opaque, finely pune- tulate, pubescent; two deep fover at basal corners of clypeus; palpi pale; antenne 30-jointed, the two basal joints above black, beneath brown; flagellum brown; mesothoracic parapsidal grooves deep, pune- tulate at bottom, and converging and meeting before reaching the base of the scutellum; collar at sides confluently punctured ; mesopleura smoother, with a deep, punctulate sulcus across the disk; metathorax as long as wide, rugose ; legs reddish yellow, the tips of posterior femora and their tarsi slightly dusky ; abdomen as long as the thorax, the Ist segment minutely sculptured, with a more or less longitudinal, glabrous line basally; the following segments smooth, polished, the 2d segment only exhibiting a slight microscopical sculpture toward the base. Wing: hyaline, the venation as in D. plewralis Cress., only the cubitus is broker near the base and does not attain the apical margin. Habitat.—Kirkwood, Missouri. Described from two specimens, received from Miss M. E. Murtfeldt labeled *‘ Parasite on 97M, October 9.” . 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 645 Subfamily BLACINZ. GANYCHORUS Haliday. Ganychorus atricornis n. sp. Male and female.—Length, 2? to 3™™; ovipositor, 1™™. Black, pol- ished ; palpi and legs, honey-yellow; posterior tibixe above and tarsi, dusky ; mandibles black; antenne 23 jointed in male, 24 jointed in fe- male; the basal joints of the flagellum are about four times as long as wide; mesothoracic parapsidal grooves deep, punctulate at bottom; mesopleura smooth; metathorax minutely rugose; abdomen oval, de- pressed, the Ist segment sculptured and with two keels basally, the following segments smooth, polished. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the stigma, parastigma, and most of the cost black; other veins yel- lowish ; the transverse median nervure is almost interstitial with the basal nervure ; the recurrent nervure joins the Ist submarginal cell be- tween the middle and its apex, while the 2d branch of the radius is slightly curved at base. Habitat.—San Mateo County, California. Described from three males and one female, labeled No. 147°, reared in December, 1885, by Mr. Albert Koebele, from a Cynipid gall found on Quercus Douglasii. ‘Ganychorus orchesiz n. sp. Female.—Length, 24™™ ; ovipositor, 24-™. Stature and color similar to G. atricor nis, only the antenne are 23-jointed, brown; the mandibles and palpi yellow; the venter piceo-black ; the Sareea grooves dis- tinct but not deep; the metathorax broader than long, minutely rugose and rounded off posteriorly ; the lst abdominal segment longitudinally aciculated ; the legs of a uniform reddish-yellow; the cost and stigma are brown, while the veins are pale yellow. Habitat.—Grand Ledge, Michigan. Described from a single specimen, labeled No. 2465°, reared July 24, 1881, from Orchesia castanea, found in brown fungus along with Jete- orus orchesie. (?) Ganychorus gelechiz n. sp. _ Female.—Length, 22™"; ovipositor, 1™™. A small, elongated, mi- nutely shagreened, opaque, yellow-ferruginous species; the stemmati- cum black; the vertex of head, lobes of mesothorax, scutellum, post- ‘scutellum, and apical margins of metathorax dusky. The antenne are more than 20-jointed (broken off at tips), about the length of the in- ‘Sect; the mesothoracic parapsidal grooves are distinct, and converge and meet before attaining the base of the scutellum, the middle lobe thus formed being triangular; the metathorax is a little longer than wide; abdomen long, ovate, as long as the head and thorax together, Aelicately shagreened. Wings hyaline, narrowed; the transverse me- dian nervure is distinctly interstitial with the basal nervure; other- f 646 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA. , wise the venation is similar to the previously-described species ; the veins are yellowish. Habitat.—Kirkwood, Missouri. Described from a single specimen received from Miss Murtfeldt, la- beled “ Parasite on Gelechia prunifoliella, May 15.” This insect is hardly congeneric with the above species, approaching more closely to the genus Hubadizon. % The subfamilies Calyptine and Blacine seem to run into each other, — and are with difficulty distinguished from each other, the closed anal cell in the former having but slight value. , Subfamily ALYSIINZ. DIASPASTA Forster. In this genus should be placed Alysia rudibunda Say. APHAZRETA Forster. Aphereta musce 0. sp. Male and female.—Length,2™™ ; ovipositor,2™™. Black, polished; two basal joints of antennze, maanidshlee ie legs, and 1st abdominal segment honey-yellow ; the head is large, transverse, cheeks piceous; antenne long, 21-jointed, the basal joint swollen, oval; the joints of the flagel-_ lum are long, cylindrical, the 2d about one-third longer than the Ist, the terminal joint fusiform and stouter than‘the one preceding it; in the maie the antenn are longer, 26-jointed ; thorax ovoid, smooth, without grooves; metathorax rugulose posteriorly, and with an acute, — short, ion eitadinal carina basally; abdomen oval, the 1st segment slightly aciculated. Wings large, eins the veins pale brown; the stigma is long and narrow, extending to the apex of the wings; the 2d submarginal cell is very long and narrowed at apex, longer than ~ the length of the basal nervure, the 1st transverse cubital nervure— being a little longer than the 1st branch of the marginal nervure and about twice as long as the 2d transverse cubital nervure; the 3d branch of the marginal nervure extends straight across to the apem of the wing, and makes a very large marginal cell. Habitat Bortross Monroe, Virginia, and central Missouri. Described from many specimens, in both sexes, labeled No. 43099, reared July 7, 1888, from the puparium of a Musca collected at Fortress _ Monroe; and a single male in Riley collection, labeled Central Mis- souri. This species or those described below may be the A. ( Trichesia) auripes Prov., Faun. Ent. Can., 0, p. 537, but I can not positively tell, Abbé | Provancher’s description being so imperfect; he does not give the» number of joints in the antenne, nor describe the venation of the- wings; if his figure of the wing (Fig. 71) is accurately drawn then none of them can be identical. f y 68.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 647 Aphereta californica n. sp. . Female.—Length, 14 to 12™; ovipositor, 2™™. In the number of joints in the antennee and in color chia species is an exact counterpart of the preceding, but it is proportionately smaller; there is a distinet longi- tudinal grooved line on vertex, extending font ocelli to occiput, and the 2d transverse cubital nervure of anterior wing is much shorter, the 9d submarginal cell being thereby much more narrowed at apex than in A. musce. . _ Habitat—Los Angeles County, California. i Described from six specimens, labeled No. 136°, reared in September, 1886, by Mr. Albert Koebele, from adipterous larva in dead and injured roots of Typha latifolia. Aphereta oscinidis n. sp. Female.—Lenegth, 2™"; ovipositor, 4"™. This species could easily be confounded with both of the above, agreeing with them in colorational details, except as follows: The veins of the wings are dark brown; the apical margins of 3d and 4th abdominal segments are piceous ; it has @ groove extending from ocelli to occiput as in A. californica ; but what will readily separate the species are the antenne; these are 25-jointed. Habitat.—Washington, D. C. ‘Described from a single specimen, labeled 4310°, reared July 7, 1838, from a dipterous miner, Oscinis sp., mining the leaves of Plantago major. a * ADELURA Forster. ‘Adelura subcompressa 0. sp. _ Male and female.—Length, 11 to 12”™™; ovipositor, about 7™™. Black, smooth, polished; antennie, brown ; legs, flavo-testaceous ; abdomen, Piceous; the Ist segment at base and sutures of ventral segments paler. The antenne in the male are 16-jointed, in the female 15 jointed ; the 1st joint of the flagellum is a little longer than the 2d; the 2d and following joints long-moniliform ; thorax ovoid, smooth, polished, with- out grooves; metathorax Geictely areolated ; abdomen as long as the head and thorax together, subcompressed; the 1st segment delicately aciculated. Wings, hyaline, iridescent; veins, brown; the 2d discoidal cell is much contracted ; the recurrent nervure joins the 2d submarginal cell at its basal angle, ie is almost interstitial with the Ist transverse cubital nervure; the 2d submarginal cell is very long and narrow, more ‘than twice the iorean of the Ist; while the 1st branch of the radius is ‘not half the length of the eiiiaue Ist transverse cubital. _ Habitat—Los Angeles County, California. _ Described from one male and one female, received from Mr. Albert Koebele, labeled “ Observed ovipositing in dipterous larvee in rotten fungus. . delura dimidiata n. sp. Male.—Length, 14". Black, smooth, polished; flagellum of antenne, brown; the basal joints of antenne, palpi, legs, tip of metathorax, more 648 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDZ. or less, and the two basal segments of abdomen, pale yellowish; the tip of the abdomen is black or piceo-black. The antennz are broken — off at tips, but the joints of the flagellum remaining are cylindrical, the ist the longest, the 2d and following about twice as long as wide. 2 Thorax ovoid, smooth, polished, without grooves; the mesapleura— with acrenulate furrow across the disk; metathorax delicately areolated. Wings, hyaline, iridescent, veins, brown; the venation is similar to the preceding species, only the dst branch of the radius is very short, about one-fifth the length of the oblique Ist transverse cubital nervure; — the 2d submarginal cell is, therefore, proportionately widened at base, narrowed at apex. Habitat—Ames, Lowa. Described from one specimen received from Prof. H. Osborn, labeled ‘* Bred from a dipterous larva in stem of cabbage.” No date is given. PHANOCARPA Forster. Phenocarpa americana n. sp. Female.—Length, 42"™"; ovipositor, 12™™. Black, polished; antenne, except dusky toward tips, mandibles, except teeth, and legs, flavo- testaceous. The face and cheeks are covered with a whitish pubes- cence; the autenne are broken, but there are 17 joints remaining; the 2d flagellar joint is longer than the Ist, the folowing gradually becoming shorter and shorter; the mesothoracie grooves are distinct, crenulate ; the middle lobe, thus formed, has a distinct, short, longitudinal grooved line posteriorly, connected at apex with two oblique grooves that extend into the parapsidal grooves; the scutellum has a deep fovea at base which is separated into two parts by a delicate keel; metathorax rugose, with a very short medial keel back of the post-scutellum ; the abdomen is as long as the head and thorax together, depressed above, boat-shaped beneath; the lst segment is aciculated, with deep lateral grooves and two delicate, longitudinal keels on the disk, beneath piceous; the following segments are smooth, polished, the sutures being with difficulty made out. Wings, hyaline; stigma and veins, brown; the submedian cell is slightly longer than the median; the 2d discoidal cell long and narrow, a complete parallelogram; the recurrent nervure is interstitial with the 1st transverse cubital nervure, the latter oblique; the 2d transverse cubital nervure is about one-third shorter than the Ist transverse cubital nervure, and surrounded by a brownish spot; the 2d submarginal cell is therefore narrowed at apex. Habitat.—W ashington, D. C. Described from one specimen. ISCHNOCARPA Forster. Ischnocarpa atricornis n. sp. Male and female.—Length, 22 to 22™™; ovipositor, 2™™. Black, pol-— ) ished; the 2d and apical abdominal segments, piceous; palpi and legs .] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 649 lavo-testaceous; mandibles black at base and with black teeth. The head is transverse; face pubescent and having a longitudinal grooved line on the disk, extending from between the antenn; there is also a longitudinal eared line, extending from the front ocellus between the lateral ocelli back to me occiput. ' The male antennex are 21-jointed, female 18-jointed, black, the scape piceous, the 2d joint yellow ; the 1st joint of the flagellum is the longest, ' he 2d and following joints about twice as long as wide. Thorax ovoid, smooth, polished, without parapsidal grooves; posteriorly, just in front f the scutellum, is a short longitudinal medial groove; the scutellum las a deep transverse fovea at base with some raised lines at bottom; nthe disk of the mesopleura is a long fovea, punctured at bottom; ax toze finely rugose; the abdomen is as long as the head and horax together, subsessile, the 1st segment longitudinally striated. Wings hyaline, iridescent; veins brown; the stigma is long, very ; arrow, reaching to the apex of the wing; the recurrent nervure joins the 2a submarginal cell near its base; fie Ist submarginal cell is small, hardly half the length of the 2d; the subdiscoidal nervure springs from the middle of the 2d discoidal cell. _ Habitat—Nyack, New York. a Described from five specimens received February 10, 1885, from Hey .d. L. Zabriskie. i’ RS BFF 4 Subfamily DACNUSINZ. CENONE Haliday. Gnone Belfragei nu. sp. _ Male and female.—Length, 3 to 35". Black, opaque, rugosely pune- tate, covered with a sparse, white, sericeous pubescence; two basal oints of antenn and legs flavo-testaceous. The head is transverse, very short, about twice as wide as long vertically; the eyes are oval and extend to the base of the mandibles; the clypeus projects much below the lower line of the eye, and with the short head and the distended mandibles gives ue insect a very ee appearance. Antenne 31- bdomen oval, the aye having a eae deal eee the Ist segment being more distinctly striated; in the female it is 4-segmented, in the male5-segmented, the terminal segments being very small. Wings hyaline, iridescent; veins brown; the recurrent nervure joins the Ist submarginal cell between the middle and the apex; the submedian cell 8 slightly longer than the median. _ Habitat.—Texas. - Described from four specimens, two male and two female, in collection Bs ‘Belfrage. 650 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA. _DACNUSA Haliday. Dacnusa oscinidis n. sp. Male and female.—Length, 12™", Black, smooth, polished; two basal antennal joints, palpi, and legs, honey-yellow; the Ist and two-thirds ; of the 2d abdominal segments reddish-yellow: antenne in male 24- jointed (broken in female), cylindrical, very pubescent; the 1st joint ‘ of the flagellum is longer than the 2d, the following joints about four — times as long as wide; thorax ovoid, smooth, polished, without grooves; metathorax minutely sculptured, pubescent; abdomen oval, the Ist | segment finely aciculated and keeled. Wings hyaline, iridescent; _ veins pale brown; the stigma very large, lanceolate, the marginal nery- ; ure springing from before its middle, the 1st branch of which is shorter a than the Ist transverse cubital nervure, the 2d branch curving and ex- — tending to the apex of the wing, forming a very large marginal cell; i the Ist submarginal and the 1st discoidal cells are rather small and ~ about the same size; the submedian cell is longer than the median. Habitat.—Kirkwood, Missouri. Described from two specimens, one male and one female, received — from Miss M. E. Murtfeldt, Jabeled “ Parasite on dipterous miner, Os- cinis sp. on honey-suckle, April 6, 1885.” Dacnusa confusa n. sp. Male.—Length, 2i™™. Black, polished; two basal joints of antennz and legs, honey-yellow; tarsi dusky. Antenne 30-jointed, cylindrical, the 1st joint of the flagellum is the longest, slightly louger than the 2d, the following joints after the 3d are about twice as long as wide; thorax ovoid, without parapsidal grooves, but there is a deep longitudinal medial groove posteriorly ; in one specimen this groove extends nearly the whole Jength of the mesonotum, in the other hardly half the length; — the scutellum has a large, deep, transverse fovea across the base, sep- arated into two parts by a delicate carina and with some raised lines at the bottom; mesopleura pubescent with a glabrous spot on the disk; mesothorax minutely rugose with a short keel back of the post-scutel- lum; abdomen oval, depressed, the Ist segment is rugose, the tubercles somewhat prominent, the following segments smooth, polished. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the stigma and veins brown; the stigma is long, | lanceolote; the Ist branch of the radius is slightly shorter than the transverse cubital nervure, the lst submarginal cell is a little larger than the 1st discoidal. Habitat.—Monroe, Michigan. Described from two specimens, labeled No. 2464° ; reared from a lepi- dopterous leaf-miner on rose. I doubt the correctness of this statement, and rather surmise that this was a dipterous and not a lepidopterous leaf-miner, as all other Dacnuse known to me have been reared from dipterous larve; unity of habit } would therefore exclude the genuineness of this observation. + ' fabs <1 . a oe. _ 1888.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 651 Dacnusa flavocincta n. sp. Male.—Length, 2". Polished black; legs reddish-yellow; tarsi and posterior tibie, dusky; the 2d abdominal segment above, except the extreme apical margin, brownish yellow, the following segments piceo- black. The antenne are entirely black, nearly twice the length of the insect, 36-jointed; the Ist joint of the flagellum is two-thirds longer than the 2d, the following joints about twice as long as wide; thorax ovoid, perfectly smooth and without grooves; mesopleura smooth; metatho- Tax minutely rugose, pubescent; abdomen ovate, the Ist segment aci- on culated and with a longitudinal keel down the center. Wings hyaline; Stigma and veins brown; the venation is exactly as in D. confusa, only the stigma is slightly narrower, and the 1st branch of the radius is as long as the transverse cubital nervure. Habitat.— Andersonville, Tennessee. Described from a single specimen, labeled No. 3084, reared from a _ dipterous leaf-miner on wheat. Sent to the Department by Mr. J. K. P. Wallace. SYNALDIS Forster. Synaldis ulmicola n. sp. Female.—Length, 12™. Black, polished; legs, including the coxe, flavo-testaceous; the 1st abdominal segment and venter, piceous. The head is transverse, broader than the thorax, face hairy; antenne 15- _ jointed, monilitorm beyond the Ist joint of the flagellum, the Ist flagel- lar joint cylindrical and much thinner than the following joints; thorax ovoid, smooth, polished, without grooves and with some sparse long _ hairs on the disk; mesopleura with a large crenulate fovea across the disk; metathorax minutely rugose; abdomen ovate, subsessile, de- pressed above, subcompressed below, the ist segment aciculated ; ovi- _ positor very slightly exserted, black. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; veins pale brown; the Ist submarginal cell is very large, nearly three times as long as the Ist discoidai, the 1st branch of the radius being nearly twice as long as the basal nervure; other characters as in Dacnusa. Habitat.—St. Louis, Missouri. Described from a single specimen, labeled No. 1007P°, reared Octo- ber 14, 1878, from a dipterous larva found on elm. Collection -C. V. _ Riley. ee yy eee This Férsterian genus is not included in Mr. Marshall’s Monograph of British Braconide, but it appears to me to be a valid one, readily separated from Dacnusa by the shape of the 2nd submarginal cell and the antennal characters. CCiLINIUS Nees. Ceelinius longulus n. sp. Male.—Length, 5™™. Black, smooth, polished; palpi dusky ; the an- tenn, except the scape and 2d joint beneath, black; legs testaceous, the cox and the 1st joint of the trochanters, piceous black; all tarsi, 652 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONID. ° and posterior femora above toward apex, and the upper surface of tibiz, more or less dusky; middle of abdomen reddish, shading into piceous black posteriorly, the 2d segment having a large yellow blotch on the — disk. : The oblong head is a little longer than wide, with a distinct grooved — t line extending from ocelli back to occiput; the antenne are long and — slender, more than 30-jointed (the tips are broken and exact number van not be stated), the 1st joint of the flagellum is the longest, about four times as long as wide, the three following about thrice, and the others twice as long as wide. The mesothoracic parapsidal grooves are only indicated anteriorly, but just in front of the scutellum is a row of coarse punctures, evidently the posterior portion of the grooves; the scutellum has a deep transverse fovea at base, the bottom of which shows some delicate raised lines; the margins of the mesopleura are punctured, the sutures punctulate, the disk smooth but with a longitudinal grooved line a little below the middle; metathorax rugose with indications ofa medial carina basally ; abdomen long, linear, much longer than the head _ and thorax together, depressed or compressed from above and below; — the petiole is black, as long as the trochanters and femora combined, minutely rugose, the spiracles placed nach before the middle. Wings cinereous hyaline; veins dark brown. Habitat.—Garland, Colorado. Described from a single specimen collected by Mr. E. A. Schwarz. This species is the largest form yet discovered in our fauna, and can not be confounded with any other. oe dase ont — » Pcp ee reer e * ne Subfamily MACROCENTRINZ. ZELE Haliday. ‘ Zele terminalis n. sp. Male.—Length, 44™™, Head, thorax, and terminal segments of abdo- — men, black; metathorax brown; palpi and legs, pale yellow-ferrugis — nous; antenne black, covered with white hairs; two basal antennal joints and basal two-thirds of 1st joint of flagellum, yellow; the Ist — joint of the flagellum is about eight times as long as thick, the others 4 subequal (tips are broken off, but there are 34 joints remaining). The — head and thorax are smooth, polished; collar yellow above and at — sides, beneath black; parapsidal grooves distinct; mesopleura with a large, oval fovea just beneath the wing, and a broad, longitudinal sul- cus below the middle posteriorly, its surface being minutely wrinkled ; metathorax coarsely rugose, a little longer than wide; abdomen linear, longer than the head and thorax; the first three segments yellow-fer- ruginous, and delicately longitudinally aciculated, the following seg- ments smooth, black, and polished. Wings hyaline, iridescent; veins brown; the recurrent nervure interstitial with the 1st transverse cubital nervure. rs Habitat.—Missouri. Collection C. V. Riley. ; 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 653 Described from a single male specimen. This species seems to be entirely distinct from all of the other de- scribed forms in our fauna. Subfamily DIOSPILINZ. PROMACHUS Marshall. Promachus sanguineiventris n. sp. Female.—Length,7"™; ovipositor,52™™, Head, antenne, thorax, legs, _ and ovipositor, black; abdomen sanguineous, attached to the superior margin of the thorax; the tibis covered with fuscous pile. The head _ is smooth, polished; face punctulate, pubescent; antennze 34-jointed, the length of the insect; thorax smooth; parapsidal grooves deep, broad, smooth, converging and meeting at about half the length of the mesonotum; the middle lobe small and prominent, ending in a carina _ posteriorly ; mesopleura with coarse, deep fovez on the disk and along _ the lower and posterior sutures; metathorax coarsely rugose, yellow- ‘ish-red towards apex; abdomen oval the length of the thorax, the Ist segment with four black keels—two laterals and two on the disk. Wings black; the stigma, coste, median, submedian, and basal veins, _ black; other veins brown; tegul yellowish. _ Habitat.—Missouri. Collection C. V. Riley. Described from one specimen. This species might be confused with Promachus saperde Riley, but its larger size and different sculpture ought to readily distinguish it. ; Promachus rubriceps n. sp. Male.—Length, 34™™. Head red; stemmaticum and anteriorly to - base of antenne, the occiput, and hirder margins of cheeks to base of - mandibles, with the tips of mandibles, black; two basal joints of an- tenn, palpi, and legs, honey-yellow; flagellum of antenne, coxe, thorax, and abdomen, black. The headin front of the ocelli has deep _ grooves for the reception of the antennal scape, separated by a sharp _ ridge extending between the base of the antennie; the face is minutely punctulate, covered with white sericeous hairs ; antenne 27-jointed, the - seape long; sides of thorax rugose covered with long, white hairs; the parapsidal grooves broad, reticulate with coarse punctures, the middle lobe with a distinct carina posteriorly ; the scutellum has a deep fovea at base, in the bottom of which are some raised lines; metatborax — rugose; abdomen long, ovate, subpetiolate, attached to the upper pos- _ terior margin of the thorax, much above the base of the posterior cox, and strongly suggestive of an affinity with the Hvaniide. Wings hya- line ; the venation as in previous species. Habitat.—Washington, D. C. Described from two specimens, labeled No. 2566°, reared February 14, 1884, from Sternidius alpha, living in the pith of Rhus glabra, , Subfamily OPIIN ZA. 654 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONID&. ; 3 OPIUS Wesmael. 4 Opius authomyie n. sp. : Female.—Length, 4"™. Black, smooth, polished, the terminal seg- menty with the sutures after the 5d more or less piceous; palpi white; legs honey-yellow. The antenne are long, cylindrical, 40-jointed ; pa- ‘apsidal grooves not impressed; on the posterior portion of the meso- | notum, immediately in front of the scutellum, is a large, deep, oval fovea, the bottom of which is transversely wrinkled; mesopleura rugu- Jose beneath the anterior wings and along the basal margins, the disk smoother with an irregular impression ; the scutellum is much elevated, the disk rugose, with a deep transverse fovea at base, divided into two parts by a delicate carina; metathorax rugose. The abdomen is cylin- dric-ovate, sessile, the ovipositor hardly exserted ; the 1st segment is — sculptured and with lateral longitudinal grooves. Wings hyaline, iri- descent; stigma and veins pale brown; the submedian cell is slightly longer than the median; the recurrent nervure joins the 2d submargi- nal cell at the basal angle, and is almost interstitial with the 1st trans- verse cubital nervure; the Ist branch of the radius is very short, — about one fifth the length of the 2d branch; the 2d submarginal cell is longer than the Ist, and its upper margin is much shorter than the lower. Habitat.—Lansing, Michigan. Described from one specimen received from Prof. A. J. Cook, labeled — “Ac, Cat. 722, parasite on Anthomyia, mining leaves of dock.” Opius foveolatus n. sp. Male—Length, 3". Black, smooth, polished; the terminal one-third of 2d abdominal segment and the following segments, except sutures, brown; palpi pale; legs reddish yellow. The antenne are but 3d- jointed, slender, cylindrical, pubescent; the parapsidal grooves are sharply defined anteriorly for two-thirds the length of the mesonotum; posteriorly they are entirely wanting; there is an oval depression or fovea on mesonotum just in front of the scutellum, as in previous spe- cies, but not so deep; mesoplenra smooth, with a shallow, impressed line on the disk; scutellum rugose, foveate at base, the fovea divided into two parts by a carina; metathorax rugose, a carina on the post- seutellum ; abdomen ovate, smooth, polished, the Ist segment longitu- dinally aciculated. Wings hyaline, iridescent; stigma and veins pale yellowish brown; the venation is similar to 0. anthomyia, only the Ist branch of the radius is about half the length of the 2d branch. Hlabitat—Ames, Lowa. Described from one specimen, received from Prof. H. Osborne, labeled *“ Parasite on pig-weed leaf-miner.” The paucity of joints in the an- tenn, less elevated seutellum, sculpture, and venation of anterior wings, will readily separate this species. 1888.] | PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 655 PHADROTOMA Forster. (2?) Pheedrotoma sanguinea n. sp. e Male and female.—Length, 54 to 6™; ovipositor, 3°", Sanguineous, ‘smooth, polished; eyes, stemmaticum, antennz, legs, and ovipositor ‘black; posterior cox red. The antenn in the male are very long, 48-jointed, in the female broken; the parapsidal grooves are only indi- fovea; the fovea at base of the scutellum has several raised lines at the bottom; metathorax somewhat rugose; abdomen sessile, ovate, the up- per surface convex, beneath in the male concave, in the female com- Habitat.—Washington, D. C. Described from several specimens, labeled No. 3737*, reared October 38, 1885, from a Trypeta living in bolls of Solanum carolinense. Subfamily LIOPHRONINZ. CENTISTES Haliday. -Centistes virginiensis n. sp. ; _ Female.—Length, 12°"; ovipositor, 2". Black, smooth, polished; an- tenn 17-jointed, moniliform, brownish-black; legs brown, obfuscated ; Habitat—Virginia. Described from a single specimen, captured at large, May 15, 1881. Subfamily HELCONINZ. . HELCON Nees. -Helcon grandis n. sp. eS Female.—Lenegth, 11™"; ovipositor, 12"". Black, polished; the pleura, “metathorax, and legs piceous; tarsi fulvous. On the vertex are scattered “punctures, becoming thicker and confluent around orbits and on face and } cheeks; autenne 38-jointed; parapsidal grooves distinct, coarsely punct- red; coliar, mesopleura, and metathorax coarsely rugose; scutellum ‘With a large deep fovea at base, separated by a carina into two parts, ‘and each part has a large puncture at bottom; abdomen a little longer an the head and thorax together, subcompressed, smooth, polished, black, except the disks of the two short terminal segments and the ‘Sutures of the ventral segments, which are brown. Wings fuscous; stigma and veins piceous black. 656 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA. Habitat.—Louisiana. One specimen received from Mr. Tyler Townsend. This species co only be confounded with H. occidentalis Cr., but it is larger, and th 7 « punctured head, sculpture of pleura and metathorax, and the darke colored legs, will at once distinguish it. ; GYMNOSCELIS Forster. x Gymnoscelis yukonensis n. sp. a Female.—Length, 8" ; ovipositor, 62™", Polished black, legs rufous, tips of posterior ono tibiz, and tarsi, black ; sides of abdomen more | or less rufous. The vertex of head is smooth a a few widely sepa- rated punctures; face roughly punctured, pubescent; the maxillary, palpi, long, 5-jointed; prothorax rugosely punctate; mesonotum pol- ished; parapsidal grooves distinct, the disks of the lobes slightly punct- ured, the posterior surface of the middle lobe rugoso-punctate ; meso- pleura smooth, polished, the surrounding margins rugose; meta- thorax and metapleura very coarsely rugose; abdomen long, above, subconvex, the 1st segment and the 2d basally rugose, the following. segments smooth. Wings hyaline, veins piceous; the 1st branch of the radius about as long as the 2d, the 2d submarginal cell being trapelg oidal. Habitat.—Fort Yukon, Alaska. >, Described from one specimen, received from Mr. L. M. Turner, 1877. ‘ Subfamily APHIDIIN&. BT 2 As the forms in this group have been arranged in accordance with the views of Dr. Arnold Forster, I give below a table for determining, the genera: = 4 TABLE OF GENERA. yy 1- Wiles with less than three cubital cells ~~. 5 5. 2 eee ecco on eee ee cess ses 2. Wings with three cubital cells. 7 Abdomen round; oviduct curved beneath the abdomen..G. (1) Toxares Westw.. Abdomen lanceolate; oviduct not curved beneath the abdomen. a G. (2) Ephedrus Hal. | By Abdomenvanceolate.... soso. et oebsl see cae Sateen oe eee = ee ee 3. Abdomen round; oviduct curved between the abdomen. ....G. (3) Monoctonus Hal. | 3. First cubital and first discoidal cells confluent or not existing....---..--------- 4. First cubital and first discoidal cells separated.........-....--.- G. (4) Praon Hal. 4. First cubital cell and first discoidal cell not closed by a transverse vein -..--.-. 5 First cubital cell and first discoidal cell contluent, closed by a cubital transverse — vein. ’ Metathorax nich hump-shaped_....- 2 ss1.0-2 ss eee eee G. (5) Calonotus First, Metathorax not very hump-shaped. | Radius much elongated, inclosing more than two-thirds of the radial ALCS. ,c225 seo ete niece eae oiaees eS ee Sa GG) el chats Forst.. Radius shortened, aolaenuae h: se one-third of the radial area. F) G. (7) Aphidius | | 1888.1] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 657 i 5. Radius distinctly present -............- SielalMiralelinwim iain Tain a otalnini 31 ofeialaren oat ole ae 6. Spm SAVIO WeebThAIIS = |G 25 os ees OBL Sana cece woe ee G. (8) Paralipsis, First. eee ites with no cubital transverse vein...-.. 2.5... 2 oes ccee noe ce ccce ocecee. 7h Wings with a cubital transverse vein...............2...-. G. (9) Lysiphlebus Forst. 7. Wings WH aGsnnnmdanidle humeral cell: =. 2:3... 2 scs scene se coes ecee cee & Wings with a hind middle humeral cell --.. ..-..... 2. ....-G. (10) Dieretus Porst. 8. Fore middle humeral cell closed; metathorax not areolated.............1...... 9, Fore middle humeral cell open; metathorax areolated. Female with horn-like appendages on the tip of the abdomen; postmarginal branch shorter than the marginal branch in both sexes. G.(11) Trioxys Hal. Female with no hornlike appendages on the tip of the abdomen; male with a postmarginal which is longer than the marginal branch; radius = WUC MelOM Mae a= <2 2 = San esas oe oe Soe ease oe G. (12) Lipolexis First. _ 9. Female with no horn on the tip of the abdomen...........G. (13) Adialytus Forst. PRAON Haliday. (Aphidaria Proy., Add. Faun. Hym., p. 152, November, 1886. ) _ Praon humulaphidis n. sp. _ Length, about: 3". Smooth, polished, bright yellow-ferruginous ; vertex of head brown; ocelli, eyes, antennz, except the two basal joints _ and base of 3d joint, mesonotum, and scutellum, black ; metascutellum convex, brown. The parapsidal grooves are distinct, sharply defined, converging and almost meeting just in front of the scutellum; metathorax smooth, _ rounded; the scutellum smooth, with a deep transverse fovea at base; _ wings, hyaline; veins, pale brown. _ Habvitat.—Richfield Springs, New York. | Described from one broken eiacmiod: labeled No. 4125°, reared June 15, 1887, from a hop Aphis, Siphonophora sp. I should have refrained from describing this species but for its being a reared specimen with such striking colors that its identification, even from the poor description, can easily be made. Praon virginiensis n. sp. — Male.—Length, 22°". Smooth, polished; the head, antenn, except _ two basil joints, and mesonotum, black; clypeus, lower portion of _ cheeks, mandibles, collar, pleura, metathorax, abdomen, and legs, yel- _ low-ferruginous. The pzarapsidal grooves are distinct as in previous species, the scutellum is similar; but the metathorax is smooth, with a - delicate medial carina; abdomen long lanceolate, longer than the head and thorax together, the disk obfuscated ; the petiole is a little longer . than wide, with delicate lateral grooves and faint medial keel. Wings, _ hyaline; veins, brown. Habitat.—Arlington, Virginia. Described from a single specimen that had the antenn broken off at tips. Proc. N. M. 88S——42 Sept: 241, ts Sq 658 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDZ. . 2 APHIDIUS Nees. TABLE OF SPECIES. Males. 1. Antenne less than 20-jointed .-- 225.2252. oe cae ce cece ecncnc covers sssses sa=sise 3. Antenne 20-jointed . 2c 22 foes cook wed sce cccere cccews seweet a= == sch aelim als 2. 9 Antenne more than 20-jointed. 1 Black, except the legs. Antennie 26-TOMbed nem eee cem einig Seen eee A. procephali n. sp. Antenne 22-jointed, sometimes 21-jointed, the two terminal joints being © GOMTMALOm aie bathe ere tes eis eer ce stale rete tate ater tee sior ete A, pterocomme n. sp. 2. Second branch of radius not longer than the transverse cubital. A. avenaphis Fiteh, — Second branch of radius distinctly longer than transverse cubital...A. lachni n. sp. ; Samambenmss, LO-JOUNtOd. cela n. cacis cr cna se lel eran Smite a tela alee tena ested rete ett 4, Antenne 19-jointed. Head black or piceous; thorax, abdomen, and legs honey-yellow. A, xanthus nD. sp. Head and thorax black; abdomen brown or piceous. Hind cox and legs brown; trochanters and knees yellowish. A. obscuripes n. sp. 4, Head and thorax black; abdomen black or piceous. Middle and posterior cox black -....-.....---.---..--- A, phorodontis n.sp. Females. 1. Large size. Head and abdomen piceous black; thorax and legs ferruginous. A, bicolor n. sp. Moderate or small-size species. Antenna 17-jointed Or less .«~ 5 saece sie Succes ee ves seen tee ae ee sees 2. Antenne 19-jointed. Hind cox black; petiole yellow basally..-.....---. A. californicus Nn. sp. Hind coxe pale brown; petiole black.-......--...------- A. lachni n. sp. — 2. Antoun 16-jointed or less:2- 2. - Jc. se a-sos son emai ee ool ee ate a as ee 3.9 Antenne 17-jointed. Head black or piceous; thorax, abdomen, and legs yellow ferruginous. A. pallidus n. sp. Headband thorax wholly black«2.222 ose siaseeeeeee eee ees A. avenaphis Fitch. — Collar, pleura, and metathorax, brown ....--.-.----. var. A. avenaphis Fitch. 3. Antenne 16-jointed. 2 Petiole black or piceous, not constricted .....-..-.--....- A, obscuripes D. Sp. Petiole wholly yellow, strongly constricted at middle.....- A. MS Nn. 8p. Antenne 14-jointed. of Petiole constricted, basally yellow ......-.-.--.---- A, phorodontis n. sp. ug a Aphidius bicolor n. sp. . iad ig, AGA Female.—Length, 52™", Head and abdomen piceous black ; a blotch back of the ocelli aid face ferruginous; antenne broken at tips; two 2 basal joints ferruginous, flagellum black, the joints being about one — and a half times longer than thick; thorax ferruginous, smooth, pol- — ished, except the disk of mesonotum, which is shagreened ; metathorax black, minutely rugose, its posterior face very oblique and centrally ¢ 1888.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 659 hollowed, the posterior lateral angles subacute; abdomen long, lanceo- late, almost twice as long as the head and ‘apeere together, subcom.- pressed at apex, the tip of the ovipositor being seen projecting upward _ between the ventral valves; the petiole is about as long as the hind cox and trochanters Painca: rugose, black, and opaque; legs con- colorous with the body, except the posterior tibice along their upper surface and their tarsi, which are fuscous. Wings hy aline; veins _ brown. _ Habitat—Washington, D. C. _ Described from one specimen, labeled “D. C., May 18,1882.” Itis the largest species known to me, and resembles a species I have reared in : Florida from Lachnus australis, named in MS. Aphidius pinaphidis. Aphidius procephali n. sp. : _ Male.—Length, 22"™. Black, polished; the 3d abdominal suture and _ legs, except coxe, brown, anterior pair of legs paler, cox black, the middle and anterior pairs brownish at apex; antenne, 26-jointed, entirely brown-black, the joints of flagellum being a little longer than _wide; disk of mesonotum aciculated; metathorax areolated ; abdomen é long ovate, depressed ; the petiole rugose, about thrice as fone as wide; _ wings, hyaline, iridescent; veins, brown; the 2d branch of the radius _about as long as the transverse cubital fone Habitat.—W ashington, D. C. Described from one specimen, labeled No. 1021P°, reared April 7, 1883, from an Aphis, Procephalus sp. found on Pinus inops. _ Aphidius pterocomme n. sp. Male.—Length, 2£™". Black, polished; abdomen, piceous black; legs, mark brown; coxe and pak anes, black; posterior femora, piceous : black; antenne, 22-jointed (in one specimen 60 two terminal joints are ‘ “connate, making but 21 joints); the joints of the flagellum are hardly twice : as long as wide; thorax entirely smooth, polished; metathorax areolated, ere surface of cine of the areole more or less punctured ; abdgmen long ovate, depressed; the petiole rugose, twice as long as wide, and. “constricted at the middle; wings, hyaline; veins, brown; the 2d branch _ of the radius much longer than the transverse cubital nerv ure. _ Habitat— Washington, D. C. } Described from two specimens, labeled No. 2939°, reared April 5, i 1883, from willow Aphid, Pterocomma salicicola Uhler. ‘e ? Aphidius avenaphis Fitch. _ Praon avenaphis Fitch, Sixth N. Y. Report, p. 98. _ Specimens of what are undoubtedly this species are in the collection, labeled 2721", reared June 17 and 20, 1882, from the wheat Aphis, Sipho- nophora avenec. Some specimens agree exactly with Fitch’s description ; _ others vary considerably in color, having the collar, pleura, metathorax, and abdomen entirely brown or more or less dusky; the female has but a PPE I RE A 660 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA. 17-jointed antennie, afact not mentioned by Fiteh; the specimens with 20-jointed antennze, as described by him, being males. ; Habitat.——Washington, D. C., and Lafayette, Indiana. (F. M. Web- ster.) Aphidius lachni n. sp. ‘ Female.—Length, 22™". Black, polished; collar to tegula, and more | or less of mesopleura, and the legs, including all cox, paie ferruginous ; — abdomen, piceous; the sutures, pale; petiole, black. The antennz are — 19-jointed, black; the suture between 2d and 3d joints only pale; the — joints of the flagellum are at least twice as long as thick, pubescent; — thorax smooth, impunctured ; metathorax areolated; the legs, meta- thorax, petiole, and abdomen are more distinctly covered with white — hairs than usual; the petiole is nearly thrice as long as wide, black, delicately sculptured, and slightly constricted at the middle; wings, — hyaline; the veins, dark brown; the 2d branch of the radius being about one and a half times as long as the transverse cubitals. The male differs from the female in having a darker colored abdomen, either black or piceous; the 2d suture only pale, while the antenn are — 20 or 21 jointed, the long terminal joiat being sometimes divided into — two joints. Habitat.— Alameda County, California. Described from several specimens, labeled No. 367°, reared in Novem- ber, 1887, by Mr. Albert Koebele, from an Aphid, Lachnus sp.,on Poplar, Aphidius californicus n. sp. ; Female.—Length, 22™™. Black, polished ; the mouth parts pale; legs — honey-yellow, hind coxe black ; anterior half of the strongly constricted 4 petiole, honey-yellow ; postpetiole, black; the sutures between petiole — and 2d and between the 3d and 4th segments, pale yellowish. The an-_ tenne are 19 jointed, much more slender than in A. lachni, the joints of ‘ the flagellum being at least two and a half times as long as wide; thorax smooth, impunctured; metathorax, areolated and rugose; abdomen — about one-third longer than the head and thorax together, long, lance-— olate, pointed at apex. Wings, hyaline; veins, brown; the basal nervure almost black; the 2d branch of the radius is nearly twice the _ length of the transverse cubital nervure. Habitat; —Placer County, California. Described from one specimen, labeled ‘ Placer County, Cal., August,” — and sent to the Department by Mr. Albert Koebele. Aphidius obscuripes n. sp. Female.—Length, 2", Black, polished; face, mouth parts and an-— tennal tubercles, brownish-yellow; legs brown; front coxe and femora, except along the upper surface, and all trochanters, pale brownish-yel-— low ; hind cox and femora unicolorous, dark brown; abdomen piceous © brown, the 2d, 5th, and 6th sutures yellowish-white. The antennz are — | 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 661 : 16-joint, black, the joints of the flagellum are about two and a half times — longer than thick, the terminal joint being longer and stouter; thorax smooth, polished, the upper margin of collar, triangular piece in front of the tegule, and the tegule piceous or brownish; metathorax smooth, distinctly areolated ; abdomen as usnal, long, lanceolate, aboat twice as long as the thorax; the petiole about twice as long as wide, with prom- inent tubercles. Wings hyaline; stigma and veins pale, the basal nervure brown; the 2d branch of the radius is not as long as the trans- _ verse cubital nervure, the latter being hyaline. The male has 19-jointed antennz, the metathorax piceous, the Ist and 9d abdominal sutures only pale, while the veins of anterior wings are a little darker, and the 2d branch of the radius is, at least, as long as the transverse cubital. Habitat.—Lafayette, Indiana. Described from two specimens, one male and one female, labeled No. $37, received from Mr. F. M. Webster. Aphidius xanthus n. sp. Male.—Length, 12". Honey-yellow, smooth, polished ; head black, _ disk of mesonotum obfuscated or brownish; antennz 19-jointed (?); tho- rax with parapsidal grooves anteriorly which become obsolete before attaining the middle of mesonotum ; metathorax smooth, polished, not areolated; abdomen longer than the head and thorax together; the petiole about thrice as long as wide and of auniform thickness through- out, the spiracles not prominent ; wings hyaline; veins pale brown, sub- hyaline; the 2d branch of the radius is about as long as the transverse eubital nervure. Habitat.—Bushberg. Mo. Described from a single specimen in Riley collection, labeled No. 700P", reared September 23, 1876, from a seed-pod-shaped gall on Soli- 7 f°! {> ee ee ee, ee ee dago. From this gall were also reared Cecidomyious flies, and it is indicated j in Professor Riley’s ‘‘ Note Book” as a Cecidomyid gall, but the rearing of this parasite would, however, seem to indicate that the gall was . Aphidian and that the Aphidius and the Cecidomyia were true parasites. T have reared Cecidomyie from Aphids in Florida, Mr. James Flet- cher from Aphids in Canada, and several instances of such rearings are recorded abroad. ; 4 Aphidius pallidus n. sp. Female.—Length, 2". Smooth, polished; head black, face piceous ; thorax, legs, and abdomen, pale yellow-ferruginous, the dorsum of mesonotum piceous black, the dorsum of abdomen pale brownish. The antenne are 17-jointed, black, the two basal joints pale beneath; the joints of the flagellum are hardly thrice as long as thick; metathorax areolated; abdomen normal; the petiole is yellowish-white, about twice as long as wide, slightly narrowed basally, the spiracles distinet, but 662 NEW SPECIES OF BRACONIDA not prominent. Wings hyaline; veins pale; the 2d branch of the radius — is more than twice as long as the transverse cubital nervure. Habitat.—Lafayette, Ind. Described from one specimen received from Mr, F. M. Webster. Aphidius phorodontis n. sp. Female.—Length, 12°". Black, polished; mouth parts pale; legs and abdomen rufo-piceous; trochanters, knees, and the petiole of abdomen at base, yellowish. The antenne are 14-jointed, very slightly and grad- ually thickened toward apex, black, the two basal joints piceous, the 3d and 4th joints beneath yellowish, the joints beyond the 5th are about twice as long as thicks the parapsidal grooves are faintly distinguish- able anteriorly; metathorax areolated, the surface of the areolets some- what wrinkled; the abdomen is not longer than the head and thorax combined; the petiole about thrice as long as wide, the post-petiole widened. Wings hyaline; stigma and veins pale; the 3d discoidal cell is very narrow; the 2d branch of the radius as long as the transverse cubital nervure. The male differs from the female in having 16-jointed antenne. Habitat.—Ottawa, Canada, Described from several specimens, labeled No. 42759, received from Mr. James Fletcher, January 9, 1889, and bred from Phorodon mahaleb. Aphidius confusus n. sp. Female.—Length,2™™". Black, polished; legs honey-yellow, the upper surface of anterior and middle femora and tibiae, brown; the posterior coxe, femora, and middle of tibize, black; abdomen honey-yellow, disks of the segments pale brownish. The antenne are 16-jointed, black; the joints of the flagellum are about twice as long as thick; the mesotho- racic parapsidal grooves are slightly indicated anteriorly; me‘athorax ~ smooth, areolated; abdomen a little longer than the head and thorax together, lanceolate; the petiole a little more than thrice longer than wide and slightly narrowed at base. Wings hyaline; stigma and veins pale brown; the 2d branch of the radius only slightly longer than the transverse cubital nervure. Habitat—Los Angeles, California. Described from a single specimen, received from Mr. Albert Koebele. This specimen was reared in April from an Aphis on orange. LYSIPHLEBUS Forster. TABLE OF SPECIES. Males. 1 eAntenne 15-j0intedtordessi=- S22 <== cance om Salem soils Soe eee ee tae ene eee 2. Antenn:e 18-jointed. —~ Collar, pleura, and metathorax black; petiole short, brown. L. cerasaphis Fitch. Collar, pleura, and metathorax yellow; petiole long, yellow. L. multiarticulatus Ashm. Pe Ai ge ~ 2 1888.] PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 663 9, Antennee 14-jointed ...-.. -- ..2. eee - een ee ee eee eee cee eee eee rene rene teens 4, Antenne 15-jointed. - Head and thorax not entirely black ..--...----- -----+ +--+ +--+ eee- ee 22 ee oe Head and thorax entirely black. Hind cox black or black basally. Petiole black or piceous. .-...-----------+++-+ .L. cucurbitaphidis n. sp. Petiole yellow or yellowish-brown. Terminal antennal joint not longer than the preceding. L. eragrostaphidis 0. sp. Terminal antennal joint longer than the preceding. L. Coquilletti n. sp. Hind cox not black, either testaceous or yellow. Hind tarsi as long as their tibiae ; third antennal joint nearly thrice as long as thick .......----- -----------+---+--+- L. citraphis Ashm. Hind tarsi shorter than their tibie ; third antennal joint hardly twice >. as long as thick.....---------------------22eeree: L. myzi vu. sp. 3. Face yellow; collar, pleura, and metathorax rufo-testaceous-..Z. ribaphidis n. sp. Face piceous; collar yellow, pleura black, metathorax piceous at apex. L. testaceipes Cress. Variable; wholly brownish piceous or yellow-ferruginous....---- L, minutus. sp. 4. Hind and middle cox black, or at least so basally ; legs brown. 7 L. abuiilaphidis n. sp. Hind coxee brown. Face piceous ; terminal antennal joint not or hardly longer than the preceding L. baccharaphidis n. sp. OMMfeeee sateee = ree = eas wee ain Bee Face black; terminal antennal joint one-third longer than the preceding PPMP. acl sleep ein abies swe anooesc cOMOnE 193 Belaja River, nephrite from.............. 120 SOLA eke scee see esace oe eece ee 189, 494, 522, 614 Belone Delone west se Ponce eee ee 320 hianssscecsegeceucesssocseeteue 320 Bera AM aerate se oieecias sieeee cee eee 481 BBM DLAs ea ose ae aaa see tetee 568, 569, 572, 580, 590 (Bem DRASTE ce les steretesteieiamrelseeet a= aie ee stein 571 Bendire, Capt. Charles, U. 8. Army, speci- mrensicollected: Dysecr = s-ase ee ee eee 13, 20 IBENG VION sae maertae een iseinele clone wieaieieis eres 32 Berchemia multinervis.........-----.--.- 16 Berlepsch, Hans Von, notes on neotropical DLR Si Lye mise cease eel l-la = eel aeeelae 559 Berycin® ..--.-.--.-----+-------2------- o71 Berycoidea ............--.--------------- 571 BeryX .----- cece ee neces cnn ee anew ne se enne 569 Big-jawed sucker .....-...--.2.---------- 45 Bilqula.-..-. .-22 2. c2-5-- ---s-5--0555--5-- 202 Biologia Centrali-Americana.....-......- 196 Birds, albino, presented to U.S. National INETISGUUI ee ane ce es assist oS 413 lack Oindaee oe tes aoe ito sins saaal ae 413 COURT snare een tees Sete seca ssiniam 414 Costa Rican, notes on.....-.---.--- 537 Japanese, review Of...---..-..--. 425, 547 Birt, Dr: Lowis FE. Hf +*22-5.---------...--- 411 IBY otro Gade bree He obOLocbonpo sees ce emee 646 subtamil yiee-ace esses cesses aa 645 Blackbird) COW, ssc. -eece----- cee eeee= es 413 Black-cheeked noddy ..-----.------------- 94 crowned night heron -.--.--------- 102 crownednight heron,measurements Ohe ie eee nea tceecce soceeie nee eee ee ieer 395 [Runioloyeeea- eee eee eee eee 595 | Buffalo, razor-backed or mongrel .-...-.. 44 PAP Ptinueceesn ce aeudecamialseleanm ve 595 Ted-montheds---.2-e-seenn= eee 44 BOvichbhys eens sees a cee n ete sere 572, 573 sucker-mouthed ....-.--.-.- cous 44 IBLACIITUS aneentees ener eke ieee ee 604 | Bulimulus @ealbatus:....2252.--sce-sewce 452 IBTachy ChilOs eescessnsse =n Seca eee 604 / schiedeanus).-.2-2< sconces see 452 Brachyrus ..2...2-------0--- sees ----==-- 604 | Bull-head minnow -.--....--. --.-...--.-- 46 PS PAC ONS ee len eae erate alate ie sete eer 612 | Bushberg, Missouri....- Seen Seis 661 SOUL See aisle a eae totes ieee 612 | Bustraja River, nephrite from........... 120 SlaSKenSIS sects oas ee easel ate GUS \| Burtonz cine )aeeee ae sewsce eee a ees 172 9 BbraiGollis teas cet eee eee esce G22 || Butler, Amos W. .2225-- 55.522 sae eee 330,399 SUDDUP C CUS meee rem exwata ee ectelele eee 614 | Buzzard, turkey.......--......----- ae 415 cecidomyi®&...........- Seetel erat 616 . (0 Oa aerate eeeieeieteta eee 624 Cc. CTOCOUS . 2... eee ce ccc ccccssenwnnns 616 CSS bee eae e seee seen eminem mts eee 617 | Cabin Creek, Indian Territory, shells from 454 ORMUMIO enema eae siete eee etal eee G2 | Cacexcia rosaceana..........---.--.------ 628 PASLLOIMED one ee wee ce eaten G17 | Cxenophanes ..-......-.--- ----20- 2s ccnene 629 Pelbehie seen = seo e are eee eee meter 623 | Calamaria elapsoidea ........---.-.--...- 382 JUNC as an teases aaeins eee ne 619 | Calamites ramosus-.-......- ee eee 83 HUMCICOla cee ecteese ae ees eea ease 620 | Calamus bajonado..........-..--..--...-. 551 pean G1S seeeeeasts nents eee metal 624 | Calandrinia caulescens--.--------.-------- 528 oS beleiais-. se eee ee cena -. 61Ii3 MATIC cate eae ee ee 528 MONTANENSIS -aeiasiewoewiacistwnine clear GS | Calico bass---o+ese-eer eee enae ee eee 49 Mevadensis-..- 2.0.2.5. 60052 o ee G23 | Calidris arenaria--.--......-....-.-...... 96 MOLSAINCEDS cecienloeea matte ee-bnce sa 624 | California, Gulf of, fishes from -.........- 137 OVDitaliseasce- + sees eee sce 6138, 614, 615 Lower, plants from........-.. 368 Phy Cdisye sees oee eee eeee eee eeee 617, 619 plants from -.<.-2....-.2.2..-.. 527 pissodis.-..--...-------+------=- -- 647 | Callipus lactarius -......--..-...-..------ 405 MOMifolieliweseace=ee see eeee ee eee 620 | Calycilepidotus ...........-.--222------- - 572 TUPOSLVENLTIS <.oceeceseew ese eee 613 | Calymmotheca Linkii..............----.- 86 DCDWALM Cow scnsseee er eenee weer et G15 | Calyptin@ ...-...------------------------ 646 POVTIGICOMA See e owe deans e ees cere 621 subfamily: ---c-ssecees-eoce=~ 644 EUITON (ae cea ews sawcaek eee sem cena G22 | Gambala annnlata--------.0----e-----=-se 339 VETNONID Satoseccte eeee sae ccee 619, 624 minor: cc.<2se--ce eee es 404 XANGNONOUS ----scce-renes= aeons 688 | Campbell's Quarry, Louisiana, fossil plants xanthostioma ..0c- semes eee = 619 PrONd sce sc eos eee eee ee ee eae 11, 24 Braconid ss ceesee.-saeeer ese =e eet 611 | Campodes flavicornis.-.....----------+----- 340, 405 Bradypus castaneiceps ......-...----..--. 467 | Campostoma anomalum....... 45, 53, 54, 56, 436, 609 Branner, Charles'B < os. scceemnc one ses o= 339 | Campylopterus lazulus...--.-.+---------- 560 specimens of Fontaria Campylorbynchus....-..- ee ee recess bose nS) die pulchellafrom...... 316 QA See eee aa etae 176 Branner, Dr. JOHN C.seserscereeeseeerses 339 (plate 37, fig-1)-. 79 ‘ INDEX 677 Page. Page. Campylorynchus affinis lachrymal region LAO) 20 WUSMABIP Pies. cccswesaascc owe cccnae 44 sternum and pel- | Catonotus) fasciatus. ..o.2.clec.cceceecse 362 Wasi. cee tee sacs Lite Catostomus'andens’.....sc--.<.cscse Jones 555 brevipennis........-.-. 564 Clap ees ee ee eee eee 556 : brevirostris.-........- : 564 CYPMOM ease ie ae Fone t es 556 capistratus ......-....- 538, 539 fila emenao renee clsace 355 castaneus..........---- 538, 539 INSIO NIN ee 556 nuchalis --..-....... nee 564 latipinnise: 5-2 ees. eee car e 555 ands senaeccemcas) c= 564 NIQTICANS = 5-2-1 aon > 40) 5d, 04,00, 406 RaATGHIPHVNChITORMOS < oe Cedros Island, plants from -.=<.....-..--- 368, 533 eae mee EMR gps? Ss ramet ee Cemophora coccinea.......-...----------- 381 Waracant hide: «. sci. icc s+ => - 573, 574, 576, 588, tel Centiniene eee ees te re ee 655 Waracanthus ---=--.---------------------- 572, 573 Sane ae 655 Caracas, Venezuela Biomia] alm) eee aoee 568 SALUODU Soca een eemeccccclwetecs - 425") Cephalacanthinwe: 22225 .c e600 soo 5-2e52-- 571 toltecus ...... PaaS kane ene 417,423 | Cephalacanthus....... -......568, 569, 572, 574, 580 virginianus ....---.- Alipat grat. 401-499) )) Cephalica’n 22-2 oc. nnren= ee Onn =e “ae a 505 PVINCALONSISS aeiseees a tcceeleee s&s 493 | Cephalolepis delandi ... -.......-...-...- 561 Sarin aterm ee ee ek 279 loddig- esis. sae see oa aoe 561 Carpenter, Lieut. W. L., U. S. Army..... Gon | COLathosia,ccvase cacao cee e a aclecemns ees 185, 186, 187 Wurpinupierandig nessa o2cas eases non 18 EEICOLOL LO SAS scores ses cieieen i90 : DPyLaMidabisis=- -2c220s205-ce-- = 18 VONALOM Ola xe eer emule aioe ate 189 Carpites cincun®.....-..---.------------- wine Garcis occidentalisi-so.-+-sneee=seeee cere 14 fragarieformis, new species - -- MG Coarthiae: meters acl aateseueneos eer! 180 Carpodectes nitidus....--....-...-------- 544. | Cervus capricormis:..--+-...--2002s.--=--- 422 PATA ON PACU sms wejsesscc secwescieccees oc oe 6350 | Chaenachisiianoss .s- ese. ec eee cee nicccs ss 531 Ba@arya antiqua? .-...-...2-..0- Reieteete en aia= JOR hetaspis sl DUsss sass ser cess cac as cmc sos e= 407 WuliniGamessseaeesaaecccess seed se. o-e Zin @hestouon=.s.--= ee = De eate cacembecemaaes 552 CLENOWCS HII eee e satoeece ec ste sn 18 AiPIAvUR ce eieetaean esate oes 552 Ungeri .--...-- I eae oa se Eee oe ae 27 | Chetura brunneitorques..........-. -..- 542 Catyocatactes maculatus........----.---- 426 Tease is: sc Sennen Seen 175 ML CUNAE Bees ae casa selscnnae 426 | Chalcinopsis dentex.........--.---------- 411 ; acades, Oregon, fossil plants from...... 38 | Chalepus..-..--- SPIES Sets aS It oe ohn ran 491, 492 BAS Vale tele atte e ene oi lclaseielelajn = 2-1 1-1 461 | Challenger expedition.......-.....------. 253 PAgsia PHASCOMTES aan o~ ccc ce coon cee nes LGM) Chameaens: ounces 5 tanec! sees ee aaa 179, 180 CAST CR ee Se 17 cyparis (Retinospora) obtusa... 476 : PRIETO ete teeletnetnieistnicistoiepe'aim wna a irannelcdieees ones cte s coe sate n een n eis 44 USiIUCLeTOIS sac. seeecoeececu cess c=) 533 | Charina brachyops, new species (plate 36, Sostaphractiene. facc-daniccsscevesu- 574, 575, 576, 580 fire) eet ata eee aan einai .8S, 401 BTR PEO TREN recs cc ctecee cases 353 | Cheilantheites meifolius -...-...--..----- 84 fee Ghadrieiin2s-22c-2224.0..ce+—-+---- MAO @hcilichthiys 2-2-0 0haac- skconcanaqasesten 607 Rafer nies en ake we aces 571,572 | Cheiranthus asper .-.....--.--+-------+-- 527 Cathartes atrra............- eae ee 415 | Cheiroptera...--.----------------+------- 570 Benihanuse cess see oo. te esses eeese - 587 | Cheloninew, subfamily ...---......-------- 634 ; GPEACIITORUIS wo cce nese ccecr as. Rau CHOLONUB esc chai: >=2 = =e naeu en cakes eb ana 635 678 INDEX. Page. Chelonus lavernz, new species......----- G35) |, Clevelandia sso. c.cvces atoeuan ee cituencnes nigripennis, new species -.----- G30) i cClinide,. =-> cence host nen deae sae aa ae pallidus, new species.....---..- 635 | Cholanwicilax, 320-50 een socreneeen eee 46, 53, Chenomorphe --c22ees5.2 ses cca. canals 215,216, 2210), Clonophis ccs ss)= a> e=1senacee Speen As Chenopodium album....-.......--- eee 671 | Clupea chrysochloris .......-. Siseceeeeeae 48, 53, 54 MUTAO coca e eee eee 368 .| Clypeecotius: 222-2. Ut sccccacaceromes eer Cherry Creek, fossils from -.-..-..--....- 11,20 >| \Clypeus 2. jacnines sawases ee mene =e meee Chihuahua River, Mexico ........--.----- 362 | Cnemidophorus sexlineatus.....-...-.--.- Ching, jadeite from! o22-c-s-5 4-225 so-eer es 124 tesselatus <..-<2--<25-55 ACHITIO® ooh cos esacwen Jotoeeeemoeeoe 572, 578,583, 590 | Coal measures, Alabama................- GlUUOOC aes eee seen eee eee eee D2 ol) AC ORSSS cate eee ete ieate seats pee sea a Chironectes tierniss=.t-nce sence eaeee ete 553 "| ;Cockerell) Diy (Aen sean ns sencceee mee 346, 348,612 Ghingptersieecass vereenissee mee een citar 570 | Cocoanut Grove, Florida ...........------ 4 Chirus COCOUOPUse ness sam seein eae een eee 569, 570, 572 Ci Gro psi cee ease eee eee eee 635'+|| Coo Collepe, Towa s-can-\-cne sense seeaeee Ghliorostilbon. i655 =24-.-5-sece een sees bee Ul eC oplimius) 25 ceciepueres sie iciaisteeiae aan angustipennis - see. see 2 564 loneulus)-pecpeccsescee-neneee SSR Milisee=- aes = eee hea= ees 564/| Coelogenys paca... 22 5.5----=- eee dapnunejeaseacee esas 004) | O@LONOUIS ae eses mee seen anor eee eae AMA MLAS -sec seicicreme cian 564} Copnatidic. acmwteccnicciem ait ecse ae eeepme ete ee PHLUANUS) sae aeme sesame 564 | Cohen, M., description of jadeite by... -- PLaSiNUSs.2icu senso eee 564) ‘Coleophora s..2=a--(ccee ce «(spencer pucherani ==-.5:2... a potee 563, 564 ive tiieln BaEbOGECRAsO= Aces Salvin: dosent ook te emseenee 564 | Collett, Robert, on marsh-tits ............ splendidus egregius ..-.-.- 568 |. Collocalia fuciphaga ........-....-.----.- ; Chologastete--esee-s-eane eee een ee eee bod: | Colorado srececccessse ncn on ences taneneeeee 498,640 avitus (plate 44, fig. 8) -.351, 346, 357 | Coluber wsculapii.......-........2.------ y COLMUbUG e- aale a leeme sete 356 - POS ULVUS |. ese clean ace se ee Chondrites Dumortieri.-.....-..-.-.....- 33 CONNB ees ecacanacebeeecemcemeee filiciformis, new species (plate Caninatus' s.osaseesseas eee eee Wate) eRe en Acorcnscse 32 CODE Re aan eee eee JU SELORINIS ites eeee eee 33 CULSOM ee ccs ececwnemoeees eee ; Choridactyline ee eneseece= sa = eee aee eee 569 constrictor). .-sses-ie == <== 572 Cycloturus didacty as Sewe sina Seen 467 Cyd OS ara eetam ee rank ool w aisle ining ow es aly 185, 186, 187 MOLUV GER alo ins alana cia ee l= 185 from) TOXAS >.< --2--eh ness aac 186 NODE Geo nancies ms seeeecease eee 185, 188 ren atlOll Ofer cro oak unin ont ae ae nee 187 Cydosiin®.....-----------+------++20+---- 186, 187 Wiper UI! oo se~ anno me pnpenanmensaws 215, 233, 236 680 INDEX. Page. Page. CyMOohOreaisecnescessseee alive wate cena 279 | Dewey, Fred.P ..... Menon se aeeeare Seeeeied 77 Gynorlossussccsesecce nese ces Mee ose cuee 595']|| Wiacope viridis mecca sae eee eee 330 COYPCL AGE se mee soon e en eens omer 360 | ‘Dintetus: ee idscee. eee eee 669 Cyprinus eos ieee conde veces seers 578 AMETIGARUS. ----.-.-scesee nese 669 DILURUGLVENGMS eases eeeeee sees 670 D. Wrebsterie-. sas cones heen cae eae 669 Diaspastar... 28 se se stas see ee soe ee aioe 646 WIA CNUIBE fa raieicto ono olelctoie ee anes eee 650,601 || snpiaakate 2.21. see tee ee 617. confusa.........--.---+------ 650, 651 | Dicentrarchus .......---------+eeeee+-+-- 252 flavocine tass-—ceecee eee eee 651 punctatus .---- 509° Certhia <-.c bee sassiesc 640) Doreen. =a = eee en eet ee eee sees ace oe 436 Concolore. sccsee eke eee 545) || DOryCtesieneccs ones ee eee eee eee eer 626. intermedius ’----)-2-ce.: 545 ANCOLIUS | scenes ss eee eee ete ees 627 pallescens.--:..2.:...... 545 longican@ a soaecren ea ase eee aa 626 PICUMNUS ess. oe ses 545 MAGI PCSo- -ab ee eee eee eee G27 plagosusi cess. encase 545 tOXANUS .-cecccsaeaceesss asec 627 PUNnCchiCollis\c seo eee eae 545, 546 | Doryctine subfamily ........--...--..--- 626 TACO ATS 22-c5 sche ee 245 |: Dormitator latifrons) 27-7. —ceceae =e 333 sancti-thom@ ..........- 545 | MIACULAtNS =sssebeseee es ceases 333 mNndnlatns Besse sees eee 545 | Dorosoma cepedianum ........--. 48, 53, 54, 56,439 Wah OOS eee ecner er 545, 546 | Dorypyge richthofeni...........-.......- 443 variegaltig’s--ccesc sacs: -946 | Dowell, B. F., specimens collected by -.- 35 Dendrornis erythropygia ...........-..-. 544,545 | Draba cuneifolia -----2.-.- 2.252 oon 527 punotigulaics.icscueccseeeee 544 | Dromeide...--.. Josccent doedeeweee afSe 292 tilanpulanis\ oc sececeeee eee 544, 545 | Dromicus flavilatus .......-- astwes saat 386 Dentatuss..02 i322 te Jarase caeaneeeae 595 | Drum, single-headed ..-........------- ere 433 — Des Moines River, Iowa.--....<....-5---- 49 | Dryophyllum (Quercus) Bruneri .--..--. 17 Detroit, Michigan ........... decisaccepte ae 497. | Doblin; Indiana s--+..--see~eeeeeeees onan 403 BIVON =p cease si senen seataearsscses 47 | Duck, American eider ...--..---. dacases 229 Eskimo harpoon from Greenland INDEX. 681 Page. Fage. Duck, spoon-bill ...--.---.---------+----- 230 | Eskimo of Cape Bathurst..-.............- 181 Duges, A .......----..-----20------ +=---- 9) sox vermiculatustsas..0-+ seesssemmns ae 49, 53 Bb rTT yw eee easels en nine = 0 -'nl'< === Sse Hasexqh alan dieer sca sic siaesielsiaseste's 671 ‘ Etheostoma asprellus.........----------- 56 E. SSDLOR eae ele ales ame ante ea 51, 54, 440 . australe Joc. 5.65.....-.2.--.30), 3008 Echeneis naucrates -----------------+----- 550 DlenniGidGsseeaoe eee ee eee. 50, 54, 56 Echidna catenata ... .--.---------------- 549 RIGHT eae 360 Echinomys semispinosus, measurements Gam WiCt e o 51, 54 Sete Sanne ==- 468 caprodes .......-.--- 51, 54, 66, 357, 440 Echinomys semispinosus, Tomes, measure- Tahiate eee ; 55 ments of specimens ..---..------------- 467 ceruleum. ...-------51, 54, 56, 362, 440 Echinomys semispinosus, Tomes, on the 7 lopidum......-...- 609 occurrence of, in Nicaragua.-..----- --. 467 copelandi .......-..-------. 50,54 Mdentulina..-.--..--. -------4------------ 377 Conte we eee. eee 52, 54, 55 Edwards, Charles L......--.------------- 549, 607 SvidGate eo Bae eI Edwards, Mr..--..-------+----+---++++-++ 186, 187 finbellaretas-c- teed oce=ct 51, 54, 362 Hel -.------------22-------2-neeen nn ne cen 439 (Hadropterns) roanoka...... 351 Eggers, H., on boomerang. ...-.---------- 363 Fira Ea Tce steele 360 Fichwaldia subtrigonalis ...------ ------ 480 Geuaind Soteauc eesase cone 52, 54 Hider .-..---------------+--+---+-++-++---- 225, 226 longimane) 2-52. -----2ssee= 351, 359 American --------+--+-+0e0--+0+-+- 222 (plate 45, fig. 14)... 361 duck, American........-------+---- 222 microperca...-..--.-++-+-++- 610 Figenmann, Carl H.......-----------+---- 463 nigrum. 2: -s.wseseee 50, 54, 55, 56, 439 Rosa L.....------------+---- 463 pellucidum s-+-2-~-ee<---5 49, 54, 439 Elaps fulvius.-....-------- eee eae nie 398 GlaTMM: 2case fee 49, 54 Eleotris ...-..---- -+---+-------+-------- 70 phoxocephalum........----- 51, 54 wquidens -..---------------+----+- 333 podostemone (plate 45, fig. Ellisia chrysavthemifolia ---...----------- 532 LL) esau seco eeee ee 359 membrancea...-.-------s+-+--+--- 532 (Boleosoma) podostemone... 351 Emmet County, lowa.....---------+--+--- 6 rex (plate 45, fig. 9) .....- -- 357 Encelia Californica......-.------------+-- 530 (Percina) rex.......---++--+s 35L CONSPETSA ..------------- ---+---- 368 roanoka (plate 45, fig. 10).--. 358 Jaciniata ......<...-.- weweecece oe- 535 SCIOLUM Hc uccesetwocace-cousee a Olgas IPalmoetscc sce ecsssace seen c==~ 535 ghumardi .s==>=—= 610 Epinephelus bonaci ---.-..--.------------ 141 TORU Sepoee se easeeteeaee= eae 360 Jordani, measurements of... 42 | Etmopterus..-...----------+-----s0e2+ +--+ 608 Sp. N0V..----------- 140 | Riropus......-.--..----------- ae eae 600, 603 microlepis ...--------------- 141 | Ettingshansen, Baron von....----------- 39 RMSE seeks sce eet Saceece c= = 141 | Eubadizon..--..-...- GAS Reece eatcireees 644, 646 [ipinoches:--.--=-----=.--<:---<-----<=+-= 568 Americanus .....-------0+--+ 644 proprement dites .....--.------ 568 incognitus...--.-------------- 644 Equisetum Hornii, new species .--..----- 23 phymatodis......------------- 644 LOGGER ae eesiana ase a= === - 23 pleuralis......... See aes G44 Tp ERS he ee alee ietelete S = =\eial= are = 24 | Wucallia inconstans...-..---.-----------+- 57 RPA TOSS a semi sacindewseeenes- s----"- 665 | Eucalyptus, Quercus, Laurus, etc..------ 36 Ericymba buccata.-.......-.------- 48, 53, 54, 56,407 | Euchromia eriphria.-..------------------ 643 Erimyzon sucetta .--..--------+-------+-- PGR IE Citorise noses tes akon esa eens 602, 599 OWONPUSt see aaee = een 45, 53 linguatula...-...----------- 600 Eriogonum fasciculatum.-..-.-.--.----+-- 534 | Eulamia nicaraguensiS .--.--------------- 412 Ron diusese secs cicecccseseae 368 | Eulobus Californicus ....-.--------+----- 529, 535 Bhi tag eae eee oo eae e 643 | Eumeces obsoletus. ---.---------+--------- 397 Erodium cicutarium ......---...-. oer ae 528 | Euphorbia polycarpa. ---------++--++--+* 534 MoschatuMmicscssssess sce, Bei 598 | Euphorine, subfamily. ------------------- 641 MoexaniM.. os. ces oo56 Rena cacaS 598 | Europe, vertigo of..-..------+---++---+*- 374 Escholtzia ramosa........-.--.----------- 368 | Eurypauropus spinosus....-------------- 407 : Californica.....-. AE OSete 527 | Euryurus erythropygus.-------------- 340, 345, 407 peninsularis pe Aes Sion Tk Oe 527 | australis .-...--- 345 Mees aae 169 Eustatitein meteorite ....--...s00----4+-- 163 682 INDEX. Page. Page. Mntmna: ooo 2eoa ea vicare austen es eee 399)! SEASSITOStres\ =. sn-amarameseaeeeere sen erace 70 Mt Berets se sieeine aia cms tata eee 399. )| -Riteh, A‘ ceases poe aban -eeseeveceeeee. 671 HEV NOT Sire ciattna:< everteias fe aetercrs 400 :) \Mlesns 5 -. specs se. ~2-seee oa eee eee 506 SAUVICR o-oo. cots dee e naan 399 snakes Of So oss > see eeee nee 3S RINGING Stoo e ala eee ee 393, 394, 399 Specimens:from so soesae ease 495, 496 graminea................- 399 — species: peculiar to-.-..-.2..--.- 392, 393 ODSOUTS caseeaie-erecineeo se 399 | Florisuga mellivora.....--..--..e+..---.- 561, 562 ordinata’< =. o-4na-sgeesces 399 + {Molsom, Californine-o25-22 cae seeenearee 615 Sittaliss 2 son.4-5 oneness 399 | Fontaria butleriana, measurements of... 407 HNratheoin®s.. 5. - cscs scope eee tee 616 corrugata .......... Ses seeeen ee 345 Sublamil yw ean actetasesomaesnes 24 COrvIgCeaihao.serse pe oeee eee 406, 407 PSK Oth e@CNS ais cect cen eceeiewic cintine qe ec aee 624 CQSSiCULIAV. -o ces ape enceeeine 344 ACICUIAGUS = oo. ccen cies eras 626 OVIdeS sho sateen eee ee eens 340 MAQH CRS mee mcticeeiaclss cn eee 624 PSorsiana, sp; NOV... scaecoeeeee 344 EVAN eee seerctecc sere mageanaeeaas 653 indianw, measurements of.....- 406 Hivermann, Barton Wiaeccecccseancsacnsac 43,137 Oblon&a< 2.32sss6 525 eee 316 pulchella, sp. nov., from Straw- « F. berry Plains, Tennessee...... 316 Papua castanemfolia:.....sas.-0<--3- o--s2 o> 368, 527 Ship sil. 69 Gobius chiquita, sp. nov .....-.--.------- 146 TESCO HE cee eter ome tee cee 552 longicaudus, sp. NOV ..-.-----..--- 146 GERMMICUD = een ened eae ae 463 Golden shiner=...6 2.22220. Scanesne seman 48 684 INDEX. Page. Page. Goppert, Dr, HR vcee-cocme ec e= Ric cictcsiaats 3.| ‘Elare-lip sucker <-.ccseaceoen eee eeeee j 45. Goss, Mr., on Pleuronectes .......- 593, 602, 604,606 | Harengula clupeola..... eee Senoeiaaiaa - Spo Gracilisaneeeeee a eee seine eaicarsatsteeae 492 Saldinaeeecease teas mataae sta 550 Grapholitha malachitana .......-.--.---- 639 | Harfordia fruticosa ...-....-...2..--c00- B 368 Grand Ledge, Michigan........... 514, 625, 643, 645 macroptera...... Tissot ee ~ One Gay ee eACH Ssteln sacs oictel aiateeeime raion emer 455 | Harpoon, Eskimo, from Greenland-....-. 169 Great lake trout in British Columbia -.. - 58 | Harporhynchus----.5--e6- eee. er 173, 174, 175, 176 Greene, E. L., collections by.-.......---.. 530 CYISsalisen sec eae eee 179 Greenes WM es. acces ceineste= stow wera cet 58, 346 curvirostris...... 176, 177, 178, 179 Green, Mr: Ashdown El 3.2.3.5. -sseeecces 58 (plate 37, fig. Greencastle, Indiangoss2.2-:eccceess== 2- 403 , 404 Dy icpamee ase 173 Greenland, fossils from .............----- 11 lachrymal re- specimens from .......-....-- 33 gion....... 174 Green-sided darter... <<... . 5 -.ceencciseae< 50 sternum and Green Turtle Cay, fishes from ..........- 549 pelvis ..... 177 Greenville; Canada-tcs.cn25o2scccse ee Bee 109 | Harrisina americana ....................- 632 Grosnaja meteorite ...<..fce.cn .oeneo tee 166 | Hanlover, Florida, specimen from....-... 518 Grote, Mires tc Ooo ice cee eenseces tae 185;186 )) Havana, Cuba sees ene aennnanoceee ee 335 and Robinson .... ..... wididancaee tee 185 || Hawatian Tslandsssss2.sss00-eeeemeeece 93 Ground-massof meteorite.........------- 163 UC 2 een ene) oi =e mineral 98 Cru aueM la seesse meme cae see sitienee Senco 124 specimens, measurements of... 95 3 Guayaquil, cuador....c2 sess cesses mens 2") Hawes; Ge Wiswen ae eee ebeae rer 122, 124 Guaymas, fish fron) --2--.2--...5-- 187,146; 147,148) | Hecaboline 2--.-.cs-e. eee .e~ =e acee eee 629 specimens from \.o2s-n-hooseeee 157) PEE Ca DOLIS eae ee ene aetna ele eee 629 specimens of fish from........- 152. ||) Heer Oswald tac. o=sememe senate eee 42 Gulf of (Georgiaeasee eee ee ceeee eee 326 | Hegewald, Lieut. J.T. C ....... Se cieereraes 1 Gundlach; Dr guan= ese neces 335 | Heiltsuk dialect..... Se ie atnte ee ieee are 202 Giinther, Dr. Albert ..--......0..2--5 391 373.605 || Helet sa2.0 2 escacee seas estar eee . 655 Gymnogramme triangularis...........--. 534 grandis, sp. DOV..-.------+. cceeeee 655 GyMNnoscelis {S292 2e wove ee reawenee wees 656 occidentalis)-— 2: -s.—ese acne 656 aclituse: ks seve acacseae 656 | Helconinz, subfamily ...>..:-.........--. 655 — ACIGLYtUS sees. cio abote cere 657 | Helianthea lutetis......:.-.-2.........-. 561 BpWidius/ cena deacsomenste 656 | Helicina orbiculata ............... Seeatane 453 CHLONOMUS: s25 oss Gacses ese 656 LLOPIC Ae sae eases cena 453 Cisretuss.. = 2sceeeceenesces 657 | Helicodiscus fimbriatus................. ; 451 ephedrasscscec.ceessaeseeet 656 Tin Osis ae sealant lamer eerer 451 Lipolexiseree seeacien acces oe 657 | Heliotropium Curassavicum..........-.-. 368 iysiphlebus).2a-eeesenne se 657 | Helix (Mesodon) albolabris -....-.....--- 450 MONACCONOS ses ence sen eee 656 pucculentati-2seacs- see eee eee 450 paralipsisieseesces seeeee aes 657 (Patula) alterhata.................- 449 Plan: :f2sscsce ates ane 656 (Mesodon) divesta.......--......... 450 GOXATES){ ode. cuses genes oseee 656 elevata .....-..-........ 450 WOKS esee eerie ane eres 657 kiowaénsis, sp. NOv-.--.- 450 yukonensis, sp. nov..--.---. 656 thyroides ..-......-..... 450 Gymnothorax moringa..........2--se000- 549 (Polygyra) dorfeuilliana ..-.......- 450 F2CKSOMe wane enacts 449 H, A Jeponina sans sass cee 450 Haast, Sir SRS cect cae eacniace co acee sees 118 TOXASISNA Ae ease aaeeee 450 Hadropienus sae sates scenes ececene 358 triodontoides .......-.. 450 Hemulon parla Sette acececovencesccenee 551 (Strobila) labyrinthica ............. 452 . PL AUOL emene ele eee ee eres 551 (Stenotrema) monodon.......-..--- 450 SCIULUS scoenteldwawascen ace seen 551 stenotrema.... ..:... 450 sexfasciatum............ poems 330 (Triodopsis) copei:..-.....3...3..-. 449 Hagorstowil:5--% teas t seve seach ee cane 403, 406 inflecta.-.. 22 -<-s=-hoes 449 Hampe’s method of determining Cu, O in vultuosa ....- eae 449 OO Sy BE en 5 so Sonoda ososct Seer 77 | Hemerocmtine {<= ceu2-2 sees oee e-em sone 571 Hallock, Dr. W., chemical and microscopic Hemilepidotes---s-0--- .s-2ss-e ses soeee 568, 572, 574, 580 Jadeteneeeea ses ceee oe 122 | Hemirhombus fimbriatus .........---.--- 600 specific gravity of jadeites Hemitripteres aoe. ccensesee= seni = = 568 determined by....-..-.. 116/124 | Hemitripterid ¢2--------- = <--sm. 574, 576, 584, 590 Haplospizais. Jot eee ceases eee can cae mae 196 | Hemitripterus --.-.-.-- 568, 572, , 573, 574, 576, 580, 582 unicolor, of Brazil ><... o.nece 196 | Hemizonia Streetsli.........-.5.c.00.0- 368 unifermis, Mexican ..... aostaie 196 | Henicops fulvicornis ...::...-.-.-.....--- 403 Haque, A., specimens collected by..... .- 38 | Heraldic column, Alert Bay.....-.:.-.--- 205 a a ey se ee eee : : Page. Herendeen, Capt. E.P ..........--..-.--- 181, 182 IGE MOsIA | FON. NOV. 5.2. -\en-= == 412 motaguensis....................... 411 Nicaraguensis...-.........-.......- 412 nigrofasciatus ...--.......s..2.---% 412 Herrin PbOOMNeM nase cie = so.- sca seses sons 48. Hesperocnide tenella.................--.- 534 ee Dany es eee nesta aecieisialcloles esi a) == 186 Heterodon platyrhinus.-.-...-.....-.... 391, 394, 398 BIO ele teeta aie eee 391 Heterogamus ...---.-......- eee eee 632 PEGOROIOPIGINA scce seen cecceces ese ens oss. 573 Heterolepidotide...-.. Ge ae ise feea meso soe ae 575, 576 Hexagrammide .........-. -------576, 579, 583, 590 Seto RAMUS sateen enc wena asin oo nine 252 EMI eV ED HAM ee eee eae ee late oe inla ae 48, 439 Himantopus knudseni..-.--.- rajee Sealcoec hs 96 measurements Of..---....... 97 MOEXICARUS!= --osesecs<~-~5-c 96 Hiodon tergisus-..---.------.----.--..--- 48, 53, 54 Hippocephalichthys......---..-.-.------. 572 Hippocephalus ........-.-.-.0-2-.-..----. 572 Hippoglossoides......-----20e---+-.------ 599 Hippoglossus .......------------------ 594, 595, 597 Perhien ase seen soe e = enna eee iets! 485 Histiocottus.......-..-----------+--+------ 573 Hitchcock, Romyn...-.-...---- peasants 473 Hog sucker .........----.2-0+20+2---0---- 45, 436 Holbrookia propinqua.......----.-------- 398 COXANA focaa cone camnsseceeen= 398 Holm, Theodor, on Hydrocotyle ameri- GATE cen cease wan eines =\n's eo sew enn =i 455 Holocentrin® .....-.-.---- eet ee ete eters 569, 571 Holocentrum .............-.- See eee 569 Holocentrus ascensionis...---...--------- 550 coruscum ..... geacececuanen= 550 COTUSCUS --------- eecessccens 550 suborbitalis ....... Sees 550 Holston River, Virginia.............----- 360 Honey Creek....-.-.--------------------- 45, 46, 48 Hoplichthyide .......---.-.--c«e2,--- 576, 580, 590 Hoplichthyinw. .........----...----+----- 571 SECM GMy ies ee oem eteweinanteiee r= =~ ~~~ 586 BO PMENGRYS! = pee. encln~ one wime == 55 569, 572, 573, 574 BpHOMOCOhUAb sens casos oe uicncen ce -=---1 569 _Hoplostethin@ -...... Sefateieteetats =m mlsieian/ =~ 571 Hoplostethus ..--.-.---- eee ee 569 SOIT WD Meee dejaceeewincs aera nsaise= == 494, 507, 509 etl ete e alsa becewsen'cnonanisenace 611 Hoarny-head 22222. 6.--de-------se-----003 437 Hosackia glabra-.-...- Mula sacieaknclsssessoe 666 juncea -.....-.-----+------2---- 529 TOAD Done viceacleweasnceeses 528 palmeri .. ..........--000--e0-s- 529 PProstrata....eee cesar sececceces 529 BLIZOSA .-reeeereeeesrecerereeeee 528 INDEX. Hosackia (Syrmatium) watsoni .......... 528 Hone, Walters jsccoste= sa ciccsees(oesee 181 on African sword-blades - 172 Houses of Kwakiutl Indians ............. 197 House /SPALLOW aos caactme= ws cess sicslaee sce 414 Hunter, Capt. Miesccssenwce~sbeececnntac- 168 Hutton) Captainsecourentu sconces cet oae 322 Miro ncaos ser Seeaee ene ewedecae ee 22 Huxley): 2ccsest ccna eee ocean teenie nes 215 Hyalina minutissima....................- 214 Parveen ss os acess ncaackensecewee 214 DY SIM namo ace nel mat ee Saeed 214 SteOrED | SPsNOV- «casas ence sa eee, eee Hybognathus nuchalis -........ Salatsiwsaisietate 46, 53 Hybopsis amblops -.- <0... cecen-scemee 48, 53 d@igsiniilis2e 2. 3 ssc aaa ce cee 48, 53, 355 WY OStOMUS! ss pel a= emcees coe 48, 53, 54 kentuckiensis ....-.... ....48, 58, 54, 437 SLEAMINOUSS << s.cesscclecoces cscs 436 WitURLS Bee aetna ojala aurea eee (plate 44, fig. 6)....... 355 Hydrangea zagoriana -..----. ..--.-..--- 16 Hydrocotyle, morphology of (plate 46) -.. 461 and anatomy of (plate 47)-..... 461 AMECTICAID 30> ce ese eee: 456, 457, 459 L., explanation of plates~.... 461 notes on ..... 455 INTELL MPC ners aes 457 Hylocharis cyanea ..........--.2--s--0- 563 Sap PAA oma e esse Se an ane 563 Hymenophyllites lechenbyi ....-.......-. 38 SEAS yi 90 ak CEN 2S eaten tee elma inal ele 395 CUNOUBS sagen ceerastes 395, 396, 398 Oy NEUES Seacoast 395 WATIGIOSU Seas. once eens 395 measurements of- 396 Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus ........-..--. 398 Tr: WGOlUS ses = ses sae setae nasa senna asiccn eet 572, 574, 580 Ichneumonide.......-.- Jd aegamsecadeoes 611 Ichthyornis..-....-.-----------=+---+---- 307 Ictalurus bubalus..-.......----.-.--s«cen- 53 cyprinella .-........---- -s----- 53 punctatus ..................--. 44, 53 TEUN cmielaiae eo aiouviclcacninjetinalse mes 53 WOLTGI -saeeien eee sie seaacia sina 53 Tetlobus\ DUDRLUS oocaes bone os aeeyoweda aes 44, 54 = Gyprinella: - 0 scenan--—s-n=> = 44, 54 Gifformisies 497 [DOORS wees eeccetns gate tase 521 (plate 49, fig. 18) 524 (plate 59, fig. 82)..--. 524, 525 NOVI eee eee 491, 492, 493, 510 (CALCEAbA cc cmacmniemonlcccees 499 (plate 55, fig. 46) -.... 524, 525 TI GIMON TG Seas noocsdoacboos 496 IPNRA A cee er cia ee een eee ae 520 (plate 49, fig. 14)... 524 (plate 60, fig. 77) ----- 524, 525 CLYPOAtA tess ae 5 c=<- 493 Giftinisessccsnecesnets sac 514 (plate 48, fig. 1)-- 524 (plate 55, fig. 56).... 524, 525 VahittOns secs eee ese sean == 494 IB DAL EES ee esac hSete: 497 (plate 48, fig. 7).--- 524 (plate 49, fig. 15) ..-.- 524 HONIG] eee st cr eeese Choon eees 522 Gir E) cone ee eee 491, 493, 503 (plate 59, fig. 87) ------ 524, 525 (plate 52, fig. 34) ...... 524 Aemnlateot cesar 516, 525 ecostata ...... Oe eet 521 longicornis --.-..---------- 520 (plate 60, fig. 83)... 524, 525 longispina (plate 53, fig. 55). 524 ephilida (plate 49, fig. 12)... 524 Sp. NOV .-------- aid BLTANS Meee fae eke hoo 500 longitarsus ....------------ 496 (plate 50, fig. 26) ...- 524 (plate 49, fig. 13) 524 @OKOVALA 0 sane. casecehsoee vie 520 luctuosa@....-...---..------ 493, 512 ae eS oe ee ee ee (plate 60, fig. 76) ... 524, 525 (plate 56, fig. 48) -. 52, 525 688 INDEX. Page. Page. — Lachnosterna maculicollis ..........----- 523 | Lafresnaya flavicaudata .....00.sces-- 560 marginalis...--........ 492, 493, 508 | Lagochila lacera ....-....... Saae eee owe0e40, 00) Oame (plate 54, fig. 41) - 524 | Lagoon Head, plants collected at......... 534 micans .... 488, 489, 490, 491, 493, 500 | Lake Dwellers, knives of........... eter 172 (plate 51, fig. 29) .... 524 Nicaragua: ...-- conse wsou= Stwemeaiaia 412 NMOS eae vessel ace ene 516 | Lamellirostres ~....5 2. -- csenccue-ceu Bere 215 (plate 57, fig. 62).-... 524-525 | Lanier Heights, insects from..--...-.... ane 489 DLO 0 aes eee e en ees 523 | Lansing, Michigan ....... aa .--624, 631, 653, 566 — notes on species .---------- 493 | Laparis .........--..------s00- Setar 321 — of, in tem- Giaramie a. --ea-nse cee see eee eee ee 8 perate Large-mouthed black bass..... ent cese ae 49, 439 North Liaride jssa-- son oe one eee 260, 262, 269, 279 — America 488 | Lark-meadow....-. eee Bene sea aoc ctiacce 413 MOVA sents cock festa 4935508 || Juardsielaucnsi---scee-st eee eee a ceeee 278 (plate 55, fig. 44).....- 424,425 | Las Huacas, jadeite from, description of. . 127 PATVICGNS eeecies cee e ees 493,519 | Lassen County, California................ 28 (plate 59, fig. 72). 524,525 | Lastarrica Chilensis...................-.- 534 politnla sce catacee. noes 507 | Lathyrus paluster .-.-........-.......... 529 (plate 53, fig. 39)...- 524 | Langhery Creek, Ohio County, Indiana, POSstreMma - ss ecece seein = 498 fishes found in.....-.. porstt casosees eee 56 (plate 50, fig. 20). . ODA” || SLGUUNUS << Setanta ete ete lat aerate 12 preetermissa.-......<-....- 495 californica ....-...-.- pie ete aie eter = 26. (plate 48, fig. 9) 524 (platey4) fie) seone= 12 PLOUDEA esses see eee eee 493, 513 Canariensis::o2.- 2 os osn.oteeeee aes 123538 (plate 57, fig, 52).. 524, 525 Enurpstenberpil----2<.cs5cecoeneses (oO fee PRUNING epee eee ee 498 philadelphig = sacs essa steele 278 (plate 50, fig. 22)... 524 Leplutonidive-cscacs ese eee eneemnccaee 36 prununculina......... Soe 495 Mprinligenia. 2 .as-sen see oe aaa ees 36 (plate 48, fig. PLM Senta? hates ees e eee eee 36 10) Peace 524 PEOSULLONS! tp s5--. ase seek eee 26 QuadraAta oes .e seen 507 SOcialis esse eee desea 24, 29 (plate 53, fig. 38) .- 524 superba...... eraleciarsieieetemta eioaesee 26 UOLCUS Saree -eeeeete sete - 493, 520 titahensiss2ose5e-e een e eens 24 (plate 60; fio. 78) 22. (524; 525..| Muaverna Glos: ase eee case eeeceseeeescecae 635 TUDIPMOsal sass see eee tee 519 || Gavatera Venosa: <<<: < acs 519, 525 Niti@UM) ss-.cnccesectecs tise eee 527 subpruinosa..........-.--- 499 | Lepidodendron aculeatum .-..-..---...-.- 87 (plate 50, fig. epidoropius! 2e.- eae ee =e eee ee tee 465 Oe esate ee 524 Pilberiiv-cases se =aoe een AGA, 465 POLLS waccla ss eecaeieetodee eins 494 NOWELL sts etee tee ee 465 (plate 48, fig. 4) ...... 624"): epidorkonlbusio---ssessses—=—-eeeeemes 602 tristis...-.. 488, 490, 491, 492, 493, 522 whiff-iagonis ............ 598 (plate 60, fig. 86).... 524,525 | Lepidotrigla -.-....-..---.-...--......-.. 574, 580 UTS on mtalefenen elaine aero aed 523 | Lepigonum macrothecum.........-.....- 527 (plate 60, fig. 89)...... 024,925 | Lepisacanthes veseeneseee.canenesen=ce=s 568 WUKOl Sos mmwsie ss mess oes 506 | Lepisosteus osseus ...-:...-.-..-.-...--- 44, 52, 55 (plate 53, fig. 37)-...-. 524 platystomus ................. 55 VOHOMODA 42sec s eseee ses = 501 | Lepomis cyanellus .......--.-.--. 49, 54, 55, 56, 439 (plate 51, fig. 31). 524 humilis 2 2323.6. 2 theta 609 WOUULA Se ose clot orasnicee ena 519 megalotis.-............ 49, 55, 56, 439, 609 (plate 58, fig. 70).... 524, 525 pallidus ....... sewunie~ eee en mee 49, 54, 55 VWillifPONS oe eso. e ee uee ee 492,493,516: | ‘Leptocottus).----aiacosa-na eae eee ese 572, 576 (plate 58, fig. 60). 524,525 | Leptodesmus couloni-...-.....-- Ste eee 336 Lacquer, Japanese, preparation of........ ATS PIACIGUS meeeeewese we eee 405 ware manufacture of Wakasa.. 473 varius ..... ee eee aes 344 La Fayette, Indiana. ..403, 407, 626, 629, 662, 664,670 | Leptops olivaris......... HiSeee cso seers 5 55 Lafresnaya lafresnayei ........ es celuesen 560 | Leptosyne douglassii ..-..-..----. eoceeee 530 GAD -ccsstneehes seecevyvecs 560 | Lesquereux, Leo, on fossil plants .....--. 11,83 ; ea Te INDEX. 689 ; Page. | > Page. Leucochila -..-------------+---------#s--- 876 | Lithosiid@ .....2.2.. 022.2 cee ee cee eee 185, 187 Havette Or, G. Moe ios. 6.25. cose a. eons. 44 Lithotwnia chionophila-st. 3. ects cee : 346 PH Be feline Oeiaie nn wisivic'wwietclelo gs =i=\-~, 99,099 | RUN Ae ee ety dos om 346 Limestone Creek...-...--- fees seca 454 | Wiener ptes oo 246 Limonite. ...-.. Sete ayemtstine aistnniee Rio oe neg LAO MECH USc cee ee ee i i huge 30 ITB CAN AOCDSIS <\<=ccicicecacuecencsascce 533 | OX PANSates cor eae Re ee 30 SEES eteeentn cin see nemian cnom scien ta ca 9/- 369) x aitile: Deer Creeks seteness oct onc oo le 44, 46 Linnarssonia sagittalis .............-.... 442 Isle, peridotite from.......... 191 SUA ARS ets lelelae aie esis = mols eieim ole eso 595 ISL VOR Senki ee aR ee 352 Linell, Mr. M. L., specimens by.---....-. 503 | pickerel: 34-<2. eee eee Pat Ss. 439 NSU AGU ees aise sec ce ce ceee le senes sess 595 ‘Bock. Arlsansas/:2.-ceucecedeseece 404 Lingula equalis (figure)..-......-....--. 480 | Log perch. -5-- Fe cieee aio meciatle ete s cane 51, 440 fossil preserving cast of peduncle. 4200 Suookout Mountaite-:-n.)csscseeecoeeeoe 344 lesneugn (ficure))—.0-<-- 202s. - A80P ie LOpHOdY LOS) =~. 25. -<. sceewencuwcnusede sass 216 Lingulella meconnelli..............--...- 44 cCucullatusieees-seeeee eee 216 SEARS eee teed = rere =a) = = 4015-4927 eLOphopsetta .-c. 52.20. seeneec ce cys ess ece 600, 603 WagincOall SPECIOS caccccscwiesiccoseesccsss = 594 | Lophornis adorabilis ............-....-..- 542 Mann team Weer ee ears ce. siescocees 4. 340 | Los Angeles, California. 536,621,642, 647,662, 664,666 MIG ONSieee an slssuisicmcuciscsc cians ss 340) Lou ohrides: Dro hwkhccs.4.c2. sss be ocoe le 11, 12 fulva ....... amie eleteieree el ove iain 341, 408 specimens collected POTS ikem are maen enna sae isis ie 341 . DYjeeeeeap een oases ll MV OUcseccs occlewica a oeaa(a'cs Sets A0Sh |e EOWISIST a os gone es ee Me 656 PE AMES ie eeteee ee aeieees ata om ecis/ nicl amine 320 specimens from................ 495 AGH WEES MUONS mace sews ooccs cp ececoes ess 393 | Lower California, plants from............ 527 Liophroninz, subfamily. .-.....-.--.---.- > 655 | Lower Potomac, ducks from.............. 101 GIAO pee ne nese soenie Non. «- S20, 081,090 |, Loxotenia clemensiana .-...=...2-ces< 330 IOC AND eree nese o seme e Eales 409 | Lygodium Kaulfussi ...................-. 24 MeNveleeremace sme eccaecrion sme 409 neuropteroides ......----.----- 24 RIANE HSIN eetenns onan sea = Saino 409 | Lysiopetalum lactarium.....-....-...---- 339, 344 IBVGMUUS tees oe eran ocl=--- 342, 350, 409. | Lysiphlebus. --- ~~~. 2a. .-- sence ce ccoene 662 ET) CEN Reenter eter tel ache ~- 664, 669 Lithodendron, specimens found in valley testaceipes........---- 663, 664, 667 Hi { Rees MEME Re rer ene 1 tritici. 22-4 ==. 663, 664, 666, 668 Lithosia......... eee eM So 185 | Lysoptychus lateralis .-...--..----------- 398, 401 TUNG Le aie ee 186 (plate 36, fig. 1).--. 397 Proc. N. M. 88— 44 690 INDEX. Page. Page M. Meok,»Professotacsscc oe ee ceee eee 49, 609 Macon, Georeia \sssschcs tee ecin eos nc cies 344/349: 350 «Meek. “Seth is: . 2 osaccececaseomees seems 435 Mackenzie River, Upper ..-...-.--..--.-. 18%)4) Merarrhizas <--cese- cece toeeecemiee ce tert 530 Macrocentrinie, subfamily ......--------- 652 CHlifOTNIGR Sawa. ee ae eae 530 NEROTOCOD TUS a .snee seca a sce me sonteaisia sere 632i: Molanoptilars:222-ccscasseceme 173, 174, 175, 176, 178 IMACKOCHITUS {tence c6ss5 bsoase sonsemecieees 604 Plabrinostus seat ces eeemee se 176 Macredaotylosssc.cass scene teccactives gone 491 | Menocephalus salteri .-....--.--.-..----- 445 Maprdalonsa iba coc. ice ececastente ser eaele== 530): |, “Miercanser: 2.5 2 oo ccnccr oss ee eae 643 list of, colleeted in Honduras .. 471 floridanus...... setae tees eee 642 Manhattan, Kansas:222--.s22--J--20-25. 511 (CODECS. ees anes anaes G42 MEN 20) Wat DING sser sciences eee oe eecimnce ae 102, 28 orchesig 226 2\-<52-he.n es ce qnacs 643, 645 Maredu. 0d. Bosctecnsttcecnace een emcees 36 | Method of measuring thickness ofinclined specimens collected by ..--. 36 strata .--.----- ee a ee siete alee ete 447 Marksville, Virginia ---sss.25-.2sss06---- 348 | Mexico, Chihuahua River...-..........-- 362 Marsh-tits, European, with deseription of Ade rOME ee esecaer = see eee 121 new species from Norway..-.---.---.-- SiR eleven, Drs c Ar gD ieee naan aie eee es i24 MWarsilianendirel sete ossceemeeiec ese 16) {) Michican 22s 2 oases acm eccomeeecs mae 47 Martin County, Minnesota..-.....-. .--. 7 |e Michrochinms Win talatsssess-- see ee cee 598 AVEainy han lese asa pe nose a sane eva clemi=slse reir 496, 635 | Microcerculus orpheus ..---............- 539 Mason, Otis T., on stone age ..--.-- Bae, 402 philomelaaje-cees cee =e eee 539 JEN To ee eee ode coco docenosciode 183 | Microdiscus punctatus.--...-............ 445 | MaumeevRiver’: /s222.-cswes< on wan cma 435 1) OMiCrOd NS sas- a seeee ane eae een me eee 638, 639 Valley, Ohio, fishes from.......- 435 RCW ALIS een sence sen anees 639 Maximus’. ss ad22552 52-032 sscaeese seers 595 aAlbOcwctns) tease. ne nese 639 Maxinkuckee Lake, collections from. .-.. 43 QUINWIPSsip. eee wees aoe 639 fishes found in ...... 55 prapholitiire sasses acmesaiee cee 639 Moagablan 2-2 = asaaree ene eet enaces 330 pallens $4 - 442 Osborn, Prof. H., specimen from..... 648, 653, 654 OsceolaramMaunUStee 2 ---sncc\enes=5-- = 6 - 382 UNEP AS pete oieici 2 cise amine =a n m= 382 Gallivastor oan s.ccrccme-2-s\<----- = 381 COCEINOUS eet aa eae se nine cee eleeineie 381, 382 Collarisgitaeccuissceas ca .cee wel ae 383 doliatus annulatus.....-----.---- 385 Glevicuse- pees cisace se acl 383 Cocemeus!- css e=—-1-=- 383 Ooliatts=--c--2- Le caisisteie mai etchanteiae 632.) |) Pinus cembrac-aer sc. see) a0 semis e amie 430 (Butoca) Palmeri ----.-.<--22 =. a3z Gy PiGAs. senses ene eee 431 Darnryes. Secs gen ems a sek eecee's ses 532 INOPStes eens ce eae eee 659 tanscetuolia. jasccscsce dessus seat 532 etaratechinil.ccos..csesss eae ae 2 Phedrotoma sanguinea ..........-...---- G35...) Pirateperch 252. --cepeces sete eee seem 439 EhenOCarpasosc pce sectane nase Alanesiie oe 648. || Pissodes StroDl casceniccnes seen eae ae eee 618 aMeTICANG|.----- 2......-00.5- 648 | Pitycphis melanoleucus........-.....---- 391 Phasthoutidest 2252-22232: 22 ee ee eee see 286 | Pityophis melanoleucus........-....----- 394 Phasthornis adolphi.-- sass seeecaseeaasane 560 SRY Lets seG te caemeeac ee eeneee 398 GESSIN ewe eanatnreroccr ese as 560 | Placer County, California ...........--.- 660 CONSOPIMIUUG can ccisnaneainepnice 559. | Placopharynx carinatus .............--. 45, 53, 54 a INDEX. 695 Page. Page. » Plaguisa ee eted asta minim elei=yaioin'a mote siclmiais sie si~/eis 595, 597 | Pleuronectids, gleanings among the....-- 593 Rianera;sUmgeri ..-2---------<-- 22 -.-.--- OID eTirOpsiae eteseeas no. ono a cae ere pore 596 Blantaco Pataconica.-....0.-...°--..--.- SES5 35m IPG hase aaa Bima see soon sins coe Loco es 309 Plants collected by Edward Palmer...---- TNE Osis OLA OH weet eereee vec cinw ccc ch ohecce 87 at Lagoon Head....-...- 5340} Pods brUs wen eee enebeee sedesawenes icccaw Dio Ot from Lower California.-........-- 368 | Podoloma polypodioides .......----.----- 37 Platanus aceroides (plate 5, fig. 7)-...---- 19 | Podostemon ceratophyllns .......---.--.. 359 appendiculata (plate 20, fig. 8) -- 40 | Podozamites latipennis (plate 16, figs. 2,3 31 basilobata (plates 17-19, figs. PRoecilaibutlert wccccs oc cere see ve eee 329.330 Dh) eee ieee tates este ioe aleleictarare 40 COVA so acces gsc een eeseneees 330 GUISSE CLA ere esa eet cemi= lenin 27 | Pecilichthys asprigenis ......-.....----- 52 Guullelmier-neeaseneesiaac~ === 25 Chup ilyes see ees Ses eee 52 MODUS cs ssemion ase neetcie al smcias,< 19,40 | Poey, Prof. Felipe .-...--....--...-.----- 339-337 OCCICONTALIS! pase eieeese see = = BOR ROLES = sec sic = we cts teas bine ule Ais ane cielo am ea (plates 19, 20, figs Polycaulusicas ss accwen joc ese sap) = sera 574. 580 Gatiescsacse cc mtes 40 | Polydesmus branneri .-...-.--------------- 340, 346 orientalis. .......------=------:- 39 COVTUCAIS ssa ceaee neler 406 SAO LOS Ueeteeaa tele lara eet e 19 CONONIe aaa ae aeaeet ose reee 336 Paha cong) OM esesascc secs a-mn= eam) OO0)0L0 MLN OD a soe Sees ees 407 DeTeaS meee sa nee ae miseer ee nascent = =5 090; 091, PNeLOMUIN esses cnw es mantee 403 Pintophrys----- <= ----02---.-----------\---- 595, 603 BOVIS tote ere see nim cisions 346, 407 IMU NS eetaieiatstsays)oenia aa) vsin.ate= 553 tOSti scotch pees cee aes esas 407 Platycephales.....-..---.---------------- 568 |, Polymixing. --5--.--2s0.2ses0cee=nmta-we= 571 laby CoM Gallce = = miaecina cosmic == 572 | Polypodium Californicum..-....-.-------- 534 Platycephalids —-----.....-.- 571, 576, 579, 580, 590 | Polyodon spathula ........-.------------ 43, 52, 54 Platycephalichthyes..-.....----.-------- 572 | Polysonium rosalbum...-..-------------- 403 Platycephaling .............------------- 571,572 | Polyzcnium rosalbum.......------------- 343 Platycephaloidea .........--..----------- 576, 590 | Pomacentrus leucostictus....------------ 562 Bilatyeepualowdel.---~-- scni2----- (5-1-5 -1=-\- 73 | Pomadasis macracanthus .----.---------- 330 PMiatycephalusica-.-)--c6- 2 668, 569, 572, 573,574 | Pomoxia annularis......-...------------> 55, 56 Platyceras romingeri....---------------++ 442 sparoides...-..----------------- 49, 54, 56 Platydesmus lecontii. ....--.-..---------- 343 | Pomoxys sparoides ..-------------------- 54 Platyglossus bivittatus ..-....--..------- 551 | Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. Navy.--.368, 528 Californicus.-..-...--...--- 145 | Popnlites Gasparinii-.------------------- 21 semicinctus .-.--...-------- 145 | Populus arctica....-------+-----+---+---- 33 MIOMESHUS) =< mise mnie - = 145 Berggreni? .....--------------- 37 aby Weerykeesaceasnein' me =, cna nmim cms 633 Gaudini---2 << --5 <2 -ccmsemnnen= 21 Platystemon Californicus.......---.----- 527 MONOUODS eee ee eee ee eee 21,33 Bl ekopteniteess aaee see saseecr ca saierens <= 572 mutabilis .----..--------------- 18 iplauchemiborealigyssoseccsese es scsce nce 530 Richardsoni. .-..----------+----- 33 Pleurolepis asprellus..-....---.---------- 56 | Porana Bendirei (plate 8, fig. 4) ---------- 16 Pleuronectes arnoglossus ..--.----------- 598 Species ?. .------- +--+ eee eee eee ee : 13 OSCE ERE sea se ween oles 598 | Porophyllum gracile....----------+------ 368 CASULUS| 2s .o (hemameOss s-4-1-1+ > 2 aloe =10 597 | Poteau River, Arkansas, fishes from. ---. 609 iM avuss sees. coke as ena 598 | Potts, Johm .----------------++-----+++--"° 362 coincidence of increase of Powell, Maj. J. W ------------+---------" 3 vertebre and increase of PraOnl. qs 2 == <2 - sn - <0 ses cernnssasennicnce~s 657, 670 Tahini Omcct eck eek sane 604 avenaphis.----------++----++----*- 659 first subdivision of .--..--.- 595 humulaphidis .-..-..-------------- 657 Grohmann: 5-2 c6seer- 4-6-1 598 virginiensis ween ce cen wwe ceeesereas= 657 linn d OL GSE ee cncce eects =e 599 | Price, Thomas .-------------e2e--082 0" 161 macrolepidotus .-..-------- 598,600 | Pringle ...-----------2---s---eescreserr” os Wein aH e.- eede sey es 506 | Prion ...------s-+---eeecneeee renee tteeee 279 megastomus .-...--.....---- 598 | Prionotes ..---- -----+-----2eerr etc rrttt 568 observations on the names Prionotus...-..----------- 568, 569, 670, 572, 574, 580 OSes smaamiuctnias wie 593 | Procellaria.---..-------se-22-27077 20°97" he ary platessa -.-2-..---s- 593, 596, 598 gigantea ...-+-+s-e22--++-+--~ 256, 272 platessoides.....- onesies 599 | Procellariid® ..-..------------*+777-777"" 253, a proper names of genera Procephalus ..----------+----+5 ser 7t 777" 659 alledic2o:. =: ass, PF, 594, 598,600 | Promachus....------------2-eceetst ttt 653 MRT oss See ceaes Sepsis 595, 596 sanguineiventris, Sp. DOV ----- 653 Rarer ini oo no. cceiseet 597 rubriceps, SP, NOV ---+-+-++++- 653 j synonyms as family names 606 saperdw®....--+-----2e5** 2 oe 65S 696 INDEX. Page. Page. Pronotins’ : <2... cesseeeeenmecncawesafenee 571 | Pupa rupicola....... Shaan ee cena 376, 452 Proteoides acuta -cicecaceccnecencvecccus- 37 TO Wel 2a sneincene cltea ats seein sae Protozoa, sent a acatesectas see ceccnceseces 369 simplex 222: cecsaseneetaeeeee eee Psednoblennius, gen. nov...-..--..--.---- 157 torquillas:.22 sees sia ose se eee 872 hypacanthus -....-...--- 156 Venetzliicansaaee: Sener eee 369, 375, 377, 378 PROWL sees cece sce acon aS aee casas Ooa go OOUNO0S Vorbigo sos. n2eeeidess be saeco eae 378 IPRGUDIN GS santacias sane san ceisis sacs eee noe G02°) Pupie ci50 2255258 vescneseneneeeee eran 372 analytical table of........-:.--- 602)|, Pupidts (figures\of) =es---ceee eee oe es 379 Pseudemys' ornata.. 62.5 scones sueteesss== 397, 398 new SUDFONUS sescusanee veneer 369 Pseudojulis venustus, new species. ...... B45) Pupilaie. so sctead ae sedcteceeweseeecene 214, 376 Pseudopecopteris latifolia ............-.-- 85° Paru-pura) ssc: 2sccaecc Se oatetecete nes 183 Psendopecopteris (Sphenopteris) maci Py gopodes:: sc.. 5.22241 55-sckeuccasseeeon= 242 Lente soc mee hse eaineies aoceeeeae seeeeee eee 85. | (Pyrites, engraving Of,---7-es--2> eee ne ee 182 Pseudopecopteris (Sphenopteris) muricata 85 | Pyroxenes and serpentines, analysis of . . 109 Pseudopecopteris (Sphenopteris) Schil- Pyrrhophna erythronota ...---.---.---- 562 Mi PSL 6 a Seen sigs ie aaa ote eee 85 pluckeneti_...........: 85 Q. trifoliata :.2s.2cscs0s<2. 85.'| Quenstedtiss25,:. 2a cee eee tone 90- Pseudotremia carterensis .----....-...--- 405: |. Quercus: Spee seeee ee een eee ona 492 Cavermarum . 2... ..--.25-- 405 angustilobasss:ceassececcseeeecee 25 Psychvolutes-ssq.--2--\-s-5~ = aoe eee 323, 326 densiflora 2. 32.1045 oe eee cee ents 17 LBS sta taleteleln reea= se esas 322 ‘Dou plassiisinsds.os cae sees 645 paradoxuse. -..---.)o-=- 322, 323, 326 Che CUSPId Salas acleeaeeeespes ee 12 PsyGbrolutid@r nae teree cee onesie 575 Clean a2 see) acne eee ee ene 12 of Gunther.<--.s2--o-6=5" 321 fraxinifolia:... oiss=ssseesneee 22 subfamily: of: 22.22. ceccue 326 furcinervis: -ce-aeecessse cee 555, 558 (plate 10, fig. 1).-... 17 Ptyonotusbea-see see ceseceeaeee eee 574 (plate 10, fig.3)..... 18 Puerto Cabelloc:te. -fosunes-.2aencenenees 564 (plate 11, figs. 1, 2)... 17 Puffiinus = <2. =<-anseeeeeecen eee ee nee 263, 279, 283 (plate 12, fig. —).-.. 18 creatophus,.25.cessc seca cnaeeeaee 94 var. acutiloba, n.var. 17 CavIdseesenaneesnea pees a heeeeee 94 angustiloba.... 17 Knudseni) sp. n0Vie---a0)ssece eee 93 brevifolia ...... 18 TYME Ce: ce Pee eer ee ate 258, 254, 270, 278 latifolia........ 18 SPHELNUTUS : ai.) os ssa ee eee cer 94 obtusiloba ..... 18 PONUILOS MIS J2-eo ose ess cee 253 | Saffordii (plate 5, figs. 1-3)....... “is MOLES ON )-c oan cmeereleies 270° | Quillzback <2eent-eonpececsse seemeeteeaace 44 Paget pound: ee ecc eee ae een 328 | Qumta/spe, house, Hope Island..-........ 210 description of new species of carved settee from ........-.- 200 Bathymaster from.-.-..... 554 | front of house (plate 39) .-...- 208 Pulmonata,formsiots. <5 2 wesc sess wees e 214 heraldic column at ...-....... 207 PUpa 6 aacem ns esac eels anaes eters eee 369 house front at ...-. .--....... 210 APMULOLS |-)saee neta een ecto ke te 372, 452 | post in house at ...... ....... 208 bollesiana 2252-20 ence ee ee 376 statue in a house at, figure of. 212 CAliLOMNICA ons ecw ae hamlet 37 uprights in house, figure of.. 211 CONUWASCtA 25 50-aeaecaeercetedas a aeiare 372 view of part of house at....... _ 201 cornpulents tose sees. beenceeeeenere 376 village (plate 38) ............ 212, COLUICATIA teem secede tote cian 376 R Gecora .iss2. ceubianlesueeecesewe es 376 : Golinms.2222see5shr ee aesiceeacee ene 372 | Rachophyllum adnascens ...............- 86 edentula so s22 se ate ese oe eee 3774) Rainbow darter’... sgecscecee. cn eteceeties 51, 440 MUU oe ice ciatata ee ee atets 369, 375,377 | Ramphocottid®..<-.-<-2-2--- 2c-ce2ses-=- 576 pusilla 32.29. eee eee 377-379) | Rana wirescens <.cseee- eke eee ee ees 3 396 PY LILA: cccccunsecs sae abioenaeletee 372 Rapides Parish, Louisiana, fossils from.. INDEX. 697 Page Page. Ray, Lieut. P. H., Signal Service Expe- Rhyssalus carinatus, sp. nov.......-.-.--- 630 dition commanded by .--..----....---.. 116 loxotenix, sp. nOV .....-...--<« 628 Razor-backed or mongrel buffalo. ......-. 44 oscinidis, sp. nov .....-----.--- 630 Red-bellied dace ......-...-...-.+.....20. 46 selandriaw, sp.nov ..-...----.-- 629 POTN O Weer eae arena slal~ clei alate 436 SIMMS SPRANG Vso. sc = shee awe as 628 TSU HONS Gaeme eae ener aie sana eine aca us as 45 trilineatus, sp. nov --..-..----- 629 SUG KOU Riese sae e ce cee access 43Gnekibes halmeriacaseeereratace ieee oc 529 eye; Goggle-eye.....-..-.-.---- rea ci 49 | Richfield Springs, New York .......-.--- 657 monmihed buitalo - seco. cs-c5 esses eve Af Richmond, indianaess©.s\eseesassceeae -.- 400, 403 TESS eet ae oe ais cic cee clo as 609 | Ridgewood, New Jersey ...-...--...--.-- 670 winged blackbird -.---....--.-...-.: 413 | Ridgway, Robert, papers by. --.92, 104, 112, 196, 53 PuEeO MO Sellece ania Ae necne wae se cseei- cio. PAS) | av ONS (COM eAnedine secc 619, 623, 629, 630, 651, 652, 653 WeeiMI a KIMANM a2 ono sate ena se = SO | ke hice Dre oe emter terse ots Samos aaa cee 169 Rein, Dr. J. J., on composition of lacquer. 474 | Rio de Buena Vista, jadeites from -...-.- 125 Re piliaeseeeecssese sa~ nc sanna= sci a a 397 IS Ub os osoce yore cass cremscaceoser 33 GatMGrue Of-ecssnc tenn = ena ea == 395 SOC Omer atente tai ne ae eee 3 Reusch on meteorite.........--------.--- GG PPEVISS oe store war ose seme cee ce lea ee 278 Rhabdocarpus Russellii (plate 29, fig. 10) - SS) River chub! ssssss steer ase eect dese ecesters 48 Rhacophorus magnus .......--..-......-- sO |Poanoke! Rivera. -- s-cs- cose cece oa 359 haga WNeACOMaacce -=- -s-5-5<=-1-- 58885005) Robin. 222- soe escnee se sch ee ees laces ose 414 Rhamphocottoidea ....-....-------------- 5760590) |p RODINSON cx a5-'.cse- Sees ee eeeoe eae 185, 186 PUhAMpPHOCOuUs)-seeer os =c.=--ainwee= ess 590 | Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U.S. Army, on al- Richardsonii ...--...---- 590 PINOWDILOS cies one eee ease ae ee eee 413 Rhinichthys atronasus-..-.-----.----- 48, 58, 55,437 | Rodents, new species of, from Padre Isl- Rhinochilus lecontei ....-.....-.....---.. 398 ANG ss tc. pos Settee ee Seen cnc eeee nee 159 Aho Sel nea eee aa ainsi ican asonmees Godan | ee O Ul OTS ote eee ra al a a le 254 Bupha yeasee ee cicescceesec 631 | Rominger, Dr. Karl..-......--.. 441, 442, 443, 446 SEINO O ASME ae eee ete ciotncce ccjeee iets 2 631,632 | Rosa minutiflora.........---..-..-..----- 529 SICOMMISSS spas = ast cancccces she 632) |eose, J Osaphe Nee ace aescseniernesreeeem= 527 CELUI ISP eNO. --n-ccacciaassocss 634 | Rosenbusch, Professor ........---------.- 195 delicattisieesces-itcesce-cesc-- cs <- G80) | SROSSy helbepe eae nee me aeele= nies ee ani 184 STU VAISSemeee acct feces oa wee cone =e 634 | Rumex hymenosepalus ........-...-...-- 534 EMA POUOIS ees. oa so sees estes Se 632 | Rupiscartes atlanticus..................- 333 geometre, sp. NOV....--..------- 633 | Russell, I.C., fossil plants collected by --.- 83 HaIISINSe SPANOWe 1c )a:2 enjoins cease Ga2e |) Rost, WalliameR secs sccnceselse eben sese= nr 480 ANTEINEUIUS s-secek-cc--eeesones 633 | Ryder, Prof,J,A.........-.. Sidoetesusccae 466 WHAM OUD WLABIS hse ec Janos scence 632 . MCNGUSERees cone ese r Sse eens 632 Ss. nolophane, sp. nov .-..--.------- 634 platypterygis, sp. nov -....----- 633, 634 | Saas Valley, analysis of saussurite from... 128 pubescens, sp. NOV ..-..-..------- G32 | Sabine River, Texas.......-...--..------- 52 Tileyi.-.-.---.----------+-------- GS3e ls Salem 628 fulviventris ....secccocscsssscees 564, 565 698 INDEX. Page. | Page. Salt Lake: City-...casectaaces-s=socesuse os 347 | Scorpmenida:: -.5..52s..-. 571, 574, 575, 576, 577, 578, Salvelinus malmaisoa.ces-de- seek cease sone 58 579, 580, 581, 582, 590 NAMar Cush. -\5* ce «oes se See. 58) Scorpsoninay «2 2.62. Joe ceemeee cee eee eer Bona PULPMTAIISH.-- . Sanco e ese e 58 | }Scorpeeninicl wach eee ees a ee eee ee §72 Salvia Columbaria....... 0020.2. 20.20.6-- 533| || Sconpmenoideas 2202+. ee --eoe ee eee 576, 590 Samarkand, nephrite from......-..--.---- 121 |) Scorpmenoidel t=. .ce.- << ence ee ea eee OO Sam's Creek, Jackson County, Oregon -- 30:1] > SCOLPWNODSIS ese sec eee a see eee 572 San Gbonitowleland cc 4-22 sees eee 368°] | SCOMPONGSs san ceo 4s easels ae ae eee 568 Nal DiEK0 Bay cnc. c cackmenceeodeeeee aoe 463, 464 proprement dites ........:.--.. 568 Texas. ssi eee Se 395 *|| -ScOrpenidesi<.. c<.ccemee eee ee eee ae 592 San Emigdio, meteorite from (plate 35). -. 167 | Scotherpes. bollmani .......2.2-...-..<.-: 405 Mountsinsy: 2e.25---easen ss" 161 | lun att. 2; snseage eee 405 San Mateo County, California .........-... 645 | wyandotte, sp. nov.....-...--- 405 San Quentin, plants collected at ....--- 327,530 | Scotopendra alternans ..... ......---..-- 237 Sapindus;angustifolins 2.2 asce~ cee sep ads Go) | DCD O GOR dN ede see ere ge eee 253 coriaceus...... Sonos Tot eee ceee ee 24:)| *Seutipera? a s..c. secre cn ae Bees 338 Onbitis 2: ee. coo es ecencecekeee eee 12 fOT COPS: fa5.. eee ee eee 410 falcifolius (plate 4, fig. 4) ......- 12), Scypbobravichite-ss-= ene: eee see eee 576, 584 Nardinias jAdeite toms... -c--ocep eee. 1265 | (Se ybalo pus) 2224 ee wee. ca ace eee ee 537 paseairags.- oh. poe ee aoe tet wed 41 | Seytonotus cavernarom...............--- 407 cretaceum (plate 21, fig. 11)..---. 41 gravulatus ---.--.-5--<- 335 (Diplothmema) subgeniculata 84 PMRUREO Ilesers istics cece = seme eames 149 (plate 42, fig. 2)......... BTORS80. i" Wirensse.csutaeaeee coceise memeeee sence 178, 547 PusiMAiaetaes sea ce eee ewoeu eee 373 DAPANGsOn sense eeaa ae aee eae 547 ey CMO are eee ae eee 374, 375 osteology of...-.-.---. peewee setae 173 ronnebyensis- ....-.--.-- aeons 374, 375 | Wyandotte, Indiana ..............------- 403, 405 roweliii ..-.- petdee eee SS eich 379 substriata.-... Geciscuew Ques . 373, 374, 375 Oe. tridentata ee eel te eter 373, 374 | oy STG CBee ae ee 537 tridentata (plate 42) Hews) ess san 379, 380 Letitia. + cece. Soe eee eee 537, 538 table of species, European. . poe BT OT Se ct ae epieeete ca) Sue acorn ee a eee 356 yh North American 375 Xerobates berlandieri -.-.-..-----.------ 397 Venetzli -.----+--2--0----2- --2--- 373 Xiphocolaptes emigrans ...---.---------- 541 Viburnum cf PU OBS 8 A eee 35, costaricensis.... S41 as Wympert Pie Sree Drea i eae a a Xylomites aggregatus Heer. .----.------- 13 Viguiera deltoidea ease a tenie etna’ Seats Bee NaynauChOHe as. . .Ac lena Masco tee 556 LACINIAtA sou stescelcadecscacras +. UoUAood eyplion tte eee aoe 556 Janata ESE. < eal Re RE OPTS 368 Xystophorus ste SccRSe eke oes wleme meena eh 574 microphylla...... eee eee eee 035 at IPATIR DI se seacie ce cleo ee sete ee 535 Y. VCD BRA SARE Ree Sogechect oom ess tee Ser 611 Data eae eas Bees 644 | Yellow stone-cat.....--------------+++-+- 44 Virginia OS OTR bedel faa 510, 638, 646, 655 Yellowstone Valley, platanus fronts oes 42 WnOTD ath Eee See 39, | Yukon, Upper -..---------+----+----+----- 210 Vitis species ?.. 2... cece cece cccnns- ==: 35 Zz Volgen, Mr. Harry Van Der. .«....------ 45 : VOmers, Tenures i0l-acetcecceae a ceinen ane 176 | Zabriskie, Rev. J. L., specimen from -.-. 649 Zamites Alaskana (p'ate 10, fig. 4) ...-.-. 33 Ww. Cistrachus =. +. c.escsenceceres<-=s 32 Wabash) Biversceseceeseead ea neuer 44 | Zaniolepis .-.--- aaa ca ea ee eee ee mat oe 573 fishes found in......-.----- 54 | Zeilleria delicatula......-........--.-.--- 84 Wadsworth, Dr., on meteorite.........-- 165 || -Zelesclctaencccustas cee eas ieee 185 ICEEG Re Ce aaah te ele as cceticns ao ay COnReCUES CISHAT ..- t2aaeemoeeecsme eee 55 arboreus ....-- eee eet 451 | notates..... eee eles eo ae 56 capsella......... eoeeeee Sees 452 | NOLATUS rece seceeieese ees tee 48, 609 ne | TION LIBRARIES nm 8 01420 8912